NOIDA METRO RAIL PROJECT

Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida

Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited Page 1 of 85

NOIDA METRO RAIL PROJECT BID DOCUMENTS

FOR Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro

Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida

Tender No: NMRC/2016 – 17/08

Volume 1: PROCEDURE FOR BIDDING

Issued By

Noida Metro Rail Corporation (NMRC) Limited Block-III, 3rd Floor,

Ganga Shopping Complex, Sector-29, Noida -201301, District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh, India



Table of Content

TABLE OF CONTENT ...................................................................................................................................... 2

1 INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................................... 5

1.1 ABOUT NOIDA METRO RAIL CORPORATION (NMRC) LIMITED ................................................................. 5 1.2 BID SCHEDULE ..................................................................................................................................... 8 1.3 DEFINITIONS ......................................................................................................................................... 9

2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ............................................................................................................. 10

2.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................... 10 2.2 CONTENT OF RFP DOCUMENTS .......................................................................................................... 13 2.3 PREPARATION OF BIDS ....................................................................................................................... 15 2.4 SUBMISSION AND OPENING OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 18 2.5 EVALUATION OF BIDS .......................................................................................................................... 21 2.6 AWARD OF CONTRACT ........................................................................................................................ 24

3 DATA SHEET FOR BIDDERS .............................................................................................................. 28

4 ELIGIBILITY & EVALUATION CRITERIA ............................................................................................ 31

4.1 STAGE 1: INITIAL FILTER- ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA .................................................................................... 31 4.2 STAGE 2: FINANCIAL EVALUATION ....................................................................................................... 33

5 CORRUPT AND FRAUDULENT PRACTICES ..................................................................................... 35

6 APPENDIX 1: PRE-QUALIFICATION BID FORMS ............................................................................. 37

6.1 PER-QUALIFICATION BID CHECKLIST ................................................................................................... 37 6.2 FORM PQB1: COVER LETTER ............................................................................................................. 38 6.3 FORM PQB2: BIDDER PROFILE ........................................................................................................... 40 6.4 FORM PQB3: RESPONSE TO ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA FOR FINANCIAL INSTITUTION (FI) (PRIME BIDDER) .... 41 6.5 FORM PQB4: RESPONSE TO ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA FOR OTHER CONSORTIUM MEMBERS ....................... 42 6.6 FORM PQB5: CONSORTIUM DETAILS ................................................................................................... 44 6.7 FORM PQB6: EXPERIENCE DETAILS .................................................................................................... 45

7 APPENDIX 2: TECHNICAL BID FORMS ............................................................................................. 46

7.1 TECHNICAL BID CHECKLIST ................................................................................................................. 46 7.2 FORM TB1: TECHNICAL BID COVER LETTER ........................................................................................ 48 7.3 FORM TB2: LETTER OF PARTICIPATION FROM EACH MEMBER ................................................................ 50 7.4 FORM TB3: NUMBER OF YEARS IN BUSINESS ....................................................................................... 51 7.5 FORM TB4: PAST EXPERIENCE DETAILS .............................................................................................. 52 7.6 FORM TB5: PROPOSED SOLUTION APPROACH AND METHODOLOGY...................................................... 54 7.7 FORM TB6: BILL OF QUANTITIES ......................................................................................................... 55 7.8 FORM TB7: WORK SCHEDULE ............................................................................................................. 60 7.9 FORM TB8: TEAM STRUCTURE AND STAFFING ..................................................................................... 61 7.10 FORM TB9: LIST OF OEM ................................................................................................................... 63 7.11 FORM TB10: LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS .......................................................................................... 64 7.12 FORM TB11: MANUFACTURER’S AUTHORIZATION FORM ....................................................................... 66 7.13 FORM TB12: DECLARATION OF NO CONFLICT ...................................................................................... 67 7.14 FORM TB13: JOINT BIDDING AGREEMENT ............................................................................................ 68 7.15 FORM TB14: NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT ...................................................................................... 72 7.16 FORM TB15: STATEMENT OF LEGAL CAPACITY .................................................................................... 74 7.17 FORM TB16: POWER OF ATTORNEY .................................................................................................... 75



7.18 FORM TB17: SHE (SAFETY, HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT) MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS .................................. 78 7.19 FORM TB18: NON-BLACKLISTING DECLARATION .................................................................................. 79 7.20 FORM TB19: FORM OF DECLARATION FOR NON-ENGAGEMENT OF ANY AGENT, MIDDLEMAN OR

INTERMEDIARY .................................................................................................................................... 80 7.21 FORM TB20: UNDERTAKING FOR PASSING ON BENEFITS OF EXEMPTIONS TO NMRC AND FOR ADJUSTMENT

OF AMOUNTS DUE FROM BALANCE DUE ................................................................................................. 81 7.22 FORM TB21: UNDERTAKING FOR OBTAINING REGISTRATIONS UNDER VARIOUS FISCAL AND LABOUR LAWS 82

8 APPENDIX 3: FINANCIAL BID FORMS............................................................................................... 83

8.1 FINANCIAL BID SUBMISSION LETTER .................................................................................................... 83 8.2 SCHEDULE OF ANNUAL ROYALTY PAYMENTS ....................................................................................... 84 8.3 PER TRANSACTION FARE BOX REVENUE SHARE .................................................................................... 84

9 APPENDIX 4: SAMPLE FINANCIAL EVALUATION ........................................................................... 85



Notice Inviting Bids

S. No. Particulars Details

1. Reference Number Tender Package NMRC/2016 – 17/08

2. Name and address of the procuring entity/Authority

NOIDA METRO RAIL CORPORATION LIMITED

Block-III, 3rd Floor, Ganga Shopping Complex, Sector-29, Noida -201301

District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh, India

3. Designation and address of the Bid Inviting Authority

Executive Director




4. Name of the Project Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida

5. Earnest Money Deposit INR. 1,00,00,000

6. Last date and time for submission of Bid documents.

13th Dec 2016, 17:00 hours

Table 1: Notice Inviting Bids Please note:

a. The bid processing and submission is through e-Procurement portal http://etender.up.nic.in, so bidders are request to through the portal and make familiar on the bid submission process

b. At any time before due date and time of submission of the Bid, the Bid Inviting authority may make any changes, modifications or amendments to the Bid documents

c. The Bid inviting authority may extend the last date and time for receiving the Bid responses after giving 15 days’ notice to all bidders.



1 Introduction

1.1 About Noida Metro Rail Corporation (NMRC) Limited 1.1.1 NOIDA and Greater Noida are being developed as the satellite towns to New Delhi and

more and more people from Delhi. A new metro rail network will shortly be developed

between Noida and Greater Noida. Measuring 29.139 km, it will be developed at an

estimated cost of Rs 5,064 crore. According to the DPR, 21 stations are proposed and all

are elevated stations. Starting from Noida City Centre in Sector 32, the proposed Metro

corridor will lead towards Greater Noida via stations in sectors 50, 51, 78, 101, 81, on the

Dadri road, 83, 85, 137, 142, 143, 144, 147, 153 & sector 149 in Noida.

1.1.2 A special purpose vehicle (SPV) formed for the development, operation and maintenance

of the metro rail. , Noida metro will be developed at an estimated cost of Rs 5,064 crore.

1.1.3 The Government of India and UP will each bear 20% of the costs and loans from external

agencies would be taken to fund the rest 60% of the project. Twenty per cent funding from

UP will be shared by Noida and Greater Noida Authorities, based on the length of track

that passes through the two areas.

Corridor

Route length in km (between dead ends) Number of

Stations Status of stations

Elevated

Total Greater Noida

Corridor 29.139 km 29.139 km 21 Under construction

1.1.4 NMRC envisages a unified, smart card based, multi-modal transport ticketing system for

Noida City. Multi-model ticketing system would help NMRC to provide seamless

commuting experience to commuters within city using a single common mobility card as

fare media. The envisaged ticketing system shall operate using open non-proprietary

standards so that it can be integrated with ticketing systems of other transit operators in

Noida. Considering interoperability, scalability and reliability offered by EMV based open

loop ticketing system, NMRC has decided to implement open loop based ticketing system

across all metro stations. Due to non-proprietary standards this system can potentially be

extended across other public transport services in Noida such as city buses, etc.

1.1.5 The proposed business model envisages a consortium with financial institution as the

prime bidder. The consortium would be responsible for setting up of the AFC solution

along with the EMV based contactless smart card system. The AFC solution provider is

the mandatory member of the consortium.



1.1.6 Prime bidder, as part of its technical proposal, is allowed to propose up to 3 (three) entities

as options for the role of AFC provider in the consortium subject to following conditions:

1.1.6.1 Only one entity shall be eventually selected for the role of AFC provider in the Bidder’s consortium for signing of the contract with NMRC upon selection

1.1.6.2 Only one Financial bid from the Bidder shall allowed irrespective of number of entities proposed as options for AFC provider consortium member by the Primer bidder in its technical proposal

1.1.6.3 Each of entities proposed as option for the role of AFC Provider consortium member shall meet the requirements of RFP and bid submission requirement including relevant bidding forms. Prime Bidder is required to include all relevant details of each entity option as per the bidding forms provided in the RFP.

1.1.6.4 Prime bidder shall also attach Memorandums of Understanding (MoU) (original copy) signed with each of entities proposed as option for the role of AFC Provider consortium member, i.e. one MoU per entity option proposed that is signed by the entity and prime bidder, which establishes:

1.1.6.4.1 the undertaking by the Entity for the role of AFC provider

executing scope of services and requirements of the RFP

1.1.6.4.2 Formal declaration of proposed entity’s consent on back-to-back

arrangement for the RFP and ensuing contract with the Prime

bidder and on the Technical and Financial Proposal submitted by

the Prime Bidder.

1.1.6.4.3 Both Parties shall have Joint & Several liabilities for the proposed

services.

1.1.7 Absence of MoU in the Bidder’s technical proposal for any of the proposed entity options

for the role of AFC provider consortium member, shall make the entity option liable for

rejection.

1.1.7.1 NMRC shall evaluate each of the entity proposed as option for the role of AFC Provider consortium member.

1.1.7.2 During the evaluation of the Bidder’s technical proposal, should it be found that any of the entity proposed as option for the role of AFC Provider consortium member does not meet the eligibility criteria and any other requirements of RFP, then NMRC shall reject the Entity option from Bidder’s technical proposal and continue bid evaluation with the remaining available entity options for AFC provider consortium member

1.1.7.2.1 If none of the entity proposed as option for the role of AFC

Provider consortium member meet the eligibility criteria and any

other requirements of RFP, then NMRC shall technically

disqualify the Bidder’s Proposal. NMRC reserves all the rights as

stated in the RFP



1.1.7.3 Based on the evaluation of the Bidder’s proposal, as per the conditions of the RFP, the Prime Bidder of selected bidder consortium reserves the right to finalize the entity for the role of AFC Provider consortium member from the options that are technically qualified by NMRC as per the point vi. above. Prime Bidder shall not be allowed to select Entity option for the role of AFC provider consortium that is rejected by NMRC as part of Bid evaluation

1.1.7.4 The Prime bidder of the selected bidder consortium shall, within 30 days of issuance of the LOI (Letter of Intent), shall formally in writing, inform NMRC on its acceptance of LOI, and also as part of its response to LOI, declare the entity option finalised for the option of AFC provider consortium in compliance with points vi and vii above. Upon finalization of the consortium and receipt of response from prime bidder, NMRC shall issue the Letter of Award (LOA) to the consortium. If the prime bidder is unable to submit the response stating acceptance of the LOI within 30 days and the entity finalizes for AFC service provider consortium member, its bid shall be rejected and bid security shall be forfeited. The LOI shall be awarded to the next qualified prime bidder/consortium.

This document, “Instruction to Bidders”, covers the general instructions regarding the details of the submission and the necessary eligibility criteria which are to be fulfilled by the bidder. It also has all the forms which need to be filled by the bidder with all the relevant information.



1.2 Bid Schedule

The bidding schedule for the tender is outlined below:

S. No. Key Activities/Events Date

1. Notice for Inviting Bids 5th Nov 2016

2. Pre-Bid Conference 21st Nov 2016, 11:00 Hrs.

3. Last date for receipt of written pre-bid queries from prospective bidders

19th Nov 2016, 17:00 Hrs.

4. Last date for written response from NMRC to prospective Bidders

28th Nov 2016, 17:00 Hrs.

5. Last date for submission of Bids 20th Dec 2016, 17:00 Hrs.

6. Address for pre-bid meeting:

Will be intimated to bidders through http://etender.up.nic.in

http://etender.up.nic.in/



1.3 Definitions

1.3.1 “Bid” shall mean the proposal submitted by the bidder in terms of this tender

1.3.2 “Bidder” shall mean the company who has submitted the bid

1.3.3 “FI” shall mean the Financial Institution or a banking agency.

1.3.4 “Bid Process” means the procedure explained in the RFP comprising the invitation to Bid, seeking and providing clarifications, Bid submission, Bid evaluation, shortlisting and award of contract. The process begins with the issue of the invitation and shall conclude with the award of contract signified by the signature of the parties and furnishing of the Performance Bank Guarantee.

1.3.5 “Bid Security” means the earnest money deposit to be submitted by the Bidder in the amount prescribed in this part of the RFP.

1.3.6 “Bid Submission Date” shall mean the last date for submission of bids in through e-Procurement portal (as mentioned under Bid Schedule Overview).

1.3.7 “Project” means the proposed initiative of NMRC to implement of EMV based open loop automated fare collection system across metro stations, city buses and metro parking which comprises the design, development, financing, implementation, operation support and maintenance of the solution based on functional specifications and technical requirements further elaborated in the Volume 2 of the RFP.

1.3.8 “RFP” refers to this request for bids containing three volumes together with schedules and forms describing the bid process and the award of contract floated by NMRC for the purpose of soliciting valid offers from prospective and qualified bidder for providing EMV based open loop automated fare collection system.

1.3.9 “Selected Bidder” shall mean the bidder who has emerged the preferred bidder in terms of this RFP (“Preferred Bidder”) and has been issued the letter of award (“LOA”) and/ Work Order by NMRC.

1.3.10 “Two cover system” means a procedure under which the bidders are required to simultaneously submit two separate documents, one containing part of the Earnest Money Deposit, bid security and the details of their eligibility & capability to undertake the works and services (the Technical solution), and the other containing the Commercial Bid. On meeting the Technical evaluation, the Commercial Bid will be opened.

1.3.11 “Fare box revenue share” means the cost incurred by contractor to process every fare payment transaction that takes place across metro stations, city buses and metro parking. This cost includes, but not limited to:

a) Investment, maintenance and support cost incurred in setting up and maintaining necessary hardware and software infrastructure to implement the EMV based open loop automated fare collection systems across 21 metro stations, city buses and designated metro parking areas.

b) Investment and maintenance cost incurred in processing and settlement of all fare payment transactions including card issuance cost.

1.3.12 “Fare Payment Transaction” means a financial transaction performed

a) to purchase right to travel through NMRC run city buses, and Noida metro

b) to utilize metro parking services provided by NMRC across 21 Noida metro stations



2 Instructions to Bidders

2.1 General 2.1.1 Scope of Bid

2.1.1.1 Noida Metro Rail Corporation (NMRC) Limited invites proposals from the bidders for implementation of EMV based open loop automated fare collection system for Noida metro extendable to city buses, metro parking services and utility services in Noida

2.1.1.2 Throughout these Bidding Documents:

a. the term “in writing” means communicated in written form and delivered against receipt;

b. except where the context requires otherwise, words indicating the singular also include the plural and words indicating the plural also include the singular; and

c. “day” means calendar day.

2.1.2 Source of Funds

2.1.2.1 The Project will be financed by Government of India and Government of Uttar Pradesh.

2.1.3 Corrupt & Fraudulent Practices

2.1.3.1 The Agency requires compliance with its policy in regard to corrupt and fraudulent practices as set forth in Section 5.

2.1.3.2 In further pursuance of this policy, Bidders shall permit and shall cause its agents (whether declared or not), sub-contractors, Sub-Consultants, service providers, or suppliers and any personnel thereof, to permit the Agency to inspect all accounts, records and other documents relating to any prequalification process, bid submission, and contract performance (in the case of award), and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Agency.

2.1.4 Eligible Bidders

2.1.4.1 A Bidder should be a consortium led by a Financial Institution (FI) as prime bidder, with AFC solution provider as a mandatory consortium member. The number of members in the consortium cannot be more than three. The other vendors (Contactless Smart card supplier, Central Clearing House Supplier and others) could be the other members of consortium. All members of the consortium shall be liable for their respective scope of work as defined in Section 2 of Volume 2 Particular Specifications. Consortium shall be deemed to be jointly and severally liable to the Employer for the performance of the Contract. The consortium members should enter into a Joint Bidding Agreement as specified in Appendix 2 supported by a letter of participation as specified in Appendix 2 from each member. The consortium shall nominate a Representative who shall have the authority to conduct all business for



and on behalf of any and all the members of the consortium during the bidding process and, in the event the consortium is awarded the Contract, during contract execution.

2.1.4.2 A Bidder shall not have a conflict of interest. Any Bidder found to have a conflict of interest shall be disqualified. A Bidder may be considered to have a conflict of interest for the purpose of this bidding process, if the Bidder:

a. directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with another Bidder; or

b. receives or has received any direct or indirect subsidy from another Bidder; or c. has the same legal representative as another Bidder; or d. has a relationship with another Bidder, directly or through common third parties, that

puts it in a position to influence the bid of another Bidder, or influence the decisions of the Employer regarding this bidding process; or

e. Participates in more than one bid in this bidding process. Participation by a Bidder in more than one Bid will result in the disqualification of all Bids in which such Bidder is involved. However, this does not limit the inclusion of the same sub-contractor in more than one bid. No Bidder can be a subcontractor while submitting a Bid individually in his own name or as a partner of a consortium in the same bidding process. A Bidder, if proposed as a subcontractor in any Bid, may be a proposed subcontractor in more than one Bid also, but only in the capacity of Sub-contractor.

f. any of its affiliates participated as a consultant in the preparation of the design or technical specifications of the works that are the subject of the bid; or

g. any of its affiliates has been hired (or is proposed to be hired) by the Employer as Engineer for the Contract implementation; or

h. has a close business or family relationship with a professional staff of the Employer (or of the project implementing agency, or of a recipient of a part of the loan) who: (i) are directly or indirectly involved in the preparation of the bidding documents or specifications of the contract, and/or the bid evaluation process of such contract; or (ii) would be involved in the implementation or supervision of such contract unless the conflict stemming from such relationship has been resolved in a manner acceptable to the Agency throughout the procurement process and execution of the contract.

2.1.4.3 This Bidding Process is in single stage two-packet system through e-Procurement portal as specified in clause 2.4.1 & open to all eligible bidders as per qualification criteria mentioned under Section 4. Unless otherwise approved by the Employer, the Bids for this Contract will be considered only from those companies, corporation, partnerships, consortia and joint ventures that pass the Eligibility Criteria under Section 4 based on submissions with the Bid.

2.1.4.4 The bidders or any member of Consortium must not have been banned or blacklisted by any Central / State government department or public sector, as on the date of bid submission. The Bidder should submit undertaking to this effect.

2.1.4.5 Further, a Power of Attorney signed by all the Consortium Members duly supported by their board resolutions or statement of joint decision signed by directors must also accompany the Bid authorizing the lead member, inter alia, to submit the Bid on their behalf. The formats of the Power of Attorney as well as the board resolution are provided in Appendix 2 (Form TB16).

2.1.4.6 The mode of execution of the power of attorney should be in accordance with the procedure, if any laid down by the applicable law and the charter documents of the executant(s) and when it is so required the same should be under common seal affixed in accordance with the required procedure.



For a Power of Attorney executed and issued overseas, the document will also have to be endorsed by the Indian Embassy or registered with appropriate statutory authority in the jurisdiction& as per that law of the country, where the Power of Attorney is being issued. However, the Power of Attorney provided by a Bidder from a country which has signed The Hague Legislation Convention 1961 is not required to be endorsed by the Indian Embassy if it carries a conforming Apostle certificate. This power of attorney should be registered at appropriate authority in the jurisdiction& as per that law of the country, where the Power of Attorney is being issued and easily verifiable.

2.1.4.7 The Bidder shall submit the following additional information to meet the qualification criteria for eligibility:

a. A Joint Bidding Agreement shall be provided duly notarized by the notary public or registered with the appropriate authority of country of origin and should be stamped by Embassy / High Commission of India.

b. Bidders from Member Countries of Hague convention may submit all these documents with “Apostle” stamp instead of Embassy.

c. Nomination of one of the Members of the Consortium to be in-charge (“Lead member”); and this authorization shall be covered in the Power of Attorney signed by the legally authorized signatories of all Members of Consortium.

d. Details of the intended financial participation by each member shall be furnished with complete details of the proposed division of responsibilities and relationships among the individual Members.

e. The Lead member shall be authorized to incur liabilities, receive payment and receive instructions for and on behalf of any or all Members of the Consortium.

f. All members of the Consortium shall be jointly and severally responsible for the execution of the Contract in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract.

g. In case of the Bidder being successful, the Joint Bidding Agreement shall be registered at any place in India under the relevant act, laws & provisions so as be legally valid and binding on all partners / members.

h. The Bid shall be signed by Lead Member so as to be legally binding on all the Members of the Consortium.

2.1.4.8 The Bidder shall submit full details of ownership and control of each Member thereof. The required information should be submitted as per in the Appendix 2.

2.1.4.9 Indian Bidders of a Consortium shall submit, a copy of the Permanent Account Number (PAN) issued by the Income Tax Authorities and a certified copy of the last 3 years (including the latest Financial Year) income tax return, duly acknowledged by Income Tax department with their Technical Bid. In case the Indian member of a Consortium is a subsidiary of their foreign partner in the said Consortium and this Indian company has been formed less than 3 years ago, the certified copy of the latest Financial Year income tax return (applicable only if company was formed more than a year ago), duly acknowledged by Income Tax department shall be submitted in the Technical Bid.

In case the Indian member of a JV/Consortium is a subsidiary of their foreign partner in the said JV/Consortium and this Indian company has been formed less than 1 years ago, then an undertaking from the parent company agreeing to take all responsibility in terms of financial and other aspects of the project shall be submitted in the Technical Package.

The foreign partner of the Consortium shall submit appropriate documents pertaining to their financial capability/ audited balance sheets and clearances of taxes as per the relevant law of the country of their origin.



2.1.4.10 Each Member of the Consortium is required to confirm and declare with its Bid that no agent, middleman or any intermediary has been, or will be, engaged to provide any services, or any other item or work related to the award and performance of this Contract. Such Bidder or Member will have to further confirm and declare in the Bid that no agency commission or any payment which may be construed as an agency commission has been, or will be, paid and that the Contract Price will not include any such amount. If the Employer subsequently finds to the contrary, the Employer reserves the right to declare the Bidder as non-compliant, and declare any Contract if already awarded to the Bidder to be null and void. Specific declaration to this effect exactly as specified in Appendix 2 shall be submitted with the Technical Bid.

2.1.4.11 Canvassing or offer of an advantage or any other inducement by any person with a view to influencing acceptance of a Bid will be an offence under laws of India. Such action will result in the rejection of the Bid, in addition to other punitive measures.

2.1.5 Manufacture, Installation, Configuration, Customization of Hardware & Software, Testing and Commissioning Methods

2.1.5.1 The Bidder shall submit with his bid, the methods by which the Bidder intends to manufacture, install, configure / customize of hardware & software, test and commission the AFC system off-shore as well as in India. Details shall be given of the locations and arrangements for offshore work, the facilities available and any undertaking from others which the Bidder has in such matters. Details shall also be given of the locations and arrangements for manufacture, installation, configuration/customization of hardware & software and commissioning methods and testing of AFC systems along with facilities available and proposed to be set up and any understanding from others which the Bidder has in such matters. The techniques to be employed, the equipment and facilities available or proposed to be set up off-shore, will be analyzed during technical evaluation and shall be in sufficient detail to allow a full appreciation of the Bidder’s proposals in relation to all aspects of the Works.

2.2 Content of RFP Documents 2.2.1 RFP Documents

2.2.1.1 The Bidding Documents consist of volume 1, 2, and 3 which include all the Sections specified below:

a. Volume 1: Procedure for Bidding I. Instructions to Bidders (ITB) II. Data Sheet for Bidders (DSB) III. Evaluation and Qualification Criteria IV. Corrupt and Fraudulent Practices V. Bidding Forms

b. Volume 2: Works Requirements VI. General Specifications VII. Particular Specifications

c. Volume 3: Conditions of Contract VIII. Conditions of Contract



2.2.1.2 The Invitation for Bids issued by the Employer is not part of the Bidding Documents

2.2.1.3 Unless obtained directly by the bidder concerned from the e-Procurement portal, the Employer is not responsible for the completeness of the Bidding Documents, responses to requests for clarification, the minutes of the pre-Bid meeting (if any), or Addendum to the Bidding Documents (Downloaded / Uploaded by Bidder). In case of any contradiction, documents available / uploaded by employer on e-Procurement portal of NMRC shall prevail.

2.2.1.4 Failure to comply with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a Bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder’s risk and may result in rejection of its Bid.

2.2.2 Clarifications of RFP Documents

2.2.2.1 A Bidder requiring any clarification of the Bidding Documents shall contact the Employer in writing at the Employer’s address or raise its enquiries during the pre-bid meeting. NMRC will respond to any request for clarification to queries on the Tender Document, received not later than the date and time as mentioned in clause 1.2. All responses to queries will be conveyed to all the prospective bidders by way of addendum/ corrigendum published through e-Procurement portal. NMRC may incorporate any changes in the tender documents based on acceptable suggestions received during the interactive Pre-Bid Conference or written clarification submitted by the bidders. The decision of NMRC regarding acceptability of any suggestion shall be final and shall not be called upon to question under any circumstances.

2.2.3 Site Visit

2.2.3.1 Bidders may visit site of works and obtain additional information at their own cost and responsibility

2.2.4 Pre-Bid Meeting

2.2.4.1 NMRC shall organize a Pre Bid Conference on the scheduled date, time and venue as mentioned in clause 1.2. Bidders shall formally submit their queries within the last date and time as mentioned in clause 1.2 to [email protected]. Clarifications to the formally submitted queries will be provided in the Pre-Bid Conference. Consideration of queries raised during Pre-Bid Conference is subject to relevance of queries with respect to tender documents and availability of time.

2.2.4.2 Non-attendance at the Pre-Bid Conference shall not be a cause for disqualification of a Bidder. However, terms and conditions of the Addendum(s)/Corrigendum(s) shall be legally binding on all the Bidders irrespective of their attendance at the Pre-Bid Conference.

2.2.5 Amendment of RFP Documents

2.2.5.1 At any time till 7 days before the deadline for submission of bids, NMRC may, for any reason, whether at own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a prospective Bidder, modify the bidding document by amendment.

2.2.5.2 Any addendum issued shall be part of the Bidding Documents and shall be communicated in writing to all who have obtained the Bidding Documents from the Employer. Modification in the form of an addendum will be uploaded on the e-Procurement portal within the date given in clause 1.2, which shall be available for all the prospective Bidders who have purchased the Bidding Documents in the Bid period.

mailto:[email protected]



2.3 Preparation of Bids 2.3.1 Cost of Bidding

2.3.1.1 The bidder is responsible for all costs incurred in connection with participation in this process, including, but not limited to, costs incurred in conduct of informative and other diligence activities, participation in meetings/discussions/presentations, preparation of proposal, in providing any additional information required by NMRC to facilitate the evaluation process, and in negotiating a definitive Service Agreement and all such activities related to the bid process

2.3.2 Language of Bid

2.3.2.1 Bids and all accompanying documents shall be in English. In case any accompanying printed literature is in other languages, it shall be accompanied by an English translation. The English version shall prevail in matters of interpretation.

2.3.3 Documents comprising the Bid

2.3.3.1 The Bidder shall, on or before the date and time given in the Notice of Invitation to Bid, upload his Bid on e-tendering portal.

The Bidder shall, on or before the date given in clause 1.2, submit his Bid online and follow the procedure and steps of e-Procurement portal.

Cost of the bid document: Pay online through RTGS

Bid Security: Fixed Deposit

The Bid shall comprise the following:

a. Technical Proposal

• All completed bidding formats of Pre- Qualification ( Form PQB1 to Form PQB6) as specified in Appendix1

• All completed bidding formats of technical bid (Form TB1 to Form TB21) as specified in Appendix2

• Entire Revised RFP (Volume 1, 2 and 3) with each page signed by authorized signatory with company seal

• Any other document as specified such as bid security, cost of bid documents, Addendums, Corrigendum etc.

b. Financial Proposal

• Completed bidding formats of Financial Bid as specified in appendix 3

• Bidder should ensure that the none of the part of Financial Bid should be up loaded in anywhere in the technical proposal section, if the bidder does so then his bid will be rejected out rightly.

The bid documents shall include all the corrigendum/ addendum/ clarifications provided by the Employer during the course before submission of Bid. Failure of the submission of the same shall consider the bidder to be non-responsive and the bid will not be validated.



2.3.3.2 In addition to the requirements under cause 2.3.3.1, bids submitted by consortium shall include a copy of the Joint Bidding Agreement (Form TB13) entered into by all members. Alternatively, a letter of participation (Form TB2) to execute a Joint Bidding Agreement in the event of a successful bid shall be signed by all members and submitted with the bid, together with a copy of the proposed Agreement.

2.3.4 Letter of Bid

2.3.4.1 The Letter of Pre-Qualification Bid, Letter of Technical Bid, Letter of Financial Bid and Schedules shall be prepared using the relevant forms furnished in Appendix 1, 2 and 3. All the cover letters must be completed without any alterations to the text, and no substitutes shall be accepted. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the information requested.

2.3.4.2 The Letter of Bid with all Schedules/ Forms shall be completed and signed by a duly authorized and empowered representative of the Prime Bidder. Signatures on the Letter of Bid shall be witnessed and dated. Copies of relevant powers of attorney shall be attached.

2.3.5 Alternative Bids

2.3.5.1 Alternative bids shall be permitted

Bidders are expected to offer sub-systems, system equipment etc., to conform to the Work’s Requirements. Bidders may, however, offer alternative sub-systems, systems and equipment etc., which, whilst not fully described in the Work’s Requirements, would meet the overall performance requirements for the equivalent equipment.

These alternatives shall be clearly described in the Technical Package. Bidders shall provide all information to demonstrate how the proposed alternative meets performance, functional and safety requirements and other relevant Work’s Requirements. Information provided shall include design philosophy, system architecture, block schematic diagrams and all other supporting documentation similar to that required for the Base Tender for complete technical evaluation of the alternative.

These technical submissions shall show clearly the difference between the proposed alternatives and the Base Tender in terms of technical proposals, programme schedule and any other aspect that would be affected by adoption of the alternative.

The selection of an alternative (if any) shall be at the sole discretion of the Employer. The Employer shall have the right to accept or reject the Alternative(s).

2.3.5.2 Alternative times for completion not permitted.

2.3.5.3 Except as provided under clause 2.3.5.4 below, Bidders wishing to offer technical alternatives to the requirements of the Bidding Documents shall further provide all information necessary for a complete evaluation of the alternative by the Employer, including drawings, design calculations, technical specifications, and proposed construction methodology and other relevant details.

2.3.5.4 Alternative technical solutions shall be permitted for subsystems, systems and equipment of the Works

2.3.6 Bid Prices

2.3.6.1 The bidder shall quote the royalty amount only in the financial section of the e-Procurement portal of NMRC in the summary sheet provided for in the aforesaid financial section. Please refer to clause 2.5.7 for further details for further details on royalty.



2.3.6.2 The royalty amount quoted in the financial section in e-Procurement portal of NMRC shall be the total price bid.

2.3.6.3 No discounts or any either methodology shall be quoted by the bidder in the Letter of Bid by the bidder.

2.3.6.4 The Employer may get, from the Government, partial or complete waiver of taxes, royalties, duties, Labour, cess and other levies payable to various authorities. The successful Bidder (the Contractor) shall maintain meticulous records of all the taxes and duties paid and provide the same with each running bill. In case the waiver becomes effective, the Contractor will be advised on the process to be followed to obtain the refund from the concerned authority. The Contractor shall arrange for the remit of the refund to the Employer. In case of failure by the Contractor to remit such amounts, the same shall be recovered from amounts due for payment to the Contractor.

2.3.6.5 With the Bid submission, the Bidder shall submit the Proforma of undertaking stating that registrations as per the form TB21 in Appendix 2, under various fiscal and labour laws like Uttar Pradesh VAT, Profession Tax, Service Tax, Central Excise, Import Export Code, Employee State Insurance, Provident Fund, Uttar Pradesh Labour Welfare Fund, Local Body Tax shall be obtained by the bidders in the event of award of the work.

2.3.6.6 Bidders is being informed that,

“Ministry of Finance (Department of Revenue) has issued a notification of No.9/2016 - Service Tax dated 1st March 2016 stating that the contracts which are entered after 1st March 2016 for Metrorail construction Projects is liable for payment of Service Tax.”

The Bidders shall examine his own assessment in regard to service tax liability in the contract. No separate tax reimbursement will be made by NMRC.

c. Taxes prior to Base date i.e 28 days prior to latest date of submission of Bid is deemed to be inclusive of price quoted by Bidder.

d. Any change in legislation of any kind of Taxes by government, after Base Date shall be accounted for separately and it is applicable both way (Reimbursement & Deduction)

2.3.6.7 NMRC project is covered under Project Import chapter 98.01 of Custom Tariff Act according to which only concessional custom duty is payable. The Bidder should avail this benefit and pass on the benefit of the same to NMRC.

As regards registration under Project Import, after the award of the contract, NMRC at the written request of Contractor shall facilitate the Contractor for obtaining sponsoring / recommendation letter from the Ministry of Urban Development / Government of Uttar Pradesh for getting themselves registered for availing Project Import benefits. The responsibility to avail the concessional benefits under Project Import shall solely rest with the Contractor.

2.3.7 Currencies of Bid and Payment

2.3.7.1 The currency of the Bid shall be Indian National Rupees (INR)

2.3.8 Documents Comprising the Technical Proposal

2.3.8.1 The Bidder shall furnish a Technical Proposal including a statement of work methods, equipment, personnel, schedule and any other information as stipulated in Appendix 2, in sufficient detail to demonstrate the adequacy of the Bidder’s proposal to meet the work requirements and the completion time.



2.3.9 Validity of Bids

2.3.9.1 Bids shall be valid for a period of 180 days (both days inclusive i.e. the date of submission of bids and the last date of period of validity of the tender) from the latest Date of Submission of bids. In exceptional circumstances, prior to expiry of the bid validity period, the Employer may request that the bidders extend the period of validity for a specified additional period. The request and the responses thereto shall be made in writing. A bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting Bid Security. A bidder agreeing to the request will not be required or permitted to modify his bid.

2.3.10 Bid Security/Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)

2.3.10.1 The bid security shall be submitted by Consortium. If the Consortium is not formed legally, then the Prime Bidder shall submit the bid security.

2.3.10.2 The bidder shall furnish, as part of its Bid, a Bid security/ EMD of INR 1 Crore in form Fixed Deposit in a Scheduled Commercial bank / Post offices based in India duly pledged in favor of Noida Metro Rail Corporation Ltd. Scanned copy of Fixed Deposit Receipt of Security/ EMD must be enclosed along with the pre-qualification bid. Bid without bid security, will not be accepted

2.3.10.3 The bid Security of the successful bidder shall be returned upon the execution of the Contract and on the receipt by the Employer of the Performance Security.

2.3.10.4 The bid Security of the unsuccessful bidders shall be released after unconditional acceptance of the Letter of Acceptance (LOA) by the successful bidder.

2.3.10.5 The Bid Security shall be forfeited:

a. If the bidder withdraws his bid during the period of bid validity; or

b. If the bidder does not accept the correction of his financial bid price;

c. If the successful bidder refuses or neglects to execute the Contract or

d. Fails to furnish the required Performance Security within the time specified by the Employer

2.3.11 Format and Signing of Bid

2.3.11.1 The bidder shall prepare and submit their bid comprising of (but not limited to) documents described in clause 2.3.3.

2.3.11.2 All documents which are to be submitted as scanned documents shall be typed or written in indelible ink (in the case of copies, legible photocopies are also acceptable) and all the pages shall be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the prime bidder before scanning and uploading (in .pdf / .jpg / .jpeg format). All pages of the bid, where any inter-lineation, erasures, or overwriting shall be valid only if they are signed or initialed and dated by the person signing the bid

2.3.12 Cost of Bidding Documents/Bid Processing Fess

2.3.12.1 The bidders shall have to pay cost of bid document/ bid processing fee of Rs. 1.15 Lakhs (including VAT) through RTGS only payable in favor of Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited in the A/c No. 008594600000494, IFSC Code: YESB0000085, YES Bank, Sec.27, Noida. Scanned copy of RTGS receipt with transaction ID certified by the same bank must be enclosed along with the pre-qualification Bid. This cost of bid document/ bid processing fee will be non-refundable. Tender without cost of bid document/ bid processing fee in the prescribed form, will not be accepted.

2.4 Submission and Opening of Bids



2.4.1 Submission of Bids

2.4.1.1 The bidding process is through e-Procurement portal http://etender.up.nic.in. The bid submission module of e-Procurement portal enables the bidders to submit the bid online in response to this e-tender published by NMRC. Bid submission can be done only from the bid submission start date and time till the bid submission end date and time given in the e-tender. Bidders should start the bid submission process well in advance so that they can submit their bid in time.

2.4.1.2 The bidder has to follow the following instructions for submission of bid:

a. For participating in bid through the e-tendering system, it is necessary for the bidders to be the registered users of the e-Procurement portal http://etender.up.nic.in. The bidders must obtain a User Login Id and Password by registering themselves with U.P. Electronics Corporation Limited, Lucknow if they have not done so previously for registration.

b. In addition to the normal registration, the bidder has to register with Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) in the e-tendering system and subsequently will be allowed to carry out bid submission activities. Registering the Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) is a onetime activity. Before proceeding to register DSC, the bidder should first log on to the e-tendering system using the User Login option on the home page with the Login Id and Password with which has registered.

c. For successful registration of DSC on e-Procurement portal the bidder must ensure that should possess Class-2/ Class-3 DSC issued by any certifying authorities approved by Controller of Certifying Authorities, Government of India, as the e-Procurement portal is presently accepting DSCs issued by these authorities only. The bidder can obtain User Login Id and perform DSC registration exercise above even before bid submission date starts. NMRC shall not be held responsible if the bidder tries to submit bid at the last moment before end date of submission but could not submit due to DSC registration problem.

d. The bidder can search for active tenders through "Search Active tenders" link, select a tender in which is interested in and then move it to ‘My Tenders’ folder using the options available in the Bid Submission menu. After selecting and viewing the tender, for which the bidder intends to bid, from "My Tenders" folder, the bidder can place bid by clicking "Pay Offline" option available at the end of the view tender details form. Before this, the bidder should download the e-tender documents and Price Schedule/Bill of Quantity (BOQ) and study them carefully. The bidder should keep all the documents ready as per the requirements of e-tender document in the PDF format except the Price Schedule/Bill of Quantity (BOQ) which should be in the XLS format (Excel sheet).

e. After clicking the ‘Pay Offline’ option, the bidder will be redirected to the Terms and Conditions page. The bidder should read the Terms & Conditions before proceeding to fill in the cost of bid document/e-tender processing fee and Bid Security/EMD offline payment details. After entering and saving the cost of bid document/e-Tender processing fee and Bid Security/EMD details, the bidder should click "Encrypt & Upload" option given in the offline payment details form so that "Bid Document Preparation and Submission" window appears to upload the documents as per Technical (Fee details, Qualification details, Bid Form and Technical Specification details) and financial (Bid Form and Price Schedule/BOQ) schedules/packets given in the tender details. The details available in the scanned copy of tender form cost and of EMD shall be verified by NMRC and in case of any discrepancy the bid shall be rejected.



f. Next the bidder should upload the Technical Bid documents for Fee details (Cost of bid document/e-Tender processing fee and EMD), Qualification details. Before uploading, the bidder has to select the relevant Digital Signature Certificate. Bidder may be prompted to enter the Digital Signature Certificate password, if necessary. For uploading, the bidder should click "Browse" button against each document label in Technical and Financial schedules/packets and then upload the relevant PDF/XLS files already prepared and stored in the bidder's computer. The required documents for each document label of Technical (Fee details, Qualification details, e-Bid Form and Technical Specification details) and financial (e-Bid Form and Price Schedule/BOQ) schedules/packets can be clubbed together to make single different files for each label.

g. The bidder should click "Encrypt" next for successfully encrypting and uploading of required documents. During the above process, the bid documents are digitally signed using the DSC of the bidder and then the documents are encrypted/locked electronically with the DSC’s of the bid openers to ensure that the bid documents are protected, stored and opened by concerned bid openers only.

h. After successful submission of bid document, a page giving the summary of bid submission will be displayed confirming end of bid submission process. The bidder can take a printout of the bid summary using the "Print" option available in the window as an acknowledgement for future reference.

i. NMRC reserves the right to cancel any or all bids without assigning any reason.

2.4.2 Deadline for Submission of Bids

2.4.2.1 Bid (Technical and Financial) must be submitted by the bidders at e-Procurement portal not later than the bid submission date and time as specified in clause 1.2.

2.4.2.2 The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids by amending the Bidding Documents, in which case all rights and obligations of the Employer and Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended.

2.4.3 Late Bids

2.4.3.1 The bidder shall submit the bids before the deadline for submission of bids. Once the bid submission date and time is over, the bidder cannot submit bid. Bidder has to start the Bid Submission well in advance so that the submission process passes off smoothly. The bidder will only be held responsible if bid is not submitted in time due to any of problems/faults, for whatsoever reason, during bid submission process.

2.4.4 Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids

2.4.4.1 At any point of time, a bidder can withdraw the bid submitted online before the bid submission end date and time. For withdrawing, the bidder should first log in using Login Id and Password and subsequently by Digital Signature Certificate on the e- Procurement portal. The Bidder should then select "My Bids" option in the Bid Submission menu. The page listing all the bids submitted by the bidder will be displayed. Click "View" to see the details of the bid to be withdrawn. After selecting the "Bid Withdrawal" option, the Bidder has to click "Yes" to the message "Do you want to withdraw this bid?" displayed in the Bid Information window for the selected bid. The bidder also has to enter the bid withdrawing reasons and upload the letter giving the reasons for withdrawing before clicking the ”Submit" button. The Bidder has to confirm again by pressing "Ok" button before finally withdrawing his/her selected e-Bid.



2.4.4.2 No bid may be withdrawn in the interval between the deadline for submission of bids and the expiration of period of bid validity. Withdrawal of bid during this interval may result in the Bidder’s forfeiture of bid security.

2.4.4.3 The bidder can re-submit bid as and when required till the bid submission end date and time. The bid submitted earlier will be replaced by the new one. The payment made by the bidder earlier will be used for revised bid and the new bid submission summary generated after the successful submission of the revised bid will be considered for evaluation purposes. For resubmission, the bidder should first log in using Login Id and Password and subsequently by Digital Signature Certificate on the e- Procurement portal. The bidder should then select "My Bids" option in the Bid Submission menu. The page listing all the bids submitted by the bidder will be displayed. Click "View" to see the details of the bid to be resubmitted. After selecting the "Bid Resubmission" option, click "Encrypt & Upload" to upload the revised bid documents. The bidder can submit their revised bids as many times as possible by uploading their bid documents within the scheduled date & time for submission of bids. No bid can be resubmitted subsequently after the deadline for submission of bids.

2.4.5 Bid Opening

2.4.5.1 The bid opening/ shall take place at office of:



District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh

The bidders have only option to submit their bids electronically, the electronic bid opening procedure shall be as under:-

The Technical Bid of Online Submitted Bids shall be opened/ downloaded by the opening committee on due date and time of Bid opening.

No minimum number of bids is required in order to proceed to bid opening.

Bids for which an acceptable notice of withdrawal has been submitted shall not be opened.

‘Bid Security’ and ‘Cost of Bid Documents’ will be opened first. On opening of the same, NMRC will first check the details of tender cost and tender security submitted by the bidder online and cross verifies the same with the hard copy submitted.

Tenders of those bidders who have not submitted valid ‘Bid Security’ and valid ‘Cost of Tender Documents’ shall be considered as non-responsive and liable to be rejected summarily.

2.4.5.2 The Technical Package of all bidders who have submitted a valid bid security and cost of tender document shall be opened in the presence of representatives of bidders who choose to attend on date & time as mentioned in tender document

2.4.5.3 The Financial Package(s) which bidder(s) have uploaded online will be opened on a subsequent date after evaluation of technical packages. Financial packages of only those bidders whose submissions are found substantially responsive and technically compliant will be opened. The time of opening of financial package shall be informed though e-Procurement portal only. Bidder can visit to e-procurement portal for further information.

2.5 Evaluation of Bids 2.5.1 Confidentiality of Bid Information



2.5.1.1 Except the public opening of tenders, information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation and comparison of tenders and recommendations concerning the award of Contract shall not be disclosed to bidders or other persons not officially concerned with such process.

2.5.1.2 Any effort by a bidder to influence the Employer in the process of examination, clarification, evaluation and comparison of bids and in decisions concerning award of contract, may result in the rejection of the bid.

2.5.2 Clarification of Bids

2.5.2.1 To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of the bids, and qualification of the Bidders, the Employer may, at its discretion, ask any Bidder for a clarification of its bid, given a reasonable time for a response. Any clarification submitted by a Bidder that is not in response to a request by the Employer shall not be considered. The Employer’s request for clarification and the response shall be in writing. No change, including any voluntary increase or decrease, in the prices or substance of the bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted, except to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Employer in the evaluation of the bids.

2.5.2.2 If a Bidder does not provide clarifications of its bid by the date and time set in the Employer’s request for clarification, its bid may be rejected.

2.5.3 Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions

2.5.3.1 The bid submitted by the bidder should be unconditional & no deviation / reservation & omission is permitted.

2.5.4 Determination of Responsiveness

2.5.4.1 The employer will determine whether each tender is substantially responsive to the requirements of the Tender Documents i.e. it conforms to all terms, conditions and specifications of the tender document. In case of any inconformity, the tender shall be disqualified and rejected.

2.5.5 Nonmaterial Nonconformities

2.5.5.1 Provided that a bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may waive any nonmaterial non-conformity in the Bid.

2.5.5.2 Provided that a bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may request that the Bidder submit the necessary information or documentation, within a reasonable period of time, to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities in the bid related to documentation requirements. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request may result in the rejection of its Bid.

2.5.6 Correction of Arithmetical Errors

2.5.6.1 Employer shall check for any arithmetical errors in computation and summation during financial evaluation. Errors will be corrected by the Employer as follows:

a. Where there is a discrepancy between amounts in figures and in words, the amount in words will govern; and

b. If a Bidder does not accept the correction of errors as outlined above, his tender will be rejected and the bid security forfeited

2.5.7 Evaluation of Bids

2.5.7.1 The Employer shall use the criteria and methodologies listed in this Clause. No other evaluation criteria or methodologies shall be permitted.



2.5.7.2 First of all it will be determined whether each bid is accompanied with the valid bid security i.e. the required amount and in an acceptable form. Bidders not accompanied with the valid bid security shall be rejected and may not be evaluated further.

2.5.7.3 To evaluate a bid, the Employer shall consider the following

a. The evaluation factors as specified in Section 4, Eligibility & Evaluation Criteria.

b. The bidders who qualify for the technical eligibility would be considered for financialevaluation

c. The bidder shall quote a fixed fare box revenue share (as defined in clause 1.3.11)payable exclusive of all taxes to the bidder over 10 year revenue service period. Thecap for the permissible quote for per transaction fare box revenue share is fixed at 4%.Any quote above this value will be liable for bid rejection.

d. The bidder shall quote the annual royalty payable exclusive of all taxes to NMRC over10 year revenue service period

e. The NPV for annual royalty shall be discounted at 12.5% per annum.

f. The cash-flow quoted by bidder for the entire contract period shall not be equal to zeroand must either be ALL positive or ALL negative and NOT a mix of positive andnegative cash-flows

g. The financial proposal shall be evaluated based on the following formula:

h. Evaluation ratio shall be calculated by dividing the NPV of 10 years royalty by productof 100 Cr. (constant) and percentage of per transaction fare box revenue share.

i. The bidder with highest value resulting from the above calculation shall be announcedas the successful bidder. In case of tie among multiple bidders evaluation shall bedone as per following

i. the bidder with the lower fare box revenue share shall be considered as asuccessful bidder

ii. If there is tie on fare box revenue share, then bidder with highest NPV of first 3years of annual royalty shall be considered as successful bidder

j. Refer to appendix 4 for a sample financial evaluation.

2.5.8 Comparison of Bids

2.5.8.1 The Employer shall compare the NPV of the royalty and per transaction fare box revenue share quoted of all substantially responsive bids established in accordance with the evaluation criteria

2.5.9 Qualification of the Bidder

2.5.9.1 The Employer shall determine to its satisfaction whether the Bidder that is selected meets initial filter stage, final stage and financial criteria

2.5.9.2 The determination shall be based upon an examination of the documentary evidence of the Bidder’s qualifications submitted by the Bidder.

NPV (∑ Royalty for 10 Years)

100 Cr. X % of per transaction fare box revenue share



2.5.10 Employer’s Right to Accept Any Bid, and to reject any or all Bids

2.5.10.1 The Employer is not bound to accept any bid and may at any time by notice in writing to the Bidders terminate the Bidding process. The Bidder should note in particular that without prejudice to the Employer’s other rights under the Contract and the Bid Security, the Employer may terminate the Contract the event that the Bid is accepted but the Bidder fails to supply the Performance Security or other specified documents or fails to execute the Contract Agreement.

2.6 Award of Contract 2.6.1 Award Criteria

2.6.1.1 Subject to clause 2.5.10.1, the Employer shall award the Contract to the Bidder whose offer has been determined as per the evaluation criteria and is substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents, provided further that the Bidder is determined to be qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily.

2.6.2 Notification of Award

2.6.2.1 Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity, the Employer shall notify the successful Bidder, in writing, that its bid has been accepted. The notification letter (hereinafter called the “Letter of Acceptance”) shall specify the sum that the Employer will pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and completion of the Works (hereinafter called “the Contract Price”). No correspondence will be entertained by the Employer from the unsuccessful bidders.

2.6.2.2 The Letter of Acceptance will constitute a part of the contract.

2.6.2.3 Upon issuance of “Letter of acceptance” to the successful bidder, the employer will promptly notify the unsuccessful bidders and discharge /return their tender securities.

2.6.2.4 The “Letter of acceptance” will be sent in duplicate to the successful Bidder, who will return one copy to the Employer duly acknowledged and signed by the authorized signatory, within one week of receipt of the same by him.

2.6.3 Signing of Agreement

2.6.3.1 The bidder should note that in the event of acceptance of the bid, the bidder will be required to execute the Contract Agreement in the form with such modifications as may be considered necessary at the time of finalization of the contract with in a period of 28 days from the date of issue of the Letter of Acceptance.

2.6.4 Performance Security

2.6.4.1 The Performance Security required in accordance with Clause 4.2 of the Volume 3: Conditions of Contract shall be for an amount of INR 15 Crore. The Performance Security shall be furnished to the Employer within 28 days of receipt of the Letter of Acceptance.

2.6.4.2 The required Performance Security for the sum mentioned above may be submitted in any one of the following forms:

a. Irrevocable bank guarantee in the prescribed format, given in Volume 3: Conditions of Contract issued by a Scheduled Commercial Bank based in India.

b. Performance bond in favor of Noida Metro Rail Corporation Ltd. payable at Noida from a Scheduled Commercial Bank based in India.



2.6.4.3 The Performance Guarantee should be valid for a period of 06 (six) months beyond the Contract Expiry Period. Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above-mentioned Performance Security or sign the Contract shall constitute sufficient grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the bid security.

2.6.4.4 The Bidder has to furnish other Guarantees, Undertakings, and Warranties.

2.6.4.5 The Performance Security shall be released within 1 month of issuance of completion certificate for all phases.

2.6.5 Revenue Security

2.6.5.1 Revenue Security means the Revenue bank guarantee or Revenue Bond in favor of the employer that Prime Bidder of the Consortium shall obtain, from a scheduled commercial bank in India acceptable to the Employer and enforceable until Date of Contract Expiry, to cover the following revenue risks of Employer expiry of contract.

a. Fare box collection and on time remittance of revenue from Metro Rail operations and from all other modes of public transport operations, occurring in future.

b. Against uninterrupted operation & maintenance of AFC system across all modes of transport including metro rail, and the fare revisions from time to time.

c. Yearly Royalty/Premium payment to the Employer

d. Non-Fare box revenue accrued by Bidder as per AFC Program.

2.6.5.2 The Revenue Security required in accordance with Volume 3: Conditions of Contract: Conditions of Contract shall be for an amount of INR 15 Crore. The Revenue Security shall be furnished to the Employer within 28 (twenty eight) days prior to the Revenue Opening date of the works or part thereof.

2.6.5.3 The required Revenue Security for the sum mentioned above may be submitted in any one of the following forms:

a. Irrevocable bank guarantee in the prescribed format, given in Volume 3: Conditions of Contract, issued by a Scheduled Commercial Bank based in India.

b. Revenue bond in favor of Noida Metro Rail Corporation Ltd. payable at Noida from a Scheduled Commercial Bank based in India.

2.6.6 Roles and Responsibilities

2.6.6.1 Consortium

a. Issuance of Co-branded EMV Dual Interface smart cards & other fare media and related logistics, including marketing

b. Integration of clearing house and smart Card host system of FI

c. Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of open loop, EMV smart card based AFC system for Noida Metro and other public transport systems which include city/feeder buses, metro parking, etc.

d. Integration of clearing house and smart Card host system of FI.

e. Customer contact center support on card transactions& Fraud Management

f. Setup of online card top-up/ renewal, customer account management and customer support with payment gateway and authentication services as per RBI requirements.

g. Support to the applications which are identified and defined in Volume 2, Particular Specifications

h. Development, commissioning and maintenance support for AFC system.



i. Integration of NMRC mobile application with AFC.

j. Promotion of NMRC contactless smart cards with commuters, retailers/ merchants in Noida and beyond as per the direction of NMRC.

k. Training and transfer of knowledge to NMRC after implementation of the system is complete.

l. AFC set up and roll-out for different phases and future phases during the contract period.

m. FI has to settle Fare Revenues settlement with NMRC and other Public Transit system revenues with respective operators

n. Non-fare box revenue settlement with NMRC.

o. Yearly Premium/ Royalty payment to NMRC.

p. SLAs, MIS & Reporting

q. Provide access for regulatory revenue reporting on Common Mobility Program

r. Access to NMRC or NMRC appointed third party for revenue audit and fare collection on other Public Transit systems.

s. Promotion of Noida Metro cards in commuter and merchant ecosystem in Noida and beyond.

t. Common ownership & access to data acquired through AFC system.

2.6.7 Guarantees and Warrantees

2.6.7.1 The Contractor shall submit other all Warranties, Guarantees & Undertakings (as applicable) in accordance with Volume 3 Conditions of Contract, Clause 23-Contract forms.

2.6.8 Insurance

2.6.8.1 The Bidders’ attention is drawn to the provisions contained in Clause 18 of the Volume 3, Conditions of Contract.

2.6.9 Consortium Conditions

2.6.9.1 The Consortium should not comprise of more than 3 members including the prime bidder. Clear roles and responsibilities of each consortium member needs to be provided at the time of bid submission.

2.6.9.2 The broad roles and responsibilities of Consortium is given in Clause 2.6.6

2.6.9.3 The Joint Bidding Agreement would be signed by all the consortium partners and should be valid for the entire contract period (as and when initiated) and same shall need to be submitted along with the response to the RFP

2.6.9.4 Joint Bidding Agreement of the consortium members should clearly mention their exclusive association for this RFP and joint responsibility for the respective scope. Roles and responsibilities of each consortium member must also be spelt out in the Joint Bidding Agreement

2.6.9.5 Financial Institution shall be the Prime bidder of the consortium

2.6.9.6 AFC service provider shall be mandatory consortium member

2.6.9.7 Other vendors (Contactless Smart card supplier, Central Clearing House Supplier and others) could be the other members of consortium



a. All members of the consortium shall be liable for their respective scope of work as defined in Volume 2 Particular Specifications. Consortium shall be deemed to be jointly and severally liable to the Employer for the performance of the Contract.

2.6.10 Liabilities of consortium members

2.6.10.1 Financial Institution

a. The FI would be liable for all services as per the scope of work stated in the Chapter 2 of the “Particular Specifications” document in the Volume 2 of the RFP.

b. FI is liable to pay 25% of the Non-Fare box revenue (as defined in clause 2.5 of Volume 3 – Conditions of Contract) earned through non transit transactions performed by smart card holders

2.6.10.2 AFC provider

a. The AFC provider would be jointly liable for all scope of services pertaining to the supply, installation, commissioning and maintenance of AFC system at all project sites and related services as per the scope of work stated in the Chapter 2 of the “Particular Specifications” document in the Volume 2 of the RFP.

2.6.10.3 Other members of the consortium:

a. The member would be liable for the part of scope of service which the member shall be stated responsible as part of the Joint Bidding Agreement they would be signing to become a part of the bidding consortium

Important Note: It is expected the liability of each of consortium member shall sign a Joint Bidding Agreement to be established between the members that must be clearly stated vis-à-vis the scope of services stated in the Chapter 2 of the “Particular Specifications” document in the Volume 2 of the RFP and in compliance with liability expectations where stated by NMRC. The copy of signed Joint Bidding Agreement shall be included as part of the bidder’s proposal.

2.6.11 Limitations of Liabilities for service providers

Shall not be liable to NMRC for any indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest costs. Aggregate liability of the Bidder to NMRC shall not exceed the twice the value of Revenue Security Deposit which is according to Volume 3 – Conditions of Contract, Sub clause 4.2.

2.6.11.1 Liabilities of NMRC

a. NMRC shall pay to the bidder per transaction fare box revenue share as established in the financial bid submitted by the contactor during the Revenue Service Period. However bidder will have the provision of charging annual fees on the cards as per RBI guidelines.

b. The investment for AFCS shall be made by the consortium, taking in to consideration, the expected commuter base as per DPR prepared for the approval of Noida Metro Rail Project by Govt. of Uttar Pradesh and the ridership expected through other modes of public transport, such as City Buses.

c. If the Metro operations has not been commenced as per the project plan of NMRC subsequent to signing of the contract agreement and if there is an inordinate delay in commissioning of commencement of Metro revenue operations beyond 3 months of the committed date, NMRC is liable to extend the period of contract from the Date of Contract Expiry, as defined at sub-clause 1.1.3.11 in Clause 1.1.3 of Volume 3 of the RFP, by equivalent days of delay.



3 Data Sheet for Bidders

DSB 1 The country of Applicable Law is Republic of India

DSB 2

Name of the Client: Noida Metro Rail Corporation (NMRC) Limited

Name of the Project: Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida

DSB 3 Financial Proposal to be submitted together with Technical Proposal: Yes

DSB 4 Source of Funding: Government of India and Government of Uttar Pradesh.

DSB 5

Maximum number of members in the consortium shall be: Three Members

Financial Institution shall be the Prime bidder of the consortium AFC service provider shall be mandatory consortium member

The Joint Bidding Agreement shall be submitted in the format as provided under Appendix 2.

All members of the consortium shall be liable for their respective scope of work as defined in Volume 2. Consortium shall be deemed to be jointly and severally liable to the Employer for the performance of the Contract.

DSB 6 Maximum number of sub-contracts shall be: Not Limited

DSB 7 This Bidding Process is open to Eligible Bidders

DSB 8

The Employer’s address is:

Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited

Block-III, 3rd Floor,

Ganga Shopping Complex,

Sector-29, Noida -201301,


DSB 9 Time & Date for clarifications: Bidders may submit clarification queries at [email protected] not later than the 19th Nov 2016 up to 17:00 Hours.

DSB 10

A Pre-Bid meeting [shall] take place at the following date, time and place:

Date: 21st Nov 2016

Time: 11:00 Hours

Place:

Will be intimated to bidders through http://etender.up.nic.in portal

Contact person/conference coordinator:

Executive Director

Contact No. 0120-4344482/83/84/85





DSB 11

The language of the bid is: English.

All correspondence exchange shall be in the English language. Language for translation of supporting documents and printed literature is English.

DSB 12 Currency of bid: Indian Rupees (INR)

DSB 13 Alternative technical solutions shall be permitted for subsystems, systems and equipment of the Works: Yes

DSB 14 The bid validity period shall be 180 days.

DSB 15 A Bid Security for a sum of INR 1 Crore

DSB 16 Other types of acceptable securities: None

DSB 17 This Bidding Process is in single stage two-packet system through e-Procurement portal (http://etender.up.nic.in)

DSB 18

Bid Submission: Through e-Procurement Portal (http://etender.up.nic.in)

Contact person for support in downloading and submitting the bid –

Ms. Shobha kushwaha, Contact No: 9205691104

Mr. Sandeep Raizada, OSD, Contact No: 9205691011/

0120-4344482/83/84/85

Mail ID: [email protected]

DSB 19

The deadline for bid submission is:

Date: 20th Dec 2016

Time: 17:00 Hours

Bidders shall not have the option of submitting their bids manually

DSB 20 “Technical Bid” shall be opened first. “Financial Bid” shall be kept sealed for opening at a later date.

DSB 21

Address for contract negotiations:

Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited


Ganga Shopping Complex,

Sector-29, Noida -201301,


DSB 22

The publication of the contract award information following the completion of the contract negotiations and contract signing will be done as following:

The publication will be done within 7 days after the contract signing.






4 Eligibility & Evaluation Criteria

Evaluation Factors The evaluation of the project will be done in two stages:

4.1 Stage 1: Initial Filter- Eligibility criteria

The applicants will be evaluated on the eligibility criteria provided in Table 5. When responding to the eligibility criteria, applicants should demonstrate their capabilities, by providing material based on their experience, past performance, their personnel, equipment and financial resources. The applicants who do not pass this test will not be evaluated further

4.1.1 Eligibility Criteria for Financial Institutions (FI) (Prime Bidder)

S. No. Criteria Documentary evidence

1 The Prime Bidder should be a Bank/payment scheme in India which is included in the second schedule of Reserve Bank of India (RBI) Act, 1934.

Certified copy of incorporation

2 The Prime Bidder should have the details of sales tax registration, service tax registration and PAN

Copies of relevant certificates

3 Certification from the applicant provided in the bid document that “No agent/ middleman has been or will be engaged or has any agency commission been or will be paid”

Certification to be submitted by FI.

4 FI should have the experience of handling channels of payment gateways (web, mobile etc.), processing NEFT/RTGS, IMPS, ATMs, IVR, SMS etc.

Self-Certification or copy of relevant and valid PO / WO / LOA / Contract Agreement issued till the date of bid submission, along with completion certificates issued by the client or company secretary/CFO/Auditor of the consortium member, covering the requirements. 5 FI should have the experience of co-

branding card services with other organizations / institutions

6 Applicant should have the experience of developing and commissioning EMV based smart card system

7 FI should have the experience of executing projects with loyalty program design or management of retail customer base

Self-Certification or copy of relevant and valid PO / WO / LOA / Contract Agreement issued till the date of bid submission, along with completion certificates issued by the client or company secretary/CFO/Auditor of the consortium member, covering the requirements.

8 FI should have the experience in providing following corporate banking services

1. Providing Salary Accounts to employees of organization

Self-declaration by company secretary/CFO/Auditor of the consortium member, covering the requirements.



2. Cash management services 3. Provide term deposit services

And FI should be in the business of accepting deposits from Corporate & Government Organization

NOTE: FI should comply with all the above criteria. Else would be disqualified

4.1.2 Eligibility Criteria for AFC Provider

S No. Criteria Evidence

1 AFC provider should constitute under Companies Act of the country, which it belongs to In case of Foreign Company, incorporation documents other than English language should be accompanied by a notarized translation to English language only.


2 Certification of the AFC provided in the bid submission that “no agent/ middleman/agency has been or will be engaged or has any agency commission been or will be paid”

Certification / Undertaking to be submitted by all consortium members

3 AFC PROVIDER as part of consortium should have experience of working on multiple modes of transport (with at least 350 buses and 30 metro / light rail / tram/mono rail/suburban train stations) OR AFC provider as part of consortium should have experience of working on multiple modes of transport accepting EMV contactless cards (with at least 100 buses and 10 metro / light rail / mono rail / tram/ suburban train stations).

Copy of relevant and valid PO / WO / LOA / Contract Agreement issued till the date of bid submission, along with completion certificates issued by the client or company secretary/CFO/Auditor of the consortium member, covering the requirements. Self-certification from consortium’s company secretary/CFO/Auditor along with the supporting agreement copies is also acceptable.

4 AFC provider should carry out one of the following projects in the last 5 years in a Metro/LRT/Mono Rail System? (a) Must have completed ONE work of Contactless smart

card based AFC System of minimum value equal to INR 100 Crore at 31.03.2016 price level OR one work of contactless smart card based AFC System for minimum 20 stations.

OR (b) Must have completed TWO works of similar nature of

Contactless smart card based AFC System of each costing minimum INR 80 Crore at 31.03.2016 price level OR each work of Contactless smart card based AFC System for minimum 18 stations.

Copy of relevant and valid PO / WO / LOA / Contract Agreement issued till the date of bid submission, along with completion certificates issued by the client or company secretary/CFO/Auditor of the consortium member, covering the requirements. Self-certification from consortium’s company secretary/CFO/Auditor along with the supporting agreement copies is also acceptable.



S No. Criteria Evidence OR

(c) Must have completed THREE works of similar nature of Contactless smart card based AFC System of each costing minimum INR 64 Crores at 31.03.2016 price level OR each work at minimum 15 stations.

Note: 1. The qualifications can come from one or more legal entities (of the AFC member of the

consortium) as long as these legal entities belong to (are subsidiaries) of the same parent company.

2. The specific legal entity that is the AFC member of the bidding consortium could be another subsidiary of the same parent who owns the other entities that have the qualifications.

3. AFC provider should comply with all the above criteria. Else would be disqualified

4.1.3 Eligibility Criteria for other consortium members other than FI and AFC

S. No. Criteria Documentary evidence

1 The consortium member should constitute under Companies Act of the country, which it belongs to. In case of Foreign Company, incorporation documents other than English language should be accompanied by a notarized translation to English language only.


2 Certification of the consortium member provided in the bid submission that “no agent/ middleman/agency has been or will be engaged or has any agency commission been or will be paid”

Certification / Undertaking to be submitted by consortium members

4.2 Stage 2: Financial Evaluation The Financial bids of eligible bidders, who pass the Technical Evaluation criteria mentioned above, shall only be opened. Evaluating the Financial bid:

1. The bidder shall quote a fixed fare box revenue share (as defined in clause 1.3.11) payable exclusive of all taxes to the bidder over 10 year revenue service period. The cap for the permissible quote for per transaction fare box revenue share is fixed at 4%. Any quote above this value will be liable for bid rejection.

2. The bidder shall quote the annual royalty payable exclusive of all taxes to NMRC over 10 year revenue service period.

3. The NPV for annual royalty shall be discounted at 12.5% per annum.

4. The cash-flow quoted by bidder for the entire contract period shall not be equal to zero and must either be ALL positive or ALL negative and NOT a mix of positive and negative cash-flows.

5. An evaluation ratio shall be calculated using the quoted fare box revenue share and royalty as explained in clause 2.5.7.3 (g) and (h). Also refer to Appendix 4 for sample calculations.



6. The bidder with highest value of evaluation ratio shall be announced as the winner of the bid. In case of tie among multiple bidders evaluation shall be done as per following

a. The bidder with the lower fare box revenue share shall be considered as a successful bidder.

b. If there is tie on fare box revenue share, then bidder with highest NPV of first 3 years of annual royalty shall be considered as successful bidder.

Note: The successful Bidder shall pay 20% of first year annual royalty as advance within 14 calendar days from the issuance date of Letter of Acceptance.



5 Corrupt and Fraudulent Practices

The Employer, the Implementing Agency and the contractors, suppliers or consultants must observe the highest standard of ethics during contract procurement and performance.

By signing the Statement of Integrity (form available as Appendix to Letter of Bid) the contractor, supplier or consultant declares that (i) “it did not engage in any practice likely to influence the contract award process to the Employer's detriment, and that it did not and will not get involved in any anti-competitive practice”, and that (ii) “the negotiation, the procurement and the performance of the contract did not and shall not give rise to any act of corruption or fraud”.

Moreover, the Agency requires including in the Bidding Documents and Agency-financed contracts a provision requiring that bidders and contractors, suppliers and consultants will permit the Agency to inspect their accounts and records relating to the procurement and performance of the Agency-financed contract, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the Agency.

The Agency reserves the right to take any action it deems appropriate to check that these ethics rules are observed and reserves, in particular, the rights to:

• reject a proposal for a contract award if it is established that during the selection process the bidder that is recommended for the award has been convicted of corruption, directly or by means of an agent, or has engaged in fraud or anti-competitive practices in view of being awarded the Contract;

• declare mis procurement when it is established that, at any time, the Employer, the contractor, the supplier, the consultant or its representatives have engaged in acts of corruption, fraud or anti-competitive practices during the contract procurement or performance without the Employer having taken appropriate action in due time satisfactory to the Agency to remedy the situation, including by failing to inform the Agency at the time they knew of such practices.

The Agency defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:

(a) Corruption of a public officer means:

• the act of promising, offering or giving to a public officer, directly or indirectly, an undue advantage of any kind for himself or for another person or entity, for such public officer to act or refrain from acting in his official capacity; or

• The act by which a public officer solicits or accepts, directly or indirectly, an undue advantage of any kind for himself or for another person or entity, for such public officer to act or refrain from acting in his official capacity.

(b) A "public officer" shall be construed as meaning:

• any person who holds a legislative, executive, administrative or judicial mandate (within the State of the Employer) regardless of whether that person was nominated or elected, regardless of the permanent or temporary, paid or unpaid nature of the position and regardless of the hierarchical level the person occupies;

• any other person who performs a public function, including for a State institution or a State-owned company, or who provides a public service;

• Any other person defined as a public officer by the national laws of the Employer.

(c) Corruption of a private person means:

• the act of promising, offering or giving to any person other than a public officer, directly or indirectly, an undue advantage of any kind for himself or for another person or entity, for such person to perform or refrain from performing any act in breach of its legal, contractual or professional obligations; or

• the act by which any person other than a public officer solicits or accepts, directly or indirectly, an undue advantage of any kind for himself or for another person or entity, for such person to perform or refrain from performing any act in breach of its legal, contractual or professional obligations.

(d) Fraud means any dishonest conduct (act or omission), whether or not it constitutes a criminal



offence, deliberately intended to deceive others, to intentionally conceal items, to violate or vitiate consent, to circumvent legal or regulatory requirements and/or to violate internal rules in order to obtain illegitimate profit.

(e) Anti-competitive practices means:

• any concerted or implied practices which have as their object or effect the prevention, restriction or distortion of competition within a marketplace, especially where they (i) limit access to the marketplace or free exercise of competition by other undertakings, (ii) prevent free, competition-driven price determination by artificially causing price increases or decreases, (iii) restrict or control production, markets, investments or technical progress; or (iv) divide up market shares or sources of supply.

• Any abuse by one undertaking or a group of undertakings which hold a dominant position on an internal market or on a substantial part of it.

• Any practice whereby prices are quoted or set unreasonably low, the object of which is to eliminate an undertaking or any of its products from a market or to prevent it from entering the market.



6 Appendix 1: Pre-Qualification Bid Forms

6.1 Per-Qualification Bid Checklist S.

No. Particulars Yes No Reference

1. Form PQB1: Cover Letter

2. Form PQB2: Bidder Profile

3. Form PQB3: Response to Eligibility Criteria for Financial Institution (FI) (Prime Bidder)

4. Form PQB4: Response to Eligibility Criteria for consortium members

5. Form PQB5: Consortium Details

6. Form PQB6: Experience Details

Yours sincerely, Sign of Authorized Signatory Name of the Authorized Signatory Sign and Seal of the company



6.2 Form PQB1: Cover Letter (On Bank's Letter Head)

To <<>> Sub: Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida Ref: Tender No. NMRC/2016 – 17/08 We hereby furnish the required details of pre-qualification as under

1 Name and address of the bidder

Name of the firm

Office Address

Telephone Number & Fax

Name of the Authorized Signatory

Phone/ Mobile Phone Number

Name of Contact Person

Valid Email Address

Phone/ Mobile Phone number

If a Consortium, please indicate the legal agreement type (Independent/ Consortium/)

2 Tender Form Fee

Mode of Payment

Amount

RTGS Reference Number

3 Bid Security Details

Mode of Payment

Amount

Fixed Deposit Receipt Number

4 Pre - Qualification Information Compliance



Our compliance to the eligibility criteria is indicated in the Form PQB 4 & 5.

5 Undertaking Compliance

We undertake to Hold the quoted price for the period of <<>> Days i.e., (Fill "Agreed or "Not Agreed")

We agree for the payment terms as indicated in the RFP. (Fill "Agreed or "Not Agreed")

We undertake to abide and comply by all the terms and conditions of the tender and successfully execute the project consultancy as per the Delivery Schedule furnished.

6

We are aware of the fact that the Tender submitted by us is a valid offer. Any variation committed / observed compared to original documents and conditional offer regarding the payment terms submitted subsequently will lead to disqualification of our offer and the corporation reserves the right to Black list us apart from initiating other legal action.




6.3 Form PQB2: Bidder Profile

S. No. Particulars Description/ Details Reference Documents Page No.

1. Name of Prime bidder - -

2. Contact Details - -

Address - -

Telephone No. - -

Fax - -

Email - -

Website - -

3. Incorporation Details The prime bidder must be a bank/payment scheme in India. The bank must have been included in the second schedule of Reserve Bank of India (RBI) Act, 1934

Incorporation Number

Date of Incorporation

Authority

4. Status of the Bank

5. Name of Authorized Signatory

Power of Attorney, duly authorizing the person signing the bid documents to sign on behalf of the bidder and thereby binding the bidder

Position

Telephone

Fax

Mobile

Email

6. Number & Address of Offices

a) In India

b) In Noida

Full Name and Signature of the Authorized Representative:



6.4 Form PQB3: Response to Eligibility Criteria for Financial Institution (FI) (Prime Bidder)

S. No. Criteria Yes No Document evidence reference

1. Registration Status (Prime bidder)

2. Copy of sale tax registration certification – Prime bidder

Copy of service tax registration certification – Prime bidder

Copy of PAN Card- Prime bidder

3. Certification to be submitted by FI that no agent/ middleman has been or will be engaged or has any agency commission been or will be paid

4. Self-Certification or copy of relevant and valid PO / WO / LOA / Contracts of executing projects which handles– payment gateways processing NEFT/RTGS, IMPS, ATMs, IVR, SMS etc.

5. Self-Certification or copy of relevant and valid PO / WO / LOA / Contracts of executing projects of co-branding services with other organizations/ institutions

6. Self-Certification or copy of relevant and valid PO / WO / LOA / Contracts of executing projects with loyalty program design or management of retail customer base

7. Self-Certification or copy of relevant and valid PO/WO/LOA/Contracts of executing projects with experience of developing and commission of EMV based smart card payment system

8. Self-Certification or copy of relevant and valid PO/WO/LOA/Contracts for experience in providing following corporate banking services

1. Providing Salary Accounts to employees of organization

2. Cash management services 3. Provide term deposit services 4. Business of accepting deposits from Corporate &

Government Organization



6.5 Form PQB4: Response to Eligibility Criteria for other Consortium Members Form PQB 4.1: Response to Eligibility Criteria for AFC Service Provider


1. Registration Status

2. Certification to be submitted by AFC members that no agent/ middleman has been or will be engaged or has any agency commission been or will be paid

3. Copy of relevant and valid PO / WO / LOA / Contracts of executing projects like :

Experience of AFC service provider as part of consortium have experience of working on multiple modes of transport (with at least 350 buses and 35 metro / light rail / tram/mono rail/suburban train stations) OR Experience AFC provider as part of consortium have experience of working on multiple modes of transport accepting EMV contactless cards (with at least 100 buses and 10 metro / light rail / mono rail / tram/ suburban train stations).

4. Copy of relevant and valid PO / WO / LOA / Contracts/ Client certificate, along with completion certificates issued by the client or company secretary/CFO/Auditor of the consortium member, covering the requirements of:

AFC provider should carry out one of the following projects in the last 5 years in a Metro/LRT/Mono Rail System

ONE work of Contactless smart card based AFC System of minimum value equal to INR 100 Crore at 31.3.2016 price level OR one work of Contactless smart card based AFC System for minimum 20 stations.

OR

TWO works of similar nature of Contactless smart card based AFC System of each costing minimum INR 80 Crore at 31.3.2016 price level OR each work of Contactless smart card based AFC System for minimum 18 stations.

OR



THREE works of similar nature of Contactless smart card based AFC System of each costing minimum INR 64 Crores at 31.3.2016 price level OR each work at minimum 15 stations.

Form PQB 4.2: Response to Eligibility Criteria for consortium members other than FI and AFC Provider


1. Registration Status

2. Certification to be submitted by consortium members that no agent/ middleman has been or will be engaged or has any agency commission been or will be paid



6.6 Form PQB5: Consortium Details

(Max two pages)

Consortium Members

Legal Entity name and registered office address

Key contact person and contact details

Country of Incorporation or Domicile

Prime Bidder Name Designation Email Contact number

Consortium Member 1

Name Designation Email Contact number

Consortium Member 2

Name Designation Email Contact number



6.7 Form PQB6: Experience Details (Maximum 3 pages per experience)

Assignment name: Country: Location within the country

Name of Client:

Address:

Name of the Legal Entity in whose name the contract is:

Duration of assignment (months):

Start date (Month/year): Completion date (Month/year):

*Approx. value of the overall contract (in INR):

*Approx. value of the services provided by your firm under the contract (in INR):

Name of associated organizations, if any: Role of Consortium member (if any):

Brief description of the Project:

Detailed Scope of services, coverage and relevance to this project: Please do specify various project components in detail

Copy of Go live/ acceptance/ completion certificate from the client attached?

YES / NO

Does the Work order / purchase order/ copy of completion certificate/ letter of award clearly specify the Value of the Contract (In case of value not specified, please attach self- declaration by the authorized signatory of the firm stating the value of the contract and the project scope of services.)

YES / NO

*1 For credentials to be submitted by AFC (Criteria No 4 of Clause 4.1.2 Eligibility criteria of AFC Providers): a. Approx. value of the overall contract :Required b. Approx. value of the services provided by your firm under the contract (in INR) : Required

2. Other credentials: a. Approx. value of the overall contract : Optional b. Approx. value of the services provided by your firm under the contract (in INR): Optional



7 Appendix 2: Technical Bid Forms

7.1 Technical Bid Checklist

S.No. Particulars Yes No Reference

1 Form TB1: Technical Bid Cover Letter

2 Form TB2: Letter of participation from each member

3 Form TB3: Number of years in business

4 Form TB4: Past Experience Details

5 Form TB5: Proposed Solution and Approach Methodology

6 Form TB6: Bill of Quantities

7 Form TB7: Work Schedule

8 Form TB8: Team Structure and Staffing

9 Form TB9: List of OEM

10 Form TB10: List of Sub-Contractors

11 Form TB11: Manufacturer’s Authorization Form

12 Form TB12: Declaration of Non-Conflict

13 Form TB13: Joint Bidding Agreement

14 Form TB14: Non-Disclosure Agreement

15 Form TB15: Statement of Legal Capacity

16 Form TB16: Power of Attorney

17 Form TB17: SHE (Safety, Health & Environment) Management Systems

18 Form TB18: Non-Blacklisting Declaration

19 Form TB19: Form of Declaration for non-engagement of any agent, middleman or intermediary



S.No. Particulars Yes No Reference

20 Form TB20: Undertaking for passing on benefits of exemptions to NMRC and for adjustment of amounts due from balance due

21 Form TB21: Undertaking for obtaining registrations under various fiscal and labour laws




7.2 Form TB1: Technical Bid Cover Letter PRO-FORMA LETTER OF APPLICATION (on Firm's Letter Head)

(On Lead member’s letterhead in case of Group)

Dated:………….. APPLICATION FOR EVALUATION

To Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited Block-III, 3rd Floor, Ganga Shopping Complex, Sector-29, Noida -201301 District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh Subject: Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida – Reg. Ref: Package No. NMRC/2016 – 17/08 Dear Sir, Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida We, the undersigned, apply for the referenced work and in support of the application submit herewith copy of the required documents through e-procurement portal (including all amendments of the RFP issued on DD MM YY) . This application is submitted on behalf of a consortium comprising ……………………………………….. (applicant to state the names of each member) and of which ……………. (applicant to insert name of leading member of consortium) has agreed to act as leader. We declare the following:

a. We are duly authorized to represent and act on behalf of _ (hereinafter the “Applicant”)

b. We, including any subcontractors for any part of the contract resulting from this qualification, do not have any conflict of interest

c. We are attaching with this letter, the copies of original documents defining: -

i. The Applicant’s legal status.

ii. The Applicant’s principal place of business.

iii. The Applicant’s place of incorporation (if Applicants are corporations); or its place of registration (if Applicants are partnerships or individually owned firms).

d. We confirm and declare that no agent, middleman or any intermediary has been, or will be, engaged by us to provide any services, or any other item of work related to the award and performance of this contract. We further confirm and declare that no agency commission or any payment which may be constructed as an agency commission has been, or will be, paid by us and



that the tender price will not include any such amount.

e. NMRC and/or its authorized representatives are hereby authorized to conduct any inquiries or investigations to verify the statements, documents and information submitted in connection with this application, and to seek clarification from our bankers and clients. This Letter of Application will also serve as authorization for any individual or authorized representative of any institution referred to in the supporting information, to provide such information deemed necessary and as requested by NMRC.

f. NMRC and/or its authorized representatives may contact the following nodal persons for further information on any aspects of the Application:

Contact Person Name & Address Telephone number Email

g. This application is made in the full understanding that:

i. Bids by qualified applicants will be subject to verification of all information submitted for qualification at the time of tendering;

ii. NMRC reserves the right to reject or accept any or all applications, cancel the pre-qualification process without any obligation to inform the applicant about the grounds of same.

h. Appended to this application, we give details of the participation of each party, including capital contribution and profit/loss agreements, in the consortium. We also specify the financial commitment in terms of the percentage of the value of the (each) contract, and the responsibilities for execution of the (each) contract.

i. We confirm that in the event of tender, as well as any resulting contract, will be:

i) signed so as to legally bind all partners as mentioned in the Joint bidding agreement

ii) submitted with a conformed joint bidding agreement

j. We fully understand and agree with the conditions stated pertaining to entity options for the role of AFC provider. We also declare that upon the selection, we will submit final consortium details within 30 days of receipt of LOA, failing to do shall lead to rejection of bid and forfeiture of bid security

k. We hereby declare that our bid is made in good faith, without collusion or fraud. All the information and statements made in this Proposal are true and accept that any misrepresentation contained in it may lead to our disqualification

l. Our bid shall be valid for a period of 180 days from the date fixed for the bid submission deadline in accordance with the Bidding Documents, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;

NAME………………In the Capacity of ………………………………Signed ……………………………Duly authorized to sign the Application for and on behalf of ……………………… Date………………………………



7.3 Form TB2: Letter of participation from each member

(On each Firm’s Letter Head)

Dated:………….. APPLICATION FOR QUALIFICATION

To Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited Block-III, 3rd Floor, Ganga Shopping Complex, Sector-29, Noida -201301 District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh Subject: Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida – Reg. Ref: Package No. NMRC/2016 – 17/08 Dear Sir, We wish to confirm that our company/ firm (delete as appropriate) has formed / intends (delete as appropriate) to form a group with ……………… (member to insert names of all other members of the group) for purposes associated with Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida (Members who are not the lead member of the group should add the following paragraph) The group is led by ………………………………… (member to insert name of lead member) whom we hereby authorize to act on our behalf for the purposes of applying for assessment.

(Member being the lead member of the group should add the following paragraph) In this group we act as leader and, for the purposes of applying for assessment, represent the group. In the event of our group being invited to Tender no : NMRC/2016 – 17/08, we agree to be jointly (with other members of our group) and severally liable to Noida Metro Rail Corporation (NMRC) Limited, its successors and assigns for all obligations, duties and responsibilities arising from or imposed by any contract subsequently entered into between NMRC and our group. Yours faithfully, (Signature) ………………… (Name of Signatory) ……… (Capacity of Signatory) ……



7.4 Form TB3: Number of years in business Form TB3.1: Number of years in business State the number of years the applicant (or each constituent member) has been in business under the business name

S. No Name No. of years

Form TB3.2: Similar scope of work State the number of years the applicant (or each constituent member) has been undertaking work similar in scope and nature to the works for which assessment is sought.

S. No Name No. of years



7.5 Form TB4: Past Experience Details Project Name :

General Information

Name of the project

Client for which the project was executed

Name and contact details of the client

Details of the Project

Description of the project

Scope of services

Geographical Coverage

Service levels being offered

Technologies used

Outcomes of the project

Status of the Project

Date of work commenced and completed

Was the work carried alone or as a member of the group?

If a group, indicate percentage participation and area/s of participation.

Y N

Was any penalties imposed for delay? If yes, give details.

Y N

Were any penalties imposed for reasons other than delay? Y N

Did the applicant go in for Arbitration? If yes, give details Y N

Did the arrangements / facilities exist to rectify defects during warranty period?

If yes, give details including the location of facilities.

Y N

Was technology transfer a part of the contract? Y N

Was the technology transfer achieved as contracted?

If yes, what was the time frame?

Y N



Letter from the client to indicate the successful completion of the projects

Copy of Work Order & Contract

*For each of the project listed above the bidder needs to provide documentary evidence like WO and completion letter



7.6 Form TB5: Proposed Solution Approach and Methodology Bidder should cover details of the methodology proposed to be adopted for providing services relating to project implementation. The Bidder is required to include his understanding of the requirements, solution architecture, deployment strategy and Implementation Plan in his approach and methodology. Bidder is expected to provide details of the organization structure proposed for the execution of this contract. This should cover the composition of the complete team including the prime bidder, consortium members and the sub-contractors, including their escalation matrix.

Overall Approach & Methodology

Understanding of NMRC and its requirements

Understanding of the project

Overall approach towards the project

Approach to implementation of Automated Fare Collection and Smart Cards

Implementation schedule / plan proposed by the bidder

Proposed Solution for all phases of the project that includes – Architecture, data flow, products, design etc

Detailed solution

Risk and mitigation method to be undertaken by the bidder

Clear identification of mission critical deliverables and milestone

Procurement and supply plan for Bill of Materials

Training & operations

Approach and plan for operations post go-live etc Approach and Plan for Training delivery Training Course outlines

Facility Management Services

Approach and Methodology for deployment, management of manpower for service delivery

Strategy & plan for implementing and managing Help Desk

Others

Testing and Quality Assessment Methodology and Incident management and response



7.7 Form TB6: Bill of Quantities

# STATIONs Number of Entries/Exit

Number of Gates

Entry Gate

Exit Gate

Reversible Gate

Disabled Gate(wide Gate)

Number of TOM

Number of TVM's

Number OF EFO's

Number of Handhelds

Number of TR

Number of Station

computers 1 Sector 71 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 2 Sector 50 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 3 Sector 78 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 4 Sector 101 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 5 Sector 81 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 6 Dadri Road 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 7 Sector 83 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 8 Sector 137 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1

9 Sector 142 2 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 10 Sector 143 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 11 Sector 144 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 12 Sector 147 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 13 Sector 153 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 14 Sector 146 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 15 Sector 149 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1

16 Knowledge Park -II 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 17 Pari Chowk 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 18 Alpha 1 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 19 Alpha 2 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 20 Delta-1 1 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 21 Depot Station 2 7 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 4 1 1 23 Test lab 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Total 151 43 43 43 22 43 43 22 85 22 22



THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE PREPARED AND COMPLETED BY THE SELECTED BIDDER) (Bill of Quantities to be proposed by Selected Bidder along with the cost therein)

Item No. Hardware

Units (Nos.)

Test platform

Cost (To be Provided by bidder per equipment)

1 Total Number of Gates 151 4

a. Entry Gate 42 1

b. Exit Gate 42 1

c. Reversible Gate 42 1

d. Wide Gate 21 1

2 Ticket Office Machine (TOM) 42 1

3 Excess Fare Office (EFO) 21 1

4 Handheld 84 1

5 Ticket Readers 21 1

6 Station Computer 21 1

7 Ticket Vending Machine (TVM)

42 1

8 OCC Central Computer Hardware

1 1

9 OCC CC workstations 10 1

10 Network Management system 1 -

11 Parking ETM’s 48 2

12 City Bus: ETM’s 798 2

13 City Bus: Ticket Office Machine

10 2

14 City Bus: Depot Computer 10 2 Note that the BOQ given above is only for hardware supply and there may be 10% variation in the actuals. The sub-components for each components listed above are as per the Particular Specifications of Volume 2.Software specifications are as per the Particular Specifications of Volume 2. Note:

1) Contractor shall also give indicative unit price of each equipment along with list of supplier and contact

information.

2) Sub-components not covered in the above list shall be determined in accordance with PS.

3) Contractor should supply the consumables for the contract period of 10 years. Consumables includes

receipt paper printer rolls, toner QR code paper tickets ,printer papers at TOM, TVM, station computers

and OCC workstations.

List of Spares for Automatic Fare Collection for NMRC after DLP period

Item No. Hardware Spare (Nos.)

1 Total Number of Gates (Including cabinets) 40

a. Entry Gate 10 b. Exit Gate 10



Item No.

Hardware Spare (Nos.)

c. Reversible Gate 10 d. wide Gate 10 2 Ticket Office Machine (TOM) 5 3 Excess Fare Office (EFO) 5 4 Handheld 5 5 Ticket Readers 5 6 Station Computer 5 7 Ticket Vending Machine (TVM) 5 8 OCC Central Computer Hardware 1 9 OCC CC workstations 2

10 Parking ETM’s 5 11 City Bus: ETM’s 80 12 City Bus: Ticket Office Machine 2 13 City Bus: Depot Computer 2

List of spare modules and consumables

S.No. Equipment/Item Quantity of spare modules

1

Gate (complete modules). All internal modules including internal cables/connectors, controller board, PIDs, sensors, flaps, motor ,solenoids etc. of Gates (excluding cabinet)

Entry gate Exit gate

Each 10% of actuals

Each 10% of actuals

2 TOM (modules – QR printers, QR scanners , Receipt printers , Contactless card readers, PDU, Cash Drawers )

5% of total actuals

3 TVM (module –, BNR , Coin vault, Note Vault, QR code printer , PDU , MCU, UPS, power supply unit, Coin re-circulating unit)

5% of total actuals

4 TR (modules- MCU) 5% of total actuals

5 All patch panel, connectors, power strip, fan, LEDs for switch rack (except cabinet)

5% of total actuals

6 RJ 45, RJ 11 Connector 5% of total actuals

7 Hubs 5% of total actuals

8 All type of PCB’s including power supply cards of sub-systems

5% of total actuals

Special Tools, Testing and Measuring Instruments

No. Description Make Quantity

A. Tool kit consisting of following tools with a carrying case 10

1 Electrician Knife Reputed make 1




2 Stainless steel rule Reputed make 1

3 Screwdriver (multiple blade) Reputed make 1

4 Screwdriver 6.5 mm Reputed make 1

5 Screwdriver 8 mm Reputed make 1

6 Insulated screwdriver 3.5 mm Reputed make 1

7 Insulated screwdriver 5.5 mm Reputed make 1

8 "Screw holding" Screwdriver Reputed make 1

9 Insulated round nose pliers Reputed make 1

10 Half-rounded nose pliers Reputed make 1

11 Universal pliers Reputed make 1

12 Soldering pliers Reputed make 1

13 Stripper Pliers Reputed make 1

14 Set of 6 open-end wrenches (3.2 to 13 mm)

Reputed make 1

15 Adjustable wrench Reputed make 1

16 Set of 8Head wrench(1.5 to 8 mm) Allen keys Reputed make

1

17 De soldering Pump Reputed make 1

18 Soldering iron Reputed make 1

19 De soldering Braid Reputed make 1

20 Spring extractor Reputed make 1

21 Plastic bottle (empty) Reputed make 2

22 Oil fountain pen Reputed make 1

23 Scissors Reputed make 1

24 Set of needle files : flat and round Reputed make 1




25 Inspection mirror Reputed make 1

26 Brush Reputed make 1

27 PVC Tape Reputed make 1

28 Tracing tip Reputed make 1

29 Flash light mini (without batteries) Reputed make 1

30 IC probe Reputed make 1

31 Set of test cords : Red & Black Reputed make 1

32 Set of feeler gauges (mm/inches) Reputed make 1

33 Set of wire grippers : Red & Black Reputed make 1

34 Light test screwdriver Reputed make 1

35 Set of Phillips screwdrivers : No. 1 & 2 Reputed make 1

36 Insulated cutting pliers Reputed make 1

37 Stainless tweezers Reputed make 1

38 Insulated flat nose pliers Reputed make 1

39 Set of 11 sockets wrenches (inches) Reputed make 1

40 Set of 13 sockets wrenches (mm) Reputed make 1

41 Hand-held digital multi meter Fluke Fluke 1

42 Set of Gate Machines keys 10

44 Any other item required for line maintenance

Reputed make

B. Hopper and container opening tool 30 Note: The above special tools /spare list does not include any vendor specific tools which would be required for maintenance of any equipment’s. Contractor should provide all the AFC provider vendor specific tools required for maintenance of system after DLP period.



7.8 Form TB7: Work Schedule Below is the Indicative format. The bidders may use other detailed format, if so needed.

Activity-wise Timelines

S. No. Item of Activity Month wise Program

1 2 3 4 5 …

Project Plan

1 Activity 1

1.1 Sub-Activity 1

1.2 Sub-Activity 2

2

2.1

2.2

3

3.1

4

Note: The above activity chart is just for the purpose of illustration. Bidders are requested to provide detailed activity & phase wise timelines for executing the project with details of deliverables & milestones as per their proposal.



7.9 Form TB8: Team Structure and Staffing Form 8.1: Details of Manpower for the Project

S. No.

Name Current Position in the Firm

Name of the Firm

Proposed Position for project

Professional Years of experience

Qualification Key projects

1 Project Director

2 AFC System Architect

3 Technology & Infrastructure Support Manager

4 Network specialist

Form TB8.2: Curriculum Vitae (CV) 1. Name of Firm: 2. Name of Staff: 3. Date of Birth Nationality 4. Education Name of Institution/ University Degree(s) or Diploma(s)

obtained: Year

5. Membership of Professional Associations

6. Other Training 7. Countries of Work Experience: 8. Languages Language Reading Speaking Writing 9. Employment Record: From : To : Employer Position’s held Partner 10. Work Undertaken that Best Illustrates Capacity to Handle the Tasks Name of assignment or project:

Year: Location: Client:



Main project features:

Position/s held: Activities performed:

11. Certification (Select the appropriate)

For Project Manager/ Prime representative of consortium members: I, the undersigned, certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, this CV correctly describes me, my qualifications and my experience. I understand that any wilful misstatement described herein may lead to disqualification or dismissal of the firm. If selected I shall be available for at least first 3 years of the assignment Substitution of Project Manager/ Prime representative of consortium members Any substitution of the Project Manager/ Prime representative of Consortium members with a person who is meeting all the eligibility criteria and qualified and experienced if not better than the person being substituted and the replacement will be done by the Consortium at the sole discretion of NMRC ( Countersigned by Authorized Signatory of Consortium) Others: I, the undersigned, certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, this CV correctly describes me, my qualifications and my experience. I understand that any wilful misstatement described herein may lead to disqualification or dismissal of the firm. Date: Full name of authorized representative:



7.10 Form TB9: List of OEM

S. No.

Role Name of OEM Responsibility Products/Services Offered



7.11 Form TB10: List of Sub-Contractors

Sr. No.

Role Name of subcontractor

Responsibility Products/Services Offered

Form TB10.1: Details of Sub-Contractors


1. Name of Organization - -

2. Contact Details - -

3. Address

4. Telephone No.

5. Fax

6. Email

7. Website

8. Incorporation Details Certified copy of

incorporation under Indian Companies Act, 1956

9. Incorporation Number

10. Date of Incorporation

11. Legal Status of Company

12. ISO certification Copy of Certificate

issued by respective agency

a) Issue Date

b) Valid Up to

13. c) Authority




14. d) Field / Area

15. Number & Address of Offices

16. Full Name and Signature of the Authorized Representative:



7.12 Form TB11: Manufacturer’s Authorization Form (To be obtained from all OEMs on OEM letterhead)

Dated:………….. To Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited Block-III, 3rd Floor, Ganga Shopping Complex, Sector-29, Noida -201301 District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh Subject: Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida – Reg. Ref: Package No. NMRC/2016 – 17/08 Dear Sir,

WHEREAS___________________________________________________ who are official manufacturers of ___________________________ having factories at _______________________________________________________________ do hereby authorize ____________________________________________________ to submit a Bid in relation to the Invitation for Bids indicated above, the purpose of which is to provide the following Goods, manufactured by us ______________________________ and to subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract. We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty for the complete project duration, with respect to the Goods offered by the above firm in reply to this Invitation for Bids. We also confirm that the Goods/Services supplied as a part of the RFP shall not be End of Sale / Life / Support for the entire contract period. Also the Goods / Services supplied as a part of RFP shall be supported for the entire contract period. The products offered by us are of equivalent or higher specifications as mentioned in the RFP. We also confirm that the goods supplied by us, shall not be manufactured more than 6 months prior to issue of the Letter of Acceptance from Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited to the Prime Bidder. We remain, Yours Sincerely Signature of Authorized Signatory Name and Title of Signatory: Name of Firm: Address: Phone: Fax: Email:



7.13 Form TB12: Declaration of No Conflict

TO WHOMSOEVER IT MAY CONCERN We certify that we have not taken any assistance / support from individual / firm / consultants who have been part of the NMRC consultancy or the bid publication process. We remain, Yours Sincerely Signature of Authorized Signatory of RFP Respondent Name and Title of Signatory: Name of Firm: Address: Phone: Fax: Email:



7.14 Form TB13: Joint Bidding Agreement (To be executed in India on a non-judicial Stamp paper of appropriate value)

THIS JOINT BIDDING AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into on this the ____________ day of ____________ 20____________

AMONGST

1. {____________}1 and having its registered office at ____________ (hereinafter referred to as the “First Part” or “Financial Institution” which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context include its successors and permitted assigns)

AND

2. {____________} and having its registered office at ____________ (hereinafter referred to as the “Second Part” or “AFC Service Provider” which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context include its successors and permitted assigns)

AND

3. {____________} and having its registered office at ____________ (hereinafter referred to as the “Third Part” which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context include its successors and permitted assigns)}

The above mentioned parties of the FIRST, SECOND, {and THIRD} PART are collectively referred to as the “Parties” and each is individually referred to as a “Party”

WHEREAS,

(A) Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited represented by the) Director (Rolling Stock), Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited, and having its principal offices at Noida (hereinafter referred to as the “Employer” which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its administrators, successors and assigns) has invited bids (the Bids”) by its Package No. NMRC/2016 – 17/08 ____________ dated ____________ for ____________(hereinafter referred to as the “Employer”).

(B) The Parties are interested in jointly bidding for the Project as members of a Consortium and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the ITB section and other bid documents in respect of the Project, and

(C) It is a necessary condition under the ITB section that the members of the Consortium shall enter into a Joint Bidding Agreement and furnish a copy thereof with the Bid.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows: 1. Definitions and Interpretations

1 The members of the Consortium to fill in their name and the relevant law and the jurisdiction of incorporation.



In this Agreement, the capitalised terms shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the meaning ascribed thereto under the ITB.

2. Consortium 2.1 The Parties do hereby irrevocably constitute a consortium (the “Consortium”) for the purposes of

jointly participating in the bidding process for the Project. 2.2 The Parties hereby undertake to participate in the bidding process only through this Consortium and

not individually and/ or through any other consortium constituted for this Project, either directly or indirectly.

3. Covenants of their Associates

The Parties hereby undertake that in the event the Consortium is declared the selected Bidder and awarded the Project, it shall enter into a Contract Agreement with the Employer and for performing all its obligations as the Contractor in terms of the Contract Agreement for the Project.

4. Role of the Parties The Parties hereby undertake to perform the roles and responsibilities as described below: (a) Party of the First Part shall be the Lead member of the Consortium and shall have the power

of attorney from all Parties for conducting all business for and on behalf of the Consortium under the Contract Agreement;

(b) Party of the Second Part shall be {_______ ;} and {(c) Party of the Third Part shall be the __________.}

5. Liability of the Consortium Members (a) The FI would be liable for all services as per the scope of work provided in general specifications and

particular specifications

(b) FI is liable to pay declared percentage of Non-Fare Box Revenue accrued by FI on NMRC program

(c) FI shall bear defect liability for its goods and services including all Information Technologies, Materials,

and other Goods supplied and Services provided by AFC. It shall be free from defects in the design,

engineering, Materials, and workmanship that prevent the System and/or any of its components from

fulfilling the Technical Requirements.

(d) The AFC service provider would be jointly liable for all scope of services pertaining to the supply,

installation, commissioning and maintenance of AFC system at all project sites and related services

as per the scope of work stated in general specifications and particular specifications

(e) AFC Service Provider shall bear joint defect liability for its goods and services including all Information

Technologies, Materials, and other Goods supplied and Services provided by AFC. It shall be free

from defects in the design, engineering, Materials, and workmanship that prevent the System and/or

any of its components from fulfilling the Technical Requirements.

(f) Other Member of the consortium would be liable for the part of scope of service which the member

shall be stated responsible as part of the Joint Bidding Agreement they would be signing to become

a part of the bidding consortium

Other members of the consortium:



(a) The member would be liable for the part of scope of service which the member shall be stated responsible as part of the Joint Bidding Agreement they would be signing to become a part of the bidding consortium

6. Participation in the Consortium / JV 6.1 The Parties agree that the proportion of shareholding among the Parties in the Consortium shall be as

follows: First Party: Second Party: Third Party:

7 Representation of the Parties

Each Party represents to the other Parties as of the date of this Agreement that:

(a) Such Party is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its incorporation and has all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement;

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by such Party of this Agreement has been authorized by all necessary and appropriate corporate or governmental action and a copy of the extract of the charter documents and board resolution/ power of attorney in favour of the person executing this Agreement for the delegation of power and authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Consortium Member is annexed to this Agreement, and will not, to the best of its knowledge:

(i) require any consent or approval not already obtained;

(ii) violate any applicable law presently in effect and having applicability to it;

(iii) violate the memorandum and articles of association, by-laws or other applicable organizational documents thereof;

(iv) violate any clearance, permit, concession, grant, license or other governmental authorization, approval, judgement, order or decree or any mortgage agreement, indenture or any other instrument to which such Party is a party or by which such Party or any of its properties or assets are bound or that is otherwise applicable to such Party; or

(v) create or impose any liens, mortgages, pledges, claims, security interests, charges or encumbrances or obligations to create a lien, charge, pledge, security interest, encumbrances or mortgage in or on the property of such Party, except for encumbrances that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or prospects or business of such Party so as to prevent such Party from fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement;

(c) this Agreement is the legal and binding obligation of such Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms against it; and

(d) there is no litigation pending or, to the best of such Party's knowledge, threatened to which it or any of its affiliates is a party that presently affects or which would have a material adverse



effect on the financial condition or prospects or business of such Party in the fulfilment of its obligations under this Agreement.

8. Termination

This Agreement shall be effective from the date hereof and shall continue in full force and effect until the completion of the Project is achieved under and in accordance with the Contract Agreement, in case the Project is awarded to the Consortium. However, in case the Consortium does not get selected for award of the Project, the Agreement will stand terminated upon return of the Bid Security by the Employer to the Bidder, as the case may be.

9. Miscellaneous

9.1 This Joint Bidding Agreement shall be governed by laws of {India}.

9.2 The Parties acknowledge and accept that this Agreement shall not be amended by the Parties without the prior written consent of the Employer.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF THE PARTIES ABOVE NAMED HAVE EXECUTED AND DELIVERED THIS AGREEMENT AS OF THE DATE FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN. SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED

For and on behalf of LEAD MEMBER by: SECOND PART

(Signature) (Signature) (Name) (Name) (Designation) (Designation) (Address) (Address)

SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED For and on behalf of THIRD PARTY

(Signature) (Name) (Designation) (Address)

Notes:

1. The mode of the execution of the Joint Bidding Agreement should be in accordance with the procedure, if any, laid down by the applicable law and the charter documents of the executant(s) and when it is so required, the same should be under common seal affixed in accordance with the required procedure.

2. Each Joint Bidding Agreement should attach a copy of the extract of the charter documents and documents such as resolution / power of attorney in favour of the person executing this Agreement for the delegation of power and authority to execute this Agreement on behalf of the Consortium Member.



7.15 Form TB14: Non-Disclosure Agreement WHEREAS, we the undersigned Bidder, __________________________________, having our principal place of business/ registered office at _________________, are desirous of bidding for Package No. NMRC/2016 – 17/08 dated 03-11-2016 covering “Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida” (hereinafter called the said 'RFP') to “Managing Director, Noida Metro Rail Corporation (NMRC) Limited, Block-III, 3rd Floor, Ganga Shopping Complex, Sector-29, Noida -201301, District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh, India (hereinafter called ‘NMRC' )and, WHEREAS, the Bidder is aware and confirms that the NMRC’s business/ operations, information, Application/software, hardware, business data, architecture schematics, designs, storage media and other information / documents made available by the NMRC in the RFP documents during the bidding process and thereafter, or otherwise (confidential information for short) is privileged and strictly confidential and/or proprietary to the NMRC, NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of disclosure of confidential information, and in order to ensure the NMRC’s grant to the Bidder of specific access to NMRC’s confidential information, property, information systems, network, databases and other data, the Bidder agrees to all of the following conditions. It is hereby agreed as under: The confidential information to be disclosed by the NMRC under this Agreement (“Confidential Information”) shall include without limitation, any and all information in written, representational, electronic, verbal (“to be confirmed in writing within fifteen days of such verbal disclosure.) or other form relating directly or indirectly to processes, methodologies, algorithms, risk matrices, thresholds, parameters, reports, deliverables, work products, specifications, architecture, project information, money laundering typologies, related computer programs, systems, trend analysis, risk plans, strategies and information communicated or obtained through meetings, documents, correspondence or inspection of tangible items, facilities or inspection at any site to which access is permitted by the NMRC. Confidential Information does not include information which:

a) the Bidder knew or had in its possession, prior to disclosure, without limitation on its confidentiality;

b) information in the public domain as a matter of law;

c) is obtained by the Bidder from a third party without any obligation of confidentiality;

d) the Bidder is required to disclose by order of a competent court or regulatory authority;

e) is released from confidentiality with the written consent of the NMRC.

The Bidder shall have the burden of proving hereinabove are applicable to the information in the possession of the Bidder. The Bidder agrees to hold in trust any Confidential Information received by the Bidder, as part of the Bidding process or otherwise, and the Bidder shall maintain strict confidentiality in respect of such confidential Information, and in no event a degree of confidentiality less than the Bidder uses to protect its own confidential and proprietary information. The Bidder also agrees:

• to maintain and use the Confidential Information only for the purposes of bidding for this RFP and thereafter only as expressly permitted herein;

• to only make copies as specifically authorized by the prior written consent of the NMRC and with the same confidential or proprietary notices as may be printed or displayed on the original;



• to restrict access and disclosure of Confidential Information to their employees, agents, and representatives strictly on a "need to know" basis, to maintain confidentiality of the Confidential Information disclosed to them in accordance with this clause; and

• to treat Confidential Information as confidential unless and until NMRC expressly notifies the Bidder of release of its obligations in relation to the said Confidential Information.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bidder acknowledges that the nature of activities to be performed as part of the Bidding process or thereafter may require the Bidder’s personnel to be present on premises of the NMRC or may require the Bidder’s personnel to have access to software, hardware, computer networks, databases, documents and storage media of the NMRC while on or off premises of the NMRC. It is understood that it would be impractical for the NMRC to monitor all information made available to the Bidder’s personnel under such circumstances and to provide notice to the Bidder of the confidentiality of all such information. Therefore, the Bidder shall disclose or allow access to the Confidential Information only to those personnel of the Bidder who need to know it for the proper performance of their duties in relation to this project, and then only to the extent reasonably necessary. The Bidder will take appropriate steps to ensure that all personnel to whom access to the Confidential Information is given are aware of the Bidder’s confidentiality obligation. Further, the Bidder shall procure that all personnel of the Bidder are bound by confidentiality obligation in relation to all proprietary and Confidential Information received by them which is no less onerous than the confidentiality obligation under this agreement. The Bidder shall establish and maintain appropriate security measures to provide for the safe custody of the Confidential Information and to prevent unauthorised access to it. The Bidder agrees that upon termination/expiry of this Agreement or at any time during its currency, at the request of the NMRC, the Bidder shall promptly deliver to the NMRC the Confidential Information and copies thereof in its possession or under its direct or indirect control, and shall destroy all memoranda, notes and other writings prepared by the Bidder or its Affiliates or directors, officers, employees or advisors based on the Confidential Information and promptly certify such destruction. Confidential Information shall at all times remain the sole and exclusive property of the NMRC. Upon completion of the Bidding process and/or termination of the contract or at any time during its currency, at the request of the NMRC, the Bidder shall promptly deliver to the NMRC the Confidential Information and copies thereof in its possession or under its direct or indirect control, and shall destroy all memoranda, notes and other writings prepared by the Bidder or its Affiliates or directors, officers, employees or advisors based on the Confidential Information within a period of sixty days from the date of receipt of notice, or destroyed, if incapable of return. The destruction shall be witnessed and so recorded, in writing, by an authorized representative of the NMRC. Without prejudice to the above the Bidder shall promptly certify to the NMRC, due and complete destruction and return. Nothing contained herein shall in any manner impair rights of the NMRC in respect of the Confidential Information. In the event that the Bidder hereto becomes legally compelled to disclose any Confidential Information, the Bidder shall give sufficient notice and render best effort assistance to the NMRC to enable the NMRC to prevent or minimize to the extent possible, such disclosure. Bidder shall not disclose to a third party any Confidential Information or the contents of this RFP without the prior written consent of the NMRC. The obligations of this Clause shall be satisfied by handling Confidential Information with the same degree of care, which the Bidder applies to its own similar Confidential Information but in no event less than reasonable care. For and on behalf of: (BIDDER) Authorised Signatory Office Seal: Name: Place: Designation: Date : Note: The Bidder and shall execute a Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) as per above format, in favour of the NMRC before signing of the contract



7.16 Form TB15: Statement of Legal Capacity (To be submitted on Bidder’s Letterhead)

Dated:…………..

Letter of Undertaking To Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited Block-III, 3rd Floor, Ganga Shopping Complex, Sector-29, Noida -201301 District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh Subject: Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida – Reg. Ref: Package No. NMRC/2016 – 17/08 Dear Sir, We hereby confirm that we/ our members in the Consortium (constitution of which has been described in the bid) satisfy the terms and conditions laid out in the ITB section. We have agreed that __________________ (insert member’s name) will act as the Lead Member of our consortium.* We have agreed that __________________ (insert individual’s name) will act as our representative/ will act as the representative of the consortium on its behalf* and has been duly authorized to submit the bid. Further, the authorised signatory is vested with requisite powers to furnish such letter and authenticate the same. Thanking you,

Yours faithfully,

(Signature, name and designation of the authorised signatory)

For and on behalf of__________________ *Please strike out whichever is not applicable.



7.17 Form TB16: Power of Attorney Form TB16.1: Power of Attorney for signing of bid Know all men by these presents, we____________________________________ (name of the firm and address of the registered office) do hereby irrevocably constitute, nominate, appoint and authorise Mr./ Ms. (name), __________________ son/daughter/wife of ____________________________________ and presently residing at ____________________________________, who is presently employed with us/ the Lead Member of our Consortium and holding the position of __________________ , as our true and lawful attorney (hereinafter referred to as the “Attorney”) to do in our name and on our behalf, all such acts, deeds and things as are necessary or required in connection with or incidental to submission of our bid for the ***** Project proposed by the ***** (the “Employer”) including but not limited to signing and submission of all applications, bids and other documents and writings, participate in pre-bid meetings and other conferences and providing information/ responses to the Employer, representing us in all matters before the Employer, signing and execution of all contracts including the Contract Agreement and undertakings consequent to acceptance of our bid, and generally dealing with the Employer in all matters in connection with or relating to or arising out of our bid for the said Project and/ or upon award thereof to us and/or till the entering into of the Contract Agreement with the Employer. AND we hereby agree to ratify and confirm and do hereby ratify and confirm all acts, deeds and things done or caused to be done by our said Attorney pursuant to and in exercise of the powers conferred by this Power of Attorney and that all acts, deeds and things done by our said Attorney in exercise of the powers hereby conferred shall and shall always be deemed to have been done by us. IN WITNESS WHEREOF WE____________________________________THE ABOVE NAMED PRINCIPAL HAVE EXECUTED THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY ON THIS __________________ DAY OF __________________ 2016.

For __________________

(Signature, name, designation and address) Witnesses: 1.

(Notarized) 2. Accepted __________________ (Signature) (Name, Title and Address of the Attorney)

Notes:

• The mode of execution of the Power of Attorney should be in accordance with the procedure, if any, laid down by the applicable law and the charter documents of the executant(s) and when it is so required, the same should be under common seal affixed in accordance with the required procedure.

• Wherever required, the Bidder should submit for verification the extract of the charter documents and documents such as a board or shareholders’ resolution/ power of attorney in favour of the person executing this Power of Attorney for the delegation of power hereunder on behalf of the Bidder.

• For a Power of Attorney executed and issued overseas, the document will also have to be legalized by the Indian Embassy and notarized in the jurisdiction where the Power of Attorney is being issued. However, the Power of Attorney provided by bidder/members of the Consortium from countries that have signed the Hague Legislation Convention 1961 are not required to be legalized by the Indian Embassy if it carries a conforming Apostle certificate.



Form TB16.2: Power of Attorney for Prime Member of Consortium Whereas the ***** (“the Employer”) has invited applications from interested parties for the ***** Project (the “Project”). Whereas, _________________________,_______________________,______________________ and __________________ (collectively the “Consortium”) being Members of the Consortium are interested in bidding for the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Instruction to Bidders (ITB) and other connected documents in respect of the Project, and Whereas, it is necessary for the Members of the Consortium to designate one of them as the Lead Member with all necessary power and authority to do for and on behalf of the Consortium, all acts, deeds and things as may be necessary in connection with the Consortium’s bid for the Project and its execution. NOW THEREFORE KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS We, __________________ having our registered office at __________________ M/s. __________________ having our registered office at __________________, M/s. __________________ having our registered office at __________________, and __________________ having our registered office at __________________, (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Principals”) do hereby irrevocably designate, nominate, constitute, appoint and authorise M/S __________________ having its registered office at __________________, being one of the Members of the Consortium, as the Lead Member and true and lawful attorney of the Consortium (hereinafter referred to as the “Attorney”). We hereby irrevocably authorise the Attorney (with power to sub-delegate) to conduct all business for and on behalf of the Consortium and any one of us during the bidding process and, in the event the Consortium is awarded the concession/contract, during the execution of the Project and in this regard, to do on our behalf and on behalf of the Consortium, all or any of such acts, deeds or things as are necessary or required or incidental to the pre-qualification of the Consortium and submission of its bid for the Project, including but not limited to signing and submission of all applications, bids and other documents and writings, participate in bidders and other conferences, respond to queries, submit information/ documents, sign and execute contracts and undertakings consequent to acceptance of the bid of the Consortium and generally to represent the Consortium in all its dealings with the Employer in all matters in connection with or relating to or arising out of the Consortium’s bid for the Project and/or upon award thereof for all obligations and liabilities relating to the Project and in accordance with the terms of the Contract Agreement. AND hereby agree to ratify and confirm and do hereby ratify and confirm all acts, deeds and things done or caused to be done by our said Attorney pursuant to and in exercise of the powers conferred by this Power of Attorney and that all acts, deeds and things done by our said Attorney in exercise of the powers hereby conferred shall and shall always be deemed to have been done by us/ Consortium. IN WITNESS WHEREOF WE THE PRINCIPALS ABOVE NAMED HAVE EXECUTED THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY ON THIS __________________ DAY OF __________________2016 For …………………….. (Signature) …………………….. (Name & Title) For …………………….. (Signature) …………………….. (Name & Title)

For …………………….. (Signature) …………………….. (Name & Title)



Accepted: Witnesses: 1. 2. ……………………………………… (Executants) (To be executed by all the Members of the Consortium) Notes:

• The mode of execution of the Power of Attorney should be in accordance with the procedure, if any, lay down by the applicable law and the charter documents of the executant(s) and when it is so required, the same should be under common seal affixed in accordance with the required procedure.

• Also, wherever required, the Bidder should submit for verification the extract of the charter documents and documents such as a board or shareholders’ resolution/ power of attorney in favour of the person executing this Power of Attorney for the delegation of power hereunder on behalf of the Bidder.

• For a Power of Attorney executed and issued overseas, the document will also have to be legalized by the Indian Embassy and notarized in the jurisdiction where the Power of Attorney is being issued. However, the Power of Attorney provided by Applicants from countries that have signed the Hague Legislation Convention 1961 are not required to be legalized by the Indian Embassy if it carries a conforming Appostille certificate.



7.18 Form TB17: SHE (Safety, Health & Environment) Management Systems SHE (Safety, Health & Environment) Management Systems • Do the Applicant have Qualified & competent SHE organisation

at its Corporate Head office level? If Yes, give details along with Organization Chart?

• Do the Applicant has SHE Management Systems in the form

of Organization SHE Manual, SHE procedure / Instructions & Annual SHE Programme & its monitoring system? If Yes, give details.

• Did the Applicant receive any notice from Government Statutory body on violation of norms on Safety Occupational Health & Environment?

If Yes, give details

Y N Y N Y N



7.19 Form TB18: Non-Blacklisting Declaration (To be submitted on Bidder’s Letterhead)


Letter of Undertaking To Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited Block-III, 3rd Floor, Ganga Shopping Complex, Sector-29, Noida -201301 District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh Subject: Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida – Reg. Ref: Package No. NMRC/2016 – 17/08 Dear Sir,

This is to certify that ___________________is not blacklisted by the Government of Uttar Pradesh or any of

its agencies for any reasons whatsoever and not blacklisted by Central / any other State/UT Government or

its agencies for indulging in corrupt or fraudulent practices or for indulging in unfair trade practices as on DD

MM YYYY

Signed…………….. For on behalf of (Name of Bidder / Consortium)



7.20 Form TB19: Form of Declaration for non-engagement of any agent, middleman or intermediary

(To be submitted on Bidder’s Letterhead)


Letter of Undertaking To Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited Block-III, 3rd Floor, Ganga Shopping Complex, Sector-29, Noida -201301 District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh Subject: Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida – Reg. Ref: Package No. NMRC/2016 – 17/08 Dear Sir,

[We hereby declare / We hereby jointly and severally]@ declare that the submission of this Bid confirms that no agent, middleman or any intermediary has been, or will be engaged to provide any services, or any other item or work related to the award and performance of this Contract. We further confirm and declare that no agency commission or any payment, which may be construed as an agency commission, has been, or will be paid and that the Bid price does not include any such amount. We acknowledge the right of the Employer, if it finds to the contrary, to declare our Bid to be non-compliant and if the Contract has been awarded to declare the Contract NULL and VOID.

Signed…………….. For on behalf of (Name of Bidder / Consortium)



7.21 Form TB20: Undertaking for passing on benefits of exemptions to NMRC and for adjustment of amounts due from balance due



Letter of Undertaking To Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited Block-III, 3rd Floor, Ganga Shopping Complex, Sector-29, Noida -201301 District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh Subject: Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida – Reg. Ref: Package No. NMRC/2016 – 17/08 Dear Sir, I _________ (State Name of Director/Partner/ Karta/Authorized Person) in capacity of _______ of __________(State name of the undertaking organization) here by undertake to reimburse / pass on benefit of any duty draw back / export, import incentive / exemption / concession / benefit etc. obtained for the NMRC project to NMRC. I will maintain proper records as required by NMRC and relevant statute. I will furnish such records to NMRC as and when required by them. I agree to adjustment of any benefits / duty draw back / export, import incentive / exemptions / concessions to be made from the balance due to me without any prejudice. I also undertake to indemnify NMRC in case of any loss caused due to non-reimbursement / passing on the benefit of duty draw back / export, import incentive / exemption / concession etc. I state that everything declared by me is true and correct to my belief. Signed…………….. For on behalf of (Name of Bidder / Consortium)



7.22 Form TB21: Undertaking for obtaining registrations under various fiscal and labour laws



Letter of Undertaking To Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited Block-III, 3rd Floor, Ganga Shopping Complex, Sector-29, Noida -201301 District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh Subject: Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida – Reg. Ref: Package No. NMRC/2016 – 17/08 Dear Sir, I _________ (State Name of Director/Partner/ Karta/Authorized Person) in capacity of _______ of __________(State name of the undertaking organization) here by undertake to get registered under _________ (state the type of registration to be obtained) before ______ (state time line) (preferably immediately after award of Contract). I also undertake to indemnify NMRC in case of any loss caused due to non-registration. I state that everything declared by me is true and correct to my belief. Signed…………….. For on behalf of (Name of Bidder / Consortium)



8 Appendix 3: Financial Bid Forms

8.1 Financial Bid Submission Letter (To be submitted on Bidder’s Letterhead)

Dated:………….. To Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited Block-III, 3rd Floor, Ganga Shopping Complex, Sector-29, Noida -201301 District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh Subject: Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida – Reg. Ref: Package No. NMRC/2016 – 17/08 Dear Sir, I/We, the undersigned Bidder/s, having read and examined in detail all the bidding documents in respect of Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida. 1. NPV of 10 year annual royalty and Validity All the yearly royalty figures mentioned in our bid are in accordance with the terms as specified in the bidding documents. All the figures and other terms and conditions of this bid are valid for a period of 180 calendar days from the date of opening of the bids. 2. Performance Bank Guarantee

We hereby declare that in case the contract is awarded to us, we shall submit the Performance Bank Guarantee in the form prescribed in the RFP.

We hereby declare that our bid is made in good faith, without collusion or fraud and the information contained in the bid is true and correct to the best of our knowledge and belief. We understand that our bid is binding on us and that you are not bound to accept a Bid you receive.

We confirm that no Technical deviations are attached here with this financial offer.

3. Financial Bid

We hereby submit the annual royalty payment exclusive of all taxes and per transaction fare box revenue share as per the bid format specified below in clause 8.2 and 8.3.

We will pay 20% of first year royalty value as advance within 14 days from the issuance date of Letter of Acceptance

Thanking you,

Yours faithfully



(Signature of the authorized representative of the Bidder)

Name: Designation: Seal: Place and Date: Business Address:

8.2 Schedule of Annual Royalty Payments No. of Years In figures In words

Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5 Year 6 Year 7 Year 8 Year 9 Year 10 Total Amount

Note: a. NPV of the 10 years’ royalty payments quoted above will be computed considering a discount rate of

12.5% for evaluation of all the bids b. The successful Bidder shall pay 20% of first year annual royalty as advance within 14 calendar days from

the issuance date of Letter of Acceptance.

8.3 Per transaction fare box revenue share Per transaction fare box revenue share in percentage (%)



9 Appendix 4: Sample Financial Evaluation

For example, if the bidder quotes the royalty and per transaction fare box revenue share as below: Schedule of Annual Royalty Payments:

No. of Years In figures In words Year 1 30,00,00,000 Thirty Crores Year 2 18,00,00,000 Eighteen Crores Year 3 40,00,00,000 Forty Crores Year 4 10,00,00,000 Ten Crores Year 5 15,00,00,000 Fifteen Crores Year 6 20,00,00,000 Twenty Crores Year 7 25,00,00,000 Twenty Five Crores Year 8 16,00,00,000 Sixteen Crores Year 9 30,00,00,000 Thirty Crores Year 10 15,00,00,000 Fifteen Crores Total Amount 2,19,00,00,000 Two Hundred and Nineteen Crores

Per transaction fare box revenue share:

Per transaction fare box revenue share in percentage (%)

1

Then the evaluation shall be as follows:

NPV(12.50%, 30,00,00,000, 18,00,00,000, 40,00,00,000, 10,00,00,000, 15,00,00,000, 20,00,00,000, 25,00,00,000, 16,00,00,000, 30,00,00,000, 15,00,00,000 )

= 100, 00, 00,000 * 1

Where 12.50% is the discount rate and 100 Crore is the weightage for fare box revenue share, which is a constant value. = 1.256243





Volume 2: Work Requirements

Part 2: General Specifications

Issued By





Table of Content

1 INTRODUCTION ...................................................................................................................................... 7

1.1 APPLICATION OF THE GENERAL SPECIFICATION (GS) ...................................................................................... 19 1.2 DEFINITIONS ..................................................................................................................................................... 21 1.3 GLOSSARY OF TERMS ....................................................................................................................................... 23 1.4 SUBMISSION FOR REVIEW ................................................................................................................................. 23 1.5 STANDARDS, CODES OF PRACTICE ................................................................................................................... 23 1.6 EMPLOYER’S DRAWINGS .................................................................................................................................. 24 1.7 SPECIFICATIONS IN METRIC AND IMPERIAL UNITS ........................................................................................... 24 1.8 SYSTEM SAFETY ............................................................................................................................................... 24 1.9 AVAILABILITY (RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY) .................................................................................... 25 1.10 SUITABILITY FOR PURPOSE ............................................................................................................................... 25 1.11 CLIMATIC CONDITION / OPERATING ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................ 25 1.12 SURVEY AND SITE INVESTIGATIONS ................................................................................................................. 28

2 PLANNING, PROGRAMME AND PROGRESS MONITORING ........................................................... 29

2.1 PLANNING ........................................................................................................................................................ 29 2.2 PROGRAMMING GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................................... 29 2.3 PROGRESS MONITORING ................................................................................................................................... 29 2.4 WORKS PROGRAMME ....................................................................................................................................... 29 2.5 DESIGN SUBMISSION PROGRAMME ................................................................................................................... 32 2.6 DESIGN, PROCUREMENT AND MANUFACTURING PROGRAMME ........................................................................ 33 2.7 INSTALLATION PROGRAMME ............................................................................................................................ 34 2.8 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING PROGRAMME ................................................................................................... 35 2.9 TRAINING PROGRAMME.................................................................................................................................... 35 2.10 PROGRAMME SUBMISSIONS .............................................................................................................................. 35 2.11 WORKS PROGRAMME REVISIONS ..................................................................................................................... 36 2.12 MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORT .......................................................................................................................... 36 2.13 PROGRAMME ANALYSIS REPORT ...................................................................................................................... 36 2.14 KEY DATE AND MILESTONE REPORT ............................................................................................................... 37 2.15 WORKING COMMITTEE PROGRESS MEETINGS .................................................................................................. 37 2.16 QUARTERLY REVIEW MEETINGS ...................................................................................................................... 38

3 MANAGEMENT PLANS AND SUBMISSIONS ..................................................................................... 39

3.1 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 39 3.2 GENERAL ORGANISATION ................................................................................................................................ 39 3.3 PROJECT MANAGEMENT PLAN ......................................................................................................................... 40 3.4 SYSTEMS ASSURANCE PLANS ........................................................................................................................... 44 3.5 DESIGN, PROCUREMENT AND MANUFACTURING PLAN .................................................................................... 46 3.6 CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................................................. 53 3.7 COMPLETION MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................................................................. 56

4 DOCUMENTS SUBMISSION AND REVIEW ........................................................................................ 59

4.1 DOCUMENTS, SUBMISSIONS AND CORRESPONDENCE ....................................................................................... 59 4.2 SUBMISSIONS TO THE EMPLOYER’S REPRESENTATIVE ..................................................................................... 59 4.3 RECORDS AND REPORTS ................................................................................................................................... 61 4.4 RECORDS .......................................................................................................................................................... 63

5 QUALITY MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................................... 65



5.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................................. 65 5.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................................ 65 5.3 MANAGEMENT QUALITY PLAN ........................................................................................................................ 66 5.4 DESIGN QUALITY PLAN .................................................................................................................................... 66 5.5 MANUFACTURING QUALITY PLAN ................................................................................................................... 67 5.6 SITE QUALITY PLAN ......................................................................................................................................... 67 5.7 INSPECTION AND TEST PLANS, RECORDS AND REPORTS ................................................................................... 67 5.8 REVIEW, VERIFICATION & AUDIT .................................................................................................................... 68 5.9 QUALITY CONTROL REGISTER .......................................................................................................................... 69 5.10 SUMMARIES OF INSPECTION AND/OR TEST ....................................................................................................... 69 5.11 NOTIFICATION OF NON-CONFORMITIES ............................................................................................................ 69

6 SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL .................................................................................... 70

6.1 PRESCRIPTIVE FRAMEWORK ............................................................................................................................. 70 6.2 SOFTWARE FRAMEWORK .................................................................................................................................. 70 6.3 SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT CONTROL ............................................................................................................... 70 6.4 STATUS REPORTING ......................................................................................................................................... 70 6.5 AUDITING ......................................................................................................................................................... 70 6.6 SOFTWARE ACCEPTANCE ................................................................................................................................. 70 6.7 AVAILABILITY OF DEVELOPMENT TOOLS ......................................................................................................... 70 6.8 RE-USE OF EXISTING SOFTWARE ..................................................................................................................... 70 6.9 APPLICATION OF “COMMERCIAL OFF THE SHELF” SOFTWARE (COTS) ........................................................... 71 6.10 TEST SOFTWARE ............................................................................................................................................... 71 6.11 GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM WEEK-COUNTER ROLLOVER ........................................................................... 71

7 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ........................................................................................................... 72

7.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER ........................................................................... 72 7.2 MATERIALS ...................................................................................................................................................... 72 7.3 EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................................................................................... 73 7.4 ELECTRONIC CONTROL RACKS & CABINETS .................................................................................................... 74

8 PACKAGING, STORAGE, SHIPPING AND DELIVERY ...................................................................... 76

8.1 STORAGE OF EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................................................. 76 8.2 CRATING .......................................................................................................................................................... 76 8.3 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS ................................................................................................................................... 77 8.4 PACKAGING PROCEDURES ................................................................................................................................ 77 8.5 SHIPPING .......................................................................................................................................................... 78 8.6 DELIVERY ......................................................................................................................................................... 78

9 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING ........................................................................................................ 79

9.1 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 79 9.2 MANUFACTURING TEST PLAN .......................................................................................................................... 79 9.3 COMMISSIONING PLAN ..................................................................................................................................... 81 9.4 ON-SITE TESTING AND COMMISSIONING PLAN ................................................................................................ 82 9.5 ACTIVITY OF THE EMPLOYER AND THE EMPLOYER’S REPRESENTATIVE .......................................................... 87 9.6 RECORDS AND REPORTS ................................................................................................................................... 87 9.7 TEST EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES.................................................................................................................... 88 9.8 WITNESSING BY THE EMPLOYER AND THE EMPLOYER’S REPRESENTATIVE ...................................................... 89 9.9 FAILURES ......................................................................................................................................................... 89 9.10 REPEAT TESTS .................................................................................................................................................. 90 9.11 FAULT CATEGORIES ......................................................................................................................................... 90



9.12 FAULT LOG ....................................................................................................................................................... 90 9.13 HARDWARE FAILURE REPORTS ........................................................................................................................ 90 9.14 SOFTWARE FAILURE REPORTS .......................................................................................................................... 90

10 TRAINING .............................................................................................................................................. 92

10.1 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................................... 92 10.2 TRAINING METHOD .......................................................................................................................................... 93 10.3 EMPLOYER’S INSTRUCTOR TRAINING ............................................................................................................... 93 10.4 TRAINING PLANT & EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................................................... 94 10.5 TESTING AND ASSESSMENT .............................................................................................................................. 94 10.6 TRAINING RECORDS ......................................................................................................................................... 94

11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION .................................................................... 96

11.1 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 96 11.2 ARRANGEMENT AND FORMAT OF MANUALS .................................................................................................... 96 11.3 DRAWINGS ....................................................................................................................................................... 97 11.4 SUBMISSIONS .................................................................................................................................................... 98 11.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS ..................................................................................................... 98

12 SUPERVISION AND PLANNING OF MAINTENANCE ........................................................................ 99

12.1 SCOPE ............................................................................................................................................................... 99 12.2 MAINTENANCE PLANNING & MANAGEMENT STAFF......................................................................................... 99 12.3 SUPERVISORY STAFF ........................................................................................................................................ 99

13 SUPPLY OF SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT ..................................... 101

13.1 DETAILS OF SUPPLY ........................................................................................................................................ 101 13.2 MANUFACTURE AND DELIVERY OF SPARE PARTS ........................................................................................... 103 13.3 CONTRACT SPARES......................................................................................................................................... 104 13.4 COMMISSIONING SPARES ................................................................................................................................ 104 13.5 DEFECTS LIABILITY SPARES ........................................................................................................................... 104 13.6 SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................................... 105 13.7 CODING AND TAGGING OF SPARE PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT .................................. 105 13.8 ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CONTRACT (AMC) SPARES (IF APPLICABLE AS PER CONTRACT) ............................ 105

14 THE WORKS AND CARE OF THE WORKS ...................................................................................... 107

14.1 METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................................ 107 14.2 TEMPORARY WORKS ...................................................................................................................................... 107 14.3 NORMAL WORKING HOURS ............................................................................................................................ 107 14.4 DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULES .......................................................................................................................... 107 14.5 NOTIFICATION AND INSPECTION OF WORKS ................................................................................................... 107 14.6 CONSTRUCTION RESTRAINTS ......................................................................................................................... 107 14.7 PROTECTION FROM WATER ............................................................................................................................ 108 14.8 PROTECTION FROM WEATHER ........................................................................................................................ 108 14.9 PROTECTION OF WORK ................................................................................................................................... 108

15 SITE ESTABLISHMENT AND ATTENDANCE ................................................................................... 109

15.1 USE OF THE SITE ............................................................................................................................................. 109 15.2 SURVEY OF THE SITE ...................................................................................................................................... 109 15.3 FENCES AND SIGNS ON THE SITE .................................................................................................................... 109 15.4 THE CONTRACTOR’S SITE ACCOMMODATION ................................................................................................ 109 15.5 SITE UTILITIES AND ACCESS........................................................................................................................... 110



15.6 CLEARANCE OF THE SITE ................................................................................................................................ 110 15.7 ATTENDANCE ................................................................................................................................................. 110 15.8 CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................................................... 111 15.9 SECURITY ....................................................................................................................................................... 111

16 LIAISON WITH OTHERS ..................................................................................................................... 113

16.1 LIAISON WITH OTHERS ................................................................................................................................... 113 16.2 WORK BY OTHER CONTRACTORS ................................................................................................................... 113 16.3 INTERFACE MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................................. 113

17 THE SITE ............................................................................................................................................. 115

17.1 ACCESS TO SITE.............................................................................................................................................. 115 17.2 SITE RESTRICTIONS ........................................................................................................................................ 115 17.3 SITE SERVICES ................................................................................................................................................ 116 17.4 SITE CLEANLINESS ......................................................................................................................................... 117 17.5 PREVENTION OF MOSQUITO BREEDING .......................................................................................................... 117 17.6 PREVENTION OF DUST .................................................................................................................................... 117 17.7 ENGINEERING CONDITIONS FOR TEMPORARY LAND ALLOCATION ................................................................. 118 17.8 ATTENDANCE BY CIVIL WORKS PROJECT CONTRACTOR ................................................................................ 118 17.9 ACCESS TO THE SITE BY OTHER CONTRACTORS ............................................................................................. 118 17.10 TRANSPORTATION TO SITE ............................................................................................................................. 118 17.11 CONTRACTOR’S OWN ROLLING STOCK .......................................................................................................... 119 17.12 DEFINED AREA WORKING AND WORKS TRAIN OPERATIONS ......................................................................... 120 17.13 WORK IN VICINITY OF OPERATING TRACKS ................................................................................................... 120 17.14 RODENT CONTROL ......................................................................................................................................... 123

18 HEALTH AND SAFETY ....................................................................................................................... 124

18.1 HEALTH AND SAFETY PHILOSOPHY ................................................................................................................ 124 18.2 HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................ 124 18.3 LEGISLATION, CODES OF PRACTICE, STANDARDS, ETC ................................................................................... 124 18.4 BREACH OF HEALTH AND SAFETY OBLIGATIONS ........................................................................................... 124 18.5 CONTRACTOR’S HEALTH AND SAFETY DOCUMENTATION .............................................................................. 125 18.6 CONTRACTOR’S SAFETY ARRANGEMENTS ..................................................................................................... 126 18.7 SITE CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 130

19 DAMAGE AND INTERFERENCE ....................................................................................................... 137

19.1 DAMAGE AND INTERFERENCE ........................................................................................................................ 137 19.2 WATERCOURSES AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS .................................................................................................... 138 19.3 UTILITIES ....................................................................................................................................................... 139 19.4 STRUCTURES, ROADS AND OTHER PROPERTY ................................................................................................ 140 19.5 ACCESS .......................................................................................................................................................... 141 19.6 TREES AND OTHER SIMILAR OBSTRUCTIONS .................................................................................................. 142 19.7 NOISE CONTROL ON WORKS SITE................................................................................................................... 142 19.8 SPOIL DISPOSAL ............................................................................................................................................. 142

20 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................... 143

20.1 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................................ 143 20.2 AVOIDANCE OF NUISANCE .............................................................................................................................. 144 20.3 AIR QUALITY .................................................................................................................................................. 144 20.4 WATER QUALITY ............................................................................................................................................ 145 20.5 NOISE ............................................................................................................................................................. 146



20.6 WASTE ........................................................................................................................................................... 148 20.7 PREVENTION OF MOSQUITO BREEDING ........................................................................................................... 148

21 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY SUPPLY .............................................................................................. 149

21.1 APPLICABILITY ............................................................................................................................................... 149 21.2 WORK ON SITE ............................................................................................................................................... 149 21.3 ELECTRICAL GENERAL ................................................................................................................................... 149 21.4 MATERIALS, APPLIANCES AND COMPONENTS ................................................................................................ 149 21.5 DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS .............................................................................................................................. 149 21.6 MAINS VOLTAGE ............................................................................................................................................ 150 21.7 TYPES OF DISTRIBUTION SUPPLY ................................................................................................................... 150 21.8 PROTECTION OF CIRCUITS .............................................................................................................................. 150 21.9 EARTHING ...................................................................................................................................................... 150 21.10 PLUGS, SOCKET OUTLETS AND COUPLERS ..................................................................................................... 151 21.11 CABLES .......................................................................................................................................................... 151 21.12 LIGHTING INSTALLATION ............................................................................................................................... 152 21.13 ELECTRICAL MOTORS .................................................................................................................................... 152 21.14 INSPECTION AND TESTING .............................................................................................................................. 152 21.15 IDENTIFICATION ............................................................................................................................................. 152 21.16 MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................................................... 152 21.17 MAINTENANCE RECORD ................................................................................................................................. 152 21.18 METERING ...................................................................................................................................................... 152 21.19 INABILITY TO SUPPLY ..................................................................................................................................... 153

22 APPENDIX ........................................................................................................................................... 154

22.1 APPENDIX 1: MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORT ................................................................................................... 154 22.2 APPENDIX 2: CONTRACT SYSTEMS SAFETY MANAGEMENT ........................................................................... 156 22.3 APPENDIX 3: SUBMISSION FOR REVIEW REQUEST FORM ................................................................................ 158 22.4 APPENDIX 4: SCHEDULE OF ITEMS TO BE SUBMITTED BY CONTRACTOR ......................................................... 159 22.5 APPENDIX 5: TYPICAL TYPE TEST REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 163 22.6 APPENDIX 6: REQUEST FOR INSPECTION OF WORKS FORM ............................................................................. 165 22.7 APPENDIX 7: FIRST AID REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................ 166



1 INTRODUCTION 1.0.1 New Okhla Industrial Development Authority (NOIDA): Constituted under the U.P. Industrial Area Development Act, 1976, NOIDA has now emerged as a planned, integrated, modern Industrial City, well connected to Delhi through a network of roads, national highways and the ultra - modern DND flyover, offering inter - road linkages to all parts of the country. Spread over 20,316 hectares, with many sectors fully developed, NOIDA offers a pollution free high standard of living and highly supportive industrial environment with its unique infrastructure providing numerous, matchless facilities. Today, it stands as an enviable monument of the concept of integrated Industrial township in the world, with smooth and wide roads, well developed land, uninterrupted power supply, clean and safe drinking water, unfailing telephony, and splendid residential complexes in the serene and peaceful environment with greenery all around. Noida city has a population of 8.24 lakhs with 203 sq. km area, the population is expected touch around 16 lakhs by 2025.

It is located in the state of Uttar Pradesh at the fringes of Delhi, the national capital. Located at the doorstep of Delhi, NOIDA is only 14 Kms. away from Connaught Place. The 550 meter long, eight lane NOIDA Toll Bridge across Yamuna connecting Maharani Bagh in Delhi to NOIDA has further reduced the distance, time and cost of commuting to and fro Delhi-NOIDA. Noida has all the key advantages of Delhi without having its disadvantages. The development area encompasses about 20,316 hectares of land consisting of 81 villages of district Gautam Budh Nagar.

Public Transport in Noida: At present majority of travel demand of Noida city is met by personal modes like two wheelers, cars and cycles and by auto-rickshaws. Share of public transport in Noida is 23%. Presently, the public bus transport service is operated by Delhi Transport Corporation and Uttar Pradesh State Road Transport Corporation with a fleet size of 279.

To encourage usage of mass Transport System and to cater the public transportation needs of Noida city, Government of India and Government of Uttar Pradesh jointly established Noida Metro Rail Corporation (NMRC) Limited which is a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) registered under the Companies Act, 2013 for construction, operation and maintenance of Noida Metro Rail Project.

The project has been sanctioned by Government of India and Government of Uttar Pradesh for project completion cost of INR 5,064 Crores. Greater Noida Corridor of the Noida Metro Rail Project has a total length of 28.086 kms between Center Lines of end stations, fully constructed on elevated viaduct with 21 elevated stations.

NMRC envisages a unified, smart card based, multi-modal transport ticketing system for Noida City. Multi-model ticketing system would help NMRC to provide seamless commuting experience to commuters within city using a single common mobility card as fare media. The envisaged ticketing system shall operate using open non-proprietary standards so that it can be integrated with ticketing systems of other transit operators in Noida. Considering interoperability, scalability and reliability offered by EMV based open loop ticketing system, NMRC has decided to implement open loop based ticketing system across all metro stations. Due to non-proprietary standards this system can potentially be extended across other public transport services in Noida such as city buses, etc.



The vision of NMRC’s Smart Ticketing and AFC for public transit systems in Noida is as follows:

1. To develop an interoperable multimodal transport ticketing system for the city of Noida by implementing a smart card ticketing and AFC for public transit systems in Noida

2. To reduce operational issues and thereby enhance commuter experience

The proposed business model envisages a consortium with Financial Institution as the prime bidder. The consortium would be responsible for setting up of the EMV smart card based open loop automated fare collection system. As per the envisaged business model, the consortium shall build the AFC system and related infrastructure, commission it for NMRC with maintenance support and undertake all the operations in the areas of card issuance and related customer support. The consortium shall undertake investments for all projects components presented below. In return NMRC shall pay a declared percentage for fare-box revenue. Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited also plans to extend its services to offer city buses, parking services and utility payments in Noida. Future potential revenue opportunities:

a. Extension of smart card ticketing system to the private buses b. Potential extension of open loop based ticketing system for subsequent phases of Noida Metro. c. Use of the NMRC co-branded card for tracking attendance at professional colleges as there are nearly

60 to 70 colleges around Noida city. d. NMRC is providing special connections with SEZ, malls and etc. SEZ is likely to consist of 50,000

working population, hence the huge customer base need to be leveraged to potential increase in spending capacity and rates.

e. NMRC is planning for commercial development of around 50 hectare land. Revenue generated through the property development of this land can provide for source of additional revenue for investing partner

f. Revenue earned through advertisement, station naming, train wrapping would provide additional sources of revenue for NMRC. Investing partner can additionally earn revenue by providing banking services

1.0.2 Business Building Blocks Below is the brief overview of building blocks of AFC smart ticketing solution envisaged.



1. Automated Fare Collection System at Noida Metro Stations: the smart card based AFC system shall be implemented across 21 metro stations. This system will enable smart card as additional fare media for commuters to pay for the intended travel. Smart card will store information about commuter along with balance amount. This information will be read by validators installed on access gates in Metro stations. Depending on business rules set by NMRC, commuters would be allowed/ denied access to the station based on information stored on card, especially balance amount. To provide additional flexibility following fare media options would be offered to commuters in addition to EMV smart cards

a. QR code ticketing, b. mobile ticketing system c. NFC technology based ticketing system

Detailed requirements and scope for implementing AFC Metro system is discussed in the volume 2, Particular Specifications.

2. City Bus Ticketing: EMV smart card based Automated fare collection system shall be implemented across all city buses. AFC Buses system shall accept common mobility smart card as fare media. Following deployment models are being considered to implement AFC Buses system.

a. Smart card based ticketing using hand-held electronic ticketing machines

In addition to EMV smart cards following fare media would be provided to commuters to give further flexibility and convenience: b. Paper ticketing, c. NFC and mobile ticketing system

3. Noida Metro Stations Parking Ticketing: Envisioned smart card based AFC system will be extended across all parking facilities provided by NMRC near metro stations. AFC Parking will accept common mobility card as payment media to pay for parking charges. NMRC is planning to provide around 21 parking lots around various metro stations in Noida. The fare media would include EMV smart cards, NFC and mobile ticketing system. Detailed requirements and scope are discussed in the volume 2, Particular Specifications.

4. Utility Payments: As per the one city one card vision, NMRC envisages to extend the smart card based fare collection system to meet other payment needs of citizens such as payments for various utility bills (Electricity Bill, Water Bill, Gas bill and etc.,). This would provide more ease and enable hassle free payment solution to citizens of Noida and Greater Noida region. Refer to Annexure 1 for details.



5. Smart Card based payment for Non-transit Transactions: Common mobility card can be used as payment media across all merchant establishments accepting cards for payment. Citizens can perform all retail transactions, utility payments etc. through common mobility cards. As explained above, common mobility program shall provide seamless, integrated travel experience for commuters of Noida as well as provide an alternate option for payment needs.

1.0.3 Stakeholder Below are the stakeholders of project for implementing the open loop ticketing systems:


S.No. Stakeholder Role Responsibilities Benefits of Initiative

1 Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited

• Nodal Agency for implementation of Smart Card Ticketing and Automated Fare Collection (AFC) system for public transit systems

• Owner for implementation of Smart Card Ticketing and Automated Fare Collection (AFC) system in metro and parking of NMRC

• Overall monitoring the implementation of implementation of Smart Card Ticketing and Automated Fare Collection (AFC) system for public transit systems

• Define the business rules • Define the access rules • Physical security of equipment installed • Staff for TOM operation

• Automatic data collection and analysis

• Faster and easier ticketing • Speedy access control • Accurate revenue apportionment and

subsidization • Improved customer satisfaction and

loyalty • Reduced cash handling • Increased revenue through profit

sharing with the FI • Increasing fare structure flexibility • Seamless intermodal transfer • Profitable patronage increase • Maximum fare media reliability • Reduced maintenance costs • Reduced cash handling

2 Commuters Passenger • Use of public transport instead of personal vehicle

• Use of common mobility card for all type of transactions

• Convenient payment • Rapid boarding • Seamless intermodal transfer • Safety and security • Multi-functionality in one card • Speed, convenience and security • Convenience through common card

and transit wallet • Improved security measures • Additional benefits like loyalty and

rewards



S.No. Stakeholder Role Responsibilities Benefits of Initiative

3 Financial Institution Prime member of the consortium for implementation of smart card ticketing and AFC ecosystem

• EMV Card issuance and personalization • Setting up acquiring platform • Setting up central clearing and settlement

system • Propose a loyalty and rewards programme • Training to Staff • Co-branded card based transaction

settlement in T+2 days

• Increased sale of cards by replacing cash

• Customer retention and acquisition • Earning through payment gateway

and clearing house • Customer intelligence

4 AFC Provider Mandatory member of the consortium for implementation of smart card ticketing and AFC ecosystem

• Implementation of acceptance infrastructure for Noida metro, city bus, parking system and utility payments

• Integrated solution for multi-modal transit system


1.0.4 High –level Deliverables Below are the key high level deliverables from the bidders:

S. No. Business Building Blocks

Functional Building Blocks

1

NMRC AFC AFC Station Terminals Hardware & Software AFC Central Back Office System External Interfaces Integration FI Integration

3 City Buses Bus ticketing hardware and software Ticket Office Machines and Depot Computers Central Back Office System Integration FI Integration

4 NMRC Parking Parking Ticketing Terminals Hardware and Software Central Back Office System Integration FI Integration

7 Utility Payments Utility Payment Terminals Hardware and Software Central Back Office System Integration FI Integration

6 Financial Institution Card Issuance and Personalization Acquiring Platform Call Center Clearance & Settlement Extended Banking Services Card Marketing Loyalty & Rewards

1.0.4.1 Key Deliverables of FI: EMV card Issuance and personalization:

1) FI should Issue the EMV certified Noida city branded prepaid cards for commuters for transit and other general purpose.



2) FI should provide the Smart Card Host System (CSHS) Software which hosts the software application for issuance of the personalized EMV smart cards. This component is an integral part of AFC and smart card technology services of FI.

3) The various elements which come under this component are a. Online Card Application / Account Opening b. Online card top-up and statement services + payment gateway c. Card Distribution Logistics d. Call Center e. MIS and Revenue Settlement f. Branch Operation - Customer KYC and card services g. Bank ATM services

4) NMRC Card program Sales & Marketing Activities: FI should undertake promotion and merchant development & management of smart card and mobile app services. FI may take up merchant promotions exclusively or through third party after consultations with NMRC

Acquiring Platform: EMV card transactions will be uploaded to AFC BackOffice system and AFC BackOffice should send the transactions to Acquirer. FI should have the integrated platform to process the EMV card transactions from the AFC transit and other non-transit terminals and should provide the interfaces for AFC system. Clearance and Settlement: In order complete the end of the day reconciliation, FI should have the integrated platform for clearance and settlement of transaction with various Issuers and transit operators for various transaction types. Call Center: FI should provide call center support for complaints/queries on the card transaction at the transit terminals and should manage the customer complaints directly with commuters on any issues with card transactions. 1.0.4.2 Key Deliverables of AFC Provider: NMRC AFC:

AFC Station terminals Hardware and Software 1) AFC Hardware which accommodates the hardware needs of Metro and Transit programmed of Noida

Metro Rail Corporation Limited. 2) AFC Software which will take care of the software components of the AFC. This component is an

integral part of AFC

AFC Backoffice system: AFC BackOffice Software which will take care of the software components of the AFC backoffice. This component is an integral part of AFC and will host in Central computer and Cloud. AFC External Interfaces Integration: AFC BackOffice Software which will take care of the software components of the AFC BackOffice would have external interfaces. These external interfaces would be banking Integration, Issuance and Acquiring, Mobile application, NMRC web application and other systems.

NMRC Mobile Ticketing:

Mobile Application that shall be developed by AFC Provider on to offer mobile ticketing services. As part of mobile platform, NMRC intends to offer various value added services to its commuters like e-Commerce tie-ups, taxi sharing etc and also offers the Consortium an opportunity to on-board its partners and merchants as part of NMRC Smart Card program as part of such a platform and manage all mobile payment related services

City Buses:

Bus ticketing Hardware and Software



1) Additional hardware infrastructure towards extending AFC system to city buses in Noida, once they are launched.

2) Additional software towards extending AFC system to city buses in Noida, once they are launched.

Bus TOM’s and Depot Computers 1) Additional hardware infrastructure towards extending AFC system for city buses for card Issuance and

depot management in Noida, once they are launched. 2) Additional software towards extending AFC system for city buses for card Issuance and depot

management in Noida, once they are launched.

Central BackOffice System Integration AFC central BackOffice should process the EMV transactions from ticketing terminals and perform authorization with the FI system. Central BackOffice system should settle the transactions at EOD. FI Integration AFC backoffice system should interface with FI Issuing and Acquiring system for processing the EMV transaction from ticketing terminals as per the Specification of the Acquirer and Issuer.

NMRC Parking:

Parking terminals Hardware and Software 1) Additional hardware infrastructure towards extending AFC system to NMRC Parking in Noida, once

they are launched. 2) Additional software towards extending AFC system to NMRC Parking in Noida, once they are

launched.

Central BackOffice System Integration AFC central backoffice should process the EMV transactions from parking terminals and perform authorization with the FI system. Central backoffice system should settle the transactions at EOD. FI Integration AFC backoffice system should interface with FI Issuing and Acquiring system for processing the EMV transaction from parking terminals as per the Specification of the Acquirer and Issuer.

Utility Payment:

Utility payment terminals Hardware and Software 1) Additional hardware infrastructure towards extending AFC system to utility payment services in Noida,

once they are launched. 2) Additional software towards extending AFC system to utility payment services in Noida, once they are

launched.

Central BackOffice System Integration AFC central backoffice should process the EMV transactions from parking terminals and perform authorization with the FI system. Central backoffice system should settle the transactions at EOD. FI Integration AFC backoffice system should interface with FI Issuing and Acquiring system for processing the EMV transaction from parking terminals as per the Specification of the Acquirer and Issuer.

1.0.5 Project Timelines:



The following illustration provides the details of the project timelines for NMRC AFC, Financial institution, NMRC Parking, City Buses and Utility Payments. The NMRC AFC would be implemented in seven parallel tracks i.e., implementation of AFC and implementation of smart card based fare collection. NMRC Parking, City Buses, and Utility Payments shall be implemented in a single track. The following illustration provides the details of the project timelines for the all the building blocks. The total contract period would comprise of 10 years along with the implementation timelines mentioned below (time to go-live for each section) for the respective sections and commence from the last station Go-live date. The project would be implemented in the following phases. These phases are:

S. No. Phases Description Tentative timeliness on Go-live dates

1

Phase 1

Implementation of AFC for 21 stations- Except TVM.

Dec -2017

2 Phase 2 Implementation of AFC for 21 stations- Including TVM.

March -2018

3 Phase 3 Financial Institution Aug -2017

5 Phase 4 NMRC parking March -2018

6 Phase 5 City Buses Nov -2017

9 Phase 6 Utility Payments Dec - 2017

The illustration depicts these timelines along with the time to Go-Live for each section. Defect Liability period for hardware is considered for 6 years and for software it is considered 10 years. Phase 1 having 21 stations going live in Dec 2017. Phase 2 having 21 stations going –live with TVM’s in March 2018. NMRC Parking, City Buses and Utility Payments shall be implemented in single track Bidder should provide minimal AFC without the TVM deliverables being considered for the phase 1. TVM design and implemented should be completed as part of phase 2 as per timeliness indicated above.

Once the TVM completes the successful Acceptance testing TVM should installed and Commissioned in all the stations including the Section 1 and other sections as per respective timeliness mentioned.

Various phases in NMRC AFC section 1 as mentioned in the illustration are: 1. Preliminary Design Hardware and Software: In the first 2 months, a preliminary design document

needs to be created for all the systems and reviewed from NMRC. 2. Final Design Hardware and Software: In the third month, the final design document to be created

as per the reviews from NMRC and same to be finalized. 3. Prototype testing and FAT for hardware: The Functional prototype testing along with Factory

Acceptance testing of the hardware to be done in the fourth month of final design of hardware and software.

4. AFC System equipment shipment: All the AFC system equipment shipment to be completed within 7 months from the date of contract signing.

5. AFC Test lab setup and Integration testing: Equipment shipment will be done in the eighth month. AFC test lab need to be setup and Integration testing of all equipment hardware and software to be completed.

6. Installation and Commissioning of AFC System: All the AFC system equipment need to be installed and commissioning to be completed within 3 months of equipment shipment.



7. Completion of Partial Acceptance Tests and System Acceptance Tests: Within 1 month of Installation and commissioning of equipment, partial acceptance tests and system acceptance tests should be completed so that system can Go-Live in Dec 2017.

Various phases in Section 2 are: 1. TVM Preliminary Design Hardware and Software: In the first 5 months, a preliminary design

document of TVM needs to be created for all the systems to be deployed in all the stations and reviewed from NMRC.

2. TVM Final Design Hardware and Software: In seventh month, the final design document to be created as per the reviews from NMRC and same to be finalized.

3. TVM Prototype testing and FAT for hardware: The Functional prototype testing along with Factory Acceptance testing of the hardware to be done in tenth month of final design of hardware and software.

4. TVM AFC System equipment shipment: All the AFC system equipment to be deployed at the stations within 2 months from the date of TVM Preliminary Design Hardware and Software.

5. Installation and Commissioning of AFC System: All the AFC system equipment for section 2 stations need to be installed and commissioning to be completed for them within 2 months of equipment shipment.

6. Completion of Partial Acceptance Tests and System Acceptance Tests: Within 2 month of Installation and commissioning of equipment, partial acceptance tests and system acceptance tests should be completed for all equipment’s so that section 2 stations Go-Live in March 2018.

Phases for section 3 - Smart Card Issuing system, are also mentioned in the illustration. These have to be completed before section 1 Go-Live. The Phases are as follows:

1. Preliminary design of Issuance and Acquiring system: Within 1 month of signing contract, preliminary design of Issuance and acquiring system to be developed and shared with NMRC for review

2. Final design of Issuance and Acquiring system: Based on the review comments, the design of Issuance and Acquiring system to be finalized in the second month

3. SMART Card design: Design of the Smart card to be completed within 3 months of signing the contract

4. SMART Card Certification: The Smart card certification should be completed before third month of signing the contract.

5. Test Smart card: Testing of the smart card should be completed within 1 month of Smart card design completion

6. Acquiring Test Host Setup and Integration: The Acquiring Test host setup should be completed and integrated with the system within 4 months of final design of Issuance and Acquiring system.

7. Production Deployment: All the System components should be deployed to the production environment by seventh month of contract signing so that User Acceptance testing can be completed in the eight month and system will Go-Live.





1.1 Application of the General Specification (GS) 1.1.1 The provisions contained in the Particular Specification (PS) and the Employer’s Drawings

shall prevail over the provisions contained in this GS.

1.1.2 The provisions contained in the GS shall prevail over the provisions contained in International Standards, European Standards, British Standards, Indian Standards, British Standard Codes of Practice and similar standard documents stated in the Contract. This GS shall be read in conjunction with the other documents constituting the Contract.

1.1.3 Abbreviations

Common abbreviations used in the GS and in the PSs shall have the following meanings:

ACB

: Air Circuit Breaker AMC : Annual Maintenance Contract BCC : Backup Control Centre BS : British Standard

CADD : Computer Aided Design and Drafting

CAR : Corrective Action Request

CNP : Construction Noise Permits

COTS : Commercial Off the Shelf

CPM : Critical Path Method

CV : Curriculum Vitae

DLP : Defects Liability Period

DVT : Design Verification Table

E&M : Electrical & Mechanical

EMC : Electromagnetic Compatibility

EMIP : Environmental Mitigation Implementation Plan

EMP : Environmental Management Plan

EMSD : Electrical and Mechanical Services Department

EMU : Electric Multiple Unit

EN : Euro-Norm (European Standards)

EPD : Environmental Protection Department

ETI : Employer's Training Instructors

FAI : First Article Inspection

FAT : Factory Acceptance Test(s)

FMEACA : Failure Mode Effect and Criticality Analysis CoC : Conditions of Contract GIF : Graphic Information Format GS : General Specification (this document)

HV : High Voltage IEC : International Electro-technical Commission IEE : The Institution of Electrical Engineers

IP : Ingress Protection

IS : Indian Standards ISO : International Standards Organisation ITT : Instructions To Tenderers ITU : International Telecommunications Union

LV : Low Voltage MC : Metro Corridor



MCB : Miniature Circuit Breaker MMI : Man-Machine Interface

MTR : Mass Transit Railway NSR : Noise Sensitive Receivers OCC : Operations Control Centre

OCS : Overhead Contact System (Rigid Conductor) OSR : Operational Safety Report OSR(S) : Operational Safety Report (Software) OHE : Overhead Equipment (Flexible Catenary) P3 : Primavera Project Planner

PLC : Programmable Logic Controller PPE : Personal Protective Equipment

PS : Particular Specification

PVC : Polyvinyl Chloride QA : Quality Assurance RAMS : Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and Safety

RC : Rail Corridor RTU : Remote Terminal Unit

SAR : Special Administrative Region SAT : Systems Acceptance Test(s)

SCC : Special Conditions of Contract SIL : Safety Integrity Level

SQAP

: Software Quality Assurance Plan SRR : Submission Review Request

SWA : Steel Wire Armoured

T/C : Time Chainage TRIP : Track Related Installation Programme



1.1.4 Further abbreviations may be defined within the body of the GS or PS where there is only local applicability. Where such abbreviations exist the Contractor shall exercise great care that the abbreviation is not used out of context when communicating with the Employer, the Employer’s Representative or any Third Party.

1.1.5 Abbreviations of units of measurement used in the GS shall have the meanings as defined under the SI system of units.

1.2 Definitions Words and phrases defined in the CoC shall retain the same meaning within the GS and PS unless specifically redefined within this GS or under the provisions of clause 1.1.1 for the purpose of a particular clause or group of clauses.

(1) “Access Dates” are dates that are to be achieved by other than the Contractor and which are considered to be essential to the successful completion of the Contract to the original planned schedule. A list of the activities completion of which are considered to give rise to an Access Date are included in the PS.

(2) “Commissioning” means the process of setting to work the complete transportation system through a series of integrated tests that demonstrate the installation and performance in accordance with the specified criteria.

(3) “Day” means calendar day unless expressly stated otherwise.

(4) “Defined Area” means an area within which Works Trains will be operated and the Employer’s defined area working safety rules will apply.

(5) “Factory Acceptance Tests” means the tests to be performed at the Contractor’s factories prior to delivery to the Site to verify compliance with the Specification and quality standards

(6) “Installation Tests” means the tests to be performed to verify the conformity of completion of an installation/assembly to the design documents previously reviewed without objection by the Employers Representative prior to the start of Commissioning. Installation Tests do not form part of the Tests on Completion to be performed by the Contractor in order to achieve Employer’s Taking Over of the Works or any Section however they must be successfully completed before the Tests on Completion can commence.

(7) “Key Dates” are dates which are to be achieved by the Contractor and which are considered to be essential to the successful completion of the project to the original planned schedule. A list of the activities, completion of which gives rise to a Key Date, is included in the PS.

(8) “Partial Acceptance Tests” means the functional tests to be performed on components and parts of systems to meet the specified criteria. Partial Acceptance Tests form part of the Tests on Completion to be performed under the Contract in order to achieve Employer’s Taking Over of the Works or any Section.

(9) “Service Trial” means the phase after completion of the System Acceptance Tests where the training and operating procedures are validated through the running of the trains to the published timetable. Service Trial form part of the Tests on Completion to be performed under the Contract in order to achieve Employer’s Taking Over of the Works or any Section.



(10) “Quality Control Point” means a point in time when a notice or other document is to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative in accordance with the Contract before the Contractor can commence, proceed with or terminate an activity

(11) “Quality Hold Point” means a point in time when a notice of no objection by the Employer’s Representative is required.

(12) “ ‘S’ curve” means the graphical relationship between the planned (and actual where appropriate) quantity of completed work (or resources) and time. The curve produced is to be illustrated on an accumulative basis where the slope of the line indicates the rate of undertaking the work or rate of expenditure of the resources.

(13) “Specification (the)” means the aggregate sum of the documents and any amendments thereto, issued to Tenderers by Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited as part of the Tender process before the final date for submission of Tenders. This shall include but not be limited to; Design Criteria, Employer’s Requirements, Employer’s Tender Drawings, Preliminary Operating Plan and Clarification of Tender Documents issued in accordance with the ITT but shall not include the ITT itself nor any minutes of meetings.

(14) “Specification (this)” means the particular document within which the reference is made.

(15) “System Acceptance Tests” means those tests that demonstrate the performance of the installation/equipment to the specified requirements as detailed in the PS. SATs form part of the Tests on Completion to be performed under the Contract in order to achieve Employer’s Taking Over of the Works or any Section.

(16) “Integrated Testing and Commissioning” means those tests that demonstrate the integration of the complete transport system meeting the requirements of the Specification in an operating environment. Integrated Testing and Commissioning form part of the Tests on Completion to be performed by the Contractor in order to achieve Employer’s Taking Over of the Works or any Section.

(17) “Validation” means the process of confirmation by examination and provision of objective evidence that the application produced achieves the particular requirements specified.

(18) “Verification” means the process of confirmation by examination and provision of objective evidence that the specified requirements have been incorporated within design.

(19) “Open loop payment “model means payment product is also accepted by businesses/terminals outside the transit agency which issues and accepts the card. Moreover, the media shall also be used on the network of other payment schemes like Visa/MasterCard/RuPay/Amex. This model is convenient for a commuter as single media in the wallet could be used for all payment needs

(20) “EMV Card” means Europay, MasterCard and Visa, a global standard for inter-operation of integrated circuit cards which are capable of Point of Sale terminals and Automatic Teller Machines for authentication pre-paid, credit and debit card transactions

(21) Fare Box Revenue pertains to total revenue derived from the payment of passenger fares. The value of cash, tickets and pass receipts given by passengers as payment for public transit rides



(22) “Non- Fare Box Revenue (General Purpose Retail) pertain to the use of smart cards in non - transit avenues. This includes the use of smart cards for ecommerce activities such as online shopping, booking tickets etc

1.3 Glossary of Terms 1.3.1 Words and expressions to which meanings are assigned in any paragraph of the GS shall

have the same meanings in other paragraphs of the GS except when the context otherwise requires.

1.3.2 Utilities are electricity, lighting, traffic control, telephone and other communication cables, gas, water, sewage and drainage pipes and ducts, including all associated protection, supports, ancillary structures, fittings and equipment.

1.4 Submission for Review 1.4.1 Reference in the GS and PS to any submission made by the Contractor to the Employer’s

Representative having been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative shall mean the issue of a notice of no objection by the Employer’s Representative issued in response to a submission made by the Contractor. Documents, drawings, specifications, calculations, technical papers, material samples, methods of construction and any other matters which have been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative shall not be changed without further submission for review to the Employer’s Representative of the proposed changes.

1.4.2 Clause 4.2 prescribes the process to be adopted for submissions of documents, material samples and any other items to the Employer’s Representative. Schedules of items that are to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review are contained within this GS and/or the PS.

1.4.3 Submissions for review shall be made in accordance with the dates (relative to the Works Programme) stated in the GS and/or the PS, For items not specifically given a submission date in the Specification submissions shall be strictly in accordance with the agreed Submissions Programme or as directed by the Employer’s Representative.

1.5 Standards, Codes of Practice 1.5.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, reference in the GS to International Standards,

European Standards, British Standards, British Standard Codes of Practice and similar standards shall be to that edition of the document stated in the PS, including all latest amendments issued by the relevant authority. In the event that no specific edition reference is given, the current edition as at the date of issue of the Letter of Acceptance shall apply.

1.5.2 Later editions of International Standards, European Standards, other national or international Standards or Codes of Practice and other similar standards, or standards which are considered to be equivalent, shall not apply unless reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. The Employer’s Representative shall give or withhold his notice of no objection after the Contractor has provided him with a copy of the relevant standard for information. If a notice of no objection is given, the Contractor shall provide two copies of the document for use by the Employer’s Representative.



1.5.3 Permanent Works, Temporary Works, Contractor’s Equipment, hardware, firmware, software, apparatus of all kinds, and, where appropriate, materials and workmanship shall be in accordance with the Standards quoted in the Specification and the requirements identified in the PS or, where no Standard is identified, the Contractor shall make a proposal which shall be subject to review by the Employer’s Representative.

1.6 Employer’s Drawings 1.6.1 The Employer’s Drawings assist in describing the scope of the Works in general and

clarify constraints, interface arrangements and the conceptual nature of the finished structures/system outline.

1.6.2 The Contractor shall carefully check all Employer’s Drawings and advise the Employer’s Representative of discrepancies, omissions, errors or ambiguities should any be found.

1.6.3 The Contractor shall note that any drawings included but marked “For information only” do not form part of the Contract.

1.6.4 Dimensions shall not be obtained by scaling from the Employer’s Drawings. Dimensions that are not shown or are not calculable from dimensions shown on Employer’s Drawings shall be obtained from the Employer’s Representative.

1.7 Specifications in Metric and Imperial Units 1.7.1 Specifications in imperial units shall not be substituted for specifications in metric units

stated in the Contract without the prior consent of the Employer’s Representative.

1.7.2 Conversion of metric units to imperial units and of imperial units to metric units shall be in accordance with the Standard International Practice.

1.8 System Safety 1.8.1 Safety philosophy

1.8.1.1 Safety of passengers, staff and the general public is paramount for railway operation. Prime consideration shall be given to all design issues that can have an effect on safety.

1.8.1.2 During the construction phase the safety of all staff involved in the Works and any members of the general public affected by the Works shall be the prime feature of all working methods, including storage and transport to site as well as all temporary works not incorporated into the final construction.

1.8.2 Safety Management

1.8.2.1 The Contractor shall implement the Contract Systems Safety Management Requirements, as referenced in the Project Safety Manual and elsewhere in the Specification, in consultation with the Employer’s Representative.

1.8.3 Prescriptive Safety Criteria

1.8.3.1 The Contractor shall identify and list all applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and codes of practice relevant to the design of the Works undertaken and to work within the constraints and limitations imposed by the requirements and codes.



1.8.3.2 The safety of the Contractor’s supplied systems and equipment shall be developed by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements contained in clause 3.4.5 and the PS.

1.9 Availability (Reliability and Maintainability) 1.9.1 The reliability and maintainability of the Permanent Works shall be developed by the

Contractor in accordance with the requirements contained in clause 3.4 and the PS.

1.10 Suitability for Purpose Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited shall be operating high-density passenger trains with high volume of traffic in the proposed corridors commensurate with the stage opening of the sections.

1.10.1 Interference and Compatibility

The Contractor shall ensure that all Works and Contractor’s Equipment operate in a satisfactory manner without causing interference to other equipment and services including parties external to the Employer. The Contractor shall also ensure that the Permanent Works are physically and technically compatible with associated plant and in particular with that of other Contractors.

1.10.2 Design for introduction to service

The Permanent Works shall be designed in such a manner that they can be installed, tested and commissioned without adversely affecting the operation or safety of the Project. The Permanent Works shall be designed so that, where appropriate, considering the operating procedures adopted by the Employer, they can be brought into operational use during non-traffic hours and if necessary during a single night following maintenance, repair or overhaul during the life of the Permanent Works, equipment and systems.

1.11 Climatic Condition / Operating Environment 1.11.1 General

1.11.1.1 The following information on climatic conditions in Noida shall be taken into account by the Contractor when designing any part of the Permanent Works. The Contractor shall ensure that due allowance is made for more severe local conditions when Permanent Works are required to operate, for example, with restricted ventilation that may lead to higher local ambient temperatures, and any other factors that may affect the operating environment in any way.

(1) Unless specific figures are provided elsewhere, the Permanent Works will generally be required to function at its rated value with the values of ambient temperature and relative humidity appropriate to the location of the equipment within the classifications. Certain parts of the Permanent Works may need to be rated for more or less onerous conditions as required by the PS.

(2) Clause 1.11.2 gives the different classifications of environment to be encountered. For any type of item, examples of which are installed in more than one environmental class, all examples of the type shall be suitable for installation in the most severe environmental class conditions encountered by any example of the type.

(3) The Contractor’s attention is drawn to the more severe environmental conditions that may exist during the construction period and shall take adequate measures to protect the Permanent Works against any deleterious effects of such conditions during the time between installation and final completion of the Project.



(4) Air throughout the Project will contain considerable moisture content and the atmosphere will be corrosive. The Permanent Works shall be tropicalised and vermin proof.

1.11.2 Classification of Equipment Environment

The locations at which equipment may be installed have been divided into four environmental classes as shown in Table 1. The classes of environment are considered to become more extreme from A to D.

Table 1 : Classes of Environment Class Location of Equipments

A Air Conditioned Offices, Computer and Equipment Rooms

B Ventilated Equipment Rooms in buildings at the surface or at the

underground station or structures.

C Train Tunnels

D Outdoors

The following are the minimum design requirements for equipment to be installed in each class of environment. Where any class does not have a value for a parameter the most extreme value quoted for the lesser class environments should be used.

1.11.3 Requirements for Class A

Minimum Temperature - 5oC

Ambient Temperature - 25oC

Maximum Temperature - 35oC

Relative Humidity - Minimum 0%, Nominal 65%, Maximum 95% (Non

Condensing)

Electrical Noise - High Frequency to 1MHz, 1kV damped to 50% after 6

cycles.

Radio Frequency field strength 10 V/m, UHF & VHF

bands.

1.11.4 Requirements for Class B



Relative Humidity - Nominal 70%, Maximum 100% (Non Condensing)

Air Quality - Polluted and dusty - SO2: 80-120mg/m3

Suspended Particulate Matter: 360-540mg/ m3

Electrical Noise - Impulse 1kV, 1.2/50 rise/decay, 500Σ source impedance,

0.5 J source energy.

Radio & High frequency as Class A

1.11.5 Requirements for Class C





Electrical Noise - Impulse 5kv, otherwise as Class B

1.11.6 Requirements for Class D

1.11.6.1 Temperature

All equipment shall be designed and tested in accordance with the given figured allowing a margin of at least 10% greater and 2oC less than the limits recorded. All designs for equipment shall work within the enclosures proposed with the specified environment outside the enclosure.

1.11.7 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Electronic equipment in a railway environment shall be immunised against the usual electromagnetic influences to be expected from the rail operations. For this, the following EMC classification in accordance to IEC 801 or similar, for the equipment rooms shall be achieved:

1.11.7.1 Electrostatic discharge

The electronic equipment rooms shall be designed in accordance to class 2 of IEC 801-2 or similar.

1.11.7.2 Electromagnetic fields


1.11.7.3 Fast transient interference (Burst)


1.11.7.4 High energy transient interference


1.11.7.5 Switching processes in high-voltage installations

The location of computer systems in the neighbourhood < 1m of high-voltage installations, such as medium voltage or transformer stations as well as direct parallel exposure of power and data cables should be avoided.

1.11.7.6 Magnetic fields

The following magnetic field strengths at the place of installation of cathode ray tube (CRT) based visual display units (VDU) should not be exceeded:

DC fields: 10 A/m or 12 µT

AC fields: 1 A/m or 1,2 µT



If the image quality is impaired by values exceeding the above the Contractor shall provide any necessary shielding or alternative corrective measures to restore the picture quality. Note flat screen VDU using LED technology or similar may be acceptable if a sufficiently high resolution and image size can be obtained.

1.12 Survey and Site Investigations 1.12.1 For reference to surveys external to the Contract, the Contractor shall refer all Levels to

Mean Sea Level (MSL) Datum, which is that generally used throughout Noida.

1.12.2 The datum used for the Contract shall be Mean Sea Level Datum.

1.12.3 The Contractor shall carry out all further site investigations necessary for the design of the Permanent Works and to enable the determination of the methods of construction and the nature, extent and design of Temporary Works.

1.12.4 The Contractor shall investigate environmental factors also to determine suitable methods of manufacture and installation, both for Temporary and Permanent Works. In particular the Contractor shall ensure that the dusty environment of Noida has no detrimental effect to the functionality, reliability or long term maintainability of the Permanent Works.



2 PLANNING, PROGRAMME AND PROGRESS MONITORING

2.1 Planning 2.1.1 The Contractor shall develop in detail, a logical method of executing the Works taking into

account their complex nature and different phases and shall provide programmes which reflect the detailed planning undertaken.

2.1.2 The programmes shall start with the Commencement Date of the Works as day one, are to be realistic, achievable and shall be accompanied by the detailed supporting Plans referred to in Chapter 3.

2.2 Programming General Requirements 2.2.1 Programme activities shall be discrete items of work, which when combined, produce

definable elements, components, Milestones, Stages and Sections of the Works and clearly identify the completion obligations of the Contractor. Design programmes shall be organised by Design Stages and Plans as described in clause 3.5.1

2.2.2 Key Dates and Milestones shall be an integral part of all programmes and all activities, and sequencing and interrelationships required to achieve each completion obligation shall be shown. Milestones shall not impose constraints that in any way affect the programme logic and float or limit the achievement of Key Dates. Milestones shall not be introduced into any programme as constrained dates.

2.2.3 The critical path shall be clearly identified in the programme and fully described in the accompanying programme narrative.

2.2.4 Activity descriptions shall clearly convey the nature and scope of the Works. Programmes shall take into account the activities of precursor, concurrent, adjacent and follow on Project Contractors as well as utility service diversions, new utilities and connections and any other activity that may affect the progress of the Works.

2.2.5 The Contractor shall also incorporate the Employer’s Representative’s requirements for additional activities, to further explain or subdivide complex or long duration tasks, without affecting completion dates.

2.3 Progress Monitoring The Contractor shall monitor its and its subcontractors’ performance and against programmes to ensure its compliance with its obligations under the Contract. Monitoring of the Works shall include direct, daily monitoring of the progress of the Works and the preparation of written and computerised reports to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative. The reports shall include all necessary supporting data to apprise the Employer’s Representative of the status of the completion of the Works as described in clause 2.13

2.4 Works Programme The Works Programme to be submitted under the Contract shall be developed from the Outline Works Programme submitted and developed during the Tender period. Similarly the Design Submission Programme shall be developed from the Outline Design Submission Programme submitted and developed during the Tender period.

2.4.1 Submission Dates



2.4.1.1 Within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works, the Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative at all positions for executing the project and should include the point of contact interface manager for all discussions with NMRC, proposed initial version of the Works Programme which shall provide full programme details for the first two phases of the project and shall provide outline details for the remaining period of the Contract.

2.4.1.2 Within 45 days of the Commencement Date of the Works, the Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative the proposed full version of the Works Programme.

2.4.1.3 Should the Contractor fail to submit the initial and full versions of the Works Programme within the timescales nominated above the Employer may nominate the Outline Works Programme as the first issue of the Works Programme required under the Contract.

2.4.1.4 In the event that the Employer does nominate the Outline Works Programme as the first issue of the Works Programme under the Contract the Employer’s Representative may include any amendments that he sees fit to change external constraining dates, duration of activities by parties other than the Contractor and subdivide the Contractors own activities to provide additional detail and links to other activities but without altering the duration or sequencing of the activities shown on the Outline Works Programme.

2.4.1.5 Any either initial or final Works Programme resulting from a nomination by the Employer of the Outline Works Programme as amended shall be taken by the Contractor as his own work and any responsibility for further maintenance of the Works Programme as nominated shall remain the Contractor’s.

2.4.2 Content

2.4.2.1 The Works Programme shall demonstrate by reference to its Sub-Programmes, Supplementary Programmes and associated Management Plans, the sequence and duration of activities and any restraints thereto, that the Contractor shall adopt to achieve Key Dates and to fulfil all Contract obligations. The Works Programme shall become the Employer’s Representative’s basis of administration of the time-related aspects of the Contract.

2.4.2.2 The Contractor shall provide the Employer’s Representative with substantiation for each constraint whether target start, target finish or mandatory constraint entered by the Contractor into the Works Programme. The number of constraints shall be kept to an absolute minimum.

2.4.2.3 The Works Programme shall include activities for all the phases and stages of the Works, clearly showing all logical interdependencies and stages in the development of the Contractor’s design, procurement, installation, commissioning and setting to work. As a minimum, it shall include:

(1) all work comprising the Permanent Works;

(2) preparation, submission and review of Design Documents showing all items where review by the Employer’s Representative is required;

(3) procurement of all major materials and items of Contractor’s Equipment for the Works, including the dates orders are to be placed, manufacture period and the expected delivery date to the Site for each item;



(4) any software development requirements and Validation time frames;

(5) all manufacture or prefabrication of materials or components;

(6) all design and installation of major Temporary Works;

(7) all activities associated with the securing of necessary permits and other statutory approvals for the Works;

(8) access and availability dates for all Project Contractors;

(9) all interfaces related to the Project that may affect the progress of the Works;

(10) testing and commissioning activities which demonstrate an understanding of the interfaces and requirements of Chapter 9; and

(11) Training.

2.4.2.4 The Works Programme shall be divided into Sub-Programmes of manageable sizes addressing in more specific detail, the content of the Management Plans as stated in Chapter 3. The Sub-Programmes shall be as follows:

(1) Prelimianary and Final Design Submission Programme;

(2) Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme;

(3) Lab Installation Programme;

(4) Production Testing and Commissioning Programme; and

(5) Training Programme

2.4.2.5 The submission of the full version of the Works Programme shall include the Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme and a preliminary version of the Installation Programme and the Testing and Commissioning Programme identifying all major installation, testing activities and associated interfaces.

2.4.2.6 The Sub-Programmes shall be further substantiated by the supplementary programmes, as required by the Employer’s Representative.

2.4.2.7 The Contractor’s Works Programme shall comply with the following:

(1) all programmes submitted in both hard copy and electronic data format;

(2) all programmes, shall be prepared using the latest version of CPM scheduling software Primavera Project Planner or similar;

(3) a standard Gregorian calendar shall be used for planning and execution of the Works. All programme submissions shall include details of the Contractor’s allowance for Public Holidays and non-work periods. If a Key Date or Milestone falls on a Public Holiday or non-work day, it shall be effective the next working day;

(4) the planning unit for the duration of all programme activities shall be the day. Any activity having a duration of more than thirty (30) days shall be divided into sub-activities that shall not exceed (30) days;

(5) CPM programmes shall reflect status using remaining duration and percent complete;



(6) all programmes shall be fully resource loaded as appropriate or required by the Employer’s Representative covering all stages and aspects of the Contract and shall include, but not be limited to:

a) major manpower for both design and installation ;

b) number of items of Contractor’s Equipment ;

c) number of drawings and other design deliverables ;

d) principle quantities of components or parts ;

e) principle quantities of bulk materials inclusive of cabling, pipe, ductwork and equipment items, etc.

2.4.3 All programmes constituting the Works Programme shall be organised in a logical work breakdown structure including work stages or phases. Each activity shall be coded to indicate, as a minimum, the work group or entity responsible for the activity, the area, facility or location and the Cost Centre in which the activity is included, from information provided in the Pricing Document. Key Dates and Milestones shall be coded so as to be separately identifiable. The Contractor may be required to assign additional activity codes as required by the Employer’s Representative.

2.5 Design Submission Programme 2.5.1 The Contractor shall, within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works, submit a

Design Submission Programme covering all proposed submissions to the Employer’s Representative. The Design Submission Programme shall be broken down into a submission programme for each of the Management Plans defined in clause 3.1.2 each of which shall define the dates for individual submissions and these shall conform to the baseline dates shown in the Works Programme.

2.5.2 The Submissions Programme shall include the requirements of the Design Submissions as described in clause 3.5.1, including the procurement activities of all sub-contractors and suppliers.

2.5.3 The Submissions Programme shall include each submission for every item listed in the Specification as being required to be submitted.

2.5.4 The Submissions Programme shall ensure that all submissions are properly co-ordinated with the Contractor’s overall Works Programme, particularly in respect of the following:-

(i) progress of design, manufacture, installation and testing work;

(ii) co-ordination with other Contractors; and

(iii) including due allowance for the Employer’s Representative’s review process to be undertaken, including the time needed for any re-submissions.

2.5.5 The Design Submission Programme shall specifically include a milestone for the submission by the Contractor of the Final Design on completion of the Preliminary Design stage referred to in clause 3.5.1. The Final Design shall include at least but not limited to; details showing all of the proposed equipment, interconnections, physical layout, installation locations and interfaces to other suppliers.



2.6 Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme 2.6.1 Within 45 days of the Commencement Date of the Works, the Contractor shall submit for

review by the Employer’s Representative a Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme that shall be an integrated part of the overall Works Programme.

2.6.2 The Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme shall show the interdependencies between engineering disciplines as well as between the Contractor and its sub-contractors and suppliers. This programme shall demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the Submissions Programme in clause 2.5

2.6.3 The Contractor shall submit a weighted bar chart of the Contractor’s design, procurement and manufacturing activities.

2.6.4 The Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme shall include a separate breakdown, supported by the Material Control Schedule, which shall be a complete amplification of the Contractor’s programme and equipment list, including those items which are subject to long lead time or component parts which are manufactured from countries outside the country of assembly and testing.

2.6.5 The Material Control Schedule shall be automated, and shall detail the following information for each permanent major and minor material and significant component. The format of such a schedule shall include:

(1) name, description, supplier/sub-supplier details;

(2) drawing information (where appropriate), title, drawing status, submission dates, shop drawings/ fabrication drawing preparation, etc.;

(3) the manufacturing process, manufacturing of test pieces, trial production, Employer’s Representative’s inspection, monthly production of components and monthly supply of components;

(4) the assembly process, erection and assembly sequences (particularly for the first pieces) prior to shipment, test assemblies, monthly assembly requirement, Employer’s Representative’s inspection, testing of assemblies; and

(5) transportation process, quality release from factory, factory storage, transport to dock, shipment.

2.6.6 The Contractor shall continuously maintain this schedule and report upon the status of each item as part of the Contractor’s regular progress reporting.

2.6.7 From this base data, the Contractor shall prepare an exception report detailing all components that are in delay. This report shall be annotated with the reason for the delay and indicate what action the Contractor is taking to recover the lost time.

2.6.8 The Contractor shall submit, as part of the Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme, a Factory Testing Programme that shall support all aspects of the Factory Testing Plan. This Programme shall clearly demonstrate the logic and include the topics listed in clause 3.5.3.

2.6.9 The Factory Testing Programme shall be fully detailed, with activities individually identifying all tests for which a certificate will be issued, and shall include activities for preparation, submittal and review of the test procedures.



2.6.10 The Factory Testing Programme shall demonstrate the logical dependencies between the individual tests of the Works, and shall also show the interfaces and dependencies with the Contractor’s delivery programme.

2.6.11 The Factory Testing Programme shall include details of inspection, testing and witnessing of the Contractor’s and subcontractor’s procurement and manufacturing activities. As a minimum, it shall include:

(1) First Article Inspection;

(2) Quality Hold Points;

(3) Quality Control Points;

(4) Type Tests; and

(5) Routine tests.

2.7 Installation Programme 2.7.1 The Installation Programme shall be submitted as stated in the PS or as directed by the

Employer’s Representative. The Installation Programme shall comply with the requirements of clause 2.4.2.7.

2.7.2 The Installation Programme shall include detailed activities describing all aspects of the installation of the Works, to meet all Milestones and Key Dates given in the Contract. It shall be clearly linked to the Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme and Testing and Commissioning Programme to form an integrated part of the Works Programme.

2.7.3 The Installation Programme shall be fully supported by the Construction and Installation Management Plan as specified in clause 3.6.

2.7.4 The Installation Programme shall indicate the physical areas to which the Contractor requires access, access date, duration required and the required degree of completion for civil or architectural finishes prior to the access date.

2.7.5 The Installation Programme shall take into account the requirements for arrival at port, delivery, storage, preservation and positioning of large items of Contractor’s Equipment and Permanent Works and shall set out the Contractor’s proposed delivery route for such items to the Site.

2.7.6 Installation Tests shall be clearly shown in the Installation Programme and shall include those interface tests required to be carried out by others to establish a timetable for these tests.

2.7.7 Activities that may be expedited by the use of overtime, additional shifts or by any other means shall be identified and explained.

2.7.8 In preparing the Installation Programme, the Contractor should note that the following conditions shall apply:

(1) the Contractor shall not have exclusive access to any part of the Site except by the specific consent of the Employer’s Representative;



(2) the Contractor shall take note that concurrent time allocations for certain areas may be given to more than one contractor. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the Contractor’s work in such areas with that of Project Contractors through the Employer’s Representative;

(3) the absence of a programme date or installation period for the Contractor in a specific area shall not prejudice the right of the Employer’s Representative to establish a reasonable programme date or installation period for that area;

(4) the Contractor shall comply with the identified Key Dates. The Contractor shall also comply with the Milestone dates identified in the Schedule of Milestones; and

(5) the Contractor shall deliver all Contractor’s Equipment and Permanent Works for stations and ventilation shafts by road and via temporary access openings unless otherwise reviewed by the Employer’s Representative.

2.8 Testing and Commissioning Programme 2.8.1 The Testing and Commissioning Programme shall be submitted as stated in the PS or as

directed by the Employer’s Representative and shall comply with the requirements of clause 2.4.2.7

2.8.2 The Contractor shall submit the Testing and Commissioning Programme that shall fulfil all the on-Site testing and commissioning requirements of clause 9.3.2.2. The Testing and Commissioning Programme shall clearly demonstrate the logic and highlight the topics listed in the On-Site Testing and Commissioning Plan in clause 9.3.2.2.

2.8.3 The Testing and Commissioning Programme shall be fully detailed, with activities individually identifying all tests for which a certificate will be issued, and shall include activities for preparation, submittal and review of the test procedures.

2.8.4 The Testing and Commissioning Programme shall demonstrate the logical dependencies between the individual tests of the Works, and shall also show the interfaces and dependencies with all of the Project Contractors’ tests required to commission the Works and support the Commissioning Plan.

2.9 Training Programme 2.9.1 The Contractor shall, within 280 days of the Commencement Date of the Works, submit

for review by the Employer’s Representative, a Training Programme covering all proposed formal training courses, delivery of training equipment and accesses by the Employer’s personnel.

2.9.2 The Training Programme shall be developed to the Training Plan as required under clause 3.7.4.

2.9.3 The Training Programme shall be sufficiently detailed that the Employer can ensure the availability of staff for all the courses required under clause 10.1.6.

2.9.4 The Training Programme shall include the requirements of Chapter 10, including the Training activities of all sub-contractors and suppliers.

2.10 Programme Submissions 2.10.1 The Contractor shall submit all programmes described in this Chapter in conjunction with

the Management Plans described in Chapter 3 to the Employer’s Representative for review.



2.10.2 Programme Review

2.10.3 The Employer’s Representative shall, within 15 days of receipt of the initial submission of any programme for review, either give a notice of no objection or provide specific details as to why a notice of no objection is not given. If the Contractor is advised that the programme is not given a notice of no objection, the Contractor shall amend the programme taking into account the Employer’s Representative’s comments and/or requirements and resubmit the programme within 14 days.

2.10.4 In the case of further re-submittals, the resubmission time shall also be 14 days.

2.11 Works Programme Revisions 2.11.1 The Contractor shall immediately notify the Employer’s Representative in writing of the

need for any change in the Works Programme, whether due to a change of intention or circumstances or for any other reason. Where such a proposed change affects the timely completion of the Works or any Section or Stage; the Contractor shall within 14 days of the date of notifying the Employer’s Representative submit for the Employer’s Representative’s review his proposed revised Works Programme and accompanying Programme Analysis Report. The proposed revised Works Programme shall show the sequence of operations of any and all work related to the change and the impact of changed work or changed conditions on the Works and Project Contractors and their works.

2.11.2 If at any time the Employer’s Representative considers the actual or anticipated progress of the work reflects a significant deviation from the Works Programme, he may request the Contractor to submit a proposed revised Works Programme. Upon receipt of such a request the Contractor shall submit within 14 days a revised Works Programme, together with an accompanying Programme Analysis Report and Narrative Statement that shall demonstrate the means by which the Contractor intends to eliminate the deviation.

2.12 Monthly Progress Report 2.12.1 The Contractor shall prepare Monthly Progress Reports covering all aspects of the

execution of the Works. Such Monthly Progress Reports shall be in writing and shall be delivered to the Employer’s Representative by the 5th day of the month following the month of the Monthly Progress Report. The Monthly Progress Report shall take account of work performed up to and including the last day of the month to which the Monthly Progress Report relates.

2.12.2 The Monthly Progress Report shall include an executive summary and contain clear and concise statements in respect of every significant aspect of the Works including, without limitation, the requirements specified in this Specification.

2.12.3 The Monthly Progress Report shall contain evidence that documents and supports the progress of the Works, as stated in the Interim Payment Certificates, to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

2.12.4 The reports, documents and data provided shall be an accurate representation of the current status of the Works and of the work to be accomplished and shall provide the Employer’s Representative with a sound basis for identifying problems and deviations from planned work and for making decisions.

2.13 Programme Analysis Report



2.13.1 The Contractor shall submit a Programme Analysis Report that shall, in narrative format, describe the basis and assumptions used to develop all programme submissions. The Programme Analysis Report shall be prepared in a format having been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative and contain as a minimum the following:

(1) cycle times and work sequences;

(2) the deployment of Contractor’s Equipment and labour;

(3) the production rates used in determining duration;

(4) the shifts assumed in determining duration;

(5) the breakdown of labour requirements by trades;

(6) the schedules of quantities used in developing the programme, to the extent that such information is not provided elsewhere;

(7) interfaces with the Employer’s Representative and Project Contractors and other constraints; and

(8) any assumptions used in the programme.

2.13.2 The Programme Analysis Report shall be in sufficient detail to enable the duration, leads and lags in the logic diagram to be reconciled and substantiated, and to enable the projected levels of labour (by trade) and staff and flows of goods, materials and equipment to be substantiated.

2.14 Key Date and Milestone Report 2.14.1 The Key Date and Milestone Report shall be prepared in a format reviewed by the

Employer’s Representative and identify and state the status of:

(1) all Key Dates and Milestones that were planned to be achieved in the reporting period or earlier but have not been achieved;

(2) all Key Dates and Milestones that have been achieved in the reporting period;

(3) all Key Dates and Milestones that are planned to be achieved in the next reporting period; and

(4) any future Key Dates and Milestones that appear unlikely to be achieved on time.

2.14.2 The Key Date and Milestone Report shall identify, for all relevant Key Dates and Milestones, the planned dates, the actual dates achieved, and where the original planned dates are forecast to be unachieved, the revised dates identified in the Contract, as the same may be revised from time to time in accordance with the Contract.

2.14.3 The Key Date and Milestone Report shall also provide an explanation for any deviation from the planned dates. Measures taken or required to recover programme delays shall also be identified.

2.15 Working Committee Progress Meetings



2.15.1 The Employer will chair progress meetings every month with the Contractor and will include all the stakeholders’ representatives of contractor and employer to discuss and resolve any issues/dependencies. These meetings will be held at dates and times to be advised by the Employer’s Representative. Progress meetings shall not be later than 10 days after the issue of the Contractor’s Monthly Progress Report.

2.15.2 The Employer’s Representative may convene at his discretion, at any time upon reasonable notice to the Contractor, any meeting, either on or off the Site, to discuss and address any aspect of the Works or the Contract. The Contractor shall attend any such meetings convened by the Employer’s Representative.

2.15.3 All meetings shall be convened in Noida unless directed otherwise by the Employer’s Representative. Meetings shall be attended by senior personnel from the Contractor who shall arrive properly briefed for all aspects of the meeting and shall be empowered to make executive decisions in respect of the execution of the Works.

2.16 Quarterly Review Meetings 2.16.1 The Employer’s Representative may convene Quarterly Review Meetings in Noida at

approximately three monthly intervals. The Employer’s Representative will notify the Contractor the date of such Quarterly Review Meetings not less than 28 days before they are to be held.

2.16.2 Quarterly Review Meetings shall be held over a period of up to 3 days in order to review the overall progress of the Works in the context of the Project as a whole and to address and resolve any issues relevant to the execution and progress of the Works. Such Quarterly Review Meetings will be chaired by the Managing Director of the Employer or his delegate. The Contractor shall have in attendance one senior representative of Director level from each of the companies comprising the Contractor (together with the Managing Director of the company acting as leader or sponsor of the Contractor if it is a joint venture, consortium or partnership whenever necessary and required by the Employer’s Representative).

2.16.3 The Contractor shall submit names of the persons whom the Contractor proposes to attend each Quarterly Review Meeting to the Employer’s Representative for review not less than 7 days prior to each Quarterly Review Meeting.



3 MANAGEMENT PLANS AND SUBMISSIONS

3.1 General 3.1.1 In order to organise the various submissions required by the Employer’s Representative,

and to ensure the Contractor understands and compliance with the requirements of the Contract, a series of Management Plans shall be developed. These Management Plans will serve to structure the submittals in a manner that the Contractor can develop and prepare the submittals and the Employer’s Representative can review and comment on a prescribed programme.

3.1.2 The Management Plans shall be configured as a family of “stand-alone” plans and associated documents each covering one of the subjects listed below.

The plans and documents shall be co-ordinated with each other and shall collectively define, describe and encompass the Contractor’s proposed methods, procedures, processes, organisation, sequencing of activities, etc. and shall show how these combine together to assure that the Works truly meet the requirements of the Specification in respect of the subjects listed.

Unless otherwise stated in the PS, all plans and documents shall be submitted in preliminary form within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works followed by detailed plans within 15 days of the preliminary submission. Further submissions shall be made:

(1) when required in accordance with the Works Programme;

(2) whenever the development of the Contractor’s designs or planning allows the plan to be developed further;

(3) in response to comments made by the Employer’s Representative in accordance with clause 4.3.6

(4) whenever any change occurs that invalidates the information contained in the previously submitted and reviewed document, within 14 days of the occurrence of such change; and

(5) When requested by the Employer’s Representative from time to time.

3.2 General Organisation 3.2.1 The Plans listed below shall be developed and submitted by the Contractor for the

Employer’s Representative's review:

Project Management Plan

- Contractor’s Project Plan

- Interface Management Plan

- Systems Assurance Plans

- Quality Plans

- Safety Plans

- Electromagnetic Compatibility Management Plan



- Software Quality Assurance Plan

- Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Plan

- Design Plan

- Design Verification and Validation Plan

- Factory Testing Plan

- Procurement, Manufacturing and Delivery Plan

Construction and Installation Management Plan

- Construction and Installation Plan

- Health and Safety Documentation

- Environmental Qualities Management Plan

- Environmental Mitigation Implementation Schedule

- Traffic Management Submissions (if required)

Completion Management Plan

- Commissioning Plan

- Operation and Maintenance Manuals Plan

- Training Plan

- Spares Management Plan

- Defects Liability Management Plan

3.3 Project Management Plan The overall management of the Works shall be the Contractor’s responsibility. The organisation of the resources for the design, procurement, manufacture, delivery, installation, testing and commissioning, and setting to work is to be developed into a Project Management Plan. Each section of this plan shall fully describe the Contractor’s understanding of the Works and management skills and structure required to achieve the same.

3.3.1 Contractor’s Project Plan

3.3.1.1 The Contractor’s Project Plan shall provide a clear overview of the Contractor’s organisation, management systems and methods to be used for the complete execution of the Works.



3.3.1.2 The Contractor’s Project Plan shall include a summary description of each and every stage of implementation of the Works, clearly showing the principal organisational interfaces both within the Contractor’s own organisation (including sub-contractors of every tier) and with Other Contractors and Relevant Authorities, defining how each of these interfaces is to be managed and controlled. An organisation chart shall be produced to illustrate the subdivision of the work into elements for effective technical and managerial control, the reporting structure and the interface relationship among all parties involved. Names, addresses, telephone and fax numbers of all principal contacts shall be listed.

3.3.1.3 The Contractor’s Project Plan shall contain structured organisation charts showing the hierarchical relationship of the Contractor’s organisation (including sub-contractors of every tier). The organisation charts shall be produced as a “family” such that the basic chart shows the overall organisation structure supported by subsidiary charts detailing the internal structure of the various departments or sections of the overall organisation.

3.3.1.4 The Contractor’s Project Plan shall include full details of the qualifications, experience, authority and responsibility of the personnel assigned to all key positions of the Contractor’s organisation (including sub-contractors of every tier). As a minimum, this shall include all levels down to Architect, Integration Managers, Installation/commission manager, QA manager and senior managers and shall include the personnel responsible for each individual department and functional group. A clear reference shall be given as to the location of staff (e.g. Site resident or factory based, etc.). Names, addresses, telephone and fax numbers of all principal contacts shall be listed.

3.3.1.5 The Contractor’s Project Plan shall define the Contractor's management structure for the execution of the Works and for the control of the quality of the Works and shall, without limitation, identify and set out:

(1) the procedure for audit;

(2) the procedures for the control of receipt and issue of all Works related correspondence so as to ensure traceability;

(3) The procedures for filing system to be implemented to maintain the Contractor’s records during the course of the work. The filing systems used by the Contractor and sub-contractors of any tier shall be compatible as far as is necessary;

(4) the procedures for the identification, production, verification, internal approval, review (when required) by the Employer’s Representative, distribution, implementation and recording of changes to all drawings, reports and specifications;

(5) the procedures for the evaluation, selection, engagement and monitoring of sub-contractors / suppliers together with the means of application of quality assurance to their work including audit and acceptance;

(6) the procedure for the regular review and revision of each type of quality plan and its supplemental individual specific quality plans to ensure their continuing suitability and effectiveness, in addition to the method to be used for revision and issue of revised documentation;

(7) the procedures for the control, calibration and maintenance of inspection, testing and measuring equipment;



(8) The procedures for the selection, indexing, disposition and maintenance of project records for storage in the archives. A list of items to be archived including their periods of retention shall be submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative;

(9) the procedures for identifying training needs and for the provision of training of all personnel performing activities affecting quality; and

(10) the procedures for the control of non-conformity.

3.3.1.6 Particulars of Contractor’s Manager/Agent

(1) The Contractor shall give and provide all necessary supervision during the execution of the Works as long as the Employer’s Representative considers necessary for the proper fulfilment of the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract.

(2) The Contractor shall ensure that he is at all times represented on the Site by a competent and authorised English/Hindi/Marathi speaking agent who shall be deemed to have been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative provided such agent is not expressly objected to by the Employer’s Representative in writing within 14 days from the service of a notice upon the Employer’s Representative by the Contractor of the appointment of such agent. Such agent shall be constantly on the Site and shall give his full time to the superintendence of the Works.

(3) The Employer’s Representative shall have the authority to withdraw his notice of no objection to the agent at any time. If such notice of no objection is withdrawn the Contractor shall remove the agent from the Site forthwith and shall not thereafter employ him again on the Site in any capacity and shall forthwith replace him by another competent English/Hindi/Marati speaking agent reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative.

(4) Such authorised agent shall receive on behalf of the Contractor directions and instructions from the Employer’s Representative.

(5) The following particulars of the proposed agent shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review:-

(i) name;

(ii) copy of Identity Card;

(iii) details of qualifications, including copies of certificates; and

(iv) details of previous experience.

(6) The particulars of the agent shall be submitted 30 days before the agreed scheduled start of that part of the Works. Except in the case of a replacement agent (as provided for in clause 3.3.1.6 (3), in which case the said particulars shall be submitted forthwith).

(7) The agent shall possess relevant academic or professional qualification and have at least 10 years’ experience in relevant engineering works. The Employer’s Representative reserves the right to call upon the Contractor to prove such qualifications/experience to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.



3.3.2 Interface Management Plan

a) The Contractor shall interface and liaise with other Contractors in accordance with the requirements of clause 16.3.

b) Within 60 days of notification from the Employer’s Representative of the identity of each Other Contractor, the Contractor shall develop and submit to the Employer’s Representative an Interface Management Plan that is mutually acceptable to both the Contractor and the other Contractors. The Interface Management Plan shall:

(1) identify the sub-systems as well as the civil works and facilities with interfacing requirements;

(2) define the authority and responsibility of the Contractor’s and other Contractors’ (and any relevant sub-contractors’) staff involved in interface management and development;

(3) identify the information to be exchanged, together with the management and technical skills required for the associated development work, at each phase of the Contractor’s and other Contractors’ (and any relevant sub-contractors’) project life-cycles;

(4) include considerations of the Interface Hazard Analysis;

(5) specify the configuration and version control procedures in accordance with the Contractor’s and other Contractors’ (and any relevant sub-contractors’) quality management system; and

(6) address the design, supply, installation, testing and commissioning programme of the contracts to meet the key dates of each contract, and highlight any programme risks requiring management attention.

c) Once the Interface Management Plan has been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative, the Contractor shall execute the Works in accordance with the Interface Management Plan. The Contractor shall advise the Employer’s Representative immediately of any difficulty in developing a mutually acceptable Interface Management Plan.

d) Within 60 days of notification from the Employer’s Representative of the identity of each Other Contractor, the Contractor shall develop and submit to the Employer’s Representative for review a Detailed Interface Document for each Other Contractor that is mutually acceptable to both contractors. The Detailed Interface Document shall address in detail how the dates identified in the Interface Management Plan shall be achieved and shall identify the data required by the interfacing other Contractors to meet the requirements of the PS.

e) The Detailed Interface Document shall specify the proposed method and schedule for verifying the interface integrity, the individual equipment/system performance and the combined system performance. The Detailed Interface Document shall include a programme of tests to demonstrate the performance and integrity of the integrated systems. The Interface Specification appended to the PS shall form the basis of the Detailed Interface Document, but does not relieve the Contractor’s obligation to identify any new interface to meet the Contract requirements. Any revision to the Detailed Interface Document shall be mutually acceptable by contractors and submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review.



3.4 Systems Assurance Plans 3.4.1 The Systems Assurance Plans shall submit for review to the Employer’s Representative

in Preliminary and Final forms.

3.4.2 The various plans shall be co-ordinated with each other and shall collectively define, describe and encompass the Contractor’s proposed methods, procedures, processes, organisation, sequencing of activities, etc. and shall show how these combine together to assure that the Works truly meet the requirements of the Specification in respect of the subjects listed.

3.4.3 Quality Plans

The Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative quality plans in accordance with the requirements of clause 5.2

3.4.4 Safety Plans

3.4.4.1 Site Safety Plan

3.4.4.1.1 The Contractor shall prepare a Site Safety Plan incorporating the requirements of the Project Safety Manual and designed specifically for the various sites (including storage and overseas sites) on which work under the Contract is carried out.

3.4.4.1.2 The Site Safety Plan shall form a part of the Health and Safety Documentation referred to in Chapter 18.

3.4.4.2 RAMS Plan

3.4.4.2.1 The Contractor shall implement a formal Reliability Plan and a formal Maintainability Plan in accordance with the PS .

3.4.4.2.2 The Contractor’s Reliability Plan and Maintainability Plan shall include Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis and the production of a Reliability Critical Items List.

a) The Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative the Contractor’s Systems Safety Plan. The System Safety plan shall address all the factors referenced in Appendix 2 of this Specification and as required by the PS.

b) The Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative the Contractor’s Reliability Plan and Maintainability Plan in accordance with the requirements of clause 1.9.

3.4.5 Electromagnetic Compatibility Management Plan

a. The Contractor shall prepare and submit for review by the Employer’s Representative an EMC Management Plan which shall, based upon a top-down approach, define the EMC philosophy, activities, means of control for the design processes and EMC submissions to be supplied to demonstrate compliance with the PS and GS.

b. The EMC Management Plan shall identify a comprehensive list of specifications, standards, method statements and procedures to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. The EMC Management Plan shall also include a programme that shall identify the dates for EMC submissions.



c. The EMC Management Plan shall include an initial list of design documentation, test specifications and test reports with a single paragraph description of each document to indicate compliance with the Specification.

d. The EMC Management Plan shall include a definition and description of the process and methods used for Verification and Validation that the Works will achieve the required EMC parameters in all respects.

e. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the levels of interference emissions and susceptibility of all equipment which are to be designed, manufactured, supplied and installed by the Contractor and its sub-contractors and suppliers. The Contractor shall designate a person as point of contact to deal with EMC matters. Details of the nominated person and any subsequent change of the nominated person shall be subject to review by the Employer’s Representative.

f. The Contractor shall liaise and co-ordinate with all Other Contractors in the exchange of EMC data and related equipment performance characteristics and advises the Employer’s Representative when any such information is requested from any Other Contractor. A copy of all EMC related information exchange shall be sent to the Employer’s Representative for review.

g. The Contractor shall comply with the following EMC requirements:

(i) The Contractor shall ensure that all electrical and electronic apparatus is designed and constructed to operate without degradation of quality, performance or loss of function in the electromagnetic environment of the Project.

(ii) EMC considerations shall be incorporated in the Contractor’s procedures for product safety and design Verification.

(iii) Detailed requirements in respect of electromagnetic compatibility characteristics are contained in the PS.

(iv) The design shall ensure that any electromagnetic interference emissions introduced into the environment do not exceed those detailed in the PS and GS. The Contractor shall ensure that the specified electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) requirements are adequate. Any shortcomings shall be made known to the Employer’s Representative immediately and recommendations for corrective action formulated.

(v) In respect of the design documentation, the Contractor shall demonstrate by theoretical analysis that the design of the electrical and electronic systems is fully compliant with the EMC requirements identified. The Contractor shall state clearly in the documentation all the assumptions made and parameters used in the analysis.

(vi) The Contractor shall detail the methodology, verify and validate any simulation models used in support of the analysis. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Employer’s Representative for review reports of the Verification and Validation of the models.



(vii) The Contractor shall supply documentation showing how system safety and reliability is ensured. It shall include Failure Modes, system failures, the effect of human intervention and how equipment thresholds have been set in order to keep them above worst case interference levels, and how equipment tolerances and other characteristics in the Specification have been allowed for in designing the system.

(viii) The Employer’s Representative may conduct an independent EMC audit for both the system and its component parts and shall therefore require access to all the relevant design and production information. The Contractor shall supply sufficient documentation and analysis in a form reviewed by the Employer’s Representative.

(ix) The Employer’s Representative may request at his discretion, attendance at the manufacturing factory prior to delivery to assist in providing confidence that the EMC requirements will be met. However, this will not give design acceptance that can only be given after successful completion of the System Acceptance Tests.

(x) The Contractor shall implement corrective actions to rectify any EMC problems identified during design, on-Site testing and when the whole system is in operational service.

(xi) The Contractor must be fully aware of the EMC requirements and any modifications to systems and equipment carried out by the Contractor during the Defects Liability Period and during DLP period shall not cause the immunity or emission levels of the installed system and equipment to exceed such values. Detailed EMC documentation on all modifications carried out shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. Modification work shall not commence until the respective submission has been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative.

3.4.6 Software Quality Assurance Plan

Where software is a design deliverable, the Contractor shall submit a Software Quality Assurance Plan in accordance with the requirements of clause 6.1. The Software Quality Assurance Plan shall address all elements of the design and development of software required as part of the Works.

3.5 Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Plan The Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Plan shall be configured as a family of “stand-alone” plans and associated documents each covering one of the subjects listed below. The plans shall be co-ordinated with each other and shall collectively define, describe and encompass the Contractor’s proposed methods, procedures, processes, organisation, sequencing of activities, etc. and shall show how these combine together to assure that the Works fully meet the requirements of the Specification in respect of the subjects listed.

3.5.1 Design Plan

3.5.1.1 Design shall be undertaken to ensure a smooth flow of information for review by the Employer’s Representative. Submissions shall be strictly in accordance with the Design Submissions Programme prepared in accordance with clause 2.5.



3.5.1.2 The Contractor shall perform his designs for the Works and prepare a design plan for his design work in accordance with the following design stages. The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for his review, relevant design information as identified under each stage:

(1) Preliminary Design Stage: The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Employer’s Representative for his review a System Requirement Specification (SRS) which includes, as a minimum, operational, functional, performance and design requirements of the proposed system.

a. The System Requirement Specification, serving as a means of system requirement management and the Contractor’s top level design document, shall state all the requirements completely and unambiguously and how each requirement can be verified and validated.

b. The System Requirement Specification shall include a compliance matrix that includes cross-references to the requirements stated in the PS, the System Requirement Specification and the Design Verification Table (DVT).

c. The preliminary design stage, as a minimum, shall identify the function of each system, sub-system, equipment or other element within the overall SRS and specify the relationships and interfaces between each element of the system, including the systems of the interfacing elements of other Contractors.

Further the preliminary design stage shall address each element of the SRS as developed in the Preliminary Design. Equipment and interconnection specifications, with supporting calculation, shall be developed at this stage. . Design of the overall system and elaborating on the proposed system configuration with emphasis on how the interface requirements are to be achieved shall be included in the preliminary design. Manufacturing of production units will only be allowed to commence after receiving a notice of no objection for the relevant design elements

d. Preliminary electrical and control schematics shall be developed to illustrate how the various operational and functional requirements can be achieved. Software design and development shall also be carried out during this stage.

e. The submission shall clarify and confirm as necessary all technical aspects of all interfaces with other elements of the Contractor's overall design and of any interfaces with works being supplied by other Contractors.

f. Ergonomic design, shall be developed as part of the preliminary design.

g. If at any time in the development of the preliminary design, the Contractor wishes to modify the conceptual design by dividing any system or sub-system into a number of smaller systems or by reconfiguring the interfaces or for any other reason, the Contractor shall resubmit the SRS and/or the Preliminary Design for the Employer’s Representative’s review.

h. A detailed submission list for the preliminary design shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review prior to the start of the preliminary design. The submission shall be in sufficient detail to evaluate the progress and technical adequacy of the selected design approach.

(3) A series of Design Reviews shall be arranged prior to the conclusion of the preliminary Design Stage.



Upon completion of the Preliminary Design Stage the Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative a homogenous Final Design.

(4) Site Design Stage

Installation detail and method statements for various areas and sections shall be released progressively during this stage. Installation works on Site will only be allowed to commence following the Employer’s Representative’s review of the relevant design information with no objection raised.

3.5.1.3 Separate parts of the design plan shall be prepared for Contractor and subcontractor design activities. The design plans shall define the Contractor's policy for the design of the Works and shall, without limitation, define:

(1) the organisation of the Contractor's design staff with particular reference to the design interfaces;

(2) the specific allocations of responsibility and authority given to identified design staff with particular reference to the review and Verification of design specification, drawings and calculations by the Contractor;

(3) the specific methods of design necessary to identify any relevant method statements and develop those method statements to a sufficient degree of detail reviewed by the Employer’s Representative; and

(4) the list of procedures and work instructions to be applied to manage and control the quality of the design work, including without limitation:

a) the design and performance requirements which shall be defined in terms of basic data and design assumptions made; relevant codes, standards and regulatory requirements; safety, reliability, security and environmental requirements; and commissioning requirements;

b) the design methods. Software applications to be used in the design, both proprietary and public domain, including any requirements for physical and mathematical model testing;

c) the preparation, checking, issue, distribution, indexing and filing of reports, calculations, drawings and specifications together with the means for their revisions;

d) the formal design review, authorisation and approval of design documentation; and

e) the independent design Verification and Validation.

3.5.2 Design Verification and Validation Plan

3.5.2.1 The Design Verification and Validation Plan, supplementary to the Design Plan, shall be prepared by the Contractor in order that design Verification and Validation activities are properly directed. The plan shall address, but not be limited to, the following:-

(1) the objectives of each Verification phase and each Validation phase;

(2) defined input and output criteria for each development phase;

(3) identification of types and detailed methods of test, Verification and Validation activities to be carried out;



(4) detailed planning of Verification and Validation activities to be carried out, including schedules, resources and approval authorities;

(5) selection and utilisation of the test equipment, and their test environmental conditions; and

(6) criteria on which the Verification or Validation is judged to be acceptable. These criteria shall be traceable to the design and performance requirements as referred to in Clause 3.5.1.3 (4) a.

3.5.2.2 The Contractor shall, by means of a design Verification and Validation process, demonstrate that all requirements within the Specification have been met. The Contractor shall prepare a Design Verification Table (DVT) that identifies the Contractor's proposed methodology for demonstrating compliance.

3.5.2.3 The DVT shall be supplied to the Employer’s Representative for his review and shall be monitored throughout the design and construction of the Works. Any changes to the DVT must be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review before implementation.

3.5.2.4 The DVT shall identify the proposed Verification and Validation process (es) for each specification requirement and the acceptance criteria for achieving the requirement. The DVT does not relieve the Contractor of any other requirements of the Specification in relation to design review, Verification, Validation, conformance or planning.

3.5.2.5 For each item in the DVT, the Verification and Validation methods to be used shall be listed by the Contractor. The methods used shall be reviewed by the Employer’s Representative. At least one stage of Verification and Validation shall be performed prior to production of an item.

3.5.2.6 Subject to review without objection by the Employer’s Representative for each application, the Verification and Validation methods listed below are acceptable if implemented (whether singly or in combination):

(1) Similarity - equipment and requirement are identical to those successfully applied on other projects.

(2) Historical - requirement has been met by numerous previous design.

(3) Calculations and Drawings - for review.

(4) Design Review - either scheduled or specifically targeted.

(5) Development Test - performance testing on equipment or material under development.

(6) Type Test - performance testing of the as-built component, assembly or system.

(7) Routine Test - test every component, assembly or system.

(8) First Article Inspection (FAI) - acceptances of the exact look and fit of equipment.

(9) Inspection - formal inspection of the finished item.

(10) In Service - for service demonstration requirements only.

3.5.2.7 After each Verification or Validation activity, a Verification Report shall be produced including, as a minimum, the following:



(1) the Verification or Validation results stating whether the objectives and criteria of the Design Verification and Validation Plan have been met; and

(2) the reasons for failure if there is a failure, and proposal for remedial actions.

3.5.3 Factory Testing Plan

3.5.3.1 The Contractor shall prepare and submit for review by the Employer’s Representative the Contractor’s Factory Testing Plan detailing and explaining how the Contractor will plan, perform, and document all inspections and tests that will be conducted to verify and validate the Works prior to delivery to the Site. The plan shall consist of a narrative description supported by graphics, diagrams and tabulations as required.

The plan shall contain but not be limited to the following topics:

(1) the Contractor’s strategy for inspection and Factory Acceptance Tests of all constituent parts of the Works and how this relates to the sequence of delivery;

(2) the sequencing and interrelationships of the inspections and tests including:

a) all Quality Hold Points; and

b) all Quality Control Points;

(3) the type and extent of inspection and Factory Acceptance Tests to be undertaken and the parts of the Works to be proven by that testing;

(4) the objective of each inspection or test, what particular design and operating criteria the test or inspection will prove and how the success of the test or inspection will be demonstrated or measured;

(5) organisation chart and CV of key personnel in inspection and test team;

(6) the plan for the production and submission of the inspection and test procedures to the Employer’s Representative for review including the submission of the inspection and test reports and records; and

(7) Type Tests, Routine Tests, First Article Inspections and any other tests constituting the Factory Acceptance Tests.

3.5.3.2 The Contractor shall arrange for all equipment and systems manufactured for incorporation into the Permanent Works to undergo a Factory Acceptance Test (FAT) before shipment from the place of manufacture. Any particular requirements for inspection and testing at the place of manufacture are prescribed in the PS.

3.5.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for re-inspecting and re-testing any failed inspection and Factory Acceptance Test including regression testing on previously passed items.

3.5.3.4 Inspections and tests that are to be witnessed by Employer or the Employer’s Representative shall be sensibly grouped and scheduled so that as many inspections and tests as possible may be witnessed during a single visit. A group of 10 representatives from Employer shall represent for factory acceptance testing. The



contractor shall arrange for visit of 10 representatives at its own cost for factory acceptance testing.

3.5.3.5 If required, Type Tests as detailed in clause 9.2.6 shall be performed on all items of equipment to be installed as part of the Permanent Works under the Contract. The Type testing shall be based on the environmental class of the sites into which the equipment will be installed. Refer to clause 1.11.2 for the different environmental classifications or otherwise as required in the PS.

3.5.3.6 For all production items a First Article Inspection shall be undertaken as detailed in clause 9.2.6.8. Routine production testing methods shall be detailed for review by the Employer’s Representative. Routine testing shall ensure that all samples of a production item are within the tolerances required for complete interchangeability.

3.5.3.7 The Contractor shall prepare two copies of an inspection or test report immediately after the completion of each inspection or test whether or not witnessed by the Employer or the Employer’s Representative. If the Employer or the Employer’s Representative has witnessed the inspection or test, he will countersign the inspection or test report to indicate his review of the information and conclusions (i.e. whether or not the equipment being inspected or tested has passed satisfactorily) contained therein. If the Employer or the Employer’s Representative has not witnessed the inspection or test (i.e. if a waiver has been granted, or the Employer or the Employer’s Representative has not witnessed the inspection or test for some other reason in accordance with the Contract), the Contractor shall forward two copies of the inspection or test report without delay to the Employer’s Representative. The Employer’s Representative will countersign the report to indicate his review of the information and conclusions (i.e. whether or not the equipment being inspected or tested has passed satisfactorily) and return one copy to the Contractor. Where the results of the inspection or test do not meet the requirements of the Specification, the Employer or the Employer’s Representative may call for a re-inspection or re-test.

3.5.3.8 For standard equipment which is serial or bulk manufactured, manufacturer’s type test certificates (or equivalent) may, subject to review by the Employer’s Representative, be accepted.

3.5.3.9 Test equipment and instrumentation shall be subject to approved calibration tests within a properly controlled calibration scheme, and signed calibration certificates shall be supplied to the Employer’s Representative in duplicate. Such calibration checks shall be undertaken prior to testing and, if required by the Employer’s Representative, shall be repeated afterwards.

3.5.3.10 Materials and equipment shall not be released for shipment until all applicable inspections and tests including Factory Acceptance Tests have been satisfactorily completed.

3.5.4 Procurement, Manufacturing and Delivery Plan

3.5.4.1 The Contractor shall prepare procurement, manufacturing and delivery plans in respect of all items and goods. Separate parts of the plan shall be prepared for Contractor or sub-contractor off-Site activities. Each plan shall identify the scope of work to be applied. In relation to such scope of work, it shall, without limitation, define:

(1) the organisation of the Contractor's staff directly responsible for the day-to-day management of the manufacturing activity on or off the Site;



(2) the specific allocations of responsibility and authority given to identified personnel for the day-to-day management of the work with particular reference to the supervision, inspection and testing of the work;

(3) the interfacing or co-ordination required with the Contractor's other related plans;

(4) the specific methods of manufacture to identify any relevant method statements and develop those method statements to a degree of sufficient detail reviewed by the Employer’s Representative; and

(5) the list of procedures and work instructions to manage and control the quality of work during purchasing, manufacturing and delivery, including without limitation:

a) the purchasing of items and goods and ensuring they comply with the requirements of the Specification, including (without limit) purchasing documentation and specific Verification arrangements for Contractor/Employer’s Representative inspection of material or manufactured product prior to release for use;

b) the manufacturing process so as to ensure compliance with the design;

c) the manufacturing process so as to ensure clear identification and traceability of material and manufactured parts;

d) the inspection and testing of incoming materials, in process and final product so as to ensure specified requirements for the material and/or manufactured product are met;

e) the identification of the inspection and test status of all material and manufactured products during all stages of the manufacturing process to ensure that only products that have passed the required inspections and tests are dispatched for use and/or installation;

f) review and disposal of non-conforming material or product so as to avoid unintended use;

g) the assessment and disposal of non-conforming material and manufactured product and approval for reworking or rejection as scrap;

h) the identification of preventive action so as to prevent recurrence of similar non-conformance; and

i) the handling, storage, packaging, preservation and delivery of manufactured product.

3.5.4.2 The Contractor shall prepare and submit the inspection and testing plans to manage and control any test and inspection activities in accordance with clause 3.5.3.

3.5.4.3 The Contractor shall propose a structured set of inspection hold points. The hold points shall be structured such that a formal hold point is allowed for each significant element of the manufacturing process. At each hold point, the Employer’s Representative shall hold a formal inspection or advise that the inspection has been waived.



3.5.4.4 Once the inspection and any required remedial actions are completed to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative, the Employer’s Representative shall give a notice of no objection for unit shipment. The Employer’s Representative will not withhold his notice of no objection for shipping unreasonably, provided all pre-delivery assembly and testing has been successfully completed.

3.5.4.5 Any unit delivered without the Employer’s Representative’s notice of no objection shall be rejected at the Site and all expenses thereby incurred shall be borne by the Contractor.

3.6 Construction and Installation Management Plan The Construction and Installation Management Plan shall be configured as a family of “stand-alone” plans and associated documents each covering one of the subjects listed below.

The plans shall be co-ordinated with each other and shall collectively define, describe and encompass the Contractor’s proposed methods, procedures, processes, organisation, sequencing of activities, etc. and shall show how these combine together to assure that the Works truly meet the requirements of the Specification in respect of the subjects listed.

3.6.1 Construction and Installation Plan

3.6.1.1 The Contractor shall prepare plans for the construction and installation activities on and off the site, as referenced in clause 14.1.1, and shall ensure that these are properly related to the subsequent testing and commissioning activity.

3.6.1.2 Separate parts of the plan shall be prepared for other contractor(s) or sub-contractor(s) off-site activities.

3.6.1.3 Each construction plan shall identify the scope of activity to be controlled. In relation to such scope of activity, it shall, without limitation, define:

(1) the organisation of the Contractor's staff directly responsible for the day-to-day management of the activity on or off the Site;

(2) the specific allocations of responsibility and authority given to identified personnel for the day-to-day management of the Works with particular reference to the supervision, inspection and testing of the Works;

(3) the interfacing or co-ordination required with the Contractor's other related plans;

(4) the specific methods of construction and installation to identify any relevant method statements and develop those method statements to a sufficient degree of detail reviewed by the Employer’s Representative;

(5) a detailed method statement which shall include but not be limited to:

a) description of main operations and sub-operations;

b) sequence of sub-operations;

c) quantities of the work and production rates to be achieved;

d) resources to be employed; and

e) quality checks to be carried out, supervision being exercised and safety precautions to be employed;



(6) the list of procedures and work instructions to manage and control the quality of construction and installation works, including without limitation:

a) the inspection and testing activities of incoming materials, in process and final product so as to ensure specified requirements for the material and/or product are met;

b) the purchasing of materials and ensuring they comply with the requirements of the Specification, including purchasing documentation and specific Verification arrangements for Contractor/Employer’s Representative inspection of material or manufactured product prior to release for use/installation;

c) the construction processes including Temporary Works so as to ensure compliance with drawings and Specification. In addition, any software to be used in the construction, installation and commissioning process shall be identified and details of the Verification and Validation processes for the software application shall be given;

d) the construction and installation process so as to ensure clear identification and traceability of material and manufactured product;

e) the identification of the inspection and test status of all material and manufactured products during all stages of the construction and installation process to ensure that only products that have passed the required inspections and tests are despatched for use and/or installation;

f) review and disposition of non-conforming material or product so as to avoid unintended use/installation;

g) the assessment and disposition of non-conforming material and product and approval for reworking or rejection as scrap;

h) the identification of preventive action so as to prevent recurrence of similar non-conformance; and

i) the handling, storage, packaging, preservation and delivery of product; and

(7) the security control of the Site and the works area for Contractor’s accommodation, storage and other works facilities, etc. in accordance with clause 15.10.

3.6.1.4 The Contractor shall prepare and submit the inspection and test plans to manage and control any test and inspection activities in accordance with clause 5.7.1.

3.6.1.5 Where all or part of the Works is within the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited Protection Zone, the Contractor shall follow the guidelines issued by the Employer’s appropriate authority. The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for review his construction method statement and detailed design of any Temporary Works proposed to be erected within this zone adjacent to Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited properties.

3.6.1.6 The following particulars shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review within 14 days of the Commencement Date of the Works:

(i) drawings showing the layout within the Site of the Employer’s Representative’s and Contractor’s accommodation, Project signboards, access roads and major facilities required early in the Contract;



(ii) drawings showing the layout and the construction details of the Employer’s Representative’s accommodation; and

(iii) drawings showing the details to be included on Project signboards.

3.6.1.7 Drawings showing the location of stores, storage areas, work areas and other major facilities shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review as early as possible, but in any case not later than 28 days before construction of the facilities.

3.6.2 Health and Safety Documentation

3.6.2.1 The Contractor shall submit Health and Safety Documentation to fully comply with the requirements of the Project conditions and proposed work activities in accordance with Chapter 18.

3.6.2.2 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative the Health and Safety Documentation for review within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works.

3.6.3 Environmental Qualities Management Plan

3.6.3.1 The Contractor shall within 112 days of the Notice to Proceed submit an Environmental Plan based the Outline Environmental Plan submitted and adapted during the Tender period. The Environmental Plan shall comprise a set of Environmental Plans as detailed below:

- Environmental Management Plan;

- Environmental Mitigation Implementation Schedule (if required); and

- Traffic Management Submissions.(If applicable)

3.6.3.2 Environmental Plans shall include the Contractor’s proposed means of complying with his obligations detailed and in the PS in regard to:

a) The Site Environment as found; and

b) System Environment as described in the Specification.

The Environmental Plan shall include as required detailed policies, procedures and applicable regulations.

3.6.3.3 Environmental Management Plan

3.6.3.3.1 The Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative, an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) which will set out in detail the approach for dealing with each of the potential environmental impacts arising from the various different construction activities.

3.6.3.3.2 The EMP shall address all the potential impacts outlined in the Employer’s Final Assessment Report and shall follow the EMP Outline contained in Chapter 0

3.6.3.3.3 The Contractor shall submit the final EMP, for review by the Employer’s Representative, 30 days prior to the commencement of construction activities.

3.6.3.4 Environmental Mitigation Implementation Schedule



3.6.3.4.1 The Contractor shall submit for review an Environmental Mitigation Implementation Schedule (EMIS) which is a plan for the provision of the mitigation measures identified in the EMP.

3.6.3.4.2 The Contractor shall submit the EMIS, for review by the Employer’s Representative in conjunction

3.6.3.5 Traffic Management Submissions (If applicable)

Where the Contractor is required to become involved with traffic or footpath

management activities, submissions shall be made by the Contractor for the

Employer’s Representative's review 60 days before implementation proving all

relevant details and implications.

3.7 Completion Management Plan 3.7.1 The Contractor shall organise the services required under the Contract to bring the Works

into service under one plan. This co-ordinated approach shall allow the Employer’s Representative the ability to review all aspects of the Works and services in an integrated manner.

The Completion Management Plan shall be configured as a family of “stand-alone” plans and associated documents each covering one of the subjects listed below.

The plans shall be co-ordinated with each other and shall collectively define, describe and encompass the Contractor’s proposed methods, procedures, processes, organisation, sequencing of activities, etc. and shall show how these combine together to assure that the Works truly meet the requirements of the Specification in respect of the subjects listed.

3.7.2 Commissioning Plan

3.7.2.1 The Contractor shall ensure the timely preparation of the Commissioning Plan in a format and to a level of detail in accordance with clause 9.3. The Contractor shall submit the first draft of the Commissioning Plan to the Employer’s Representative within 90 days of the Commencement Date of the Works.

3.7.2.2 The Commissioning Plan shall consist of the following:

a. Factory Testing Plan (see clause 3.5.3)

b. On-Site Testing and Commissioning Plan

(i) Installation Tests Schedule

The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative a comprehensive schedule of Installation Tests as required by clause 9.4.3 and the PS and in accordance with the Installation Programme as stated in clause 2.7. The schedule shall be submitted within the period of time laid down in the PS, or, if none is given, not later than two months in advance of the date for the commencement of the Installation Tests

(ii) Partial Acceptance Tests Plan



The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative a comprehensive Partial Acceptance Tests Plan including all requirements detailed in clause 9.4.4 and the PS. The plan shall be submitted within the period of time laid down in the PS, or, if none is given, not later than four months in advance of the date for the commencement of the Partial Acceptance Tests.

(iii) System Acceptance Tests Plan

The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative a comprehensive System Acceptance Tests Plan including all requirements detailed in clause 9.4.5 and the PS. The plan shall be submitted within the period of time laid down in the PS, or, if none is given, not later than four months in advance of the date for the commencement of the System Acceptance Tests.

(iv) Integration Testing & Commissioning Plan

The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative a comprehensive Integrated Testing & Commissioning Plan including all requirements detailed in clause 9.4.6 and the PS. The plan shall be submitted within the period of time laid down in the PS, or, if none is given, not later than four months in advance of the date for the commencement of the Integrated Testing & Commissioning.

3.7.3 Operation and Maintenance Manuals Plan

3.7.3.1 The Contractor shall develop an Operation and Maintenance Manuals Plan to suit staged commissioning of the system and to ensure the timely preparation of the Contractor’s Operation and Maintenance Manuals and the ‘As-Built’ drawings in a format and to a level of detail reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative and in accordance with Chapter 11.

3.7.3.2 The Contractor shall submit the Operation and Maintenance Manuals Plan by the date stated in the PS, or, if none is given, not later than nine (9) months prior to the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works and according to staged commissioning of the proposed systems.

3.7.4 Training Plan

3.7.4.1 The Contractor shall ensure the timely preparation of the Contractor’s Training Plan in a format and to a level of detail reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative and fulfilling the requirements of clause 10.1.

3.7.4.2 The Contractor shall submit the Training Plan by the date stated in the PS, or, if none is given, not less than three (3) months prior to the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works and also to suit the staged commissioning of the relevant systems.

3.7.5 Spares Management Plan

3.7.5.1 The Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative a Spares Management Plan to furnish a priced, manufacturer-recommended list of spare parts necessary to support continuous operation of all such equipment for a minimum period of 24 months after the commencement of Revenue Operations, in accordance with Chapter 13.



3.7.5.2 The Contractor shall submit the Spares Management Plan by the date stated in the PS, or, if none is given, not less than three (3) months prior to the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works.

3.7.6 Defects Liability Management Plan

The Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative a Defects Liability Management Plan to repair, replace and perform any remedial item upon the Works identified by the Employer’s Representative during the Defects Liability Period (DLP). The DLP for all the hardware and software would be as defined in CoC

The first submission of this plan is required upon issuance of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works. The Contractor shall:

a. endeavour to complete all necessary work in a timely responsible manner;

b. not proceed with any remedial work without the consent of the Employer’s Representative;

c. submit a plan that details the methods and timing of any proposed work; and

d. update the plan monthly, showing progress of the work and the time to completion.

3.7.7 Supervision of Maintenance Plan

The Contractor shall prepare outline plans for the management of the maintenance function in accordance with the requirements and submit them for review by the Employer’s Representative at least 3 months prior to the scheduled commencement of Service Trial.

3.7.8 AMC Management Plan (If applicable)

The Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative an Annual Maintenance Contract Management Plan to repair, replace and perform any item upon the Works identified by the Employer’s Representative during the Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC). The first submission of this plan is required before the expiry of the DLP and 4 months before commencement of the AMC period for each section.



4 DOCUMENTS SUBMISSION AND REVIEW

4.1 Documents, Submissions and Correspondence Copies of correspondence relevant to the execution of the Works and not of a confidential nature received from or despatched to Government departments, utility undertakings and Project Contractors employed by the Employer shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for information as soon as possible but in any case not later than 7 days after receipt.

4.2 Submissions to the Employer’s Representative 4.2.1 General requirements

4.2.1.1 All submissions shall be made to the Employer’s Representative in a format reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative and in accordance with the requirements in:

(1) the Contract;

(2) the Computer Aided Design & Drafting (CADD) Manual; and

(3) the Document Submittal Instructions to Consultants and Contractors.

4.2.1.2 Paper and drawing sizes shall be “A” series sheets.

4.2.1.3 The following software (versions quoted or higher) compatible for use with Windows based computers shall be used, unless otherwise stated, for the various electronic submissions required:

Document Type Electronic Document Format

Text Documents MS Word 2010

Spread Sheets MS Excel 2010

Data Base Files MS Access 2010

Presentation Files MS PowerPoint 2010

Programmes Primavera for Windows, Ver. 8.4

AutoCAD Graphics CorelDraw Ver. X5/ AutoCAD ver.20

Photographic Adobe PhotoShop, Ver.CC 2014

Desktop Publishing QuarkXPress, Ver.10

CADD Drawings MicroStation V8

Media for Electronic File Submission

One copy shall be submitted unless otherwise stated.

Internet File Formats/Standards

The following guidelines shall be followed when the Contractor uses the Internet browser as the communication media to share information with the Employer.



All the data formats or standards must be supported by Microsoft Internet Explorer version 9 or above running on Windows.

The following lists the file types and the corresponding data formats to be used on Internet. The Contractor shall comply with them unless the Employer’s Representative has previously reviewed without objection the Contractors proposal to adopt an alternative:

File Type Data Format Photo Image Joint Photographic Experts Group

(JPEG) Image other than Photo GIF or JPEG Computer Aid Design files (CAD) Computer Graphics Metafile (CGM)

Project documents refer to the document type in clause

4.2.1.3 Video Window video (.avi) Sound Wave file (.wav) The following states the standards to be used on Internet when connecting to database(s). The Contractor shall comply with them unless the Employer’s Representative has previously reviewed without objection the Contractors proposal to adopt an alternative: Function to be Implemented

Standard to be Complied With

Database connectivity Open Database Connectivity (ODBC)

Publishing hypertext language on the World Wide Web

Hypertext Mark-up Language (HTML)

4.2.1.4 The hard copy of all documents shall be the contractual copy.

4.2.1.5 If required, one copy of all internal and external orders placed by the Contractor for equipment or materials required for the Works shall be forwarded to the Employer’s Representative at the time of issue. All orders shall state the Employer’s Representative’s requirements for inspection and testing, shall bear the Contract reference, Contractor’s name and address and shall indicate, where applicable, the sub-section of the Works for which the equipment or material is required.

4.2.1.6 Distribution of copies of the orders shall be in accordance with the Employer’s Representative’s instructions.

4.2.1.7 The Contractor shall have the obligation to upgrade, at his own cost, all the relevant software to the latest version upon instruction by the Employer’s Representative, after the new version of the relevant software has been launched for more than six months in Noida.

4.2.1.8 The Contractor shall submit a drawing register to the Employer’s Representative in electronic copy and hard copy with each submission of drawings and at an interval agreed by the Employer’s Representative. The drawing register shall be in a format submitted for review and agreed without objection by the Employer’s Representative and shall include each document reference number, version, date, title and data-file name.

4.2.1.9 Specific additional requirements in respect of the numbering scheme shall be as defined in the PS.



4.2.2 Content

4.2.2.1 Unless otherwise specified or permitted by the Employer’s Representative, each submission shall comprise:

(1) for drawings - one A1 master (signed by the contractor),one paper A1 copy, two paper A3 copies and an electronic data copy of all drawings; and

(2) for documents - the unbound original, one bound copy and an electronic copy when applicable.

4.2.2.2 The A3 copies of drawings shall be produced as reduced versions of the A1 original.

4.3 Records and Reports 4.3.1 Reports and records that are to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative shall be

in a format reviewed by the Employer’s Representative. Reports and records shall be signed by the Contractor’s agent or by a representative authorised by the Contractor.

4.3.2 Within 45 days of the Commencement Date of the Works, the Contractor shall submit a Project document control procedure to the Employer’s Representative for review, which shall include but not be limited to the following:

(1) a document approval system which shall specify the level of authority for approval of all documents and material before submission to the Employer’s Representative;

(2) a system of issuing documents to ensure that pertinent documents are issued to all appropriate locations;

(3) a document change or re-issue system to ensure that only the latest revision of a document can be used; and

(4) a submission identification system which identifies each submission uniquely by the following:

a) contract number;

b) discipline;

c) submission number; and

d) revision indicator.

4.3.3 Project records will eventually be used by the Employer to manage, operate and maintain the Works after the completion of the Project under construction and for future reference.

4.3.4 The Contractor shall submit the documents as required by the Employer’s Representative as Project records in full and on time. The Employer’s Representative shall determine the adequacy of the Project record.

4.3.5 Submission and review procedure

4.3.5.1 Except where specific procedures are given for certain items, all submissions shall be submitted and reviewed according to the procedure laid down in the following clauses.



4.3.5.2 Each submission shall be accompanied by a brief introduction to explain which sub-system, part or Section of the Works to which the submission refers, listing the documents enclosed with the submission, and describing in outline how all relevant requirements of the Specification are achieved by the proposals.

4.3.5.3 For each stage of submittal, the Contractor shall prepare a Submission Review Request (SRR) carrying the date of submission, the submission reference number as defined in clause 4.3.2.4(4), the submission title, the stage of submission (e.g. preliminary design, final design, etc.), and the authorised signature of the Contractor’s responsible engineer of this Specification, to confirm that, in the opinion of the Contractor, the submission:

(1) complies with all relevant requirements of the Specification;

(2) conforms to all interface requirements;

(3) contains, or is based on auditable and proven or verified calculations or design criteria;

(4) has been properly reviewed by the Contractor, according to the Contractor’s QA system, to confirm its completeness, accuracy, adequacy and validity; and

(5) has taken account of all requirements for approval by statutory bodies or similar organisations, and that where required, such approvals have been granted.

4.3.5.4 The Employer’s Representative’s response to the submission will normally be made within 30 calendar days of receipt of the submission, provided that the submission is made no later than the date shown on the Submissions Programme described in clause 2.5. The Employer’s Representative may extend the review period depending on the amount of documentation accompanying the submission.

4.3.5.5 Throughout the design period, the Contractor shall attend monthly design review meetings with the Employer’s Representative. At these Employer’s Representative’s review meetings, the Contractor shall present information, drawings and other documents to the Employer’s Representative in respect of all submissions programmed to occur during the following five week period. The Contractor’s presentations shall be in sufficient depth to enable the Employer’s Representative to obtain a clear understanding of the Contractor’s proposals and to discuss the methodology and process used in reaching the proposed design solutions. Unless directed otherwise by the Employer’s Representative, all meetings shall be convened in Noida.

4.3.5.6 The Contractor shall record all of the Employer’s Representative’s observations and any agreed actions resulting from the Employer’s Representative’s review meeting and shall address each of these fully before submission of the respective documents for formal review.

4.3.5.7 If, in the Employer’s Representative’s opinion, following receipt of a submission there is benefit to be gained from a meeting with the Contractor to clarify or discuss any of the contents of the submission, he will notify the Contractor accordingly with not less than 5 days advance notice, and the Contractor shall attend at the time and place appointed by the Employer’s Representative.

4.3.5.8 No submission may be made by the Contractor in respect of the Works or any sub-system, part or Section thereof unless a notice of no objection has been received for the previous stage of the same Works or any sub-system, part or Section thereof.



4.3.6 Employer’s Representative’s Response

4.3.6.1 The Employer’s Representative will respond in one of the following three ways:

(1) “ Reviewed without Objection”

(2) “Reviewed without Objection, Subject to”

(3) “Rejected”

4.3.6.2 If the Employer’s Representative, having reviewed the submission, has not discovered any non-compliance with the Contract, the SRR will be returned endorsed with the Employer’s Representative’s signature and the words “Reviewed without Objection”. Receipt of such notice of no objection does not in any way imply the Employer’s Representative’s approval of the submission, nor does it remove any responsibility from the Contractor for complying with the Contract. Issue of a “Notice of No Objection” entitles the Contractor to proceed to the next stage of the programme of work.

4.3.6.3 If the Employer’s Representative discovers minor non-compliance, discrepancies, omissions, etc. that, in his opinion, are not of a fundamental nature, he may return the SRR endorsed with the Employer’s Representative’s signature and the words “Reviewed without Objection Subject to”, and including a list of the features that are required to be amended, included or improved to comply with the Contract. Issue of a “Notice of No Objection Subject to” entitles the Contractor to proceed to the next stage of the programme of work provided that all of the Employer’s Representative’s comments are taken into account fully and implemented exactly.

4.3.6.4 If the Employer’s Representative issues a “Notice of No Objection Subject to”, the Contractor shall resubmit the affected parts of the submission, clearly demonstrating how the Employer’s Representative’s comments have been taken into account and resubmit amended or corrected material within 10 working days of issue of the Employer’s Representative’s comments, using the process described in clause 4.3.5.

4.3.6.5 If the Employer’s Representative discovers major non-compliance, discrepancies, omissions, etc. that, in his opinion, are of a fundamental nature, he may return the SRR endorsed with the Employer’s Representative’s signature and the word “Rejected”, and including a list of the features that are required to be amended, included or improved to comply with the Contract. Issue of a “Notice of Rejection” does not entitle the Contractor to proceed to the next stage of the programme of work until all of the Employer’s Representative’s comments are fully taken into account and a satisfactory re-submission has been made (i.e. one which results in a “Notice of No Objection” or “Notice of No Objection Subject to”).

4.3.6.6 If the Employer’s Representative issues a “Notice of Rejection”, the Contractor shall resubmit the complete submission, clearly demonstrating how the Employer’s Representative’s comments have been taken into account and resubmit amended or corrected material within 10 working days of issue of the Employer’s Representative’s comments, using the process described in clause 4.3.5.

4.4 Records 4.4.1 The Contractor shall establish and maintain a place for the storage and archiving of all

the documents relating to the Works and not required to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative under clause 4.1 which shall be:

(1) the same place or office where the Contractor is performing the work and storing documents reviewed by the Employer’s Representative, or;



(2) at the Site or elsewhere in Noida, a records office, which contains all other, documents that the Contractor is required to maintain in accordance with the Contract.

4.4.2 All documents shall be filed, indexed and suitably stored to permit easy identification and necessary audits.

4.4.3 The Contractor shall maintain in Noida his archive of all documents in connection with and arising out of the Contract, until 28 days after the issue of the Final Certificate or until final settlement of all Disputes, whichever is later.



5 QUALITY MANAGEMENT

5.1 Introduction 5.1.1 The Contractor shall maintain and implement a Quality Management System that shall

remain in effect during the execution of the Works. The Contractor’s Quality Management System shall be based on the International Standard ISO 9001:1994 “Model for quality assurance in design, development, production, installation and servicing.” The Contractor shall submit its Quality Management System documentation for the Employer’s Representative’s review as specified in this Chapter.

5.1.2 The Contractor shall plan, perform and record all quality control activities to ensure that all work is performed in accordance with the requirements of the Contract and is detailed in the quality plans which are required under this Chapter. Such activities shall include, without limitation, the inspections and/or tests expressly or implicitly required by the Contract.

5.1.3 Without prejudice to such requirements, the Employer’s Representative may from time to time instruct the Contractor in relation to such further or other inspections and/or tests as are in his opinion appropriate.

5.1.4 Quality audits will be conducted by the Employer’s Representative to verify the Contractor’s implementation and compliance with the quality management system as specified herein.

5.2 General Requirements 5.2.1 All quality system documents and plans to be submitted shall embrace all activities of the

Contractor and sub-contractors of any tier, including its suppliers and any design consultants.

5.2.2 Quality Plans

5.2.2.1 The quality plans to be submitted by the Contractor shall comprise of:

(1) a Management Quality Plan, for the control of all management related activities;

(2) a Design Quality Plan, for the control of all design related activities for the Works, including Temporary Works; and

(3) Site Quality Plan, for the control of activities within each category of work or discrete element of procurement, manufacturing, delivery, construction and installation of the Works, including Temporary Works.

5.2.3 Within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works, the Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative a Quality Plan.

5.2.4 The Contractor shall submit separate Site Quality Plan covering all elements of the Works. These shall be in accordance with the specific requirements of this Chapter and shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review prior to the commencement of the construction works covered by the quality plans. In addition, the Contractor shall prepare inspection and test plans for the management and control of the inspection and/or testing by the Contractor of the Works identified in each quality plan.



5.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly supply the Employer’s Representative with one controlled copy of his quality manual, quality plans, inspection and test plans and related procedures/instructions/forms upon such documents being reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall maintain such controlled documents throughout the duration of the Contract. For any amendment to quality system documentation, the Contractor shall as soon as reasonably practicable prepare and submit the proposed amendment for review by the Employer’s Representative.

5.2.6 The Contractor shall appoint (a) suitably qualified and experienced person(s) as Quality Manager(s), who shall be directly responsible to senior management level and is able to discharge his duties without hindrance or constraint, and provide such other resources as may be required to ensure effective implementation of the Quality Management System and all quality plans. Details of the qualifications, experience, authority and responsibility of the proposed Quality Manager(s) shall be submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative

5.2.7 During the Contract period, upon receipt of a Corrective Action Request (CAR) or similar document issued by the Employer’s Representative as a result of quality audits, the Contractor shall submit a proposed corrective and preventive action plan within 14 days to the Employer’s Representative for review.

5.3 Management Quality Plan 5.3.1 The Management Quality Plan shall define the Contractor's management structure for the

execution of the Works and for the control of the quality of the Works and shall, without limitation, define:

5.3.1.1 the appointment of a Quality Manager in accordance with clause 5.2.6

5.3.1.2 the organisation of the Contractor’s managerial staff with particular reference to any joint venture partners and main sub-contractors. An organisation chart shall be produced to illustrate the sub-division of the Works into elements for effective technical and managerial control, the reporting structure and the interface relationship between all parties involved;

5.3.1.3 the hierarchy of the overall quality management system documentation to be applied to the Works;

5.3.1.4 the quality management system of the Contractor in monitoring and controlling sub-contractors and suppliers; and

5.3.1.5 the list of quality system procedures and work instructions to be applied to manage the quality of the Works.

5.4 Design Quality Plan 5.4.1 The Contractor shall prepare a Design Quality Plan for its design works. The Design

Quality Plan shall define the Contractor’s policy for the design works and shall, without limitation, define:

(1) the organisation of the Contractor’s design staff;

(2) the specific allocations of responsibilities and authorities given to identified design staff or sub-contractors for particular design work;

(3) the hierarchy of quality management system documentation for managing and controlling design works, including design works of sub-contractors of any tier; and



(4) the list of procedures and instructions to be applied to manage and control the quality of the design works.

5.5 Manufacturing Quality Plan 5.5.1 The Contractor shall prepare a Manufacturing Quality Plan for his manufacturing works.

The Manufacturing Quality Plan shall, without limitation, define:

(1) the organisation of the Contractor’s staff directly responsible for the day-to-day management of the manufacturing activities on or off the Site;

(2) the specific allocations of responsibilities and authorities given to identified personnel or sub-contractors for particular manufacturing work;

(3) the hierarchy of quality management system documentation for managing and controlling manufacturing works, including manufacturing works of sub-contractors of any tier; and

(4) the list of procedures and instructions to be applied to manage and control the manufacturing works, together with the procedures and instructions which have not been previously submitted for review.

5.5.2 The Contractor shall also prepare inspection and test plans to manage and control any test and inspection activities in accordance with clause 5.7.

5.6 Site Quality Plan 5.6.1 The Contractor shall prepare a Site Quality Plan for its construction and installation works.

The Site Quality Plan shall, without limitation, define:

(1) the organisation of the Contractor’s staff directly responsible for the day-to-day management of the construction and installation activities on or off the Site;

(2) the specific allocations of responsibilities and authorities given to identified personnel or sub-contractors for particular construction and installation work;

(3) the hierarchy of quality management system documentation for managing and controlling construction and installation works, including construction and installation works of sub-contractors of any tier; and

(4) the list of procedures and instructions to be applied to manage and control the construction and installation works together with the procedures and instructions that have not been previously submitted for review.

5.6.2 The Contractor shall also prepare inspection and test plans to manage and control any test and inspection activities in accordance with clause 5.7.1.

5.7 Inspection and Test Plans, Records and Reports 5.7.1 Inspection and test plans shall be produced for every activity requiring test and/or

inspection. Each inspection and test plan shall identify the quality objectives and include, without limitation:

(1) the personnel responsible for undertaking and certifying the inspection and/or test;

(2) the procedure or instructions for the inspection and/or test;

(3) the test method or a reference to the relevant standard of testing;



(4) the inspection and/or test required prior to commencement of an activity;

(5) the inspection and/or test during an activity and its frequency;

(6) the inspection and/or test required to complete an activity;

(7) all Quality Control Points, Quality Hold Points and any notices or other documents to be given to the Employer’s Representative in relation to Quality Control Points and Quality Hold Points;

(8) the compliance criteria;

(9) the method of analysis of test data;

(10) the procedure for correction or disposal of any work which fails the compliance criteria;

(11) examples of the documentation to be used for reporting the results of inspections, tests and analysis of test data;

(12) examples of the documentation to be used for recording the status of inspections and tests in accordance with clause 5.9.1; and

(13) the procedure for the distribution, filing and storage of inspection reports, test reports and reports on analysis of test data.

5.7.2 Each report of the inspection and/or test shall be prepared in accordance with clause 9.6.6.1.

5.7.3 The Contractor shall ensure that a signed copy of each report of inspection and test is filed in his filing system within 3 (three) working days of the date of inspection and test.

5.7.4 In relation to all Quality Control Points and Quality Hold Points involving inspection and/or test by the Contractor, the Contractor shall give the Employer’s Representative notice of when the relevant work will be inspected and/or tested in accordance with clause 9.8.1.

5.8 Review, Verification & Audit 5.8.1 The Contractor shall continuously monitor the performance of each quality plan related to

the execution of the Works and shall include in each Monthly Progress Report the status of all quality system documentation, an up-to-date audit schedule and status and an up-to-date non-conformity register providing the status of all non-conformities identified by the Employer’s Representative and the Contractor. The Contractor shall make an appraisal of such performance and identify in particular any non-conformities or other shortcomings in the quality management system, the actions being taken to dispose of these non-conformities, any necessary corrective action taken or proposed to be taken to prevent the re-occurrence of these non-conformities or shortcomings and, any other items as instructed by the Employer’s Representative.

5.8.2 The Contractor shall ensure that audits of all the activities in each quality plan are carried out at quarterly intervals, or at such other intervals as the Employer’s Representative may require, to ensure the continuing suitability and effectiveness of the quality management system. Reports of each such audit shall be submitted promptly for review by the Employer’s Representative.



5.8.3 The Contractor shall ensure that the requirements for supervision and verification of work by the Contractor and/or his sub-contractors of any tiers are identified in the quality plans and adequate resources and trained personnel are provided for these activities.

5.8.4 The Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative details of the authority, qualifications and experience of personnel assigned to design verification and to audit activities.

5.8.5 The Employer’s Representative may, by notice to the Contractor, require external audits of the Contractor's quality management system to be carried out either by the Employer's staff or by his representative. In such case, the Contractor shall afford to such auditors all necessary facilities and access to the records to permit this function to be performed.

5.9 Quality Control Register 5.9.1 The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all stages of the Works a quality control

register or registers to identify the status of inspections, sampling and testing of the work and all certificates. Such registers shall be updated by the Contractor to show all activities in previous months and shall reach the Employer’s Representative’s office before the 7th working day of each month. Each register shall:

(1) list the certificates received for each batch of goods and materials incorporated in the Works and compare this against the certification required by the Contract and the Contractor’s quality plans;

(2) list the inspection and testing activities undertaken by the Contractor on each element of the Works and compare these activities against the amount of inspection and testing required by the Contract and the Contractor’s quality plans;

(3) show the results of each report of inspection and/or test and any required analysis of these results and compare these results against the pass/fail criteria; and

(4) summarise any actions proposed by the Contractor to overcome any non-conformity identified in clauses 5.9.1.(1), (2) & (3) above.

5.10 Summaries of Inspection and/or Test The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for his information summaries based on quality control register in accordance with the Summaries of Inspection and/or Test described in clause 9.6.11

5.11 Notification of Non-conformities 5.11.1 If, prior to the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works or the relevant Section,

the Contractor has used or proposes to use or repair any item of the Works which does not conform to the requirements of the Contract, he shall immediately submit to the Employer’s Representative such proposal, supplying full particulars of the non-conformity and, if appropriate, of the proposed means of repair which shall include any calculation analysis or other documentation to support the repair or acceptability of the non-conformity.

5.11.2 If the Employer’s Representative issues non-conformity reports or similar documents to notify the Contractor of any item of the Works which he considers to constitute a non-conformity and which has not been reported in accordance with clause 5.11.1, the Contractor shall promptly investigate the matter and, within 14 days of notification by the Employer’s Representative, submit to the Employer’s Representative for review the remedial measures to be taken and stating the reasons for such measures.



6 SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL

6.1 Prescriptive Framework 6.1.1 The Software shall be designed, developed and tested according to the Software Quality

assurance Plan, and the Software Lifecycle. The Contractor shall define within the Software Quality Assurance Plan what techniques and measures are to be applied for software development

6.2 Software Framework 6.2.1 Software produced or supplied for the project shall be subject to a defined quality

framework.

6.3 Software Management Control 6.3.1 The Contractor shall ensure that a full time Software Project Manager and Software

Quality Manager are appointed for software development, if software development and/or modification are required under the Contract.

6.4 Status Reporting 6.4.1 The Contractor shall include in the Monthly Progress Report details of the status of the

software development/modifications/upgrades.

6.5 Auditing 6.5.1 The Employer’s Representative shall audit the Contractor in line with Employer’s

procedures. Further external independent audits may also be arranged at the Employer’s Representative’s discretion.

6.6 Software Acceptance 6.6.1 Software acceptance shall be based upon the supply of software functioning in a manner

reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative supported by an Operational Safety Report (Software) reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. The report shall be provided by the Contractor and submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review.

6.7 Availability of Development Tools 6.7.1 For COTS, the Contractor shall provide all available documentation for the application

and maintenance of that software.

6.8 Re-Use of Existing Software 6.8.1 Where existing software (defined to module level) is to be re-used without modification,

the Contractor shall provide evidence acceptable to the Employer’s Representative as to why that software is suitable for use in the proposed application. All software developed earlier and intended to be used for the Contract shall meet the requirements laid down in the PS.

6.8.2 The certified evidence of previous satisfactory use in a similar environment and application and cross acceptance from another railway authority shall be submitted. The Employer’s Representative reserves the right to implement an assessment of the developed software by further validation or re-validation by an outside agency nominated by the Employer.



6.9 Application of “Commercial Off The Shelf” Software (COTS) 6.9.1 COTS shall not be applied to any operation software at level SIL2 and above. Where

COTS is used, the Contractor shall define within the SQAP, to the review of the Employer’s Representative, the software support period following delivery. The software support activities shall include but not be limited to, supply of software and supporting documentation, training and maintenance contracts.

6.10 Test Software 6.10.1 All test software, with the exclusion of built-in test software, shall be produced in

accordance with a quality system controlled under the requirements of ISO 9000-3.

6.11 Global Positioning System Week-counter Rollover 6.11.1 Any equipment or software that makes use of the Global Positioning System (GPS) shall

not suffer from the GPS week-counter rollover problem, which causes the week counter to reset to 0000 every 1024 weeks.



7 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

7.1 Materials and Equipment Provided by the Employer 7.1.1 Materials and equipment which are to be provided by the Employer will be as stated in

the Contract.

7.1.2 Materials and equipment provided by the Employer shall be collected by the Contractor from the locations stated in the Contract and delivered by the Contractor to the Site. The Contractor shall inspect the materials and equipment before taking receipt and shall immediately inform the Employer’s Representative of any shortage or damage.

7.1.3 Materials or equipment provided by the Employer which are damaged after collection shall be repaired by the Contractor and submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. Materials or equipment which are lost or which in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative are not capable of being or have not been repaired satisfactorily shall be replaced by the Contractor.

7.1.4 The Contractor shall dispose of crates and containers for materials or equipment provided by the Employer.

7.1.5 Equipment / materials provided by the Employer, surplus to the requirements of the Works shall be returned to the locations stated in the Contract.

7.1.6 The Contractor shall protect and maintain equipment provided by the Employer while it is on the Site and shall provide operatives, fuel and other consumables required to operate the equipment.

7.2 Materials 7.2.1 General

7.2.1.1 Materials for inclusion in the Permanent Works shall be new unless otherwise stated in the Contract or having been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative.

7.2.1.2 Certificates of tests by manufacturers, which are submitted to the Employer’s Representative, shall relate to the material delivered to the Site. Certified true copies of certificates may be submitted if the original certificates cannot be obtained from the manufacturer. A letter from the supplier stating that the certificates relate to the material delivered to the Site shall be submitted with the certificates.

7.2.1.3 Materials, which are specified by means of trade or proprietary names, may be substituted by materials from a different manufacturer, provided that the materials are of the same or better quality and comply with the specified requirements and have been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative.

7.2.1.4 In addition to any special provisions in the Contract for the sampling and testing of materials, the Contractor shall submit samples of all materials and goods which it propose to use or employ in or for the Works. Such samples, if having been reviewed without objection, shall be retained by the Employer’s Representative and shall not be returned to the Contractor or used in the Permanent Works unless reviewed by the Employer’s Representative. No materials or goods of which samples have been submitted shall be used in the Works unless and until the Employer’s Representative shall have reviewed such samples without objection.



7.2.1.5 The Employer’s Representative may reject any materials and goods which in his opinion are inferior to the samples previously reviewed and the Contractor shall promptly remove such materials and goods from the Site.

7.2.1.6 If any material required for this Contract is not available in metric specifications from any known sources, at the time the material is required for the Contract, the Employer’s Representative may, upon application from the Contractor, give permission to the use of an equivalent material in imperial specifications as a substitute, provided that:

(1) no statutory specification shall be altered except in accordance with relevant legal provision, if any;

(2) the Employer’s Representative is satisfied that the Contractor has made every reasonable effort to obtain the material in metric specifications;

(3) in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative, the substitute material is suitable for the Works in all respects;

(4) in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative, the substitute material complies with all the specifications for the material substituted, allowing minor discrepancies between the specified metric measurements and the corresponding imperial measurements of the substitute, provided that such discrepancies can be effectively and satisfactorily compensated for by the provision of extra quantity of the material; and

(5) the Contractor shall be responsible for all extra quantities of the material required for meeting design and specification requirements of the Works due to the use of the substitute.

7.2.1.7 Hardwood shall not be used for Site hoardings, shoring of trenches and pits, false work or formwork.

7.2.2 Notice of place of manufacture and/or source of supply

The Contractor shall notify the Employer’s Representative of the places of manufacture and/or the source of supply of all goods and materials previously reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative to be incorporated into the Permanent Works. The Contractor shall give reasonable notice (which shall not in any event be less than 56 days) to the Employer’s Representative before the start of any manufacturing and/or the supply of goods and materials.

7.2.3 Certificates for Manufactured Goods or Materials

The Contractor shall obtain certificates for each batch of goods and materials incorporated into the Permanent Works. Each certificate shall certify that the materials comply with the requirements of the Contract and shall include all reports of inspections and/or tests carried out at the place of manufacture.

7.3 Equipment 7.3.1 Identification labels



7.3.1.1 Each and every individual item of equipment forming part of the Permanent Works shall be fitted with permanent identification labels in accordance with a system based on the contract identification. In this respect, the term “individual item of equipment” refers to a complete assembly of components and to each removable sub-module within the complete assembly.

7.3.1.2 The proposed labelling system shall be submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative at least 1 month before the scheduled date for the shipment of the first item of equipment to site.

7.3.1.3 The identification label shall be permanently attached in such a way that it shall not become detached or illegible during the lifetime of the system from any cause including wear and tear, environmental effects (such as rain, direct sunlight, etc.) or any other influence. Preference shall be given to embossed or engraved metallic labels mechanically fastened by riveting or similar means to the item to which they refer.

7.3.1.4 All labels shall be easily cleaned to remove dirt and debris (including grease and oil) without disturbing the legibility properties.

7.3.1.5 All labels shall incorporate the inscription “Property of Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited”.

7.4 Electronic Control Racks & Cabinets 7.4.1 Racks & Cabinets

7.4.1.1 Electronic control equipment shall be housed in 19" racking suitably enclosed in metal cabinets of a type acceptable to the Employer’s Representative

7.4.1.2 The equipment shall be of modular construction to facilitate maintenance, repair and replacement of parts. Standard commercial parts shall be utilised to the maximum extent possible.

7.4.1.3 Cubicles, Equipment Racks, cable and wiring Termination Racks shall not be filled to greater than 80% of their capacity at the completion of the works.

7.4.1.4 There shall be a minimum walkway of 1000mm between equipment racks.

7.4.1.5 The equipment shall be suitable for the environment in which it is to be used and it shall be designed to prevent ingress of all vermin and to minimise the ingress of moisture, dust and dirt.

7.4.1.6 Outdoor equipment shall be sealed against the ingress of dust, moisture and vermin. A minimum IP rating of IP65 under IEC529 is essential.

7.4.1.7 No item of equipment which is removable as part of routine maintenance procedures shall be mounted at more than 2.0m above floor level.

7.4.2 Cables

7.4.2.1 No joints or splices shall be permitted in cables or wires except at recognised termination points.

7.4.2.2 All multi-core cables shall allow 20%, as spares, unless otherwise specified in the PS.

7.4.2.3 All cable cores shall be terminated including all spare conductors, unless otherwise specified in the PS



7.4.2.4 Each cable core shall be uniquely numbered and identified with a label giving details of the circuit carried.

7.4.2.5 Terminals carrying voltages exceeding 50 volts shall be uniquely identified and protected against accidental contact by persons, test equipment or other unintended physical contact. Similarly all bus bars shall be suitably identified and protected.



8 PACKAGING, STORAGE, SHIPPING AND DELIVERY

8.1 Storage of Equipment 8.1.1 The Contractor shall provide and maintain acceptable storage facilities for the Permanent

Works, equipment and materials of all kinds intended for use in carrying out the Works or for incorporation into the Works.

8.1.2 The Contractor shall prepare, protect and store in an agreed manner all Permanent Works, Contractor’s Equipment, equipment and materials so as to safeguard them against loss or damage from repeated handling, from climatic influences and from all other hazards arising during shipment or storage on or off the Site.

8.1.3 Secure and covered storage shall be provided by the Contractor for all Permanent Works, Contractor’s Equipment, equipment and materials which are other than those having been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative as suitable for open storage.

8.2 Crating 8.2.1 The Contractor shall provide all packing, crates and markings. In doing so, it shall comply

with the following requirements:-

(1) Each case, crate or package shall be waterproof, rot-proof and insect/rodent-proof, of robust construction and suitable for the intended purposes. The Contractor shall, in determining the package materials to be used, take cognisance of the climatic conditions likely to occur during the period of transport, shipment and storage.

(2) Each case, crate or package shall be legibly and indelibly marked in large letters with the Site address, Contract number, "right way up", opening points and other markings as necessary to permit materials to be readily identified and handled during transit and when received at the Site.

(3) Each case, crate or package shall contain a comprehensive packing list showing the number, mark, size, weight and contents together with any relevant drawings. A second copy of the packing list shall be enclosed in a watertight enclosure on the outside of each case or package. Distribution of additional copies of each packing list shall be in accordance with the Employer’s Representative's instructions.

(4) All items heavier than 100 kg shall be marked on the outside of the case to show the gross and net weights, the points for slinging, and where the weight is bearing.

(5) Care shall be taken to prevent movement of items within cases, crates or packages by the provision of bracing, straps and securing bolts as necessary. Bags of loose items shall be packed in cases, and shall be clearly identified by well-secured metal labels on which the quantity and name of the part and its index or catalogue number have been stamped.

(6) Plug connected electronic circuit boards shall be removed from their racks, packed and shipped separately.

(7) All packing shall be free from sharp edges to prevent injury to persons or other objects.



(8) Each bulky/heavy case, crate or package shall include (a) wedge(s) for easy loading and unloading by mechanical handling equipment such as forklift truck.

(9) Electronic circuit boards, integrated circuits (IC) and the like shall be well protected by using appropriate packing, e.g. anti-static bubble bag or similar.

(10) Rubber products and the like shall be suitably packed to avoid damage including but not limited to hardening, deformation and peel-off.

8.3 General Precautions 8.3.1 Spare parts shall be tropicalized in their packing for prolonged storage in accordance with

equivalent International/Indian standard and shall be suitably and individually labelled to indicate:

(1) shelf life and date of manufacture;

(2) type or condition(s) of storage and special handling information;

(3) description of item and relevant part number;

(4) serial number, if applicable;

(5) inspection/test certificate number and batch number; and

(6) Contract number, variation order number and item number.

8.3.2 Tubes, cable, conductor and rigid OHE ends and other similar openings shall be properly sealed and blanked off to prevent ingress of dirt or moisture. Flanged ends shall be protected by adhesive tape or jointing material covered by a properly secured wooden blank not smaller than the flange itself. Plain tube ends shall be closed off with bungs or plugs or suitable materials firmly fixed in position.

8.3.3 Particular care shall be taken to prevent mechanical transport related damage or corrosion of shafts and journals where they rest on timber or other supports which may contain moisture. At such points, wrappings impregnated with anti-rusting composition and of sufficient strength to resist chafing under the pressures and movements during transit shall be used.

8.3.4 Spare ball and roller bearings and similarly protected items shall not be removed from the manufacturer’s wrappings or packing.

8.3.5 Fragile materials shall be packed in such a way that they shall not be damaged during transit and when they are properly unpacked for quality inspection. Glass items shall be capable of being easily re-packed without removing the original wrappings or packing for long-term storage within the same packing case.

8.3.6 Appropriate precautions in accordance with the Contractor’s safety regulations, the regulations of the Employer, and statutory regulations shall be taken in respect of all hazardous, toxic, inflammable, etc. materials.

8.4 Packaging Procedures 8.4.1 All required inspection/test certificates shall be supplied and packed together with

individual material. All packaging materials and procedures shall be subject to review by the Employer’s Representative.



8.4.2 All empty cases, crates or packages, whether or not returnable, shall be removed from the Site by the Contractor or stored by the Contractor in such a way that they do not interfere with the progress of the works of Project Contractors.

8.5 Shipping 8.5.1 The Contractor shall notify the Employer’s Representative ten days in advance of any

expected shipment date and give further notification of the actual shipment date and routing when such information is subsequently established. This shall complement the inspection requirements prior to delivery as specified herein.

8.5.2 Two copies of packing lists and quality certificates shall be attached to each case or package to be shipped. One copy shall be placed inside the package and the second copy shall be enclosed in a watertight enclosure on the outside of each case or package. A copy of packing lists and quality certificates shall be sent to the Employer’s Representative after each package of the Works, the equipment, spare parts and other items to be shipped have been shipped.

8.5.3 Without prejudice to any other provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for all legal requirements, duties, dues, taxes and other such requirements and expenditures required for the importation of the Works, the equipment, spare parts and other items to be supplied under the Contract into Noida.

8.5.4 The Contractor shall clear the Works, the equipment, spare parts and other items to be supplied under the Contract through Noida Customs/Indian sea port in accordance with all Government of India Enactments.

8.6 Delivery 8.6.1 The Contractor shall deliver the Works and all items to be supplied under the Contract to

the Site.

8.6.2 The Contractor shall unload the Works and all items to be supplied under the Contract at the designated delivery point and positioning or storing them.

8.6.3 Any part of the Works or any item to be supplied under the Contract that is damaged in transit shall not be considered as delivered until repairs or replacements have been made and all necessary spare parts or items have been delivered to the Site.

8.6.4 All documents, manuals, drawings and other deliverables shall be delivered to an address in Noida to be designated by the Employer’s Representative in writing.

8.6.5 The Contractor shall store and secure the Works, equipment, spare parts and other items until the same have been inspected and are considered delivered at the designated point by the Employer’s Representative.

8.6.6 The Contractor shall remove temporary fittings required for shipment and re-assembly of equipment and shall complete this prior to the equipment or parts thereof being inspected and before they are considered delivered.

8.6.7 An item shall be considered delivered when all damage have been repaired and all documentation and post-delivery preparation have been completed to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.



9 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING Testing and Commissioning shall comply with all the requirements of the CoC supplemented, amplified, modified or superseded as applicable by this Specification and the PS.

9.1 General 9.1.1 The Contractor shall perform all testing and commissioning activities to satisfactorily

demonstrate the performance of the Works within the framework of the Completion Management Plan.

9.1.2 The Contractor’s activities shall include but are not limited to the following:

(1) provision of all labour and experienced supervision to perform all inspections and tests required to demonstrate the performance of the Works;

(2) preparation of that portion of the Commissioning Plan that applies to the Works to a level of detail acceptable to the Employer’s Representative;

(3) performance of all duties and responsibilities, as specified in the Commissioning Plan;

(4) participation in the Commissioning Team that shall develop, review and implement the Commissioning Plan. As a participant of the Commissioning Team, the Contractor shall provide personnel and technical support to the Employer and the Employer’s Representative in the Commissioning of the Project;

(5) performance of the testing and commissioning for all systems forming part of the Works in a manner which is fully co-ordinated with other Contractors, the Employer and the Employer’s Representative;

(6) provision of all required testing and specialised equipment and materials including consumables required to support the testing and commissioning pre-operations activities; and

(7) removal and appropriate disposal of any toxic or other spoils (e.g. cable drums, depleted filters, oils, and fluids) created as a result of the Contractor’s construction, testing and commissioning activities.

9.1.3 The Contractor shall provide full access for the Employer and Employer’s Representative to witness any test or inspection.

9.1.4 The Employer and the Employer’s Representative will bear their own costs for attendance at witnessed inspections or tests (other than re-tests) scheduled in accordance with the agreed Works Programme and subject to notice in accordance with the Specification.

9.2 Manufacturing Test Plan 9.2.1 The Manufacturing Test Plan is the Contractor’s plan for carrying out the necessary

procedures to ensure that the items presented for acceptance by the Employer and the Employer’s Representative are in compliance with the requirements of the Specification.

9.2.2 During the process of procurement and manufacture of the system components the Contractor shall undertake such testing and inspection as is required by the Quality Plan referred to in clause 5.5

9.2.3 The Employer and the Employer’s Representative will not become involved in the Contractor’s Manufacturing Tests except in respect of the following:



• Type Tests and First Article Inspection.

9.2.4 Before shipment of any items to Site the Contractor shall present the items for the first stage of Acceptance according to the Commissioning Plan as detailed in clause 9.3.

9.2.5 Inspection

9.2.5.1 The Contractor shall be wholly responsible for all inward inspection of items to be incorporated into the system as a whole.

9.2.5.2 Equipment issued by the Employer shall not be subject to Type Tests or First Article Inspection however the Contractor shall undertake Inspection as referenced in clause 7.1. Should the Employer’s issued equipment be subsequently incorporated into another manufactured item then the whole item shall be subject to both Type Tests and First Article Inspection.

9.2.6 Type Tests

9.2.6.1 Type tests will not be required in those cases where the Contractor can produce certified evidence that the required type tests have been performed successfully on identical equipment or equipment which is, for practical test purposes, similar and produced in the factory where the equipment offered is to be manufactured.

9.2.6.2 Evidence to this effect submitted during the Tender period shall be resubmitted, this and any further submissions for waiver of Type Testing shall be submitted for review by the Engineer’s Representative no later than two months before the scheduled date for shipment of the item to site.

9.2.6.3 Type tests are not required if previously independently witnessed tests have been successfully carried out. Where only some of the required tests have been carried out, the Employer’s Representative may agree to selected type tests being carried out individually rather than as part of a sequence.

9.2.6.4 The Contractor shall conduct the tests in accordance with the reviewed test procedures, and shall enter the results in the result sheets. Full use shall be made during the tests of operator manuals and other documentation provided by the Contractor, to provide a series of tests of their accuracy.

9.2.6.5 For each test, the Employer’s Representative will determine whether the item under test has passed or failed. In general, the test will be considered to have failed if either:

• The result of the test is not in accordance with the expected result described in the test procedure, or

• The result of the test is in accordance with the expected result described in the test procedure, but some other unexpected or unexplained event occurred which the Employer’s Representative considers to be a fault.

9.2.6.6 If during Type Tests, any failure occurs or the equipment design is changed, it shall be reported to the Employer’s Representative who may, at his discretion, require repetition of the previous tests at the Contractor's cost.

9.2.7 First Article Inspection

9.2.7.1 FAI shall be performed jointly by the Employer and the Employer’s Representative and the Contractor on all major equipment items or sub-systems identified by the Employer’s Representative.



9.2.7.2 Equipment shall be shipped from the point of manufacture only after a FAI has been completed or the requirement waived in writing by the Employer’s Representative.

9.2.7.3 The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 15 working days notice to the Employer’s Representative before any FAI. Other than the FAI, the Contractor shall give the Employer’s Representative notice of all Quality Control Points and Quality Hold Points involving inspections and/or tests by the Contractor in accordance with clause 9.8.1.

9.2.7.4 At least 15 days prior to each FAI, the latest drawings, inspection and test procedures, specifications and quality documentation required for adequate inspection of the equipment under inspection shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative. The drawings shall be complete to the lowest level replaceable unit.

9.2.7.5 The Contractor shall ensure that he and his subcontractors are prepared for all FAIs. The Contractor shall not schedule more than one FAI on the same day without prior notice of No Objection by the Employer’s Representative.

9.2.7.6 The FAI shall enable the Employer and the Employer’s Representative and the Contractor to jointly establish the quality of workmanship for the balance of like components.

9.2.7.7 The FAI shall not be conducted until the design drawings of the equipment have been reviewed. If drawings with outstanding comments are used, the Employer’s Representative’s comments shall be satisfied at the FAI and represented by the inspected equipment.

9.2.7.8 The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost and scheduling, to the Employer and the Employer’s Representative's convenience, of any repeat testing of items which fail FAI.

9.2.8 Factory Acceptance Test

9.2.8.1 Before shipment all manufactured items or systems shall undergo FAT in accordance with the requirements of the PS. The First Article Inspection Test can also be clubbed as part of FAT, if agreed by the Employer’s Representative.

9.3 Commissioning Plan 9.3.1 The Commissioning Plan is the Employer and the Employer’s Representative’s tool for

managing and co-ordinating the Testing, Commissioning, Training and Service Trial activities. The Commissioning Plan will be divided into the following sub-plans:

(1) Factory Testing Plan ( see clause 3.5.3 and PS)

(2) On-Site Testing and Commissioning Plan

9.3.2 Testing and Commissioning Phases

9.3.2.1 Testing and commissioning activities shall be undertaken in the following phases:

(1) Factory Acceptance Test (which requirements are specified in clause 3.5.3 above);

(2) Installation Tests;

(3) Partial Acceptance Tests;

(4) System Acceptance Tests;



(5) Integration Testing & Commissioning; and

(6) Service Trial.

9.3.2.2 Items (3), (4), (5) and (6) as required by the PS constitute the Tests on Completion referred to in the CoC.

9.4 On-Site Testing and Commissioning Plan 9.4.1 The Contractor shall prepare and submit for review by the Employer’s Representative the

Contractor’s On-Site Testing and Commissioning Plan detailing and explaining how the Contractor will plan, perform and document all tests and inspections that will be conducted to verify and validate the Works on Site. The On-Site Testing and Commissioning Plan shall consist of a narrative description supported by graphics, diagrams and tabulations as required.

9.4.2 The On-Site Testing and Commissioning Plan shall contain, but not be limited to, the following topics:

(1) the Contractor’s strategy for testing and commissioning all constituent parts of the Works and how this relates to the sequence of construction and installation;

(2) the sequencing and interrelationships of the inspections and tests.

(3) the interdependency and interaction with other Contractors and their commissioning programmes;

(4) the type and extent of testing and commissioning to be undertaken and the parts of the Works to be proven by that testing;

(5) the objective of each test, what particular design and operating criteria the test or inspection will prove and how the success of the test will be demonstrated or measured;

(6) organisation chart and CV of key personnel in testing and commissioning team;

(7) the plan for the production and submission of the testing and commissioning procedures to the Employer’s Representative for review including the submission of the testing and commissioning reports and records; and

(8) the On-Site Testing and Commissioning Plan shall be organised and submitted in the stages described in clauses 9.3.2, & 9.4.3, 9.4.7.

9.4.3 Installation Tests

9.4.3.1 The Installation Tests phase is defined as being the final stage of assembly/installation before the start of commissioning itself. The Installation Tests are to be performed by the Contractor under the Contract and may be witnessed by the Employer or the Employer’s Representative. During this phase, the Contractor shall perform static testing of components and/or systems in preparation for Partial Acceptance Testing.

9.4.3.2 The particular requirements for Installation Tests are prescribed in the PS. Where performance across interfaces to other Contractors or to other parties is required to be verified, the Contractor shall liaise with the interfacing party to co-ordinate the test procedures and programme in the manner prescribed in clause 3.3.2.



9.4.3.3 The Contractor shall prepare one copy of a test report immediately after the completion of each test whether or not witnessed by the Employer or the Employer’s Representative. If the Employer or the Employer’s Representative has witnessed the test, he will countersign the report to indicate his agreement to the information and conclusions (i.e. whether or not the equipment being tested has passed satisfactorily) contained therein. If the Employer or the Employer’s Representative has not witnessed the test (i.e. if a written waiver has been granted), the Contractor shall forward copy of the test report without delay to the Employer’s Representative.

9.4.3.4 The Employer’s Representative will countersign the report to indicate his agreement to the information and conclusions (i.e. whether or not the equipment being tested has passed satisfactorily). Where the results of the test do not meet the requirements of the Specification, the Employer or the Employer’s Representative may call for a re-test.

9.4.3.5 Test equipment and instrumentation shall be subject to calibration test, if required by Employer’s Representative, within a properly controlled calibration scheme, and signed calibration certificates shall be supplied to the Employer’s Representative. Such calibration checks shall be undertaken prior to testing and, if required by the Employer or the Employer’s Representative, shall be repeated afterwards.

9.4.3.6 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative a comprehensive schedule of tests as required by the PS giving full details and procedures for each test to be carried out under the Contract and including the pass / fail criteria (i.e. the standards or limits to be achieved).

9.4.4 Partial Acceptance Tests

9.4.4.1 Partial Acceptance Tests are defined as the performance of functional tests of sections, areas, or stages of a system. The Partial Acceptance Tests are part of the Tests on Completion to be performed by the Contractor under the Contract in order to achieve Employer’s Taking Over of the Works. On satisfactory completion of the Partial Acceptance Tests, the tested items will be considered available for Systems Acceptance Testing.

9.4.4.2 The particular requirements for Partial Acceptance Tests are prescribed in the PS.

9.4.4.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative a comprehensive Partial Acceptance Tests Plan including all requirements detailed in the PS. The plan shall be submitted on a logical section-by-section basis, using a “top-down” approach describing the testing and commissioning strategies and processes clearly showing how these serve to provide the full verification of the systems and equipment.

9.4.4.4 The Partial Acceptance Tests Plan shall identify a comprehensive list of specifications, standards, method statements, procedures, pass/fail criteria, sample records, resources to be made available, drawings and records to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative, and a programme showing the dates for testing and for submission of each test procedure.

9.4.4.5 Test procedures shall be carefully planned to ensure that the work can be executed in the time available. If the available time is restricted, this planning shall include contingency plans to be implemented if testing proceeds slower than anticipated or if defects are discovered that necessitate rectification and subsequent repeat testing, etc.



9.4.4.6 If any working equipment is relocated or altered by the Contractor during the execution of the Works, thorough re-testing shall be performed to verify that the equipment remains fully functional and operates safely according to its specification. The testing to be performed shall be no less rigorous than the procedures used for the original testing and commissioning of the equipment.

9.4.4.7 The Contractor shall during the execution of the Works prepare such reports and records of design, manufacture, installation, erection and testing as may be required in order that any relevant licences or approvals (including any statutory approvals) may be issued or granted. Such records shall be adequate to enable the system or its respective part to be commissioned and to meet the requirements of the licensing authority or statutory body.

9.4.4.8 Immediately following the successful Partial Acceptance Testing of the system or any constituent part, the Contractor shall complete the appropriate Partial Acceptance Tests records in the agreed format and submit a signed copy to the Employer’s Representative.

9.4.4.9 The Contractor shall include a complete schedule of all Partial Acceptance Tests records and their current status within the Monthly Progress Report.

9.4.5 System Acceptance Tests

9.4.5.1 System Acceptance Tests are defined as the tests undertaken to demonstrate that the Works in its entirety is capable of functioning in accordance with the specified requirements in the Contract in all respects. The System Acceptance Tests are part of the Tests on Completion to be performed by the Contractor under the Contract in order to achieve Employer’s Taking Over of the Works. The System Acceptance Tests may commence before remote operations capability (if any) is fully functional. On satisfactory completion of the System Acceptance Tests, the tested items will be considered available for Integrated Testing & Commissioning.

9.4.5.2 The particular requirements for System Acceptance Tests are prescribed in the PS.

9.4.5.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative a comprehensive System Acceptance Tests Plan including all requirements detailed in the PS. The plan shall be submitted on a section by section basis to demonstrate how the System Acceptance Tests are to be carried out. The plan shall adopt a top down approach and describe the system completion strategy and process.

9.4.5.4 System Acceptance Tests shall comprise comprehensive testing of the assembled installation to ensure that it operates in accordance with the requirements of the PS.

9.4.5.5 The tests shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

(1) tests of all functional and performance requirements for the system;

(2) tests of behaviour under failure conditions, e.g. changeover to redundant hardware; initiation of re-configuration functions or reverse modes of operation; and recovery of the equipment and system from failure.

9.4.5.6 The System Acceptance Test Plan shall identify a comprehensive list of specifications, standards, method statements, procedures, pass / fail criteria, sample records, resources to be made available, drawings and records to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative, and programme showing the dates for testing and for submission of each test procedure.




9.4.5.8 Immediately following the successful acceptance testing of the system, the Contractor shall complete the appropriate commissioning records in the agreed format and submit a copy to the Employer’s Representative.

9.4.5.9 The Contractor shall include a complete schedule of all System Acceptance Test records and their current status within the Monthly Progress Report.

9.4.6 Integration Testing & Commissioning

9.4.6.1 Integrated Testing & Commissioning are defined as the final tests to be undertaken before the commencement of Service Trial. The Integrated Testing & Commissioning are part of the Tests on Completion to be performed by the Contractor under the Contract in order to achieve Employer’s Taking Over of the Works. The Integrated Testing & Commissioning shall demonstrate the full compatibility between all interfacing systems. On satisfactory completion of the Integrated Testing & Commissioning, the tested items will be considered available for Service Trial.

9.4.6.2 The particular requirements for Integrated Testing & Commissioning are prescribed in the PS.

9.4.6.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative a comprehensive Integrated Testing & Commissioning Plan as required by the PS. The plan shall be submitted on a logical section-by-section basis, using a “top-down” approach describing the testing and commissioning strategies and processes clearly showing how these serve to provide the full verification of the systems and equipment in context of the complete railway system.

9.4.6.4 The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Employer and the Employer’s Representative and with all interfacing parties to ensure that the proposed test programme and schedule truly demonstrate that the full specified performance requirements are achieved.

9.4.6.5 The tests shall include, but shall not be limited to the following:-

(1) test of all functional and performance requirements for the system;

(2) test to demonstrate compliance with all interface specifications; and

(3) test of behaviour under failure conditions (e.g. changeover to redundant hardware, initiation of re-configuration functions or reversionary modes of operation, recovery of systems and equipment from failure, demonstrations of planned emergency procedures, etc.).

9.4.6.6 The Integrated Testing & Commissioning Plan shall identify a comprehensive list of specifications, standards, method statements, procedures, pass/fail criteria, sample records, resources to be made available, drawings and records to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative, and a programme showing the dates for testing and for submission of each test procedure.




9.4.6.8 Immediately following the successful Integrated Testing & Commissioning of the system or any constituent part, the Contractor shall complete the appropriate commissioning records in the agreed format and submit a signed copy to the Employer’s Representative.

9.4.6.9 The Contractor shall include a complete schedule of all Integrated Testing & Commissioning records and their current status within the Monthly Progress Report.

9.4.7 Service Trial

9.4.7.1 Service Trial is defined as the final test of the fixed equipment, the rolling stock, and the operational procedures including the final elements of the Tests on Completion to demonstrate that the system in its entirety can operate satisfactorily. The Service Trial is performed by the Employer with attendance by the Contractor under the Contract in order to achieve Employer’s Taking Over of the Works. During this phase, the system will be run to the published timetable but without fare-paying passengers. This phase also allows for Validation of the training procedures in a real time environment.

9.4.7.2 The Commissioning Team in conjunction with the Employer will develop the Service Trial Plan. Operations Department and will serve to organise and co-ordinate all on-Site activities.

9.4.7.3 The particular requirements for tests to be undertaken during the Service Trial are prescribed in the PS.

9.4.7.4 The Contractor shall provide special and general attendance to the Employer and the Employer’s Representative during the Service Trial period as required by the PS.

9.4.7.5 The Contractor shall co-operate with the Employer and the Employer’s Representative and with all interfacing parties to ensure that the proposed Service Trial programme and schedule truly demonstrates that the full, specified performance requirements and operating parameters are achieved.

9.4.7.6 The Contractor shall review and comment on the Employer’s Representative’s Service Trial Plan and shall identify specifications, standards, method statements, procedures, pass / fail criteria, to the Employer’s Representative for inclusion in the Plan.

9.4.7.7 The Contractor shall not interfere with the Service Trial tests and Validations in any manner. Any need for remedial works required to be performed by the Contractor shall be co-ordinated with the Employer and the Employer’s Representative in advance.

9.4.7.8 Immediately following the successful tests of the system or any constituent part during Service Trial the Contractor shall complete the appropriate commissioning records in the agreed format, submit 3 signed copies to the Employer’s Representative and may then apply for the Taking over Certificate in accordance with the requirements of the CoC.

9.4.7.9 The Contractor shall include a complete schedule of all Service Trial records and their current status within the Monthly Progress Report.



9.5 Activity of the Employer and the Employer’s Representative 9.5.1 The Employer and the Employer’s Representative will establish a Commissioning Team

and a Site Co-ordination Team at appropriate stages of the Project. These teams will comprise representatives of all interested parties including not more than two representatives of the Contractor, subject to review by the Employer and the Employer’s Representative. In accordance with the Commissioning Plan, the Commissioning Team shall advise and plan to co-ordinate the activities of the Contractor to ensure the Employer and the Employer’s requirements are met.

9.5.2 The Contractor shall participate in the activities of the Commissioning Team and Site Co-ordination Team in addition to its own testing and commissioning or as directed by the Employer or the Employer’s Representative.

9.6 Records and Reports 9.6.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for review not less than

three months before commissioning activities commence his proposed format for the commissioning records. The records shall be appropriately sub-divided to make provision for the various parts of the Permanent Works covered by the Contract.

9.6.2 The format of the records shall cover all mechanical and electrical tests, provide positive identification by serial number for assemblies and sub-assemblies of the Permanent Works and show modifications to Employer’s Drawings and diagrams or "as built" data to be certified by the Employer or the Employer’s Representative in the course of installation, testing and setting to work of the Works.

9.6.3 The Contractor shall, during the execution of the Works, prepare such reports and records of design, manufacture, installation and testing as may be required in order that a licence may be issued or statutory requirements may be met or approval given. Such reports or records shall be adequate to enable each part of the Permanent Works to be commissioned and to meet the requirements of the licensing authority or any standing statutory regulations, and shall be reviewed by the Employer and the Employer’s Representative.

9.6.4 The Contractor shall obtain reports of each inspection and/or test. Such reports shall show the results of all the inspections and/or tests carried out and shall certify that the work has been inspected and/or tested in accordance with the requirements of the Contract and that the work complies with the requirements of the Contract.

9.6.5 Any analysis of the results required to confirm that the work complies with the requirements of the Contract shall be compiled and reported to the Employer’s Representative in accordance with Chapter 4.

9.6.6 A representative of the Contractor who has been allocated the required authority under the relevant quality plans shall sign each report of inspection and/or test.

9.6.6.1 Each report of inspection and/or test shall include the appropriate details of:-

(1) the description of the item or goods subjected to the test or inspection;

(2) if applicable, the batch from which the samples were taken for test, the size and description of samples and the method of sampling;

(3) the place of testing;

(4) the date and time of tests;



(5) the environmental conditions;

(6) the technical personnel supervising or carrying out the test or inspection;

(7) the properties tested or inspected;

(8) the method of testing or inspection;

(9) all relevant checklists and work sheets used during the inspection and/or test, including the readings and measurements taken during the tests; and

(10) the test results, including any calculations and graphs.

9.6.7 After Commissioning of a part of the Works, the Contractor shall complete each commissioning record in the agreed format and shall forward copies of the record to the Employer’s Representative for review.

9.6.8 The Contractor shall submit within its Monthly Progress Report a complete schedule of his commissioning records showing completion dates, target completion dates and status.

9.6.9 Timing for Reports of Inspection and/or Test

The Contractor shall ensure that a signed copy of each report of inspection and test is filed in his filing system within 3 (three) working days of the date of inspection and test.

9.6.10 Quality Control Register

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at all stages of the work a quality control register or registers to identify the status of inspections, sampling and testing of the work and all certificates in accordance with Quality Control Register in Chapter 5.

9.6.11 Summaries of Inspection and/or Test

The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for his information summaries based on each quality control register showing the type and amount of certification received and the inspection and/or testing undertaken on each element of the Works. Such summaries shall reach the Employer’s Representative’s office before the 7th working day of the month. The summaries shall identify and demonstrate the compliance of such certification, inspection and/or testing with the requirements of the Contract and shall identify any item which does not conform to the requirements of the Contract.

9.7 Test Equipment and Facilities 9.7.1 The Contractor shall provide all equipment and services required for testing.

9.7.2 All test instruments shall be subject to routine inspection, testing and calibration by the Contractor.

9.7.3 Details of all test instruments shall be submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative and, if required by the Employer or the Employer’s Representative, shall be calibrated at the expense of the Contractor by an independent standards laboratory.

9.7.4 All test equipment must be capable of operating from the mains supply (230V AC 50Hz).

9.7.5 The Contractor shall ensure that all inspection and test equipment is calibrated in accordance with the specified standards or, if such standards are not applicable to certain test and inspection equipment, with systems and programmes of calibration which have been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative.



9.7.6 The Contractor shall ensure that documented evidence of instrument calibration is maintained and made available to the Employer or the Employer’s Representative on request.

9.8 Witnessing by the Employer and the Employer’s Representative 9.8.1 Notice for Trial, Inspection and/or Test to the Employer’s Representative

9.8.1.1 In relation to all Quality Control Points and Quality Hold Points involving inspection and/or testing by the Contractor, the Contractor shall give the Employer’s Representative notice of when the relevant work will be inspected and/or tested using the form in Appendix 6 of this Specification. The period of notice shall be as stated in the PS or such period as in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative is reasonable and notified to the Contractor. In the absence of any such statement or notice, a reasonable period of notice shall be given by the Contractor provided that:

(1) in the case of on-Site work, such notice shall be given not less than 72 hours of normal working time before the work is to be inspected and/or tested;

(2) in the case of work carried out off-Site in Noida, such notice shall be given not less than 5 days before the work is to be inspected and/or tested; and

(3) in the case of work carried out outside Noida, such notice shall be given not less than 14 working days before the work is to be inspected and/or tested.

9.8.1.2 In relation to all inspection and/or testing notified by the Contractor, the Employer and the Employer’s Representative may elect to witness such inspections and/or tests but the Contractor may proceed with the inspections and/or tests notwithstanding the absence of the Employer or the Employer’s Representative or of any response to the said notice.

9.8.1.3 If the Contractor is in any doubt whether inspection and/or testing by the Employer’s Representative is required as a Quality Hold Point, the Contractor shall request that the Employer’s Representative clarifies his requirements prior to submitting the relevant inspection and testing plan for review, and in any event not later than 30 days.

9.8.2 Timing for Inspection and/or Test by the Employer and the Employer’s Representative

9.8.2.1 The Contractor shall allow the Employer and the Employer’s Representative a reasonable time to carry out any inspection and/or testing and to assess the result of any inspection and/or test before proceeding with the Works.

9.8.2.2 Unless the Employer’s Representative’s prior review without objection has been obtained, all inspections and/or tests to be carried out or witnessed by the Employer and the Employer’s Representative shall be carried out between 0800 and 1800 hours.

9.8.3 Failure to Notify the Employer’s Representative

The Employer or the Employer’s Representative may reject the test and test results in question, and require the test to be repeated in the event of any failure by the Contractor to notify the Employer’s Representative in accordance with clause 9.8.1.1.

9.9 Failures 9.9.1 The Contractor shall correct all faults found during testing, and shall arrange for the

relevant tests to be repeated. The relevant tests shall only be repeated when the fault has been remedied and the equipment demonstrated to function correctly.



9.9.2 Where remedial measures involve significant modifications that might, in the Employer’s Representative's opinion, affect the validity of earlier tests, the Contractor shall repeat the earlier tests and obtain results satisfactory to the Employer and the Employer’s Representative before repeating the test in which the fault was first identified.

9.9.3 The Employer or the Employer’s Representative shall have the right to order the repeat or abandonment of any test in the event that results demonstrate that the equipment is significantly non-compliant with the Contract.

9.9.4 The Employer or the Employer’s Representative shall have the right to suspend any test in the event that errors or failures have become unacceptable. The Employer or the Employer’s Representative shall also have the right to suspend any test if a fault was detected by the Contractor but not reported to the Employer’s Representative within 24 hours of the detection. In this event, the suspension shall remain in effect until reporting has been brought up to date to the satisfaction of the Employer and the Employer’s Representative.

9.10 Repeat Tests 9.10.1 The Contractor shall correct and re-test every fault detected during the tests.

9.10.2 If the test results in a failure of the item under test the provisions of CoC shall apply.

9.11 Fault Categories 9.11.1 The Employer’s Representative will allocate a category to each fault, which shall

determine the future conduct of tests.

9.12 Fault Log 9.12.1 The Contractor shall maintain a fault log throughout each series of tests. Every fault

detected during the tests will be entered in the log, together with the actions taken to clear and re-test the fault.

9.12.2 The fault log will be retained as part of the permanent quality assurance record for the system and be subject to regular inspection by the Employer’s Representative.

9.13 Hardware Failure Reports 9.13.1 For each hardware failure that occurs at any stage of testing, the Contractor shall

investigate the failure and prepare a report on its cause(s) and design implications, if any, resulting from such failure.

9.13.2 All such reports will be retained as part of the permanent quality assurance record for the system, which shall be subject to inspection by the Employer’s Representative.

9.14 Software Failure Reports 9.14.1 For each software failure that occurs, once the software has been reviewed without

objection for inclusion into the system and is subject to configuration control, the Contractor shall generate a software failure report.

9.14.2 All such reports will be retained as part of the permanent quality assurance record for the system, which shall be subject to inspection by the Employer’s Representative.

9.14.3 The report shall clearly show:

(1) the observed symptoms;



(2) the likely cause;

(3) the fault category (from Table 9.1); and

(4) the operator input.

9.14.4 The report shall also clearly show the following information which shall be entered when the failure has been investigated:

(1) the actual cause of the failure;

(2) the corrective action taken; and

(3) all software modules affected.



10 TRAINING

10.1 Training Requirements 10.1.1 The Contractor shall provide comprehensive training to the Employer’s staff to enable all

of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified as part of the Works to be operated and maintained in the designed manner safely and efficiently so as to achieve the maximum reliability and economy, and to meet the requirements of the Employer’s programme.

10.1.2 To achieve the objective, it will be necessary to train the Employer’s staff, including Employer’s Training Instructors (ETI). The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for review and critique the range of staff for which training is recommended and a Training Plan to be proposed by the Employer and as stated in GS in accordance with clause 3.7.4.

10.1.3 The recommendation shall include details of training equipment necessary and appropriate to achieve the training objectives.

10.1.4 The Training Plan shall provide a structured training programme to educate and train the personnel of the Employer in all aspects of the system operation and maintenance and shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

(1) schedule of training courses;

(2) objective, syllabus, format, class size and duration of each training course;

(3) training facilities to be provided by the Employer;

(4) list of training materials and documentation to be included with the training course;

(5) method of pre- and post- testing to be utilised;

(6) qualifications and experience level necessary for the trainees;

(7) instructor’s qualifications; and

(8) course evaluation methods.

10.1.5 Courses offered shall be suitable for operations and maintenance staff classified below as distinct from engineering design staff:

(1) first line and second line maintenance staff undertaking recovery/corrective and routine/preventive maintenance;

(2) third line (high skill level) maintenance staff specialised in workshop repair and overhaul of equipment; and

(3) technical support staff specialising in fault analysis and investigation techniques associated with the particular type of equipment.

10.1.6 Training shall, as a minimum, impart the following techniques to the Employer’s staff of the appropriate grades:

(1) all planned maintenance and overhaul of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract;



(2) fault finding and rectification techniques for the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract. These shall be developed from the Contractor’s previous experience with similar equipment and also from the fault tree analysis and other analyses carried out as part of the reliability engineering studies undertaken by the Contractor;

(3) normal and degraded modes of operation of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract;

(4) all rules, regulations, practices and procedures necessary for the safe and efficient operation of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract; and

(5) all contingency plans necessary to recover speedily and safely from any mishaps or emergencies that may arise with the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract.

10.1.7 Training shall be carried out in the medium of the English language and supplemented, if necessary, in the Hindi language.

10.2 Training Method 10.2.1 Training shall consist of classroom (theory) training, computer based interactive multi-

media training (CBT), simulator training (if applicable) , and practical (hands on) training.

10.2.2 The training shall take place in Noida, unless there are prohibitive reason(s), and shall be related to Permanent Works that are to be or are being installed on the Project.

10.2.3 The training in Noida shall be supplemented, where appropriate, by training at the Contractor’s own premises and the premises of the major sub-contractors during the manufacturing and factory testing phases of the Works. Maximum use shall be made of the opportunities presented during equipment testing phases of the Contract to demonstrate and practice fault finding and diagnostic techniques.

10.2.4 To meet this need, the Contractor shall supply competent trainers/instructors to carry out training to a high degree of proficiency in areas where the Contractor has the specialised knowledge.

10.2.5 In order to ensure that satisfactory standards are met, the Employer’s relevant Operations/Maintenance Department in liaison with the Training Department will monitor all training.

10.2.6 During the Defects Liability Period, when the Contractor is responsible for fault finding and repair, he shall provide practical hands on training to the Employer’s maintenance staff to facilitate the successful handover of this function.

10.2.7 Where applicable, the Employer will pay all of his staff’s salaries, travelling, subsistence and other related allowances.

10.3 Employer’s Instructor Training 10.3.1 The Contractor shall provide training courses and training materials to train the

Employer’s Training Instructors (ETI) to a level of competence to allow the ETIs to subsequently train the Employer’s staff in all aspects of operation and maintenance of the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified as part of the Works.



10.3.2 For Maintenance Instructors, this shall include specific training in the use of maintenance documentation, all fault finding guides and any special gauges, instrumentation or test equipment required in any maintenance or fault finding and analysis.

10.3.3 For Operations Instructors, this shall include training in the operation of the equipment and the various systems/sub systems under both normal and fault conditions.

10.4 Training Plant & Equipment 10.4.1 With the prior review of the Employer’s Representative, the Contractor may use the

Permanent Works being erected, tested or commissioned for the training of the Employer’s staff. In general, the Contractor shall not use Contract Spare parts for this purpose.

10.4.2 Training course notes shall be entirely compatible, and, where appropriate, cross-referenced to the manuals supplied by the Contractor as part of the Operation and Maintenance documentation.

10.4.3 The Contractor shall provide such written or printed matter, functional equipment, samples, models, cutaway equipment, slides, films and other instructional materials as may be necessary for training. Such equipment and material shall remain the property of the Employer and shall be sufficient both for the persons trained by the Contractor and for those to be subsequently trained by the ETI.

10.4.4 The Contractor shall provide an instructor’s guide for each training course. The guide shall include the course agenda, objectives, list of resources and facilities required, detailed lesson plans, presentation notes, discussion guides, training aids and job aids, test papers, criteria and methodology for testing and assessment, and all other things that will enable the ETI to carry out repeat or refresher courses in the future.

10.4.5 All training course notes and instructor’s guides shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review 3 weeks prior to the commencement of the first training session of the course.

10.4.6 All training course notes and instructor’s guides shall be in a form that allows for easy reproduction.

10.4.7 All training course notes and instructor’s guides shall be in a standard format as set out by the Employer.

10.5 Testing and Assessment 10.5.1 The Contractor shall, at the conclusion of each training course, issue questionnaires to,

and/or set practical tests for all trainees directed at determining the level of satisfaction with the course content and to assess the level of knowledge and understanding of the course content by each trainee.

10.5.2 The Contractor shall review the responses to questionnaires and the trainees’ test results and forward a summary to the Employer’s Representative.

10.5.3 If the Employer’s Representative considers that the course has not achieved the required objectives, he will advise the Contractor who shall then organise and implement appropriate re-training.

10.6 Training Records 10.6.1 The Contractor shall, at the completion of each training course:



(1) provide the Employer’s Representative with a consolidated training record listing the training course title, date of training, name of all trainees, training result and other relevant information; and

(2) issue an appropriate certificate to each trainee who has successfully completed the course.



11 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION

11.1 General 11.1.1 The Contractor shall supply Operation and Maintenance documentation in respect of the

systems and equipment supplied or installed or modified under the Contract in accordance with the requirements of the following clauses, except where expressly specified otherwise in the Contract.

11.1.2 All Operation and Maintenance Manuals produced by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Employer. The Contractor shall interface with the Employer for the requisite format.

11.1.3 The Contractor shall supply all documentation, including Operation and Maintenance Manuals and “as-built” drawings, necessary for operating, maintaining, repairing and modifying the systems and equipment supplied, installed or modified under the Contract.

11.1.4 Except where otherwise stated, the Contractor shall provide one electronic copy, 2 bound copies and one unbound copy of all documentation. The unbound copy will be used by the Employer for reproduction purposes. All documentation shall be in the English language.

11.1.5 The Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be provided in the English language.

11.1.6 The Contractor shall fully co-ordinate and cross-reference interfaces and areas associated with interconnecting equipment and systems within the Contract. The Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall fully describe the overall operation of all systems incorporating all equipment.

11.1.7 The Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall contain no irrelevant or ambiguous information and shall relate specifically to this Contract.

11.1.8 The Contractor may use manufacturer’s data and handbooks for individual items of E&M equipment that are a sub-component of the overall system, including printed circuit boards, providing they meet the intent of the Specification, and are integrated by the Contractor into the description of his equipment, and are indexed accordingly in his own general index. All such documentation shall be contained in similar binders.

11.1.9 Where a sub-assembly item is of such a nature that local repairs in Noida/India cannot be made and it is necessary to be returned to the manufacturer as a unit for overhaul, the specific information concerning its repair and breakdown into component parts shall be provided.

11.1.10 The document shall be collated and numbered in proper order and correspond to the contents and index tables. Nomenclature or references to any items of equipment, diagrams, figure numbers or units shall be consistent throughout the text. In order to comprehend the text, diagrams, drawings, sketches and actual photographs shall be added where necessary. All manufacturers’ literature identification codes or stamp markings shall be omitted. Precautions and warnings regarding the safety of life and equipment shall be included where applicable.

11.2 Arrangement and Format of Manuals 11.2.1 The Contractor shall arrange all documentation in accordance with the Employer

requirements.



11.2.2 The Contractor shall provide documentation for all hardware and software for computer systems and other associated electronic equipment to meet the following requirements. Such documents shall include but not be limited to:

(1) manufacturers’ documentation supplied as standard with the equipment;

(2) hardware configuration with details of expansion capabilities and options;

(3) programme loading instructions, including runtime environment configuration;

(4) programme listing including comprehensive 'comment statements' in hard copy and soft format for source code, compilers and development tools necessary to modify and recompile software;

(5) flow charts, data flow diagrams and state diagrams as appropriate;

(6) description of software modules including purpose, linkage with other modules, error routines and any special considerations;

(7) memory maps for both internal and peripheral memory showing description of all programmes, data files, overlay areas, memory available for expansion and the like;

(8) loading and operating instructions for diagnostic programmes and specifically developed debugging tools; and

(9) programming manuals relevant to operating systems & languages,

11.3 Drawings 11.3.1 The Contractor shall submit such drawings as may be required for the operation and

maintenance and repair of the Permanent Works by the Employer.

11.3.2 Information contained on the drawings shall include but not be limited to:

(1) arrangement drawings for all sub-systems and individual items of equipment;

(2) installation and fixing drawings for all sub-systems and individual items of equipment;

(3) interface drawings for all sub-systems and individual items of equipment;

(4) schematic drawings for all electrical, pneumatic, hydraulic, water and drainage systems;

(5) sizes, material and finish of all fixtures and threads;

(6) manufacturer's code, drawing and reference numbers;

(7) wiring diagrams including internal wiring of sealed unit items;

(8) setting dimensions and tolerances; and

(9) bill of materials.

11.3.3 Where instructed by the Employer’s Representative, drawings shall be supplied with Hindi language notation in addition to English. The Employer’s Representative will supply such Hindi notation to the Contractor.



11.4 Submissions 11.4.1 The Contractor shall deliver all documentation to the Employer’s Representative by the

date stated in the PS, or, if none is given, not later than two (2) months prior to the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works (for the final draft version), and one (1) month prior to the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works (for the final version). The delivery shall include a copy of the software and licence to operate the software to modify the manuals together with one set of CADD drawing files. The final manuals shall incorporate comments made by the Employer’s Representative on the draft manual.

11.4.2 Drawings shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative as stated in the PS. The submission shall be in accordance with stage commissioning requirements specified in the Works Programme and shall include Compact Disc (CD) for each drawing.

11.4.3 Following the Employer’s Representative’s review, the Contractor shall make a final submission of the complete Operation and Maintenance Manuals and as-built drawings in a form and in a quantity specified in the PS. The final submission shall be made not later than the date set by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall make such amendments to his submissions as may prove necessary during commissioning of the Permanent Works and the Defects Liability Period. Amendments found necessary during commissioning shall be completed within two months after the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works. Subsequent amendments shall be completed two months prior to the issue of the Defects Liability Certificate.

11.5 Operation and Maintenance Manuals The Employer shall have the right to reproduce any part or the whole of any Operation and Maintenance Manual as he wishes for his operation and maintenance requirements.



12 SUPERVISION AND PLANNING OF MAINTENANCE

12.1 Scope 12.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the supervision of maintenance of the equipment

supplied under the Contract after the Employer’s Taking Over of the Works or Part of the Works. The maintenance personnel shall be provided by the Employer.

12.1.2 The responsibility for the provision of supervision of maintenance shall be based on the number of man-months identified during the Tender period and incorporated into the Contract. The actual utilisation of these man-months shall be at the Employer’s discretion and may be at any time up to six months after the Employer’s Taking Over of the whole of the Works or the last part of the Works or the date of issuing of the Performance Certificate whichever shall be the later.

12.1.3 The scope of maintenance activities shall include all scheduled and unscheduled maintenance required including all routine inspections and service overhauls of equipments. Maintenance work shall include fault finding following report of incidents and repair of items of equipment changed out in the course of fault rectification but excluding any Contractor’s liability for work to be carried out under the requirements of the Defects Liability Period.

12.2 Maintenance Planning & Management Staff 12.2.1 The Contractor shall undertake the necessary tasks in planning the maintenance activities

to ensure that the reliability of the operating railway is upheld including but not limited to:

(i) Provide recommendations in respect of philosophy and procedures for repairs of electronic systems, and the scale of facilities required to be set up in the Depot and Workshops for this purpose.

(ii) Preparation of detailed operational plan for the routine servicing of any equipment which requires such service. The plan shall ensure that all items in use receive maintenance within the required time cycle by suitably trained and qualified staff and under the personal safety regime appropriate to the location of the equipment being maintained.

(1) Preparation of a detailed staffing for each and every different inspection, overhaul and repair activity. The plan shall also identify and quantify resources required by staff and groups of staff in terms of tools, tackle, protective clothing, etc.,

(iii) Preparation of a detailed quality plan, covering all maintenance activities. .

(iv) Efficient supervision of the maintenance, overhaul and repair activities of maintenance staff to ensure high quality work and productivity. This shall also include planning and supervision of ongoing training and re-training as required in the correct procedures using the training materials and courses supplied under the Contract. Where the supplied training courses are insufficient the Contractor shall develop additional training courses, manuals and materials to make good the deficiency as part of his Defects Liability responsibilities.

12.3 Supervisory Staff 12.3.1 The Contractor shall provide supervisory maintenance staff who are experts in the first

and third line fault finding, maintenance and repair of the various systems supplied under the Contract



12.3.2 The experts provided for supervision of maintenance shall have adequate qualifications and experience in the relevant discipline in the maintenance depots / workshops of existing metro type undertakings.

12.3.3 The deployment of the experts may not be continuous and they may be required to supervise the maintenance in short periods at the discretion of the Employer.

12.3.4 The experts shall be available in Noida at short notice to supervise the Employer’s staff at any time during the Normal Operating hours and by arrangement to undertake extended investigations during Non-Revenue hours.



13 SUPPLY OF SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT

13.1 Details of supply 13.1.1 The Contractor shall supply to the Employer for the Permanent Works, in accordance with

the provisions of this Chapter, as part of the Works:

a) spare parts including (but not limited) sub-assemblies and those to be supplied by its subcontractors of any tier ("Spare Parts");

b) special tools, jigs, fixtures and gauges and test equipment, including those to be supplied by it’s subcontractors of any tier ("Special Tools and Test Equipment"),

13.1.2 The Spare Parts to be supplied by the Contractor shall consist of :

a) Contract Spares (as hereinafter defined);

b) Commissioning Spares (as hereinafter defined); and

c) Defects Liability Spares (as hereinafter defined).

13.1.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for review, in the format of a contract spares schedule, in accordance with Chapter 4, a list of:

a) the Spare Parts to be supplied by the Contractor as part of the Works to suit stage, categorised into individual parts or sealed units; and

b) the Special Tools and Test Equipment to be supplied by the Contractor as part of the Works to suit stage.

Such list shall be an amplification and confirmation of the list supplied with the Tender, as may have been subsequently modified during the Tender period, and shall be amended as necessary to reflect changes in design that may have occurred since the date of the Letter of Acceptance.

13.1.4 The Contractor shall use separate sets of contract spares schedules for different sub-assemblies of the main assembly / equipment.

13.1.5 The information supplied in respect of each spare part or special tool shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

13.1.5.1 core data - main assembly/equipment

(i) manufacturer / brand name

(ii) manufacturer's type/model number

(iii) rating

(iv) serial number if applicable

(v) total number of the main assembly/ equipment supplied under the Contract

13.1.5.2 core data - sub-assembly of main assembly/equipment

(i) manufacturer / brand name



(ii) manufacturer's type/model number

(iii) rating

(iv) serial number, if applicable

(v) (if items (i) to (iv) above are different from those of the main assembly/equipment)

(vi) total number of sub-assembly in the main assembly/equipment supplied under the Contract

13.1.5.3 individual item of main/sub assembly/equipment

(i) manufacturer order number

(ii) parts description - a full description of the Spare Part, including a note as to whether it is a sealed unit or whether it is an assembly or sub-assembly which can be broken-down into component parts

(iii) manufacturer / brand name

(iv) the manufacturer's part number (if different from the ordering number)

(v) the sub-contractor's ordering part number/reference, if applicable

(vi) recommended quantity

(vii) unit of measurement

(viii) total number of the Spare Part in the sub-assembly of the main assembly/equipment supplied under the Contract

(ix) total number of the Spare Part in all the sub-assemblies of all the main assemblies/ different equipment supplied under the Contract

The Contractor shall ensure that the ordering part numbers specified shall enable the Employer to procure the exact item in future without reference to the Contractor.

13.1.5.4 primary data

(i) parts catalogue number/cross reference (illustrated parts catalogues to be submitted together with the contract spares schedules to the Employer’s Representative)

(ii) drawing number

13.1.5.5 Secondary data

(i) Lead times stating whether for ex-stock or for product manufactured upon receipt of order.

(ii) Delivery schedule(s).

(iii) Supplementary information:

a) special handling instruction, e.g. for fragile materials, hazardous substances, radioactive materials, etc.



b) storage requirement, e.g. overall dimensions including special packing (if any) for bulky materials, materials with limited shelf life, etc.

c) statutory requirements, e.g. licences, test certificates, etc.

d) interchangeability information

e) tailor-made product for the Contract or a standard bought-in product

f) the source of the Spare Part or Special Tool and Test Equipment, including the manufacturer’s name and address together with that of his Noida agent

g) supplementary sheets to be used for detailed information that is important to the Employer's future procurement.

13.2 Manufacture and delivery of Spare Parts 13.2.1 The Spare Parts to be supplied under the Contract shall be manufactured at the same

time as the Permanent Works. All Spare Parts shall be manufactured, works tested and inspected in accordance with the relevant quality system, suitably packed and labelled in accordance with Chapter 8, and delivered to the Employer by the Contractor. Before the Spare Parts are delivered to the Employer, the Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative a shipment advice notifying details such as date of despatch, date of arrival, vessel name, etc. as well as a packing list to indicate the contract number, variation order number, the lot size, quantity and weight. The Spare Parts shall be consigned to the Employer and delivered in accordance with The Employer’s Representative's instructions to a programme which shall ensure that sufficient Spare Parts are delivered to facilitate normal routine maintenance of the Permanent Works by the Employer at all stages of completion. The Spare Parts shall be supplied in total not later than the date set out for stage commissioning of the system.

13.2.2 Spare Parts shall be fully interchangeable with their corresponding part. All Spare Parts shall be configured to the latest revision during the Defects Liability Period. For Spare Parts such as electronic components, lamps, fuses and other consumable and high-use items, the Contractor shall ensure that a minimum of two alternative sources of supply are available.

13.2.3 An adequate supply of Spare Parts shall be available throughout the design life of the Works, from the date of the Employer’s Taking Over of the Works. The Contractor undertakes to notify the Employer at least 6 months prior to deleting any item used in the Works from general availability.

13.2.4 For any Spare Parts that the Contractor is unable to supply throughout the design life of the Works, or where the Contractor ceases availability support of that item before the end of such design life or if the Contractor ceases trading, the Contractor undertakes to transfer the relevant intellectual property rights, design rights and technology to the Employer and the Employer shall have the full right to manufacturing drawings, schedules, software and any other information needed to manufacture the relevant item. Such rights shall give the Employer complete freedom to manufacture the item in Noida or anywhere else world-wide. The Contractor shall also undertake to notify the Employer two years in advance of the intended cessation of spares availability of any item.



13.2.5 If any Spare Part is rendered obsolete by a design change or material change during the design life of the Works supplied under the Contract, the Contractor shall design a replacement item to match the identical mechanical and electrical interfaces as the former item.

13.2.6 If, as a result of changes in technology, any Spare Part is not completely interchangeable with the original item, or the performance of any Spare Part is different from the original item, then the Contractor shall purchase the same from the Employer, at a price agreed between the parties, such quantities of the obsolete Spare Part as the Employer may possess.

13.3 Contract Spares 13.3.1 The quantity of Spare Parts for particular items to be supplied by the contractor to the

Employer shall be as detailed in the PS.

13.3.2 Notwithstanding the quantities defined in the PS the quantity of Spare Parts shall be sufficient for the full operation of the Permanent Works for the first one year following the expiry of the Defects Liability Period for the works ("Contract Spares').

13.3.3 The Contractor shall supply and deliver the Contract Spares on or before completion of the Systems Acceptance Test.

13.3.4 The Contractor shall submit the contract spares schedules for the Contract Spares in hard copies (including the illustrated parts catalogues) as well as soft copies to the Employer’s Representative for review.

13.3.5 All spares quantities shall be rounded up to the nearest deliverable unit e.g. cable shall be delivered in complete drums, liquids in complete sealed containers, small parts in complete packs.

13.4 Commissioning Spares 13.4.1 In addition to the Contract Spares, the Contractor shall keep on the Site throughout the

installation, erection and commissioning periods, sufficient stocks of Spare Parts to enable immediate replacement of any item in the Permanent Works found to be defective or in any way in non-conformance with the Specification during the installation, erection and commissioning period ("Commissioning Spares").

13.4.2 The Contractor shall supply and deliver the Commissioning Spares on or before the commencement of any Partial Acceptance Tests (PAT) or as defined in the PS.

13.4.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for review a list of all Commissioning Spares that shall be made available during the installation, erection and commissioning period.

13.4.4 The Contractor shall be entitled to use any of the Contract Spares to replace any item in the Permanent Works during the installation, erection and commissioning periods. However replacement of Contract Spares needs to be done before the completion of the System Acceptance Test.

13.5 Defects Liability Spares



13.5.1 The Contractor shall keep sufficient stocks of Spare Parts in an off-site location in Noida throughout the Defects Liability Periods to enable rapid replacement of any item in the Permanent Works found to require replacement as part of the Contractor's obligations during the Defects Liability Periods ('Defects Liability Spares").

13.5.2 The Contractor shall have the Defects Liability Spares on or before the commencement of the Service Trial.

13.5.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for review a list of all Defects Liability Spares that shall be maintained by the Contractor during the Defects Liability Periods.

13.5.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to use the Contract Spares to replace any item in the Permanent Works during the Defects Liability Periods.

13.6 Special Tools and Test Equipment 13.6.1 The Special Tools and Test Equipment required to carry out all the functions described in

the Operation and Maintenance Manual or as required by the PS shall be suitably packed and identified in accordance with Chapter 8, consigned to the Employer by the Contractor and delivered to the Employer in accordance with the Employer’s Representative's instructions not later than the date scheduled for stage commissioning. The extent of supply shall include protective carrying cases as may be appropriate for the storage and use of each item.

13.6.2 All Special Tools and Test Equipment shall be supplied with Operation and Maintenance Manuals, complete diagrams, schematics, assembly and connection drawings, calibration instructions and descriptions for future maintenance.

13.6.3 Where the Contractor has used the Special Tools and Test Equipment for installation and commissioning of the Permanent Works, he shall refurbish and re-calibrate each item to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative prior to handover to the Employer, accompanied by the Certificate of Calibration traceable to a recognised International or National standard.

13.6.4 Where any item of Special Tools and Test Equipment is provided by the Contractor, it shall be accompanied by drawings, manuals and full operating instructions to enable them to be used by suitably skilled (but not necessarily specially trained) personnel in a non-hazardous manner and to achieve the desired result in terms of accuracy and quality.

13.6.5 The Contractor shall provide the means and instructions which describe the parameters of each item of Special Tools and Test Equipment that are critical to their proper methods of use and which enable the Employer's staff using the Special Tools and Test Equipment to achieve the proper performance and operation. Such means and instructions shall include, but not be limited to, any routine checking or re-calibration needs for the Special Tool and Test Equipment itself.

13.7 Coding and Tagging of Spare Parts and Special Tools and Test Equipment 13.7.1 All Spare Parts and Special Tools and Test Equipment to be delivered to the Employer

shall each carry a tag suitably marked, bar-coded (as directed by the Employer’s Representative) and numbered.

13.7.2 The numbers on the tags shall correspond with those on the coding system.

13.8 Annual Maintenance Contract (AMC) Spares (If applicable as per Contract)



13.8.1 The Contractor shall keep sufficient stocks of Spare Parts in an off-site location in Noida throughout the AMC Periods to enable rapid replacement of any item in the Permanent Works found to require replacement as part of the Contractor's obligations during the AMC Periods ('AMC Spares").

13.8.2 The Contractor shall supply and deliver the AMC Spares at least 3 months before the commencement of the AMC period.

13.8.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for review a list of all AMC Spares that shall be maintained by the Contractor during the AMC Periods.

13.8.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to use any of the Employer’s Spares to replace any item in the Permanent Works during the AMC Periods.



14 THE WORKS AND CARE OF THE WORKS

14.1 Methods of Construction 14.1.1 The Contractor shall, as stated in the PS and in any case not less than 4 weeks before

starting the construction of the Works on Site, submit to the Employer’s Representative the Construction and Installation Plan as specified in Chapter 3.

14.2 Temporary Works Upon receiving a written application from the Contractor, the Employer’s Representative may at his absolute discretion consent to certain Temporary Works of a minor nature being exempted from the requirements of this Chapter. Such exemption shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations under the Contract.

14.3 Normal Working Hours 14.3.1 Normal working hours shall be defined as the period between 0700 hours and 1900 hours

on all days excluding General Holidays. Work outside normal working hours shall not be carried out unless reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative and unless the Contractor has obtained any necessary permission or approval from Relevant Authorities.

14.3.2 The Contractor shall inform the Employer’s Representative 24 hours, or such shorter period reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative, in advance of any occasion when work outside normal working hours is proposed.

14.3.3 Work in the vicinity of existing Indian Railways tracks shall only be possible in non-traffic hours. Non-traffic hours are from the time of passage of the last train at the close of traffic, to the commencement time of running of the next first train.

14.4 Drawings and Schedules Detailed manufacturing drawings for the Permanent Works will not normally be required to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review but shall be available on the Contractor’s or his sub-contractor’s premises if required. The Contractor shall also maintain at the Site a comprehensive and up-to-date set of drawings properly indexed and catalogued, which shall include complete sets of detailed working and, where applicable, manufacturing drawings and shall permit free access to such drawings by the Employer’s Representative at any reasonable time.

14.5 Notification and Inspection of Works 14.5.1 The Works will be the subject of a formalised system of written applications for inspection.

14.5.2 Work that is carried out without being appropriately sanctioned by the Employer’s Representative could be classified as defective work.

14.6 Construction Restraints 14.6.1 The Contractor shall design and implement Temporary Traffic Management (TTM) (if

applicable) in accordance with the provisions of the Enactments.

14.6.2 The Contractor shall ensure that the design, construction and performance of all Temporary Works and the design and construction of all Permanent Works shall be such that any ground movements in and around the Site will not result in settlement and/or subsidence of the ground that will cause damage to any buildings, structures, rail, roads, footpaths, slopes or utilities.



14.6.3 The Contractor shall ensure that the method of installation of any part of the Permanent Works (prior to dewatering and excavation) minimises settlements in the adjacent ground or buildings. Dewatering of an excavation will not be permitted unless a closed perimeter of impermeable wall is complete.

14.6.4 The Contractor’s design of dewatering methods shall as far as possible avoid lowering of the water table outside the excavations. The reduction in piezometric pressure shall in no case be greater than 2 metres in adjacent ground, unless the Contractor can clearly demonstrate that buildings, structures, roads, footpaths and utilities within the influence of the dewatering will not be damaged by the proposed dewatering. Pumping shall be confined within the boundaries of the excavation and the water level within the excavation shall not be lowered by more than two metres below the formation level.

14.7 Protection from Water 14.7.1 Unless otherwise reviewed by the Employer’s Representative, all work shall be carried

out, as near as may be practicable in the circumstances, in dry conditions, except where the work is required to be carried out in or with water or other fluids.

14.7.2 The Permanent Works, including materials for use in the Permanent Works, shall, where necessary and as near as may be practicable, be kept free of water and protected from damage due to water. Water on the Site and water entering the Site shall be disposed of by temporary drainage or pumping systems or by other methods capable of keeping the Works free of water and protected from damage due to water. Traps shall be provided by the Contractor to intercept silt and debris before water is discharged from the Site.

14.7.3 The discharge points of the temporary drainage and pumping systems shall be as those having been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall make all arrangements with and obtain the necessary approvals and inspections from the Relevant Authorities for discharging water to drains, watercourses etc. The relevant work shall not start until the arrangements for disposal of the water previously reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative have been implemented.

14.7.4 Measures shall be taken to prevent flotation of new and existing structures.

14.8 Protection from Weather 14.8.1 Work shall not be carried out in weather conditions that may adversely affect the work

unless protection by methods reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative is provided.

14.8.2 The Permanent Works, including materials for the Permanent Works, shall be protected by methods reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative from exposure to weather conditions which may adversely affect the Permanent Works.

14.9 Protection of Work Finished work shall be protected by methods reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative from damage that could arise from the execution of adjacent work. Work shall be carried out in such a manner that work carried out by others, including Government departments, utility undertakings, Relevant Authorities and Project Contractors, is not damaged.



15 SITE ESTABLISHMENT AND ATTENDANCE

15.1 Use of the Site 15.1.1 The Site shall not be used by the Contractor for any purpose other than for executing the

Works or carrying out other work which is associated with the Works and having been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative.

15.1.2 Entry to and exit from the Site shall be obtained only at the locations stated in the Contract or other locations having been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative.

15.1.3 All materials and equipment stored on Site shall be adequately protected against loss or damage due to any cause such as climatic effects, vandalism, shock and vibration, etc. according to the nature of the articles stored and the local Site condition.

15.1.4 The particular use to which the Site is put shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review with the following particulars:

(a) Drawings showing the layout within the Site of the Contractor’s accommodation, access roads and major facilities required early in the Contract;

15.2 Survey of the Site On or before the Contractor is granted access to a certain portion of the Site, the Contractor shall carry out a survey jointly with the Other Contractors executing works on that portion of the Site. The Contractor shall advise the Employer’s Representative of the date of the joint survey at least 1 week in advance of the date.

15.3 Fences and Signs on the Site 15.3.1 Hoardings, fences, gates and signs on and at the Site shall be maintained in a clean,

stable and secure condition.

15.3.2 Project signboards stated in the Contract shall be erected not more than 28 days, or such other period reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative, after the Commencement Date of the Works. Other advertising signs shall not be erected on the Site unless reviewed by the Employer’s Representative.

15.3.3 The permission of the Employer’s Representative shall be obtained before hoardings, fences, gates or signs are removed. Hoardings, fences, gates and signs which are to be left in position after Employer’s Taking Over of the Works shall be repaired and repainted as instructed by the Employer’s Representative.

15.4 The Contractor’s Site Accommodation 15.4.1 The Contractor’s offices, sheds, stores, mess rooms, latrines and other accommodation

on the Site shall be maintained in a clean, stable and secure condition. Living accommodation shall not be provided on the Site. The Contractor's personnel shall not be allowed to live on the Site.. It will be the contractor’s responsibility to ensure safety of the equipments and the office. For this proper arrangement of fencing and guards shall be done by the Contractor



15.4.2 The Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary offices, sheds / stores, mess rooms, latrines and other accommodation and remove the same from the Site on the Employer’s Taking Over of the Works. These shall be to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative and shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition. No structure shall be erected by the Contractor within the Site without the written consent of the Employer’s Representative and such consent will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of siting temporary structures clear of the Works.

15.4.3 A copy of the plan showing the extent and position of all offices, stores, sheds, etc. shall be prepared by the Contractor and retained for inspection in the Site office.

15.4.4 The Contractor shall not erect or operate canteen and kitchen facilities on the Site except with the consent of the Employer’s Representative and, where appropriate, the Relevant Authorities. Any such facilities shall, in particular but without limitation, conform to all regulations and standards to the extent required by the concerned city authorities of Noida.

15.5 Site Utilities and Access 15.5.1 The Contractor shall make all arrangements for Temporary water, electricity, telephone,

sewerage and drainage facilities etc for his site office / storage space.

15.5.2 Access roads and parking areas shall be provided by the Contractor within the Site as required and shall be maintained in a clean, passable and stable condition.

15.6 Clearance of the Site Temporary Works, which are not to remain on the Site after the Employer’s Taking Over of the Works, shall be removed on the Employer’s Taking Over of the Works or at such other time(s) as instructed by the Employer’s Representative. The Site shall be cleared and reinstated to the lines and levels and to the same condition as existed before the Works started except as otherwise stated in the Contract.

15.7 Attendance 15.7.1 Attendance on the Employer or the Employer’s Representative

The Contractor shall provide all necessary assistance to the Employer or the Employer’s Representative, including adequate and safe means of access to all parts of the Site to assist him in carrying out his duties and responsibilities under the Contract. Such assistance shall not include the provision of full-time attendance upon the Employer or the Employer’s Representative.

15.7.2 Attendance on the Commissioner of Rail Safety or other inspecting authorities

15.7.2.1 The Contractor shall afford all necessary attendance upon the Commissioner of Rail Safety or other inspecting authorities Inspectorate during their inspections including adequate and safe means of access to appropriate parts of the Site.

15.7.2.2 The Contractor shall provide all documents necessary for inspection as are requested by the above authorities.

15.7.3 Attendance on the Fire Services Department



The Contractor shall afford all necessary attendance upon the Fire Services Department to enable them to carry out such tests and inspections as are required by the Noida Fire Service of Practice for Inspection and Testing of Installations and Equipment and the requirements of any Other Contractors. Such attendance shall include adequate and safe means of access to all parts of the Site.

15.7.4 Attendance on Other Contractors

15.7.4.1 The Contractor shall provide general and special attendance on Other Contractors who will be carrying out the execution of electrical and mechanical and other works on the Site. Reference shall be made to the PS to determine the full extent of such attendance.

15.7.4.2 General attendance shall include but not be limited to providing for accepting deliveries, unloading and storing materials for the Other Contractors on the Site and allowing the Other Contractors space for their site offices, and all reasonable access and facilities for the proper execution of their work including the free use of access roads, craneage, scaffolding, ladders, stores, messrooms, sanitary and welfare facilities provided that these facilities are normally available on the Site at the time.

15.7.4.3 The Contractor shall allow the use of his Site services including ventilation, temporary water supply, temporary electricity supply, background lighting, pumping, watchmen, etc. by the Other Contractors. The Contractor shall ensure that his Site services referred to above shall be available for use by the Other Contractors until the commissioning of the relevant permanent installations or until the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works, whichever is the later.

15.7.4.4 Special attendance shall include but not be limited to cutting of holes and other openings, forming chases, providing built-in sleeves, grouting in bolts, anchors, brackets, base plates, frames and the like, including making good to the disturbed work and cleaning after completion of the disturbed work.

15.7.5 Attendance by Other Contractors

15.7.5.1 Where provided for under the Contract, the Contractor shall receive attendance from Other Contractors. The Contractor shall ensure that by receiving such attendance, it does not hinder, obstruct or otherwise frustrate the Other Contractor that is providing the attendance in any way.

15.8 Contractor’s Equipment The Employer’s Representative reserves the right to order the immediate removal and replacement of any Contractor’s Equipment that, in his opinion, is unsatisfactory for its purpose.

15.9 Security 15.9.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the works area for Contractor’s

accommodation and shall provide and maintain fencing.

15.9.2 The Contractor shall provide adequate training to its security staff to ensure that they are able to discharge their security duties properly.

15.9.3 The Contractor shall establish and maintain contingency plans to cope with emergency situations such as fire, flooding, serious damage to the Works, etc.



15.9.4 The Employer’s security staff will conduct inspections and security audits on the Site and the works area for Contractor’s accommodation from time to time. The Employer’s Representative will give recommendations for improvement arising from the inspections and security audits to the Contractor. However, managing the security of the Site and the works area for Contractor’s accommodation remain the Contractor’s responsibility.



16 LIAISON WITH OTHERS

16.1 Liaison with Others 16.1.1 The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements with and obtain the necessary

approvals from Government departments, utility undertakings and other duly constituted authorities for the execution of the Works.

16.1.2 The Contractor shall maintain close liaison with Other Contractors and other contractors employed by the Employer, utility undertakings or other authorities who are carrying out work on or adjacent to the Site. The Contractor shall ensure as far as possible that the progress of the Works is not adversely affected by the activities of such other entities.

16.2 Work by Other Contractors 16.2.1 The contractor shall keep note of the works which may be proceeding on various adjacent

areas by others include, but is not limited to, those listed in the PS. The Employer’s Representative will keep the Contractor informed of forthcoming work by Other Contractors in the proximity of the Site.

16.2.2 The Contractor shall provide reasonable access to such contractors and any other adjacent contractors and shall where necessary liase with the appropriate contractors, utility undertakings and other duly constituted authorities on details of interdependent phasing. The Contractor shall notify the Employer’s Representative and other concerned entities at least 14 days in advance should he wish to alter these access arrangements during the course of the Works.

16.3 Interface Management 16.3.1 The Contractor shall co-ordinate with Relevant Authorities and Other Contractors in the

execution of the Works.

16.3.2 The Contractor shall interface and liase with Other Contractors to ensure the effective and compatible co-ordination of all aspects of the design, installation and testing of the Works. The Employer’s Representative shall be kept fully informed at all stages of the Works.

16.3.3 The Contractor shall assign a person as the interface contact for each Other Contractor to actively manage the progress of each interface to ensure adherence to the jointly developed Interface Management Plan.

16.3.4 Throughout the design process, the Contractor shall liase with Other Contractors to develop interface designs in conjunction and co-operation with the designers of interfacing systems. Interfacing systems include, but are not limited to, those listed in the PS. These interface designs will be monitored and reviewed by the Employer’s Representative but the Contractor shall work directly with the Other interfacing Contractors to develop designs which are mutually acceptable to all parties. The Employer’s Representative will provide details of the Other Contractors as contracts are awarded.



16.3.5 The Employer’s Representative may, at his discretion, attend the Contractor’s meetings with Other interfacing Contractors. The Contractor shall give the Employer’s Representative a minimum of 7 days’ notice of all meetings to be held with any other interfacing Contractors, or 14 days’ notice if the meeting is to be outside Noida. If insufficient notice is given to the Employer’s Representative, he may require the meeting to be postponed to a later date to enable him to attend.

16.3.6 The Contractor shall provide the Employer’s Representative with copy of the minutes of all meetings within 14 days of each meeting and also copy of all correspondence with any Other Contractor.

16.3.7 The Contractor shall attend co-ordination/design meetings chaired by the Employer’s Representative at no greater than monthly intervals to discuss and ensure that designs are correct and that conflicts in E&M services requirements between the Contractor and Other Contractors are identified and resolved.

16.3.8 The Contractor shall co-ordinate his installation activities with the Other Contractors. The Contractor shall ensure that there is no interference to the work of the Other Contractors and shall maintain close co-ordination with Other Contractors working on or adjacent to the Works to ensure that their work can progress in a smooth and orderly manner.

16.3.9 The Contractor shall be given access to the various parts of the Site by the dates relative to the Works Programme defined in the PS appendix as Access Dates. The the PS specify certain Key Dates by which the Contractor shall complete certain parts of his Works to enable work to be undertaken by the Other Contractors. These dates may be subject to adjustment by the Employer’s Representative in consultation with the Contractor and the Other Contractors to ensure the progress of the Project.

16.3.10 The Contractor's responsibility shall include provision of and receipt from Other Contractors or the Employer’s Representative of information required for construction of the Works and the installation of the Works and Contractor's Equipment, insofar as that requirement is specified in or can reasonably be inferred from the Contract. Where the execution of work by a Other Contractor depends upon the Contractor’s Site management or upon information to be given by the Contractor, the Contractor shall provide the Other Contractor with either the required services or the correct and accurate information required to enable the Other Contractor to meet his programme for the construction or installation of his works.

16.3.11 In the event of any disagreement as to the extent of services or information required to be exchanged between the Contractor and a Other Contractor, the Employer’s Representative shall determine the requirements and this determination shall be final and binding on the Contractor and the Other Contractor.

16.3.12 The Contractor shall co-ordinate his testing and commissioning activities with the Other Contractors. The Contractor shall ensure that there is no interference to the work of the Other Contractors and shall maintain close co-ordination with Other Contractors working on or adjacent to the Works to ensure that their testing and commissioning work can progress in a smooth and orderly manner.



17 THE SITE

17.1 Access to Site The Contractor will be given access to the Site in accordance with following conditions.

17.2 Site Restrictions 17.2.1 The particular use to which the Site is put shall be submitted to the Employer’s

Representative for review within 60 days of the Commencement Date of the Works and the Contractor shall:

(1) confine his use of the areas of the Site to purposes having been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative who reserves the right to extend, amend or restrict the uses to which areas of the Site will be put;

(2) where required under the Contract, provide and maintain fencing and lighting around and within the areas of the Site when or where necessary for the safety and convenience of the public or others or as directed;

(3) refrain from depositing rubbish or causing nuisance or permitting nuisance to be caused and, except where reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative, depositing earth on or removing earth from areas of the Site;

(4) on the Employer’s Taking Over of the Works, or earlier if so instructed by the Employer’s Representative, remove all Temporary Works except where permitted and reinstate the areas of the Site to the extent, standards and details indicated in the Contract or as directed by the Employer’s Representative;

(5) refrain from obstructing manholes, utility access points and the like; and

(6) refrain from felling trees, other than those specifically identified in the Contract to be felled, and refrain from depositing earth around the trunks of trees and protect all trees remaining on Site to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

17.2.2 Work other than that necessary for completion of the Works shall not be carried out on the Site.

17.2.3 While the Contractor is being given access to the Site, he shall provide means of distributing loads imposed by Contractor’s Equipment and prevent damage to utility services.

17.2.4 Except where otherwise provided, the Contractor shall not permit any person to reside on the Site.

17.2.5 Unless otherwise stated, the Contractor shall pay all rates and charges of any nature whatsoever arising out of his use of the Site and all work areas provided therein under the Contract.

17.2.6 The location and size of stockpile material, including excavated material within the Site, shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. All stockpiles shall be maintained at all times in a stable condition.

17.2.7 The Contractor shall not allow animals to be brought onto or kept on the Site.



17.2.8 The Contractor’s attention is drawn to the Waste Disposal Regulation currently prevalent in Noida regarding storage, transportation and disposal of chemical waste. The Contractor’s proposed methods and chemicals to be used in cleaning shall be submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative.

17.2.9 No rock crushing or screening facilities shall be set up on Site unless reviewed by the Relevant Authorities and reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative.

17.3 Site Services 17.3.1 Where required under the Contract, the Contractor shall provide all Site services as

necessary and appropriate for the construction of the Works, which shall include, but not necessarily be limited to:

(1) electricity; (see Chapter 21)

(2) water;

(3) compressed air;

(4) Site communication facilities; and

(5) temporary drainage and sewage disposal.

17.3.2 The Contractor shall provide such services for use solely in connection with the proper execution of the Works. The Contractor shall comply with all regulations of the utility companies and Government departments concerned. The Contractor shall provide and maintain installations associated with such services and in relation thereto and shall take all reasonable precautions to safeguard the safety and health of all persons and the security of the Site. The Employer’s Representative may demand the immediate disconnection or alteration of such installations or portions thereof he considers as being prejudicial to safety, health or security. As soon as any or all of the Contractor’s installations are no longer required for the execution of the Works, they shall be entirely removed to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

17.3.3 All installations shall comply fully with all appropriate statutory requirements. Pipes, tubes, ducts or cables crossing highways, footpaths or rights of way shall be ramped over or recessed below the surface. Specific services shall comply with the following:-

(1) Electricity

The electricity supply shall comply with the requirements of Chapter 21.

(2) Water

An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided at the Site, including provision to the satisfaction of the Water Authority of any storage tanks so that sufficient potable water is always available for the execution of the Works.

(3) Compressed Air

(4) Site Communication Facilities

Where required under the Contract, the Contractor shall install efficient means of Site communications including messenger, telephone and, where appropriate, two-way radio to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.



(5) Temporary Drainage & Sewage Disposal

Where required under the Contract, adequate provision shall be made for the discharge or disposal from the Site of all water, surplus fluid sewage and waste products and the method of disposal shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review. The Site shall be kept well drained and free from standing water. Where existing channels and gullies cannot be maintained, temporary drainage arrangements shall be provided.

17.4 Site Cleanliness 17.4.1 The Site shall be maintained in a clean and tidy condition. Materials, including materials

required for Temporary Works shall be stored in an orderly manner. Rubbish, debris, cement bags, disused formwork and the like shall be disposed of at least once a day and the work area cleaned by flushing with water as necessary so that the Site is kept constantly clean and tidy

17.4.2 The Contractor shall ensure that no earth, debris, rock or empty cable drums are deposited on public or private rights of way as a result of the Works, including any deposits arising from the movement of Contractor’s Equipment. All roads, both within and external to the Site which are affected by the Works shall be kept in a clean condition by the Contractor. All haul roads shall be regularly graded and watered, as necessary to minimise dust nuisance.

17.4.3 Where required under the Contract, the Contractor shall provide and maintain a patrol unit for the duration of the Contract. The unit shall comprise 1 foreman and 2 labourers whose services shall be allocated full-time to the unit. The main duties of the patrol unit shall include the upkeep of lighting, signage and security as well as other related duties as instructed from time to time by the Employer’s Representative.

17.4.4 The patrol unit shall be required to work outside the Contractor’s normal working hours if so required by the Employer’s Representative.

17.4.5 The Contractor shall provide all necessary protective clothing, safety equipment, hand tools, ladders, trestles, power supply, replacement equipment and the like for the exclusive use of the patrol unit.

17.5 Prevention of Mosquito Breeding 17.5.1 Measures shall be taken to prevent mosquito breeding on the Site. The measures to be

taken shall include the following:

(1) empty cans, oil drums, packing and other receptacles which may retain water shall be deposited at a central collection point and those not required for future use shall be removed from the Site regularly;

(2) standing water shall be treated at least once every week with an environmental acceptable oil which will prevent mosquito breeding; and

(3) Contractor’s Equipment and other items on the Site that may retain water shall be stored, covered or treated in such a manner that water will not be retained.

17.6 Prevention of Dust



Work shall be carried out in such a manner that avoidable dust is not generated. Areas of the Site in which dust is likely to be generated shall be sprayed with water regularly. Screens, dust sheets, tarpaulins or other methods reviewed by the Employer’s Representative shall be used to prevent generation of dust. Materials, including earthworks material, from which dust may be generated when being transported to or from the Site shall be sprayed with water or covered.

17.7 Engineering Conditions for Temporary Land Allocation The Contractor shall comply with the obligations, requirements and restrictions described in the PS in respect of the Contractor’s work areas if any.

17.8 Attendance by Civil Works Project Contractor 17.8.1 Where supplies of electricity, water, compressed air, temporary ventilation, temporary

lighting, etc. are installed by the Civil Works Project Contractor for use during construction of the structural components of the Project, these services may be made available to the Contractor for his own use during erection, installation and testing of the Works in accordance with Chapter 21.

17.8.2 The Contractor shall supply the Employer’s Representative with its requirements (if any) for such services within 90 days of the Commencement Date of the Works. Upon receipt of the Contractor’s declaration, the Employer’s Representative will ascertain whether any of these requirements can be satisfied by the installations installed by the Civil Works Project Contractor. The Employer’s Representative will subsequently notify the Contractor of the result of these investigations.

17.8.3 Where services are required and are not available from the Civil Works Project Contractor, the Contractor shall provide, test, maintain and subsequently remove the services.

17.8.4 Background lighting to an average level of 50 lux at the walkway level will be provided in the tunnels by the Civil Works Project Contractor. The Contractor shall provide any additional lighting he may require to facilitate his own work or for reasons of safety.

17.9 Access to the Site by Other Contractors 17.9.1 Due to the multi-discipline nature of the Project, several different parties may require

access to the same portion of the Site during the construction phase for the installation, erection and testing of the Works. To facilitate the organisation and co-ordination of access and occupation requirements, including the use of Works Trains, if any, the Employer’s Representative will issue and maintain a TRIP as referred to in clause 2.13.

17.9.2 The TRIP will be developed from the declared requirements of all Project Contractors and others having need of access and occupancy, at the weekly Works Train Meeting. The TRIP will be subject to revision and updating to reflect changing circumstances during the progress of the Project.

17.9.3 The Contractor shall work in accordance with the arrangements prescribed by the TRIP.

17.9.4 The Contractor shall ensure that his working arrangements on the Site conform to the agreements made with the Employer’s Representative during establishment of the TRIP requirements. In particular, the Contractor shall ensure that his occupancy does not extend either physically or chronologically beyond the agreed boundaries.

17.10 Transportation to Site



17.10.1 The Contractor shall use such routes and rights of entry to the Site as may be decided by the Employer’s Representative from time to time. Routes for very large or very heavy loads shall be discussed with the Employer’s Representative in advance of the need arising and all arrangements therefor shall be submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative.

17.10.2 In this context, the definition of the terms “very large” and “very heavy” refer to articles that cannot be transported by normal road vehicles or be handled by readily available methods. Where doubt exists, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify and discuss the nature of the load in question with the Employer’s Representative in accordance with clause 17.10.1.

17.10.3 The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Commissioner of Transport and /or the Commissioner of Police and / or any other Relevant Authority regarding any special traffic arrangements that may be necessary. The Contractor’s attention is drawn to the Road Traffic (Regulation and Licensing of Vehicles) Regulations and the Road Traffic (Construction and Use) Regulations currently in use at Noida.

17.10.4 Extraordinary traffic may be moved from docks and between areas of the Site over public highways only by police escort and on a route and at a time determined by the Relevant Authority. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining permission from the Relevant Authorities to move extraordinary loads and traffic and for arranging police escorts as necessary.

17.10.5 The Contractor shall make all arrangements and assume full responsibility for transportation to the Site of all Contractor’s Equipment, materials and supplies needed for the proper execution of the Works.

17.10.6 While travelling to and from the Site, the Contractor shall observe all posted speed limits, traffic regulations, stop signs, etc., and adherence to the access route indicated on the Employer’s Drawings or as instructed by the Employer’s Representative. No employee of the Contractor shall trespass into any part of the Employer's premises other than the Site or the designated route of access.

17.10.7 The Contractor shall ensure that all roads and pavements, etc. leading to and around the Site are kept free from obstructions and shall not cause inconvenience or hindrance to traffic or persons either by its vehicles or by its workmen, scaffolding, plant, materials, equipment, etc.

17.10.8 The Contractor shall repair damage to existing roads, footpaths, steps, cables, sewers, live drains, etc. and shall reinstate any damage caused by the Contractor’s actions.

17.11 Contractor’s Own Rolling Stock 17.11.1 Where the Contractor is to provide rolling stock (either self-propelled or trailing) for use

during the installation and testing of the Works, the requirements of clause 17.12 shall apply. All the Contractor’s own rolling stock shall not exceed the Construction Vehicle Load Gauge as shown in the Specification Drawings except with the Employer’s Representative’s written consent.

17.11.2 The Contractor shall submit full details of any rolling stock that is to be used during the installation and testing of the Works to the Employer’s Representative for review within 120 days of the Commencement Date of the Works. Such details shall include a full description and drawings of the rolling stock, details of axle load, stopping distance, fail-safe braking system, kinematic envelope, and operating and maintenance instructions.



17.11.3 The Contractor shall maintain its own rolling stock during the installation and testing of the Works. The maintenance work shall be carried out by qualified and experienced personnel, whose qualifications have been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative, in accordance with the maintenance procedures that shall have been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative.

17.11.4 Prior to use, and following each maintenance examination, the Contractor’s qualified engineer shall certify the Contractor’s own rolling stock as fit-to-run. Thereafter, the Contractor’s qualified engineer shall issue a registration tag. The expiry date, i.e. the date of the next inspection, shall be shown on the registration tag. The Contractor’s own rolling stock shall not be used without a valid registration tag.

17.11.5 The Contractor shall establish a maintenance programme for his own rolling stock and shall submit the maintenance programme for review by the Employer’s Representative prior to the delivery of his own rolling stock to the Site. The Employer’s Representative will periodically inspect the Contractor’s own rolling stock to ensure it is properly maintained to the standards set out in the maintenance programme.

17.11.6 If the Contractor’s own rolling stock is found to be operating in an unsatisfactory or unsafe condition, it shall be immediately removed until it has been restored to an acceptable condition to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

17.12 Defined Area Working and Works Train Operations 17.12.1 When the Project under construction has been made available for track related electrical

and mechanical installation works, the area will be classified as a Defined Area within which Works Trains will be operated.

17.12.2 All persons whose duties require them to work within a Defined Area must observe safety rules and procedures to be provided by the contractor and reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. It shall provide procedures and guidance for the safety of all persons in the Defined Area.

17.12.3 The Contractor shall establish communicate the rules and procedures, which shall be published from time to time, to their workers and/or agents on Site, and to ensure all such rules and procedures are being observed in the course of all works and construction activities.

17.12.4 Persons working on or near tracks in a Defined Area, either by themselves or supervising a working party, must be suitably trained or qualified by the Employer or his delegates in the safety provisions of the Works Train Manual. Persons who are not qualified shall not attempt to gain access to the railway tracks unless accompanied by a qualified person.

17.12.5 When overhead lines are energised, EMUs may be running at high speed for testing. No work may be undertaken on either the Up or Down tracks when test trains are running. Procedures for gaining access to the energised track will be detailed in the Works Train Manual. The Contractor shall make requests for gaining access to the energised track at the weekly Works Train Meetings.

17.13 Work in Vicinity of Operating Tracks 17.13.1 This Paragraph shall apply to works in the vicinity of the existing Indian Railways tracks

after the commencement of revenue operations and all ancillary areas which form a part of the operating system, including all depots and sidings.



17.13.2 The following words and expressions shall have the meaning hereby assigned to them in this Paragraph:

(1) “Railway” means the existing rail tracks of the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited (if any) and Indian Railways after the commencement of revenue operations and any ancillary areas such as the depots, sidings, stations, terminus and traction power stations.

(2) “Railway Representative” means a person, or persons, nominated by the Employer’s Representative to liase with the Contractor and the Employer’s representative on matters affecting the operation of the Railway.

(3) “Restriction” means speed restriction, which is a limitation of the normal permitted speed of rail traffic over a specified length of the Railway.

(4) “Possession” means possession of the Railway, which is the closing of a specified length of the Railway to rail traffic.

(5) “Isolation” means isolation and earthing of the electrical equipment, which is the disconnection of a section of such equipment from all sources of electricity supply and the connection of it to the Railway.

17.13.3 The Contractor shall have regard to the Specification for work within the vicinity of the Railway and shall comply strictly with the requirements as set out therein. The Contractor shall comply with any instructions given by the Employer or the Railway Representative through the Employer’s Representative with regard to planning, methods of working, safety requirements and on any other matters which may affect the operation of the Railway, and also shall comply with all rules, regulations, procedures, manuals and notices which may be published from time to time by the Employer or the Railway Representative. Provided that if a situation occurs which in the opinion of either the Contractor or the Employer or the Railway Representative may give rise to or actually constitute an emergency and either the Contractor or the Employer or the Railway Representative considers that it is not practicable to communicate through the Employer’s Representative then the Contractor and the Employer or the Railway Representative may communicate directly and the Employer or the Railway Representative may give a direct instruction to the Contractor and such instruction shall be regarded for the purposes of this Contract as an instruction from the Employer’s Representative.

17.13.4 Should the Contractor be unwilling or unable at once to conform with a direct instruction from the Employer or the Railway Representative under the provisions of the paragraph above or to carry out any remedial or other work or repair, the Employer or the Employer’s representative may by written order to the Contractor suspend the execution of the Works or of any part thereof or authorise the carrying out of such remedial work or other work or repair by a person other than the Contractor.

17.13.5 The Contractor shall notify the Employer’s Representative as soon as possible of any direct instruction received from the Employer under the provisions of this Paragraph.

17.13.6 Where any part of the Works has to be carried out during the period of a Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation and the period of such Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation is prescribed in the Contract, the Contractor shall plan and execute that part of the Works so that such period is not exceeded and so that no further periods are required.



17.13.7 If no such period is prescribed, the Contractor shall before commencing any work hold discussions through the Employer’s Representative with the Employer who will decide whether any part of the Works is to be carried out during a period of a Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation and the Employer’s Representative will notify the Contractor accordingly.

17.13.8 After the method of carrying out the work has been agreed with the Employer (and taking into account any provisional arrangements which have been made) the Contractor shall in all cases other than for emergency works submit written notice of his programme of work, which shall include details of any Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation previously notified by the Employer as being necessary, to the Employer at least 10 (ten) weeks in advance of the proposed commencement of work on or near the Railway and shall at the same time submit a copy thereof to the Employer’s Representative.

17.13.9 Where a Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation is necessary, the Contractor shall initiate the necessary action to obtain the requisite approval for such Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation from the Employer. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all delays caused through failure to submit the necessary application for approval, late submission of any such application or submission of inadequate information.

17.13.10 The Contractor shall so organise the execution of the work during any period of Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation that he will be able to give up such Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation at the time prescribed in the Contract or agreed by the Employer. Should the Contractor in the opinion of the Employer or the Employer’s Representative not make sufficient or adequate arrangements (including the provision of standby plant) for completing the whole or any stage of the work within the time allowed in the programme or agreed with the Employer, the Employer may in his discretion cancel the Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation, or the Employer may employ labour, plant and materials to assist the Contractor to finish the work or to carry out such work as is necessary, or may himself carry out such work as is necessary, to enable the Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation to end at the earliest possible moment.

17.13.11 A period of Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation cannot normally be extended. If the Contractor fails to carry out the work during any such period, then Contractor shall be required to re-apply to the Employer for a further period of Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation.

17.13.12 All expenses which in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative are properly incurred by the Employer as a result of the Employer making necessary arrangements to assist the Contractor or carrying out any necessary work in accordance with clause 17.13.10 shall be a debt due from the Contractor to the Employer.

17.13.13 The Contractor shall on demand pay to the Employer any loss of revenue and additional expenditure which in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative has been incurred by the Employer by reason of the rescheduling of services by the Employer due to the Contractor obstructing the Railway or interfering with the control or signalling system or electrical equipment other than for a period for which a Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation has been given.



17.13.14 In the event that damage is caused by the Contractor to the Railway such that rescheduling/suspension of services by the Employer has to be made, then the Contractor shall on demand pay to the Employer any loss of revenue and additional expenditure which in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative has been incurred by the Employer in making good the damage and in rescheduling/suspending the services.

17.13.15 The Employer shall have the right to cancel or alter the date and the timing of any agreed period of Restriction and/or Possession and/or Isolation if this proves necessary for the safety or uninterrupted running of rail traffic by notice to the Contractor which shall be deemed to be an instruction issued by the Employer’s Representative, but in such an event the Employer’s Representative shall make alternative arrangements as soon as practicable.

17.14 Rodent Control 17.14.1 The Contractor shall at all times take effective measures to prevent damage by rodents

to the Permanent Works and constituent parts thereof, such as cables, electronic cards, etc., during the execution of the Works and shall advise the Employer’s Representative of such measures taken accordingly.



18 HEALTH AND SAFETY

18.1 Health and Safety Philosophy 18.1.1 The health, safety and welfare of all personnel working on the Project, the general public

and the avoidance of damage to property are of paramount importance to the Employer. Prime consideration shall be paid to construction activities to ensure that all operations shall be conducted in such a manner as to eliminate the risks to persons and property. The Contractor shall treat safety measures as the first priority in all his activities with respect to executing the Works.

18.1.2 The Contractor will be issued with the following Metro documents: Corporate Safety Standards, Safety Policy, Safety Plan, Safety Procedure Rule Book and Joint Operating Procedure as they become available. These documents set out the minimum standards to be achieved by the Contractor but do not relieve the Contractor of his liabilities and obligations under the Enactment. Where there is a discrepancy in the documents or with this GS, the higher or stricter standards shall be applied.

18.2 Health and Safety Management 18.2.1 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for safety on the Site, for the Works, his

personnel, sub-contractors' personnel, the public domain and all persons directly or indirectly associated with the Works, on or in the vicinity of the Site.

18.2.2 The Contractor shall submit reports, notices and information to Government bodies where there is a statutory requirement to do so.

18.2.3 The Contractor shall and will ensure that, his sub-contractors of any level, all persons employed by him on the Site and any person authorised by him to be on the Site shall comply in every respect with the provisions of relevant statutory requirements and the Employer’s safety documents as listed in clause 18.1.2.

18.2.4 The provisions of the GS regarding health and safety shall apply to the Contractor and his sub-contractors of any level for any part of the Works.

18.2.5 The Contractor shall ensure that proper and adequate provisions to ensure compliance are included in all sub-contracts placed by him and into all sub-contract documentation.

18.2.6 The safety standards of the sub-contractors are to be properly assessed prior to the placing of contracts and the Contractor shall employ only sub-contractors with a track record of maintaining the highest safety standards.

18.2.7 The Employer’s representative reserves the right to order the immediate removal and replacement of any item of Contractors equipment or temporary works, which in his opinion, is unsatisfactory for its purpose or is in an unsafe condition.

18.3 Legislation, Codes of Practice, Standards, etc 18.3.1 The Contractor shall comply with all current and future Enactments, Codes of Practice

and Safety Guides approved by the Commissioner for Labour relating to the Works.

18.3.2 Where identified specifically in the GS, Indian Standards are also to be complied with.

18.4 Breach of Health and Safety Obligations



18.4.1 Serious or repeated breaches of the Employer’s safety documents as listed in clause 18.1.2, statutory regulations, or other disregard for the health and safety of any person, may be reasons for the Employer’s Representative to exercise his authority to require the removal from the Site of any employee of the Contractor or a sub-contractor of any level.

18.4.2 Once removed from the Site at the request of the Employer’s Representative, that person shall not be re-employed on the Contract, allowed on the Site or on any other Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited related project.

18.4.3 The Employer’s Representative shall have the right to order the suspension of any or all of the Contractor's activities where the Employer’s Representative considers that to continue such activity or activities may pose a hazard to the safety of persons or property.

18.4.4 Where the Employer’s Representative orders such suspension as described in clause 18.4.3, such suspension shall continue until the Contractor has satisfied the Employer’s Representative that satisfactory corrective action has been taken to eliminate the hazard, the subject of the suspension

18.5 Contractor’s Health and Safety Documentation 18.5.1 Sub-contractors documentation

18.5.1.1 The Contractor’s and his Sub-Contractors health and safety documentation shall be consistent. As new sub-contractors are mobilised on site the Contractor shall ensure that each is issued with copies of the Corporate Safety Documents and each sub-contractor complies with the established health and safety documentation procedures.

18.5.1.2 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for review a Works specific copy of his Health and Safety Manual and his Health and Safety Plan for review within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works.

18.5.1.3 The Contractor shall provide his sub-contractors with copies of the Health and Safety Manual and the Health and Safety Plan, risk assessments and method statements.

18.5.2 Health and Safety Manual

18.5.2.1 The Contractor’s Health and Safety Manual shall contain the procedures required for carrying out the work activities on the Project and is to be regularly reviewed and up-dated to reflect changes to work practice and changes to Enactment. Copies of proposed changes are to be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review prior to inclusion and implementation.

18.5.3 Site Safety Plan

18.5.3.1 The Contractor shall devise and implement a Site Safety Plan developed from the Outline Safety Plan submitted and developed during the Tender period.

18.5.3.2 The Site Safety Plan shall fully comply with the Health and Safety requirements of the Project conditions and proposed work activities, the GS, the Employer’s safety documents as listed in clause 18.1.2 and all relevant Enactment, Regulations, Codes of Practice, Safety Guides and relevant Indian Standards. The plan shall be prepared and submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review within 112 days of the date of Notice to Proceed.



18.5.3.3 The Site Safety Plan shall include a policy statement signed by the chief executive officer of the Contractor (or other senior officer) declaring that occupational health and safety shall be given the highest practicable priority in all aspects of the Contract and in the discharge of his contractual obligations. In the event that the Contractor is a consortium, partnership or joint venture, a policy statement signed by the chief executive officer (or other senior officer endorsed by the chief executive officer and agreed by the Employer’s Representative), from each of the companies comprising the consortium, partnership or joint venture shall be submitted.

18.5.4 Risk Assessments

18.5.4.1 The Contractor shall carry out a detailed risk assessment covering the occupational health and safety aspects of the Works.

18.5.4.2 The documentation arising from this exercise shall contain a comprehensive schedule of all perceived risks and the proposed resolution or mitigation measures necessary to reduce these risks to a minimum.

18.5.5 Method Statements

18.5.5.1 In order to ensure that health and safety has been properly considered at the planning stage, the Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for review, detailed method statements for each construction task as the Employer’s Representative requires.

18.5.5.2 Method statements shall be logical construction guides designed for the use by the Employer’s Representative on Site. They shall contain a detailed risk assessment, which shall include the task or operation, a hazard analysis and methods for preventing injury, including personal protective equipment and any pertinent safety measures to be adopted.

18.5.5.3 Detailed programme showing what method statements will be written and when they will be submitted shall be produced and submitted to the Employer’s Representative within 30 calendar days of the Commencement Date of the Works or at a date reviewed by the Employer’s Representative.

18.5.5.4 Method statements shall be reviewed by the Employer’s Representative prior to any work commencing on the task described. Accordingly, the Contractor shall ensure that such statements are prepared in sufficient time to allow a review before the proposed programmed start date for the relevant task.

18.5.5.5 Before formal issue to the Employer’s Representative, the engineer in charge of the described works and the Contractor’s authorised representative shall sign the method statement.

18.5.5.6 After review by the Employer’s Representative, a copy will be held in the safety office to facilitate monitoring of the work and a further copy shall be given to the engineer supervising the work. The original shall be retained in the Contractor’s files for audit purposes.

18.6 Contractor’s Safety Arrangements 18.6.1 Co-ordination of work activities



18.6.1.1 The Contractor shall ensure that work is to be co-ordinated throughout the Project to ensure that the activities of one group of workers does not affect the safety of another group, e.g., scaffolders working above cable layers, etc.

18.6.1.2 Daily meetings are to be held to co-ordinate the work activities and permits to work are to be issued as and when required.

18.6.2 Safety inspections

18.6.2.1 The Contractor shall conduct formal, documented Site safety inspections (at least once a month) which are to be attended by the Contractor’s most senior Site staff and safety staff.

18.6.2.2 A report of each safety inspection shall be made and shall include the actions taken to resolve any problems or shortcoming discovered during the inspection. The report shall be made available for audit purposes and be discussed at the relevant meetings.

18.6.2.3 A comprehensive health and safety inspection check-list for the use of the Contractor’s Site staff when inspecting the Site is to be formulated and submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative.

18.6.2.4 The checklist shall indicate the standard to be achieved on any particular aspect of health and safety and be compiled in such a way that allows the inspector to enter his or her actual findings for comparison against the said statement and subsequent rectification.

18.6.2.5 When completed, the checklist shall be kept for record purposes and be made available to the Employer’s Representative for audit purposes.

18.6.2.6 A grading system is to be established which grades the area inspected as either "Very Good", "Good", "Acceptable", "Poor" or "Un-acceptable".

18.6.2.7 Where an area receives a grading below “Acceptable”, immediate action is to be taken to rectify the problems raised and a further audit shall be conducted after 7 days to assess the conditions.

18.6.2.8 The Contractor is to advise the Employer’s Representative of the date of the monthly inspection. The Employer’s Representative may send a representative to assess the thoroughness of the inspection.

18.6.3 Safety audits

18.6.3.1 The Contractor will be subject to the Employer’s Safety Performance Measurement Scheme, which is based upon a series of audits carried out or to be carried out, the extent, scope and at a frequency determined by the Employer’s Representative, to measure the Contractor’s compliance with the provisions of the Employer’s safety documents as listed in clause 18.1.2, the Enactments, Contractor’s Health and Safety Manual and Health and Safety Plan.

18.6.3.2 The Employer’s audit will be graded as follows: "Very Good", "Good", "Acceptable" or "Un-acceptable".

18.6.3.3 Where the Contractor receives a grading of “Un-acceptable”, immediate action shall be taken to rectify the problems raised and a follow up audit shall be conducted within 30 days to assess conditions and ensure that remedial action has been taken.



18.6.3.4 The Contractor shall continue to be audited, every 30 days, until such time as a grade of “Acceptable” or above has been achieved.

18.6.3.5 The Employer’s auditors shall be used for the follow up audit(s) and the Contractor shall be liable for the full costs incurred of all additional follow up audits.

18.6.3.6 The Contractor shall conduct regular (at least every 3 months) internal safety audits on both the safety management system and the physical Site conditions. The internal safety audits shall be performed to the same criteria and using the same grading and benchmarking as the Employer’s audits.

18.6.3.7 The internal safety audits shall be conducted by person(s) reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative, who are qualified and competent to carry out safety audits. The documentation generated by the audit process, including score sheets, shall be made available to the Employer’s Representative for audit purposes.

18.6.3.8 The internal safety audits shall include the work of sub-contractors of all levels.

18.6.3.9 The Contractor shall advise the Employer’s Representative of the date of the internal safety audit. The Employer’s Representative may send a representative to assess the thoroughness of the internal safety audit.

18.6.4 Reporting of accidents, incidents and dangerous occurrence

18.6.4.1 The Contractor shall notify the Employer’s Representative immediately of any dangerous occurrences or accidents, which result in death, serious bodily injury or incapacity for more than 3 days. Such initial notification may be verbal but shall in any event be followed by a preliminary written report, in a format reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative, within 24 hours of the occurrence/accident and a detailed written report shall be submitted within 7 days. Copies of all accident, incident and dangerous occurrence reports shall be kept on file and made available for audit purposes.

18.6.4.2 The Contractor’s attention is drawn to the reporting requirements set out in the Factories and Industrial Undertakings Regulations, Occupational Safety and Health Ordinance and the Mines (Safety) Regulations.

18.6.4.3 The Contractor shall deliver to the Employer’s Representative, within 48 hours of the incident, a copy of any Form 2 or 2a or other statutory reports he submits to Government departments under these Regulations.

18.6.4.4 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative at the end of each week, a list of persons who are on sick leave following an accident. The list shall be circulated to other Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited projects being carried out at that time to ensure that no person having been granted sick leave is working on another project during the duration of the said sick leave period.

18.6.5 Monthly reports

18.6.5.1 The Contractor shall, as part one of each Monthly Progress Report, submit a Site Safety Report duly signed by the Contractor’s director responsible for the Contract.

18.6.5.2 The Site Safety Report shall comprehensively address all relevant aspects of occupational safety and health and shall contain certain standard forms and information, as directed by the Employer’s Representative, for statistical analysis.



18.6.5.3 The Contractor shall submit reports or accident analysis, in a format reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative, as and when required by the Employer’s Representative.

18.6.6 Safety staff

18.6.6.1 The Contractor shall ensure that their safety staff have the necessary authority given to them to suspend any work where there is imminent danger of accident or injury. He shall also in consultation with the Employer’s Representative deploy adequate number of Safety Supervisors.

18.6.7 Safety promotion and incentive schemes

18.6.7.1 The Contractor shall actively promote and encourage the standards of health and safety on the Site and implement safety incentives and award schemes at all levels of management, supervisors, foremen, workers, etc. The Contractor shall be able to demonstrate to the Employer’s Representative that this requirement is being carried out to the Employer’s Representative's satisfaction.

18.6.8 Safety information

18.6.8.1 The Contractor shall display in each of his Site offices, workshops and canteens a copy of the document on “A Guide to the Construction Sites (Safety) Regulations” published by the Government or a similar approved document. This document shall be translated into languages, which are understood by labour engaged by the Contractor or sub-contractors.

18.6.8.2 The Contractor shall ensure that safety, rescue and occupational health matters are given a high degree of publicity to all persons, regularly or occasionally on Site. Posters in English, Hindi and other languages understood by the workers, drawing attention to Site safety, rescue and occupational health, shall be made or obtained from appropriate sources and shall be displayed prominently in relevant areas of the Site.

18.6.8.3 Posters in both English and Hindi drawing attention to safety shall be obtained from the Labour Department and displayed prominently throughout the Site.

18.6.8.4 The Contractor shall keep on Site a complete and up-to-date set of all relevant occupational health and safety legislation, relevant Codes of Practice and any relevant guides and safety pamphlets published by the Labour Department and the Occupational Safety and Health Council f or similar authorities or reference.

18.6.8.5 The Contractor shall keep a working stock of all relevant statutory forms to be used in compliance with the occupational health and safety legislation.

18.6.9 Safety meetings

18.6.9.1 The Employer’s Representative shall establish a monthly Site Safety Management Committee to formally review the safety management of the Contractor and monitor the implementation of the Health and Safety Plan. The Employer’s Representative shall act as chairman of this committee with members of the Employer’s Representative’s staff attending as appropriate.

18.6.9.2 Attendance from the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the Senior Manager on Site and the Safety Manager/Officer/Supervisor.



18.6.9.3 The Contractor shall act without delay upon such decisions or recommendations as may be made by the committee on matters of health and safety.

18.6.9.4 The Employer’s Representative as appropriate may invite representatives from third parties including statutory bodies.

18.6.9.5 The Contractor shall establish a tier of monthly safety meetings and shall ensure that all level of staff, all disciplines and all work areas are covered so that the dissemination of information is carried through to all levels of staff and workers.

18.6.9.6 The Contractor shall hold monthly meetings at which representatives from all sub-contractors shall attend.

18.6.9.7 Minutes of all tiers of Contractor safety meetings shall be issued to the Employer’s Representative for information.

18.6.10 Safety training

18.6.10.1 The Contractor shall ensure that induction training courses shall be provided for construction site workers or equivalent.

18.6.10.2 The induction course shall be conducted by suitably qualified persons and repeated at six-month intervals.

18.6.10.3 All workers must receive induction training before they are allowed to commence work on the Site.

18.6.10.4 The Contractor is to issue all Site workers with a Site pass once they have attended the induction course. The pass is to include the worker’s name, ID card no., photograph, types of courses attended and expiry date of the card (maximum 6 months). The pass is to be carried at all times when on the Site.

18.6.10.5 The Contractor shall keep records of such training for health and safety audit purposes. Upon completion of their training, the Contractor’s Site staff shall sign a copy of their assigned safety responsibility statement, which shall be kept by the Contractor for audit purposes.

18.6.10.6 The Contractor is to report the number of training sessions and employees trained each month, at the Site Safety Management Committee meeting and in the Monthly Progress Report.

18.6.11 Alcohol and drugs

18.6.11.1 The Contractor shall ensure that alcoholic drinks, drugs and other substances, which may impair judgement, are not sold, introduced or consumed on the Site.

18.6.11.2 The Contractor shall ensure that his personnel and those of his sub-contractors of any tier, are not under the influence of alcohol or any substance which may impair judgement whilst on the Site or otherwise engaged in the execution of the Works.

18.6.11.3 The Contractor shall immediately remove or cause to be removed from the Site any person employed by the Contractor or his sub-contractors of any tier who is found to be under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other substance which may impair judgement. Such person shall not be employed again in connection with the Works or on the Project without the prior consent of the Employer’s Representative.

18.7 Site Conditions



18.7.1 Emergency procedures and facilities

18.7.1.1 The Contractor shall establish and implement emergency procedures which detail the organisation of rescue and/or damage limitation teams to deal with emergency situations on the Site such as, but not limited to, fire, loss of power, typhoon, flooding, stranding or the evacuation of a seriously injured person(s) from a remote or difficult Site location, etc. The emergency procedures shall specify what equipment is needed, where it will be located and who is responsible for its maintenance.

18.7.1.2 The Contractor shall carry out regular (at least every 3 months) emergency evacuation exercises from their offices and Site area. This requirement includes evacuation of tunnels as a joint Fire Services Department exercise where applicable.

18.7.2 First aid facilities

18.7.2.1 The Contractor shall provide, or have access to, sufficient first aid provisions, including trained personnel and facilities appropriate to the Site conditions as per Appendix 7 of this Specification. Arrangements for transporting the injured (ambulance, stretcher, etc.) shall be provided.

18.7.2.2 A trained First-Aider is required at all times at the Site of working as detailed in Appendix 7.

18.7.2.3 The Contractor shall maintain a register of all persons attending the clinic or receiving first aid treatment. Records are to be in a comprehensive format as required by the appropriate authority and shall be kept for audit purposes.

18.7.2.4 First aid kits, up to the standards required by the appropriate authority shall be carried in supervisor’s vehicles and made available where work is in remote areas.

18.7.3 Lifting appliances and lifting gear

18.7.3.1 The Contractor shall prepare and maintain an up-to-date Site register of lifting equipment containing test certificates of all lifting and hoisting equipment used on the Works. The register shall be available on Site, from the commencement of construction, for inspection by the Employer’s Representative and Relevant Authorities.

18.7.3.2 A system is to be devised and implemented, such as colour coding, to identify the expiry of the certification of lifting appliances and lifting gear. This system is to be displayed in the cabs of all lifting appliances.

18.7.3.3 A trained banksman shall be in attendance at each lifting appliance or hoisting operation.

18.7.3.4 The banksman shall be equipped with a radio link to the crane or hoist operator and shall be easily identifiable from other workers.

18.7.3.5 Competent operators with certificates issued by a recognised training body shall be provided to operate all mechanical plant particularly all lifting and hoisting equipment.

18.7.3.6 The operators of shaft hoisting gear shall be in communication with the top and bottom of the shaft and each intermediate landing.

18.7.3.7 All crane hooks and other lifting devices used on or around the Site shall be fitted with a safety catch or other device to stop the lifting gear being detached.



18.7.3.8 The safe working load shall be clearly and indelibly marked on all lifting equipment, either by stamping or by the addition of permanently secured tag labels. Stamping shall not be permitted on any stress bearing part.

18.7.3.9 Slings, shackles and such-like equipment used in lifting shall be colour coded for identifying lifting gear which require re-inspection or disposal.

18.7.4 Fire precautions

18.7.4.1 The Noida Fire Service Ordinance and any relevant regulations made thereunder and other requirements laid down in the Specification or as laid down from time to time by the Employer’s Representative shall be observed at all times.

18.7.4.2 The Contractor shall thoroughly assess the risk of fire throughout the Site and shall develop a comprehensive fire control strategy as a part of the Health and Safety Plan, which will extend to all aspects of the Works. The fire control strategy shall be discussed regularly and reviewed with the Employer’s Representative.

18.7.4.3 Adequate and suitable fire extinguishers are to be positioned throughout the Site, with particular attention paid to offices, flammable storage areas, tunnels, workshops, etc.

18.7.4.4 Adequate and suitable fire extinguishers are to be provided at all hot work locations.

18.7.4.5 The Contractor shall ensure that all persons on the Site are trained in and undergo regularly refresher courses in the use of fire extinguishers.

18.7.4.6 Fire points are to be clearly designated.

18.7.5 Dangerous goods, hazardous substances

18.7.5.1 The Contractor shall obtain the requisite licenses for the manufacture, storage, handling and use of all dangerous goods.

18.7.5.2 The Contractor shall ensure that all explosives, compressed gases, petrol and other dangerous substances, shall be stored and handled in accordance with the relevant Ordinance.

18.7.5.3 Before being brought on to Site, any materials proposed by the Contractor shall be assessed by the Contractor for their occupational health and environmental compatibility. Any material that is toxic, explosive or inflammable or may otherwise create a hazard shall, whenever possible, be replaced by a less hazardous product. Where this cannot be done, the Contractor shall conduct a risk analysis and produce a method statement specifying the safe method of use and all associated precautions including personal protective equipment.

18.7.5.4 All hazardous substances and dangerous goods brought onto the Site shall be entered into a Site register.

18.7.5.5 The Contractor shall ensure that material safety data sheets are available and issued to workers, for all hazardous substances brought onto the Site.

18.7.5.6 The Contractor shall make adequate provision for the storage and disposal of waste oils, de-greasing agents, etc.

18.7.5.7 Flash back arrestors shall be fitted to all oxygen and acetylene cylinders.



18.7.5.8 Oxygen and acetylene cylinders shall be stored and used in a vertical position and be transported upon a trolley or in cage.

18.7.6 Radiation protection

18.7.6.1 The use of radioactive substances and radiating apparatus shall comply with the government regulatory requirements and all subsidiary legislation.

18.7.6.2 Operations involving ionising radiation shall only be carried out after having been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative and shall be carried out in accordance with a method statement.

18.7.6.3 Each area containing irradiating apparatus shall have warning notices and barriers, as required by the Regulations, conspicuously posted at or near the area.

18.7.6.4 Radioactive substances will be stored, used or disposed shall be strictly in accordance with the Government Enactments.

18.7.6.5 The Contractor shall ensure that all Site personnel and members of the public are not exposed to radiation.

18.7.7 Excavations and floor openings

18.7.7.1 Before the commencement of any excavation work, sufficient information shall be obtained from the utility companies to identify the locations of buried services. Buried services are to be located using a cable detector, digging hand dug trial pits and by reference to the relevant drawings, before mechanical digging takes place.

18.7.7.2 Excavations shall be carried out by trained and experienced workers who shall be fully instructed on the possible dangers and safety precaution to be taken, before work is commenced.

18.7.7.3 The Employer’s Representative shall be notified immediately of any damage or interruption to a utility.

18.7.7.4 A Permit to Dig system shall be established and implemented prior to excavation starting.

18.7.7.5 The Contractor shall ensure that all temporary covers/decking to the trenches and barriers at the edges of excavations are safe and securely installed at all times, especially during adverse weather conditions.

18.7.7.6 Where there is a danger to the public, extra care must be taken to properly cover all temporary openings and adequately barrier and sign the excavation. Flashing warning lights, signs and adequate lighting is to be installed where required.

18.7.8 Site transport

18.7.8.1 The Contractor shall ensure that all Site vehicles are regularly maintained and kept in a safe condition with fully working brakes, lights, exhaust, windscreen, windows and doors, etc.

18.7.8.2 Each vehicle, piece of plant or machinery shall be uniquely and clearly identified and registered for maintenance purposes.

18.7.8.3 When instructed by the Employer or the Employer’s Representative, the Contractor will remove any vehicle from the Site that is not up to the standards required.



18.7.8.4 The Contractor will remove from the Site immediately any vehicle that is beyond repair. The Site shall not to be used as a scrap yard.

18.7.8.5 The Contractor is to ensure that only vehicles fitted with seats with backrests and seat belts are used as Site transport. If required by law the carrying of passengers in vehicles that have not been fitted with seat belts is strictly prohibited. No person shall ride in the back of vehicles not legally authorised to carry passengers. Drivers of vehicles permitting this practice are to be warned for a first offence then removed from the Site for the second offence.

18.7.8.6 The speed limit on the Site is to be restricted and signs displayed advising drivers of the limits imposed.

18.7.8.7 Speed bumps are to be located at strategic points throughout the Site to enforce the speed limits.

18.7.9 Driving/operator’s licenses

18.7.9.1 Drivers of vehicles and operators of the Contractor’s Equipment shall hold the necessary license group for the vehicle or plant they are driving/operating. Where no such license group exists, drivers/operators shall have an equivalent group and undertake training in the vehicle/plant given by the Contractor’s plant department. Records of the training given are to be retained.

18.7.10 Personal protective equipment (PPE)

18.7.10.1 The Contractor shall make available on Site at all times adequate provision of safety equipment including, but not limited to, safety helmets, goggles, ear protectors, safety belts, respiratory protection, safety equipment for working in sewers, drains and enclosed spaces, equipment for rescue from drowning, fire extinguishers, first aid equipment and other necessary safety equipment.

18.7.10.2 The Contractor shall ensure that safety footwear is worn at all times inside the tunnels and actively encourage the wearing of safety footwear on other areas of the Site. Where safety footwear is not worn, the Contractor is to ensure that strong shoes are worn.

18.7.10.3 High visibility vests shall be worn at all times when in the tunnels.

18.7.10.4 Persons shall sign for all PPE being issued and a register shall be kept recording the issue.

18.7.10.5 A suitable dry, clean and well-ventilated area shall be provided for the storage of the PPE.

18.7.11 Tunnel and underground work

18.7.11.1 The Contractor shall establish and implement a tagging system, which shall clearly and accurately record the number of persons entering and leaving the tunnel, their name, Company and ID card no.

18.7.11.2 All work associated with tunnels shall be performed in accordance with BS6164.

18.7.11.3 The Contractor shall ensure that there is sufficient clean airflow, to the requirements of BS6164, at all times.



18.7.11.4 Before entry into such areas, remote atmosphere monitoring shall be carried out to ensure that adequate ventilation and a breathable atmosphere exist.

18.7.11.5 No person shall enter such areas unaccompanied and without adequate ventilation being in operation.

18.7.11.6 All diesel-driven plant used underground shall be provided with efficient and properly maintained exhaust smoke washers.

18.7.11.7 Petrol driven plant or machinery shall not be used in any underground working.

18.7.11.8 No person under the age of 18 years shall enter or work in the tunnels or confined spaces.

18.7.11.9 Hot work will only be carried out under the control of a Hot Work Permit.

18.7.11.10 All vehicles and plant entering the tunnels and any machinery being used in the tunnels or underground work shall be fitted with a fire extinguisher of a suitable capacity and type.

18.7.11.11 Paint, thinners or flammable gasses shall not be stored in the tunnels or in confined spaces.

18.7.11.12 The Contractor shall regularly test for Radon.

18.7.12 Ladders, temporary access

18.7.12.1 The Contractor shall provide, register, maintain and use only ladders, which are purchased as proprietary products, on the Site. Site made ladders are not to be used under any circumstances.

18.7.12.2 All ladders shall be free from patent defects, secured against movement and installed in accordance with the relevant construction regulations and Codes of Practice.

18.7.12.3 Wooden access steps with handrails are to be installed and maintained as access where the use of mobile access staircases is impractical.

18.7.13 Temporary Works

18.7.13.1 The Contractor shall appoint an engineer as a Temporary Works Co-ordinator. His duties shall include, but not limited to, checking and certifying the design of all Temporary Works prior to erection and loading, ensuring that the erection work is carried out in accordance with the design, compiling a Temporary Works register, completing a suitably designed form or certificate which is to be displayed on the Temporary Works to say it has been inspected and is safe to load.

18.7.13.2 The Temporary Works Co-ordinator shall not be the same person who designed the Temporary Works.

18.7.13.3 Suspended, cantilever, bracket type scaffolding or working platforms are to be designed, certified and inspected by an independent engineer, who may be the Temporary Works Co-ordinator, prior to loading.

18.7.14 Temporary buildings, sheds, workshops, etc.

18.7.14.1 No temporary structure is to be erected without the consent of the Employer’s Representative.



18.7.14.2 Except where consent is obtained from the Employer’s Representative, no person shall reside on the Site.

18.7.15 Temporary electricity

18.7.15.1 Temporary electricity supplies shall comply with Chapter 21

18.7.15.2 Switchbox construction shall be robust, corrosion proof, water proof and be of coated metal and shall be mounted on an integral frame at least 1000mm off the ground. In coming cables shall be secured by a waterproof gland.

18.7.16 Housekeeping

18.7.16.1 The Contractor shall clean the Site area on a daily basis and maintain it in a safe, tidy and sanitary condition.

18.7.16.2 Sufficient waste bins are to be provided throughout the area of work and a daily disposal regime is to be established and implemented.

18.7.16.3 The Contractor is responsible for enforcing the standards of housekeeping of its sub-contractors and their areas of work.

18.7.17 Site services

18.7.17.1 The Contractor shall provide, maintain and ensure the installation to the required standards, of all services entering and being used on Site.

18.7.17.2 All Government and utility company regulations and requirements shall be complied with.

18.7.17.3 The Employer’s Representative may require the immediate termination or alteration to an installation if he considers that they are prejudicial to safety or health.

18.7.17.4 The Contractor shall ensure that services used on the Site are designed so that there is no possibility of the users of such services surrounding the Site, being affected by loss of supply, contamination, power surges, etc.



19 DAMAGE AND INTERFERENCE

19.1 Damage and Interference 19.1.1 Work shall be carried out in such a manner that, as far as is practicable, there is no

damage to or interference with the following, other than such damage as is necessitated to enable the execution of the Works:

(1) watercourses or drainage systems;

(2) utilities;

(3) structures, roads including street furniture, or other property;

(4) public or private vehicular or pedestrian accesses;

(5) trees, graves or burial urns; and

(6) existing railways and railway systems.

The Contractor shall obtain prior approval of the concerned authority or party, if so required, for any work near properties under their ownership or management.

The Contractor shall inform the Employer’s Representative as soon as practicable of any item, utility or thing which is not stated in the Contract as requiring diversion, removal or relocation but which the Contractor considers as requiring diversion, removal or relocation to enable the Works to be executed. The Contractor shall not divert, remove or relocate any such item, utility or thing without such diversion, removal or relocation having been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative.

19.1.2 Items which are damaged or interfered with as a result of the Works being carried out and items which are diverted, removed or relocated to enable the Works to be carried out, shall be reinstated to the same condition as existed before the Works started or to such condition as may be reviewed without objection or instructed by the Employer’s Representative.

19.1.3 The Contractor shall excavate by hand where damage may be caused by the operation of mechanical plant adjacent to any utilities.

19.1.4 Except with the prior approval of the Noida Fire Service, no damage or interference with existing fire hydrants and valves shall be caused.

19.1.5 Prior to trench excavation, the Contractor shall carry out investigations to locate utilities by means of hand-dug inspection pits. The locations and number of inspection pits required in meeting the Contractor’s obligations to establish the location of existing utilities and underground features shall be determined by the Contractor. The Contractor shall note that many existing pipes/ducts/cables may not be shown in the records kept by the utility undertakings, and may only be exposed as the excavation proceeds. The trench excavation shall be carried out by hand where there are utilities adjacent to or within the excavation works and the Contractor shall have allowed in his programme the time required for the exposing, temporary support and diversion of these recorded or unrecorded utilities. Should any pipes/ducts/cables or cover tiles be exposed, the respective utility undertaking shall be contacted to determine if all the utilities have been located. Cover tiles and utilities shall only be removed by the utility undertakings concerned.



19.1.6 Where the Employer’s Representative has conducted utility and ground investigation on behalf of the Employer, the Contractor may obtain the data obtained from the investigations from the Employer’s Representative in accordance with clause 1.6.2 and subject to the condition of clause 19.3.

19.2 Watercourses and Drainage Systems 19.2.1 Existing watercourses and drainage systems shall be temporarily diverted as required to

enable the Works to be carried out. Particulars of the proposed diversions shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review at least 14 days before the relevant work starts. Diversions shall be constructed to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative with such alignment and in such manner that the flow is discharged adequately and effectively without causing flooding or erosion to the adjacent area. The diversions shall be maintained while the work is being carried out and shall be reinstated, including the removal of any obstructions to flow, as soon as practicable after the work is complete.

19.2.2 Measures shall be taken to prevent excavated material, silt or debris from being deposited in existing drainage systems, watercourses or the river.

19.2.3 Under no circumstances shall foul sewage flow be diverted into existing storm-water drains and vice versa.

19.2.4 The Contractor shall adequately maintain the existing drainage and sewerage systems at all times including removal of solids in sand traps, manholes, gullies and streambeds.

19.2.5 The Contractor shall discharge water surface run-off from the Site into storm drains via adequately designed sand/silt removal facilities such as sand traps, silt traps and sediment basins. Channels or sandbag barriers shall be provided on Site to properly direct the storm water to such silt removal facilities. The Contractor shall remove all silt, which may have accumulated in the drainage or sewerage systems whether within the Site, or not. If at any time such provisions prove to be ineffective, the Contractor shall take such additional measures as the Employer’s Representative deems necessary.

19.2.6 Water pumped out of the trenches under construction shall be discharged into storm drains after the removal of silt in silt removal facilities.

19.2.7 The Contractor shall maintain the silt removal facilities, channels and manholes and remove the deposited silt and grit regularly, at the onset and after each rainstorm to ensure that these facilities are functioning properly at all times.

19.2.8 No obstruction to flow is to be left in position longer than is necessary for carrying out the Works. The Contractor shall ensure that adequate provisions are made for dealing with increased flow of water during the wet season.

19.2.9 The Contractor shall keep interruption or disturbance to the public due to the diversion works to a minimum.

19.2.10 If any mechanical equipment is required for the foul sewage diversion work, the Contractor shall suggest and provide precautionary measures to mitigate against consequences of break down of the equipment.

19.2.11 The Contractor shall at all times ensure that all existing stream courses and drains within and adjacent to the Site are kept safe and free from any debris and any excavated materials arising from the Works. The Contractor shall ensure that chemicals and concrete agitator washings are not deposited in watercourses.



19.2.12 The Contractor shall be responsible for the Temporary Works involved in training, diverting, or conducting of open streams or drains intercepted by the Works and the Site, for the maintenance of the Temporary Works and waterways as required by the Employer’s Representative, and for reinstating these to their original courses on Employer’s Taking Over of the Works, when and where in the opinion of the Employer’s Representative such action is desirable.

19.2.13 The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent water entering upon or being discharged from the Site, from entering upon the works of adjacent contractors or adjacent properties.

19.2.14 The Contractor shall provide where necessary temporary water courses, floodwalls, flood gates, ditches, drains, pumping or other means of maintaining the Works and the Site free of water.

19.3 Utilities 19.3.1 The details of existing utilities are given by the employer for information only and the

accuracy of the details is not guaranteed. The Contractor shall make his own enquiries and shall carefully excavate trial holes to locate accurately the utilities indicated to him by the utility undertakings.

19.3.2 Temporary supports and protection to utilities shall be provided by methods reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. Permanent supports and protection shall be provided if instructed by the Employer’s Representative.

19.3.3 The Contractor shall inform the Employer’s Representative and the utility undertakings without delay of the following:

(1) damage to utilities;

(2) leakage of utilities;

(3) discovery of utilities not shown on any drawings; and

(4) diversion, removal, repositioning or re-erection of utilities which is required to enable the execution of the Works.

19.3.4 The Contractor shall take all steps necessary to enable the utility undertakings to proceed in accordance with the programme agreed between the Contractor and the utility undertakings under clause 2.2.2. The Contractor shall maintain close liaison with the utility undertakings and shall inform the Employer’s Representative of any delays in works by the utility undertakings.

19.3.5 The Contractor shall keep records of existing utilities encountered on the Site and a copy provided for the Employer’s Representative. The records shall be submitted for review by the Employer’s Representative and shall contain the following details:

(1) location of utility;

(2) date on which utility was encountered;

(3) nature and size of utility;

(4) condition of utility; and

(5) temporary or permanent supports provided.



19.3.6 The Contractor shall co-ordinate the activities of the utility undertakings in connection with the diversion of utility services necessary for the execution of the Works.

19.3.7 The Contractor shall set up and manage a Utilities Liaison Group for the duration of the Contract, if utilities are required to be diverted. The Group shall meet at a frequency to be as instructed by the Employer’s Representative but at least once a month, and shall discuss and resolve matters associated with utility undertakings on programming, co-ordination and action. The Contractor shall ensure that all relevant utility undertakings and the Employer’s Representative are represented at the meetings.

19.3.8 The Contractor shall inform the Employer’s Representative of the date, time and place of every meeting with utility undertakings and he shall copy all correspondence and minutes of meetings to the Employer’s Representative.

19.3.9 The programme for any section of work to be carried out by a utility undertaking shall be confirmed in writing by the Contractor to the utility undertaking no more than four weeks and no less than one week before the agreed scheduled start date for that section of Works, such confirmation to be notified to the Employer’s Representative.

19.3.10 The Contractor shall monitor the progress of utility undertakings against the agreed programmes and shall notify the Employer’s Representative of any slippage to these programmes. The agreed programmes shall mean those programmes agreed in writing by the Contractor and the various utility undertakings described in clause 19.3.9

19.3.11 In the event of any such slippage, the Contractor shall prepare and execute a plan of action with the relevant utility undertaking to redress the slippage. Such a plan may, if necessary, include provision of Contractor’s labour resources, materials and/or plant to the utility undertaking.

19.3.12 Hand digging method shall always be employed where there are utilities adjacent to or within the trench excavation works. Portable mechanical tools may be used but shall be restricted to the breaking of the pavement surface. Due care shall be exercised to prevent damage to the underground cables, water pipes, gas pipes or other utility installations.

19.3.13 Exposed utility installations shall be adequately supported and protected from accidental damage.

19.3.14 Smoking and use of naked flames shall be prohibited if gas pipes are present, or pipes the use of which are not identified are present.

19.4 Structures, Roads and Other Property 19.4.1 The Contractor shall immediately inform the Employer’s Representative of any damage

to structures, roads or other property that is not required for the execution of the Works.

19.4.2 The Contractor shall use every reasonable means to prevent any of the highways or bridges connecting with, or on the routes to, the Site from being damaged by any traffic of the Contractor or any of his sub-contractors of any tier and the Contractor shall, in particular, select routes, choose and use vehicles and restrict and distribute loads so that the moving of Temporary Works, Permanent Works and Contractor's Equipment from and to the Site shall be organised as far as reasonably possible so that no unnecessary damage or injury may be occasioned to such highways and bridges. The Contractor shall in selecting such routes take advice from and follow the instructions of the Commissioner for Transport and other Relevant Authorities of Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and Government of India.



19.4.3 Where the nature of the Works is such as to require the use by the Contractor of water-borne transport, the foregoing provisions of this Clause shall be construed as though "highway" includes any river or other structure related to, on or beneath a waterway, and "vehicle" includes craft, vessels or platforms and shall be read and construed accordingly.

19.4.4 If in the course of or for the purposes of the execution of the Works or any part thereof any highway or road or way shall have been damaged, broken or broken into then notwithstanding anything herein contained:

(a) If the permanent reinstatement of such highway or road or way is to be carried out by the appropriate Relevant Authority or by some person other than the Contractor or any sub-contractor of any tier to him, the Contractor shall:

I. at his own cost and independently of any requirement of or notice from the Employer’s Representative be responsible for the temporary reinstatement of such highway, road or way and the making good of any subsidence or shrinkage or other defect, imperfection, settlement or fault in the temporary reinstatement of such highway, road or way and for the execution of any necessary repair or amendment thereof from whatever cause the necessity arises until the end of the Defects Liability Period in respect of the part of the Permanent Works beneath or over such highway, road or way or until the Relevant Authority or such other person as aforesaid shall have taken possession of the highway, road or way for the purpose of carrying out permanent reinstatement, whichever is the earlier; and

II. indemnify and save harmless the Employer against and from any damage or injury to the Employer or claims by third parties arising out of or in consequence of any neglect or failure of the Contractor to comply with the foregoing obligations or any of them, and against and from all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto; and

(b) as from the end of such Defects Liability Period or the taking of possession of such highway, road or way referred to in clause 19.4.4(a)i whichever shall first happen, the Employer shall indemnify and save harmless the Contractor against and from any damage or injury to the Contractor arising out of or in consequence of or in connection with the said permanent reinstatement or any defect, imperfection or failure of or in such permanent reinstatement and against and from all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto.

19.4.5 Where the Relevant Authority or other person referred to in clause 19.4.4 shall take possession of the highway, road or way as aforesaid in sections or lengths, the responsibility of the Contractor under clause 19.4.4 shall cease in regard to any such section or length at the time at which possession thereof is so taken. But shall during the continuance of the said Defects Liability Period continue to be responsible for any section or length of which possession has not been taken and the indemnities given by the Contractor and Employer respectively under clause 19.4.4 shall be construed and have effect accordingly.

19.5 Access



Alternative access shall be provided if interference with existing public or private vehicular or pedestrian access is necessary to enable the execution of the Works. The arrangements for the alternative access shall be as reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. The permanent access shall be reinstated as soon as practicable after the work is complete and the alternative access shall be removed as soon as practicable after it is no longer required.

19.6 Trees and Other Similar Obstructions 19.6.1 Trees which are to be retained or which are not required to be removed in order to carry

out the Works, shall be protected from damage at all times by methods reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative. Materials, including excavated materials, shall not be banked around such trees and they shall not be trimmed or cut without having been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative.

19.6.2 If any trees or other obstructions are required to be removed during the execution of the Works which are not specifically required to be removed or otherwise catered for, the Contractor shall draw the attention of the Employer’s Representative to them and shall not remove them without having received a notice of no objection from the Employer’s Representative.

19.7 Noise Control on Works Site 19.7.1 All Contractor’s Equipment shall be effectively “sound-reduced” by means of silencers,

mufflers, acoustics linings or shields or acoustic sheds or screens to levels prescribed in the relevant Noise Control Ordinance and measured outside the nearest occupied property or to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor shall provide details of proposed noise control measures to the Employer’s Representative for review prior to the use of any Contractor’s Equipment on the Site.

19.7.2 Provided that the provisions of this Paragraph shall not be applicable in the case of emergency work necessary to save life or property or for the safety of the Works or in the case of blasting operations necessitated by urgency and reviewed by the Employer’s Representative.

19.8 Spoil Disposal 19.8.1 The Contractor shall make his own enquiries and arrangements regarding the location

and the availability of spoil disposal areas and reclamation and shall pay all costs of complying with all regulations and requirements of Relevant Authorities in connection with the use of such areas. These areas are not within the control of the Employer and no claims will be entertained in respect of non-availability of a particular areas or changes in the costs of arrangements for the use thereof.

19.8.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for all necessary liaison to ensure compliance with the requirements of unproductive disposal of any surplus excavated rock or soft material which is suitable for filling

19.8.3 The Contractor shall conform to all pertinent Environmental Protection Ordinances and be liable for any breach of such Ordinances committed by himself and/or his sub-contractors during the disposal of surplus excavated material and water from the Site.



20 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS

20.1 General 20.1.1 The Contractor shall conform to the Indian Environmental Laws and codes as applicable.

The current national standards established by the Ministry of Environment and Forest, Government of India and other government agencies for control of environmental pollutants such as air, water, noise and visual impacts/aesthetics shall be followed for compliance during project construction.

20.1.2 The Contractor shall comply with all enactment which shall include but are not limited to:

1. Environment Protection Act,1986

2. Air (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act,1981

3. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,1974

4. Requirements of Urban Arts Commission and Central Vista Committee

20.1.3 The provisions listed herein regarding Environmental Protection shall apply to and be binding upon the Contractor for any works on the site and the persons employed by sub-Contractors. The Contractor shall ensure that proper and adequate provisions to this end are included in all sub-contracts placed by him.

20.1.4 The provisions of this Chapter however, shall not be applicable in the case of emergency works necessary for saving of life and property or safety of the Works.

20.1.5 The Contractor has been issued with the Employer’s Environmental Quality Management Manual. Within 20 weeks of notification of acceptance of the Tender, the Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative, a draft of his own contract specific Site Environmental Plan based on the Employer’s Environmental Quality Management Manual and his construction methodology. He shall submit a final version prior to the commencement of the works (along with “Design Co-ordination Submission”).

20.1.6 This contract specific Site Environmental Plan of the Contractor, as referred to in Chapter 3, shall be consistent with the provisions of the Environmental Management Plan outline, as given in the Employer’s Environmental Quality Management Manual. The Contractor is however not required to undertake air monitoring.

20.1.7 The Contractor shall ensure that audits of all the activities detailed in his Site Environmental Plan are carried at such intervals as the Employer's Representative may require to ensure the continuing effectiveness and compliance with the Site Environmental Plan. The Contractor shall make available on request any document, which relates to his recent internal audits.

20.1.8 The Employer’s Representative may conduct quarterly Audits of the Contractor’s Site Environmental Plan and its effective implementation on the works site During the audit by the Employer’s Representative, the Contractor shall provide suitably qualified staff to accompany the auditor.

20.1.9 Milestone payments will be achieved for successful quarterly audits for which the Employer’s Representative has issued a “Notice of No Objection” or a “Notice of No Objection subject to….”



20.1.10 Requirements established in this Chapter shall apply to all sites and all activities of the Contractor, and shall supplement the Employer’s Requirements – Construction.

20.2 Avoidance of nuisance 20.2.1 The Contractor shall take all precautions to avoid any nuisance arising from his

operations. This shall be accomplished, wherever possible by suppression of nuisance at source rather than abatement of the nuisance once generated.

20.2.2 Following site clearing and before construction, the Contractor shall remove all trash, debris and other weeds.

20.2.3 The Contractor shall ensure that the work place is free of trash, garbage, debris and weeds. He shall provide and ensure proper uses of refuse containers to ensure that rodents, flee and other pests are not harboured and attracted.

20.2.4 To keep the area free of litter and garbage, specific locations shall be designated for consuming food and snacks to prevent random disposal of waste. All waste shall be deposited in the refuse containers. Suitable notice shall be deployed prominently for strict compliance of these requirements.

20.3 Air quality 20.3.1 The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to minimise fugitive dust emissions

from operations involving excavation, grading, clearing of land and disposal of waste. He shall not allow emissions of fugitive dust from any transport, handling, construction or storage activity to remain visible in atmosphere beyond the property line of emission source for any prolonged period of time without notification to the Employer's Representative.

20.3.2 The Contractor shall use equipment designed and equipped to minimise or control air pollution.

20.3.3 If after commencement of activity, Employer’s Representative believes that the Contractor’s equipment or methods of working are causing unacceptable air pollution impacts then these shall be inspected and remedial proposals shall be drawn up by the Contractor, submitted for review to the Employer’s Representative and implemented.

20.3.4 In developing these remedial measures, the Contractor shall inspect and review all dust sources that may be contributing to air pollution. Remedial measures include use of additional/ alternative equipment by the Contractor or maintenance/modification of existing equipment of the Contractor.

20.3.5 Dust generating materials shall be:

(i) Transported in closed containers or covered trucks.

(ii) Loaded and unloaded in closed systems or wind protected areas.

(iii) Watered as appropriate to minimise dust production.

20.3.6 Contractor’s transport vehicles and other equipment shall conform to emission standards fixed by Statutory Agencies of Government of India from time to time at Noida. The Contractor shall carry out periodical checks and undertake remedial measures including replacement, if required, so as to operate within permissible norms.



20.3.7 In the event that approved remedial measures are not being implemented and serious impacts persist, the Employer’s Representative may direct the Contractor to suspend work until the measures are implemented, as required under the Contract.

20.3.8 The Contractor shall cover loads of materials, debris and soil transported from construction sites. All trucks carrying loose material should be covered and loaded with sufficient free- board to avoid spills through the tail board or side boards.

20.3.9 The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that no earth, rock or debris is deposited on public or private right of way as a result of his operations, including any deposits arising from the movement of loaded/unloaded trucks and/or other construction vehicles.

20.3.10 The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for water for purposes stated in above clauses and wherever it may be required to control air pollution, dust and debris.

20.3.11 The Contractor shall promptly transport all excavation disposal materials of whatever kind so as not to delay work on the project. Stockpiling of materials will only be allowed at sites designated by the Employer’s Representative.

20.3.12 The Contractor shall protect structures, utilities, pavements and other facilities from disfiguration and damage.

20.3.13 The Contractor shall place excavation materials in the dumping/disposal areas designated in the plans as given in the specifications.

20.3.14 The temporary dumping areas shall be maintained by the Contractor at all times until the excavate is re-utilised for backfilling or as directed by Employer’s Representative.

20.3.15 The Contractor shall place material in a manner that will minimise dust production. Material shall be stabilised each day and wetted, to minimise dust production.

20.3.16 During dry weather, dust control methods must be used daily especially on windy, dry days to prevent any dust from blowing across the site perimeter.

20.3.17 The Contractor will make water sprinklers, water supply and water delivering equipment available at any time that it is required for dust control use.

20.3.18 Dust control activities shall continue even during any work stoppage.

20.3.19 The Contractor shall water down work sites as required to suppress dust, during handling of excavation soil or debris or during demolition.

At each work site, the Contractor shall provide storage facilities for dust generating

20.3.20 The Contractor shall design and implement his blasting techniques so as to minimise dust generation.

20.4 Water quality 20.4.1 The Contractor shall comply with the

20.4.2 Government legislation and other State regulations in existence in Noida insofar as they relate to water pollution control and monitoring.

20.4.3 The Contractor shall provide adequate precautions to ensure that no spoil or debris of any kind is pushed, washed, falls or deposited on land adjacent to the site perimeter.



20.4.4 In the event of any spoil or debris from construction works being deposited on adjacent land any silt washed down to any area, then all such spoil, debris or material and silt shall be immediately removed and the affected land and areas restored to their natural state by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Representative.

20.4.5 Due to lowering of potable water supplies in Noida and subsequent contamination of ground water, the Contractor is not allowed to discharge water from the site without the approval of the Employer’s Representative. The Contractor must comply with the requirements of the Central Ground Water Board for discharge of water arising from dewatering. Any water obtained from dewatering systems installed in the works must be either re-used for construction purposes and this water may subsequently be discharged to the drainage system or, if not re-used, recharged to the ground water at suitable acquifer levels . The Contractor will not be permitted to directly discharge, to the drainage system, unused ground water obtaining from the excavation without obtaining approval of Employer’s Representative or the Agency controlling the system.

20.4.6 The Contractor shall prevent soil particles and debris from entering the wells or water discharge points by use of filters and sedimentation basins as required.

20.4.7 The Contractor shall provide treatment facilities as necessary to prevent the discharge of contaminated ground water.

20.4.8 The Contractor shall at all times ensure that all existing stream courses and drains within, and adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any debris and any excavated materials arising from the Works. The Contractor shall ensure that earth, bentonite, chemicals and concrete agitator washings etc. are not deposited in the watercourses but are suitably treated and effluents and residue disposed off in a manner approved by local authorities.

20.4.9 All water and waste products (surface runoff and wastewater) arising on the site shall be collected and removed from the site via a suitable and properly designed temporary drainage system and disposed off at a location and in a manner that will cause neither pollution nor nuisance.

20.4.10 Any mud slurry from drilling, tunnelling, diaphragm wall construction or grouting etc. shall not be discharged into the drainage system unless treatment is carried out that will remove silt, mud particles, bentonite etc.

20.4.11 The Contractor shall discharge wastewater arising out of site office, canteen or toilet facilities constructed by him into sewers after obtaining prior approval of agency controlling the system .

20.4.12 Oil removal / interceptors shall be provided to treat oil waste from workshop areas etc.

20.4.13 The Contractor shall take measures to prevent discharge of oil and grease during spillage from reaching drainage system or any water body.

20.5 Noise 20.5.1 General



(1) The Contractor shall consider noise as an environmental constraint in his design, planning and execution of the Works. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, take all appropriate measures to ensure that work carried out by the Contractor and by his sub-Contractors, whether on or off the Site, will not cause any unnecessary or excessive noise which may disturb the occupants of any nearby dwellings, schools, hospitals, or premises with similar sensitivity to noise.

(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, noise level reduction measures shall include the following:

a) The Contractor shall ensure that all powered mechanical equipment used in the Works shall be effectively sound reduced using the most modern techniques available including but not limited to silencers and mufflers.

b) The Contractor shall construct acoustic screens or enclosures around any parts of the Works from which excessive noise may be generated.

(3) (The Contractor shall ensure that noise generated by work carried out by the Contractor and his sub-Contractors during day time and night time shall not exceed the maximum permissible noise limits, as given in the Employer’s Environmental Quality Management Manual , In the event of a breach of this requirement, the Contractor shall immediately re-deploy or adjust the relevant equipment or take other appropriate measures to reduce the noise levels and thereafter maintain them at levels which do not exceed the said limits. Such measures may include without limitation the temporary or permanent cessation of use of certain items of equipment.

(4) The noise monitoring requirements are given in the Employer’s Environment Quality Management Manual. .

20.5.2 Construction material should be handled and transported in such a manner as not to create unnecessary noise as outlined below.

20.5.3 Under the Contract, the Contractor shall:

(6) Perform Work within the procedures outlined herein and comply with applicable codes, regulations, and standards established by the Central and State Government and their agencies.

(7) Keep noise to the lowest reasonably practicable level. Appropriate measures will be taken to ensure that construction works will not cause any unnecessary or excessive noise, which may disturb the occupants of any nearby dwellings, schools, hospitals, or premises with similar sensitivity to noise. Use equipment with effective noise-suppression devices and employ other noise control measures as to protect the public.

(8) Schedule and conduct operations in a manner that will minimize, to the greatest extent feasible, the disturbance to the public in areas adjacent to the construction activities and to occupants of buildings in the vicinity of the construction activities.

20.5.4 Vibration Level Limits

The vibration level limits at historical sites adjacent to the alignment shall conform to revised version of the German Standard (DIN 4150). The scheme shall include:



(1) monitoring requirements for vibrations at regular intervals throughout the construction period.

(2) pre-construction structural integrity inspections of historic and sensitive structures in project activity.

20.6 Waste 20.6.1 The Contractor shall handle waste in a manner that ensures they are held securely

without loss or leakage thus minimising potential for pollution.

20.6.2 The Contractor shall remove waste in a timely manner. Scrap and waste material shall be removed and disposed off at landfill sites after obtaining approval of Conservancy and Sanitation Engineering, Noida Municipal Corporation for its disposal.

20.6.3 Burning of wastes is prohibited. The Contractor shall not burn debris or vegetation or construction waste on the site but remove it in accordance with (2) above.

20.6.4 The Contractor shall maintain and clean waste storage areas regularly.

20.6.5 If encountered or generated as a result of Contractor’s activity, then waste classified as hazardous under the “Hazardous Wastes (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989” and chemicals classified as hazardous chemicals under “Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules,1989 of Environment (Protection) Act,1986 ̀ shall be disposed off in a manner in compliance with the procedure given in the rules under the aforesaid act.

20.7 Prevention of mosquito breeding 20.7.1 Measures shall be taken to prevent mosquito breeding at site. The measures to be taken

shall include:

(a) empty cans, oil drums, packing and other receptacles which may retain water shall be deposited at a central collection point and shall be removed from the Site regularly;

(b) still waters shall be treated at least once every week with oil in order to prevent mosquito breeding;

(c) Contractor’s Equipment and other items on the Site which may retain water shall be stored, covered or treated in such a manner that water could not be retained.

(d) Water storage tanks shall be suitably provided.



21 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY SUPPLY The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for Temporary Electrical supply, for Installation & Preliminary Testing.

21.1 Applicability 21.1.1 Where the Contractor is required to provide temporary electrical supplies, or to use,

extend or expand on temporary supplies installed by others, all such activity shall be executed in accordance with clauses 21.3 to 21.20 inclusive.

21.1.2 When the Contractor makes use of temporary electrical supplies provided by other, viz. Project (Civil) Contractors, he will observe and comply with the requirements of this Chapter, and pay directly to the provider for the electricity consumed.

21.2 Work on Site 21.2.1 The Contractor shall nominate a representative whose name and qualifications shall be

submitted in writing to the Employer’s Representative for review not later than 4 weeks before the appointment and who shall be solely responsible for ensuring the safety of all temporary electrical equipment on Site. The Contractor shall not install or operate any temporary Site electrical systems until this representative is appointed and has commenced duties.

21.2.2 The name and contact telephone number of the representative having been reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative shall be displayed at the main distribution board for the temporary electrical supply so that he can be contacted in case of an emergency.

21.2.3 The Contractor shall submit schematic diagrams and the details of the equipment for all temporary electrical installations, and these diagrams together with the temporary electrical equipment shall be submitted to the Employer’s Representative for review.

21.3 Electrical General Temporary electrical Site installations and distribution systems shall be in accordance with:-

(1) Indian Electrical Regulations;

(2) The Power Companies’ Supply Rules;

(3) Electricity and its subsidiary Regulations;

(4) IEE Wiring Regulations (16th Edition);

(5) Any other applicable national standards

21.4 Materials, Appliances and Components 21.4.1 All materials, appliances and components used within the distribution system shall comply

with BS 4363 and BS 7375.

21.5 Design Considerations 21.5.1 Distribution equipment utilised within the temporary electrical distribution system shall

incorporate the following features:-

(1) flexibility in application for repeated use;



(2) suitability for transport and storage;

(3) robust construction to resist moisture and damage; and

(4) safety in use.

21.5.2 All cabling shall be run at high level whenever possible and firmly secured to ensure they do not present a hazard or obstruction to people and equipment.

21.5.3 The installation on Site shall allow convenient access to authorised and competent operatives to work on the apparatus contained within.

21.6 Mains Voltage 21.6.1 The Site mains voltage shall be as the Electricity Companies’ Utility supplies, 415V 3-

phase 4 wire system.

21.6.2 Single-phase voltage shall be as the Electricity Companies' Utility supplies, 230V supply.

21.7 Types of Distribution Supply 21.7.1 The following voltages shall be adhered to for typical applications throughout the

distribution systems:

(1) fixed plant - 415V 3 phase;

(2) movable plant fed by trailing cable - 415V 3 phase;

(3) installations in Site buildings - 230V 1 phase;

(4) fixed flood lighting - 230V 1 phase;

(5) portable and hand held tools - 115V 1 phase;

(6) Site lighting (other than flood lighting) - 115V 1 phase; and

(7) portable hand-lamps (general use) - 115V 1 phase.

21.7.2 When the low voltage supply is energised via the Employer's transformer, any power utilised from that source shall be either 415V 3 phase or / 230V single phase as appropriate. The Contractor shall carry out any conversion that may be necessary to enable him to use power from that source.

21.8 Protection of Circuits 21.8.1 Protection shall be provided for all main and sub-circuits against excess current, residual

current and earth faults. The protective devices shall be capable of interrupting (without damage to any equipment or the mains or sub-circuits) any short circuit current that may occur.

21.9 Earthing 21.9.1 Earthing and bonding shall be provided for all electrical installations and equipment to

prevent the possibility of dangerous voltage rises and to ensure that faults are rapidly cleared by installed circuit protection.

21.9.2 Earthing systems shall conform to the following standards:-

(1) IEE Wiring Regulations (16th Edition);



(2) BS Standards ;

(3) IEEE Standard 80 Guide for Safety in AC Substation Grounding.

21.10 Plugs, Socket Outlets and Couplers Low voltage plugs, sockets and couplers shall be colour coded in accordance with BS 7375, and constructed to conform to BS EN 60309. High voltage couplers and 'T' connections shall be in accordance with BS 3905.

21.11 Cables 21.11.1 Cables shall be selected after full consideration of the conditions to which they will be

exposed and the duties for which they are required. Supply cables up to 3.3KV shall be in accordance with BS 6346. The cable armouring shall be used as the earth return in conditions where the cable is continuously extended and not subject to continuous movement after installation.

21.11.2 For supplies to mobile or transportable equipment where operation of the equipment subjects the cable to flexing, the cable shall conform to one of the following standards appropriate to the duties imposed on it:

(1) BS 6708 flexible cables for use at mines and quarries;

(2) BS 6007 rubber insulated cables for electric power and lighting; and

(3) BS 6500 insulated flexible cords and cables.

21.11.3 Where low voltage cables are to be used, reference shall be made to BS 7375. The following standards shall also be referred to particularly for underground cables:-

(1) BS 6346 for armoured PVC insulated cables; and

(2) BS 6708 Flexible cables for use at mines and quarries.

21.11.4 All cables which have a voltage to earth exceeding 65 V (except for supplies from welding transformers to welding electrodes) shall be of a type having a metal sheath and/or armour which shall be continuous and effectively earthed. In the case of flexible or trailing cables, such earthed metal sheath and/or armour shall be in addition to the earth core in the cable and shall not be used as the sole earth conductor.

21.11.5 Armoured cables having an over-sheath of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or an oil resisting and flame retardant compound shall be used whenever there is a risk of mechanical damage occurring.

21.11.6 For resistance to the effects of sunlight, overall non-metallic covering of cables shall be black in colour.

21.11.7 Cables which have applied to them a voltage to earth exceeding 12 V but not normally exceeding 65 V shall be either one of the type as described in clause 21.12.5 or alternatively of a type insulated and sheathed with a general purpose or heat resisting elastomer.

21.11.8 All cables that are likely to be frequently moved in normal use shall be flexible cables.

21.11.9 Flexible cables shall be in accordance with BS 6500 and BS 7375.



21.12 Lighting Installation 21.12.1 Lighting circuits shall be run separate from other sub-circuits and shall be in accordance

with BS 7375 and BS 4363.

21.12.2 Voltage shall not exceed 55 V to earth except when the supply is to a fixed point and where the lighting fixture is fixed in position.

21.12.3 Luminaries shall have a degree of protection not less than IP 54. In particularly bad environments where the luminaries are exposed to excesses of dust and water, a degree of protection to IP 65 shall be employed.

21.12.4 Where the Employer’s Representative requires Site inspection of the Works, the Contractor shall upgrade the lighting level to a minimum of 200 lux by localised lighting in all areas.

21.12.5 Use of wire guards or other such devices shall provide mechanical protection of luminaries against damage by impact whenever risk of damage occurs.

21.13 Electrical Motors 21.13.1 Totally enclosed fan cooled motors to BS 4999: Part 105 shall be used.

21.13.2 Motor control and protection circuits shall be as stipulated in BS 6164. Emergency stops for machinery shall be provided.

21.14 Inspection and Testing Electrical installations on Site shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the requirements of the IEE Wiring Regulations (16th Edition).

21.15 Identification Identification labels of a type reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative shall be affixed to all electrical switches, circuit breakers and motors to specify their purpose.

21.16 Maintenance Strict maintenance and regular checks of control apparatus and wiring distribution systems shall be carried out by an electrician (duly qualified to carry out the said checks) to ensure safe and efficient operation of the systems. The Contractor shall submit for review by the Employer’s Representative details of his maintenance schedule and maintenance works record.

21.17 Maintenance Record All portable electrical appliances shall be permanently numbered (scarf tag labels or similar) and a record kept of the date of issue, date of the last inspection carried out and the recommended inspection period.

21.18 Metering 21.18.1 For the purposes of the clause 21.19 “construction works” shall mean the Works excluding

both the Contractor's on and off Site, fabrication facilities, workshops, work-yards, offices and stores.

21.18.2 The Contractor shall install a separately metered and invoiced supply or supplies of electricity for:-



(1) Site fabrication facilities;

(2) Site workshops and work-yards; and

(3) Site offices and stores.

21.19 Inability to Supply Wherever, the Project Contractor is not in a position to supply construction power and water supply to the system wide Contractor, he (the system wide Contractor) shall arrange for his own separate construction power and water supply.



22 APPENDIX

22.1 Appendix 1: Monthly Progress Report 22.1.1 Topics

22.1.1.1 The Monthly Progress Report required under clause 2.13 of the GS shall include as a minimum the following sections and topics:

1. Executive Summary, highlighting any matters of concern and explaining corrective action to be taken

2. Safety and Quality issues (including any necessary corrective action taken or proposed to prevent the re-occurrence of the non-conformities)

3. Programme and overall progress

4. Physical progress report (see Paragraph 2.15 of the General Specification)

5. Achievement of Key Dates and Milestone Dates

6. Design status

7. Design and design co-ordination progress

8. Design submission and Employer’s Representative’s response status (list of all design submissions showing current status to be appended)

9. Manufacturing status

10. Materials ordered / in process

11. Equipment manufactured / procured

12. Factory acceptance test status report

13. Delivery status

14. Shipping / transportation activity

15. Deliveries to Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited (including release certificate reference)

16. Free issue items (where applicable)

17. Installation / erection on Site

18. Site surveys (where applicable)

19. Equipment installation and erection

20. Completion of remedial works / Site acceptance

21. Safety audit and safety report

22. Test and Commissioning

23. Commissioning activity

24. Planned vs. Actual Table

25. Remedial works

26. System integration tests

27. Documentation

28. Functional design



29. Operation manuals

30. Maintenance manuals

31. Training manuals

32. As-built drawings

33. Spares / special tools / test equipment

34. Training

35. Employer’s Taking Over of Works (part or whole of Works)

36. Taking Over Certificate

37. Maintenance issues

38. Defects Liability

39. Contractual / Commercial

40. Payments / invoices

41. Employer’s Representative’s instructions and variation orders

42. Claims / potential claims

43. Contractor’s resources (details of all staff and sub-contractors engaged on the Works)

44. Progress photographs

45. Labour Law Compliance Status.

22.1.2 Programme

22.1.2.1 The programmes shall show current status to provide a comparison between the Works Programme and reported progress.

22.1.2.2 Actual progress shall be reported for each activity in the Works Programme in the following terms:

1. the percentage of the work which is complete; 2. the remaining duration of the work; 3. the actual start date; and 4. the actual completion date.

22.1.3 Copies

22.1.4 The Contractor shall submit 1 unbound original and 1 bound hard copies of all Monthly Progress Reports and of the accompanying documents plus one copy in electronic format on PC compatible.



22.2 Appendix 2: Contract Systems Safety Management 22.2.1 The Contractor shall with Safety Assurance Programme

22.2.1.1 In 60 days of Notice to Proceed, submit his proposed Safety Assurance Programme Plan for review and acceptance by the Employer’s representative.

22.2.1.2 The Safety Assurance Programme Plan shall cover design, manufacture, testing, integrated testing, and commissioning to ensure safe routing, spacing, movement and control of trains and meet the requirements as stipulated in the PS.

22.2.1.3 The Safety Assurance Programme Plan shall also address reliability, maintainability and availability of the system. This shall ensure the system has a high degree of reliability and minimise down time during routine and failure repair.

22.2.1.4 The Safety Assurance Programme Plan shall include an EMC/EMI Control Plan that shall evaluate the requirements for electro-magnetic compatibility and interference, in this specification for all appropriate elements of the system, and ensure they are met.

22.2.1.5 The Safety Assurance Programme Plan shall include a Fire Control Plan which shall evaluate and ensure inter-alia that the fire loading of the materials proposed to be used, and potential sources of combustion in case of failure are compatible with currently accepted international practice.

22.2.1.6 The Safety Assurance Programme Plan shall describe procedures required to perform the specific tasks necessary to achieve safety, reliability and maintainability requirements. These procedures shall be incorporated within the Contractor’s Quality Assurance System, and shall be subject to review by the Employer’s Representative

22.2.2 Hazard Analysis

22.2.2.1 The Contractor shall take the lead role in the interface Hazard Analysis for trackside equipment, to which the system is interfaced, provided by other contractors.

22.2.2.2 The Contractor shall produce the Hazard Analysis Schedule for his complete system including all interfacing systems and shall interface principally with the Rolling Stock, Signalling, Communication, Power Supply, Civil and Depot Contractor as well as any other Designated Contractors to obtain the information necessary, from their hazard analyses, to complete the analysis.

22.2.2.3 The Contractor shall, as part of the safety analysis, prepare analyses to identify Hazards and ensure their satisfactory resolution. The analyses shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor for the Employer’s representative acceptance.

22.2.2.4 The Contractor shall compile a list of critical and catastrophic items identified as a result of hazard analysis.

22.2.2.5 All hazard resolution by procedural control shall be cross-referenced from the Critical and Catastrophic Items List to the appropriate manuals.

22.2.2.6 The qualitative measures of hazard severity are defined as follows:



(i) Hazard Category I – Catastrophic: Operating conditions such that personnel errors, environment, design deficiencies, subsystem or component failure or procedural deficiencies may cause death or system loss. The safety target shall be based on internationally accepted standards.

(ii) Hazard Category II – Critical: Operating conditions such that personnel errors, environment, design deficiencies, subsystem or component failure or procedural deficiencies may cause severe injury to personnel, severe occupational illness or major system damage. The safety target for the occurrence of all Category II hazards summed together shall again be based on internationally accepted standards.

(iii) Hazard Category III – Marginal: Operating conditions such that personnel errors, environment, design deficiencies, subsystem or component failure or procedural deficiencies, may cause minor injury to personnel, minor occupational illness or minor system damage.

(iv) Hazard Category IV – Negligible: Operating conditions such that personnel errors, environment, design deficiencies, subsystem or component failure or procedural deficiencies will not result in injury to personnel occupational illness or damage to the system.

22.2.2.7 The Contractor shall prepare a Fire Safety Design Report for review and acceptance by the Employer’s representative. This shall be submitted within 2 months after Notice to Proceed and revised and updated for the completion of the preliminary, pre-final and final design stages. Materials used in the Permanent Works of the system shall conform to fire safety requirements of international standards, subject to the acceptance of the Employer’s Representative.

22.2.3 Results

22.2.3.1 Source of all failure rates employed shall be indicated in the Hazard Analyses

22.2.3.2 All hazard analyses submitted to the Employer are to be standardised by the Contractor such that format and forms employed by all sub-contractors are the same.

22.2.3.3 The following targets shall be employed for the Fault Tree Analysis

(i) No single point failure shall lead to death. (ii) No combination of undetected failure and double point failures shall result

in death. (iii) No combination of undetected failure and single point failure shall result in

major injury. 22.2.3.4 The procedures for Operation, Maintenance, Training and the Contractor’s Quality

Assurance manuals shall incorporate resolution of hazards identified from this hazard analysis.



22.3 Appendix 3: Submission for Review Request Form

SUBMISSION FOR REVIEW REQUEST

Reference No. Date

Programme reference and scheduled date:

Submission Stage

Title

We hereby submit for review by the Employer’s Representative the documents or articles listed below:

(Introduction and list of items submitted – continue on separate sheet if necessary)

I confirm that the material submitted is in full compliance with the Contract.

Signed (Contractor’s responsible engineer)

Employer’s Representative’s Response Dated

The material submitted has been reviewed and the following decision is given:

“No Objection” / “No Objection Subject To” (see below) / “Rejected” (see below)

The following comments are made and a re-submission is to be made by the Contractor within 10 working

days demonstrating fully how all of these are taken into account:

(Employer’s Representative’s comments)

Signed (Employer’s Representative)



22.4 Appendix 4: Schedule of Items to be submitted by Contractor

This Appendix lists the principal items to be submitted by the Contractor for review by the Employer’s

Representative. This list is not exhaustive and the Contractor is reminded to satisfy itself of the requirements

for all submissions whether or not they are included within this Appendix.

Article Reference Paragraph(s) in GS

To be submitted

Availability, Reliability and Maintainability deliverables

1.9 In accordance with RAM deliverables described.

Initial version of the Works Programme

2.4.1.1 Within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works

Works Programme 2.4.1.2 Within 45 days of the Commencement Date of the Works

Design Submissions Programme

2.5.1 Within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works

Design, Procurement and Manufacturing Programme


Material Control Schedule 2.6.5 As stated in the PS

Factory Testing Programme 2.6.8 Factory Testing Programme shall support all aspects of the Factory Testing Plan.

Lab Test and Installation Programme

2.7.1 As stated in the PS or as directed by the Employer’s Representative

Production Testing & Commissioning Programme

2.8.1 As stated in the PS or as directed by the Employer’s Representative

Monthly Progress Report and supporting documentation

2.12.1 The 5th day of each month.

Programme Analysis Report 2.13 Within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works

Contractor’s Project Plan 3.1.2 As stated in the PS, or if none is given, within 60 days of the Commencement Date of the Works

Particulars of agent/Contractors Manager

3.3.1.6 (6) 30 days before the Commencement Date of the Works

Interface Management Plan 3.3.2 (b)

Within 60 days of notification from the Employer’s Representative of the identity of each Project Contractor

Detailed Interface Document 3.3.2 (d)

Within 60 days of notification from the Employer’s Representative of the identity of each Project Contractor

EMC Management Plan 3.4.5 As stated in the PS

Software Quality Assurance Plan

3.4.6 As stated in the PS



Design Plan 3.5.1 As stated in the PS

Design Verification and Validation Plan


Contractor’s Factory Testing Plan


Test Reports 3.5.3.7 Immediately after the completion of Factory Testing

Procurement, Manufacturing and Delivery Plan


Contractor’s Health and Safety Documentation

3.6.2.2 Within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works

Environmental Management Plan

3.6.3.3.3 30 days prior to the commencement of construction activities

Environmental Mitigation Implementation Schedule (EMIS)

3.6.3.4.2 The Contractor shall submit the EMIS, for review by the Employer’s Representative in conjunction

Traffic Management Submissions

3.6.3.5 60 days before implementation proving all relevant details and implications

Commissioning Plan 3.7.2.1 First draft within 90 days of the Commencement Date of the Works

Installation Test Schedule 3.7.2.2 b. (i)

As stated in the PS or if not given, not later than two months in advance of the Date scheduled for commencement of respective tests

Partial Acceptance Tests Plan 3.7.2.2 b. (ii)

As stated in the PS or if not given, not later than four months in advance of the Date scheduled for commencement of Partial Acceptance Tests

System Acceptance Tests Plan 3.7.2.2 b. (iii)

As stated in the PS or if not given, not later than four months in advance of the Date scheduled for commencement of System Acceptance Tests

Integration Tests & Commissioning Plan 3.7.2.2 b. (iv)

As stated in the PS or if not given, not later than four months in advance of the Date scheduled for commencement of Tests on Completion

Operation & Maintenance Manuals Plan 3.7.3.2

As stated in the PS or if not given, not later than nine months prior to the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works

Training Plan 3.7.4.2

As stated in the PS or if not given, not later than three months prior to the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works

Spare Management Plan 3.7.5.2

As stated in the PS or if not given, not later than three months prior to the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works

Defects Liability Management Plans

3.7.6 Upon issuance of the Taking Over Certificate



Project Document Control Procedure


Quality Manual 5.2.3 Within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works

Quality System Procedures 5.2.3 Within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works

Details of Quality Manager 5.2.6 Quality Manager(s), who shall be directly responsible to senior management level

Proposed Corrective & Preventive Action Plan

5.2.7 Within 14 days of issue of CAR

Management Quality Plan 5.3

The Management Quality Plan shall define the Contractor's management structure for the execution of the Works

Design Quality Plan 5.4 The Contractor shall prepare a Design Quality Plan for its design works

Manufacturing Quality Plan 5.5 The Contractor shall prepare a Manufacturing Quality Plan for his manufacturing works

Site Quality Plan 5.6 The Contractor shall prepare a Site Quality Plan for its construction and installation works

Reports of Quarterly Quality Audits

5.8.2 Every Three months

Quality Control Register 5.9 7th working day of every month

Software Deliverable 6.1 As stated in the PS

Operational Safety Report (Software) 6.6

Software acceptance shall be based upon the supply of software functioning in a manner reviewed without objection by the Employer’s Representative

Packaging Materials & Procedures


Latest drawings, test procedures, specifications and quality documentation for inspection of equipment

9.2.7.4 At least 15 days prior to each First Article Inspections ( FAI )

Installation Tests Reports 9.4.3.3 Immediately after the completion of each test

Partial Acceptance Tests Records

9.4.4.8 Immediately following the successful Partial Acceptance Tests

System Acceptance Tests Records

9.4.5.8 Immediately following the successful System Acceptance Tests

Integration Tests & Commissioning Records

9.4.6.8 Immediately following the successful Tests on Completion of the system

Service Trial Records 9.4.7.8 Immediately following the successful Service Trial of the system



Summaries of Inspection and/or Test

9.6.11 7th day of the following month

Operation & Maintenance documentation (Draft Version)

11.4.1 As stated in the PS or if not given, not later than 2 months prior to the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works

Operation & Maintenance documentation (Final Version)

11.4.3 As stated in the PS or if not given, not later than 2 month prior to the issue of the Taking Over Certificate for the Works

Operating & Maintenance instructions and illustrated parts list (Final Submission)

11.4.3 At a date set by the Employer’s Representative

Spare Parts List 13.1.3 As stated in the PS

Construction & Installation Plan


Particular Uses of Site 17.2.1 Within 60 days of the Commencement Date of the Works

Method Statements Programme 18.5.5.3

Within 30 days of the Commencement Date of the Works or at a date reviewed by the Employer’s Representative

Detailed written report of accidents, incidents and dangerous occurrence

18.6.4.1 Within 7 days of occurrence/accident

Name and qualification of safety representative for temporary site electricity

21.2.1 Not later than 4 weeks before appointment



22.5 Appendix 5: Typical Type Test Requirements 22.5.1 Electronic and Electrical Equipment

The initial visual inspection shall be carried out to ensure that the equipment is of sound construction and, so far as can be ascertained, meets the requirements of the Specification.

22.5.1.1 Initial Performance Test

i. The initial performance tests shall consist of a comprehensive series of measurements of the characteristics of the equipment to demonstrate that its performance is in accordance with its functional requirements, including detailed requirements of the Specification.

ii. This test shall normally be performed at an ambient temperature of 40°C +5°C while supplied at its normal voltage and frequency, if relevant.

iii. This test shall extend to demonstrating compliance with any limitation on self-generated vibration or interference as stated in the Specification.

22.5.2 Mechanical Tests

22.5.2.1 Drop Test

i. The drop test is intended to be carried out on units and sub-assemblies that are portable. It is not intended that it be carried out on complete racks of equipment.

ii. Casings or dust covers, which have to be removed for servicing, shall be removed after subjecting equipment to this test to inspect for damage. The test is designed to reveal any weakness of assembly and to ensure that the component mountings are of adequate strength. It is not designed to check whether doors or windows made of glass will fracture and to this end meters, glass windows, etc., may be removed.

iii. The equipment shall not be deemed to have failed the drop test if externally accessible components such as control knobs or connectors are damaged. The Employer’s Representative however reserves the right to ask for some form of guard, to prevent such damage, to be fitted at the Contractor's cost.

22.5.2.2 Vibration Test

The vibration test is designed to reveal any parts or components of the equipment that may be prone to any resonance severe enough to cause possible damage or malfunctioning.

22.5.3 Environmental Tests

22.5.3.1 Dry Heat Test

i. The dry heat test shall be carried out on each complete piece of equipment or assembly, with all doors and covers being in place and closed as in normal operation.

22.5.3.2 Low Temperature Test (in case applicable for Noida ambient temperature range)

The low temperature test shall be carried out on each complete piece of equipment or assembly, with all doors and covers being in place and closed as in normal operation.

22.5.4 Electrical Tests



22.5.4.1 Supply Variations

Measurements of equipment performance and maximum VA consumption shall be made, for supply voltage and frequency variations in all possible combinations of upper limit, normal and lower limit as detailed in the Specification. Throughout these tests, the equipment shall function in accordance with the Specification.

22.5.4.2 Supply Interruptions

i. The supply input to the equipment under test shall be interrupted for periods of 10 ms.

ii. The tests shall be performed ten times at random for ac supplies and three times at random for dc supplies.

iii. The equipment shall be capable of withstanding these interruptions of supply input without damage, interruption or resetting by the operator and shall continue to function and operate correctly in accordance with the Specification.



22.6 Appendix 6: Request for Inspection of Works Form Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited

CONTRACTOR

REQUEST FOR INSPECTION OF WORKS

To the Employer’s Representative

Date

* Location ) Will be ready for your inspection ) on * Description of Works ) at prior to ) ) on at hrs * Labour and plant to be used Signed for Contractor. Received by for Employer’s

Representative date

time Filled in by Engineer Mr Please arrange inspection Mr Please check setting out Signed Filled in by Inspector The above work was inspected and permission was given / not given to

proceed with next operation.

* The following remedial works were required

* Contractor informed verbally (to MR by Mr On at hrs) * Remedial works inspected and permission given to proceed with next operation on at hrs) as supervised By Signed Date Time Verbal or written permission by the Employer’s Representative or his staff shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the Contract. * To be completed if applicable.

∗ End of Appendix 6 ∗



22.7 Appendix 7: First Aid Requirements 22.7.1 Provisions by the Contractor

22.7.1.1 The Contractor shall supply portable first aid boxes maintained fully equipped at each local site offices and any work locations where 20 or more persons work at a time.

22.7.1.2 In each site office and work location at least one of the Contractor’s employees shall be trained in first aid and should be available at all working hours for purpose of attending to emergencies.

22.7.1.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for making his employees aware of the location and access route to the nearest first aid base and if necessary shall provide facilities for evacuating a workman by stretcher from the worksite.

22.7.1.4 The Contractor shall keep the first aid base personnel informed of the number and identity of staff working within the area of responsibility of each first aid base.




FOR Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida

Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida



Part 1: Particular Specifications

Issued By





Table of Content

1 INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................... 11

1.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................. 11 1.2 RELEVANT DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................................................... 11 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................................................................................................................... 12

2 SCOPE OF WORKS ................................................................................................................... 16

2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION ........................................................................................................................ 16 2.2 SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................................................................... 19 2.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................... 20 2.4 SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT’S .................................................................................................................. 21 2.5 SERVICES .............................................................................................................................................. 26

3 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 28

3.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................. 28 3.2 TICKETING SCHEME RULES .................................................................................................................. 30 3.3 PAYMENT CHANGE AND CURRENCY RULES ......................................................................................... 31 3.4 BLACKLISTED TICKETS/CARDS ............................................................................................................ 32 3.5 INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................................... 32 3.6 CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS ............................................................................................................ 34 3.7 OTHER REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................................ 35

4 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR FARE MEDIA LAYER ....................................................... 37

4.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................. 37 4.2 DESCRIPTION OF FARE PRODUCTS ........................................................................................................ 41

5 AFC STATION EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................................... 43

5.1 GENERAL .............................................................................................................................................. 43 5.2 AUTOMATIC GATE ................................................................................................................................ 43 5.3 GATE VALIDATORS DESIGN AND FEATURES .......................................................................................... 52 5.4 TICKET VENDING MACHINE (TVM) ..................................................................................................... 53 5.5 TICKET OFFICE MACHINE ..................................................................................................................... 65 5.6 EXCESS FARE OFFICE (EFO) ................................................................................................................ 74 5.7 HAND HELD DEVICE (HHD) ................................................................................................................ 76 5.8 TICKET READER (TR) ........................................................................................................................... 78 5.9 STATION COMPUTER (SC) ..................................................................................................................... 79 5.10 STATION AFC DEVICES/EQUIPMENT INTERFACES ................................................................................ 80

6 CENTRAL BACKOFFICE AFC SYSTEM .................................................................................. 83

6.1 CENTRAL AFC BACKOFFICE SYSTEM .................................................................................................. 83 6.2 CENTRAL COMPUTER (CC)................................................................................................................... 92 6.3 CLOUD HOSTING ................................................................................................................................ 102

7 NETWORK AND CABLING...................................................................................................... 108

7.1 NETWORK ARCHITECTURE ................................................................................................................. 108 7.2 NETWORK MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................... 122 7.3 CABLES - DATA, POWER AND CONTROL CABLES ................................................................................. 123 7.4 CABLE ROUTES .............................................................................................................................. 129

8 FI INTEGRATION ..................................................................................................................... 132



8.1 ACQUIRER AFC INTEGRATIONS ......................................................................................................... 132 8.2 CLEARING AND SETTLEMENT: ............................................................................................................ 132 8.3 REQUIREMENTS OF MERCHANT ACQUIRER SYSTEM ........................................................................... 132

9 ISSUER SMART CARD HOST ................................................................................................. 134

9.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 134 9.2 CARDHOLDER MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................ 134 9.3 KEY & CERTIFICATE MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................. 134 9.4 SMART MEDIA TRACKING MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................... 135 9.5 MEDIA STOCK MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................ 135 9.6 SMART CARD HOST DATA BASE MANAGEMENT ................................................................................ 136 9.7 EMV CSC INSTANT ISSUANCE ........................................................................................................... 136 9.8 SMART CARD PERSONALIZATION SYSTEM ......................................................................................... 136 9.9 MULTI-ISSUANCE ............................................................................................................................... 136 9.10 SPECIFICATION OF FI ACQUIRER ON ISSUANCE: ................................................................................. 136

10 PARKING TICKETING INTEGRATION ................................................................................... 137

10.1 PARKING TICKETING COMPONENTS ................................................................................................... 137 10.2 BILL OF QUANTITIES FOR PARKING TICKETING DEVICES ..................................................................... 138 10.3 NMRC PARKING TICKETING ............................................................................................................... 138 10.4 PARKING TICKETING SUB-SYSTEM ..................................................................................................... 139 10.5 CENTRAL BACKOFFICE SYSTEM ........................................................................................................ 141 10.6 NETWORK ARCHITECTURE ................................................................................................................. 143

11 NMRC MOBILE APPLICATION ............................................................................................... 144

11.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 144 11.2 OVERVIEW OF MODULES & FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT .................................................................. 144

12 CITY BUS TICKETING INTEGRATION ................................................................................... 149

12.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 149 12.2 BILL OF QUANTITIES .......................................................................................................................... 150 12.3 CITY BUS TICKETING OPTIONS ........................................................................................................... 150 12.4 TRANSIT PASS PRODUCTS................................................................................................................... 151 12.5 ON-BOARD BUS SUB-SYSTEM ............................................................................................................ 152 12.6 TICKET OFFICE MACHINES (TOM) ..................................................................................................... 153 12.7 DEPOT COMPUTER (DC) ..................................................................................................................... 154 12.8 CENTRAL BACKOFFICE SYSTEM ........................................................................................................ 155 12.9 EXTERNAL INTERFACES...................................................................................................................... 161 12.10 NETWORK ARCHITECTURE ................................................................................................................. 162

13 POWER SUPPLIES AND EARTHING ..................................................................................... 163

13.1 POWER SUPPLIES .......................................................................................................................... 163 13.2 EARTHING .......................................................................................................................................... 167

14 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY ................................................................................. 172

14.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 172 14.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMC .................................................................................................................. 172 14.3 EMC CONSIDERATIONS ...................................................................................................................... 172 14.4 EMC GUIDANCE................................................................................................................................. 173 14.5 EMC GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................ 173 14.6 TESTING OF EMC FEATURES .............................................................................................................. 174



14.7 EMC MANAGEMENT AND DOCUMENTATION ..................................................................................... 175

15 INTERFACES ........................................................................................................................... 177

15.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 177 15.2 INTERFACE SPECIFICATION ................................................................................................................. 177 15.3 INTERFACE WITH CIVIL AND ELECTRICAL WORKS ............................................................................. 178 15.4 INTERFACE WITH TELECOM ................................................................................................................ 178 15.5 INTERFACE WITH UPS CONTRACTOR ................................................................................................. 178 15.6 INTERFACE WITH ACCESS CONTROL CONTRACTOR ............................................................................. 179 15.7 AFC INTERFACE SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................................................... 179

16 HUMAN FACTORS ................................................................................................................... 183

16.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 183 16.2 SCOPE OF WORK SUMMARY ................................................................................................................ 183 16.3 HUMAN FACTORS DELIVERABLES ....................................................................................................... 184 16.4 HUMAN FACTORS STANDARDS ............................................................................................................ 185

17 CONFIGURATION CONTROL ................................................................................................. 186

17.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 186 17.2 CONFIGURATION CONTROL AUTHORITY ............................................................................................. 187 17.3 PROCUREMENT OF NEW EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ............................................................................ 187

18 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS....................................................................................................... 188

18.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 188 18.2 DESIGN PROCESS ................................................................................................................................ 188 18.3 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................................ 188 18.4 EQUIPMENT TYPE DESIGN CRITERION ................................................................................................. 188 18.5 SYSTEM LIFE CYCLE PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT ............................................................................ 189 18.6 DESIGN DOCUMENTATION .................................................................................................................. 189 18.7 SECURITY PROVISIONS ........................................................................................................................ 190 18.8 STAND-ALONE OPERATION ................................................................................................................. 190 18.9 MODULAR DESIGN .............................................................................................................................. 190 18.10 INTERCHANGEABILITY........................................................................................................................ 190 18.11 MAINTAINABILITY .............................................................................................................................. 190 18.12 WEIGHT LIMITATION .......................................................................................................................... 191 18.13 MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................................................... 191 18.14 TROUBLESHOOTING AIDS ................................................................................................................... 191 18.15 SELF-DIAGNOSTICS AND SELF-CLEARING ........................................................................................... 192 18.16 SHOP MAINTENANCE .......................................................................................................................... 192 18.17 SOFTWARE ......................................................................................................................................... 192 18.18 COMPUTER CLOCK .............................................................................................................................. 192 18.19 DATA COMMUNICATION INTERFACE ................................................................................................... 193 18.20 LOCKS AND KEYS ............................................................................................................................... 193 18.21 SAFE GUARDS ..................................................................................................................................... 193 18.22 SIGNAGE AND LABELLING OF EQUIPMENT AND CABLES ...................................................................... 193 18.23 EQUIPMENT LAYOUT .......................................................................................................................... 195 18.24 PAINTING AND PLATING ...................................................................................................................... 195 18.25 ACOUSTIC NOISE, ELECTROLYSIS AND MOULD GROWTH ..................................................................... 195 18.26 LINE PROTECTION ............................................................................................................................... 195 18.27 FIRE PROTECTION ............................................................................................................................... 195 18.28 PROTECTION FROM VANDALISM, GRAFFITI AND EXTERNAL FACTORS ................................................. 196



18.29 ANTI-THEFT MEASURES ...................................................................................................................... 196 18.30 DESIGN REVIEWS ................................................................................................................................ 196 18.31 EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT DETAILS REVIEW ......................................................................................... 198

19 RELIABILITY & AVAILABILITY ............................................................................................... 199

19.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................. 199 19.2 DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................................................... 199 19.3 RELIABILITY REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................. 200 19.4 AFC SYSTEM AVAILABILITY ............................................................................................................... 201 19.5 FAILURE MODE, EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS (FMECA) ...................................................... 202 19.6 SECURITY LEVEL AND THEIR CONSEQUENCES ..................................................................................... 202 19.7 FMECA CLASSIFICATION OF MAJOR AFC EQUIPMENT ....................................................................... 202 19.8 AVAILABILITY ALLOCATION FOR AFC EQUIPMENT ............................................................................ 204 19.9 RELIABILITY OBJECTIVES FOR AFC MECHANICAL SUB-ASSEMBLIES .................................................. 204 19.10 MAINTAINABILITY .............................................................................................................................. 206

20 PACKAGING, STORAGE AND DELIVERY ............................................................................. 208

20.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 208 20.2 PACKAGING ........................................................................................................................................ 208 20.3 OFFICE AND STORE ............................................................................................................................. 209 20.4 DELIVERY ........................................................................................................................................... 209

21 INSTALLATION ........................................................................................................................ 210

21.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 210 21.2 INSTALLATION PROGRAM ................................................................................................................... 211 21.3 INSTALLATION WORKS ....................................................................................................................... 212 21.4 CABLING ............................................................................................................................................ 213 21.5 HOUSING, ENCLOSURE AND CABINET ................................................................................................. 213 21.6 TAPES ................................................................................................................................................. 213 21.7 COORDINATION .................................................................................................................................. 213

22 VERIFICATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING ............................................................... 215

22.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................. 215 22.2 ON-SITE TESTING AND COMMISSIONING ............................................................................................. 227

23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE SUPPORT ...................................................................... 233

23.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 233 23.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION ............................................................................ 233 23.3 SOFTWARE SUPPORT ........................................................................................................................... 234 23.4 SUPPORTS DURING DEFECTS LIABILITY PERIOD (DLP)........................................................................ 234

24 SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS & TEST EQUIPMENT ..................................................... 237

24.1 SPARES ............................................................................................................................................... 237 24.2 SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT................................................................................................ 238

25 TRAINING AND TRANSFER OF KNOWLEDGE..................................................................... 239

25.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................................................. 239 25.2 SCOPE OF TRAINING ............................................................................................................................ 239 25.3 OFF SHORE TRAINING ......................................................................................................................... 239 25.4 TRAINING PLAN .................................................................................................................................. 240 25.5 TRAINING COURSES ............................................................................................................................ 240



25.6 OPERATIONS TRAINING COURSES ....................................................................................................... 241 25.7 MAINTENANCE TRAINING COURSES .................................................................................................... 241 25.8 TRAINING MATERIALS ........................................................................................................................ 242 25.9 TRAINING RECORDS ............................................................................................................................ 243 25.10 COURSE EVALUATION ......................................................................................................................... 244 25.11 TRANSFER OF KNOWLEDGE (TOK) ...................................................................................................... 244

26 ASSET MANAGEMENT ........................................................................................................... 246

26.1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................................... 246 26.2 ASSET INVENTORY ............................................................................................................................. 246 26.3 ASSET SAFETY MANAGEMENT STRATEGY ........................................................................................... 246 26.4 CONTROL AND MONITORING OF MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES ............................................................... 246 26.5 RESPONSIBILITY ................................................................................................................................. 247 26.6 DEFECTS MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................... 247 26.7 ASSET SAFETY INFORMATION MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................... 247 26.8 SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS ............................................................................................................ 247 26.9 RISK MANAGEMENT ............................................................................................................................ 247 26.10 CONTINUAL IMPROVEMENT REPORTING AND DATA-COLLECTION ....................................................... 248 26.11 OPPORTUNITY IDENTIFICATION AND INVESTIGATION ......................................................................... 248 26.12 SOLUTION EVALUATION AND OPTIONS ............................................................................................... 248 26.13 DISPOSAL OR REPLACEMENT OF ASSETS ............................................................................................. 248

27 DOCUMENTATION .................................................................................................................. 250

27.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 250 27.2 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENT ................................................................................................................ 250

28 PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................ 252

28.1 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................ 252 28.2 DESIGN ............................................................................................................................................... 252 28.3 KEY DATES AND ACCESS DATES ......................................................................................................... 252 28.4 PROJECT MEETINGS ............................................................................................................................ 252

29 APPENDIX ................................................................................................................................ 255

29.1 APPENDIX 6 ........................................................................................................................................ 255 29.2 APPENDIX 15.1 ................................................................................................................................... 257 29.3 APPENDIX 15.2: SCHEDULE OF ACCESS DATES FOR AFC ................................................................... 258 29.4 APPENDIX 16 ...................................................................................................................................... 259



List of Abbreviations

AFC Automatic Fare Collection System AG Automatic Gate BNA Bank Note Acceptor BNR Bank Note Recycler BOQ Bill of Quantities CAFCS Central AFC BackOffice System CC Central Computer CDR Conceptual Design Review COTS Commercially Off The Shelf CPU Central Processing Unit DLP Defect Liability Period DSM Device Security Module DVD Digital Versatile Disc EFO Excess Fare Office EMI Electrical Environment EMV Euro Pay Master Visa EOD End Of Day EP Employee Pass EPDR Equipment Placement Details Review FAT Factory Acceptance Test FDR Final Design Review FRACAS Failure Reporting And Corrective Action System GS General Specification GT Group Ticket GUI Graphical User Interface HHD Hand Held Device IC Integrated Circuit NMRC Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited LAN Local Area Network LED Light Emitting Diode MAC Message Authentication Code MCBF Mean Cycles Between Failures MCBJ Mean Cycles Between Jams MDT Maintainability Demonstration Test MMTR Mean Time To Repair NFC Near Field Communication OCC Operation Control Centre OFC Optical Fiber Cable OFS Offline Server OLS Online Server OS Operating System PDF Portable Document Format PID Passenger Information Display PIN Personal Identification Number



PPM Passengers Per Minute PPR Pre-Production Review PS Particular Specification RBI Reserve Bank Of India RDT Reliability Demonstration Test RF Radio Frequency ROM Read Only Memory S&T Signal and Telecom SAM Security Access Module SC Station Computer SCR Station Control Room SJT Single Journey Ticket TER Telecom Equipment Room TOM Ticket Office Machine TOK Transfer Of Knowledge TR Ticket Reader TTRS Time To Return To Service TVM Ticket Vending Machine WAN Wide Area Network AFC Automatic Fare Collection AG Automatic Gate API Application Programming Interface AR Audit registers BCC Back up Control Centre BO Booking Office CAFCS Central AFC BackOffice System CC Central Computer CCHS Central Clearing House System CPD Card Personalization Device CRD Card Reader Device CS Central System DDC Designated Design Contractor EFO Excess Fare Office EMR Emergency Mode ERP Enterprise Resource Planning EOD End of Day/Equipment Operational Data FAT Factory Acceptance Test FIFO First In First Out FRACAS Failure Reporting and Corrective Action System FTP File Transfer Protocol GCC General Conditions of Contract GS General Specifications HHD Hand Held Device INC Incident Mode INR Indian Rupees IOR Interoperable object reference



IP Internet Protocol IR Indian Railways IRS Indian Railway Standards ISO International Standards Organization IVR Installation Verification Record LAN Local Area Network LLRU Lowest Level Replacement Units MAN Metropolitan Area Network MS Middleware Server NTP Network Time Protocol OFC Optical Fibre Cable OCC Operations Control Centre OOS Out of Service PAT Partial Acceptance Test PCI DSS Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards PCM Pulse Code Modulation PDU Passenger Display Unit PID Passenger Information Display PIN Personal Identification Number PKI Public Key Infrastructure TS Technical Specification RJ Return Journey RS Replication Server SAM Security Access Modules SC Station Computer SCC Special Conditions of Contract SCR Station Control Room SM Security Module SMS Station Monitoring ( or Management ) System SNTP Simplified Network Time Protocol SP Service Provider TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol TMO Time Mode Override TO Ticket office TOM Ticket Office Machine TP Ticket Processing. (Fare processing module) TR Ticket Reader TTRS Time to Return to service TVM Ticket Vending Machine UD Usage Data UPS Uninterruptable Power Supply VS Virtual Server WAN Wide Area Network XDR eXternal Data Representation

Definitions



Acronym Description

EMV CSC

EMV CSC is a dual Interface EMV prepaid cards with stored value in the pre-determined secure and dedicated area in the memory of the card and at the account level of bank as per the common mobility card transit specifications

EMV

EMV refers to payment chip cards that contain an embedded microprocessor, a type of small computer that provides strong security features and other capabilities not possible with traditional magnetic stripe cards.

FI FI is the financial institution which issues EMV CSC and process the transactions from transit and non-transit terminals.

AFC Provider AFC Provider is the service provider for providing the AFC solution and implementation as per NMRC requirement’s

RuPay RuPay is a payments scheme of NPCI (National Payment Corporation of India)

DLP DLP is defect liability period. It includes both Hardware and Software DLP as defined in 1.1.3.7 of Particular conditions.

Paid area In a station paid area is considered to area where patrons have gained authorized access to travel in metro.

Un paid area In a station unpaid area is considered to area where patrons have not gained authorized access to travel in metro.

OCC Operational Control center is the central location for all NMRC operations.

Interoperability Interoperability refers to acceptance of smart cards across multiple modes of transportation in Noida

Issuing bank Issuing bank refers to bank that issues the cards to the commuters. Issuing bank takes credit risk and pays for transactions performed by card holders

Non-personalized CSC

Co-branded EMV based CSC issued to commuters without personalization details embossed on the card and issued through collecting minimum KYC details as per RBI guidelines

Personalized CSC

Co-branded EMV based CSC issued to commuters with personalization details embossed on the card including photo and issued through collecting minimum KYC details as per RBI guidelines



1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 General 1.1.1 NOIDA and Greater Noida are being developed as the satellite towns to New Delhi

and more and more people from Delhi. A new metro rail network will shortly be

developed between Noida and Greater Noida. Measuring 29.139 km, it will be

developed at an estimated cost of Rs 5,064 crore. According to the DPR, 21

stations are proposed and all are elevated stations. Starting from Noida City Centre

in Sector 32, the proposed Metro corridor will lead towards Greater Noida via

stations in sectors 50, 51, 78, 101, 81, on the Dadri road, 83, 85, 137, 142, 143,

144, 147, 153 & sector 149 in Noida.

1.1.2 A special purpose vehicle (SPV) would be formed for the development, operation

and maintenance of the metro rail. , it will be developed at an estimated cost of Rs

5,064 crore.

1.1.3 The Government of India and UP will each bear 20% of the costs and loans from

external agencies would be taken to fund the rest 60% of the project. Twenty per

cent funding from UP will be shared by Noida and Greater Noida Authorities, based

on the length of track that passes through the two areas.

Corridor

Route length in km (between dead ends) Number of

Stations Status of stations

Elevated

Total Greater Noida

Corridor 29.139 km 29.139 km 21 Under construction

1.2 Relevant documents 1.2.1 This Particular Specification (PS) shall be read in conjunction with the Conditions

of Contract, the General Specification (GS) and any other document forming part of the contract. In the event of a conflict between the GS and PS, the requirements of the PS shall prevail.

1.2.2 In the event of a conflict between the PS and any other standards or specifications quoted in the PS, the requirements of the PS shall prevail.

1.2.3 Notwithstanding the precedence specified in above paragraph, the contractor shall always immediately seek advice from the Employer’s engineer in the event of conflicts between specifications.



1.3 System Description 1.3.1 General Overview: EMV standard based Smart Card oriented Automatic Fare

Collection System (AFC) is an end-to-end solution for the commuters to pay for the travel fares. The state-of-the-art solution is uniquely designed with the demand of revenue services and keeping in mind the modern transit operation. Furthermore, with the advent of contactless smartcard technology and proliferation of its business applications, AFC also enables transit operators to expand revenue opportunities, explore the benefits of payment integration with other transit operators as well as non-transit service providers. Following section outlines the overall ecosystem of AFC. However, the responsibilities pertaining to Contractor in the ecosystem have been indicated in the diagrams.

1.3.2 AFC Overview

Following section outlines the overall ecosystem of AFC. However, the responsibilities pertaining to Contractor in the ecosystem have been indicated in the diagrams.



1.3.3 Conceptual View of Proposed for Smart Card based AFC system conceptually, the Smart Card based AFC system shall be tiered as given below for adopting a structured approach:

Note - The diagram is only from an illustration standpoint only. This is a concept diagram and the Contractor is free to propose system architecture meeting the requirements of NMRC. Also, the media and terminal layer are illustrative and needs to follow the requirements of NMRC mentioned in the detailed sections below

a. Level-0: Fare Media (Contactless EMV CSC, QR-code based Paper Tickets, Mobile based ticketing- QR Code, NFC)

I. Fare Media (FM) is the component of this level. These AFC fare media components sold/disbursed by various entities as defined in BR (by FI through Designated Vendor, Web application, Mobile application etc.). AFC components at this level deals with Fare Media and Fare Product.

II. Fare Media is any physical media that the system can recognize and interact to perform transactions. This includes various form factors like Contactless cards, NFC Mobile payments, QR codes etc.

b. Level-1: Station Ticketing Facilities (Validation and Sales Devices)



The station ticketing facility facilitates the commuter travel by providing an ecosystem for the issuance and acceptance of fare media. The station ticketing facilities consist of the following:

I. Ticket Vending Machine (TVM): The TVM shall be a kiosk where a commuter can purchase QR based paper tickets and Add value/products to EMV CSC. These are located in the unpaid area of the stations.

II. Ticket Office Machine (TOM): The TOM shall comprise of a dedicated office space with workstation to conduct the activities like issuing EMV CSC, QR based paper tickets, & Add value/products to EMV CSC and handle customer queries related to ticketing.

III. Automatic Gates (AG): The Automatic Gates shall be equipped with acceptance infrastructure capable of reading and authenticating all types of NMRC defined fare media’s. The acceptance infrastructure shall interface with the gates for communicating the access control decisions.

IV. Hand Held devices (HHD): These are hand held electronic ticketing machines and shall be deployed for checking/ validating/issuing the fare media for the commuters and shall be used by station AFC operation staff’s. This equipment is a portable, hand held device to facilitate the ticket checking capability of the AFC system.

V. Excess Fare Office (EFO): The EFO shall be manned by station staff and shall enable commuters to seek information, pay excess fares or check the validity/ credit value of their fare media. This is located in-line with the Gate array sharing both paid and unpaid area. It can be assessed easily both from paid and unpaid area.

VI. Ticket Readers: Ticket readers are standalone devices for checking the fare media details

VII. The Station Computer resides at the station control room would be controlling and managing the AFC facilities at the station level.

c. Level-2: Central Computer System of AFC

The Central Computer System of AFC is the minimal AFC ecosystem hosted locally in OCC infrastructure. It shall function as a managing the Equipment’s, Alarms/Alerts management and QR codes validations. OCC workstations resides at the OCC would be controlling and managing the AFC facilities at the central level and MIS.

d. Level-3: Central Backoffice System of AFC

The Central BackOffice System of AFC is the heart of entire AFC ecosystem. It shall function as a. Transaction Management system, Reconciliation and Settlements for NMRC, City Buses & parking systems, Management Information System (MIS), and also as a communication layer between AFC systems and External Interfaces (like banking interfaces, mobile & ERP).



e. Level-4: Interfaces to AFC

The Central system of AFC system shall be interfaced with following external systems:

I. Banking Interfaces: The banking interfaces shall be required for issuing of EMV CSC, top-up’s, and Acceptance of EMV CSC (Debit transactions), settlement of transactions, Mobile banking, Payment Gateway and others.

II. Mobile/Web Application: Should have interfaces for NMRC Mobile and Web Application.

III. ERP Interfaces: Should have interfaces to NMRC ERP solution for End of day transaction reporting and settlements.



2 SCOPE OF WORKS

2.1 General Description 2.1.1 The objective of this project is to provide automatic fare collection system for Noida

Metro Rail Corporation Limited, city buses, parking, utility payments and extended baking services (the detailed requirements for utility payments and corporate banking requirements are provided in Volume 2_Annexure 1 and Volume 2_Annexure 2 respectively) as agreed between the Contractors and NMRC. The Contractor shall be responsible for installation of the end to end EMV CSC based AFC system at the required number of stations, buses, parking lots and utility payments with each devices connected to the Central Backoffice AFC system.

2.1.2 The AFC system shall, as far as possible, operate using open non-proprietary, industry standards and shall be a highly reliable, scalable, secure and customer friendly facility. The system security shall include, as a minimum, protection against fraud, theft, falsification of data, false accounting, external threats, denial of service, eavesdropping, loss or corruption of information, masquerading (spoofing) and unauthorized access, etc. The system shall adhere to industry recognized International and National standards and practices published and maintained by organizations such as EMVco, PCI DSS, IEC, ISO, CEN, EN and ISI etc., as applicable.

2.1.3 The intention is to make the system interoperable with other Public Transport Organizations within Noida etc. Within Noida Metro Rail Corporation sites, the AFC system shall integrate and synchronize seamlessly with a collection of multiple systems, like the inter-site transmission network, master clock system, power supply system, main earthing facilities, cable routing facilities, fault monitoring system.

2.1.4 The Contractor shall design, supply, install, test, commission and maintain the equipment hardware, software, cables, cable routes, materials, accessories, fixings, earthing, power distribution facilities and interfaces required to complete the ecosystem for Automatic Fare Collection System as per the contract tenure mentioned in the “contract data” section of the Contract conditions.

2.1.5 The Contractor shall design, print, manufacture, supply, distribute and market the NMRC EMV CSC and other ticketing form factors based on the given BOQ.

2.1.6 The Contractor shall supply, develop and technically support the personalization devices, and handle card issuance at NMRC stations whereas it would also additionally operate the personalization devices at their additionally selected points of card issuance.

2.1.7 The Contractor shall design, develop and be responsible for the maintenance and management of AFC devices, Central AFC solution.

2.1.8 The Contractor shall design, develop and be responsible for the maintenance and management of smart card host and Central Clearing House System.

2.1.9 The Contractor shall employ system for NMRC to be able to perform day to day monitoring of the ticketing operations and the Contractor shall provision for the MIS reporting and would be responsible for generation of MIS reports as per the requirements of the NMRC till the duration of the contract.



2.1.10 The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of the equipment hardware, software, etc. and would be responsible for repairing and replacement in case of failures or defects as part of the defect liability period obligation of the contract for the contract duration.

2.1.11 The AFC system shall be designed and deployed as per the requirements stated in this RFP.

2.1.12 The AFC system design shall meet the requirement for handling at least 256 stations and 1500 buses (expandable further up to 256 station and 3000 buses but not to be limited by any configuration parameter). The Central system should be scalable and integrated for Noida metro future extensions (for data handling capacity as well as number of lines / stations / equipment and smart cards by addition of extra hardware/up gradation of existing hardware by employer after DLP period).

2.1.13 The system shall support interoperability for EMV CSC with different operators in Noida using the open standard national common mobility specifications.

2.1.14 The Contractor shall follow the schedules of works and supply and shall complete the sections of the works by the key dates set out in the tender document. Schedule of key dates are provided in the Project Timelines section of the first chapter of the “General Specifications” document in the volume 2 of this RFP and access dates are at Appendix 15.2 of “02-Appendices” document.

2.1.15 Mobile based ticketing: - The system shall allow for the integration and operation of a

mobile application based ticketing. This shall be implemented & demonstrated in

Test lab on one of the entry and one of the exit gate first before implementation at

all stations. The Contractor shall be responsible for developing an end-to-end

Issuance and Acceptance ecosystem including back end processing required for

such ticketing needs.

2.1.16 The Contractor shall at all times comply with the project schedule provided by Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited.

2.1.17 The Contractor shall verify by analysis, testing and system demonstrations, as required, the operability, reliability, availability, maintainability and safety requirements stated in the Specifications.

2.1.18 The below mentioned matrix would help the Contractor understand the overall responsibility across different areas:

# Task/Responsibilities Level Entities

NMRC

AFC Provider

FI

1 Business Rules Across X 2 Access Rules Across X 3 Security Policy Across X X X

4 Card-Device Interface Specifications for Interoperability across other modes of transport, para transport, etc.

0 & 1 X

X



5 Fare Media (EMV CSC,QR codes, mobile media)

0 X X

6 Station AFC Devices - Issuance Side (Point of Sale machines like TOM, TVM, HHD)

1 X

7 Offsite Issuance Side (Point of Sale) 1 X

8 Station AFC Devices - Transaction Side (Automatic Gate , HHD, TR)

1 X

9 Station computer(Smart Card based AFC system)

1 X

10 Central Computer(Smart Card based AFC system)

2 X

11 Central Backoffice system(Smart Card based AFC system)

3 X

12 Smart Card Host including key management facility

Across X

13 User Interface over Web for ticketing, top up and other customer services

4 X

14 User Interface over phone for ticketing and other customer services (Call centre support with IVR)

4 X

15 Monitoring and Control Across X

16 Station site readiness X

17 Adequate power and air conditioning X

18 Wide area network stations and OCC X

19 Raceways for power and LAN cables X

20 Enabling interface with other system provider/departments like Signal telecom, traffic , Finance and IT

X



2.2 Scope of Work 2.2.1 The overview of the scope of works and services for AFC Provider include:

2.2.1.1 AFC Provider should design, manufacture, source and supply of AFC equipment. This also includes supply of local items, installation, testing and commissioning of AFC equipment’s for NMRC metro, city buses, metro parking and utility payments.

2.2.1.2 It also includes commissioning and maintenance of Central AFC solution on as a cloud based solution for NMRC.

2.2.1.3 The proposed BoQ is given in TECH FORM 6 of the “Bidding Form” document in the Volume 1 of the RFP. The delivery includes all the items which have not been included in this list but are a part of proposed solution and are required for implementation at all levels: Central level, Station or Equipment level as mentioned in RFP.

2.2.1.4 Provide technical maintenance and support of the AFC system over the contract period.

2.2.1.5 Develop suitable mobile application for NMRC that integrates with the AFCS including maintenance and support for the application during the contract period.

2.2.1.6 The AFC Provider Contractor shall be responsible for hosting the Central AFC solution at Cloud agreed by NMRC but also shall be responsible for deploying a central computer system at the operation control center respectively in Noida as identified by NMRC.

2.2.1.7 Develop and implement interfaces to integrate with FI issuance and acquiring switch system for EMV card transaction and settlement defined by FI during the design phase.

2.2.1.8 It also includes supply, installation and commissioning of all the networking equipment and cables for station LAN, OCC Central Computer System LAN and for the connectivity with the communication backbone provided by S&T contractor of NMRC.

2.2.1.9 It also includes the supply and installation of power cables and distribution boxes for providing power to AFC equipment from the UPS provided by Signalling and & Telecom contractor.

2.2.1.10 Develop and implement interfaces with NMRC SAP for integration of transaction data from AFC system to SAP system, interfaces will be provided during the design phases by NMRC SAP service provider.

2.2.2 The overview of the scope of works and services for FI include:

2.2.2.1 Procurement, Personalization and Issuance of contactless EMV smart cards & other fare media for NMRC ticketing and payment for goods and services outside NMRC transit in line with the National Common mobility card & payment scheme specifications.



2.2.2.2 The FI Contractor shall design, develop and maintain interoperable Smart Card Application and Card Data format along with compliance to the EMV specifications by partnering with the relevant payment scheme.

2.2.2.3 FI should provide certified EMV kernels for the readers/terminal integration and also should provide the certified EMV cards.

2.2.2.4 Providing transaction clearing, reconciliation of accounts and money settlement functions for all parties participating in the Noida common mobility smart card program

2.2.2.5 In addition to the physical top up of the Noida common mobility smart cards from Point of Sale machines at station through TVM,TOM, TR. setup of web enabled online card money top-up over dedicated web channel with payment gateways and other banking channels should also be provided.

2.2.2.6 The FI Contractor shall design, develop and maintain the smart card top-Up channels through FI ATM’s and e-payment services.

2.2.2.7 Develop the compatible NFC based mobile application for ticketing and other payment purpose.

2.2.2.8 Provide card customer support over Phone, Call center, Internet and at bank branch level for card issuance, renewal, refunds, top-ups, customer account management and customer support with payment gateway and authentication services as per RBI requirements.

2.2.2.9 Manage the entire smart card life cycle management of open standards card specifications, card applications, payment scheme, card account management and card transactions.

2.2.2.10 Manage and undertake marketing and sales of Noida common mobility EMV CSC and web portal with commuters, retailers/ merchants in Noida Region and urban agglomeration around with the objective of increasing card penetration, mobile payment and doing e commerce transactions.

2.2.2.11 Enable and undertake card usage over, retail merchant, etc. with a view to make it the card of choice for citizens and travellers in Noida & Greater Noida as well as to augment the non-fare box income for NMRCL.

2.3 General requirements 2.3.1 Contractor shall design the system:

2.3.1.1 The AFC System shall be designed as to have a minimum of 15 years of service life in terms of scalability and performance (except the equipment Hardware/Displays wherein it will be for Hardware DLP period) operating continuously. The lifetime of cables shall not be less than 25 years.

2.3.1.2 Aid maintainability and reduce the requirement for spares;

2.3.1.3 Use interchangeable modules which shall be accessible for prompt exchange or repair and up gradations;

2.3.2 The system shall be designed to attain the Employers requirements as required in this Specification.



2.3.3 AFC system shall be designed to process EMV CSC, QR codes, NFC. All Contactless EMV readers should support EMV level 1 & applicable EMV Level 2 standard kernels for processing Contactless EMV media including card or NFC mobile application.

2.3.4 Noida metro seeks an Open Architecture Solution for the AFC system with following elements:

2.3.4.1 Adherence to International and National standards and practices for the industry. (Published and maintained by organizations such as EMV, ISO, CEN, and ISI etc).

2.3.4.2 Interoperability - To ensure that NMRC will be able to participate in an open loop Smart Card market including other transit systems

2.3.5 The proposed solution (hardware and software) will ensure:

2.3.5.1 Delivery of vendor independent of modules or equipment’s as far as possible. Use of Standard Commercial off the Shelf products and software, encouraging use of non-proprietary items

2.3.5.2 Proven hardware platform

2.3.6 The system needs to be flexible and configurable designed to allow future adaptation in a multi-operator environment and government policies.

2.3.7 The attainment of the reliability, availability, maintainability and safety requirements of the system will be verified by analysis, testing and system demonstrations as required in the Specifications.

2.4 System and equipment’s 2.4.1 The scope of supply shall include all necessary hardware / equipment, software,

accessories, materials, documentation and facilities necessary to meet all requirements of the AFC system for the required stations.

2.4.2 The proposed AFC system comprises of all equipment associated with the AFC system including (but not limited to):

2.4.2.1 Station Layer

2.4.2.1.1 This layer shall provide local fault monitoring of the AFC installation, traffic statistics and revenue reports etc. The workstation shall also comprise of any additional hardware/ software required to complete the AFC ecosystem.

2.4.2.1.2 Issuance Infrastructure – This shall comprise of setting up the issuance infrastructure at the TOM and TVM machines The TOM will be used to issue the personalized and Non-personalized EMV CSC. The TVM shall also be capable of issuance of QR fare media to the commuters along with the features to top up/add products to the EMV CSC.



2.4.2.1.3 Fare Media Acceptance Infrastructure – This shall comprise of EMV contactless readers and QR code readers to read and process ticketing media. This infrastructure shall be made available at the Automatic Gates, TOM, EFO, TVM, HHD, etc.

2.4.2.1.4 The infrastructure shall also help resolve any queries related to the functioning of the fare media. This infrastructure shall be made available at the TOM, EFO etc.

2.4.2.1.5 Cable routes, earthing and equipment fixings up to designated interface points;

2.4.2.1.6 Local Area Network (LAN): This shall comprise of networking of the systems including, but not limited to, ticket vending machines, automated gates, ticket office machines, workstations and all network equipment’s necessary for operations; The WAN connectivity between stations to OCC shall be provided by NMRC telecom contractor.

2.4.2.1.7 Station computers with printers, toners and printer papers

2.4.2.1.8 Station computer: Station computer shall be the station level AFC management application responsible for monitoring station level equipment, generating station level reports, sending control command from AFC BackOffice System.

2.4.2.1.9 Local Area Network (LAN): All network equipment in Station OCC like workstations, monitoring console’s and management systems;

2.4.2.1.10 Complete Station level networking works and network equipment like Switches, Routers including Ethernet / OFC cables, ties, conduits, legends, terminations, other accessories, power supply distribution panels, power / control cables and all fixing and termination accessories. However, the Central Router / Switch shall be equipped to support all stations.

2.4.2.1.11 Interface to the Central Backoffice system based AFC system and Station AFC equipment and infrastructure.

2.4.2.2 Central Computer (CC)

2.4.2.2.1 Central computer: Central computer shall be the minimal central level AFC management application responsible for monitoring equipment, Issuing and validating the QR codes, generating of reports, sending control commands.

2.4.2.2.2 Local Area Network (LAN): All equipment in OCC like workstations, servers and management systems;



2.4.2.2.3 Complete OCC Central computer system level networking works and network equipment like Switches, Routers including Ethernet / OFC cables, ties, conduits, legends, terminations, other accessories, power supply distribution panels, power / control cables and all fixing termination accessories, the Central Router / Switch and other external communication like bank gateway, switch and other applications should be provided by Contractors.

2.4.2.2.4 Local Area Network (LAN); All OCC Equipments should be interconnected on LAN. Inter site communication between central computer and a Station equipment’s to be carried out using appropriate available Wide Area network provided by NMRC. Other external communication like bank gateway, switch and other applications from OCC should be provided by Contractors.

2.4.2.2.5 Interfaces to the Central Backoffice system based AFC system and stations equipment and infrastructure should be provided by Contractor.

2.4.2.3 Central AFC BackOffice System

2.4.2.3.1 Central AFC Application: The application shall be centrally hosted at on cloud and other hardware/software components for data/application/keys configuration on all AFC devices & equipment, Transaction Processing, Generating detailed summary reports of ticketing and travel for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited management, Controlling and monitoring the AFC ecosystem.

2.4.2.3.2 It shall also act as a communication bridge between the external peripheral systems and Station devices.

2.4.2.3.3 Web based AFC application: The AFC backend software shall be web-based software, which could be accessed from any-where, any-time, by authorized users with proper authentication and authorization from NMRC network and outside based on NMRC requirements.

2.4.2.3.4 NMRC AFC central back office system shall Interface internally with the Station computer equipment, Central computer, AFC devices and with the FI smart card host.

2.4.2.4 Smart Card Host: This system shall issue EMV CSC. This system would undertake all functions required for issuance of media, transaction processing, card life cycle management, security etc. associated with EMV CSC and shall interface with Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited Central AFC BackOffice System for acceptance of usage transaction and key/certificate management. This shall also include sending the configuration parameters and data for keys, black list etc. to the AFC system wherever applicable.

2.4.2.5 All equipment / items associated along with any interfaces required to ensure operation within the performance requirements.

2.4.2.6 Maintenance Spare Parts, Special tools and test equipment.

2.4.2.6.1 The Contractors scope of supply shall, as a minimum, include the following:



2.4.2.6.2 Spares for all the equipment’s mentioned in BoQ, but not limited to, shall be maintained at a central location within the storage place provided by Contractor:

2.4.2.6.3 There shall be spare of the quoted quantities for the above given equipment to ensure business continuity after the contract period as defined in the BOQ.

2.4.2.6.4 Spares shall be maintained and managed at a central location until the contract period by the Contractor.

2.4.2.6.5 Contractor shall establish basic tools for Cloud Data Centre (DC) IT management to undertake health check monitoring, troubleshooting etc.

2.4.2.7 Contractor shall deploy and test in Onsite test platform in NMRC lab infrastructure before deploying in production.

2.4.2.8 All equipment and paraphernalia necessary to carry out factory and on site testing and commissioning

2.4.2.9 Contractor shall provide all software and hardware required for AFC including development system, licenses of all applications and Operating System software, simulator etc.

2.4.2.10 Scope of Software Supply shall, as a minimum but not restricted to, include all software required for the AFC system including:

2.4.2.10.1 Development/Customization of AFC application software;

2.4.2.10.2 Application Programming Interface (API) software;

2.4.2.10.3 Simulator software as required;

2.4.2.10.4 Antivirus software, etc

2.4.3 The Contractor shall supply to Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited all software solution relevant to all of the AFC equipment, for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s staff to carry out successful ticketing operations.

2.4.4 Contractor shall provide detailed interface specifications for following interfaces (API’s, DLL’s Documentation):

2.4.4.1 Smart Card to Smart Card Reader

2.4.4.2 Fare Media to AFC Equipment

2.4.4.3 AFC Equipment (Gate, TOM, TVM, HHD) to Central computer/Central Backoffice

2.4.4.4 Smart Card Host to Central Backoffice

2.4.4.5 Various external interfaces (Mobile Application, NMRC, SAP ERP etc..,)

2.4.5 Contractor shall interface with other designated contractors of NMRC as per Ch-17-‘Interfaces’ of this document.



2.4.6 Test Lab (TL)

2.4.6.1 A Test platform should be setup at NMRC premises space provided by NMRC for testing and deployment of AFC system.

2.4.6.2 Test platform supplied in the scope of BoQ should include all the devices to be deployed and there should be QA environment to replicate the backoffice systems.

2.4.6.3 End to end system has to be tested and approved by NMRC in test lab before deploying in production

2.4.6.4 It shall include all software, hardware, simulators and interfaces required for the

purpose of system testing (before deployment) and future modifications and upgrades

2.4.6.5 Any upgrades to production would be tested and certified through TL and accepted by NMRC representative.

2.4.6.6 Contractor should provide the power, cabling and network for the equipment’s during the contract period.

2.4.6.7 Contractors should maintain the test lab equipment’s during the contract period.



2.5 Services The Services to be performed by the Contractor shall include, but not limited to, the following:

2.5.1 Design, manufacture, delivery, installation, testing, commissioning and assurance of integrated AFC system of NMRC for all stations mentioned in tis RFP

2.5.2 Presentations, meetings, review and audit support as specified in the RFP.

2.5.3 The Contractor shall provide, as a minimum, the following for Project management and during implementation of the system as mentioned in General Specifications:

2.5.3.1 Quality management, provision of reliability and maintainability demonstration test;

2.5.3.2 Overall site supervision and management;

2.5.3.3 Decommissioning, removal and disposal of temporary works, if any;

2.5.3.4 Efficient management of Contractor’s spares during the defects liability period;

2.5.3.5 Presentations, meetings, reviews and audit support as specified in the Specification;

2.5.3.6 Interface management;

2.5.3.7 Configuration control;

2.5.3.8 Asset management;

2.5.3.9 Human factors assessment;

2.5.3.10 Extensive guidance and assistance for indigenous development of AFC software / hardware;

2.5.3.11 Any other work to meet Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s requirement

2.5.4 Maintenance and support services during DLP period that can be extended for a period of two more years subject to mutual agreement subject to efficient management of contractor’s spares during DLP

2.5.5 Contractor shall ensure system security from fraud possibilities, falsification of data, computer virus etc. during DLP period.

2.5.6 Preparation and submission of documentation (hard / soft copy). Contractor shall prepare, update and submit all design, functional and technical documentation supporting the AFC system setup as well as interfaces with external systems.

2.5.7 Setup Contractor’s Premises (Project Office & Storage Space):

2.5.7.1 The Contractor shall set up own Project Office in Noida.

2.5.7.2 Then Contractor would be provided with storage space a bare shell enclose by NMRC; all other facilities this included power, network, insurance and security needs to be provided by contractors. If space provided by NMRC does not suit contractor requirement , contractor to set up storage at his own cost.



2.5.8 Liaison with various other Contractors

2.5.8.1 Liaison with the nominated Contractors this includes other transit operators on appropriate design, interface, installation and testing issues;

2.5.8.2 Provision of design information to the nominated Contractors;

2.5.8.3 Providing necessary functional and technical support, interface specifications and design with third parties like central clearing house and the smart card host system of the fare media issuing agency;

2.5.8.4 Positioning of AFC equipment in relation to other station infrastructure and signage;

2.5.8.5 Review followed by receipt of ‘Notice of no Objection’ of the designs, installation and, where appropriate, testing work supplied and/or performed by the nominated project Contractors.

2.5.8.6 Any other work to meet the Works requirements



3 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS

3.1 General This chapter describes basic operational requirements, which will govern the AFC system.

3.1.1 Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited AFC system shall operate in compliance to the requirements of Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s Business Rules (BR) for Metro, buses and parking shall be designed to readily accommodate future modifications through configuration changes in system to the Business Rules as proposed and approved during design and Implementation phase.

3.1.2 The Contractor shall make available the necessary AFC solution to ensure smooth operations by the NMRC.

3.1.3 Contractor shall provide technical maintenance and support from the software throughout the tenure of the project. Whereas provide maintenance and support for the hardware till the defined DLP period for hardware.

3.1.4 Contractor shall propose and, if agreed by Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited, develop applications to cater for future business rules of Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited.

3.1.5 Contractor shall liaise with Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited during design stage to establish all configurable parameters for metro, buses and parking rules.

3.1.6 Parameters appropriate to operating features of AFC system shall be easily configurable in order to implement modifications, as required, throughout the lifetime of the installation.

3.1.7 It shall be possible for such changes to be performed at the Central AFC BackOffice System with facility provided to allow the changes to be downloaded to the station equipment through central computer and become effective at a specified future date.

3.1.8 The central AFC system shall be able to distribute global Equipment Operating Data parameters so as to ensure smooth and uniform operation of system regarding system performance, design functionality and passenger traffic, etc.

3.1.9 The total time required to download configuration parameters from the Central AFC BackOffice System to all devices shall be a maximum of thirty (30) minutes.

3.1.10 During the parameter download, the equipment’s shall be able to operate normally and the transitioning time to switch to new operational parameters shall not affect normal operations.

3.1.11 Equipment’s shall retain in memory at least the most recent two versions of configuration parameters and it shall be possible to switch back to previous version of Equipment Operating Data, if required.

3.1.12 In the event that the calendar expires the system shall continue to operate using the latest set of parameters.



3.1.13 Contractor shall establish and implement leading practices of IT service Management like Information Technology Infrastructure Library (ITIL), International Organization for Standardization (ISO)/IEC 20000 standard, which shall promote the adoption of an integrated process approach to effectively deliver managed services to meet the requirements of Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited.

3.1.14 Contractor shall identify all assets and document the importance of these assets. The asset inventory shall include all the information necessary in order to recover from a disaster, including type of assets, format, location, backup information, license information etc.

3.1.15 Contractor shall undertake scheduled and ad-hoc maintenance (on need basis) and operations like Data backup, replication, patch management and upgrades as per Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited standards

3.1.16 When implementing the operational requirements, the contractor shall ensure that all associated security/ frauds problems are addressed.

3.1.17 The AFC system for Noida metro will be a cyclic system that requires checking of tickets both at entry and exit gates.

3.1.18 Contractor should supply AFC Equipment so as to aid maintainability and reduce the requirement for spares; all AFC Equipment shall use interchangeable modules. Modules shall be accessible for prompt exchange or repair. Modules performing identical or similar functions in AFC Equipment shall be mounted in the same location within each cabinet and shall be physically and electrically interchangeable as far as possible.

3.1.19 Contractor should perform all the required certifications and compliance of the system to EMV level 1 & 2, PCI during the contract period.



3.2 Ticketing Scheme Rules 3.2.1 Business rules document would be provided by NMRC during the preliminary

design phase of the project. The Contractor shall enhance and give necessary support to ensure that the business rules document contains the best practices and is in a format that supports relatively easy customization and upgrade of the application software provided by the Contractor.

3.2.2 AFC application software shall result in a design which, when implemented, at site shall be fully compliant with NMRC business rules.

3.2.3 Design of the application software shall be highly flexible and easy to implement so as to easily accommodate future changes to the business rules including specific requirements to accommodate future / integration with extensions of Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited.

3.2.4 Contractor shall be responsible for optimizing the business rules, in conjunction with NMRC, to a final version within three (3) months of contract award, or an alternative date to be agreed mutually with Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited. However the Contractor based on the preliminary business rules, without impinging upon project program or cost, shall develop the necessary software.

3.2.5 The Business Rules shall define the use of the fare collection system which shall, as a minimum, include the following:

3.2.5.1 Operating day;

3.2.5.2 Fare structure whether flat, distance based, time-based or zone based;

3.2.5.3 Fare products concerning the range of tickets available for purchase by commuters such as single journey, return journey, multi-ride, daily, weekly and monthly season tickets;

3.2.5.4 Fare levels concerning the price of each fare product including concession fares and any restrictions on use, such as outside rush-hour;

3.2.5.5 Fare based on media concerning the particular technology used to process ticket transactions for different types of fare media like QR code, Mobile based NFC ticketing and EMV CSC.

3.2.5.6 Payment options available for fare product purchase such as by cash, credit, prepaid and debit card;

3.2.5.7 Locations where fare products may be purchased such as Ticket Vending Machines, Ticket Offices, Internet Sales and Mobile based sales; etc

3.2.5.8 Policy on excess fares and locations for excess fare payment;

3.2.5.9 Procedures for handling customer service including information and complaints;

3.2.5.10 Sales issues pertaining to refunds and credits;

3.2.5.11 Exceptions related to fare media performance and errors concerning transactions;

3.2.5.12 Rules for issue and initialization of fare products;



3.2.5.13 Refunds, deposits, receipts, charges, discounts and penalties;

3.2.5.14 Category of commuter with appropriate rule such as for pensioner, children, maintenance staff, etc

3.2.5.15 Interoperability with other modes of transport;

3.2.5.16 Handling of degraded and emergency operation, etc

3.3 Payment Change and Currency Rules 3.3.1 AFC Payment: Following provisional methods of payment shall be accommodated

for Issuing QR code tickets, EMV smart cards and Add value/product to EMV CSC:

Methods of Payment

Selected Banknotes, Coins and Cards In Circulation

Ticket Vending Machines

Web Portal

Ticket Office Machine

1. Banknotes and Coins

Banknotes Issued by Reserve Bank of India

Rs.10, Rs.20, Rs.50, Rs.100, Rs.500.

Configurable upto five denominations

N/A All banknotes and in circulation.

Coins Issued by Reserve Bank of India N/A N/A N/A

All coins in circulation.

2. Credit , Prepaid and Debit Cards & Wallets Credit Cards Including Magnetic, Chip/Pin, Contactless Varieties.

MasterCard/VISA/Amex/ RuPay/ Branded Bank cards &wallets(Only Contactless EMV)

MasterCard/VISA/Amex/ RuPay/ Branded Bank cards& wallets(Only Contactless EMV)

MasterCard/VISA/Amex/ RuPay/ Branded Bank cards.

MasterCard/VISA/Amex/RuPay/ Branded Bank cards & wallets (Only Contactless EMV)

Prepaid Cards Including Magnetic, Chip/Pin, Contactless Varieties.

MasterCard/VISA/Amex/RuPay/ Branded Bank cards &wallets(Only Contactless EMV)


MasterCard/VISA/Amex/ RuPay/ Branded Bank card

MasterCard/VISA/Amex/ RuPay/ Branded Bank card & wallets(Only Contactless EMV)

Debit Cards Including Magnetic, Chip/ Pin Contactless Varieties.

MasterCard/VISA/Amex/ RuPay/ Branded Bank cards &wallets(Only Contactless EMV)


MasterCard/VISA/Amex/ RuPay/ Branded Bank cards.

Master/VISA/Amex/ RuPay/ Branded Bank cards &wallets(Only Contactless EMV)



3.3.2 AFC Change: The following provisional change shall be provided to commuters as follows:

Methods of Payment

Selected Banknotes and

Coins In Circulation

Ticket Vending Machine Change

Ticket Office Machine


Rs.10, Rs.20, Rs 50 Configurable upto three denomination

All banknotes and in circulation.

Coins Issued by Reserve Bank of India

Rs. 1 Rs.2 and Rs.5, Configurable upto three denomination

All coins in circulation.

3.4 Blacklisted Tickets/Cards 3.4.1 The Central AFC BackOffice System shall allow the operator to blacklisted

SJT/RJT/Group tickets (min. 100,000 tickets) and EMV CSC.

3.4.2 Provision is required to enter the blacklist ticket as series.

3.4.3 AFC TOMs/TVM/EFO/HHD/gates shall reject blacklisted tickets for add value & fare acceptance functions and display the reason to inform the operator. Each detection of blacklisted ticket shall be recorded at the Central AFC BackOffice System.

3.5 Infrastructure Requirements 3.5.1 Contractor shall provide workstation consoles, servers, and all necessary

accessories and shelves required for the mounting and fitting out of the Smart Card based AFC system facilities within each station, Central OCC and the Central Backoffice system based AFC system which shall, as a minimum but not limited to , include the following:

Locations Workstation Consoles Shelves and Counters

Station computer Console Shelves

Ticket Offices Console Shelves and Counter accessories

Excess Fares Office Console Shelves and Counter accessories

OCC Console Shelves for Storage

Test lab Console Shelves for Storage

Analyst Room Console Shelves for Storage

3.5.2 Human Machine Interface (HMI) Development:

3.5.2.1 Custom-built AFC system consoles shall be provided to house all of the HMIs for operator control, monitoring and operation of the AFC equipment.



3.5.2.2 AFC consoles shall be designed to incorporate all other peripheral equipment which requires to be accessed by local Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s site operator.

3.5.3 Requirements Capture Analysis:

3.5.3.1 In the design of HMI software, Contractor shall undertake detailed Requirements Capture Analysis in consultation with NMRC.

3.5.3.2 The process of Requirements Capture Analysis shall determine, as a minimum, all modes of operation, display, monitoring and control parameters, associated screen layouts and information to be displayed.

3.5.4 Ergonomic Study:

3.5.4.1 In the design of HMI software, layout of HMI screens and associated equipment Contractor shall undertake an ergonomic study to assess all appropriate human factor issues, specific to the functions to be performed by each type of operator.

3.5.4.2 Ergonomic Study shall be accompanied by a study of the actual functional information requirements of each operator’s workstation.

3.5.4.3 Details of human factor considerations shall additionally include:

i. Factors of eye strain, posture and repetitive injuries in positioning and sizing of all display and control elements of the design;

ii. Design and positioning of mimic displays such that the information of interest to each operator shall be visible from their normal position;

iii. Size and colour of characters to be displayed in such a way that easily readable;

iv. Larger characters shall be used for legends which require to be read from farther than the first position from the mimic display;

v. Presentation of information contained on mimic diagrams shall be easily viewable;

vi. Access to information with minimum number of input operations.

3.5.5 Prototype Testing and Simulation:

3.5.5.1 Contractor shall present the results of requirements capture analysis and ergonomic study to Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited for review during the preliminary stages of the detailed design phase.

3.5.5.2 Contractor’s proposed HMI design shall be agreed with Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and other relevant stakeholders, via a ‘Notice of no Objection’, within 24 weeks of contract award, or earlier, if dictated by the project program.

3.5.5.3 Contractor shall demonstrate the proof of concept for HMI to concerned authorities before finalizing the equipment



3.5.5.4 As part of the HMI development process, Contractor shall perform HMI simulation testing and prototype demonstrations, to the extent required and in a timely manner to meet the project program, such that software design and integration is implemented in full prior to commencement of Factory Acceptance Test.

3.5.6 AFC Workstation Consoles:

3.5.6.1 Custom built AFC Workstation consoles shall, as a minimum, house the following equipment, as appropriate to the specific control room:

i. HMI required for AFC system operation;

ii. Recording facilities for off-site analysis;

iii. Archiving facilities;

3.5.6.2 Consoles shall be ergonomically designed providing, as far as possible, a common look and feel.

3.5.6.3 Consoles shall be dimensioned to fit into the available room space and integrated, as necessary, with the other facilities within each Control Room.

3.5.6.4 Consoles shall have front only access or front and back equipment access, as appropriate to the Control Room design, and shall house all facilities necessary to enable all functions, which may require monitoring, access and control to be directly and readily accessible to the operator.

3.5.6.5 Consoles shall provide lockable storage space which shall be adequately dimensioned.

3.5.6.6 All relevant simulation testing and prototype testing undertaken by Contractor shall be witnessed by Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited.

3.6 Configuration Parameters 3.6.1 The operating features of the system shall be fully parameterized to provide

flexibility for modification of operational parameters / conditions. Such changes shall be done at the Central AFC BackOffice System and downloaded to the equipment to be effective at a future date. There should be provision to transfer EOD Parameter to one station/few stations / all stations from Central AFC BackOffice System. An acknowledgement from the equipment should be sent to Central AFC BackOffice System automatically for the acceptance and validation of new EOD parameters.

3.6.2 System will accept global EOD parameters from Central AFC BackOffice System and implement at station level, so as to ensure smooth operation as regards system performance, design functionality, passenger traffic etc.

3.6.3 Parameters can be downloaded at all equipment from OCC at the End Of the day or during operation time without affecting the normal operation of equipment. The parameters once downloaded from Central AFC BackOffice System to Central computer shall be distributed on all equipment without a change in the meaning. However, the distribution shall be controlled at Central AFC BackOffice System level to be done automatically or manually and also to be done Equipment wise, station wise or at all equipment/stations at once



3.6.4 The total time required to download from Central AFC BackOffice System to all devices shall be maximum 30 minutes. During the download the device shall be able to operate normally and the time elapse to switch to new operational parameters shall not affect the normal operation.

3.6.5 The station equipment shall keep at least two versions of configuration parameters. It shall be possible to switch back to previous version of EOD.

3.6.6 Blacklist shall be sent automatically and frequency of sending blacklist parameter should be configurable.

3.6.7 Fares

3.6.7.1 Fares shall be both station-to-station based and zonal system basis with provision for direction based issuance for each type of ticket.

3.6.7.2 System shall have provision of minimum 40 fare zones and 256 stations (configurable). Each ticket type shall have its own downloadable fare tables. For a Fare Table change, it shall be possible to download the new Fare Table from the Central AFC BackOffice System ahead of the implementation date. The fare shall be derived from:

a) Assigned fare for the particular journey.

b) Fare Products

c) Time period - Peak and Off-Peak periods

d) Days of the week shall be classified into 4-day types, namely:

1. Weekdays

2. Saturdays

3. Sundays and

4. Special days / Public Holidays

e) System shall have provision to maintain calendar for minimum one year.

3.6.7.3 In the event the calendar expires the system shall continue to operate using the latest set of parameters

3.6.7.4 Operating day

i. For revenue reconciliation, a distinction shall be made between the consecutive operating days (extends from midnight to midnight).

ii. System shall support overnight operation. To avoid inconvenience to passengers who enter the system before midnight and exit the following day after midnight, the tickets issued on previous day (before midnight) shall be usable upto 02:00 Hrs next day i.e there could be patrons travelling overnight.

3.7 Other Requirements 3.7.1 Projected Metro Traffic: Whilst the civil infrastructure design of each station has

been designed to accommodate the traffic over the future decades, ticket halls within each station shall initially be sub-equipped with AFC system to meet 2036 traffic projections as mentioned in Appendix – 16 and the core elements like network power cabling and termination shall also be for 2036 requirements.



3.7.2 Contractor shall design, dimension and equip all other elements of the Smart Card based AFC system to:

3.7.2.1 Accommodate the future specific requirements of the Central Backoffice system based AFC system and external interfaces.

3.7.3 System Expansion

3.7.3.1 Expansion of the AFC facilities within stations and Central Backoffice system based AFC system shall be easily accommodated by the addition of minimum of extra hardware and software, without disrupting the operations of the existing system.

3.7.4 Lockable Till Drawer and Ticket Stock Unit: Lockable Till Drawer shall be used to store cash, cheque and credit card payments and to give change. A separate ticket stock unit shall be provided for the storage of EMV smart media and other consumable facilities.

3.7.5 Safe: Contractor shall provide a multi-compartmented Cash Safe to store cash at each location within which NMRC AFC operational staff shall be handling cash associated with ticket vending.

3.7.6 Counters and Shelves: Contractor shall provide all counters and shelves required within Ticket Offices and Excess Fares Offices for:

3.7.6.1 Mounting and operation of the AFC equipment;

3.7.7 Customer facing facility shall include passenger information displays at ticket windows.

3.7.8 Each control room and ticket office shall be supplied with the following facilities, as appropriate to the specific location, in sufficient quantities and designed to a professional and durable standard suitable for the application:

3.7.8.1 Each HMI operator position shall be provided with a high quality chair;

3.7.8.2 Suitable lockable storage facilities for a level of consumable spares and for documentation storage;

3.7.8.3 Battery charging facilities for portable devices;

3.7.8.4 Bookcases for the ready access to relevant documentation;

3.7.8.5 Consumable QR paper tickets, printer rolls, printer toners, printer papers sufficient for operations during the DLP period

3.7.9 Archiving Facilities: A Central archiving facility shall be provided at OCC CC and Central backoffice operator’s console level that shall store all configuration and operational data over a time window covering the previous 12 months.

3.7.10 Recording Facilities for Off-Site Analysis: The AFC HMIs shall be provided with facilities to enable the operator to copy to removable media any operator accessible data, in whole or part, for off-site analyses by downloading from Central backoffice system. Removable media 16GB pen drive - 10 numbers shall be provided as minimum quantity.



4 DETAILED REQUIREMENTS FOR FARE MEDIA LAYER

4.1 General 4.1.1 The fare media layer in the AFC architecture would consist of the fare media like

QR codes, EMV CSC and mobile NFC ticketing media

4.1.2 The below mentioned information would help the Contractor understand the types of fare media products that needs to be catered for setting up the acceptance infrastructure.

4.1.3 Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited proposes to create an ecosystem which is scalable enough to include the EMV financial cards along with the below mentioned fare media into the fare collection architecture.

4.1.4 Types of Fare Media - AFC system shall process the following type of fare media in Noida metro, below are the fare media options for NMRC for ticketing.

S.No Fare media’s Options Specifications

1 Single/Multi-Journey tickets

QR code Mobile and paper ticketing

1. Should be issued as card paper based QR codes at TOM/TVM.

2. Should be issued through NMRC mobile application

S.No Fare media’s Options Specifications

2 Multi-usage smart media

EMV Co-branded Prepaid Cards

1. Transit specification for EMV Prepaid application.

2. RuPay / Master /Visa Payment brand issuance based on FI Issunace.

3. NMRC transit service compartment for transit product issuance (Weekly, Monthly) etc..,

NFC Mobile Wallet

1. Emulation of Co-branded Prepaid cards

2. Mobile wallet issed by FI

3. Group Ticket QR code paper ticketing

1. Should be issued as paper based QR codes at TOM/TVM.

4.1.5 Single Journey Tickets and Return Journey tickets: NMRC has opted for QR code based tickets for Single Journey (SJT) and Return Journey (RJT) issued through paper media and mobile. The proposed ticketing option as single journey fare media provides the convenience and cost effectiveness on the issuance and operation cost when compared to other fare media options.

4.1.5.1 These are the QR codes that can be shown on AFC system (Gate validators, Ticket Readers, Handheld devices) for validation.

4.1.5.2 QR Code can be generated and downloaded on to smart mobiles phones through NMRC mobile application



4.1.5.3 QR codes should be securely issued and design should make sure all possible frauds are avoided through online validations

4.1.5.4 QR Code issued should follow the ISO (ISO/IEC18004) standard.

4.1.5.5 QR code paper tickets will be issued through TOM, TVM and NMRC Mobile Application for Single journey, return Journey tickets.

4.1.5.6 TOM and TVM will issue card paper based QR codes through 2D bar code printer integrated with TOM and TVM as an external hardware.

4.1.5.7 Gate validators should validate the QR code as per the business rules

4.1.5.8 System should be capable of validating the QR codes offline also (In case of network loss at the station Gate validators devices). When the communication with BackOffice system is not available the transaction would be validated offline at the Gate validators and should be batch uploaded to BackOffice once connectivity is restored.

4.1.5.9 System should be designed to avoid the fraud or duplicity for QR code ticketing inclusive of offline QR validations by providing strong data integrity and encryption/decryption techniques.

4.1.5.10 Process of Issuance of QR-codes ticket at TVM /TOM

1. Patron/operator selects from and to stop for the journey.

2. Patron/operator selects single or return journey

3. Patron/operator select the number of tickets/trips to be issued

4. Patron/operator selects the payment option

5. Patron/operator completes the transactions

6. TOM/TVM prints the QR code updates the status in the inventory as issued.

4.1.5.11 Process of Issuance of QR-codes through NMRC mobile application

1. Patron selects from and to stop for the journey.

2. Patron select the number of tickets/trips to be issued

3. Patron selects the payment option and completes payment

4. QR code should be downloaded to mobile application

5. AFC BackOffice system updates the status of QR codes as issued.

4.1.5.12 QR code issued will have the following data written as minimum:

1. Media No

2. Product ID

3. Transit service provider ID

4. Number of trips

5. Single/Return journey ID

6. Issuance Station ID

7. To Station ID



8. Expiry date and time

4.1.5.13 QR –Code Paper Media Specifications: QR code performance is subject to QR code density/size, thickness, and media type. Specifications should be finalized during design phase.

S.No Parameter Specification 1 Media Type Fan folded Paper (The paper will be credit card-sized.) 2 Size of Ticket Width Minimum 3.375 inches (85.725mm) x 2.13 inches (54mm)

(ISO)

3 DPI grade Minimum 300 4 Ticket Separation Optical Cutter 5 Packaging Roughly 1500 tickets per inner carton

4.1.6 Group Ticket (GT)

4.1.6.1 QR code card paper issued from TOM / EFO printed from TOM/TVM. To be used for booking a large group (say 30-40 persons) on a single ticket.

4.1.6.2 This ticket will be processed at AFC Gates based on the tap at the gates and will allow the number of passages through the aisle.

4.1.6.3 Amount and traffic generated by group tickets shall be accounted in the AFC reports as part of AFC Revenue.

4.1.7 Dual Interface EMV Prepaid cards (CSC): Dual Interface EMV prepaid cards is an electronic chip cash with stored value in the pre-determined secure and dedicated area in the memory of the card and at the account level of bank for EMV based transaction processing that can be used for payments in non-transit network. The following are specifications of dual interface cards with EMV prepaid application.

4.1.7.1 Contractor shall provide dual interface EMV smart cards that could be used as contactless card within metro and could also be used as a Contact or Contactless media on the other EMV terminals within the country or internationally

4.1.7.2 Dual Interface EMV smart cards should support both contact and contactless interface for transactions depends on the acceptance infrastructure commuters will use respective interface to complete payments.

4.1.7.3 In transit all the transactions should be completed in contactless or contact interface as per the support of card payment scheme for that specific transaction type.

4.1.7.4 Dual Interface EMV smart cards should be compliant with ISO 14443-A, B and 7816-1, 2, 3 and 4

4.1.7.5 Dual Interface EMV smart cards should be certified with EMV CPA specification

4.1.7.6 EMV smart card can be issued with various payment schemes RuPay, Master Card, and Visa in card/Account based model and options will depend on the FI.

4.1.7.7 For multiple journey, Staff pass and other tickets retained by the passenger will also be issued through EMV smart cards.



4.1.7.8 NMRC personalized Staff cards would be also issued through EMV CSC and used as access control cards at NMRC premises by maintenance, support staff and NMRC employees.

4.1.8 Near Field Communication (NFC) based: Near Field Communication (NFC) enabled smart phones can be used payment media for transaction payments are transit and non-transit terminals.

4.1.8.1 The Issuance ecosystem shall be designed to enable other emerging fare media technologies like Near Field Communication (NFC) to be introduced

4.1.8.2 Compatible with ISO/IEC 14443 and 18092 and compliant to associated international standards, with absolutely NO disruption to working systems.

4.1.8.3 The Financial Institution shelling to roll out such media shall do so along with NMRC and the acceptance readers, provided by Contractor as part of this project, shall be able to read such media.

4.1.8.4 Mobile wallets will be based on HCE Host card emulation of the card application as per the EMV and payment Scheme framework in Android/IPhone as per FI Issuance.

4.1.9 Fare Media Standards: The EMV Fare Media shall comply, as a minimum, with the following additional requirements:

4.1.9.1 Proven in service;

4.1.9.2 Compatible products available from at least 2 separate major smart media suppliers;

4.1.9.3 Compliant with, and certified to, established industry standards including EMV, ISO 14443, ISO 7816, ISO 18092, ISO 10373-6 and EN 1545

4.1.9.4 Manufactured from non-corrosive, non-toxic materials which are chemical resistant;

4.1.9.5 Reliable, weatherproof and durable to meet transit & mass transit application needs.



Function/ Performance Mobile based NFC ticketing

QR code based ticketing

Contactless EMV Smart Card

Minimum Operating Lifetime With Data Retention in Memory

5 Years As per expiry for one time usage 5 Years

Recyclable No No No

Recharge-Purchase Tickets or Increase ‘Pay As You Go’

Yes - details to be agreed With NMRC

N/A Yes - details to be agreed With NMRC

Auto Top-Up ‘Add Value’ Via Arrangement With Debit or Credit Card Provider

Yes - details to be agreed With Employer

N/A Yes - details to be agreed With Employer

Maximum Time to Complete a Transaction 500 mSec 600 mSec 500 mSec

4.2 Description of Fare Products 4.2.1 Fares:

4.2.1.1 The Smart Card based AFC system shall be designed to accommodate and configure, as required, a minimum of 40 fare zones and 256 stations.

4.2.1.2 Each ticket type shall have its own downloadable fare table.

4.2.1.3 For a fare table change, it shall be possible to download the new fare table from the Central Backoffice system based AFC system server ahead of implementation date.

4.2.1.4 The Smart Card based AFC system shall make provision to maintain an accurate current calendar covering a minimum period of next 12 months.

4.2.2 Weekly/Monthly Pass: Unlimited Journey during validity. The Pass could be issued on an EMV card and NFC media and should be capable for the following:

1. Fixed Origin (Station)-Fixed Destination(Station)

2. Any Origin(Station)-Fixed Destination(Station)

3. Fixed Origin(Station)-Any destination(Station)

4. Fixed Zone (origin)- Fixed Destination(Zone)

5. Fixed Zone (origin)- Any Destination(Zone)

6. Any Zone (origin)- Fixed Destination(Zone)

4.2.3 The Smart Card based AFC system shall, in the future, be able to readily process any other ticket type as defined by the Business Rules appropriate to integration between Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited, future extensions to Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and inter-working between the future networks provided by other Service Providers.



4.2.4 All ticket types shall be distinct in colour and style in accordance with a format to be agreed with Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited.

4.2.5 All smart card types shall be suitable for personalization like incorporating a photograph of the user and carry the required logos of the required stakeholders.

4.2.6 Operating Day:

4.2.6.1 For revenue reconciliation a distinction shall be made between the consecutive operating days (usually extends from 6AM to 2AM) should be configurable.

4.2.6.2 The Smart Card based AFC system shall support overnight operation to avoid inconvenience to passengers who enter the system before midnight and exit the following day after midnight

4.2.6.3 The tickets issued before midnight shall be valid up to 02:00 Hrs. of the following day.



5 AFC STATION EQUIPMENT

5.1 General The proposed AFC system shall meet the required system objectives of NMRC:

5.1.1 All equipment and software should be designed to be user-friendly.

5.1.2 The system should ensure that all transactions and data transfer are secure and reliable.

5.1.3 The system shall meet all performance and maintainability requirements as specified.

5.1.4 All AFC equipment shall have a metallic number plate attached to the side or front of the machine that shall display the unique alphanumeric equipment ID for identification purpose.

5.1.5 All AFC Equipment shall have stand-alone working capability.

5.2 Automatic Gate 5.2.1 Flap gates have Flap gates barrier for controlling the access to paid area. Gate

arrays shall be the normal-means of controlling entry to and exit from the paid areas. Control shall be by means of actuating a physical barrier on recognition of a valid fare media by the gate. The barrier shall be retractable flap type. The gate shall be capable of operating either normally open or normally closed.

5.2.1.1 At entry/exit, the valid fare media shall be presented by the passenger at Gate validators of the Automatic Gate (AG).

5.2.2 Types of Gates:

5.2.2.1 Two Gate cabinets work together to provide the required functionality of an automatic gate

5.2.2.2 In an array of gates, the total number of cabinets used is equal to total number of gates plus one.

Normal width Gate

The Normal width Gate shall have the following features Entry Gate: Entry Gate will be configured only to allow entry to paid area and will have Gate validators integrated to unpaid area of gate Exit Gate: Exit Gate will be configured only to allow exit from paid area and will have Gate validators integrated to paid area of gate Reversible Gate: Entry and Exit side will be configured only to allow entry to paid area and entry from paid area will have Gate validators integrated at both the ends

Wide Gate/Bidirectional Gate for Disabled (Wheeled chair) /Luggage

Wide Gate will have extended Flap gates wing to provide broader space in the passage aisle to allow those passengers in wheel chairs or with luggage to validate their ticket and gain bidirectional access to, or exit from the paid area.



5.2.3 Dimensions and Spacing

Outside dimensions of the gate cabinet shall be generally based on following criteria:

Length of isle 1900mm

Normal Gate Width 550mm

Wide Gate Width 900mm - 1050 mm

Height 1000mm – 1080 mm

5.2.4 Automatic Gate Features:

5.2.4.1 At entry, exit Gate validators will be integrated with Automatic Gate Controller Unit depends on the requirements with Entry gate, Exit gate or bidirectional gate.

5.2.4.2 Validator’s components should only be integrated with gate controller.

5.2.4.3 At entry and exit, the valid fare media shall be presented by the patron at Gate validators for access through the Automatic Gate (AG).

5.2.4.4 At entry and exit QR-code readers will be integrated with Automatic Gate for reading QR codes.

5.2.4.5 Alarms/Alerts for tailgating, failures should be captured and reported to OCC CC/Central BackOffice system.

5.2.4.6 Option for configurable passage direction from OCC CC/central BackOffice system

5.2.4.7 Directional display - The end displays shall signify the mode of operation of the gate, either entry or exit or no entry or no exit in either direction.

5.2.4.8 Should open flaps during emergency mode either through hardware emergency trigger or through Software remote commands

5.2.4.9 Concessionary lamp Indicator should indicate the concession fare passage and the fraud passage by tailgating.

5.2.4.10 Speaker should be integrated with gate and play appropriate sound for usage.

5.2.4.11 During power loss AG should shutdown gracefully through the UPS backup and also complete the transactions initiated.

5.2.4.12 Gate controller should have interface with emergency button from EFO office and station control room to open gates during station emergency and Flap gates should be kept open.

5.2.4.13 During power off the gate should be either as flap open or flap closed and would be finalized during the design phase.

5.2.4.14 After reboot the gates should always come back to the previous operating mode.



5.2.4.15 Logos on Gates should be printed as defined by NMRC during design phase.

5.2.4.16 Gates should record all passages in all modes of operation and should report to OCC CC/Central BackOffice system.

5.2.4.17 Wide gates should be designed as per statutory laws of physical disabled persons on wheeled chair.

5.2.5 Modes of Operation

Flap gates should be configurable in any of the below modes in either direction depends on the commissioned Flap gates

5.2.5.1 Controlled Mode:

In this mode, the entry/exit is controlled through validation of fare access.

1. Permits entry (valid fare must be verified)

2. Permits exit (valid fare must be verified)

3. Denies entry (fare media not accepted)

4. Denies exit (fare media not accepted)

5.2.5.2 Free Mode:

In this mode, the entry/exit is free without any validation

1. Permits free entry (no fare required)

2. Permits free exit (no fare required)

5.2.5.3 Forbidden Mode:

In this mode, the entry/exit is forbidden

1. Denies any entry

2. Denies any exit

5.2.5.4 Special Modes

It shall be possible to operate the system in following special modes through SC, CC and gate and will be defined in NMRC business rules on the operations

1. Time mode override Time check in system is bypassed

2. Entry / Exit override Entry/exit check in system bypassed

3. Station Close Entry gates are closed

4. Incident Mode No amount deducted from EMV CSC. No entry/exit bit is marked. For SJT/RJT, all checks are bypassed at gate and are accepted.

5.2.5.5 Emergency Modes

1. All gates should open.

2. Should allow passages from Entry and Exit without any validations.



3. Should be able to change the mode from SC, CC and EFO.

5.2.6 Users

The following subsection defines the three different automatic gate user types and provides a brief description of their interaction

5.2.6.1 Operators:

Station Attendant: The station controller to perform the following operations as minimum:

1. Configure the direction of operation of the gates, entry and exit, entry only or exit only.

2. Change the status of individual gates or complete arrays.

3. Control and monitor status

4. Send commands in case of an emergency if a fare gate need to be switched from controlled mode to free mode or vice versa.

5.2.6.2 Patrons

Transit patrons can tap their fare media on the Gate validators and, when authorized by the system, can then begin their trip or exit from the system.

5.2.6.3 Maintenance Personnel

Maintenance personnel are authorized agency technicians who handle Gate maintenance operations. They should be able to perform the following actions as minimum:

1. Configure the device

2. Back up the stored data in the external memory when the system is offline

3. Perform maintenance and diagnostics functions available on the Gates

4. There should be a role based access for the maintenance personnel’s.

5. The maintenance personnel would tap-in their maintenance operator card and enter a pin to gain access to the maintenance device.

5.2.7 Maintenance Mode

5.2.7.1 In the maintenance mode no entry or exit authorizations will be allowed.

5.2.7.2 Door and Cover Switches

5.2.7.3 Door cabinet should have secure keys to open cabinets for maintenance. All openings (doors and top covers) should be equipped with switches. An alarm to detect when a door or top cover is opened. If a door is open, the gates will send an alarm to OCC CC back office

5.2.7.4 Speakers: The speakers are full range with a square basket and a special lightweight cone. It provides a balanced frequency response above 250 hertz (Hz) and good Omni-directional sound distribution

5.2.8 Gate Registers



The contents of the registers shall be transmitted to the central system at regular intervals. The registers shall include, but not be limited to the following information:

i. Number of passenger entered / exited.

ii. Number of passages in various types of mode

iii. Number of times out of service

iv. Number of times in maintenance mode

v. Number of times gate forced open.

vi. Number of times tailgating

5.2.9 Flap Gates Design Specifications:

Below is the Flap gates recommended specifications

S.No Item Values

1 Interface RS232 and USB (Serial or Keyboard)

2 General Accept all operational parameters / software from SC. Provision for degraded mode data transfer. System hang faults shall not be acceptable.

3 Cabinet Material & Finishes The degree of protection provided by the enclosure against dust, splashing, intrusion of foreign objects shall be to the standard IP54. AISI 304 stainless steel thickness around 2 mm

4 Protection

All housed modules should have protection for damage due to pests or accidental water seepage. Mechanical parts protected against corrosion.

5 Earthing Each machine shall have provision for connection to the station earth bar and shall be connected accordingly. Contractor shall be responsible for extending of earth strip of 25x6mm from UPS room to AFC equipment room through cable trays and further cable drawn by AFC contractor to SCR and Gate area / TOM / EFO for AFC equipment No chances of electric shock to user in case of internal assembly/module failure.

6 Safety Requirements With regard to emergency exit mode on loss of power, the standard gates shall not prohibit movement of passengers in the direction of the emergency exit. There shall not be any sharp edge in the gate, which can hurt passengers while passing through Gates.



7 Barrier Mechanism (Flaps) The gates shall be retractable type with material of enough strength for use in mass transit system. Flap shall in no case get stuck in the slot meant for flap movement. There shall be a shock absorber to reduce the shock and sound associated with the arresting of the arm and mechanism in the closed position. This device shall not impair the passenger designed flow rate. Flap design should be sturdy to withstand peak hour rush. No possibility of injury to passengers. The barrier shall normally be mounted in such a way to make gate user friendly. If the barrier is forced open, no damage shall happen to gate components and gate should automatically restore to normal. An alarm should be generated during forced opening.

8 MCBF 2000000 cycles

9 MTTR 30 minutes

10 Power supply Protection with ELCB, maintenance sockets Power shall be provided to the PSU from the AFC Electrical cabinet at 230V, 50 Hz. Average power consumption of normal gate shall be 250 VA approx. during operation. There shall be upto two PSU serving both cabinets of a single gate aisle.

11 Keyboard Small keypad accessible inside the Gate enclosure for Operation, Maintenance Configuration etc. shall be mounted on the inner side of gate cabinets where respective display is coming on PID. Provision is required to keep keyboard on both side of Gate

12 Tailgating prevention Less than 20 cm (should be configurable parameter).

13 Top light at Gate Green/Yellow/Red

14 Patron sound device Range of 60-80 dB (A) measured from 1 meter from source. Software or firmware configurable. Unique alarms for intrusion, fraud, tailgating, invalid ticket, internal UPS failure, access-door open, over-heating.

15 Cables Standard cables to be used for internal wiring. Precise / orderly routing, lacing and labelling.

16 Gate modules & accessories Standard, easily available



All modules should be arranged in a manner so as to facilitate quick / easy replacement in case of failure.

17 SLA 45 passages/ minute in controlled mode for EMV cards 40 passages/minute in controlled mode for QR codes Capable to process 35,000 passages per day per gate in controlled mode

18 Operating Humidity RH (Equivalent test 95% at 35°C) 95% (without condensation)

19 Operating temperature 0° to +55°C external (Outer shell)



5.2.10 Gate Passenger Information Display

5.2.10.1 The Passenger Information Display (PID) shall be LCD screen type (min 6.5 inch), located on top of the gate flush with the top panel. The display shall be a programmable capable of displaying information in English/Hindi. It shall be capable of displaying pictograms.

5.2.10.2 The display shall also be capable of displaying minimum 4 rows of 30 alphanumeric characters, 12 mm high and include some special characters such as direction arrow and no entry symbol. At validation of ticket, the ticket type and amount shall be displayed at the screens of gates.

5.2.10.3 Bidirectional gates shall have a passenger information display for each end.

5.2.10.4 Displays shall be clearly visible in the ambient light level of 300 Lux at gate arrays and at installations in shaded sunlight. The display shall be mounted in a convenient position so as to enable approaching passengers of various heights to read it.

5.2.10.5 The top displays shall be informative and instructional including the following typical message:

i. Stop

ii. Present ticket

iii. Amount deducted Rs.

iv. Paper ticket Value Rs.

v. Go/proceed

vi. Go to Customer Care Centre

vii. Add value to Smart media

viii. Discount fare

ix. Out of service

x. Ticket / pass expires in “n” days

5.2.10.6 In the event a ticket or card does not work first time the display shall inform the passenger as to what he should do next, such instructions shall include “Try Again”, “Ticket Error“, “Go to Customer Care Centre” etc.

5.2.10.7 Display maintenance information on showing CSC for maintenance agent and Station agent respectively.

5.2.10.8 The display information should be easily configurable locally.

5.2.10.9 Alarm lamp has to be provided at top of gate cabinet showing Green/Yellow/Red on presenting fare media on the gate validators.

5.2.11 Gate Installation

5.2.11.1 The stanchion frame shall be secured to the floor by at least four stainless steel bolts of minimum diameter 15mm.



5.2.11.2 Cables shall be terminated within the gate no less than 150 mm above the finished floor surface. Cable entry from the under floor ducting shall be sealed from the cable duct.

5.2.11.3 The circumference of the base shall be sealed with the floor finish after installation so as to prevent the ingress of water.

5.2.11.4 Barrier frame shall be stainless steel, smooth finished (Grade SS304 satin finish) surface with chamfered edges / corners without any protruding parts.

5.2.11.5 The diameter of pipe at curvature should remain uniform as rest of the pipe (50 mm). The frame shall have thick clear toughened glass (fixed in between) securely with rubber / fiber lining.

5.2.11.6 The barriers shall be firmly mounted on mounting plates on the station flooring. Both fixed and swing barrier shall be designed for lateral force of minimum 250 N.

5.2.11.7 Contractor needs to take NOC/Approval from the client before finalizing the colour & design of the Gates. Should also provide third party certifications for the MCBF certifications

5.2.12 QR –Code reader Hardware Minimum Specification. Below is the minimum specification for QR code readers:

S.No Item Values

1 Interface RS232 and USB (Serial or Keyboard)

2 Sensor resolution Minimum 752 x 480 pixels

3 Ingress IP54

4 MTBF Minimum 85000 hours

5 Tag Window size Min 50 * 50 mm

6 Image File Formats Bitmap , TIFF , JPG

7 Decode Capability 2D –IATA resolution, QR code , Data Matrix etc.,

8 Operating Humidity 95% RH , non-condensing

9 Operating temperature -5ºC to 55ºC



5.3 Gate validators design and features Gate validators is a read write device capable of performing business functions for all the fare media proposed as part of the project. As a primary function the Gate validators shall have the functionality to check the validity of all the proposed fare media and actuate the opening of a controlling “barrier” on valid authentication. Gate validators shall be the integral part of Flap gates and shall be housed in within the Gates Cabinet. Terminals that will be provided by the Contractor shall comply, as a minimum, with the following requirements:

5.3.1 Compliant with, and certified to, established industry standards including EMV level -1, ISO 14443 Type A and B, ISO 7816, ISO 18092, ISO 10373-6 and EN 1545

5.3.2 Compliant with all PCI norms

5.3.3 The Gate validators should be certified with EMV L1 by EMVco.

5.3.4 The terminal shall hold at least 3 SAM slots integrated to main board of Gate validators.

5.3.5 The terminals shall also capable of reading Visa /MasterCard /RuPay cards and NFC phones in a contactless environment.

5.3.6 Terminal should be capable of processing of Visa/MasterCard /RuPay based on the FI card issuance and all EMV level -2 Kernel stack should be certified by payment scheme/EMVco and regularly updated as requirements.

5.3.7 Anti-collision mechanisms in accordance with ISO 14443 and 18092, to establish an order of communications on detection of a number of contactless smart media in the field of view of the reader;

5.3.8 High level of data integrity to eliminate transmission errors, employing mechanisms such as Message Authentication Code (MAC) for data transfer;

5.3.9 Capable of performing symmetric and asymmetric cryptography techniques for processing EMV contactless cards and QR codes

5.3.10 Should store transaction for a period of minimum 7 days or atleast one lakh transaction in offline mode In case of communication loss with Backoffice system before going out of service

5.3.11 Communication: Shall have atleast one USB ports, 2 ports configurable for RS232/RS422/RS488, 1 Ethernet port, atleast 4 I/O ports and any other additional ports as required to have interface with external systems

5.3.12 Memory: Shall have atleast the below minimum memory requirements

5.3.13 Minimum 256 Mbytes DDR RAM

5.3.14 Minimum 512 Mbytes Nand Flash Memory

5.3.15 Minimum 16 GB SD Flash Memory

5.3.16 Operating System: Should have the support and warranty period for atleast next 6 yrs.

5.3.17 Display: Should have atleast the following display requirements touch Screen



5.3.18 Approx. 6.5” colour TFT screen

5.3.19 Approx.: 640 x 480 pixels

5.3.20 Blacklisting/Positive list: Blacklisting of fare media application/ service compartment at Gate validators should be executed based on the business rules. The detection of blacklisted fare media shall be recorded by the Gate validators and sent to central system.

5.3.21 Should complete the EMV contactless fare transactions within 500ms through offline ODA authentications

5.3.22 Alerts/alarms should be sent to backoffice/OCC CC for monitoring the failure and status of devices

5.3.23 QR code reader: QR code reader shall be interfaces with Gate validators for QR code ticketing validation and response should be displayed in the Gate validators.

5.3.24 QR code transactions should be completed within 600ms for online processing and within 400 ms for offline validations

5.3.25 All the transaction should be recorded including the declined transactions and should be reported to backoffice system.

5.4 Ticket Vending Machine (TVM) Ticket Vending Machine are stand-alone unmanned devices for issuing tickets and add products to NMRC fare media’s shall be deployed in all stations. TVM shall be designed with easy customer experience and considering ergonomically factors for patron’s interaction.

5.4.1 TVM shall be a machine where a patron can purchase a SJT and Group ticket or enquire about the fare media & products. In addition to the basic function described above, the TVM can also be used for the top up & add products to EMV CSC.

5.4.2 Ticket Vending Machines (TVMs) shall be provided within the unpaid side of the station.

5.4.3 TVMs shall be installed in a dedicated place with the front of the TVM fully accessible to the public. The operations and maintenance activities shall also access the TVM from the front. The machine shall be networked to the Backoffice systems for QR code issuance, EMV CSC Top-ups/product, control, and monitoring and data exchange.

5.4.4 The design shall be compliant with the ‘Persons with Disabilities’ Act of India (wheel chair bound passengers);

5.4.5 Design shall facilitate use by visually impaired people through audio prompts within comfortable reach range.

5.4.6 Payment Methods:

5.4.6.1 Cash:

5.4.6.1.1 TVM should be able to accept 5 denomination Notes as defined below in the tabular column



5.4.6.1.2 TVM should provide necessary change for all cash transaction denominations as mentioned in the tabular column

5.4.6.1.3 The following provisional change shall be provided to commuters as follows:

Methods of Payment Selected

Banknotes and Coins Acceptance

Selected Banknotes and Coins Changes

dispensed

Ticket Vending Machine Change


Rs.10, Rs.20, Rs.50, Rs.100, Rs.500.

Rs.10, Rs.20 and Rs 50 Configurable upto 3 denomination

Coins Issued by Reserve Bank of India

NA Rs. 1 Rs.2 and Rs.5 Configurable upto three denomination

5.4.6.2 Credit/Debit cards:

5.4.6.2.1 TVM should be able to accept the all Credit/Debit cards issued under RBI guidelines.

5.4.6.2.2 TVM should provide all the interface Magnetic Stripe, Contact and contactless options for Credit/Debit card transactions.

5.4.6.3 Prepaid card/ Mobile Wallet:

5.4.6.3.1 TVM should be able to complete a transaction accepting the stored NMRC co-branded prepaid card/ mobile wallet amount issued by NMRC.

5.4.6.3.2 Payment through NMRC co-branded prepaid card /mobile wallet should be available for all purchases except top-up to Card/Wallet transaction.

5.4.7 General Design Requirements:

5.4.7.1 Each TVM shall consist of a compactly designed, free standing, self-supporting cubicle suitable for installation in the unpaid areas of each station concourse;

5.4.7.2 Designed ergonomically with a high quality man machine interface for passenger interaction;

5.4.7.3 All materials shall be durable and non-corrosive.

5.4.7.4 The construction shall be vandal and tamper resistant, equipped with environmental controls, mechanically protected with an external surround barrier.

5.4.7.5 A colour, video screen with toughened glass shall be supplied.

5.4.7.6 All units within the TVM shall be fully accessible and removable if required from the front for maintenance.

5.4.7.7 Access to the TVM for servicing purposes shall require the high security access procedure to open the associated covers and locks.



5.4.7.8 The design shall be compliant with the ‘Persons with Disabilities’ Act of India;

5.4.7.9 Fare media, receipts and change shall be easy to retrieve by people with limited manual dexterity.

5.4.7.10 Design shall facilitate use by visually impaired people with all controls within comfortable reach range.

5.4.7.11 Minimum force shall be required to operate any controls.

5.4.7.12 External metalwork shall be painted in a colour, which shall be agreed by NMRC

5.4.7.13 To facilitate ease of use the constituent elements of the equipment shall have contrasting colours and texture from the main body of the TVM.

5.4.7.14 Buttons shall contrast well with the background and their function shall be described both in text and tactile form.

5.4.7.15 Design of the screen will be approved by NMRC during TVM design phase and will be approved before implementation

5.4.7.16 Materials shall be compliant with Fire Safety Performance of Materials regulations.

5.4.7.17 Equipped with suitable lighting with automatic adjustment of lighting levels so that information and operating instructions are clearly visible to the users under varying ambient lighting conditions

5.4.7.18 Design shall be subject to obtaining of a ‘Notice of No Objection’ before commencement of manufacture from Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited.

5.4.8 Cabling and Equipment Fixing:

5.4.8.1 TVM shall be suitable for floor mounting with pallet for ground levelling.

5.4.8.2 Equipped with an appropriate high mounting plinth and fixing facilities for floor mounting

5.4.8.3 Equipped with gland plates for bottom cable access

5.4.8.4 Cables shall be securely fixed with glands into the TVM structure, routed below the TVM and hidden from view.

5.4.9 Lighting:

5.4.9.1 Equipped with suitable lighting with automatic adjustment of lighting levels so that information and operating instructions are clearly visible to the users under varying ambient lighting conditions

5.4.10 Security and Access:

5.4.10.1 Equipped with suitable locks for maintenance access by authorized staff to appropriate TVM functions for set-up, maintenance and diagnostics, etc

5.4.10.2 Access to the inside of the TVM shall be controlled by the use of a maintenance card and/or the entry of a PIN.



5.4.10.3 The AFC system shall record all salient details of the person attempting entry and such details shall appear in relevant reports.

5.4.10.4 All coins and notes held within the TVM shall be suitably protected from unlawful retrieval by TVM users.

5.4.10.5 On detection of a TVM Security alarm an audio alarm broadcast and visual indication shall be initiated in the Station and a CCTV image of the relevant TVM shall be presented automatically to the OCC CC operators.

5.4.10.6 Access to components containing money and fare media shall be restricted to authorized revenue staff only by the use of special keys or additional PIN entry to be agreed with NMRC.

5.4.10.7 It shall be possible to remove all cash from the TVM by removing recyclers, Banknotes held in ESCROW/Dispensers and the re-circulating change assembly into cash vaults for audit purposes and/or when maintenance staff is required to access areas of the machine which would normally permit access to cash.

5.4.10.8 All removable components including cash vaults containers and change dispensers shall be sized, positioned and provided with lifting handles such that they can be removed and inserted without requiring more than the average strength or dexterity of a young female Indian person.

5.4.10.9 All components maintenance should be reported to the backoffice

5.4.11 TVM Main Functions:

5.4.11.1 Print and issue QR –code SJT/RJT /Group ticket according to the fare structure;

5.4.11.2 Should update the status of QR code issued in OCC CC for online transactions

5.4.11.3 If QR codes are issued offline the transactions should be updated in OCC CC immediately after going online

5.4.11.4 Accept payment by cash, Credit/Debit cards and NMRC prepaid wallet

5.4.11.5 Issue receipt where ever applicable

5.4.11.6 Provide interactive, user-friendly, graphical user interface for customer use in performing ticket vending, topping up of cards and obtaining fare related information;

5.4.11.7 Provide ‘Add Value’ and add transit product functions for contactless smart media defined in NMRC business rules;

5.4.11.8 TVM should be capable of updating the card balance for top-ups performed through online payments

5.4.11.9 Support all the business rules provided by NMRC

5.4.11.10 Accept fare tariff and configurable parameters downloaded via the Central AFC BackOffice System.

5.4.11.11 Accept payment by a configurable selection of banknotes and bank issued credit/prepaid/debit cards;



5.4.11.12 Dispense change in coins and notes, the quantity of which shall be a programmable feature;

5.4.11.13 All fare products through EMV CSC should be issued, renewed or upgraded,:

5.4.11.14 Add value to existing stored value contactless smart media;

5.4.11.15 Add passes to existing contactless smart media

5.4.11.16 Renew passes on existing contactless smart media;

5.4.11.17 Display product validity and remaining balance;

5.4.11.18 View travel history.

5.4.11.19 Issue receipts wherever applicable;

5.4.11.20 Operate when required in a No change mode such as, card only etc.

5.4.11.21 Should update the alarms/alerts to the backoffice on components status, failures etc,

5.4.11.22 Be able to be easily upgraded in the future from OCC CC through software update package.

5.4.11.23 TVM components shall comply with all the PCI DSS 3.1 standards

5.4.11.24 Also TVM shall be used for utility payments in the metro stations

5.4.12 TVM Equipment Components:

TVM equipment housing shall as a minimum accommodate the following facilities:

1. Banknote acceptor and recycler ;

2. Banknote cash box/vault

3. Coin cash box/vault;

4. Three Coin re-circulating Coin Hopper units to provide change;

5. QR –code printing unit;

6. Maintenance/ diagnostics application;

7. Receipt/Maintenance printers;

8. Passenger selection and display unit;

9. Electronic cont29rol module.

10. Contactless EMV card reader/writer

11. EMV Contact Credit/Debit card reader

12. Power supply unit

13. UPS

14. Speaker

5.4.13 Specifications of Ticket Vending Machine:



System Item Specification Cabinet Material Stainless Steel Type Front Side Maintenance Electronic Control Unit

CPU, RAM, Storage, etc Minimum 512KB Flash, 64KB SRAM

Contactless Smart Media Reader / Writer

RF Interface ISO14443 A/B,ISO18092 (NFC) Internal Module Min 2 x SIM Slots (for SAM)

Min 2 x RF Connector Certification EMV Level 1,Level-2 MasterCard

PayPass/Visa Paywave/RuPay qSparc Touch Screen Language Hindi, English

LCD Minimum 15 inch TFT-LCD Touch Infrared rays interception detection form

Passenger Information Display (PID)

LED Type Min 5 Dot Matrix (16dot x 16dot ), 2 Colors Size Min 100mm(H) x 700mm(W) Display Size Min 64mm(H) x 640mm(W) External Power Module Min 5V/20A(100W)

Banknote Module

General specification 6 denomination of bank notes Minimum Recycler capacity – 50 notes Minimum Notebox capacity – 1000 notes 3 Recyclers – 10,20 and 50 notes

Coin Module General specification Bulk Coin Hopper – 1000 x 3 Printer Type Thermal Power Supply Unit (PSU)

Input voltage (V) AC 220 ~ 240 Output Rated Voltage (V)

5.3, 12.5, 24 (according to Input voltage)

Alarm Unit Buzzer 90dB at 24VDC / 10cm Credit/Debit card reader

PIN Pad Magnetic stripe and contact interface. ISO 7816 ,EMV level-1 ,PCI DSS 3.1 certified

5.4.14 Passenger Selection and Display Unit:

5.4.14.1 The user interface shall be a Graphical User Interface (GUI), colour display which is user-friendly and configurable, to provide passengers with an automated self-service facility for ticket purchase, topping up and information.

5.4.14.2 GUI shall be designed in a highly logical and easy to understand manner so that a minimum number of selections is required to perform the required user functions.

5.4.14.3 GUI display shall be designed to provide high clarity in variable lighting conditions and shall be provided with automatic brightness control.

5.4.14.4 Touch screens or soft keys shall be designed to facilitate their use including those who are visually impaired and those with impaired hearing.

5.4.14.5 Help screens and operating instructions shall be selectable.

5.4.14.6 Programmable screen savers shall be provided which shall include operating instructions, system status updates and advertising, etc.



5.4.14.7 Separate LED Display, separate from the GUI, shall display status information and messages, etc.

5.4.14.8 Speech generated information and prompts, with adjustable volume control, shall be provided in relation to activities such as purchasing instructions, fare media dispensing, fare media top-up and currency insertion.

5.4.14.9 The files used for the screen displays shall be accessible to NMRC for future modification and procedures for making changes shall be included in the TVM operating manual.

5.4.14.10 The final method to be adopted for selection, graphics, information and user input screens shall be designed and implemented in cooperation with NMRC, all of which shall be subject to the Contractor obtaining from NMRC a ‘Notice of No Objection’.

5.4.14.11 Passengers shall be able to select destinations stations, journey value or zone of travel from the particular station at which the passenger is currently located.

5.4.14.12 Upon activation of the fare and destination selection, associated fare value shall be displayed:

5.4.14.13 Fare value shall be decremented when banknotes and coins are inserted and accepted.

5.4.14.14 Banknotes shall be accepted until a selection has been made by the passenger.

5.4.14.15 Payment up to the value for the selection, or over it, shall automatically result in the issue of a valid SJT/Group ticket/transit product selected by the user.

5.4.14.16 Any overpayment shall be returned as change in notes and coins of the largest available denominations.

5.4.14.17 Commuter should be select language before starting transactions with TVM and then should display all the text in the selected language in consecutive screens.

5.4.14.18 TVM should provide three language options – Hindi and English

5.4.14.19 The default language at the start of each new transaction shall be English but it shall be possible to select the language prior to starting any new transaction.

5.4.14.20 Each subsequent presentation of the fare media to a contactless smart card RW device shall cause the resulting display to revert to the preferred language.

5.4.14.21 The TVM shall display and provide audio prompts, as necessary, concerning easy to understand operating instructions and information on fares, ticket purchase and help desk number.

5.4.15 Methods of Payment:

5.4.15.1 All banknotes issued by the Reserve Bank of India and approved by NMRC. The specific number accepted at any given time six denominations for banknote, which shall be a feature;

5.4.15.2 Integral banknote validators shall be provided for cash counting and authentication.



5.4.15.3 Banknotes shall be rejected individually and dispensed to the TVM return tray or returned at the banknote validators.

5.4.15.4 Facility to accept payment through Credit/ Debit card shall be provided and any transactions failure should be reversed.

5.4.15.5 Facility to accept payment through EMV CSC shall be provided

5.4.15.6 Provision of Change:

5.4.15.7 Change shall be issued in banknotes and coins.

5.4.15.8 The TVM shall normally give change but shall be capable of operating in a non-change giving mode and shall display a clear message to passengers when operating in this mode.

5.4.15.9 The TVM shall include automatic note re-circulating change facilities.

5.4.15.10 The coin change system shall incorporate a minimum of three change hoppers

5.4.15.11 One or more additional bulk hoppers shall be provided where the combined capacity of the two change hoppers not less than 1000 coins. One coin container with a lock and key shall be supplied to replenish coins to the coin bulk hopper

5.4.15.12 The maximum amount of change to be dispensed in a single transaction shall be defined by a downloadable parameter;

5.4.15.13 If this pre-defined amount is exceeded by insertion of a large denomination banknote the banknote shall be rejected.

5.4.15.14 If coins available to dispose change are insufficient, the TVM shall automatically go into “no change” mode.

5.4.15.15 In “no change” mode, the TVM shall display prominently a notice in Hindi and English reading “NO CHANGE GIVEN”;

5.4.16 Printing Facilities:

5.4.16.1 An integrated printer shall be provided for the issue of ticket Receipts, Credit card and Debit card transaction receipt;

5.4.16.2 As a maintenance function, audit reports such as diagnostics, sales, revenue, stock status including removal and insertion, etc.

5.4.16.3 The printer shall be capable of printing legible, high quality, long lasting graphics for atleast two days and all alphanumeric characters.

5.4.17 Transaction Processing Time:

5.4.17.1 The processing time for a ticket transaction when the user has correctly input all the requirements shall be a maximum 15 seconds.

5.4.17.2 The time window shall be between the insertion of the last payment and the issue by the TVM of a fare media with the correct change and receipts, as appropriate.



5.4.18 Transaction Cancellation:

5.4.18.1 A cancel button shall be provided to terminate the transaction in process provided that the fare Media issue cycle has not started.

5.4.18.2 Upon cancellation of an equipment jam the following shall be returned to the commuter any inserted Banknotes shall be returned from ESCROW;

5.4.18.3 Upon cancellation of transaction or failure of transactions using other credit/debit cards, the transaction amount should be completed reversed to the cardholders account automatically

5.4.18.4 Activation of the cancel button shall have no effect if the fare Media issue process has begun.

5.4.18.5 All events shall be reported to the backoffice.

5.4.18.6 The TVM shall cancel transactions automatically on any of the following:

i. Activation of the cancel button;

ii. Failure of the TVM ticket issuing facilities;

iii. Power failure once the internal battery back-up period has expired;

iv. Operation of the cancel button by the user prior to the issue of tickets;

v. Transaction timeout

5.4.19 Regarding transaction timeout:

5.4.19.1 If the transaction process has not been completed within pre-configurable time periods relevant to each successive transaction stage the TVM shall issue an audio and visual warning to the user.

5.4.19.2 If the required action has not been performed within a pre-configurable time delay the TVM shall be automatically reset to a ready/start condition.

5.4.19.3 The timeout parameters should be configurable from the BackOffice.

5.4.20 Power Supply and Internal Battery Back-Up:

5.4.20.1 TVM shall be equipped with uninterruptible power supply suitable for completing transactions on incoming power supply failure.

5.4.20.2 In the event of a loss of the normal power supply, the TVM shall continue to operate under internal battery power and should be able to operate for 15 minutes in battery supply

5.4.20.3 If the duration of the normal power loss exceeds 10 minutes, the TVM shall commence a shut-down procedure.

5.4.20.4 The TVM shall ensure that no further selection of fare media is accepted but any transaction in process shall be completed;

5.4.20.5 On starting of the shut-down procedure the TVM shall go out of service.

5.4.21 Equipment Failure:



5.4.21.1 Should certain elements of the TVM fail during a transaction the TVM shall, if possible, complete the transaction.

5.4.21.2 Otherwise, all deposited funds shall be returned to the user.

5.4.21.3 The TVM shall continue to provide a limited service and shall display on the TVM appropriate messages to alert the user.

5.4.22 Shutdown:

TVM Shutdown shall under the following conditions:

5.4.22.1 Incoming power supply has failed and gradually shutdown after completing any transactions that has been initiated

5.4.22.2 Equipment Jam

5.4.23 TVM Cash Vaults:

5.4.23.1 Each TVM shall be equipped with a minimum, one (1) Banknote cash vault.

5.4.23.2 It shall be ensured that 1 cash vaults are available to enable the TVM to stay in operation with due allowance for boxes in transit and boxes being processed at the cash counting location.

5.4.23.3 The design of the cash vaults shall ensure security and durability in service.

5.4.23.4 A carrying handle appropriate to the weight of a full cash vault shall be built into each vault.

5.4.23.5 A baffle shall be opened on the top of a cash vault as it is seated properly in the machine, allowing the collected Banknotes to fall into the cash vault when the TVM is in operation.

5.4.23.6 The cash vault baffle shall be automatically closed when the cash vault is removed.

5.4.23.7 It shall be impossible to remove the cash vault from the TVM without the baffle being securely opened.

5.4.23.8 Once the cash vault has been removed it shall be impossible to open it without a special key held by authorized staff at a secure location only.

5.4.23.9 Each cash vault shall be labelled with its own unique identification number that shall be a machine-readable electronic identity number.

5.4.23.10 Reports shall be generated automatically each time a cash vault is inserted and removed and the identification number shall be recorded on reports that shall be available for printing on demand from the OCC CC Workstation.

5.4.23.11 The AFC system shall employ a tamperproof audit procedure to ensure the security of cash collection from the TVM.

5.4.23.12 The audit reports generated at the cash counting facility shall be reconciled against the cash reports to ensure all money reported as collected by the TVM is accounted for.



5.4.24 Storage Capacity for Cash and Smart Media Vaults:

5.4.24.1 All vaults for storage, issuing and recirculation of cash and smart media shall be made of durable material.

5.4.24.2 The following provisional minimum capacity shall be provided 1000 Notes and 1000 Coin in the Note and Coin vaults

5.4.24.3 The status of all vaults shall be monitored and provided to Station OCC CC System for viewing by the AFC Operator.

5.4.24.4 When vaults approach a programmable, pre-defined minimum level (nearly empty) or maximum level (near full) a visual alarm shall appear on the workstation monitor of the AFC Operator.

5.4.25 Coin Handling Facilities:

Each TVM shall be equipped with the following coin handling facilities:

5.4.25.1 Coin Recirculation Facility/Coin box which shall dispense change in appropriate coin denominations such that the fewest number of coins are dispensed;

5.4.25.2 The amount of change which may be dispensed shall be limited in value and shall be a programmable feature;

5.4.25.3 The coin vaults shall be monitored by the AFC station Workstation and an alarm generated when the content of the vault is near to its full capacity.

5.4.25.4 banknote slots shall be equipped with a hinged mechanical shutter which open during a payment transaction but shall remain closed under the following minimum conditions:

i. Fare amount due has been inserted;

ii. Card is inserted in the bank card reader;

iii. Cancel button has been pressed or the transaction is automatically cancelled;

iv. Coin vault is full or coins are jammed in the coin mechanisms;

v. TVM or coin processing unit fault condition.

5.4.26 Banknote Handling Facilities:

Each TVM shall be equipped with the following banknote (paper currency issued by Reserve Bank of India) handling facilities:

5.4.26.1 The TVM shall be capable of accepting a minimum of 5 different denominations of Banknotes with four way insertions.

5.4.26.2 The Banknote Gate validators shall be configured to accept banknotes upto 5 denominations and shall be used to check the validity of banknotes inserted by the user into the TVM;

5.4.26.3 Banknotes which are not valid and other foreign materials processed by the banknote Gate validators shall be rejected and returned;

5.4.26.4 Banknote holding facility (Escrow) shall retain verified banknotes until the TVM transaction has been completed;



5.4.26.5 Banknotes shall be returned from Escrow/Dispensers to the user if the transaction is cancelled;

5.4.26.6 Banknotes initially held in Escrow/Dispenser shall be automatically deposited in the banknote vault once a transaction has been completed;

5.4.26.7 The banknote vaults shall be monitored by the AFC station workstation and an alarm generated when the content of the vault is near to its full capacity;

5.4.26.8 Normally all change shall be dispensed in a combination of banknotes and coins.

5.4.27 Diagnostics and Fault Displays:

5.4.27.1 Self-diagnostic facilities shall be provided to establish the fault status of the equipment, which shall include the status of consumable items, and the status of the coin and banknote for receiving cash and providing change.

5.4.27.2 TVM shall provide a local display to the user to indicate if the equipment is out of service or whether there are any restrictions on user functions available.

5.4.27.3 The ‘Out of Service’ display shall be distinct from the passenger selection and display unit which shall be illuminated when the machine is out of service.

5.4.27.4 Detailed fault diagnostic alarms, event alarms and security alarms shall be monitored by the Station OCC CC operators

5.4.27.5 TVM shall be provided with maintenance application that shall display an alarm both locally and at the Station backoffice in the event that access is attempted without proper authorization.

5.4.28 Maintenance Application:

5.4.28.1 A built-in maintenance application shall be provided to permit revenue and maintenance staff to gain access to various registers and diagnostic facilities so that all relevant information can be obtained directly at the TVM for service and repair.

5.4.28.2 All such access shall be subject to a hierarchical, permissions based access rights regime, which shall allow access by individuals dependent upon their pre-authorized level of access.

5.4.28.3 Maintenance application should provide test functionalities to test all the components interfaced to TVM.

5.4.28.4 The maintenance application shall also be used to enter or adjust SJT stock and quantities of change according to procedures to be agreed with NMRC

5.4.29 Master Clock Synchronization:

5.4.29.1 Each TVM shall be synchronized via the Master Clock System with Telecom NTP server to prominently display to the user real time information and to time-stamp all necessary TVM functions.

5.4.30 TVM Standalone Operation:



5.4.30.1 In degraded mode, on loss of communication with the BackOffice, TVM shall operate in a standalone configuration providing cash based ticket-issuing facilities.

5.4.30.2 Each TVM shall be equipped with upgradeable, software controlled, ticket logic facilities for the known journey permutations stated herein.

5.4.30.3 The software shall be updated automatically, at regular intervals; from the BackOffice.

5.4.30.4 TVMs shall be equipped with a suitable interface for software upgrading locally via a maintenance terminal.

5.4.30.5 TVMs shall be equipped with a database to log all transactions and diagnostic information for a minimum period of 7 days online and 30 days off line.

5.4.30.6 As and when the communication is restored with the BackOffice, the TVM shall update it with the accumulated transaction information that has not been transmitted during the loss of link phase.

5.4.30.7 TVM Interface to backoffice: The TVM shall interface with the Central Backoffice system based AFC system for, but not restricted to, the following:

1. Identification of the TVM through a unique id and mapped to the station ID

2. EMV CSC Transaction data

3. Credit/Debit card transaction data

4. QR code transaction data

5. Audit Registers

6. Cash availability

7. Alerts/Alarms

5.4.31 Maintenance:

5.4.31.1 Equipped with suitable mechanical locks for maintenance access by authorized staff to appropriate TVM functions for set-up, maintenance and diagnostics, etc

5.4.31.2 Access to the inside of the TVM shall be controlled by the use of an operator card and/or the entry of a PIN.

5.4.31.3 The AFC system shall record all salient details of the person attempting entry and such details shall appear in relevant reports.

5.4.31.4 On detection of a TVM Security alarm an audio alarm broadcast and visual indication shall be initiated in the Station OCC CC and a CCTV image of the relevant TVM shall be presented automatically to the Station OCC CC operators.

5.4.31.5 Access to components containing money and fare media shall be restricted to authorized revenue staff only by the use of special keys or additional PIN entry

5.5 Ticket Office Machine



Ticket Office Machines is a desktop based point-of-sales machine where an operator is stationed to issue tickets, accept top ups, add product and handle customer queries. It shall be located within station on the unpaid side of the ticket hall. This shall also be networked to the Central back office AFC system for ticket issuance, monitoring, control and data exchange.

5.5.1 Features:

5.5.1.1 TOM shall be a machine where an operator can purchase a SJT/RJT/Group QR code ticket, EMV CSC ,enquire about the fare media & products, purchase any transit products defined by NMRC.

5.5.1.2 TOM shall be provided within the unpaid side of the station.

5.5.1.3 TOMS shall be installed in a dedicated place allowing only dedicated sales operators to have access. The machine shall be networked to the OCC CC and Central Backoffice for issuance, complaints, control, and monitoring and data exchange.

5.5.2 Payment Methods:

5.5.3 Cash:

5.5.3.1 TOM should be able to accept all Notes & Coins denomination as defined by NMRC

5.5.3.2 TOM should provide necessary change for all cash transaction through denominations as mentioned by NMRC

5.5.4 Credit/Debit cards:

5.5.4.1 TOM should be able to accept the all Credit/Debit cards.

5.5.4.2 TOM should provide all the interface Magnetic Stripe, Contact and contactless options for Credit/Debit card transactions

5.5.5 NMRC Co-branded Prepaid Card /Wallet:

5.5.5.1 TOM should be able to complete a transaction accepting the stored NMRC prepaid card/wallet amount.

5.5.5.2 Payment through prepaid card/wallet should be available for all purchases except top-up transactions.

5.5.6 Main rules:

5.5.6.1 Initialize, print and issue SJT/RJT/Group Ticket QR code fare media according to the fare structure.

5.5.6.2 Initialize and encode added value / product on contactless EMV CSC and mobile NFC wallets;

5.5.6.3 Analyze, revalidate cancel and issue replacement for all products of contactless fare media;

5.5.6.4 Accept payment by cash, debit card, credit card, prepaid cards



5.5.6.5 Issue receipts wherever applicable.

5.5.7 Hardware Requirements: Ticket Office Machines shall comprise, as a minimum, the following major components:

1. Rugged Point of Sale System;

2. Computer with monitor

3. EMV contactless Reader

4. Standard keyboard and mouse;

5. Passenger Display Unit (PDU);

6. Two (2) USB ports;

7. At least four (4) RS 232 Ports.

8. 2-D QR code thermal printer

9. Credit/Debit card reader

10. 2-D Scanners

11. Cash Drawer

12. Receipt printer

13. Speakers

5.5.8 Specifications of Ticket Office Machine:

5.5.8.1 Work Station:



S.No Parameter Specifications 1 CPU Minimum Intel® Core i5-760 Processor (2.80GHz, 1333MHz

FSB, 8MB Cache) 2 Memory Min 4 GB DDR3 RAM with 16 GB Expandability. 4 Monitor Min 15 inch and above Normal TFT / LED Digital Color Monitor 5 Display Integrated on Board

Min 1024X768 resolution with 16 Million colors 6 Hard Disk Min 500 GB 7200 rpm SATA HDD 7 Ports Minimum 4 USB Ports (including 2 USB ports in the front)

1 VGA out 1 Serial & 1 Parallel I/O Ports 2 Line-in & 2 Line-out ports

8 Keyboard 104 Keys, heavy-duty normal English keyboard, having key life of 20 million keystrokes or more, USB

9 Mouse USB Optical scroll mouse with Pad 10 Power supply 230 watts and above, Energy Star compliant Ver 5.0, ACPI

compliant or more SMPS power supply, should be capable to support fully configured PC

11 Power Management

Energy star 5.0 compliant for power saving

12 Operating System

Min Windows 7 or latest with latest service pack preloaded with license and recovery CD from direct named account of Microsoft with certificate of authenticity having OEM name

13 Bundled software

Standard bundled software pertaining to the model offered should be included in offer (Must be specified in the offer)

14 Warranty For the complete contract period

5.5.8.2 Contactless Smart Card Reader:

S.No Parameter Specifications 2 Environment Protection Dust resistant 3 Input Power DC12V 4 Certification EMV EMV Level 1, EMV level-2 MasterCard

PayPass/Visa payWave/ RuPay qSparcless 5 RF Interface Operation

Frequency 13.56Mhz

Standard Support

ISO14443 A/B, ISO 18092 (NFC)

5.5.8.3 Card Issuance printer: The smart card issuance printer is placed in the pass

issuance counters to issue co-branded EMV contactless smart card passes to the pass holders. The specifications of co-branded contactless smart card printer is as follows:



S.No Parameter Specifications 1 Print

Technology Dye-Sublimation Thermal Transfer Dual Side Edge to Edge Printing Full-Color and Monochrome Printing Capability Alphanumeric text, logos and digitized signatures 1D/2D bar code images

2 Print Resolution

Standard Mode: 300 x 300 dots per inch; standard text, bar code and graphics printing High Quality Mode: 300 x 600 dots per inch; enhanced text, bar code and graphics printing 300 x 1200 dots per inch; enhanced text and bar code printing

3 Printer Memory

128 MB

4 Printers Drivers

Microsoft Certified Windows Drivers

5 Connectivity Built-in 10/100 Ethernet connectivity USB V2.0

6 Card Compatibility

Card Thickness: 10-40 mil Card Size: CR-80, ISO 7810 format, Type ID-1 Card Material: PVC and PVC composite Smart Card Contactless ISO 14443A/B, Sony Felica, ISO 18092 (NFC)

7 Operating Temperature

15º C to 30º C

8 Card Holder Capacity

Minimum 50 cards

9 Printer Display Operator control LCD display 10 Input Voltage 190-270 VAC 11 Ribbon Full Color: Minimum 250 images/roll

Half Color: Minimum 400 Images/roll Monochrome: 1500 – 2000 Images/roll

5.5.8.4 Receipt Printer:

Item Specification Print Method Thermal Line Interface USB Colour Single Print Speed Minimum 200 mm/sec Dot Density Min 180 DPI x 180 DPI

5.5.8.5 Passenger Display Unit:

Item Specification Size Min 7 Inch Language Hindi, English Interface USB

5.5.9 TOM General Functional Requirements:

5.5.9.1 Ticket Office Machines shall be manually operated desk mounted units and shall be used to read and write to the fare media.

5.5.9.2 Ticket Office Machines shall be able to:



i. Issue, analyze, revalidate, cancel and issue replacements for all classes of SJT/Group ticket QR codes.

ii. Issue with stored value, add value, add transit products to, analyze, replace and deduct penalty fares from all contactless EMV CSC or mobile NFC media.

iii. Perform the above functions in combination on each type of fare media, according to the user configurable business rules.

5.5.9.3 For each TOM, one passenger display unit shall be available facing the unpaid area.

5.5.9.4 These PDUs shall be controllable to display information on the appropriate PDU, or both simultaneously, for the transaction in progress.

5.5.9.5 The display in Hindi and English shall be of minimum 3 lines of 40 characters per line and shall be an integral part of the PDU.

5.5.9.6 The PDU shall be of robust construction with a backlit LCD selected to suit the ambient lighting conditions.

5.5.9.7 The TOM shall:

i. Not accept a new transaction until the previous transaction has been completed.

ii. The display shall timeout after a user configurable period unless a new transaction takes place before the end of the defined period.

iii. Incorporate credit, prepaid and debit card readers with shielded keypad.

iv. Be capable of conducting all payments associated with fare media purchase via the use of debit/credit/prepaid card facilities as defined in the Business Rules.

v. Be capable of securely managing the cash received through cash registers.

vi. TOM should have strong access control mechanism with user id and password based login. All transactions should be logged against the user ids.

5.5.9.8 It shall be possible to request a receipt to be printed for the last completed TOM transaction. Receipt printing shall be on request only and shall not be automatic.

5.5.10 Operational Requirements:

5.5.10.1 The TOM shall permit all required functions to be easily accessible to the NMRC operator through an intuitive interface that shall permit transactions to be completed with the minimum of operator actions.

5.5.10.2 The TOM shall react without operator action to the detection of a fare media at the fare media RW device as follows:

i. Automatically display a warning screen when the fare media is not initialized;

ii. Automatically display the issue screen when the fare media is initialized but not encoded with fare value;



5.5.10.3 For issuing function, the amount of deposit shall be updated together with the initial amount of travel value or the selected period pass values through online process.

5.5.10.4 TOM should display all the transit product options mentioned in the business rules document.

5.5.10.5 The TOM shall always verify the amount updated to card against the value selected by the operator and generate the required transaction record for auditing and updating of the database.

5.5.10.6 For the top up function, the TOM shall add the amount selected from the list of available amounts or an amount entered by the operator to the current remaining value of the contactless CSC or mobile NFC device through online process by interfacing with the smart card host.

5.5.10.7 The TOM shall always verify the amount encoded against the value entered or selected by the operator and generate the required transaction record for auditing and updating of the database.

5.5.10.8 TOM should be able display the status of fare media including the fare media status, card balance, card products, travel history and transaction history.

5.5.10.9 In the case of a fare media having been rejected by entry or exit at the automatic gates, the TOM shall be used to analyze the fare media. If the fare media is corrupted, the TOM shall read as much data as is possible from the fare media to replace it with a new fare media.

5.5.10.10 If necessary, The TOM shall interrogate the Central Backoffice system host using the printed serial number of the contactless CSC to determine the remaining data associated with the fare media as recorded in the AFC system database.

5.5.10.11 Using this data and subject to the business rules in force, the ticket office personnel shall use the TOM to cancel the rejected fare media and issue a replacement fare media on receipt of the appropriate payment, if any, which shall be valid for use.

5.5.10.12 Fare media with invalid codes, as a result of exceeding the “allowed time” in the paid area, shall be analyzed and the relevant data displayed by the TOM to permit the Ticket Office personnel to determine any excess or penalty fare to be paid.

5.5.10.13 On the successful deduction of this payment or receipt of cash payment, the fare media shall be revalidated by re-encoding the time limit for the “allowed time” within the paid area.

5.5.10.14 A contactless smart card with invalid codes, as a result of exceeding the period of validity of the card since first issued or since last used, shall be analyzed and the relevant data displayed on the TOM.

5.5.10.15 If the limit has not been exceeded to the point where the card has been cancelled and removed permanently from the database in accordance with the business rules, the card shall be revalidated by re-encoding the last used date.



5.5.10.16 All penalty amounts shall be determined in accordance with NMRC’s Business Rules and shall be configurable by NMRC from the Central Computer.

5.5.10.17 All penalty amounts shall be displayed on the TOM even where these have been set to zero at the AFC system.

5.5.10.18 The TOM shall keep track of how many SJT have been issued during the operations and update the inventory status of backoffice

5.5.10.19 TOM should update the status of QR code once issued in the OCC CC system

5.5.10.20 TOM should be capable of updating the tariff, configuration parameters, software update , hotlist update from backoffice

5.5.10.21 It may be planned to have portable TOMs for easy relocation / increase / decrease within the station premises for optimizing the demand / equipment / space utility.

5.5.10.22 TOM should print the EOD report including all the sales transactions by various payment modes segregated.

5.5.10.23 The end of shift reports shall discriminate between payments made in cash, by credit card, debit card, prepaid card to facilitate the end of shift reconciliation process.

5.5.10.24 Should be able to login and start operations even when there is loss of connectivity with Central Backoffice system.

5.5.11 Security

5.5.11.1 The TOM shall provide a strict permissions based and access level regime, which shall be programmable, to allow a number of different staff comprising operators, maintainers and supervisors etc. to gain access to TOM facilities in accordance with their level of authorized access.

5.5.11.2 Each TOM should be authenticated with Central backoffice system before starting the day of operations. If system is not online, secure maintenance login should be allowed as a fall back mechanism.

5.5.11.3 The TOM shall comply with PCI and other regulatory guidelines.

5.5.11.4 For log-in to the TOM it shall be necessary for the TOM operator or maintainer to enter a valid user name and password to commence a shift or to conduct maintenance, as appropriate.

5.5.11.5 The process shall serve to identify and record access by each individual operator and maintainer, the date and time of log-in to the TOM and of log-out from the TOM.

5.5.11.6 This information shall be transmitted to the Central Backoffice system based AFC system as part of the transaction record upload.

5.5.11.7 It shall not be possible for an operator to start a new shift without having first logged off from the previous shift.

5.5.11.8 A ‘break- shift’ facility shall be provided to enable an operator to:



i. Temporarily log-out of the TOM for a particular maximum duration;

ii. During this time, deny TOM access to other operators/ maintainers;

iii. Log-in to the TOM to recommence the shift by entering a valid user name and password or by log in card.

5.5.11.9 The ‘break- shift’ time limit on each TOM shall be a programmable and configurable feature which shall automatically:

i. Disable the ‘break- shift’ facility, if log-in by the original operator has not logged in within the time limit

ii. Log- off the original operator and produce close-of- shift reports accordingly;

iii. After log-off enable a new operator/ maintainer to access the TOM, on entry of a valid user name and password or by log in card to either start a new shift or perform maintenance, as appropriate.

5.5.11.10 When accessed by maintenance personnel, the TOM shall only process test to issue dummy QR code and transit products/top-ups.

5.5.12 TOM Interface to AFC BackOffice:

The TOM shall interface with the Central Backoffice system based AFC system for, but not restricted to, the following:

i. Online Identification of the operator on duty;

ii. Alarms/Alerts;

iii. Audit Registers; and

iv. EMV card Transaction data.

v. QR code transaction data

vi. Sales transaction data

5.5.13 TOM Audit Registers: The Audit Registers of the TOM shall include, as a minimum, the following:

i. Number of fare media issued for each type;

ii. Value of fare media issued for each type;

iii. Number of contactless smart media of each type topped-up;

iv. Total value added to contactless smart media topped-up;

v. Number of period passes issued by type;

vi. Total value of period passes issued by type;

vii. Cash value of registers

viii. Shift open and Shift close cash and non-cash values

5.5.14 TOM Audio Feedback

5.5.14.1 Each TOM shall provide the facility of audio feedback to passengers as a means to assist in deterring fraud.



5.5.14.2 The style of feedback tone, its duration, volume and the points at which feedback shall be provided shall be a configurable and programmable feature, details of which shall be agreed with NMRC

5.5.14.3 It shall be possible, as an engineering function, to enable or disable the passenger tones without affecting any tones intended for TOM operator feedback.

5.6 Excess Fare Office (EFO) An EFO shall be manned by station staff and shall enable commuters to seek information, pay excess fares & penalties or check the validity and credit value of their fare media. It shall be accessible only from the paid/unpaid area.

5.6.1 Equipment Function and Location

5.6.1.1 The EFO shall be Ticket Offices on the paid side of the ticket hall which can also be extended to the unpaid side;

5.6.1.2 Located within station:

i. Excess Fares Offices will be in line with the gate line and accessible to commuters from the paid side.

ii. Manned by NMRC station staff and shall enable commuters to seek information, pay excess fares or check the validity and credit value of their fare media

5.6.1.3 EFO shall be same as TOM with additional functionalities as mentioned all the technical specification of TOM will be same for EFO.

5.6.1.4 Contactless EMV card readers are integrated with EFO enabling the EFO operator to check and read the EMV CSC

5.6.1.5 Networked to the Station OCC CC and back office for monitoring and data exchange

5.6.1.6 Should have fire emergency button to trigger emergency from EFO office

5.6.1.7 Should have physical buttons to open the gates for single access from EFO office

5.6.1.8 Should have integrated with 2-D readers to read the QR codes

5.6.1.9 Should have speakers to provide the transaction information’s to commuters

5.6.2 Main rules:

5.6.2.1 Analyze, compute excess fares, revalidate cancel and issue replacement for all classes of fare media

5.6.2.2 Accept payment by cash, debit card, credit card, prepaid card and any other form of authorized payment, such as by warrant etc.;

5.6.2.3 Issue receipt on request by the user.

5.6.2.4 Charge penalties as prescribed by NMRC business rules



5.6.3 EFO Facilities

5.6.3.1 Within the station ticket hall a single Excess fare office shall be provided in line with each Gate Array, which is accessible to passengers from the paid side and unpaid side of the ticket hall.

5.6.3.2 The primary purpose of the EFO is to:

i. Collect penalties & excess fares from passengers who wish to exit the station and have an invalid ticket;

ii. Resolve issues concerning a ticket ;

iii. Collect fares or add value to tickets with insufficient credit.

5.6.3.3 The EFO shall also provide the facility of answering passenger queries and providing information, as required, to passengers who wish to exit the station.

5.6.3.4 Contractor shall provide the following facilities as described below:

5.6.4 EFO Ticket validation Facilities:

The EFO Ticket validation facilities shall be identical to that provided within the ticket offices and shall be able to perform all of the following AFC functions:

5.6.4.1 Perform Excess Fare adjustments;

5.6.4.2 Add value on applicable fare media;

5.6.4.3 Issue applicable fare media;

5.6.4.4 Activate via an emergency switch the emergency opening of the gate array.

5.6.5 EFO Ticket Reader

5.6.5.1 The EFO ticket reader unit shall read the fare media and display selected data on a backlit LCD screen.

5.6.5.2 All graphics and information screens shall be designed and implemented in cooperation with NMRC and the final screen designs shall be subject to NMRC’s approval.

i. Number of excess fare charges applied;

ii. Total value of excess fare charges applied;

iii. Number of penalty deductions made; and

iv. Total value of penalty deductions made.

5.6.5.3 Selected data encoded on the fare media shall be read and displayed on the passenger display unit together with the computed penalty or excess fare due, if any.

5.6.5.4 In the case of entry/exit flag mismatch, the amount of the penalty, if any, shall be applied. The payment due shall be deducted from the remaining value or taken in cash and the flag reset to its correct state.

5.6.5.5 The display shall be in following languages Hindi and English.



5.6.5.6 The EFO Ticket Reader shall be designed for mounting on the EFO walls facing the paid and unpaid side of the ticket hall and shall be positioned in a readily accessible location and at a suitable elevation for users including those in wheelchairs.

5.6.6 EFO Ticket Reader Operation

5.6.6.1 Passengers shall present fare media to the terminal incorporated in the EFO Ticket Reader which shall display the following information:

i. Fare Media class;

ii. Remaining value excluding deposit;

iii. Deposit value (contactless EMV and mobile NFC media only);

iv. Remaining number of trips;

v. Remaining validity period; and

vi. One line of text that shall be used for a greeting or for an instructional message in the case of an error code being read from the fare media.

5.6.6.2 A graphic screen shall replace the information displayed within two seconds of the fare media being removed from the reading range of the EFO Ticket Reader.

5.6.6.3 The graphic file to be displayed and other program files for the operation of the EFO Ticket Reader shall be downloadable from a portable laptop computer or other device to be proposed by the Contractor or connected to the central AFC backoffice System via the AFC Local Area Network.

5.6.6.4 Contractor shall include instructions in the operating manual on the generation and downloading of different graphic files and messages for the EFO Ticket Reader.

5.6.6.5 Operator should be able to login and start operations even when there is no connectivity with central backoffice system.

5.6.7 Power Supply

5.6.7.1 In the event of power loss, the EFO Ticket Reader shall cease to operate.

5.6.7.2 Abrupt shut down of the EFO Ticket Reader shall not result in any corruption of operations data.

5.7 Hand Held Device (HHD) Hand Held Devices are conductor inspection device used to check the ticket validity of patron whether having a valid ticket for the travel and issue manual paper thermal printed tickets in case of AFC system failure at the station level. Features of HHD are follows:

5.7.1 Shall be able to read and validate all the fare media’s issued by NMRC

5.7.2 Shall be able to check the ticket validity based on the business rules provided NMRC

5.7.3 Shall be able to view the transaction history



5.7.4 Shall be able to sell tickets and upgrade the NMRC transit products by payment using cash and prepaid cards & NFC wallet

5.7.5 Shall be able to penalize the patron for invalid tickets by payment using prepaid card & wallet and cash

5.7.6 Shall be able to print thermal paper tickets with all ticket details which will be

validated manually & physically by NMRC persons at the gate

5.7.7 Should be able to scan the QR code tickets and provide the status of the ticket.

5.7.8 Should be able to perform offline EMV card & NFC wallet transactions and issue the ticket in case of system failures

5.7.9 There shall be an intelligent display capable of displaying in mentioned languages (English and Hindi) and a keypad for selecting the decoded data to be displayed.

5.7.10 The weight shall be kept at minimum including power source for easy portability.

5.7.11 Should be able to connect to backoffice through station WIFI or GPRS connection using secure private APN’s network provided by Contractor.

5.7.12 Should have access login for operator and should the operators login through maintenance operator card.

5.7.13 Should be able to update the tariff, hotlist, configurable parameters from backoffice

5.7.14 Should records all the transactions in a shift and report to backoffice all the transactions when connected to backoffice.

5.7.15 The HHD shall store data on tickets and CSCs internally, this data shall be downloadable to a PC.

5.7.16 The stored data shall be downloaded to the SC via USB or a suitable interface. The SC shall format an activity report for the HHD.

5.7.17 Portable ticket decoder shall be supplied with leather pouch as well as fixing device to the belt.

5.7.18 Should provide cradle for charging and network port for connecting to backoffice.

5.7.19 HHD material proposed shall be strong, durable and approved by the Employer’s Engineer

5.7.20 Below is the minimum specifications of the handheld devices



S.No.

Parameter Requirement

1 SDRAM Min of 64 MB 2 Extendable

Memory SD/Micro SD card interface (Minimum 16 GB)

3 Display Graphic touch display minimum 128 x 64 Pixels, minimum 2.5” screen, Monochrome or colour, Backlight capable of displaying Graphical images / icons, ( GUI design has to be user friendly and Fonts used should be easily readable by the Conductor / Inspector )

4 Keypad Minimum of 16 keys on the keypad including programmable keys. 5 Contactless ISO 14443 A&B ,ISO 18092 EMV level-1 certified 6 Contact ISO 7816 EMV level-1 certified 7 Kernels EMV level-2 Paypass /Paywave/qSparcless 8 Thermal

Printer 38 mm, (min. of 18 lines/ sec), easy paper roll loading. Should support min 15 meter length thermal paper roll (55 GSM); Paper out sensor

9 SAM slots Min 2 SAM slots 10 GPRS/USSD Wireless Wide Area GSM/GPRS on dual band (850/900/1800/1900

MHz) 11 Battery Li-ion/Li-polymer, Min 2400 mAH (Print 800 tickets per shift with a

minimum of 12 hours of operations with real time data transfer and smart card read & write facility): Over-charge/ over-voltage/ over-current protection; Quick recharge ;Extra Battery Pack per ETM

12 Weight Max. 500 grams 13 Communicati

on LAN 10/100 Base-T (10/100Mbs) Wi-Fi /GPRS

14 Ingress IP 54 15 Security Should support encryption standards including 3DES and AES for

smart card reading/writing as well as communication with Central System

16 Certification EMV Level 1 & 2 and PCI-PED V-3.x certification 17 Operating

temp. 5 – 45 degree C

18 Indications on display

Battery charge status; GSM Signal strength

19 Audio Beeps on key-press and transactions 20 Others Remote Administration; Over the air upgrade of firmware, application,

configuration parameters, master data, etc. should be possible. 21 Sensor

resolution Minimum 752 X 480 pixels

22 Decode capability

Minimum 2D- QR code, Data matrix

23 Accessories Shoulder carry bag; AC charger (working from 160 V to 250 V)

5.8 Ticket Reader (TR) Ticket readers are standalone devices for checking the fare media details

5.8.1 Ticket readers shall be installed at paid areas near each EFO.

5.8.2 These are standalone pole mounted equipment, which has no revenue implication.



5.8.3 They facilitate reading out of ticketing information from the EMV fare media and QR codes.

5.8.4 They should be capable of handling all types of fare media.

5.8.5 Should be able to display the card balance and transaction history for last 5 transactions

5.8.6 Should be able to update balance for transactions performed online

5.8.7 Compliant with, and certified to, established industry standards including ISO 14443, ISO 7816, ISO 18092, ISO 10373-6 and EN 1545

5.8.8 Compliant with all PCI norms

5.8.9 EMV L1 certified readers and EMV level-2 certified MasterCard/RuPay/Visa .

5.8.10 The terminal shall hold at least 2 SAM slots.

5.8.11 Manufactured from non-corrosive, non-toxic materials which are chemical resistant;

5.8.12 Reliable, weatherproof and durable to meet transit &mass transit application needs.

5.9 Station computer (SC) Station computer is a standalone computer interfaced with Central BackOffice system and Central computer

5.9.1 The SC shall monitor the status of station devices warnings and alarms/alerts.

5.9.2 The SC shall be located in a secure area to which unauthorized persons will be denied access. The SC terminals shall be located in the Station Control Room (SCR) at each station.

5.9.3 At each station, the SC shall communicate with central backoffice / central computer to send the remote commands.

5.9.4 Alarms and equipment status changes shall be reported to the SC and displayed by the SC on a real time basis.

5.9.5 A4 size laser printer shall also be provided and connected to the SC for printing of station level reports.

5.9.6 The Station Computer System shall monitor the status of each item of AFC equipment.

5.9.7 As a minimum, the suitable warning messages for equipment change of status shall be provided in order to optimize the efficiency of station operations. Some illustrations are as mentioned below:

5.9.8 SC Reports

5.9.8.1 The SC shall be capable of processing data to print selected reports at the station for use by station operations and revenue staff.



5.9.8.2 TOM operator end of shift reports shall be available within ten minutes of the end of shift to enable station supervisors to reconcile cash box contents with the TOM operators.

5.9.9 Should be able to view and print all the reports through the station computer

5.9.10 Should be able to view the equipment details including the software, firmware versions

5.9.11 Should be able to trigger remote commands from the SC to all the station devices

5.9.12 Should have necessary provision to upload the offline transactions/data from the devices due to faulty or network outrage

5.9.13 Below are minimum specifications of station computers

S.No Parameter Specifications 1 CPU Min Intel® Core i5-760 Processor (2.80GHz, 1333MHz FSB, 8MB

Cache) 2 Memory Min 4 GB DDR3 RAM with 16 GB Expandability. 3 Monitor Min 15 inch and above Normal TFT / LED Digital Colour Monitor

Min 1024X768 resolution 5 Hard Disk Min 500 GB 7200 rpm SATA HDD 6 Ports Minimum 4 USB Ports (including 2 USB ports in the front)

1 VGA out 1 Serial & 1 Parallel I/O Ports 2 Line-in & 2 Line-out ports


8 Mouse USB Optical scroll mouse with Pad 9 Power supply 230 watts and above Energy Star compliant Ver 5.0, ACPI compliant

or more SMPS power supply, should be capable to support fully configured PC

10 Power Management


11 Operating System

Windows 7 or latest with latest service pack preloaded with license and recovery CD from direct named account of Microsoft with certificate of authenticity having OEM name


5.10 Station AFC devices/Equipment Interfaces 5.10.1 Station AFC equipment shall be interfaced to the following station facilities

provided by Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited, via designated Project Contractors.

5.10.2 Uninterruptible Power Supply System:

5.10.2.1 A UPS shall be provided within the UPS Room within each station, the output of which shall be terminated on to a Power distribution board (PDB) within the UPS Room.



5.10.2.2 Contractor shall be responsible for the distribution of the AFC power supply from the PDB within the UPS Room to all equipment rooms, control rooms and other locations within the station which houses AFC equipment.

5.10.3 Fire Detection and Alarm System:

5.10.3.1 Fire Alarm Panel shall provide a single pair fire alarm circuit, which on activation via a change over contact, shall be used for the automatic opening of the Automatic Gates on occurrence of a Fire Alarm requiring station evacuation.

5.10.3.2 Contractor shall provide within the station an Interface Junction Box that the Contractor shall cable to the Fire Alarm Panel and to the Automatic Gates.

5.10.4 Communications Backbone Network:

5.10.4.1 A Communications Backbone Network shall be provided by NMRCL Telecom operator through Ethernet for inter-site communications linking all station throughout the Metro to the OCC.

5.10.4.2 Communications Backbone Network shall be used by the Contractor to link the AFC Local Area Network at each station to the AFC system.

5.10.4.3 Contractor shall provide within the Communications Equipment Room at each station suitable interfaces between the AFC LAN and Communications Backbone Network equipment.

5.10.4.4 Provisionally, it is assumed that these interfaces shall consist of Ethernet 10/100/1000Mbps and fiber SFP/SFP+/XFP1G/10G.

5.10.4.5 Provisionally there should be a backup network facility for redundancy.

5.10.4.6 NMRC shall provide the required connectivity to the Contractor at the OCC and the equipment within NMRC premises

5.10.5 Earthing:

5.10.5.1 Main system earthing shall be provided within each station.

5.10.5.2 Contractor shall provide all subsidiary earthing facilities required within the AFC equipment rooms, control rooms and ticket hall Area to interconnect the AFC equipment earths into the main system earthing at each station site.

5.10.6 Equipment security

5.10.6.1 The AFC machines shall resist tamper by either passengers or unauthorized staff of the Employer’s representative or unauthorized access by staff.

5.10.6.2 Valid identification shall be required before opening any machine containing cash or tickets.

5.10.6.3 All machines shall have locked enclosures to satisfy the overall security requirement.

5.10.6.4 All fare media shall be protected from being tampered with during the period that they are being processed within a machine. It shall be impossible to substitute a ticket or card and validate it once a transaction has been initiated.



5.10.6.5 The contractor shall provide multiple sets of keys for every equipment. Similar equipment shall be keyed similarly. The keying arrangement shall be with the approval of the NMRC’s engineer.

5.10.7 Security of Revenue

5.10.7.1 The AFC machines and system shall provide a complete audit trail of all transactions, transfers of cash and other payments.

5.10.7.2 Non-resettable transaction and audit registers shall be provided in gates, TOM, TVM to record essential information sent to the central backoffice. These registers shall be easily visible and shall be readable when the machine is switched off or on.

5.10.7.3 The equipment shall be designed with features, which deter possibility of revenue losses from altering, copying or counterfeiting of the tickets.

5.10.7.4 Unique ticket id - Fail-safe features shall be incorporated to check that no duplicate ticket ids are introduced in the system, either through hardware or software failures. System shall address any other fraud mechanism for revenue erosion from automatic fare collection and accounts system. Sufficient security shall be provided to prevent an increase in the remaining value of the ticket except at machines having revaluation function.



6 CENTRAL BACKOFFICE AFC SYSTEM

6.1 Central AFC BackOffice System The Central Backoffice system of AFC is the; heart of entire AFC ecosystem consisting of the core components for daily operations of AFC system. The system shall be used to set configuration parameters (such as tariff, device configuration, product configuration, user configuration etc.) that would be required to operate the system. The system would host all the information required for processing the fare media within the transit ecosystem. It shall function as a Management Information System (MIS) and also as a communication layer between station devices and External Interfaces. Below are the minimum modules identified for AFC BackOffice operations and not limited to the below

6.1.1 Central BackOffice will be the heart of the AFC system where all the AFC functional activities are performed. Central Backoffice system should be hosted in cloud server.

6.1.1.1 The Central BackOffice system shall generate the necessary management reports from the fare media transaction information received from the Station devices.

6.1.1.2 The Central BackOffice system shall hold and download the fare media parameters and fare table information to each station devices.

6.1.1.3 The Central BackOffice System shall communicate with each devices via the wide area network and process the data received to provide overall audit, statistical and operational information.



6.1.1.4 The data transferred from the devices to the BackOffice shall include, as a minimum, information such as usage of various equipment’s commissioning, various transaction, EOD shift summary, Ridership numbers, TOM shift revenue, fault reports.

6.1.1.5 The Central BackOffice shall have facilities to generate and update blacklists for all applicable fare media and to download these lists to the OCC CC for distribution to the Station Level AFC equipment.

6.1.1.6 The Central BackOffice shall be able to support applicable fare media replacement and refund applications from TOM/EFO devices.

6.1.1.7 The Central BackOffice shall be able to generate reports on each station/OCC CC computers in stations/OCC CC through authorized logins.

6.1.1.8 In the event of a failure of either the Central BackOffice system control will be provided to redundancy Cloud Backoffice systems. In case there is a failure in network, station devices independently record all transaction and alarm data for a period of not less than seven days and all data stored will be transmitted to the Central Backoffice System once the system is fully operational.

6.1.1.9 The central backoffice should be PCI compliant as per PCI DSS 3.1 standards

6.1.2 Inventory Management

6.1.2.1 The EMV CSC based AFC system shall have functionality for automatic stock management of fare media at central level. This includes stock registration, distribution, return etc.

6.1.2.2 The Inventory management system shall be equipped with a stock management utility which shall enable the NMRC to track fare media stock movements in the system covering the lifecycle of the fare media commencing from the date of purchase from the FI until the time that the fare Media has been removed from the system.

6.1.2.3 The inventory management system should be synced with Bank host system for EMV CSC, the status of the card should be same in AFC Inventory management and Bank Host.

6.1.2.4 Issuance of EMV cards outside the Transit network should be updated in the inventory management through bank smart card host updating the AFC Inventory Management.

6.1.2.5 The Inventory management system shall allow users to input to the system information when introducing new media to the system, editing information of existing media in the system, viewing information of existing media and removing retired media from the system.

6.1.2.6 Inventory Management system shall be capable of raising purchase request to bank host through internal approval and track the status of the media boxes

6.1.2.7 Inventory management should be capable of tracking the location of each item of fare media that has been consigned, transport in equipment and awaiting disposal.



6.1.2.8 The Inventory management system shall also allow useful information such as Smart Media vendor, issuer, media box number, date and time, etc. to be tracked in the system.

6.1.2.9 The Inventory management system shall actively monitor and update its stock information categorized by location (e.g. TOM, etc.) and device ID according to the usage transactions such as initialization, issue, replacement, etc. and physical stock replenishment.

6.1.2.10 Upon expiry of media, the Inventory management system shall also adjust the stock management information accordingly.

6.1.2.11 Detailed reports for Media global stock position & Media leakage at the end of the day shall be provided. Any discrepancy in the stock accounting figures shall be evident in the report.

6.1.2.12 NMRC retains the right to audit and inspect the Fare media Inventory for duration of the contract

6.1.3 Product Configuration Management

6.1.3.1 Product Configuration Management system should be capable of adding, removing, editing and updating products for Sales and Usage at transit network.

6.1.3.2 Product configuration should be able to configure a transit product with the following parameters product ID , Name , Expiry date /time , Number of days in week , start and end time , service provider , Route/Stop , Device type ,fare , discounted fare , profile etc..,

6.1.3.3 Product configuration should be able to configure a transit product with the following parameters for peak hour/ non-peak hour fare, route/stop, Device type etc..,

6.1.3.4 Product configuration Management should be able to create any number of products as per NMRC requirements by changing the business parameters defined in business rules

6.1.3.5 Should be able configure fares for single journey tickets , return journey tickets , Group ticket as mentioned in business rules document

6.1.3.6 Should be able configure fares for EMV contactless smart card ticketing as mentioned in business rules document

6.1.3.7 Should be able to configure a minimum number of zones to 250 in the system

6.1.3.8 Once there is an update to the tariff in the system, Tariff file should be automatically available for downloads at the OCC CC.

6.1.3.9 On scheduling to devices the update should be downloaded and updated in devices locally and status should be updated in OCC CC.

6.1.4 Transaction Management

6.1.4.1 The Transaction Management system shall acquire and process all the transactions from all fare media issued by NMRC at acceptance infrastructure



6.1.4.2 Transaction Management system should acquire and process all the transactions from all the issuance channels for top-ups, update transit products, refund, renew, reissue cards etc.

6.1.4.3 Transaction shall process all transaction types defined by NMRC business rules

6.1.4.4 The Transaction Management shall, in future, share the details with the settlement and clearing system of the transactions

6.1.4.5 The Transaction Management system shall actively update its Contactless Smart Media Blacklist Table by adding/ removing Contactless CSC IDs when the Contactless Smart Media has been blocked physically by the issuer Bank

6.1.4.6 Transaction Management should post all the transit transaction performed either online or through batch processing for transactions performed offline.

6.1.4.7 Transaction Management system should be able to process transaction from other transit operator systems.

6.1.4.8 Should be capable of checking and handling exception, missing, duplicate, delayed and fabricated data

6.1.5 System configuration Management

6.1.5.1 System configuration should allow to configure the devices configuration parameters.

6.1.5.2 System configuration should allow to configure the gates modes.

6.1.5.3 System configuration should allow to select a device and trigger a remote command.

6.1.5.4 System configuration should allow to update selected device types, groups, group of devices and individual devices.

6.1.5.5 Should allow to select individual or group of devices to perform the configuration management

6.1.5.6 Should be able to select the devices and update the devices for Tariff, users, Terminal parameters, Key, Certificates and software updates.

6.1.6 Equipment Management

6.1.6.1 The Central back office system will include Equipment Management functions which shall allow the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited to configure new devices, types and new owners for the system.

6.1.6.2 The Equipment shall manage and initialize all equipment including commissioning of devices in production and associated Secure Access Modules for both Metro and non-metro equipment.

6.1.6.3 The Contractor shall assume the configuration of approximately ten thousand (10,000) metro Equipment IDs and five thousand (5,000) non-metro Equipment IDs when the NMRC is in full operation.



6.1.6.4 Equipment Management should allow to tracking the complete lifecycle of devices from Equipment commissioning to faulty replacement / removed

6.1.6.5 Equipment Management system should be able to process, manage and display the alarms/alerts raised by the equipment’s.

6.1.6.6 Equipment management should allow to configure maintenance/technician users, profiles in the system.

6.1.6.7 Equipment management should allow to configure automatically in assigning the alerts/alarms to maintenance/technician dispatch team.

6.1.6.8 Equipment management should provide the tracking for all the incident created and life cycle from creation to closure after the alert/alarm is closed in the system

6.1.6.9 Equipment should allow to generate the reports on equipment’s, alerts/alarms, equipment’s downtime and incidents life cycle.

6.1.7 Reconciliation

6.1.7.1 The purpose of the functionality is to provide an efficient revenue management system.

6.1.7.2 Central system shall have feature for automatic generation of daily, monthly & yearly reports for revenue reconciliation using the revenue data - transactions, audit register and cash amount. Reports shall be generated global, station wise, operator wise and shift wise.

6.1.7.3 The functionality shall have flexibility to take care of any manual entry errors. There shall be provision for entry correction (stating reasons) within a defined period.

6.1.7.4 It shall provide a transparent Account of revenue figures. Any discrepancy highlighted in revenue figures reconciliation shall be visible in the detailed reports.

6.1.7.5 System should reconcile with cash registers in TVM and TVM reported sales at every EOD, reconciliation report should be generated at EOD for each devices.

6.1.8 Banking payments

6.1.8.1 The Central BackOffice system has to interface with Bank Server and with Bank Payment Gateway for recharging/top-up of EMV cards through different Banking Channels. The solution shall be capable of interacting with Acquirer banks using the ISO 8583 as per specifications of a particular scheme (Visa, MasterCard and RuPay).

6.1.8.2 Should interface with Acquirer switch to process the prepaid transactions from Gate validators, TOM, TVM, EFO, TR and HHD’s

6.1.8.3 Central Backoffice should be capable to sending the transaction to Acquirer payment gateway based on the card BIN range and manage the status of transactions



6.1.8.4 All the credit/Debit card transaction performed at transit terminals should be processed by banking system and sent to Acquirer for approvals.

6.1.8.5 Status of the transaction should be managed by the banking system.

6.1.8.6 Should have interface with NMRC mobile application and web application to perform online transaction

6.1.8.7 Should process the clearing and settlement file at EOD to Acquirer with authorization data and account details

6.1.8.8 Should be able to settle to NMRC bank account as per the contract period

6.1.9 Certificate Management

6.1.9.1 The Central Backoffice system shall provide a Certificate Management System for the management of keys and certificates throughout the lifetime of the EMV Smart Card based AFC system installation and support.

6.1.9.2 The Certificate Management System shall be responsible for the downloading the Public key certificates and revocation list from the Acquirer/Payment schemes.

6.1.9.3 The Certificate Management System shall also be responsible for updating the files to all the devices in the AFC system.

6.1.9.4 The Certificate Management system should be able to securely distribute the certificates to all the systems and security mechanism would be finalized during design phase

6.1.9.5 The Certificate Management should allow to update the system periodically and whenever required and should have the versioning mechanism to manage the updates

6.1.10 MIS Reporting

6.1.10.1 MIS Reporting is used to perform day to day monitoring of the ticketing operations and be responsible for generation of MIS reports.

6.1.10.2 The Back office generates reports automatically at end of day. The Back office collate, format and enable end of day and ad-hoc reports to be printed from the data transmitted by the various AFC machines. Data will be stored in a relational data base structure to permit ad-hoc and detailed log reporting.

6.1.10.3 MIS reporting should be capable of extracting reports from the day of operations and there should not be any restriction with number of days of backup.

6.1.10.4 Details of the parameters of report will be finalized during the design phase.

6.1.10.5 Below are the minimum number of reports required and all the reports will be finalized during the design phase.



S. No. Report Type Description 1 Daily sales Summary Report Summary of all ticketing, financial

transactions / cash received or refunded. Station wise, ticket wise

2 Daily ridership summary report Summary of transit transaction at gates using various products

2 Shift summary reports All ticketing, financial transactions. Each transaction with date and time stamped.

3 Aggregated / Consolidation reports

For matching all Transaction based, Audit registers based and Revenue figures.

4 Ridership reports Entry/Exit Gate passenger flow. Ticket wise, station wise

5 Individual ticket transaction history

6 Operator action reports 7 Log reports Chronological report of daily activities. Each

event shall have date and time recorded. 8 Ticket stock inventory reports Detailed reports for global stock position, SJT

leakage (available at CS level only) and station wise stock reconciliation (available at CS and SC both)

9 Equipment inventory for equipment installed and removed 10 Events, alarms, warnings 11 TVM Cash reconciliation report 12 Quarterly Traffic To calculate number of passengers at station

or access at that time Traffic report by 15 minutes frequency and passengers in and passengers out per 15 minutes frequency throughout the operating day, with sub-totals for each hour and grand total for the day.

13 General Ledger All the transaction of NMRC includes the sales and revenue.

14 Maintenance and failure reporting

15 System reports System configuration related 16 TOM EOD report Should include all the transaction performed

in TOM and EOD cash registers 17 Any other report required by

Employer’s engineer at subsequent implementation stage.

6.1.11 Status Monitoring

Geographic area layout based GUI for monitoring and controlling

6.1.11.1 Equipment status, Station/ Equipment mode of operation, EOD information

6.1.11.2 Individual modules of equipment



6.1.11.3 Current stock status

6.1.11.4 Traffic information (quarterly)

6.1.11.5 Configuration parameters

6.1.12 Updates Management

6.1.12.1 Should be able to create an update and assign an version number for all update categories

6.1.12.2 Should be able to manage all the updates from the backoffice systems for all categories Tariff, parameters, Hotlist, users etc..,

6.1.12.3 Should be able to automatically schedule updates to devices whether is an updated hotlist available

6.1.12.4 Should be able to manage the complete cycle of update process from creation to completions

6.1.12.5 All the status of the update should be captured in the Central computer

6.1.12.6 Reports should be generated for all the updates schedules and status of the updates.

6.1.13 Authentication

6.1.13.1 All connections to the server from the OCC CC and station devices should be securely connected.

6.1.13.2 All data exchange should be encrypted between the server and client

6.1.13.3 All active connections should be managed by servers

6.1.13.4 All the configuration with connections should be managed through configuration management

6.1.13.5 All the devices login should be centrally authenticated based on the profile configured

6.1.13.6 Should log all credentials of the login details when logging in /off in the AFC system

6.1.13.7 Should be securely hosted with access only to NMRC user configuration managers

6.1.13.8 Should be able to create users and profiles based on the devices and functions to be performed

6.1.14 NTP Server

6.1.14.1 All the station devices, components, servers should be synced to one central time of NMRC Telecom master clock at OCC

6.1.14.2 All devices should connect and synchronize the local time at regular intervals.

6.1.15 Automatic Add Value



6.1.15.1 Automatic top-up of CSC shall be possible on reaching a predefined threshold value. Operational mode and requirements are to be defined in co-operation with banks and credit/ Debit card providers or other Banking Channels.

6.1.15.2 Top up via a dedicated website by use of a credit or debit card shall be included.

6.1.15.3 The Contractor will provide the standard interface document.

6.1.16 Data Flow

6.1.16.1 The data received from station devices in the stations shall be transmitted to the Central BackOffice System for processing and retention.

6.1.16.2 The data transmission between the devices and Central BackOffice shall be via wide area network links provided by the S & T (Telecom) contractor of NMRC and network between OCC to cloud would be provided by Contractor through ISP.

6.1.16.3 All critical alarms shall be transmitted to the Central computer in real time.

6.1.16.4 The communication network shall be equipped with built-in error detection and transmission retries to ensure accuracy and dependability of data transmission.

6.1.16.5 A cut off time shall be agreed with the Employer to define the end of one operating day and the beginning of the next for data consolidation and reporting purposes.

6.1.16.6 The Contractor shall propose and define the sequence for end of operating day processing including the time allowed for the printing of reports that are required on a routine basis.

6.1.17 CC Communication Links

6.1.17.1 The Contractor shall provide a reliable method of verifying the integrity of the data and programme files sent from the CC/Central Backoffice to the devices and the correct reception of data uploads received from the devices to the CC/Central Backoffice.

6.1.17.2 The method used shall be approved by NMRC along with FI based on the security and PCI guidelines during the design phase.

6.1.18 External Interfaces

Central Backoffice system should have interfaces to various external systems this includes NMRC web application, NMRC Mobile application and NMRC SAP ERP. Following are the high level requirements of the interface.

6.1.18.1 NMRC web application:

1. NMRC web application would be developed by NMRC service provider.

2. Central backoffice should expose interfaces through web interfaces to the NMRCL web application developed by NMRCL service provider for ticketing information’s, transit product information’s , balance, perform online top-up's (if required) and commuter information" for Web application



3. Should be able to view all the transit products and fares from NMRC application

4. Should be able to view all the stations information and city buses information

5. Standard API’s would be finalized during the design phase of the project.

6.1.18.2 Mobile application:

1. Central backoffice should expose interfaces through web interfaces to the NMRC mobile applications for ticketing information’s.

2. Should be able to view all the transit products and fares for NMRC transit.

3. Should be able to view all the stations information and city buses information

4. Should be able to purchase SJT and Return Journey tickets

5. Should be able to complete online payments

6. Standard API’s would be finalized during the design phase of the project.

6.1.18.3 SAP ERP & Tally integrations:

1. NMRC SAP & Tally applications would be developed by NMRC SAP service provider.

2. NMRC SAP ERP & Tally solutions would be hosted in NMRC premises and would require the AFC central BackOffice to have interfaces with SAP ERP & Tally solution.

3. Central BackOffice should send all the transactions to SAP ERP & Tally by EOD.

4. Central Backoffice system should process the transaction in defined message format with all the tags and parameters are defined during the design phase

5. Central backoffice should bulk upload securely all the transactions during EOD operations.

6. SAP ERP & Tally system should process the file and post the transactions to respective databases for reports and Audit purpose

7. Any issues with transactions should be notified to NMRC ERP & Tally user and User should manually enter the transaction details in SAP system.

6.2 Central Computer (CC) The Operational control center central computer of AFC system is the minimal system of entire AFC ecosystem consisting of the core components for daily operations of AFC system. The OCC CC system should also be hosting the QR code media issuance and validation system, Equipment management application to manage all the AFC devices. The system should host all the information required for processing the QR are media within the transit ecosystem.

6.2.1 Main Functions

6.2.1.1 The OCC CC workstations shall generate the necessary management reports from Cloud or OCC CC backoffice through installed desktop web application.

6.2.1.2 The OCC CC Backoffice system shall communicate with each devices via the wide area network provided by telecom provider.



6.2.1.3 OCC CC backoffice system should be able to update the QR codes sales from TVM , TOM and Mobile in the system

6.2.1.4 The OCC CC Backoffice system shall be able to support validate the QR codes and sends the response back to the client Gate validator’s devices.

6.2.1.5 OCC CC Backoffice should be able to process all the alarms/alerts sent by all the devices from stations

6.2.1.6 OCC CC BackOffice should be able to send remote commands to all the station devices

6.2.1.7 Change the parameters of devices and remote commands defined for each specific device.

6.2.1.8 OCC CC BackOffice should have FTP server to download the updates from Central Backoffice to devices.

6.2.1.9 All the updates to devices will be scheduled from OCC CC backoffice system.

6.2.1.10 The OCC CC BackOffice shall be able to generate reports on each workstation computers

6.2.1.11 In the event of a failure of the data transmission network. Station devices will independently record all transaction and alarm/alert data for a period of not less than 15 days and all data stored will be transmitted to the OCC CC BackOffice System once the system is fully operational through batch process.

6.2.1.12 In the event of a failure of OCC CC servers there will be redundancy secondary servers at OCC to support all the operations. Below are the minimum functions to OCC CC backoffice system but not limited to:

6.2.2 QR code Media processor

6.2.2.1 Should be able to securely exchange the transaction data with station devices

6.2.2.2 Should be able to encrypt and decrypt the transaction with PKI security functions

6.2.2.3 Server device authentication should be completed during every new connection and after successful connection validation should allow the devices with connect with the server.

6.2.2.4 Should manage the inventory of all the QR codes that will be issued through TOM, TVM and NMRC mobile applications

6.2.2.5 Should be able to update the status of QR code after sales through TOM , TVM and Mobile Application

6.2.2.6 Should be able to update status of QR code transaction once the transaction is completed

QR Code Media processor

Equipment Management

Alarms/Alerts Management



6.2.2.7 Should be able to update the status within 100 ms after the completion of purchase of ticket

6.2.2.8 Should be able to process the QR code transaction sales transaction from TVM, TOM and other sales channels in batch mode if the transactions are completed offline and network with station devices are down

6.2.2.9 Should perform all the validation functions as mentioned in the business rules of NMRC

6.2.2.10 Should allow only one access for one valid QR code ticket issued in the system unless there they are issued for multiple trips

6.2.2.11 All issued tickets should be instantly updated in the OCC CC system once there are issued from the TOM, TVM and mobile application.

6.2.2.12 Should change the status of the ticket once they are accepted at the gates

6.2.2.13 Transaction should be back-up at EOD to DB backup server at OCC CC.


6.2.3.1 The OCC CC system will include Equipment Management functions which shall allow the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited to configure new devices, types and new owners for the system.

6.2.3.2 The Equipment shall manage and initialize all equipment including commissioning of devices in production and associated Secure Access Modules for both Metro and non-metro equipment.

6.2.3.3 The Contractor shall assume the configuration of approximately twenty thousand (20,000) metro Equipment IDs and ten thousand (10,000) non-metro Equipment IDs when the Noida metro is in full operation.

6.2.3.4 Equipment Management should allow to tracking the complete lifecycle of devices from Equipment commissioning to faulty replacement / removed

6.2.3.5 Equipment management should allow to configure maintenance/technician users, profiles in the system.

6.2.3.6 Equipment management should be able to trigger remote commands to the devices

6.2.3.7 Equipment’s management should be able to schedule updates to the devices

6.2.4 Alerts/Alarms Management

6.2.4.1 Equipment Management system should be able to process, manage and display the alarms/alerts raised by the equipment’s.

6.2.4.2 Equipment Management should allow to filter the alerts/alarms by device types, device name, device ID, alert/alarm type, alert/alarm name and alarm status.

6.2.4.3 Equipment management should allow to configure automatically in assigning the alerts/alarms to maintenance/technician dispatch team.



6.2.4.4 Equipment management should provide the tracking for all the incident created and life cycle from creation to closure after the alert/alarm is closed in the system

6.2.4.5 Equipment should allow to generate the reports on equipment’s, alerts/alarms, equipment’s downtime and incidents life cycle.

6.2.4.6 Alerts/Alarms should be defined for each devices/components and should allow the employer to monitor the operation

6.2.4.7 List of Alerts/Alarms will be finalized during the design phase of implementation of AFC system.

6.2.5 Summary of Hardware

6.2.5.1 The Central Computer System shall include, but not be limited to, the following main units:

1. Complete Central System with required Database servers, application servers, Backup server, Tape library and Middleware etc.

2. Archiving mechanism

3. Equipment management

4. Network management console

5. Local Workstation

6. AFC LAN at OCC CC

7. Power distribution cabling, connectivity with existing UPS and earthing.

8. It shall include power and data connectivity to each item of AFC equipment at OCC.

9. Any other equipment as per finalization of design

6.2.5.2 Power to the CC Servers shall be supplied from an Power Supply (UPS) to be provided by the UPS Contractor. To ensure that the loss of power supply will not result in any loss of or corruption of data, the CC shall initiate an orderly shutdown before the expiry of the UPS power supply.

6.2.5.3 CC to ensure an orderly shutdown (in event of abrupt power failure) of the AFC system and shall as a minimum ensure that all transactions in progress are completed, all volatile data is recorded to non-volatile storage media.

6.2.5.4 The CC Application and Database Servers shall be mainstream products that conform to current industrial standards. Each shall meet the following requirements:

1. Server computers shall have high performance, high speed and high reliability characteristics;

2. The OS shall be of proven reliability in similar applications;

3. Server computers shall have sufficient memory and internal hard disk capacity to meet all current requirements and provide 50 percent spare capacity at the end of software DLP;



4. Either an internal RAID hard disk system shall be provided and configured to meet operating requirements or a system using a Storage Area Network (SAN) may be implemented but whichever solution is proposed it shall be extendible;

5. DVD/CD-Read/Write capability;

6. Keyboard, Mouse and 17” LCD Monitor supporting at least 1280x1024 resolution;

7. Support for back-up media; and

8. One (1) Super DLT or LTO or other suitable format tape drive with a tape auto-loader and necessary automated backup software; and

9. Above is the minimum requirement for CC. This will be finalized during Design phase.

6.2.5.5 The CC Workstations shall be capable of being used for other functions at the NMRC’s discretion. The major components of the CC Workstations shall comprise as a minimum the following to have a monitoring purpose at the site of NMRC whereas the Central AFC solution shall be a cloud based solution hosted at cloud CSP:

1. PC System Windows 7 or equivalent operating system approved by the Employer;

2. 17” LCD Monitor supporting at least 1024x900 resolution;

3. Standard keyboard and mouse;

4. Integrated Fast Ethernet 10/100;

5. DVD/CD-RW at least 24xR and 4xW;

6. Four (4) USB ports.

6.2.6 Software Requirements

6.2.6.1 The software provided shall include a package consisting of computer operating system software, diagnostic, testing, development and support software and AFC application software, including software to manage and safeguard security keys for CSC and mobile NFC device and software for the generation and modification of report contents and presentation.

6.2.6.2 Corresponding software shall be provided for all CC Workstations to ensure that all features of the CC are accessible at all locations through web browser interface in accordance with user access rights.

6.2.6.3 All reports shall be generated in a form that can be easily exported to Microsoft Office application format for off-line storage, analysis and editing.

6.2.6.4 The output reports from CC will be available in the standard format like Excel, CSV, XML, PDF, etc.

6.2.6.5 Security features shall be incorporated to prevent tampering with any data, programs, or other facilities of the CC.



6.2.6.6 All computer software documentation for the CC including workstations shall be provided by the Contractor. The documentation shall include system requirements analysis, system design, program descriptions, listings, source and object files, flow diagrams, methods of execution and other necessary information, as required by the Employer. This information shall be supplied prior to the start of production of software documentation.

6.2.6.7 Password hierarchy shall be setup for different operator access level.

6.2.7 Data and Parameter Management

6.2.7.1 The CC and central BackOffice system shall be capable of checking and handling exception, missing, duplicate, delayed and fabricated data.

6.2.7.2 The CC shall maintain and download the AFC parameters to the station equipment’s. The AFC parameters to be maintained shall include, but not restricted to the following:

1. System parameters

2. Device/EMV parameters

3. Fare related parameters

4. Fare media ticketing related parameters and

5. Blacklist tables

6.2.7.3 Parameters shall have an effective date and time which may be any time in the future or in the past such that they are applied with immediate effect. If the effective date and time is set in the future, these parameters shall take effect on the specified date and time without further operator intervention.

6.2.7.4 The AFC system shall be able to handle at least two versions of future parameters. However, there shall only be one current parameter list in the system and the system shall ensure that only one version of parameters takes effect in the system at any one time. Once the parameters take effect, they shall be locked to prevent any modification.

6.2.7.5 The system shall allow only authorized staff to maintain parameters. A facility shall be provided as part of the CC whereby the operational parameters can be modified and once verified can be transmitted to the SC for implementation at a date and time to be specified. It shall be possible to use back-up media to allow for change in operational parameters to be implemented in the event that the communication links are down.

6.2.7.6 Parameters shall be grouped in files according to the different levels of validation required such that, for example, AG over ride parameters can be sent separately from fare tables and without the same level of validation.

6.2.8 Data Storage

6.2.8.1 The design of the database system shall be arranged to keep track of all valid fare media in circulation. This information shall aid in reporting any abnormal usage of stored value or trips and in providing refunds for corrupted fare media.

6.2.8.2 The database system shall satisfy the following requirements:



1. Full-function, RDBMS based on SQL, Oracle or any other recognized database

2. Support complicated data structure, multi-user, multiprocessing, large capacity operation

3. Offer data integration, data recovery and security

4. Support parallel processing

5. Provide disk mirroring functions

6. Authority control shall be independent of that of the operating system.

7. Offer multilevel safety management of database.

6.2.8.3 Data storage capacity shall be sufficient to maintain a minimum of one year transaction data available on line for adhoc report generation and other investigations through backup servers.

6.2.8.4 The volume of data to be calculated for this requirement shall assume 5 million transactions per day.

6.2.8.5 To maximize the utilization of the disk space of the system, system data shall undergo a regular housekeeping process. Housekeeping shall cover the files created by the CC and the files relative to each subsystem. All the transaction, ridership, audit, revenue financial data should be archived through a permanent tape provided by Contractor.

6.2.8.6 Any outdated or invalid files shall not be archived. Duplicated records in the database and records where only the latest data need to be retained shall be backed up, and archived.

6.2.8.7 The system shall be able to backup and recovery data according to different modes and periods of backup required based on their criticality and data volume.

6.2.8.8 It shall be possible to restore archived data covering periods up to one year at a time from backup and use this data for the preparation of adhoc enquiries and reports.

6.2.8.9 Should be able recover the historical transactions data from the archived tape.

6.2.8.10 The system shall have the functionality to backup and recover all key data (usage data, system data) and files.

6.2.9 System Security

6.2.9.1 System design shall ensure protection from unauthorized access and changes to the systems and software.

6.2.9.2 Any changes to database should be logged by system for any future analysis.

6.2.9.3 All software / firmware supplied by the Contractor shall be free of virus.

6.2.9.4 Suitable mechanisms to handle any possibility of system being infected by any virus shall be incorporated.



6.2.9.5 Up gradation of such measures, from time to time shall be the responsibility of the AFC contractor during the Hardware and software DLP period.

6.2.9.6 Technical Specifications of Application Server

S.No. Parameter Specifications

1 Server Configuration

Minimum CPU : Intel Xeon 2.66GHz 4 Core Memory : 24GB Disk : 450GB x 4 Windows Server 2008 R2 or Linux

Anti-Virus

2 Memory Scalability

Memory Should be Scalable up to 500 GB

3 Host Bus Adapter The server should have redundant 8 Gbps Fiber Channel HBA

4 Ethernet Ports 2 X (1000BASE-T) Tx Gigabit LAN ports with TCP / IP offload engine support on blade server

5 Load Balancing The server should have the capability to balance the load across multiple port interfaces in active-active mode and seamless failover without any data corruption or Application crashing.

6 Active – Active Mode

Contractor should ensure that Application server is in active-active mode on separate physical servers using load balancer.

7 Internal RAID Internal RAID Controller should be able to do RAID 0, 1, 5 and 6

8 Internal / External HDD (For OS only)

Minimum 2 * 320 GB

9 Pre-Failure Warranty

Critical Components like CPU, Memory, SSD & PCI Slots should be covered under Pre-Failure Warranty

10 OS & Virtualization Infrastructure Support

Should support heterogeneous environment – Open Source OS, MS Windows, RHEL, SLES, OEL, Oracle Solaris, OVM, and VMWare Vsphere & Microsoft HyperV for full configured capacity of the system.

11 I/O & Power Supply Redundancy

Server Should have redundant power supply and redundant I/O

6.2.9.7 Technical Specifications of Database and Backup Server



S.No Parameter Specification

1 Configuration Min CPU : Intel Xeon 2.66GHz 4 Core Memory : 24GB Disk : 450GB x 4 Windows Server 2008 R2 or Linux

Anti-Virus

2 PCI-Express Slots Server Should Have Minimum 4 * PCI Express Slots

3 Ethernet Ports Each server should support partitioning. Each partition should be populated with minimum 8 number of Gigabit full-duplex Ethernet ports OR 2 x 10Gigabit ports for LAN connectivity. Each 10G port must be capable of carving out at least 4 logical NICs with configurable speeds from one physical port.

4 Load Balancing The server should have the capability to balance the load across multiple port interfaces in active-active mode and seamless failover without any data corruption or Database crashing.

5 FC-HBA Ports Each Partition should be populated with redundant 8Gbps FC ports. The servers should have the capability to balance the load across multiple HBA interfaces in active-active mode and seamless failover without any data corruption or Application/Database crashing. Also they should have the capability to support storage arrays of all leading storage vendors including, but not limited to EMC, Hitachi, HP, IBM, Network Appliance, SUN,etc

6 Active – Active Mode

Contractor should ensure that Database servers are in active-active mode on two separate physical servers

7 Internal RAID Internal RAID Controller should be able to do RAID 0,1, 5 and 6

8 Internal / External HDD (For OS only)

Minimum 2 * 320 GB

9 Pre-Failure Warranty

Critical Components like CPU, Memory, SSD & PCI Slots should be covered under Pre-Failure Warranty

10 OS & Virtualization Infrastructure Support

Should be provided with latest version of 64-bit operating system supported by OEM. OEM supported Virtualization software should be supplied in solution. Both OS and Virtualization software should be supplied for full configured capacity of the system. Should be supporting open source heterogeneous environment.



S.No Parameter Specification

11 I/O & Power Supply Redundancy

Server Should have redundant power supply and redundant I/O

6.2.9.8 Technical Specification of Workstation

S.No Parameter Specifications

1 CPU Intel® Core i5-760 Processor (2.80GHz, 1333MHz FSB, 8MB Cache)

2 Memory Min 4 GB DDR3 RAM with 16 GB Expandability.

3 Mother Board Intel or better on OEM Motherboard. 4 Monitor Min 15 inch and above Normal TFT / LED Digital Colour

Monitor 5 Display Integrated on Board

Min 1024X768 resolution with 16 Million colours 6 Hard Disk Min 500 GB 7200 rpm SATA HDD 7 Networking

Features 10/100/1000 Network Card.

8 Ports Minimum 4 USB Ports (including 2 USB ports in the front) 1 VGA out 1 Serial & 1 Parallel I/O Ports 2 Line-in & 2 Line-out ports


10 Mouse USB Optical scroll mouse with Pad 11 Power supply 230 watts and above Energy Star compliant Ver 5.0, ACPI

compliant or more SMPS power supply, should be capable to support fully configured PC

12 Power Management


13 Operating System Windows 7 or latest with latest service pack preloaded with license and recovery CD from direct named account of Microsoft with certificate of authenticity having OEM name

14 Bundled software Standard bundled software pertaining to the model offered should be included in offer (Must be specified in the offer)

15 Warranty For the complete contract period 16 Productivity

Software MS Office Standard (latest version) – with atleast MS Word, MS Excel and MS Outlook Applications.

6.2.9.9 Performance Requirements of OCC CC Servers



Availability 99.9% CS able to handle transactions per day 5 million Transactions in peak hour 0.2 million Fare table configuration unlimited System spare capacity Over 50% Handle a maximum of station equipments 2000 Total CC system rebuild (reinstallation of AFC Application and database restore from tape). This does not include time required to install OS and other system programs

within 4 Hr.

Data on tape 36 months Daily database and system backup on backup server and tape 1 Hr Data restore Tape to backup server 1 Hr Backup server to system 1 Hr Time for completion of all end of business day tasks. within 4 Hr.

6.3 Cloud Hosting Central Backoffice AFC system shall be hosted in cloud infrastructure for enabling convenient, on demand network access to a shared pool of configurable computing resources (e.g., networks, servers, storage, applications, and services) that can be rapidly provisioned and released with minimal management effort or service provider interaction. Cloud computing hosted compute service shall be offered through virtual public models.

6.3.1 Contractors Cloud Service Providers (CSPs) shall provide the IaaS as service for hosting the AFC backoffice solution and also provide DRaaS in case of Disaster recovery with the primary system

6.3.1.1 Infrastructure as a service (IaaS): IaaS capabilities shall include processing, storage, networks and other fundamental computing resources where the Contractor is able to deploy and run software, including operating systems and applications. Contractor does not manage or control the underlying cloud infrastructure but has control over operating systems, storage and deployed applications and perhaps limited control of select networking components (e.g., host firewalls).

6.3.1.2 DRaaS (Disaster Recovery as a Service): Cloud computing DRaaS shall offer real time/snapshot based replication of data, systems and applications. Cloud disaster recovery solution shall take advantage of just-in-time (JIT) disaster recovery, allowing for the deployment of services and applications ready on another instance in cloud at different location to start when there is a disaster. To ensure data integrity and continuity, a cloud disaster recovery solution shall perform continuous replication instead of backing up a snapshot of the



protected system at a single point in time. Continuous replication enables the highest level of backup data integrity without having to take applications offline.

6.3.2 Cloud Service Agreement:

Below are the Cloud Service Agreement (CSP) that contains the terms governing the relationship between the NMRC, Contractor and Contractors Cloud Service Provider (CSP). In general, the Cloud Service Agreement is comprised of three major artifacts:

6.3.2.1 Customer Agreement: It describes the overall relationship between the NMRC, Contractor and CSP.

6.3.2.2 Acceptable Usage Policy: It prohibits activities that providers consider to be an improper or outright illegal use of their service.

6.3.2.3 Service Level Agreement: It describes the levels of service using various attributes such as availability, serviceability or performance

6.3.3 Service Level Agreement

The purpose of this Service Level Agreement (SLA) is to clearly define the levels of service which shall be expected from the Contractors Cloud Solution provider towards the implementation and its subsequent support for the project period. For the purpose of this SLA, the definitions and terms as specified in the below have the meanings set forth below:

6.3.3.1 “Incident” refers to any event / abnormalities in the functioning of the Cloud components in Data Centre / specified services that may lead to disruption in normal operations of the Cloud based services

6.3.3.2 “Support" shall mean the 24x7 support which shall handle patch updates, upgrades Fault Reporting, Trouble Ticketing, and resolution of related enquiries during the DLP. Interactive remote diagnostic support shall also be there, allowing technical support engineers to troubleshoot an incident securely through a browser-based remote control feature.

6.3.3.3 “Availability” shall mean the time for which the services offered are available for conducting operations solution hosted on Cloud. Availability percentage is measured as Availability %age = {(Agreed Service Time – Down Time)/ (Agreed Service time)}*(100%)

6.3.3.4 “Scheduled Maintenance Time” or “Scheduled Downtime” shall mean the time that the System is not in service due to a scheduled work. Scheduled maintenance time is planned downtime with the prior permission of the designated NMRC Engineer.

6.3.3.5 “Scheduled Operation” time means the scheduled operating hours of the System for the month. All scheduled maintenance time on the system would be deducted from the total operation time for the month to give the scheduled operation time. The total operation time for the systems and applications hosted on cloud will be 24x7x365.



6.3.3.6 “Subsystem Downtime” shall mean the downtime observed in major components of the cloud infrastructure. E.g. in Cloud Network or Virtualization Layer or Storage, Virtual Operating Systems etc. will be the major components in cloud solution. The average downtime of the all subsystems will be calculated by following formula: Subsystem Downtime=( Downtime Subsystem A + Downtime Subsystem B + Downtime Subsystem N) / Total Subsystems

6.3.3.7 “Response time” is defined as the time between receipt of the incident by support team and its logging / generation of ticket on the system

6.3.3.8 “Resolution Time” shall mean the time taken (after the incident has been reported to the support team) till resolution. The severity parameters have been defined below:

1. Critical: In case more than 1 physical servers are down threatening business continuity which is attributable to the CSPI, it shall be considered as a Critical incident.

2. High: In case 1 physical server is down causing high impact on business operations which is attributable to the CSP

3. Medium: In case an essential functionality of the Cloud solution becomes unavailable in the environment which is not actually hampering the live services of the Cloud but may impact the services if not attended immediately will be termed as medium.

4. Low: The incidents would be termed as low, which does not have any significant impact on the Cloud service delivery, eg: A minor problem or question that does not affect the software function,

6.3.3.9 Planned downtime shall mean any time when the Cloud based services from the State Data Centre are unavailable because of Urgent Maintenance activities and any other scheduled maintenance or upgrade activities that may or may not be periodic.

.The SLAs have been logically segregated in the following categories:

6.3.3.10 IT Infrastructure related Service Levels: Following outlines the service level indicators & and the target performance levels to be maintained by the CSP during the contract period.

6.3.3.11 Performance Requirements of Cloud Servers



Availability 99.9% CS able to handle transactions per day 5 million Transactions in peak hour 0.2 million Fare table configuration unlimited System spare capacity Over 50% Handle a maximum of station equipment’s 2000 Total Cloud backoffice system rebuild (reinstallation of AFC Application and database restore from backup/ tape). This does not include time required to install OS and other system programs

within 4 Hr.

Data on tape 36 months Daily database and system backup on backup server and tape

1 Hr

Data restore Tape to backup server 1 Hr Backup server to system 1 Hr Revenue reconciliation figure 99.77% Time for completion of all end of business day tasks. within 4 Hr.

6.3.3.12 IT Infrastructure Services includes, but not limits to the following:

1. Server Availability includes the following:

Network Availability

Link to the storage components

Intranet Connectivity

Hypervisor Availability

Operating System Availability

2. Response time

3. Server instance redundancy

4. Backup database servers.

5. Permanent tape storage.

6. Server maintenance at least includes the following (refer server monitoring, administration section of scope of work for more details )

7. Diagnostic report shall be made available to Contractor as and when required

8. Management of changes to Storage schema, disk space, storage, user roles.

9. Performance monitoring and tuning of the Hypervisor and OS on a regular basis

10. Management of update or patch update as and when required with minimal downtime.



6.3.3.13 Cloud Services related Service Levels: Following outlines the service level indicators & and the target performance levels to be maintained by the CSP during the contract period.

S. No Measurement Target Severity 1 Provisioning and De-

provisioning of Virtual Machines

Within 15 Minutes after the approval of the request by Contractor & NMRC

Medium

2 Update of Virtual Machines 99.749% High

6.3.3.14 Cloud Services includes, but not limits to the following:

1. Provisioning and de-provisioning of Virtual Machines

2. Maintaining the uptime of virtual Machine, which will also include the migration of virtual machine from one physical server to another based on the increased requirement of resources or due to the downtime of physical server

3. Regular backups for all Virtual Machines in accordance with the backup and archive policies and conduct recovery whenever required with appropriate permissions.

4. Management and maintenance of Cloud Solution Modules

5. Performance monitoring and tuning of the OS and Virtual Machines on a regular basis including, preventive maintenance of the VMs as required.

6. Add or modify administration and delegation of selected Virtual Machines or Services

6.3.4 Data Policies:

Critical data policies that need to be considered and included in the Cloud Service Agreement:

1. Data Preservation and Redundancy

2. Data Location

3. Data Seizure

4. Data Piracy

5. Data Availability

6. Change Management and Notification

6.3.5 Security and Privacy Requirements:

Security controls in cloud computing are, for the most part, no different than security controls in any IT environment. There are two asset categories that require security and privacy consideration for cloud computing:

6.3.5.1 Information (which belongs to the NMRC but has been moved into the provider’s cloud)



6.3.5.2 Applications, functions or processes (being executed In the cloud to provide the required service to NMRC)

6.3.5.3 Some of the key security and privacy considerations:

1. Contractor shall assess asset sensitivity and the operational security requirements of applications

2. Contractor shall understand legal/ regulatory data residency requirements

3. Contractor shall put in place restrictions against unauthorized asset movement and accidental disclosure

4. Contractor shall establish and track security metrics

5. Contractor shall assess the CSP security capabilities

6. Contractor shall assess the CSP security governance

7. Cloud data center shall be hosted within India and should be approved by NMRC on the hosting infrastructure

8. Data shall be kept always within India there should not be borderless regulation issues

9. Cloud compliance and privacy requirements would be finalized during the design phase

10. Cloud compliance and privacy shall follow all regulation of Indian Jurisdiction

11. Security and privacy metrics will finalized during the design phase

12. Compliance governance team for a CSP landscape shall be formed by NMRC to regularly audit ,security compliance

13. Independent third party audit will performed by Contractor, threat and vulnerability analysis, regulatory compliance report should be submitted to NMRC by Contractor.



7 NETWORK AND CABLING

7.1 Network Architecture Network Architecture has been proposed based on the requirements of AFC network at all station level, OCC CC and with ISP’s. Below is the network Architecture at the station and OCC CC level proposed for the NMRC considering the Cloud based hosting Architecture.

The above diagram is only from an illustration standpoint only. This is a concept diagram and the Contractor is free to propose network architecture meeting the requirements of NMRC.

7.1.1 Local Area Network (LAN) System

7.1.1.1 A Local Area Network (LAN) shall be implemented within each station and at the AFC system to provide data connectivity to the AFC system equipment at each site by contractor.

7.1.1.2 The WAN connectivity shall be provided by NMRC through the S&T contractor for stations devices and the OCC connectivity shall have a 1:1 connectivity.

7.1.1.3 The connectivity for the cloud based Central AFC from OCC shall be the responsibility of the contractor.

7.1.1.4 LAN shall support the required connectivity with 10 / 100 / 1000 Mbps throughput and reliability.



7.1.1.5 The design of the LAN shall provide a highly secure system, which shall prevent unauthorized access and/ or hostile intrusion and shall be highly reliable, stable and scalable with a capability to adapt to future technology changes.

7.1.1.6 The system design shall be highly resilient to common mode failure with fast recovery times and shall provide high transmission quality between network endpoints, response times and performance under normal operation and worst-case network loading.

7.1.1.7 AFC system shall manage the network management functions for each site LAN.

7.1.2 Interfaces:

7.1.2.1 LAN at each station and at the AFC system shall interface with the inter-site Backbone Network which shall be provided by the Service provider, engaged by NMRC, for the routing of AFC communications with OCC CC and external network.

7.1.2.2 LAN system synchronization shall be derived from a highly stable clock source, via the Master Clock located in the Telecom system, and shall be designed to be highly resilient to network failure conditions.

7.1.3 LAN Standards:

7.1.3.1 LAN shall be designed in accordance to IEEE 802.3 Ethernet standards and dimensioned to meet the specific traffic requirements of each site.

7.1.3.2 Transmission of wired interfaces shall be provisioned, as required, either individually or by a combination of 10BaseT (10Mbps), 100BaseT (100Mbps) and 1000BaseT (1Gbps).

7.1.3.3 Contractor shall follow Static IP addressing scheme for entire network while designing and establishing the AFC LAN

7.1.4 Ethernet Switches

7.1.4.1 Within the stations, OCC CC’s and the AFC system managed POE Layer 2 Switches shall be networked together, as required, to manage the traffic on the LAN by providing connectivity between end devices.

7.1.4.2 Layer 2 Managed Switches shall be linked to Layer 3 devices in the Central AFC BackOffice System to provide connectivity to external networks such as the Internet Service Providers and other external data networks.

7.1.5 L2 Switch:

Below is the minimum L2 switch specification



S.No Parameter Specifications

1 Technical capability

Min 24Gbps switching capacity

Min 18Mpps forwarding performance Min 16MB DRAM and 8MB Flash memory Min Configurable up to 8000 MAC addresses 2 Management SNMP V2/V3 and MIB- II compliant 3 Standards IEEE 802.1x IEEE 802.3x full duplex on 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX

ports IEEE 802.1D Spanning-Tree Protocol IEEE 802.1p class-of-service (CoS) prioritization IEEE 802.1Q VLAN IEEE 802.1s IEEE 802.1w IEEE 802.3 10BASE-T specification IEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX specification 4 Interfaces Max Required ports 10/100/1000 Mbps 5 Power The internal power supply supporting 230 Volt 50Hz input

7.1.6 Firewall:

Firewalls shall be provided to protect the server farms and prevent unauthorized access to/from the LAN at each site and to provide high security of data and protection from external sources. The firewall shall operate the services like Firewall Protocols, Load balancing, Quality of Service (QoS), Application Filtering, Inbound Filtering, Audit Logs.

Below is the minimum Firewall specification:



S.No. Specifications

1 Minimal performance degradation when running advanced services such as stateful firewall, NAT, and IPsec

2 The Firewall should have integrated internal Power Supply and slot for redundant CPU card

3 The firewall should support Active Active and Active Passive configuration

4 Firewalls should have 6 x10/100/1000 ports and 2 x 1 Gig SX ports

5 The Firewall should have a minimum performance of 6 Gbps. There should be no degradation of packet performance when services like stateful firewall are enabled

6 The Firewall should have IPsec performance of 1000 Mbps and 2500 Tunnels

7 The Firewall should support IPS performance of min 1000 Mbps with support for at least 5000 signatures

8 Firewalls should support Layer 2 VPN and Layer 3 VPN

9 Firewalls should support Packet Filters

10 Firewalls should support Network attack detection

11 Firewalls should support DoS and DDoS protections

12 Firewalls should support Tunnels (GRE, IP-in-IP, Ipsec)

13 Firewalls should support DES (56- bit), 3DES (168-bit), AES (256-bit) encryption

14 Firewalls should support MD5 and SHA-1 authentication

15 Firewalls should support Prevent replay attack

16 Firewalls should support generation of SNMP traps and syslog based logs



17 Firewalls should have role based access mechanisms

18 Firewalls should support Network address translation (NAT).

19 The Firewall should support integrated URL filtering. The URL filtering feature should be supported without a hardware upgrade

20 The Firewall should support Content based filtering of traffic without a hardware upgrade

21 The Firewall should support application based firewall and should be able to inspect traffic on application basis

22 Should support Structured syslog

23 SNMP (v2/v3)

24 Firewall should be EAL3 or higher certified

25 Transaction log should be captured for atleast 6 months.

7.1.7 LAN Connectivity

7.1.7.1 LAN System shall be full duplex and shall support point-to-point and point-to-multipoint connectivity as applicable to data services.

7.1.7.2 From the Central AFC BackOffice System the LAN shall provide connectivity and distribution of data for AFC related interfaces to external 3rd Party systems.

7.1.7.3 Network Switching

7.1.7.4 Each site shall employ, as necessary, multilayer switching comprising a combination of Layer 2 switching and Layer 3 protocol routing.

7.1.7.5 Network QoS Parameters

7.1.7.6 LAN shall be designed to carrier-class standards for all data functions.

7.1.7.7 For each service category the LAN shall provide facilities to manage Class of Service, Type of Service and Quality of Service parameters.

7.1.8 Security

7.1.8.1 Appropriate security measures shall be implemented to protect the availability, integrity and confidentiality of resources on the networks.

7.1.8.2 Access control mechanisms shall be employed via authentication, authorization, and cryptographic key validation, in accordance with IEEE 802.1X, to restrict LAN access to authorized users only.



7.1.8.3 Facilities shall be provided to ensure that the confidentiality and integrity of the data flows for the LAN cannot be compromised by, for example, eavesdropping, or interception and content modification.

7.1.8.4 Facilities shall be provided to protect against malicious activities on the networks, including attacks from viruses, hacking, hijacking, spoofing and other malicious events that may compromise the integrity of the networks.

7.1.8.5 As a minimum, security features for connectivity and access control shall include Access Control Lists (ACLs), VLAN ACLs, authentication, port-level security and identity-based network services.

7.1.8.6 Port mirroring for traffic diagnostics shall be available.

7.1.8.7 It shall be possible to set individual levels of access rights and permissions for each user in order to control integrity of the network itself and any information contained on the networks.

7.1.8.8 Suitably robust security measures shall be employed in the design to ensure that LAN access is provided only to pre-authorized users and to prevent access to the LAN by unauthorized parties.

7.1.8.9 Protection shall be provided against such threats, as listed below, which are in accordance with classifications as defined by ITU-T

7.1.8.10 Denial of service (“DOS”): an attack with a view to depriving the service availability of an entity;

7.1.8.11 Eavesdropping: unauthorized monitoring of third party’s communication;

7.1.8.12 Loss or corruption of information: compromise the integrity during data transfer, such as unauthorized deletion, insertion, modification, re-ordering, replay or delay, e.g. man-in-the-middle attack, peer-to-peer attack;

7.1.8.13 Masquerade ("spoofing"): pretence of authorized status by an impostor,;

7.1.8.14 Unauthorized access: an attempt to access data in violation of the security policy in force

7.1.8.15 All essential equipment elements of the LAN shall achieve a security, common criteria certification, of EAL (Evaluation Assurance Level) Level 3 or above in compliance to ISO/IEC 15408 under an internationally recognized scheme and assessed by an accredited independent test house.

7.1.8.16 Contractor must comply with all security norms as required by the global or local regulators including but not limited to PCI standards.

7.1.9 Network Resilience and Protection

7.1.9.1 LAN System shall provide a high level of fault tolerance in order to minimize the disruption of services.

7.1.9.2 For the core elements of the network the LAN System shall provide protection through automatic re-routing and fast restoration mechanisms in the event of network failures in order to achieve the system availability requirements for each individual sub-system connected to the LAN.



7.1.9.3 Automatic recovery from shut-down, on restoration of the power supply, such that all system functions are fully and immediately available to operators and users

7.1.9.4 LAN system shall include, to the extent necessary, the following facilities within the core elements of the design to ensure that the availability of the LAN system does not affect the operation of the other sub-systems to which the LAN is connected to:

7.1.10 Redundant hardware;

7.1.10.1 Redundant network connections;

7.1.10.2 Circuit redundancy and path diversity;

7.1.10.3 No single point of failure;

7.1.10.4 Path protection with self-healing mechanisms employing automatic protection switching;

7.1.10.5 Hot-swap capability;

7.1.10.6 Facility for upgrade of software and firmware without loss of service

7.1.10.7 The design shall employ mechanisms such as the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol in accordance with IEEE 802.1D to:

7.1.10.8 Eliminate loops in a redundant-link network by selectively disabling links;

7.1.10.9 Monitor failure of active links and reactivate redundant links in order to restore the network to full connectivity, while preserving the loop-free topology.

7.1.10.10 LAN System shall remain in operation and automatically reconfigure, if necessary, without the need for control by the Network Management System, under the fault conditions.

7.1.10.11 LAN System shall provide suitable mechanisms for graceful restart and also for graceful degradation, in which the system provides lessened utility or effectiveness in the presence of a fault, but still manages to provide some service.

7.1.11 Auto Configuration and Discovery

7.1.11.1 Extensive facilities shall be provided for the automatic detection of LAN equipment and associated peripheral devices which may form part of the LAN System.

7.1.11.2 These facilities shall provide rapid and seamless setup during installation and when undertaking system modifications.

7.1.11.3 Discovery mechanisms shall conform to ITU-T standards shall communicate topology, equipment and configuration for network management applications, asset management and troubleshooting.

7.1.12 System Safety



7.1.12.1 The equipment shall conform to internationally recognized safety standards such as EN 60950, ‘Information Technology Equipment and Safety.

7.1.12.2 Fibre-optic based equipment shall comply with IEC 60825, 'Safety of Laser Products.

7.1.12.3 In the event of an optical fibre cable break, the optical transmitter laser output shall shut down to a safe level and shall be configured such that the shutdown mechanisms are not software dependent as defined by IEC 60825 and ITU-T, G.664.

7.1.13 Licenses, Approvals and Interconnection

7.1.13.1 Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of all hardware and software licenses, national approvals and interconnection agreements required for the installation and operation of the LAN System.

7.1.13.2 LAN equipment shall be Type Approved by TRAI (Telecom Regulatory Authority of India) for network interconnection and compliant with Indian regulatory requirements.

7.1.14 LAN End to End Performance

7.1.14.1 Network endpoint performance as detailed below shall apply to:

7.1.14.2 LAN Network endpoints locally within each site;

7.1.14.3 LAN Network endpoints where the site LANs are interconnected by the Communications Backbone Network

7.1.14.4 LAN Network endpoints shall meet, as a minimum, the following performance requirements:

Parameter Value One Way Packet Delay (defined as the time it takes for a packet to go from one point to another)

< 5ms

Packet Jitter (defined as the absolute value of differences between the delay of consecutive packets)

< 1ms

Packet Loss (over a sampling period of 1 month) (defined as the ratio between the total lost packets and the total sent packets over a given time period)

7.1.15 LAN System shall, as a minimum, meet the following standards as listed below:



Document Number Title

EN 60950 Information Technology Equipment – Safety – Part I : General Requirement

IEC 11801 General purpose telecommunication cabling system (structured cabling)

IEC 60825 Safety of Laser Products

IEC 60950-1 Information Technology Equipment - Safety - Part 1: General Requirements

IEEE 802.11 Wireless Local Area Networks

IEEE 802.1D

Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks-Media access control (MAC) Bridges (Incorporates IEEE 802.1t-2001 and IEEE 802.1w)

IEEE 802.1p LAN Layer 2 QoS/ CoS Protocol for Traffic Prioritization

IEEE 802.1Q Virtual LANs

IEEE 802.1X Standard for Local and Metropolitan Area Networks Port-Based Network Access Control

IEEE 802.3 Local Area Network (LAN) protocols

IEEE 802.3at

Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications Amendment: Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power via the Media Dependent Interface (MDI) Enhancements

IEEE 803.3af Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) Power Via Media Dependent Interface (MDI)

IETF: RFC 2475

An Architecture For Differentiated Services

IETF: RFC 3031

Multiprotocol Label Switching Architecture

ISO/IEC 11801

Information Technology -- Generic Cabling For Customer Premises

ISO/IEC 15408

Information Technology -- Security Techniques -- Evaluation Criteria For IT Security

ITU: G.664 Optical safety procedures and requirements for optical transport systems

TIA 568-C Generic Telecommunications Cabling For Customer Premises

7.1.16 LAN System Locations:



7.1.16.1 General: The main LAN equipment within each site shall be installed within the various secured locations in station and in Station OCC as well as Central OCC and Controls Rooms.

7.1.16.2 Station LAN: The main LAN system equipment within stations shall, as a minimum, interconnect the following AFC equipment and external interfaces:

a. Station Workstation;

b. Automatic Gates and Gate validators;

c. Ticket Vending Machines;

d. Ticket Office Machines;

e. EFO Ticket Readers;

f. Ticket Readers

g. Handheld device cradles

h. Printers;

i. Archiving Facilities;

j. Networked Display units

k. Interfaces to Communications Backbone Network.

l. Ticket Readers

7.1.16.3 AFC system LAN: The main LAN system equipment within the contractor’s Central OCC shall, as a minimum, interconnect the following AFC equipment and external interfaces:

a. Central Computer ;

b. All AFC facilities within the Development and Training Centre;

c. Printers;

d. Archiving Facilities;

e. Central AFC BackOffice System Workstations;

f. Interfaces to Communications Backbone Network;

g. Interfaces to Communications Networks external to the Metro.

h. Interfaces to Smart Card host and Central Clearing House system

7.1.17 Main System Elements

7.1.17.1 LAN System: The major LAN System components shall include, as a minimum the following elements, customized as appropriate for each type of site:

a. Structured Cabling



i. Structured cabling, in compliance with TIA 568-C and IEC 11801, shall be used at each site to connect all necessary AFC equipment.

ii. These cables shall typically include Cat 6 cables and optical fibre cables with associated fibre transceivers, as required, to inter-connecting various equipment and devices to the LAN.

iii. Contractor shall be responsible for the implementation of the cabling schemes required to meet performance objectives and in compliance to the design limitations on cable lengths and shall adhere to IEEE 802.3 standards.

b. Building Distributors

i. This equipment shall be provided with the main LAN equipment room and control room locations housing for the termination and distribution of the LAN cables.

c. Ethernet Switches

i. Within the stations, Station OCC’s and the AFC system managed POE Layer 2 Switches shall be networked together, as required, to manage the traffic on the LAN by providing connectivity between end devices.

ii. Layer 2 Managed Switches shall be linked to Layer 3 devices in the Central OCC to provide connectivity to locations outside the metro such as the Internet Service Providers and other external data networks.

d. Servers

i. Servers includes various types of servers required for operation of Smart Card based AFC system like Application servers, File servers , Database servers, Antivirus server, Update server for patch management, print servers , web servers and management servers.

e. Firewalls

i. Firewalls shall be provided to protect the server farms and prevent unauthorized access to/from the LAN at each site and to provide high security of data and protection from external sources.

ii. The firewall shall operate the services like Firewall Protocols, Load balancing, Quality of Service (QoS), Application Filtering, Inbound Filtering, Audit Logs.

7.1.17.2 LAN System Network Management System

a. Within the AFC system the network management functions for each station LAN and Central AFC LAN shall be integrated with the AFC Network Management System.

b. The network management facilities shall manage all LAN equipment, as well traffic on the LAN.

c. The Network Management System shall:



i. Include configuration, trouble-shooting, fault, performance and security management and associated report generation.

ii. Provide configuration of the network elements, management of the quality of the services carried over the LAN and collection of data for performance monitoring.

iii. In the Station OCC and Central OCC provide high level alarms for monitoring by the Network management System.

d. All successful logging on and attempts to gain access shall be recorded and time/ date stamped by the Network Management System.

7.1.17.3 Engineering Terminal

a. Engineering Computer Terminal shall be equipped with all necessary software to enable authorized personnel to perform system set-up, diagnostics and maintenance functions.

b. Access privileges shall be in accordance with the operational role of the user, subject to a programmable and hierarchical configuration.

7.1.17.4 Power Supplies and Earthing Facilities

a. At each site the LAN Equipment shall operate from a centralized UPS for the provision of battery backup power via a single-phase 230V, 50 Hz, single phase, AC supply.

b. POE switches should be considered for POE enabled edge devices.

i. Power over Ethernet (PoE) for the provision of 48 V AC power to all IP networked devices, in accordance with IEEE 803.3af standards at levels of 4, 7 or 15.4 watts.

iv. For devices requiring a higher rated power supply the network shall support PoE Plus in accordance with IEEE 802.3at standards, nominally at 25 watts, or higher depending on the configuration adopted and characteristics of the LAN copper cables.

7.1.18 Functional Requirements

7.1.18.1 General Requirements

a. Compatible with internationally recognized industry standards and employing open system protocols.

b. The equipment shall be Commercial off the Shelf (COTS) widely deployed across a wide range of commercial networks.

c. Of modular construction, highly flexible, non-blocking, network architecture providing full multi-vendor interoperability, high Quality of Service (QoS) and high system availability.

d. Highly scalable design whilst maintaining throughput, Quality of Service and security.

e. Able to support operation with a wide range of end user data interfaces.



f. Readily expandable and easily configurable with facility for auto-configuration.

g. Available migration path for future enhancements.

h. Sophisticated performance management and system management, accessible via an operator’s workstation.

i. Facility to conduct essential software maintenance without disrupting system operation.

7.1.18.2 Data Protection

a. Automatic back-up on to non-volatile media of system/ user data.

b. Retention in non-volatile memory of all operational and management data required for system operation on power supply failure.

7.1.18.3 Network Termination Points

a. LAN System shall provide Network Termination Points (NTPs) at all site locations for equipment connectivity.

b. Each NTP shall provide the necessary interfaces to support the interconnection of the relevant equipment.

c. The numbers, types and other characteristics of the physical interfaces required at each location shall be defined as part of the detailed design.

d. It shall be possible to extend the LAN System from the defined NTPs to remote locations, where system interfaces are required. This shall be achieved by means of open standards.

7.1.18.4 System Configuration and Capacity

a. A traffic model shall be developed as part of the detailed design to assess the required minimum bandwidth.

b. The system transmission capacity shall be determined by the Contractor to meet the system design as specified herein together with a minimum of 25% spare capacity, available at each site, for future expansion.

c. LANs shall be readily expandable and easily configurable high speed networks in compliance to IEEE 802.3

7.1.18.5 IP Interworking

a. LAN System shall employ soft transition mechanisms to enable interworking between IP Version 4 and IP Version 6 standards in accordance with the relevant RFC documents produced by the Internet Engineering Task Force.

7.1.18.6 LAN Connectivity

a. LAN System shall be full duplex and shall support point-to-point and point-to-multipoint connectivity as applicable to data services.



b. From the Central AFC BackOffice System the LAN shall provide connectivity and distribution of data for AFC related interfaces to external 3rd Party systems.

7.1.18.7 Network Switching

a. Each site shall employ, as necessary, multilayer switching comprising a combination of Layer 2 switching and Layer 3 protocol routing.

7.1.18.8 Network QoS Parameters

a. LAN shall be designed to carrier-class standards for all data functions.

b. For each service category the LAN shall provide facilities to manage Class of Service, Type of Service and Quality of Service parameters.

7.1.18.9 Virtual LANs

a. Within the AFC system the Contractor shall configure all data on to separate Virtual LANs for each category of user to segregate Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited AFC data from 3rd Party data.

b. Development and Training Centre shall be on a separate Virtual LAN with secure protection mechanisms employed to provide full isolation from the Metro’s operational AFC system.

7.1.18.10 IP Addressing

a. LANs shall employ duplicate address detection.

b. LANs shall support, as a minimum, the following addressing options:

i. Dynamic IP Addressing – a mechanism shall be provided to allow end devices to request a network address during session establishment (e.g. when a new device is connected or when it is powered up following reset or repair);

ii. Static IP Addressing – where end devices are manually assigned a unique IP address.

c. Management Servers shall be provided in the AFC system to manage the IP addressing and node naming of the site LANs. .

7.1.18.11 Contractor shall provide a detailed assessment during the detailed design phase to establish the traffic patterns and bandwidth requirements for each site LAN and between sites involving interconnection of the LANs at different sites via the Backbone Network.

7.1.18.12 Contractor shall propose methodologies to enable capacity within the LANs to be increased on a temporary or a permanent basis without affecting network or system performance.

7.1.18.13 End to End LAN Reliability and Availability

1. The percentage of IP data packets originating from a source and successfully received at its intended destinations shall be greater than 99.99%.



2. In calculating availability the Contractor should assume a MTTR of 4 hours.

7.1.19 Wireless redundancy: Contractor should provide wireless redundancy to Cloud server’s connectivity from OCC in case of the two ISP’s failures.

7.1.19.1 Should provide a wireless connectivity to handle wireless connection from the OCC

7.1.19.2 Shall be able to automatically change to wireless network in case of any failures in both the wired connection without any issues to operations

7.1.19.3 The connectivity shall be provided through the private APN’s SIM by network operators to Cloud Host Data center.

7.1.19.4 Private APN shall be end to end secured to private VPN’s using MPLS over IP

7.1.19.5 Network operator should provide static private SIM address.

7.2 Network management 7.2.1 General

7.2.1.1 The contractor shall propose, finalize and interface for AFC WAN channels of plan with Noida metro Telecom contractor as per requirement to meet transaction traffic of AFC for all stations.

7.2.1.2 The contractor shall be responsible to ensure that Central OCC will be connected with the station AFC LAN through link provided by telecom contractor. The link speed requirement will be provided by contractor to Telecom during design phase.

7.2.1.3 The OCC CC shall communicate with the station AFC machines via the AFC LAN

7.2.1.4 TCP/IP network communication protocol should be used for all data communication in the system. IP addresses shall be designed and implemented by the contractor in consultation with Employer’s Representative.

7.2.1.5 All network computers and equipment shall be connected through intelligent switches. Any single failure in the network shall be automatically isolated and shall not cause any system disruptions.

7.2.1.6 Central OCC LAN shall provide by AFC contractor and shall be at least 100 Mbps. Other operating speeds may be proposed if equipment performance of the system is demonstrated.

7.2.2 Central Level

7.2.2.1 Full LAN redundancy shall be provided at Central AFC BackOffice System

7.2.2.2 Supervision Console (NMS)

7.2.2.3 Contractor shall submit the networking requirements for Central computer System at OCC level, at design stage.

7.2.2.4 Contractor shall submit the networking requirements with redundancy at all levels of systems including two ISP’s for communication with Cloud Host.



7.2.3 The contractor shall be responsible for finalization of the IT infrastructure at Stations and Station OCC

7.2.4 The contractor shall be responsible for finalization of the IT infrastructure at Central OCC

7.3 Cables - data, power and control cables 7.3.1 General

7.3.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the specifications, sizing, procurement, installation, wiring, terminating and testing of all power, data and control cables/wires required for the Central OCC level and for stations of the AFC network.

7.3.1.2 This shall include all necessary connecting cables:

a. For link to the WAN infrastructure provided by Telecom contractor in the TER.

b. For distributing power to AFC equipment’s from Electrical supply from S&T UPS.

c. Individual Station LAN for all AFC equipment’s connectivity.

d. For Station OCC LAN set-up.

7.3.1.3 Cable shall meet national or international standards applicable to data processing and data transmission systems and appropriate for the requirement.

7.3.1.4 Proper earthing of all AFC equipment by a copper or copper-alloy, corrosion resistant, high-conductivity grounding pad shall be provided to ground all conductive materials such as frames, metallic covers, trays, and doors. Common earthing at S&T UPS room to be utilized and further cable drawn by AFC contractor to SCR and Gate area / TOM / EFO for AFC equipment’s.

7.3.2 Requirements

The following requirements shall be the minimum but is not limited to ensuring that contractor’s designs follow sound engineering practice and are suitable for their intended purposes and environments.

7.3.2.1 All material used shall be subjected to Employer’s Representative inspection and examination at site or the factory.

7.3.2.2 The cables shall be installed at a safe separation from potential interfering sources, including power cables, LCX, etc. A cable routing plan shall be designed so that there is the least likelihood of coupling between the cables and the potential sources. For example, long parallel runs of signal cables and power cables shall be avoided, wherever possible, the controls/monitoring cable and the power cable shall meet at an angle as close to 90 degrees as possible. The separation distance between control cables and signal cables shall be maintained when going through walls and floors. Similarly, controls/monitoring cables shall enter the ITB from the top through two separate holes. The Contractor should refer to guidelines recommended by IEC 1000-5-2 wherever possible.



7.3.2.3 The contractor shall ensure suitable separation between power, digital signal and analogue cables along the cable route.

7.3.2.4 The cables used in the AFC network must be adequately protected against external interference. Additional protective measures, including but not limited to the use of metallic (steel) conduits, armors, ferrite chokes, and EMI filters must be used to reduce such external interference wherever required.

7.3.2.5 For protection against the electrostatic capacitance coupling, direct electrical connection between ducts of power cables and controls/monitoring cables must be avoided.

7.3.2.6 It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to interface with the appropriate Civil Contractors, System-wide Contractors to determine the most suitable cable route designs, bearing in mind the restraints of the structure gauge, the drawings, the various standards applicable and the requirements of this and other relevant specifications and criteria.

7.3.2.7 The Contractor shall prepare installation drawings and specifications for Employer’s Representative approval prior to commencing any work on site. These shall include a schedule of locations, activities and key dates, together with lists and details of staff to be employed.

7.3.2.8 The Contractor shall demonstrate satisfactory use of the type of cable proposed for use in a comparable railway and tropical environment, be able to meet the specifications, and shall guarantee at least 25 years’ service life for the product to be provided.

7.3.2.9 Cable Accessories - All cable should be laid and terminated using standard accessories for laying, lacing, termination / clamping and armoring All cables totally exposed in above ground guide way or above ground open areas shall be armored (in GI conduits)..

7.3.2.10 For protection against electromagnetic induction, the controls/monitoring cables should be carried in two separate cable trays / ducts, namely the data cable and power cable. These two conduits should be separated by a distance of not less than 150 mm. The latest versions of IEC 1000-5 and/or other relevant standards must be referred to wherever practical. Cable trays / ducts will be provided by station civil / electrical contractors as per requirement given by AFC contractor.

7.3.2.11 Cable routes shall be designed to avoid trapping rubbish which could become a fire hazard. Bends shall be of maximum radius and not less than is appropriate to the size and construction of the cable. Sharp edges shall be avoided.

7.3.2.12 In station areas generally, the Contractor shall determine the requirements for brackets, ducts, conduits, troughs, trays and other fittings required to protect the cables for the systems supplied under this Contract. Where cable routes are, or can be made, common to more than one contract, the Contractor shall interface with the other Contractors involved to determine a mutually acceptable arrangement of common routes for the acceptance of NMRC’s representative.

7.3.3 Ducting



7.3.3.1 AFC ducting will be provided by station Contractors to enable the distribution of power, data and control cables to equipment on the station concourse and platforms

7.3.3.2 There will be an earth cable throughout the length of the ducting and in addition there will be earth bonding of the ducting itself. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to verify the integrity of the earth bonding.

7.3.3.3 The AFC ducting will have a nominal cross section of 300mm by 45mm and will be divided into two symmetric sections, one for power cables and one for data and control cables.

7.3.4 Protection against EMC

7.3.4.1 All cables used in the AFC network shall provide safe operation and shall be adequately protected against the effects of external interference.

7.3.4.2 Where appropriate, suitable separation between power, digital and analogue cables shall be employed

7.3.4.3 Power and data cables shall use separate and segregated cable routing facilities;

7.3.4.4 Where power and data cables require to cross this shall be at an angle as close to 90 degrees as possible, to avoid mutual interference;

7.3.4.5 Suitable separation distances between data cables and power supply cables shall be maintained when going through walls and floors and at the entry points into equipment enclosures;

7.3.4.6 A cable routing plan shall be designed so that there is the least likelihood of coupling between the cables and other potential sources of interference;

7.3.4.7 Long parallel runs of signal cables and power cables shall be avoided, wherever possible;

7.3.4.8 Contractor shall refer to guidelines recommended by IEC 61000-5-2 wherever possible;

7.3.4.9 Additional protective measures, such as the use of industry standard metallic conduits, armoring, screening, ferrite chokes and EMI filters, etc., shall be used to minimize such induced interference to safe and acceptable levels.

7.3.5 Cable Specification: To be proposed by the contractor for approval by the employer

7.3.5.1 All Cables need to be inspected/ tested by Third Party

7.3.5.2 All cost related to inspection/testing shall be borne by the contractor.

7.3.5.3 Contractor is required to propose the name of the Third party for Employer’s Approval

7.3.6 Cable Identification

7.3.6.1 Contractor shall follow the following principles of cable identification through the length of the cable route:



a. Primary cables and containment within site areas shall be suitably labelled in accordance with an approved project scheme.

b. Each cable and cable route shall be uniquely identified.

c. Labels shall be tied at both ends, at entry and exit points of cable trays, ducts and trenches and at other appropriate locations where necessary.

d. A record shall be provided to indicate clearly the type of cables, the sizes of each cable, the use of each core or pair and termination details.

e. For details of the labeling scheme, a reference shall be made to Employer’s document ‘Employer Asset Labeling Scheme’ for the project, which also indicates the documentation requirements in this regard.

7.3.7 Manufacturers Identification and Labeling of Cables

7.3.7.1 The constituent elements of each cable, such as the insulated cores, shall be clearly identified by colors and shall also comply with the requirements of industry standards and any specific Indian Regulatory requirements.

7.3.7.2 Additionally, the following information shall, as a minimum, be embossed at regular intervals along the entire length of each cable:

a. Manufacturer’s name and trade mark;

b. Year of manufacture;

c. Cable type such as Fire retardant, low smoke, halogen free, etc.

d. Voltage grade.

7.3.8 Packing of Cables

7.3.8.1 Both ends of each cable shall be sealed to prevent ingress of moisture.

7.3.8.2 Cables shall be coiled on wooden or steel drums.

7.3.8.3 Both ends of each cable shall be firmly secured so as to prevent the cable becoming loose in transit.

7.3.8.4 Each drum shall be lagged with stout battens or steel cover(s) so as to effectively protect the cable from damage in shipping and transit.

7.3.8.5 The type and length of the cable, weight, rolling direction, manufacturer’s name, contract number and other particulars shall be plainly stenciled in suitably sized lettering on each drum.

7.3.9 Specification of Local Area Network (LAN) Cable

7.3.9.1 Contractor shall provide all required LAN cables which shall be in accordance with the latest industry standards such as ISO/IEC 11801, EN 50173 and TIA/EIA 568 C series of standards for Category 6 and Category 7 cable types.

7.3.10 Specification of Multicore Data Cables



7.3.10.1 Contractor shall provide all required multicore data cables which shall be in accordance with the latest industry standards such as IEC 60189 and UK Ministry of Defence Standard 61-12, Part 5.

7.3.11 Specification of Fibre Optic Cables

7.3.11.1 Contractor may consider the use of fibre optic cable as an alternative or as an addition to conventional multicore cable.

7.3.11.2 Fibre Optic cables shall be in accordance with the latest industry standards such as ITU-T: G.652 or G.655 for single mode fibre and ITU-T: G.651.1 for multimode fibre.

7.3.12 Specification of Power Supply Cables

7.3.12.1 Contractor shall provide all required power supply cables which shall be in accordance with the latest industry standards such as IEC 60502 and IS 694.

7.3.13 Specification of Earthing Cables

7.3.13.1 Contractor shall provide all required earthing cables which shall be in accordance with the latest industry standards such as EN50122, BS 7211 and BS 6004.

7.3.14 Summary of Cabling Standards

7.3.14.1 The following is a list of cabling standards quoted herein:


BS 6004 Electric Cables. PVC insulated, Non-Armored Cables for Voltages up to and Including 450/750 V, for Electric Power, Lighting and Internal Wiring

BS 7211 Electric Cables. Thermosetting Insulated, Non-Armoured Cables for Voltages up to and Including 450/750 V, for Electric Power, Lighting and Internal Wiring, and Having Low Emission of Smoke And Corrosive Gases When Affected by Fire

EN 50122 Railway applications – Fixed installations – Electrical Supply and Earthing Systems for Public Transport

EN 50173-1 Information Technology, Generic Cabling Systems, Part 1 - General Requirements and Office Areas

IEC 60189 Low frequency cables and wires with PVC insulation and PVC sheath, Specification for LF cables and wires with PVC insulation and PVC sheath for Telecommunication.

IEC 60502 Power cables with extruded insulation and their accessories for rated voltages from 1 Kv up to 3 0 Kv

IEC/TR 61000-5-2

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) - Part 5: Installation and Mitigation Guidelines - Section 2: Earthing and Cabling

IS 694 PVC Insulated Cables for Working Voltages up to and Including 1100

ISO/IEC 11801 Information Technology -- Generic Cabling For Customer Premises



ITU-T: G.651.1 Characteristics of a 50/125 µm multimode graded index optical fibre cable for the optical access network

ITU-T: G.652 Characteristics of a Single-Mode Optical Fibre and Cable

ITU-T: G.655 Characteristics of a non-zero dispersion-shifted single-mode optical fibre and cable

TIA 568-C Generic Telecommunications Cabling For Customer Premises

UK MOD Defence Standard: 61-12, Part 5

Wires, Cords and Cables, Electrical-Metric Units: Cables, Special Purpose, Electrical and Cables, Power, Electrical (Small Multi-Core Cables)



7.4 CABLE ROUTES 7.4.1 Scope of AFC Cable Routes

7.4.1.1 Contractor shall be responsible for the specification, sizing, procurement, and installation of selected cable routes as follows:

a. Selected cable routes within the Central OCC;

b. Selected cable routes within each station.

7.4.2 Cable Routing Principles

7.4.2.1 The cabling design shall avoid, as far as possible, the effects of common mode failure on overall system operation by employing in the core elements of the system, such as for the site Local Area Networks, dual main cable routes within each site.

7.4.3 Cable Routing Within Stations

7.4.3.1 Cable routes provided by the Civil works Contractors engaged by NMRC, shall interconnect the following locations for AFC cables and associated AFC interface cables:

a. Station computers;

b. Excess Fares Office;

c. Ticket Office;

d. Automatic Gates and Gate validators;

e. Electrical UPS Room;

f. Communications Equipment Rooms.

g. HHD, TVM and TR

7.4.3.2 Contractor shall provide all other cables routes required within each of the above locations to route the AFC cables.

7.4.3.3 Contractor supplied cable routes shall utilize a combination of suitably sized heavy duty and galvanized, cable conduit, cable trunking and cable tray.

7.4.3.4 All cable routes which are in public areas of the station shall only utilize cable conduit or cable trunking.

7.4.3.5 Within the station ticket hall area the civil works Contractors, engaged by NMRC, shall provide:

a. A cable trench beneath the Automatic Gates for the routing of the AFC cables with a nominal cross sectional area of 300mm by 45mm, divided into two symmetric sections, one for power cables and one for data and control cables;

b. Earth bonding of the trench itself.



c. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the integrity of the earth bonding and providing the Earth cable throughout the length of the cable trench for the earth connection of the AFC Gates.

7.4.4 Cable Routing Within Central OCC

7.4.4.1 Cable routes, provided by the Civil Works Contractors engaged by NMRC, shall interconnect the following locations for AFC cables and associated AFC interface cables:

a. Central Control Room;

b. Analyst Room;

c. Electrical UPS Room;

d. Communications Equipment Rooms.

e. Testing lab room

7.4.4.2 Contractor shall provide all other cables routes required within each of the above locations to route the AFC cables and associated AFC interface cables.

7.4.4.3 Contractor supplied cable routes shall utilize a combination of suitably sized heavy duty and galvanized, cable conduit, cable trunking and cable tray.

7.4.5 General Requirements for Cable Routes

7.4.5.1 Contractor shall be responsible for interfacing with the appropriate Contractors, engaged by NMRC, to determine the most suitable cable routing designs, taking account of constraints of the structure gauge, civil works and architectural designs, the requirements of applicable standards and this specification;

7.4.5.2 Contractor shall submit installation drawings and specifications for Employer’s approval prior to commencing any work on site.

7.4.5.3 All cable routing facilities shall be of high quality and durable design and shall comply with internationally recognized standards in design and construction;

7.4.5.4 A minimum spare space capacity of 25% shall be provided for all supply cable routing facilities such as cable trays and cable trunking.

7.4.5.5 The latest versions of IEC 61000-5 and/or other relevant standards shall be complied to;

7.4.5.6 Cable routes shall be designed to avoid trapping rubbish which could become a fire hazard;

7.4.5.7 Bends shall be of a suitable radius and not less than is appropriate to the size and construction of the cable;

7.4.5.8 Sharp edges shall be avoided.

7.4.6 Fire Retardancy



7.4.6.1 All sub-surface cables and cable routing materials shall be fire-retardant, low smoke, halogen free materials shall meet the following minimum requirements:

a. The US National Bureau of Standard Smoke Chamber Test used to evaluate plaque samples of materials of constant thickness. (NEPA 258 Smoke Generation of Solid Materials 1982). The maximum specific optical density shall be 170 under the non-piloted condition.

b. The flame propagating criteria of IEEE Standard 383, with a minimum test short circuit time of five minutes, in the IEEE Standard 383 test.

c. IEC 332 Parts 1 and 3 Category B, BS 4066, CEI 20-22, and CEGB specification G D C D 21, tests on single and bunched cables under fire conditions.

d. Limiting Oxygen Index of at least 30, to ASTM D-2863.

e. A temperature index (TI) of 260 degrees C to ASTM D-2863.

f. All insulation shall be moisture and heat resistant, with temperature rating appropriate to the application conditions and in no case lower than 90 degrees C.

g. When a sample of cable is subjected to the combustion test for the determination of the amount of halogen acid gases ( other than hydrofluoric acid) as set out in IEC 754 – Part I, and the amount of halogen acid evolved is less than 0.5%, the cable shall be regarded as halogen free.

7.4.6.2 The above requirements shall be met without compromising the anti-termite, pest resistant, mechanical and electrical properties of the cables both during and after installation to meet the other requirements of the specification.

7.4.6.3 All cables manufactured under the Contract shall be subjected to sample testing to confirm compliance.

7.4.6.4 The test results and certificates shall be submitted to Employer’s representative.

7.4.6.5 Compliance shall be made to ‘BS 8492, Telecommunications Equipment and Telecommunications Cabling. Code of Practice for Fire Performance and Protection

7.4.7 Electrical Cabinet

7.4.7.1 Contractor may propose alternate design of electrical cabinet / distribution boxes if superior.

7.4.7.2 To be proposed by the contractor for approval by the employer.

7.4.8 OFC Distribution Box

7.4.8.1 Contractor to propose as required.



8 FI INTEGRATION

8.1 Acquirer AFC Integrations 8.1.1 The Gate validators in the gates will accept the EMV card transactions in offline

mode using ODA authentications and would send the transactions to AFC backoffice system in ISO 8583 message format. AFC backoffice should post the debit instruction to Acquirer switch to post the transaction to card holder account.

8.1.2 EMV card transactions performed offline will be uploaded atleast every 10 mins (Configurable) in batch mode to AFC BackOffice system and AFC BackOffice should send the transactions to Acquirer.

8.1.3 If there is a communication failure between Gate validators and AFC BackOffice system the transaction will be stored offline and would be uploaded once there the connectivity is restored.

8.2 Clearing and Settlement: 8.2.1 AFC backoffice will request Acquirer for clearing and settlement in End of Day Job.

Clearing and settlement should include the authorization code and account information.

8.2.2 AFC backoffice will interface with Acquirer system for the following minimum Functionalities

1. For authorization of sales transactions from TVM , TOM and other sales channels of AFC

2. For authorization of usage transactions from Gate validators, EFO, TOM and Handheld devices.

3. Clearance and settlements of transactions at EOD operations

4. To download EMV parameters, Acquirer Terminal configuration parameters, hotlist, Certificates, Keys, Card range parameters and Issuer Card parameters

5. EMV card details update in the AFC backoffice system

6. EMV prepaid card balance synchronization with Issuers through Acquirer/Payment Scheme

7. Regular updates of Hotlist Database from Issuers through Acquirer/Payment scheme

8. Transit ticket purchases through Mobile should be interfaced from AFC through payment gateway of Acquirer.

9. Acquirer connection integration parameters as defined by the acquirer FI

10. Should have secure connections with Acquiring system as defined by the Acquirer on the handshake and transaction data.

8.3 Requirements of Merchant Acquirer system



8.3.1 Should have in-house payment processors or third party service providers to process the EMV card transactions from AFC devices

8.3.2 Should be capable of processing the EMV card transactions for authorizing

8.3.3 Should be capable of routing the transactions to various card Issuers for transactions authorization

8.3.4 Should be perform clearing and settlement for NMRC transit transactions with various issuers after EOD.

8.3.5 Should be able to manage all type of authorizations required for transit transaction types

8.3.6 Should be able to cancel, refund and chargeback the transactions as per the specification mentioned by the payment schemes of the card issues.

8.3.7 Should be process the transactions as per the specifications provided the payment scheme/association.

8.3.8 Should be process the settlement transactions as per the specification provided by the payment scheme

8.3.9 Transactions timeout should be not be more than 1 sec

8.3.10 Acquirer should be able to respond within 200ms for all requests from AFC

8.3.11 Any failure transactions should initiate an automatic refund instruction to the issuer.



9 ISSUER SMART CARD HOST

9.1 General 9.1.1 The EMV Smartcard host system shall be capable of tracking the issuance of EMV

fare media. This system would act as a smart card management system and would manage the card lifecycle management.

9.1.2 The Smartcard host system shall interface with the required security and personalization systems including the Key management system to ensure security of EMV transactions on card

9.1.3 The host system shall also provide an inventory tracking system to track the supply chain of all the smart card media and the enablement of these media. The solution should be capable of generating customized user report to track the inventory and smoothly manage the supply chain

9.1.4 The Smart Card Host system is required for Issuance and end to end life cycle management of the transit commuters fare media and also should be able to refund and renew the card

9.1.5 Non-Personalized and Personalized cards will be issued through the TOM counters collecting the relevant KYC details from commuters

9.1.6 FI system should be able to manage the online and offline balance management.

9.2 Cardholder Management 9.2.1 The Smart Card host equipped with facilities to manage the database of

passengers who have non-personalized/personalized Contactless Smart Media. The SCH have a provision to keep data related to personalization.

9.2.2 The SCH automatically associate each commuter with his or her Contactless Smart Media ID.

9.2.3 When viewing Contactless Smart Media information, the SCH provide the commuter’s information, if it is a Contactless Smart Media.

9.2.4 The SCH automatically manage the commuter’s information according to the status of the Contactless Smart Media it is associated with.

9.2.5 When a Contactless Smart Media record is removed from the database, due to expiry or refund, the SCH shall remove the commuter’s record as well by capturing the history at relevant database

9.3 Key & Certificate Management 9.3.1 The SCH is provided with a Key and Certificate Management System for

management of keys and certificates throughout the lifetime of the Smart Card based AFC system installation.

9.3.2 The Key Management System is responsible for the generation, maintenance, secure storage and distribution of all cryptographic keys, system key materials and security variables.



9.3.3 The Key Management System also perform the initialization, including key injections of security components in the system such as the Secure Access Module (SAM) through a remote system without the need to make any hardware or onsite upgrades through Remote Key Loading RKL

9.3.4 A facility provided to upgrade keys through the network and to change keys periodically, or when keys are compromised.

9.3.5 A Hardware Security Module (HSM) securely manages the encryption and transmission of data.

9.4 Smart Media Tracking Management 9.4.1 The SCH contain the master database of all Smart Medias available in the system.

9.4.2 Each individual Smart Media have a unique identity and shall be tracked from its initialization till its termination.

9.4.3 On termination the unique identity purged automatically from the database.

9.4.4 The SCH create the master record upon initialization and update the status of the Smart Media s including the purse value and status and other information using transactions that is uploaded to it.

9.4.5 Amongst other data, the remaining balance amount, transaction sequence number, last date and time used, etc. updated.

9.4.6 Upon expiry or refund of the Smart Media, the record purged taking into account the period allowed for refund for expired Smart Medias and the archiving period to meet any government or other regulations.

9.5 Media Stock Management 9.5.1 The SCH is equipped with a stock management utility which enables the Issuer

bank to track Contactless Smart Media stock movements in the system covering the lifecycle of the Contactless Smart Media commencing from the date of purchase from the supplier until the time that the Smart Media has been removed from the system.

9.5.2 The SCH also track returned Contactless Smart Medias due to corruption, replacement, etc. and disposal.

9.5.3 The SCH allow users to input to the system information when introducing new media to the system, editing information of existing media in the system, viewing information of existing media and removing retired media from the system.

9.5.4 The SCH shall also allow useful information such as Smart Media vendor, issuer, batch number, date and time, etc. to be tracked in the system.

9.5.5 The SCH actively monitor and update its stock information categorized by location (e.g. TOM, etc.) according to the usage transactions such as initialization, issue, replacement, etc. and physical stock replenishment.

9.5.6 Upon expiry of media, the SCH also adjust the stock management information accordingly.



9.5.7 The SCH provide reports which provides immediate information on any discrepancies in the stock accounting figures.

9.6 Smart Card Host Data Base Management 9.6.1 The Host maintain database of Cards, Cardholder, Audited and Unaudited

Transactions data base as in a typical smart card host.

9.6.2 From the Card Initialization System, unique serial number and initialized date of every card will be sent to the AFC smart card host which stores the data in the Card Database.

9.6.3 Upon card issuance, the card will be loaded with cardholder information, e.g. cardholder name, gender, age, which will be submitted to the Card Database in the AFC Card Issuer Host. The Card Database will transfer the cardholder information into the Cardholder Database.

9.6.4 Transactions from the frontend terminals will be submitted to the AFC Acquirer Host. The records will first be collected and stored in the Unaudited Card Transaction Database.

9.7 EMV CSC Instant Issuance 9.7.1 FI should provide an instant issuance solution for the card personalization at the

each TOM Issuance counter of station unpaid area as provided in the BoQ.

9.7.2 FI should integrate the instant issuance solution with Smart card host

9.8 Smart Card Personalization System 9.8.1 The EMV smart cards media provided by the FI at the station, would the

personalized & No-personalized EMV fare media would be issued per the applicable requirement of the fare media and handed over the commuters through TOM.

9.8.2 The cards are activated once the top up is performed at the stations on the POS terminal capable of loading the card provided by the FI.

9.9 Multi-Issuance With Envisaged model for NMRC to accept multi-issuer prepaid cards for transit and other non-transit purpose. As per the design other bank cards would be accepted at the terminals upon mutual agreement between FI and NMRC during contract period.

9.10 Specification of FI Acquirer on Issuance: 9.10.1 Should issue non-personalized card from any bank who participate as Issuance

bank with NMRC on mutual agreement with FI.

9.10.2 Should include a solution to issue card in TOM desktop either through web application or desktop

9.10.3 Should be able to enter customer personalization data in the required fields for the respective banks based on the requirements from each bank

9.10.4 Should be integrated with Acquirer switch system

9.10.5 Multi-issuance will be done as per the contract agreement between FI and NMRC.



10 PARKING TICKETING INTEGRATION

10.1 Parking Ticketing Components NMRC would be introducing the parking ticketing at stations through the EMV smart card ticketing for the parking lots available parking lots outside the stations. Below are the minimal requirements for the Integration of the Parking ticketing.

10.1.1 Fare Media (Contactless EMV CSC, NFC Wallet, paper tickets)

Fare Media is any physical media that the system can recognize and interact to perform transactions.

10.1.2 Ticketing Facilities (Validation devices)

The ticketing facility facilitates the commuter parking by providing an ecosystem for the acceptance of fare media. The parking ticketing facilities consist of the following:

a. Electronic Ticket Machine(ETM): These are hand held electronic ticketing machines and shall be deployed for checking/ validating the fare media with the commuters and shall be used by parking staff. This equipment is a portable, hand held device to facilitate the parking ticket issuing & checking capability of the TICKETING system.

10.1.3 Central Backoffice System of ticketing System

The Central BackOffice System of TICKETING is the heart of entire parking ticketing ecosystem. It shall function as a Management Information System (MIS) and also as a communication layer between front end devices and External Interfaces.

10.1.4 Interfaces to parking ticketing system



The Central system of ticketing system shall be interfaced with following external systems:

a. Banking Interfaces: The banking interfaces shall be required for enabling top-up channels like Acquiring, Issuing, Mobile banking, Payment Gateway and others. The banking interfaces shall also be used for customer service.

10.2 Bill of Quantities for parking ticketing devices In the below section we will discuss on the Bill of Quantities based on the components opted by NMRC for parking TICKETING implementations.

Components Number On-board System Number of ETM terminals 48 Number of Test terminals 2 Total 50

10.3 NMRC parking ticketing In the below section we will discuss on various options for NMRC fare media and central Backoffice systems

10.3.1 Fare Media Options

Fare media options will have to be developed considering the smartcard system and common mobility. Below are the fare media options for NMRC for parking ticketing.

S.No Fare media’s Options Advantages Disadvantages

1 Single usuage tickets

paper ticketing 1. less Consumable Cost

2. Alternative option for patrons without smart cards ticketing

1. Not Secure

2. Cash handling

S.No Fare media’s Options Consideration



1. Transit parking specification for EMV Prepaid application

2. RuPay brand issuance based on FI Issuance

3. NMRC service compartment for transit product issuance (Weekly, Monthly)

NFC Mobile Wallet

1. Emulation of Co-branded Prepaid cards

2. Mobile wallet issed by FI

10.3.2 Single Usage Tickets



NMRC should continue issuing Single Usage tickets (SUT) through thermal paper media printed by ETM’s. The proposed ticketing option as single usage fare media provides the convenience and cost effectiveness on the issuance for patron’s without Smart media for parking. Paper based tickets generally consist of following parameters as minimum:

1. Date and Time stamp

2. Fare

3. Unique Code

4. Ticket Type

5. Location code.

6. Equipment ID.

7. Operator code.

8. Vehicle type.

9. Vehicle No.

10.3.3 Dual Interface EMV Prepaid cards and NFC mobile wallet as mentioned in clause 4.1.7 and 4.1.8.

10.4 Parking ticketing Sub-System 10.4.1 Electronic Ticket Machine (ETM)

The parking ticketing Sub-System consists of Electronic Ticketing Machine for parking fee collection using thermal paper tickets. The ETMs would be read and process co-branded contactless smart cards and support contactless smart cards ticketing with e-purse and passes. A provision must be made in the ETMs for an EMV smart card reader with inbuilt security protocols and modules. The ETM will support secure transfer of financial data from ETM through GPRS and Wi-Fi network to backend system at preconfigured intervals.

10.4.2 The ETM, at the minimum, consist of the following features:

10.4.3 Handling wear and tear; high throughput of transactions (during peak period) supporting prolonged battery power to last minimum for a shift with GPRS connectivity; and read/write facility (after introduction of contactless e-purse smart cards).

10.4.4 Parking fares, pass product data should be managed through ETM’s from backoffice

10.4.5 Support secured Login using ID/PIN using Contact less Smart Cards for crew

10.4.6 Provision to extract transaction data from ETMs, in case the data is not communicated to backend system due to problem in communication or ETM device

10.4.7 Easy to use for parking staff with issue of tickets requiring minimum key-strokes.



10.4.8 Display the real-time status of the battery and ETM health

10.4.9 Conserve battery during idle time either by invoking auto shutdown or sleep mode

10.4.10 Tamper proof software and hardware (alert upon tamper).

10.4.11 ETM to print hard copy information of number of tickets issued and total revenue collected at that point in time for security personnel to reconcile.

10.4.12 Display must be readable in all ambient light conditions including bright, day light.

10.4.13 The device should support OTA updating of master data and application.

10.4.14 ETM to support read / write of Contactless Smart cards of both Type A and Type B, confirming to ISO 14443 specifications. These Contactless Smart cards can be used by NMRC as e-Purse tickets and passes. The ETM supplier shall modify the software to read / write / validate any existing or proposed Transport mobility Smart cards confirming to Type A or B by the State Government / Central Government / MoUD / Noida Metro etc.

10.4.15 NMRC shall be responsible for issuing, receiving and charging of ETMs. The space and power supply and inverter for the same shall be provided by NMRC.

10.4.16 Below is the minimum specification of ETM terminals



S.No. Parameter Requirement 1 SDRAM Min of 64 MB 2 FLASH Min of 128 MB 3 Extendable


4 Display Graphic display minimum 128 x 64 Pixels, minimum 2.5” Screen, Monochrome or colour, Backlight capable of displaying Graphical images / icons, ( GUI design has to be user friendly and Fonts used should be easily readable by the Conductor / Inspector )

5 Keypad Minimum of 16 keys on the keypad including programmable keys. Touch Screen ETM’s are not desirable

6 Thermal Printer 57 mm, (min. of 18 lines/ sec), easy paper roll loading. Should support min 15 meter length thermal paper roll (55 GSM); Paper out sensor

7 SAM slots Min 2 SAM slots (validate E-Purse RFID Cards to connect with other modes).

8 GPRS/USSD Wireless Wide Area GSM/GPRS on dual band (850/900/1800/1900 MHz)

9 Battery Li-ion/Li-polymer, Min 2100 mAH (Print 800 tickets per shift with a minimum of 12 hours of operations with real time data transfer and smart card read & write facility): Over-charge/ over-voltage/ over-current protection; Quick recharge ;Extra Battery Pack per ETM

10 Weight Max. 500 grams 11 Communication

Ports LAN 10/100 Base-T (10/100Mbs) Wi-Fi with b/g/n supports

12 Security Should support encryption standards including 3DES and AES for smart card reading/writing as well as communication with Central System

13 Certification EMV Level 1 & 2 and PCI-PED V-3.x certification 14 Operating temp. 5 – 45 degree C 15 Contactless

Smart Card Reader

Inbuilt Contact-less Smart Card reader: ISO 14443 (Type A & B)

16 Indications on display

Battery charge status; GSM Signal strength

17 Audio Beeps on key-press and transactions 18 Others Remote Administration; Over the air upgrade of firmware, application,

configuration parameters, master data, etc. should be possible. 21 Sensor resolution Minimum 752 X 480 pixels 22 Decode

capability Minimum 2D- QR code, Data matrix


10.5 Central BackOffice System The Central BackOffice AFC system of NMRC would be extended for the NMRC parking requirements and should be able to manage the parking ticketing products and process the parking ticketing transactions from parking ETM’s.

Below are the requirements of the Central BackOffice System.

1. The Central BackOffice system shall generate the necessary management reports from the fare media transaction information received from the Parking terminals.



2. The Central BackOffice system shall hold and download the fare media parameters and fare table information to each parking ETM devices.

3. The Central BackOffice System shall communicate with each devices via the GPRS network and process the data received to provide overall audit, statistical and operational information.

4. The data transferred from the devices to the BackOffice shall include, as a minimum, information such as usage of equipment’s commissioning, various transaction, EOD shift summary, ticketing numbers, fault reports.

5. The Central BackOffice shall have facilities to generate and update blacklists for all applicable fare media and to download these to ETM equipment’s.

6. The Central Backoffice should be able to configure and process the transit parking products as mentioned in the business rules document of NMRC in parking section.

7. Should be able process all the parking transactions from parking ETMS’s and process through the NMRC backoffice systems.

8. The Central BackOffice shall be able to support applicable fare media product replacement and refund applications from TOM devices of NMRC.

9. All the requirements mentioned in the Central Backoffice system of NMRC should be applicable for parking systems also.

10. The Central BackOffice shall be able to generate parking reports on OCC workstations through authorized logins.

11. In the event of a failure of either the Central BackOffice system control will be provided to redundancy Cloud Backoffice systems. In case there is a failure in network devices independently record all transaction and alarm data for a period of not less than seven days and all data stored will be transmitted to the Central Backoffice System once the system is fully operational.


1. MIS Reporting is used to perform day to day monitoring of the ticketing operations and be responsible for generation of MIS reports.

2. The Back office generates reports automatically at end of day. The Back office collate, format and enable end of day and ad-hoc reports to be printed from the data transmitted by the various ticketing machines. Data will be stored in a relational data base structure to permit ad-hoc and detailed log reporting.

3. MIS reporting should be capable of extracting reports from the day of operations and there should not be any restriction with number of days of backup.

4. Details of the parameters of report will be finalized during the design phase.



S. No. Report Type Description 1 Daily summary report Summary of transaction at parking terminals

using various products 2 Shift summary reports All ticketing, financial transactions. Each

transaction with date and time stamped. 3 Aggregated / Consolidation reports For matching all Transaction based, Audit

registers based and Revenue figures. 4 Daily details reports Details of transactions at each Parking terminals 5 Operator action reports 6 Log reports Chronological report of daily activities. Each

event shall have date and time recorded. 7 Equipment inventory for equipment installed and removed 8 Events, alarms, warnings 9 Maintenance and failure reporting 10 System reports System configuration related 11 Any other report required by


11 Any other report required by Employer’s engineer at subsequent implementation stage.

10.6 Network Architecture Network Architecture has been proposed based on the requirements of TICKETING network at all parking depots and ETMS. Below are the network requirements at the parking depots, and ETMS

10.6.1 Network Requirements from ETM’s

1. A wireless connection over the wireless network shall be provided from ETM’s.

2. The connectivity should be provided through the private APN’s SIM by contractor network operators to Cloud Host Data center of NMRC.

3. Private APN shall be end to end secured using MPLS over IP

4. Network operator should provide static private SIM address to all the ETM SIM’s.



11 NMRC MOBILE APPLICATION

11.1 General 11.1.1 Mobile Applications is an easy source of information and easy means of performing

a task while on the go. While travelling in a metro, there can be many things commuters need to know about. A commuter may want to know which metro he/she should change so as to get to his/her destination, or want to know the metro station map to know which all locations metro can connect to, etc.

11.1.2 For all these concerns and many more, the mobile application can help the commuters to know about the metro from anywhere and everywhere and use it in a better and easy way.

11.1.3 The proposed Mobile Application shall have multiple features which will help commuters understand their journey within metro and will make it easy for them to use the metro.

Mobile Application Salient Features Benefits to stakeholders Display the map of metro and city buses All the routes by metro and buses can be seen Calculate route from any source to destination along with cost of journey

Can check the route from one source to destination

Recharge the card Can recharge the card without standing in a queue E-wallet available for online transactions Can use smart card balance for online transactions Display the available Transit products Can use passes available by metro Get the Loyalty points for using Mobile application

Additional points available for using the application

11.2 Overview of Modules & Functional Requirement 11.2.1 The section details the following components:

1. The key features in the new system

2. The modules/sub-components of the envisaged mobile application

11.2.2 The system shall be able to support following features:

1. User Registration

2. Login/ Logout

3. City Guide

4. Journey Planner (along with cost calculation)

5. QR Code Ticketing

6. Payment option to Recharge the cards

7. Transit products

8. MIS Dashboard

9. Message/ Notification Alerts



10. Loyalty Points Management

11. Contact center

11.2.3 Operating System

1. The application shall be supported on Android, iOS and Windows phones.

2. Online transactions

3. The application shall ask for password to be entered whenever a transaction is initiated from the mobile application.

11.2.4 Users: Users for the Mobile Application are users of metro card along with commuters of metro including tourists.

11.2.5 Security: The mobile application shall be secured with users’ accounts be safe and secure. If a user loses his/her mobile phone, then the user should be able to lock the application and once user again registers for the application, password change option should be provided to the user to keep his/ her account safe from misuse.

11.2.6 Modules: The various modules provided in Mobile application are described below.

1. User Registration

User can register on the mobile application and create an account.

2. Login/ Logout

The user shall need to login every time he/she opens the application, entering the User id/username and password which is unique for each user.

3. Metro Guide

User can open the metro guide which displays a map of complete metro depicting all the existing stations as well as new stations which are planned in future. This will also let user see the city buses routes also to and from metro stations.

4. Journey Planner (along with cost calculation)

The Journey Planner is a way to know the exact route of the metro from one station to another. When a commuter will enter Source and Destination metro station, he/she will get the complete route through which he/she will travel within metro. This will also tell if there is a need of changing metro and at what station, the city buses to/ from metro station and this will include the cost of the journey.

5. Buying the QR Code ticket

The commuters shall be able to buy tickets from mobile application deducting the amount from smart card. The server shall generate a QR code on mobile which will act as the ticket for Metro. The readers at the gates will read the QR code in mobile.

6. Payment option to Recharge the cards



There shall be a provision for commuters to recharge their SMART cards or e-wallet through the mobile application. There shall be a payment gateway through which user can recharge the SMART card/ e-wallet.

7. Transit products

There shall be multiple Transit products that needs be included in the mobile application. These include following:

a. Monthly Passes

b. Daily Passes

c. Tourist Passes – 1 day or 3 day cards

d. Any other Passes for commuters (Disabled, Army personnel, etc.)

8. MIS Dashboard

There shall be a section where report of all the transactions will be displayed. Travel journey count, no. of recharges, etc.

9. Message/ Notification/ Alerts

Any notifications like recharge required (low balance), remaining balance, ticket used, etc. will be provided in the application.

10. Loyalty Points Management

Any incentives or loyalty points offered to customer for using the mobile application shall be included in this module.

11. Contact Centre

A contact center to be set up to cater to the queries / complaints of the users

11.2.7 Module Summary:

Module Name Description User Registration The module refers to creation of a repository of various users of the

application with their profile information City Guide Display of maps of the metro stations to users Journey Planner Calculation of route using metro from nearest metro station to the source

and destination using Google Maps along with cost of the journey Recharge of EMV smart cards

Recharge Payment to EMV SMART cards can be done through payment gateway which is a part of the mobile application

Transit Products There are various types of passes that will be available for users. Users can check all the types of passes and which are applicable to them

MIS Dashboard Reports of all the transactions through mobile application by user will be displayed to the user.

Notifications/ Alerts The notification/ Alerts are sent to the users through mobile application using SMS or a pop-up window.

11.2.8 Module: User Registration

The purpose of this module is to create a repository of the various users of the application with their profile information.



Key Features Simple registration through the application creating profile with NMRC Interfacing Modules Back office system Users Commuters Access Mechanism Mobile Data / Input Assets User details: Name, Phone number, email Id, date of birth, EMV SMART card

no. Security Impact Privacy management

Access management

11.2.9 Module: Metro Guide

The purpose of this module is to display the maps of the metro stations which are existing and which are planned for future.

Key Features Displays a map of existing and future metro stations along with Feeder Buses details

Interfacing Modules Google Maps and back office system Users Commuters Access Mechanism Mobile Data / Input Assets NA Security Impact NA

11.2.10 Module: Journey Planner

This module enables calculation of the metro route from a source location to a destination location.

Key Features Provision of calculating the route from a source location to destination location using Google maps to find the nearest metro station, City buses details to/ from metro station and calculation of the cost of travel by metro and City buses

Interfacing Modules Google Maps and Back office system Users Commuters Access Mechanism Mobile Data / Input Assets Source and Destination location details as inputs Security Impact NA

11.2.11 Module: QR code ticketing

This module enables users to users to purchase QR codes through mobile application and completing the payment through Online Payment gateway services provided by FI

Key Features Purchasing Single Journey /Group tickets through QR codes Interfacing Modules Back office system Users Commuters Access Mechanism Mobile Data / Input Assets Source , Destination, Number of trips , Time of travel , Credit/Debit., Net

banking etc. Security Impact Privacy management

Account management Balance management



11.2.12 Module: Recharge the cards/ e-wallet

This module allows the user to recharge the smart cards through mobile application.

Key Features There is an option to recharge the smart cards through mobile application Interfacing Modules Back office system Users Commuters Access Mechanism Mobile Data / Input Assets Amount of recharge, Smart card no, Credit/Debit., Net banking Security Impact Privacy management

Account management Balance management

11.2.13 Module: Transit products

This module allows the users to have multiple transit products

Key Features There are various passes that will be available for commuters like tourist passes, monthly passes or daily passes

Interfacing Modules Back office system Users Commuters Access Mechanism Mobile Data / Input Assets NA Security Impact NA

11.2.14 Module: Travel History

This module displays multiple MIS reports to the customer.

Key Features Travel History related to the user account and transactions will be displayed to the customer

Interfacing Modules Back office system Users Commuters Access Mechanism Mobile Data / Input Assets Last 5 trips information Security Impact Privacy management

11.2.15 Module: Contact Center

This module enables users to raise their queries/ suggestions.

Key Features Contact Center will solve any queries by customers Interfacing Modules Contact Center Users Commuters Access Mechanism Mobile/ SMS/ Call Data / Input Assets Profile details, complaints Security Impact NA



12 CITY BUS TICKETING INTEGRATION

12.1 General Below is the overview of City Bus ticketing system Integration with backend system and various components involved in the system.

12.1.1 Fare Media (Contactless EMV Smartcards, NFC Wallet)

Fare Media is any physical media that the system can recognize and interact to perform transactions. These TICKETING fare media components sold/disbursed by various agencies as defined in BR. TICKETING components at this level deals with Fare Media and Fare Product.

12.1.2 Ticketing Facilities (Validation and Sales Devices)

The ticketing facility facilitates the commuter travel by providing an ecosystem for the issuance and acceptance of fare media. The depot ticketing facilities consist of the following:

a. Ticket Office machine :The TOM shall comprise of a dedicated office space to conduct the activities like issuing EMV cards, topping up of the EMV smart cards (through add value machine), Adding products and handle customer queries related to ticketing.

b. Electronic Ticket Machine(ETM): These are hand held electronic ticketing machines and shall be deployed for checking/ validating the fare media with the commuters and shall be used by conductor staff. This equipment is a portable, hand held device to facilitate the ticket checking capability of the TICKETING system.

12.1.3 Central Backoffice System of ticketing System



The Central BackOffice System of TICKETING is the heart of entire TICKETING ecosystem. It shall function as a Management Information System (MIS) and also as a communication layer between front end devices and External Interfaces.

12.1.4 Interfaces to ticketing system

The Central system of TICKETING system shall be interfaced with following external systems:

a. Banking Interfaces: The banking interfaces shall be required for enabling top-up channels like Acquiring, Issuing, Mobile banking, Payment Gateway and others. The banking interfaces shall also be used for customer service.

12.2 Bill of Quantities In the below section we will discuss on the Bill of Quantities based on the components opted for TICKETING implementations.

Components Number On-board System Number of ETM terminals 798 Number of Test terminals 2 Total 800 Issuance Counters 5 Ticket office machine 10 Number of Test devices 2 Total 12 Depots 5 Depot computers 10 Number of Test devices 2 Total 12

12.3 City Bus ticketing Options In the below section we will discuss on various options for fare media, depot devices, and central Backoffice systems

12.3.1 Fare Media Options

Every transit operator must address the fare policy, fare structure, fare types for transit ticketing. Emerging electronic payment technologies and common mobility facilitate the consideration of new types of pricing strategies and payment options. So a fare media options will have to be developed considering the smartcard system and common mobility. Below are the fare media options for ticketing.



S.No Fare media’s Options Advantages Disadvantages

1 Single Journey tickets

paper ticketing 1. less Consumable

Cost 2. Alternative option

for patrons without smart cards ticketing

1. Not Secure 2. Cash handling

S.No Fare media’s Options Consideration



1. Transit specification for EMV Prepaid application 2. RuPay brand issuance based on FI 3. Transit service compartment for transit product

issuance (Weekly, Monthly)

NFC Mobile Wallet

1. Emulation of Co-branded Prepaid cards 2. Mobile wallet issed by FI

12.3.2 Single Journey Tickets

City buses should continue issuing Single Journey tickets (SJT) through paper media printed by ETM’s. The proposed ticketing option as single journey fare media provides the convenience and cost effectiveness on the issuance for patron’s without Smart media for transit. Paper based tickets generally consist of following parameters:

1. Date and Time stamp 2. Source 3. Destination 4. Fare 5. Unique Code 6. Ticket Type 7. Distance. 8. Route No. 9. Bus No 10. Equipment ID. 11. Single ticket/Group ticket. 12. No of Trips.

12.3.3 Dual Interface EMV Prepaid cards and Mobile Wallet as mentioned in clause 4.1.7 and 4.1.8 of this document

12.4 Transit Pass Products City buses would issue multiple types of passes to its commuters which can be broadly categorized into monthly pass, student pass and daily pass. These pass products shall be required to configure in the EMV co-branded prepaid card.



1. Monthly pass: This pass targets corporates, government office employees etc., who use buses on daily basis. It can be used on any routes/ buses, but is restricted depending on the type (ordinary/superior) of pass

2. Student pass : This includes half yearly or yearly pass, where the student can travel on a fixed route over multiple buses

3. Daily pass: The validity of this pass is only for a day, which allows the holder limitless travel in all types of buses depending on the type of pass.

12.5 On-Board Bus Sub-System 12.5.1 Electronic Ticket Machine (ETM)

The On-Board Bus Sub-System consists of Electronic Ticketing Machine for in-bus fare collection using thermal paper tickets. The ETMs would be read and process co-branded contactless smart cards and support contactless smart cards ticketing with e-purse and passes. A provision must be made in the ETMs for an EMV smart card reader with inbuilt security protocols and modules. The ETM will support secure transfer of financial data from ETM through GPRS and Wi-Fi network to backend system at preconfigured intervals. ETM application will also empower Security & Vigilance Personnel to reconcile bus occupancy numbers with ticketed passengers and authenticate ETM issued tickets or validated EMV contactless smart cards.

12.5.2 The ETM, at the minimum, consist of the following features: 12.5.3 Handling wear and tear; high throughput of transactions (during peak period)

supporting prolonged battery power to last minimum for a shift with GPRS connectivity; and read/write facility (after introduction of contactless e-purse smart cards).

12.5.4 Route, bus stop, fares, pass product data should be managed through ETM’s from backoffice

12.5.5 Support secured Login using ID/PIN using Contact less Smart Cards for crew 12.5.6 Provision to extract transaction data from ETMs, in case the data is not

communicated to backend system due to problem in communication or ETM device

12.5.7 Easy to use for conductors with issue of tickets requiring minimum key-strokes 12.5.8 Display the valid passenger count in the bus, as per the ticket issued, at any point

of time. 12.5.9 Display the real-time status of the battery and ETM health 12.5.10 Conserve battery during idle time either by invoking auto shutdown or sleep mode 12.5.11 Tamper proof software and hardware (alert upon tamper). 12.5.12 ETM to print hard copy information of number of tickets issued in the bus and total

revenue collected at that point in time for security personnel to reconcile the number of passengers in the bus.

12.5.13 Trip Direction/ Number Change should be automatic and reflected in the ticket 12.5.14 Display must be readable in all ambient light conditions including bright,

day light. 12.5.15 The device should support OTA updating of master data and application. 12.5.16 ETM to support read / write of Contactless Smart cards of both Type A and Type

B, confirming to ISO 14443 specifications. These Contactless Smart cards can be used as e-Purse tickets and passes (Student / staff / monthly passes etc). The ETM supplier shall modify the software to read / write / validate any existing or proposed Transport mobility Smart cards confirming to Type A or B by the State Government / Central Government / MoUD / Noida Metro etc.



12.5.17 Authority shall be responsible for issuing, receiving and charging of ETMs. The space and power supply and inverter for the same shall be provided by Authority.

12.5.18 For minimum specification of ETM terminals please refer clause 10.4.16.

12.6 Ticket Office Machines (TOM) The depot system consists of pass issuance infrastructure for issuance of cards, passes and renewal of passes on co-branded EMV contactless smart cards to the commuters at pass issuance counters in the depots. The pass issuance infrastructure connects to the backend system through the Secure LAN network infrastructure at Issuance counters. Primarily the pass issuance infrastructure consists of the following:

12.6.1 Ticket Office Machine: The Ticket office is used to process the card holder’s data and issue cards/passes. The specifications of work depot are as follows:

S.No Parameter Specifications 1 CPU Min Intel® Core i5-760 Processor (2.80GHz, 1333MHz FSB, 8MB Cache)

2 Memory 4 GB DDR3 RAM with 16 GB Expandability. 3 Mother Board Intel or better on OEM Motherboard. 4 Monitor Min 15 inch and above Normal TFT / LED Digital Color Monitor 5 Display Integrated on Board

Min 1024X768 resolution with 16 Million colors 6 Hard Disk Min 500 GB 7200 rpm SATA HDD or higher 7 Networking

Features 10/100/1000 Network Card with remote booting facility, remote system installation, Asset tracking and security management, remote wake up.



10 Mouse USB Optical Scroll mouse with Pad 11 Power supply 230 watts and above Energy Star compliant Ver 5.0, ACPI compliant or

more SMPS power supply, should be capable to support fully configured PC

12 Power Management


13 Operating System


14 Bundled software



12.6.2 Smart Card Printer: please refer to clause 5.5.8.3 12.6.3 Smart Card Reader: The smart card reader is used to read and write the data into

the smart card. The specifications of co-branded EMV contactless smart card reader is as follows:



S.No Parameter Specifications 2 Communication Two RS232 ports (Main and Debug) 3 SAM 4 SIM Slots 4 Environment Protection IP54 5 Input Power DC12V 6 Certification EMV EMV Level 1, and Level 2 Rupay

Others CE 7 RF Interface Operation

Frequency 13.56Mhz

Sub-carrier Frequency

847.5Khz

Standard Support

ISO14443 A/B, ISO 18092 (NFC)

12.6.4 Camera: The camera is used to capture the image of the pass holder and the image will be processed on the co-branded EMV contactless smart card. The specifications of camera is as follows:

S.No Parameter Specifications 1 Photos Up to 3.0 megapixels (software enhanced) 2 Connectivity Hi-Speed USB 2.0 certified 3 Camera Drivers Microsoft Certified Windows Drivers 4 Cable Length Minimum 4 Feet 5 Pan 360 degrees

12.6.5 PID and Speakers: Passenger Information display and Speakers needs to be provided and integrated with TOM. Should display & play the sound of all the transaction information’s to patrons during purchase.

12.7 Depot Computer (DC) Depot computer is a standalone computer interfaced with Central BackOffice system for depot level system monitoring, Close the conductor shift, reconcile and generate reports

12.7.1 The DC shall monitor the status of devices warnings and alarms/alerts. 12.7.2 The DC shall be located in a secure area to which unauthorized persons will be

denied access. The DC terminals shall be located in the revenue operations rooms in each depots.

12.7.3 DC computer should be able to upload all the ETM transactions to the central backoffice system.

12.7.4 DC computer should be able to upload the schedules, duty and shift details to the ETM’s.

12.7.5 At each depot, the DC shall communicate with central BackOffice to send the remote commands.

12.7.6 Alarms and equipment status changes shall be reported to the DC and displayed by the DC on a real time basis.

12.7.7 A4 size laser printer shall also be provided and connected to the DC for printing of depot level reports.

12.7.8 As a minimum, the suitable warning messages for equipment change of status shall be provided in order to optimize the efficiency of depot operations.

12.7.9 The DC shall be capable of processing data to print selected reports at the depot for use by depot operations and revenue staff.



12.7.10 Conductor operator end of shift reports shall be available within ten minutes of the end of shift to enable depot supervisors to reconcile cash box and card transactions contents with the Conductor operators.

12.7.11 Should be able to view and print all the reports through the depot computer 12.7.12 Should be able to view the equipment details including the software, firmware

versions 12.7.13 Should be able to trigger remote commands from the DC to all the ETM devices 12.7.14 Should have necessary provision to upload the offline transactions/data from the

devices due to faulty or network outrage from the depot computer by providing the USB cradle.

12.7.15 Depots should be provided with Gang chargers for charging atleast 25 ETM’s at any point of time.


2 Memory Min 4 GB DDR3 RAM with 16 GB Expandability. 3 Monitor Min 15 inch and above Normal TFT / LED Digital Colour Monitor 4 Display Integrated on Board

Min 1024X768 resolution with 16 Million colours 5 Hard Disk Min 500 GB 7200 rpm SATA HDD or higher 6 Networking

Features Min 10/100/1000 Network Card with remote booting facility, remote system installation, Asset tracking and security management, remote wake up.



9 Mouse USB Optical scroll mouse with Pad 10 DVD ROM

Drive DVD ROM Drive.

11 Power supply 230 watts and above Energy Star compliant Ver 5.0, ACPI compliant or more SMPS power supply, should be capable to support fully configured PC

12 Power Management


13 Operating System

Windows 7 or latest with latest service pack preloaded with license and recovery CD from direct named account of Microsoft with certificate of authenticity having OEM name

14 Bundled software


15 Warranty For the complete contract period 16 Productivity

Software MS Office Standard (latest version) – with atleast MS Word, MS Excel and MS Outlook Applications.

12.8 Central BackOffice System



The Central Backoffice system of TICKETING is the heart of entire TICKETING ecosystem consisting of the core components for daily operations of TICKETING system. The system shall be used to set configuration parameters (such as tariff, device configuration, product configuration, user configuration etc.) that would be required to operate the system. The system would host all the information required for processing the fare media within the transit ecosystem. It shall function as a Management Information System (MIS) and also as a communication layer between depot devices and External Interfaces. Below are the modules identified for TICKETING backoffice operators and not limited to the below and would be created as an instance in the Cloud along with NMRC backoffice applications.

Central BackOffice will be the heart of the TICKETING system where all the TICKETING functional activities are performed. Central Backoffice is hosted in cloud server.

1. The Central BackOffice system shall generate the necessary management reports from the fare media transaction information received from the Depot devices.

2. The Central BackOffice system shall hold and download the fare media parameters and fare table information to each ETM devices.

3. The Central BackOffice System shall communicate with each devices via the wide area network and process the data received to provide overall audit, statistical and operational information.

4. The data transferred from the devices to the BackOffice shall include, as a minimum, information such as usage of equipment’s commissioning, various transaction, EOD shift summary, Ridership numbers, TOM shift revenue, fault reports.

5. Should support Busses Schedule Management, Crew management, Transit data integration (Route/Stop Management)

6. The Central BackOffice shall have facilities to generate and update blacklists for all applicable fare media and to download these to TICKETING equipment’s.

7. The Central BackOffice shall be able to support applicable fare media replacement and refund applications from TOM devices.

8. The Central BackOffice shall be able to generate reports on each depot computers in depots and Issuance counter TOM’s through authorized logins.

Central BackOffice Syste,

Inventory Management System

Product Configuration Management

Tariff Management

Transaction Management

System Configuration

Equipment Management

Certificate Management MIS Reporting

Authentication

Update Management



9. In the event of a failure of either the Central BackOffice system control will be provided to redundancy Cloud Backoffice systems. In case there is a failure in network depot devices independently and record all transaction and alarm data for a period of not less than seven days and all data stored will be transmitted to the Central Backoffice System once the system is fully operational.

10. The central backoffice should be PCI compliant as per PCI DSS 3.1 standards

12.8.1 Inventory Management

1. The EMV CSC based TICKETING system shall have functionality for automatic stock management of fare media at central level. This includes stock registration, distribution, return etc.

2. The Inventory management system shall be equipped with a stock management utility which shall enable to track Contactless Smart Media stock movements in the system covering the lifecycle of the Contactless Smart Media commencing from the date of purchase from the FI until the time that the Smart Media has been removed from the system.

3. The inventory management system should be synced with Bank host system, the status of the card should be same in TICKETING Inventory management and Bank Host.

4. Issuance of EMV cards outside the Transit network should be updated in the inventory management through bank smart card host updating the Inventory Management.

5. The Inventory management system shall allow users to input to the system information when introducing new media to the system, editing information of existing media in the system, viewing information of existing media and removing retired media from the system.

6. Inventory Management system shall be capable of raising purchase request to bank host through internal approval and track the status of the media boxes

7. Inventory management should be capable of tracking the location of each item of fare media that has been consigned, transport in equipment and awaiting disposal.

8. The Inventory management system shall also allow useful information such as Smart Media vendor, issuer, media box number, date and time, etc. to be tracked in the system.

9. The Inventory management system shall actively monitor and update its stock information categorized by location (e.g. TOM, etc.) and device ID according to the usage transactions such as initialization, issue, replacement, etc. and physical stock replenishment.

10. Upon expiry of media, the Inventory management system shall also adjust the stock management information accordingly.

11. The central backoffice should be PCI compliant as per PCI DSS 3.1 standards 12. Detailed reports for Media global stock position & Media leakage at the end

of the day shall be provided. Any discrepancy in the stock accounting figures shall be evident in the report

13. Authority retains the right to audit and inspect the Fare media Inventory for duration of the contract

12.8.2 Product Configuration Management



1. Product Configuration Management system should be capable of adding, removing, editing and updating products for Sales and Usage at transit network.

2. Product configuration should be able to configure a transit product with the following parameters product ID , Name , Expiry date /time , Number of days in week , start and end time , service provider , Route/Stop , Device type ,fare , discounted fare , profile etc..,

3. Product configuration should be able to configure a transit product with the following parameters for peak hour/ non-peak hour fare, route/stop, Device type etc..,

4. Product configuration Management should be able to create any number of products as per requirements by changing the business parameters defined in business rules

5. Should be able configure zonal based fares for single journey tickets , return journey tickets , Group ticket as mentioned in business rules document

6. Should be able configure stage based fares for EMV contactless smart card ticketing as mentioned in business rules document

7. Once there is an update in the system the devices should automatically download at regular intervals

8. On Scheduling to devices the update should be downloaded and updated in devices locally.

12.8.3 Transaction Management

1. The Transaction Management system shall acquire and process all the transactions from all fare media issued at acceptance infrastructure

2. Transaction Management system should acquire and process all the transactions from all the issuance channels for top-ups, update transit products, refund, renew, reissue cards etc.

3. Transaction shall process all transaction types defined business rules 4. The Transaction Management shall, in future, share the details with the

settlement and clearing system of the transactions 5. The Transaction Management system shall actively update its Contactless

Smart Media Blacklist Table by adding/ removing Contactless Smart Media IDs when the Contactless Smart Media has been blocked physically by the issuer Bank

6. Transaction Management should post all the transit transaction performed either online or through batch processing for transactions performed offline.

7. Transaction Management system should be able to process transaction from other transit operator systems.

12.8.4 System configuration Management

1. System configuration should allow to configure the devices configuration parameters.

2. System configuration should allow to configure the gates modes. 3. System configuration should allow to select a device and trigger a remote

command. 4. System configuration should allow to update selected device types, groups,

group of devices and individual devices. 5. Should allow to select individual or group of devices to perform the

configuration management



6. Should be able to select the devices and update the devices for Tariff, users, Terminal parameters, Key and Certificates and software updates.


1. The Central back office system will include Equipment Management functions which shall allow to configure new devices, types and new owners for the system.

2. The Equipment shall manage and initialize all equipment including commissioning of devices in production and associated Secure Access Modules for both Metro and non-metro equipment.

3. The Contractor shall assume the configuration of approximately two thousand (2,000) bus Equipment IDs when is in full operation.

4. Equipment Management should allow to tracking the complete lifecycle of devices from Equipment commissioning to faulty replacement / removed

5. Equipment Management system should be able to process, manage and display the alarms/alerts raised by the equipment’s.

6. Equipment management should allow to configure maintenance/technician users, profiles in the system.

7. Equipment management should allow to configure automatically in assigning the alerts/alarms to maintenance/technician dispatch team.

8. Equipment management should provide the tracking for all the incident created and life cycle from creation to closure after the alert/alarm is closed in the system

9. Equipment should allow to generate the reports on equipment’s, alerts/alarms, equipment’s downtime and incidents life cycle.

12.8.6 Reconciliation

1. The purpose of the functionality is to provide an efficient revenue management system.

2. Central system shall have feature for automatic generation of daily, monthly & yearly reports for revenue reconciliation using the revenue data - transactions, audit register and cash amount. Reports shall be generated global, depot wise, operator wise and shift wise.

3. The functionality shall have flexibility to take care of any manual entry errors. There shall be provision for entry correction (stating reasons) within a defined period.

4. It shall provide a transparent Account of revenue figures. Any discrepancy highlighted in revenue figures reconciliation shall be visible in the detailed reports.

5. System should reconcile with cash registers in TOM and TOM reported sales at every EOD, reconciliation report should be generated at EOD for each devices.


1. MIS Reporting is used to perform day to day monitoring of the ticketing operations and be responsible for generation of MIS reports.

2. The Back office generates reports automatically at end of day. The Back office collate, format and enable end of day and ad-hoc reports to be printed from the data transmitted by the various TICKETING machines. Data will be stored in a relational data base structure to permit ad-hoc and detailed log reporting.



3. MIS reporting should be capable of extracting reports from the day of operations and there should not be any restriction with number of days of backup.

4. Details of the parameters of report will be finalized during the design phase.

S. No. Report Type Description 1 Daily sales Summary Report Summary of all ticketing, financial transactions /

cash received or refunded. Depot wise, ticket wise

2 Daily ridership summary report Summary of transit transaction at gates using various products

2 Shift summary reports All ticketing, financial transactions. Each transaction with date and time stamped.

3 Aggregated / Consolidation reports For matching all Transaction based, Audit registers based and Revenue figures.

4 Ridership reports Entry/Exit Gate passenger flow. Ticket wise, depot wise

5 Individual ticket transaction history

6 Operator action reports 7 Log reports Chronological report of daily activities. Each

event shall have date and time recorded. 8 Ticket stock inventory reports Detailed reports for global stock position, SJT

leakage (available at CS level only) and depot wise stock reconciliation (available at CS and DC both)

9 Equipment inventory for equipment installed and removed 10 Events, alarms, warnings 12 Quarterly Traffic To calculate number of passengers at depot or

access at that time Traffic report by 15 minutes frequency and passengers in and passengers out per 15 minutes frequency throughout the operating day, with sub-totals for each hour and grand total for the day.

14 Maintenance and failure reporting 15 System reports System configuration related 16 TOM EOD report Should include all the transaction performed in

TOM and EOD cash registers 17 General Ledger report Should include all the transactions related to

Account. 18 Any other report required by


12.8.8 Updates Management

1. Should be able to create an update and assign an version number for all update categories

2. Should be able to manage all the updates from the backoffice systems for all categories



3. Should be able to automatically Schedule updates to devices whether is an updated hotlist available

4. Should be able to manage the complete cycle of update process from creation to completions

5. All the status of the update should be captured 6. Reports should be generated for all the updates Schedules and status of the

updates.

12.8.9 Authentication

1. All connections to the server from the ETM’s depot devices should be securely connected.

2. All data exchange should be encrypted between the server and client 3. All active connections should be managed by servers 4. All the configuration with connections should be managed through

configuration management 5. All the devices login should be centrally authenticated based on the profile

configured 6. Should log all credentials of the login details when logging in /off in the

TICKETING system 7. Should be securely hosted with access only to user configuration managers. 8. Should be able to create users and profiles based on the devices and

functions to be performed.

12.8.10 NTP Server

1. All the depot devices , components , servers should be synced to one central time of NTP

2. NTP should be part of the backoffice systems 3. All devices should connect and synchronize the local time at regular intervals.

12.9 External Interfaces The backend system will be interfaced with the following external systems:

1. Bank Interface: The banking interfaces will be required for enabling top-up channels like TOM, Existing POS and others. The banking interfaces will also be used for customer service.

2. Acquirer Bank: The backend system will interface with acquirer through Transaction Settlement System for following:

a. Clearing & Settlement b. Deferred Authorization c. Balance query on card d. EMV Parameter e. Card Business Rule f. Risk Management

3. Issuer Bank: The backend system will interface with issuer through FI Acquiring system

a. Card Balance Enquiry b. Card Reload c. Card Issuance



12.10 Network Architecture Network Architecture has been proposed based on the requirements of TICKETING network at all depots, Issuance counters and ETMS. Below are the network requirements at the depots, Issuance counters and ETMS.

12.10.1 Network Requirements at Depots and Issuance Counters

1. A Local Area Network (LAN) shall be implemented within each Depot and Issuance counters to provide data connectivity to the TICKETING system equipment at each site.

2. The connectivity shall be provided by connectivity through the secure MPLS connection to Cloud Host Data center.

3. LAN shall support the required connectivity with 10 / 100 / 1000 Mbps throughput and reliability.

4. The design of the LAN shall provide a highly secure system, which shall prevent unauthorized access and/ or hostile intrusion and shall be highly reliable, stable and scalable with a capability to adapt to future technology changes.

5. The system design shall be highly resilient to common mode failure with fast recovery times and shall provide high transmission quality between network endpoints, response times and performance under normal operation and worst-case network loading.

12.10.2 Network Requirements from ETM’s

1. A GPRS connection over the wireless network shall be provided from ETM’s. 2. The connectivity shall be provided through the private APN’s SIM by network

operators to Cloud Host Data center. 3. Private APN shall be end to end secured to private VPN’s using MPLS over

IP 4. Network operator should provide static private SIM address to all the ETM

SIM’s.



13 POWER SUPPLIES AND EARTHING

13.1 POWER SUPPLIES 13.1.1 Battery Back-Up Power Supplies

13.1.1.1 Within each station and the Central OCC, the system shall operate from a Centralized UPS which shall provide a battery back-up power supply in the event of failure of the main incoming power supplies.

13.1.1.2 The UPS shall be provided by a Project Contractor, engaged by NMRC, and shall provide a battery back-up.

13.1.1.3 The UPS shall comprise a rectifier, battery charger and inverter arrangement with an output of 415V, three phase, 50 Hz, AC.

13.1.1.4 The Contractor shall provide within the UPS Room a Power distribution board (PDB) equipped with a dedicated power supply output circuit which shall be the interface connection point to the AFC inter-site power supply cables.

13.1.2 Scope

13.1.2.1 Contractor shall be responsible for:

a. Extending this UPS supply from the UPS Room through dedicated power supply cables to the AFC equipment, AFC equipment rooms, Central OCC;

b. Termination of the low voltage UPS power supply in all equipment rooms and control rooms;

c. Sub-distribution of UPS power to the Contractor’s individual equipment located within equipment rooms, control rooms and other site field locations, as required.

13.1.2.2 The scope of the AFC system also includes the extending the UPS supply to test lab center.

13.1.3 Principles of Power Supply Distribution

13.1.3.1 Each individual AFC equipment cabinet and standalone equipment units shall be fed from the local AC PDB via an independent power supply cable.

13.1.3.2 Each equipment cabinet shall be provided with dual power supply units such that either unit may supply the full-power required automatically, without loss of service, on failure of the other unit.

13.1.3.3 Within Equipment Rooms and Control Rooms each individual cabinet and standalone equipment unit shall be equipped with a manual isolation switch with integral protection to provide full electrical isolation of the incoming power supplies.

13.1.3.4 Within equipment cabinets and workstations additional electrical protection devices and isolation facilities shall also be provided locally for individual equipment sub-units.



13.1.3.5 For power supply isolation, the Contractor shall provide a key operated, power supply isolator local to equipment units located external to Equipment Rooms and Control Rooms.

13.1.3.6 Protection against electrical shock, in normal service, and the prevention of accidental contact with live parts shall be achieved by:

a. Barriers or enclosures both vertical and horizontal and between adjacent units;

b. Physical segregation;

c. Complete insulation of all live parts.

13.1.3.7 AFC equipment power supply faults shall be reported to the AFC Fault Alert/alarm Monitoring System.

13.1.3.8 Cable terminations shall be suitable for the size and type of cables used.

13.1.4 Power Supply Facilities

13.1.4.1 Contractor shall supply, as a minimum, the following power supply facilities for the operation of the AFC equipment:

a. Wall mounted Power distribution boards (PDBs) within each Equipment Room and Control Room at each site location;

b. Power supply cables interconnecting each PDB and the centralized UPS installed in the UPS Room. Within the UPS Room the interface connection point shall be on a dedicated Power distribution board (PDB) provided by the Project Contractor.

c. Power conversion equipment, which may be necessary within Equipment Rooms and Control Rooms, to provide a stabilized power supply when the UPS is in bypass mode and the power supply is operating from either the auxiliary Diesel Generator or one of the two, incoming raw mains, power supplies.

d. Power supply cables, within each Equipment Room and Control Room, interconnecting the local PDB to the Contactor’s equipment.

e. Power supply cables interconnecting the PDBs located within each Equipment Room to the external equipment, such as Automatic Gates;

f. Power protection and isolation facilities which are required:

g. Within the Contractor’s equipment including PDBs;

h. Local to individual equipment units at external locations, such as Automatic Gates.

i. All earth cables interconnecting the power supply earths to the site main system earths.

j. Low voltage plugs, sockets and couplers which shall be color coded in accordance with BS 7375, and constructed to conform to EN 60309.



k. Cables shall be selected after full consideration of the conditions to which they shall be exposed and the duties for which they are required.

l. All cabling in public areas shall be run at high level, whenever possible, and firmly secured so as not to present a hazard or obstruction to people and equipment.

m. The installation on site shall allow convenient access to authorized and competent operatives to work on the apparatus contained within.

n. Contractor shall install and terminate all interconnecting power supply cables on to equipment, via IP rated cable glands.

o. Memory retention within AFC equipment shall be provided via non-volatile memory, where appropriate, rather than by locally installed batteries.

13.1.5 Power Supply Characteristics

13.1.5.1 The output power supply from the UPS shall be 415V, three phase, 50 Hz, AC which may be subject to a maximum voltage variation of +/-1% and a maximum frequency variation of +/- 1% to be finalized during design phase of integration.

13.1.5.2 The output power supply from the UPS in bypass mode shall be 415V, three phase, 50 Hz, AC which may be subject to a maximum voltage variation of +15%, -20% and a maximum frequency variation of +/- 5%.

13.1.6 Protection of Circuits

13.1.6.1 Electrical protection shall be provided for all main circuits and sub-circuits against excess current, residual current and earth faults.

13.1.6.2 The protective devices shall be capable of interrupting any short circuit current, without damage occurring to any equipment, or to the mains and sub-circuits.

13.1.6.3 Circuit breakers shall comply with the requirements of EN 60947-2 and shall be capable of accommodating the designed uninterrupted current rating, when enclosed and in their operating environment, with a rated operational voltage as specified for the switchboard.

13.1.6.4 The circuit breaker shall meet the fault conditions specified for the switchboard.

13.1.6.5 Circuit breakers shall be of the metal clad withdrawal type and electrically isolated when removed to provide for safe maintenance.

13.1.6.6 Low voltage air break switches shall comply with the requirements of EN 60947-3 or equivalent standards with an uninterrupted rated duty, and with minimum utilization category AC 23 or higher according to typical applications defined in IEC utilization categories.

13.1.6.7 MCBs (Miniature Circuit Breakers) shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of EN 60898.

13.1.6.8 The current rating and type of MCBs shall be appropriate to the application with the nominal voltage.

13.1.6.9 The frame current rating of MCBs shall be not over 125A and the standard short circuit interruption capacity for the MCBs shall be 10 KVA.



13.1.6.10 Circuit breakers shall be removable from the rack or chassis when in the ‘drawn out’ position, or shall be removable when in the ‘drawn in’ position when in the open state.

13.1.6.11 Cartridge fuses for voltages up to and including 1,000V AC shall comply with the requirements of EN 60269, if applicable.

13.1.6.12 Discrimination between circuit breakers and between circuit breakers and fuses shall be in accordance with appropriate international and Indian Standards.

13.1.6.13 A summary of standards is listed below:


BS 88-2 Low-Voltage Fuses. Supplementary Requirements for Fuses for Use by Authorized Persons

EN 60269-1 Low-voltage Fuses. General Requirements

EN 60898 Electrical Accessories. Circuit breakers for Over current Protection for Household and Similar Installations. Circuit-Breakers for A.C. Operation

EN 60947 Low-voltage Switchgear and Control gear. Switches, Disconnectors, Switch-disconnectors and Fuse-combination Units

EN 60309-4 Plugs, Socket-Outlets and Couplers for Industrial Purposes

13.1.7 Power Distribution Boards

13.1.7.1 Contractor shall provide, as appropriate to the power supply load, either a single or three phase, AC Power distribution boards (PDBs) within each Equipment Room and Control Room housing AFC equipment.

13.1.7.2 LV AC PDBs shall be suitable for indoor service on nominal 415/230 AC, 3-phase, 3 wires or 4 wires, 50 Hz supply system.

13.1.7.3 The bus bars and equipment shall be rated to withstand the fault level of the LV AC system.

13.1.7.4 PDBs shall be capable of accommodating a rated short time withstand current for 1 second and a fault withstand classification of ‘Class 3’ based on the nominal supply voltage between phases at 50 Hz.

13.1.7.5 The power supply to individual AFC equipment shall be single phase derived from the three phase incoming power supplies to the PDBs.

13.1.7.6 The PDBs shall be wall mounted, equipped with suitable mounting brackets, provided with glanded cable entries, removable gland plate, lockable and equipped with a hinged front access door.

13.1.7.7 The PDBs shall include the following additional facilities as a minimum:

a. Auto/ manual changeover switch to select either the UPS or an alternative power supply;



b. Incoming manual fused isolator to electrically isolate the PDB.

13.1.7.8 PDBs shall consist of a metallic case enclosing banks of moulded or ceramic fuse carriers and bases, isolators and bus-bars, etc.

13.1.7.9 The casing shall be constructed of sheet steel of not less than 1.5 mm thickness with a hinged door hung by means of internally fixed hinges of substantial construction designed to avoid the door sagging when opened.

13.1.7.10 When closed, the casing shall be IP Rated, to a minimum of IP43, suitable for installation in the room environment, dust proof and entirely free from external protrusions.

13.1.7.11 Contractor shall fix within the PDB casings a clearly visible label, showing details in the form of a table stating the circuit served under each number and the fuse rating.

13.1.7.12 The information within the table shall be printed on a durable material to ensure that all details are permanently legible.

13.1.7.13 An engraved ‘Trifoliate’ label, with black lettering on a white background, shall be fitted on the outside of each board, indicating the number of the board, the voltage, phase and service, the exact wording of which shall be subject to the receipt of a ‘Notice of no Objection’ from the Employer’s representative.

13.1.7.14 PDBs shall be extendable types which shall be provided with 25% spare capacity for future expansion.

13.1.7.15 The clearance in front of all assemblies of LV AC switchgear and control gear shall not be less than 1.2 metres except as otherwise agreed with NMRC.

13.1.7.16 All removable switchgear shall be provided with mechanical lockable shutters.

13.1.7.17 All materials, appliances and components used within the distribution system shall comply, as appropriate, with the standards as listed below or equivalent international standards :


BS 4363 Specification for Distribution Assemblies for Reduced Low Voltage Electricity Supplies for Construction and Building Sites

BS 7375 Code of Practice for Distribution of Electricity on Construction and Building Sites

EN 61439-1 Low-voltage Switchgear and Control gear Assemblies. General Rules

13.2 Earthing 13.2.1 Introduction

13.2.1.1 Contractor shall provide an effective and safe earthing and bonding system for the works comprising equipment, enclosures, support structures, mechanical interfaces and cables within the Contractor’s scope of supply.

13.2.1.2 Contractors shall supply and install the following facilities which shall be used to locally earth the installed AFC equipment:



a. Contractor will extend the earth cable from the main earth bar. Earth Bars within Equipment Rooms and Control Room which shall be used to locally earth the installed AFC equipment;

b. Earth cable throughout the length of the cable trench underneath the Automatic Gates at stations including the Earth bonding of the trench itself;

c. Connection of the Equipment Rooms and Control Room earth bars to the main site earth.

13.2.1.3 Contractor shall provide all other earth bars, earth cables and earthing materials from the Contractors equipment up to designated interface earth points.

13.2.1.4 Contractor’s earthing policy and transient protection requirements shall be in conformity with the guidelines as described in General Specification.

13.2.1.5 The earthing and bonding system shall be designed principally for the safe protection of personnel against dangerous electric shock and to achieve the following objectives:

a. Reduce touch potentials to safe limits within sites;

b. Protect installations against damage;

c. Protect against electrical hazards, including lightning;

d. Prevent the possibility of dangerous surge voltages;

e. Ensure that faults are rapidly cleared by installed circuit protection / protective devices;

f. Provide a common, clean, zero-voltage, reference point;

g. Reduce or eliminate the effects of electrostatic interference and electromagnetic interference arising from within the Metro sites and other extraneous sources;

h. Reduce potential to system neutrals.

13.2.1.6 To achieve the primary goal of assuring personnel safety and damage control the following design principles shall be followed:

a. A low impedance path shall be made available to the current generated due to lightning or power system faults;

b. The potential differences between any two points shall be as low as possible;

c. The chassis or enclosures of equipment shall be earthed to minimise shock hazards to personnel for electrical safety.

13.2.1.7 To achieve the secondary goal of providing protection for sensitive and interconnected electronic and electrical systems, earthing shall be designed to:

a. Minimise the noise voltage generated by currents from two or more circuits flowing through a common earth impedance;



b. Avoid the creation of earth loops susceptible to magnetic fields and differences in earth potential.

13.2.1.8 The earthing system shall meet, as a minimum, the following:

a. The resistance to earth of the system “earth terminal” must remain within the stipulated limits at all locations and under all climatic conditions;

b. All electrical joints in the earthing system shall be protected from moisture ingress by using proper wrapping, sealing with waterproof tapes, or such other measures.

c. Electrical joints in the earthing system shall be inspected periodically at intervals frequent enough to ensure that an effective and safe earthing system is maintained.

13.2.1.9 Contractor shall ensure that the touch potentials of all electrical conductors shall remain within safe limits under normal operation and under electrical fault conditions.

13.2.1.10 Earthing terminals on equipment shall consist of a 'stud' to take lugged cable. This terminal shall be labelled: ‘SAFETY ELECTRICAL EARTH CONNECTION - DO NOT REMOVE’.

13.2.1.11 All exposed electrical parts shall be mechanically protected and suitably labelled to provide protection and warning against electric shock.

13.2.1.12 An ESD bonding point shall be provided at a suitable location within each equipment item for the use of maintenance personnel to avoid damage of components due to the conduction of static electricity.

13.2.2 Earthing Standards

13.2.2.1 The earthing of the installed systems shall, as a minimum, comply with the requirements of the following documents:

Standard No. Title EN 50122 Railway applications – Fixed installations – Electrical Supply and

Earthing Systems for Public Transport EN 60950 Information Technology Equipment. Safety. General Requirements EN 50121 Railway Applications, Electromagnetic Compatibility ANSI/IEEE 1100-2005 IEEE Recommended Practice for Powering and Grounding Electronic

Equipment NFPA 780 National Standard for the Installation

of Lightning Protection Systems IEC 62305-3 Protection Against Lightning - Part 3: Physical Damage to Structures

and Life Hazard IEC 62305-1 Protection Against Lightning - Part 1: General Principles ITU-T: K.33 Limits for People Safety Related to Coupling Into AFC equipment

System from A.C. Electric Power and A.C. Electrified Railway Installations in Fault Conditions

13.2.3 Earthing of AFC within Sites



13.2.3.1 The earthing arrangements for AFC equipment sub-systems shall be as follows:

a. A separate AFC equipment Clean Earth bar, with an earth resistance, shall be supplied and installed by the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s Building Contractors, within site Equipment Rooms and Control Rooms;

13.2.4 General Requirements for Earthing

13.2.4.1 The route for the connections to the clean earth shall be chosen so as to minimize the effect of any inductive interference.

13.2.4.2 All metal work and metallic items shall be earthed to the low-voltage system earth to ensure the safety of personnel.

13.2.4.3 Contractor shall submit to the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s representative for review the proposed arrangement for the earthing of the Contractor’s works.

13.2.5 Transient Protection Facilities

13.2.5.1 Contractor shall provide effective transient protection facilities to:

a. Protect the AFC equipment from the effects of transients;

b. Ensure that the AFC equipment does not sustain any permanent damage or permanent degradation in performance throughout the system lifetime.

13.2.5.2 Contractor shall incorporate in the AFC equipment and cables suitable electronic transient protection devices which shall provide transient immunity in accordance with MIL-STD-704F and shall, as a minimum, meet the following requirements:

Standard No. Title

MIL-STD-704F Department of Defence Interface Standard. Aircraft Electric Power Characteristics.

a. Device Type- Avalanche suppressor device (Transzorbs) having high surge handling capability, fast response times and a low clamping voltage, etc.;

b. Reverse Standoff Voltage - at least twice the maximum operating voltage and allowing operation over the temperature range –65° C to +175°C;

c. Pulse Power Rating - shall have a value to handle the peak pulse power of the transients and ensure their decay in less than 10% of the rise time for the worst pulse likely to be encountered from all possible sources including lightning and transients from the traction power system;

d. Device Lifetime - shall not be less than that of the system for which it affords protection;

e. Peak transients of up to 700 Volts on the DC Power Supply line for several microseconds;



f. Average transient duration of 2 microseconds with a repetition frequency of 15 kHz to 100 kHz;

g. For short duration transients (< 5ms) the variation approaches a sine-wave;

h. For longer duration transients (> 5ms) the variation approaches rectangular pulses with an initial rate of rise up to 50, 000 Volts per second.



14 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY

14.1 Introduction 14.1.1 All equipment, cables and materials to be installed within individual sites shall be

protected against the effects of any electromagnetic interference from electrical power equipment and machines, etc.

14.1.2 The sub-system equipment to be supplied by the Contactor shall:

a. Not generate a level of electromagnetic radiation, which shall interfere with other systems or equipment;

b. Remain unaffected by the inherently severe EMC environment within which it is intended to operate;

c. Not compromise reliability due to EMI, under normal operating procedures.

14.1.3 EMC compliance shall be maintained during installation, operation and maintenance.

14.1.4 Contractor shall engage the services of a Notified Body to validate compliance with EMC Requirements and associated Technical Documentation.

14.2 Requirements for EMC 14.2.1 Applicable Standards

a. The AFC system installations shall comply, as applicable, with the EMC requirements as detailed in the latest issue of the following documents:

Standard No. Title

EN 50121-1 Electromagnetic Compatibility – Part 1: General

EN 50121-2 Electromagnetic Compatibility – Part 2: Emission of the Whole Railway System to the Outside World

EN 50121-4 Electromagnetic Compatibility – Part 4: Emission and Immunity of the Signalling and Telecommunications Apparatus

EN 50121-5 Electromagnetic Compatibility – Part 5: Emission and Immunity of Fixed Power Supply Installations and Apparatus

b. Contractor’s overall EMC strategy shall be to manage and control EMC to

ensure the safe and reliable operation of the sub-systems when installed at site.

14.3 EMC Considerations 14.3.1 The following aspects shall be considered:

a. Functional Safety

1. Consideration of EMC issues and the impact that these may have on the safe operation of the neighbouring environment.



b. Functional Operation

2. Reliable, functional operation of the works and co-located equipment/ systems. Such operation may not necessarily be guaranteed by solely complying with EMC regulations and test standards.

c. Additional Requirements

3. Special cases unique to the environment;

4. Limitations with the standards;

5. Ensure installed systems, and not just individual equipment, are EMC compliant.

14.4 EMC Guidance 14.4.1 Guidance on the application of EMC on the railway may be obtained with reference

to the following UK, Railway Group Standards:

Standard No. Title

GE/RT8015 Electromagnetic Compatibility between Railway Infrastructure and Trains

GE/RT8270 Assessment of Compatibility of Rolling Stock and Infrastructure

14.5 EMC General Requirements 14.5.1 Contractor shall demonstrate and evidence to the Noida Metro Rail Corporation

Limited’s representative full compliance to the stated EMC requirements, via a formal testing, review and submission process.

14.5.2 Whenever EMC standards or specifications conflict the more stringent standard shall apply.

14.5.3 EMC compliance shall be achieved when access doors or panels are left open or are removed during maintenance or during repairs whilst the equipment is still operational. Access doors or panels shall not constitute elements of any electromagnetic screening measures necessary.

14.5.4 All equipment and cables shall be segregated from other electrical services to ensure that mutual interference is kept within acceptable and safe limits in accordance with recognised international standards.

14.5.5 The following sub-system facilities shall be located at least 1metre from high-voltage installations, such as medium voltage or transformer stations:

a. Sub-system equipment;

b. Direct parallel exposure of power and data cables.



14.5.6 The design of Visual Display Units shall incorporate effective Electromagnetic Field (EMF) screening to operate without impairment of the image quality in the high magnetic field strengths prevalent in a railway installation.

14.5.7 Contractor shall ensure that all-intra system EMI is minimised to acceptable levels through proper design and other measures.

14.5.8 All major subsystems shall be tested for compliance to emission and immunity levels in accordance with the appropriate international standards for equipment operating in a railway environment.

14.5.9 Contractor shall ensure that all equipment is designed and constructed in accordance with the latest versions of the most appropriate EMC basic, product or generic standards to ensure proper functioning of each sub-system.

14.5.10 Adequate safety margins between the immunity levels of the AFC system and emission levels of other electrical and electronic equipment must be maintained.

14.5.11 Software shall be designed such that all relevant functions are suitably immunised against the effects of interference, such as by producing an abnormal condition.

14.5.12 Contractor shall analyse the probabilities of occurrence of a range of possible failures and/or unreliable operation.

14.5.13 Contractor shall incorporate in the design mitigation factors to reduce such failures to as low as reasonably practicable or as otherwise stated in the Particular Specifications.

14.5.14 Contractor shall follow, as applicable, the EMC guidelines contained with the following documents for the mitigation of external electromagnetic influences:

Standard No. Title

IEC/TR 61000-5-6 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) – Part 5-6: Installation and Mitigation Guidelines – Mitigation of External EM Influences

EN 50174, Parts 1 to 3 Information Technology – Cabling Installation

14.6 Testing of EMC Features 14.6.1 Contractor shall demonstrate that the AFC system is adequately protected against

electromagnetic Interference (EMI) from other systems on the Corridor 1 and from those systems adjoining the rail corridors.

14.6.2 Contractor shall conduct type tests and full EMC tests.

14.6.3 Test to be conducted shall include verification of compliance to the most appropriate EMC basic, product or generic standards and overall compliance in accordance with the requirements of EN50121.

14.6.4 Contractor shall provide detailed calculations and inter-modulation analysis to establish electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) among the sub-systems and with other systems in close proximity.

14.6.5 The maximum level of out-of-band emission shall be such as to ensure that the subsystems perform in conformity with the criteria given in the respective chapters



of the Particular Specifications or as required by industry recognized, international standards.

14.6.6 Equipment consisting of sensitive electronic components, that is likely to be handled or touched by any person, shall be protected against electrostatic discharge.

14.6.7 Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of all facilities required for the suppression of electromagnetic or electrostatic interference including any modifications required post installation to achieve an EMC compliant installation.

14.7 EMC Management and Documentation 14.7.1 Contractor shall provide the following for the review by and receipt of a ‘Notice of

no Objection’ from the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s representative:

a. EMC Management Plan - which shall detail the mandatory and contractual EMC requirements for the Works;

b. EMC Control Plan - which shall detail the overall approach, design procedures and techniques, test programme, assessment programme and documentation used to demonstrate compliance with the EMC Requirements.

14.7.2 Additional EMC deliverables which shall be submitted to the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s’ Representative for review shall include:

a. Inter-modulation analysis to establish EMC between the Contractor’s equipment, other systems on the railway and systems external to the railway which are in proximity to the Contractor’s equipment.

b. Noise Study, in conjunction with the Traction Power Supply and Rolling Stock disciplines, to establish the psophometrically weighted, noise, induced into any AFC equipment that shall be installed adjacent to platforms and line side areas.

c. EMC Test Plan

d. EMC Test Report

e. Technical Documentation required by the EMC Regulations such as demonstration of conformity, applicable tests, technical documentation, accompanying documentation.

f. EMC Gap Analysis Design Study

1. The design study shall gather the EMC compliance status of equipment in terms of Declarations of Conformity, EN standards and test reports.

2. EMC testing of individual suppliers’ equipment may be required where inadequate EMC performance is identified through the EMC Gap Analysis.

g. EMC Installation and Verification Guidelines

14.7.3 These guidelines shall be developed for use during the construction stages of the project which shall include the following:

a. Equipment location and separation;



b. Equipment enclosure, shielding, filtering and suppression;

c. Earthing and Bonding;

d. Cabling and Cable Management.



15 INTERFACES

15.1 General 15.1.1 The purpose of the Interface Specifications is to provide Designated Contractors

involved in the interface with a clear overview of the purpose and functionality of each interface. It provides a framework such that Designated Contractors can set to work in a co-operative way to produce the interfacing standard.

15.1.2 The contractor shall interface with designated contractors (Building service / civil contractor / Electrical contractor / Telecom contractor), Agencies (government or private), UPS contractor, consultants, and other sub / local contractors etc. to ensure smooth execution of works.

15.1.3 The Interface Specifications detailed below are used as the key documents for the interface definition and also to define the scope of each Designated Contractor.

15.2 Interface Specification Definitions and Scope:

15.2.1 This specification describes the interface requirements between AFC contractor, DDC / Civil construction / Electrical works Contractor, Telecom contractor/Access control contractor and UPS power supply contractor.

15.2.2 This specification shall be read in conjunction with the relevant paragraphs of the General Specification. Both the AFC and the Designated Contractors shall ensure that all requirements of the Specification pertaining to interfaces are properly satisfied.

15.2.3 The AFC Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Designated Contractors to assure that rooms are ready when equipment needs to be installed.

15.2.4 The AFC Contractor shall install cables in co-ordination with the Designated Contractors. The embedded conduits and main cable trays shall be provided by the station building contractor. However, all dropping / distribution conduiting needs to be done by the AFC contractor.

15.2.5 The AFC Contractor shall furnish and install all AFC equipment at the locations shown in the design plans.

15.2.6 The AFC Contractor shall furnish and install all of the cabling required to the AFC equipment.

15.2.7 The Designated Contractors shall provide earth connections at UPS room each station. It shall be the responsibility of the AFC Contractor to extend the earth to AFC equipment.

15.2.8 It will be the contractor’s responsibility to interface with the DDC / civil contractor and determine the most suitable cable route designs, bearing in mind the restraints of the structure gauge, the drawings, the various standards applicable and the requirements of this and other relevant specifications and criteria.

15.2.9 The AFC contractor shall be responsible for the specification, sizing, procurement, installation, wiring and testing of all single and multicore cables and wires required for the AFC equipment.

15.2.10 The AFC Contractor shall review the Combined Services Drawings (CSD) for sectional the stations and OCC and ensure that all information required by him is incorporated in these drawings.

15.2.11 The AFC Contractor shall determine the sizes of the AFC equipment rooms required at each station and inform the respective DDC as to the minimum sizes required.



15.2.12 The AFC Contractor shall co-ordinate with the DDC contractors to assure that lighting, power, provision for installation of AFC equipment, dropped ceilings, ventilation, and air conditioning required for AFC equipment is adequate.

15.2.13 The AFC Contractor shall provide the cable tray sizes and locations required to the DDC contractors.

15.2.14 The AFC Contractor shall co-ordinate with the DDC contractors to assure that proper cable entrances are provided at all locations where cable must pass through walls.

15.2.15 The AFC Contractor shall work with the DDC Contractors to identify the locations of AFC equipment.

15.3 Interface with Civil and Electrical Works 15.3.1 The Contractors for the Civil & Electrical Works Contracts shall hereinafter be

collectively termed “Designated Contractors (Civil & Electrical)”. 15.3.2 The contractor shall interface with station designated contractor / DDC for final

station level AFC requirements, drawings, civil works execution / completion / taking handover of site for AFC system installations.

15.3.3 Equipment Rooms: All AFC equipment rooms, including power source, ventilation, air-conditioning and lighting will be provided by the works of Designated Contractors.

15.3.4 Main Cable Routes

a. Designated Contractors will provide electric power from a central point Telecommunication Room).

b. It will be responsibility of Designated Contractor to arrange for main cable routes including cable trays, troughs, hangers, trenches and ducts etc from this central point to all AFC Equipment.

15.3.5 The AFC Contractor shall review the details of these works and notify Employer’s Representative of any amendments required or omissions therein.

15.4 Interface with Telecom 15.4.1 The Contractors for the Telecom Works Contracts shall hereinafter be collectively

termed “Designated Contractors (Telecom)”. 15.4.2 Communication Line

15.4.2.1 Designated Contractors will provide high speed Ethernet Telecom link from OCC to Telecom room of all stations.

15.4.2.2 It will be responsibility of AFC Contractor to arrange for network link of all AFC equipment from telecom room. This shall include laying up of cables and wiring etc. from telecom room to all AFC equipment.

15.4.2.3 The Contractor shall propose the AFC network Structure and detailed requirements with designated contractor. This will be finalized at the Design stage.

15.4.3 The Contractor shall review the details of these works and notify NMRC of any amendments required or omissions therein.

15.5 Interface with UPS Contractor



15.5.1 AFC contractor shall interface for the power requirements for the AFC system with the contractor of common S&T UPS system who shall provide Power in the UPS Room. AFC Contractor then shall have install his own Power distribution cubicle including the MCB’s therein and further lay Power Cables to his equipment.

15.6 Interface with Access control contractor 15.6.1 AFC contractor shall interface with Access control contractor on integrating the

acceptance of personalized staff EMV CSC cards for access control at the NMRC premises.

15.6.2 AFC Contractor shall provide the card interface specifications for EMV CSC to Access control contractor.

15.6.3 AFC contractor should support the Access control contractor by providing test cards, service compartment specifications, and key management for service area during the design and implementation phase of the system.

15.7 AFC Interface Specifications



Item No.

Subject Designated Contractor responsibilities

AFC Contractor’s Responsibilities

1 Ticket Booth(TOM)related works : • Construction of ticket

booth with false ceiling and windows with glass panes,

• Indoor and outdoor lighting,

• Air-conditioning, • Power points at

counters • Communication line

for ticketing machines,

• Phones, • Earthing Facility for

ticketing machines, • Fare and Route

display.

Construction : • Construction of ticket booth

with false ceiling and windows with glass panes,

• Construction of trenches for laying of Power and data cable,

• Indoor and outdoor lighting, • Air-conditioning, • Power points on wall for light

& other works • Fare and Route display • Counter as per AFC

equipment design

Design: • Design of booth – number of

windows and its location; • Design details to be worked

out in interface with design requirements.

Design : • Confirm basic booth sizes

and layout; • Furnish equipment sizes and

weights; • Furnish equipment mounting

details; • Confirm room finishes; • Furnish requirements of

cable trenches, cable routing and cable support provisions on walls and floor; holes in counter;

• Furnish lighting requirements;

• Confirm fire safety provisions;

• Review the design from designated contractor.

• Power & data point below counter for AFC

• Ensure security compliance for cards storage and personalization

Construction: • Installation of Ticketing

Machines • Power & Data cable for

ticketing machines 2 Passenger Operated

Machines / Ticket Vending Machine (TVM)

Construction : • Construction of trench for

laying of power and communication cables for TVM’s to be installed presently and in future

Design: • Design details to be worked


Design: • Furnish requirement of cable

trenches, cable routing and cable support provisions

• Installation of TVM • Power & Data cable for TVM • Ensure security compliance

for cards usage on the machines

4 Central OCC • Installation of all equipment related to OCC

• Extraction of power from S&T UPS

• LAN for all equipment



Item No.



5 Passenger Operated Machines /TR

Construction : Construction of trench for laying of power and communication cables for Ticket readers

Design: • Furnish requirement of cable

trenches, cable routing and cable support provisions

• Stone cutting work shall be done by the civil/furnishing contractor.

• All Earthing works

6 Barrier Related Works Installation of all types of glass barriers.

7 Automatic Gates related works : • Construction of

trenches for laying of Power and Communication lines,

• Lighting arrangement,

• Communication line for gates,

Construction : • Construction of trenches for

laying of Power and data cables,

• Lighting arrangement, Design: • Design details to be worked


Location and number of gates to be decided in consultation with contractor.

Design: • Confirm basic gate sizes

and booth layout • Furnish equipment sizes

and weights • Furnish equipment

mounting details • Confirm finishes • Furnish requirement of

cable trenches, cable routing and cable support provisions

• Review the design from designated contractor

Construction:

• Contractor shall be responsible for fencing area uncovered by Gates.

• Installation of gates and ticketing machine.

• Power & Data cables for Gate



Item No.



8 Station Control Room related works: Construction, Indoor and outdoor lighting, Air-conditioning, Power points for Station computer, Supply through UPS, Communication line for Station computer,

Construction : • Indoor and outdoor lighting, • Air-conditioning,

Design:

Design details to be worked out in interface with AFC design requirements.

Design: • Confirm area / location

required for installation of computer / equipments

• Furnish equipment size and weight

• Furnish equipment mounting details

• Confirm room finishes • Furnish requirement of

cable trenches, cable routing and cable support provisions

• Furnish lighting requirements

• Confirm fire safety provisions

• Review the design from designated contractor

Construction: • Installation of Station

computer • Power & data cables for

Station computer& printer.

9 • Provision of

communication channels for implementing the WAN for AFC system.

• Provision of telephones in excess fare booth, cash room, booking office and other AFC rooms in stations and OCC

• Provision of external clock from master clock system

• Provision of earth

• Provision of communication

channels for implementing the WAN for AFC system.

• Provision of telephones in excess fare booth, cash room, booking office and other AFC rooms in stations and OCC

• Provision of external clock from master clock system

• Provision of earth at UPS room

• Propose and Confirm the

channel requirement • Extension of earth to each

AFC equipment



16 HUMAN FACTORS

16.1 Introduction 16.1.1 Contractor shall be responsible for establishing an integrated program of Human

Factors work throughout the lifecycle of the project covering the following phases and taking account of normal, degraded and emergency modes of operation. Human Factors shall cover the entire Automatic Fare Collection System scope.

16.1.2 The Human Factors work shall consider:

a. Concept Development: during preliminary design the Contractor shall conduct an analysis of user requirements, human issues and options, etc., to provide a basis for Human Factors Integration during subsequent phases. Provide a preliminary assessment of the associated risks and requirement;

b. Assessment: the Contractor shall quantify and reduce Human Factors risks identified during the concept phase involving a systematic assessment of options using Human Factors analysis, simulation and modelling mock-ups, to capture requirements and assess risk

c. Demonstration: the Contractor shall conduct major trials, prior to manufacture, and assess impact of human performance;

d. Manufacture: the Contractor shall conduct factory and site acceptance tests, identify and address shortfalls;

e. In-Service: the Contractor shall perform audit on installed systems by obtaining feedback from Employer and assess modifications required to improve performance.

16.2 Scope of work summary 16.2.1 Contractor shall:

a. Assign to the project a Human Factor’s Integration Manager responsible for the management of all Human Factors work;

b. Review and manage the Human Factors input from Sub-Contractors and 3rd Parties consistent with the strategies determined in the Master Human Factors Master Integration Plan (MHFIP);

c. Liaise with all relevant project parties to determine and resolve Human Factors integration;

d. Conduct mock-ups, prototype simulations, demonstrations and testing, as required, throughout the project lifecycle with Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and interface party involvement for progressive evaluation of operability;

e. Produce Human Factors documentation.



16.2.2 Contractor shall provide human factors information about equipment to be supplied for Control Rooms and public areas and shall perform appropriate room layout, equipment layout, environment and workload assessment.

16.2.3 A human factors study shall be undertaken to provide, as a minimum, evidence that:

a. Equipment to be operated within Control Rooms and public areas is placed in the primary zone of vision and reach for the full range of users (Indian 5% female to the 95% male) including, as a minimum, station control room staff, control centre staff, maintenance staff and passengers.

b. Equipment in public areas is suitably designed and positioned to be compliant with the requirements of the ‘Persons with Disabilities’ Act of India;

c. HMIs and display facilities have a usable and logical layout based on considerations which shall include visibility, legibility, task, frequency and priority.

d. An effective alarm strategy has been employed which is consistent with the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s requirements.

e. End-users consultation and associated requirements have been suitably addressed at each stage of Human Factors development throughout the project lifecycle.

16.2.4 Evidence shall be provided that all equipment requiring regular maintenance is easily accessible and has adequate working space provision for the full range of users.

16.2.5 Ergonomics and Human Factor Engineering shall be addressed at regular intervals during each stage of the project via a formal review process.

16.3 Human factors deliverables 16.3.1 Contractor shall provide, as a minimum, the following documents throughout the

project lifecycle:

a. Prepare a Master Human Factors Master Integration Plan (MHFIP) to define the overall requirements for Human Factors;

b. Prepare a Human Factors Engineering Plan (HFEP) to define in detail how the overarching requirements of the Master Human Factors Master Integration Plan (MHFIP) are to be undertaken;

c. Develop ‘User Requirements’ relevant to the Human Factor’s scope;

d. Produce Task Analysis as a baseline of cognitive work scope;

e. Produce Workload Analysis to define workload levels for the effective management of AFC tasks;

f. Produce Training Needs Analysis to define the training program required for system operation and maintenance;



g. Produce a Gap Analysis to identify activities to be completed by relevant interface parties due to incomplete definition of scope;

h. Produce a Human Factors Assurance Case which shall document how Human Factors have been addressed through the project lifecycle, demonstrating the operational readiness of the systems.

i. Prepare a Human Factors Integration Log (HFIL) which shall be a concise summary of issues, risks, trade-offs, major conclusions from studies and index of deliverables relating to Human Factors;

j. Prepare a Human Factors Integration Programme to establish the key Human Factors milestones in relation to the project lifecycle, engineering deliverables, assurance requirements together with input and liaison with interface parties such as project Contractors and 3rd Parties.

16.4 Human factors standards Contractor shall take full account of the following Human Factors standards, as a minimum:


BS 5940 Part 1 Design And Dimensions of Office Workstations, Desks, Tables And Chairs

BS DD ISO/PAS 18152 Ergonomics of Human-System Interaction - Specification For the Process Assessment of Human-System Issues

EN 349 Safety of Machinery. Minimum Gaps To Avoid Crushing of Parts of the Human Body

EN 547-1

Safety of Machinery. Human Body Measurements. Principles For Determining the Dimensions Required For Openings For Whole Body Access Into Machinery

EN 547-2 Safety of Machinery. Human Body Measurements. Principles For Determining the Dimensions Required For Access Openings

EN 60598-1 Luminaires. General Requirements and Tests

EN ISO 11064-1 Ergonomic Design of Control Centres. Principles for the Design of Control Centres

EN ISO 11064-2 Ergonomic Design of Control Centres. Principles for the Arrangement of Controls

EN ISO 11064-3 Ergonomic Design of Control Centres. Control Room Layout

EN ISO 13406-2 Ergonomic Requirements For Work With Visual Display Based on Flat Panels - Ergonomic Requirements For Flat Panel Displays

EN ISO 6385 Ergonomic Principles In the Design of Work Systems

CIBSE Lighting Guide 3 The Visual Environment For Display Screen Equipment Use



17 CONFIGURATION CONTROL

17.1 Introduction 17.1.1 Contractor shall employ a strict revision control system, which shall be fully

documented, for the configuration and set-up of all equipment and software and shall be maintained throughout the life of the Contract and Defects Liability Period.

17.1.2 Contractor shall submit a Configuration Management Plan to the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited, which shall identify the persons to be responsible, and the methods and also the arrangement to carry out configuration management.

17.1.3 The configuration management procedures used shall be subject to audits conducted by the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited.

17.1.4 The Configuration Management procedures shall, as a minimum, cover the following elements for the control of design information:-

a. Indicate the underlying design principles of the system design for each of the sub-systems;

b. Indicate the methods for retention of design information, throughout the system life-cycle, in order to substantially modify it, change its use or understand its behaviour at a later date;

c. Enable informed judgment to be made on the validation of changes to ascertain the suitability of an asset including assessment of safety implications of any particular modification to an existing asset or its use;

d. Ensure that full records are kept of different configuration levels of any particular design as it evolves throughout its life.

e. Ensure that retained records detail the changes made in order that when technical change is validated, the body carrying out the change is able to certify that any particular modification is compatible not only with the original design, but also with any subsequent modifications;

f. Ensure that design diagrams and other data are in a format in which all changes can be incorporated easily.

g. Ensure that the method by which design information and associated technical data information is retained enables technical change to be easily validated.

h. Employ configuration control as detailed below.

17.1.5 Configuration Control shall:

a. Validate the changes using standard processes for engineering change;

b. Control changes in order that these are not made without taking account of the underlying design principles;

c. Ensure that the equipment in a particular configuration level is compatible with other adjacent interfacing equipment;



d. Document engineering changes and configuration departures via a system of ‘Deviations’ or ‘Waiver’, as appropriate;

e. Identify changes that do not require reference to the original design.

17.2 Configuration control authority 17.2.1 Contractor shall nominate a Configuration Control Authority who shall be

responsible for managing and analysing configuration changes taking account of the following aspects:

a. Technical feasibility;

b. Resulting impact in departing from the original configuration;

c. Effect on the implementation schedule;

d. Cost implications;

e. Implication on project resources.

17.3 Procurement of new equipment and systems 17.3.1 Contractor shall retain configuration data such that the revised data may be can

be used for the procurement of new equipment and systems.



18 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS

18.1 General 18.1.1 The following design requirements shall be adopted by the Contractor in addition

to those specified in the GS.

18.1.2 The Contractor shall submit a list of all design review documents for the review of NMRC.

18.1.3 Central computer shall be able to connect to minimum 256 stations.

18.1.4 Central AFC BackOffice System shall be able to connect to minimum 256 stations.

18.2 Design process The Contractor shall adopt a structured design process, including, but not limited to the following:

18.2.1 Conceptual, preliminary, final and pre-production reviews with NMRC, including, but not limited to: system architecture, logic flow diagrams, operation and maintenance philosophy, and verification and test approach; and

18.2.2 Conceptual, preliminary, and final software design reviews with NMRC, including but not limited to: the software requirements specification, software architecture, logic flow diagrams, UI designs, verification and test approach.

18.2.3 It is NMRC understands that the contractor will need to depute a team of its design engineers for equipment mock ups & interaction with NMRC experts. Employer at his discretion may also consider deputing a team of engineers (around four) to Contractors design office or at Sub vendor’s office for requisite duration with a view to expedite finalization of designs. In such case, Contractor shall provide office facilities and bear full expenditure towards out of pocket allowance, travel expense (as per entitlement), boarding, lodging etc. Such visit(s) as described above shall not be considered as part of inspection activity.

18.3 Software requirements 18.3.1 The Contractor shall demonstrate to NMRC the correct application of the standards

specifically detailing the allocation of software integrity levels for all software.

18.3.2 The Contractor shall submit with the Design Plan for the review of NMRC a list identifying all software, which will be maintainable and re-configurable by NMRC.

18.3.3 Should submit design document for each components and various interfaces with backoffice systems as part of preliminary review.

18.4 Equipment type design criterion 18.4.1 Environmental

a) The gates shall be installed in open areas at some stations. The Contractor shall follow international dust standards in respect of dust control for AFC gates.

18.4.2 Applicable Standards



18.4.3 The standards to be followed during the design, construction, and installation of the AFC system shall be as stipulated in the Codes and Standards (Appendix 6.1).

18.4.4 The Contractor may propose alternative or additional standards for review by NMRC at least 60 days before application. Such standards shall include, but are not limited to, the following:

a) Tests of individual components;

b) Power supply standards;

c) System performance and reaction time requirements;

d) Earthing & bonding;

e) Terminations;

f) Fire/smoke proofing of cabling;

g) Electrical isolation;

h) Lightning protection;

i) Structural requirements;

j) Cabling standard; and

k) Earth leak detection.

18.5 System life cycle performance requirement 18.5.1 The Contractor shall ensure that all equipment and material used is able to meet

the specified availability throughout its service life as required to minimize disruption to the metro operation and to minimize the ongoing maintenance costs.

18.5.2 The AFC System shall be designed as to have a minimum of 15 years of service life in terms of scalability and performance (except the equipment Hardware/Displays wherein it will be for 7 years) operating continuously. The lifetime of cables shall not be less than 25 years.

18.5.3 The system shall be designed to facilitate normal train and station operation, management of incidents and abnormal operations as well as of emergencies.

18.5.4 The System shall, to the extent practicable, have no credible failure mode, which will directly cause an interruption to security surveillance or delay in the train services. The Contractor shall demonstrate that the probability of occurrence of the credible failure mode, if any, has been reduced to ALARP (as low as reasonably practicable) and no further cost-effective means of improving reliability can be identified

18.6 Design documentation 18.6.1 The Contractor shall, in addition to the documentation requirements specified in

the GS, supply, as a minimum, the following hardware and software design documentation:

a) Conceptual Design Specifications, details and drawings



b) Detailed Design Specifications, details and drawings

c) AFC Station Layouts

d) Software Design Specifications, UI flows, Detailed Interface Specifications,

e) Backoffice system design and Interface specifications.

f) Configuration Documents

g) Installation, Validation Procedures and Test Reports etc.

18.6.2 The submission of the above documentation shall be included in the Submission Program.

18.7 Security provisions The equipment shall be designed with features, which deter revenue losses from the following:

18.7.1 Acts such as altering, copying or counterfeiting the tickets

18.7.2 Protection from unauthorized changes to the software

18.7.3 Protection from breaking the multi-pin locking concept or circumventing security access controls and PINs. The idea behind multi-PIN (Personal Identification Number of Staff) looking concept is to provide security to AFC systems by using different personal identification number of staff. The Contractor may propose alternative means to achieve the same objectives.

18.7.4 Protection from falsification of records. Provision shall be made to allow entry at the internal keypad of pre-encoded ticket serial numbers to track the ticket supply in order to identify any variances between the tickets dispensed and the tickets used in re-supplying TOM and the exit gates.

18.8 Stand-alone operation 18.8.1 Individual units of the AFC equipment shall be capable to function in a stand-alone

mode. Any breakdown in cabling or communication links between units of equipment or computer installation in stations or at the Central Office shall not affect operation.

18.9 Modular design 18.9.1 Modules, subsystems, assemblies and components shall be of modular design for

ease of maintenance. The mean time to replace shall be less than 30 minutes.

18.10 Interchangeability 18.10.1 Modules performing identical functions shall be interchangeable. Electrical and

mechanical components shall be packed together in shop repairable and field exchangeable modules according to the function.

18.11 Maintainability



18.11.1 All components shall be packaged in replaceable and repairable modules. Standard hardware and components shall be used for flexibility and ease of maintenance.

18.11.2 Special customized carrying cases shall be provided to avoid damage to sensitive modules, as necessary, in quantities sufficient to support the level of maintenance required.

18.12 Weight limitation 18.12.1 Modules requiring removal for off-site maintenance shall be limited to 25 kg.

Modules weighing more than 10 kg and requiring on-site maintenance within the equipment structure shall be provided with hinges or roll-out slides.

18.13 Maintenance 18.13.1 Employer’s maintenance philosophy is to fully maintain the AFC equipment with

its own staff or by a nominated agency after DLP period. The job of the AFC Field Technicians is to perform preventive maintenance on the equipment and to isolate failures in the field only to the extent to enable identification of a failed replaceable unit. The failed unit will be replaced and the unit will be sent to Employer’s maintenance facility for further failure analysis to determine the specific cause of failure and appropriate action.

18.14 Troubleshooting aids 18.14.1 The primary troubleshooting aid for field diagnosis shall be used. All possible

failures shall be uniquely coded so that the failure can be isolated to the faulty module or subassembly. The Contractor shall demonstrate this capability on each type of equipment as part of the demonstration tests. NMRC and Contractor will introduce failures at random for this demonstration. Upon request from a technician using the service keyboard, the failure codes shall be displayed on the display board. Failure codes shall be transmitted to OCC with a data and time. The number of failure codes to be provided shall be related to complexity of the unit of equipment. The failure codes shall be retrievable after a power loss or CPU reset, and shall be comprehensive and detailed and shall include, but not be limited to, such failures as:

a) Decoding error

b) Ticket jam

c) Sequence error in handler

d) No response from assembly

e) Check sum error

f) Wrong parameter

g) Record read impossible

h) Accounting error

i) Transmission error



j) Disk and File error

k) Not initialized

18.15 Self-diagnostics and self-clearing 18.15.1 Self-diagnostics shall be employed to the maximum extent possible to assure the

highest possible availability. Standard diagnostic programs shall be provided for computer hardware and software programs. Customized diagnostics shall be employed to assure such items as all modules in place, communications link up, non-computer electronics working properly, battery backup ready and monitoring of wear for signs of deterioration. The Contractor shall indicate in the Manuals how the tests are initiated and provide a complete definition of the results of the tests and ranges of the possible results. A problem detected by self-diagnostics and problems occurring during a transaction shall be subjected to automatic resolution before the offending system or the unit of equipment is removed from service. Automatic resolution shall be unique to each subsystem, module or component.

18.16 Shop maintenance 18.16.1 The design and fabrication of equipment modules shall be such that detailed failure

analysis of failed modules and repair of such modules can be accomplished by Employer’s maintenance personnel.

18.17 Software 18.17.1 Downloading

Downloading of commands and parameters shall be accomplished remotely from OCC. Downloading shall be accomplished using standard communications protocols, cables and connectors. All necessary cables and connectors shall be provided.

18.17.2 Software Use and Verification

a) All software shall be complete and fully tested prior to shipment of the respective equipment. The software shall be fully programmed, debugged and updated. The Contractor shall provide the latest version of software documentation for use during Contractor-conducted operation and maintenance training, and shall provide the final software documentation prior to revenue service for the first equipment.

b) All software, object code and documentation shall be provided on CD-ROM in a MS-WINDOWS compatible format. Upon entry of the proper command into the service terminal, the AFC equipment (having printer) shall generate a printed receipt showing the software part number and version of all installed software. For machines without printer facility, the Software part and version shall be displayed only.

18.18 Computer clock



18.18.1 A quartz clock shall be used in each unit of equipment to provide clock and calendar information. The clock shall have battery backup. It shall be possible to synchronize the clock remotely, with the master clock of OCC. The clock shall automatically account for leap year, days of the month. The change to daylight saving time shall be made whenever an execution command is received from OCC. The accuracy of the clock shall be plus or minus 2 seconds per day.

18.19 Data communication interface 18.19.1 A Network interface through LAN interface receiver shall be provided in each unit

of equipment mounted inside the communication interface box provided at the base piece of equipment. The Contractor shall provide connecting cables from the equipment to the communications interface box.

18.20 Locks and keys 18.20.1 The lock and key configurations for all the doors and internal components shall

provide separate set of key for operations and maintenance and revenue service.

18.21 Safe guards 18.21.1 The safety of all operating personnel using the equipment or performing their

duties shall be an essential aspect of the AFC equipment design and fabrication. The Contractor shall provide appropriate safeguards. Such safeguards shall include shields or barriers placed to prevent injury, including burns from heated surfaces or cuts from sharp edges. Safety label shall be shown on moving parts, live voltage etc to alert operating or maintenance staff.

18.22 Signage and labelling of equipment and cables 18.22.1 Introduction

a. Contractor shall be responsible for the labelling of all cables and equipment including signage and safety labelling, in accordance with the requirements of NMRC’s representative.

b. For details of the labelling scheme, a reference shall be made to NMRC’s document, ‘Employer’s Asset Labelling Scheme’ for the project, which also indicates the documentation requirements in this regard.

c. Contractor shall provide information and safety signs, as appropriate, to meet railway and statutory requirements.

d. All equipment, cables and terminations shall be individually identified and uniquely labelled by the Contractor.

e. The type and form of labels to be used shall be non-corrosive, durable and fully legible for the lifetime of the installation.

f. Labels shall comply with appropriate national or international standards and shall be subject to the receipt of a ‘Notice of no Objection’ from NMRC’s representative.

g. Notices and Labels for similar equipment shall be of uniform appearance and size.



h. Labels shall be firmly attached to the equipment and cables.

i. All signage, labelling and operating instructions shall be in English/Hindi

j. In addition to alpha-numeric labelling a Bar coding systems shall also be employed as part of the labelling scheme to enable the labels to be read electronically for asset management purposes.

18.22.2 Labels within Manufacturers’ Equipment Housings

All cables, conductors and equipment located within equipment housings shall employ a suitable labelling and identification scheme specific to the manufacturer.

18.22.3 Cable Labels

a. Cables external to the Contractor’s equipment shall comply with a cable labelling scheme in accordance with a scheme to be agreed with NMRC’s representative.

b. Cables shall be identified at source and destination points, as close to the point of termination as possible, at all intermediate entry and exit locations, such as wall penetrations

c. All cable termination facilities shall be individually labelled.

18.22.4 Equipment Labels

a. Suitably labelling of all standalone equipment, cabinets, consoles and enclosures supplied by the Contractor shall be in accordance with a scheme to be agreed with NMRC’s representative.

b. Individual shelf units shall be equipped, as appropriate, with labels for system description and system identification in accordance with a scheme to be agreed with the NMRC’s representative.

c. Standalone equipment cabinets, junction boxes and consoles, etc., shall be individually and uniquely labelled using layered trifoliate strips to give white alphanumeric text on a black background.

d. All racks, shelves, units, and internal cabling shall be clearly and indelibly labelled, to enable rapid location of a particular unit or circuit, or to provide safety notices or operating instructions.

e. All equipment shall be individually identified with a unique asset number.

18.22.5 Operating Instructions

a) Operating Instructions shall be provided which shall make clear the method of operation of the equipment.

b) The notices shall be concise and preferably diagrammatic in form.

18.22.6 Safety and Hazard Labels

Safety and hazard warning labels shall be installed to meet railway industry standards and in compliance to the latest issue of the following Indian standards and regulations



18.23 Equipment layout 18.23.1 Contractor shall make provision in the floor layout design to accommodate up to

25% system expansion and to enable life expired equipment to be replaced in the future with new equipment with minimum disruption and loss of service.

18.24 Painting and plating 18.24.1 All exterior non-stainless steel surfaces shall be painted or plated. Parts or areas

in contact with concrete or masonry walls or floors shall receive a minimum of 2 coats of rust and corrosion preventive primer and 2 coats of non-corrosive finish paint.

18.25 Acoustic noise, electrolysis and mould growth a. Except as may be required for the operation of particular systems, such as

for alarm annunciations, the audio noise generated by the equipment supplied by the Contractor, during normal operation, shall not exceed 50 dB (A) at 1 metre distance from the source.

b. Contractor shall protect equipment against electrolytic corrosion by preventing dissimilar metals coming into contact with one and other, or interacting in any form.

c. Contractor shall ensure that all materials used in the manufacture and installation of the Works shall neither promote nor sustain mould growth.

18.26 Line protection a. All electrically operated equipment shall be equipped with solid-state Line

Protection devices on the input and output circuits.

b. The devices shall protect the equipment and associated interfaces against over-voltages, over-currents, surges and transients such as may be caused by electrostatic discharge, lightning strikes and power supply faults while allowing the equipment to operate normally without signal degradation.

18.27 Fire protection a. When exposed to fire all equipment, cables and materials located in sub-

surface locations shall comply with internationally recognised standards for fire protection in railway applications.

b. Flammability, smoke emission and toxic fume emission shall be controlled to acceptable and safe levels.

c. It is assumed that at all other locations the risks from flammability, smoke or toxic fumes shall be controlled to a level as low as is reasonably practicable by other means.

d. For Smoke Emission materials shall not generate smoke which shall reduce visibility distances to below 10 metres.

e. Toxic Fume Emission

1. No materials installation shall be responsible for causing irreversible health effects or significantly impair escape due to toxic fumes.



2. The levels of toxic gases shall be well below their IDLH (Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health) level.

3. Fumes shall not degrade the integrity of safety critical equipment as prescribed within the relevant asset standards.

18.28 Protection from vandalism, graffiti and external factors 18.28.1 Contractor shall ensure that all equipment is protected against:

a. Vandalism;

b. Placement of foreign objects;

c. Graffiti allowing for its easy removal installation;

d. Equipment entry and damage by rodents.

18.28.2 All cables routed within individual sites external to Equipment Rooms and Control Rooms shall be mechanically protected to prevent damage by rodents.

18.29 Anti-theft measures 18.29.1 Contractor shall employ suitable anti-theft measures in the design and installation

of cables and equipment located within areas accessible to the public.

18.30 Design reviews 18.30.1 Design reviews as detailed in the following Articles will be conducted by NMRC.

These reviews shall be conducted to evaluate the progress and technical adequacy of the design and conformance with the requirements of the Contract. Each design review shall include a design review submittal and a design review meeting. For each design review, a design package shall be submitted that includes all documents listed. NMRC will review the documents for conformance with the Specifications and will discuss its comments with the contractor at the design review meeting. NMRC will schedule the design review meeting approximately two weeks after NMRC has received the design review submittal. The Contractor shall incorporate NMRC's comments on the next design review submittal. Satisfactory completion of each design review shall require the approval of NMRC. Design reviews shall occur in the following chronological order:

18.30.2 Conceptual Design Review: The Conceptual Design Review (CDR) shall evaluate the Contractor's system concept and design approach. The CDR shall include at least the following items:

a) General description of the major sub-assemblies including identification of components supplied by subcontractors for each type of equipment.

b) Preliminary internal layout of sub-assemblies for each type of equipment.

c) Preliminary layout of the front operating panels for each type of equipment.

d) Functional block diagram of the system and equipment.

e) Catalog cuts of the following modules: Main Display Unit, soft keys and numeric keypad; smart card interface device; and the equipment CPU.



f) Identification and description of all interfaces between the major sub-assemblies.

g) Identification and general description of all functions, data elements and its transfer supported by communications protocol.

h) Information and decisions required from NMRC.

i) Physical dimensions of each type of equipment.

j) Power and other facility requirements of each type of equipment.

k) Plans, programs, data related to management, training, manuals, quality assurance, reliability assurance and configuration control.

18.30.3 Final Design Review: The Final Design Review (FDR) shall evaluate the detailed design and the production drawings for the equipment. The FDR is the mechanism for determining whether the detailed design has a high probability of meeting all the design requirements, subject only to the results of any following tests or audits such as the pre-production tests, the reliability test during revenue service, and reliability and data accuracy audits. Work performed by the Contractor prior to required approval of the FDR by NMRC shall be entirely at the Contractor risk and expense. The FDR shall not commence until all Manual Outlines have been submitted by the Contractor and approved in writing by NMRC.

a) The FDR shall include at least the following items:

b) Latest revisions of the drawings, documentation and samples that were submitted at the CDR, PDR and MDR.

c) Complete production drawings for each type of equipment

d) Electrical schematic drawings, down to the individual signal and component level.

e) Complete baseline software and preliminary software documentation for each type of equipment.

f) Fully operating ticket handling mechanism

g) List of maintenance service commands, codes and messages.

h) Fully operating smart card components.

i) Plans, programs and other data

j) Latest revisions of the interface description that were submitted at PDR.

18.30.4 Pre-Production Review: The Pre-Production Review (PPR) shall evaluate actual operation and performance of the pre-production equipment in an in-service environment. The PPR shall provide the basis for NMRC's release of manufacturing of the production equipment. Pre-production equipment approved as noted shall be the Production Configuration Baseline. The PPR shall not commence until all First Draft Manuals have been submitted by the Contractor and approved in writing by NMRC. The PPR shall include at least the following items:



a) Fully operating units for each type of equipment in the quantities and locations indicated.

b) All interfaces fully operating.

c) All software and firmware fully operating.

d) Special tools and test equipment in the quantities and locations indicated.

18.31 Equipment placement details review 18.31.1 The Equipment Placement Details Review (EPDR) shall be held to evaluate the

placement details and resolve issues resulting from NMRC's review of placement drawings and documents. The EPDR shall evaluate at least the following items:

a) Physical mounting items, including base plates, lifting procedures, and filler panels for each type of equipment;

b) Electronic/ electrical interfaces; and

c) Installation/cutover plans



19 RELIABILITY & AVAILABILITY

19.1 General requirements 19.1.1 Contractor shall demonstrate the reliability, availability and maintainability of the

equipment and systems described herein and in accordance with:


EN 50126 Railway Applications- The Specification and Demonstration of Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and Safety (RAMS)

19.1.2 Contractor shall guarantee that the AFC system equipment and materials used are able to meet the specified Service Levels and availability, throughout the service life of the installation, to minimize disruption to the operation of the railway and on-going maintenance costs.

19.1.3 The AFC system equipment shall be based on industry recognized, international standards and, when in operational service, shall be highly reliable, resilient, scalable and secure.

19.1.4 The equipment supplied shall be cost-effective, easy to operate and readily and easily maintainable.

19.1.5 The AFC system shall be designed to facilitate the normal operation of the Metro, the management of incidents, abnormal operations as well as emergencies.

19.1.6 The AFC system shall, to the extent practicable, have no ‘credible failure modes’, which shall directly cause an interruption or delay in train service.

19.1.7 Contractor shall demonstrate that the probability of occurrence of the credible failure modes, if any, has been reduced to ‘As Low as Reasonably Practicable’, and no further cost-effective means of improving reliability and efficiency can be identified.

19.2 Definitions The following definitions shall apply:

19.2.1 Reliability

a. Reliability shall be the probability that an item can perform its intended function for a specified interval under stated conditions.

b. A commonly used parameter is the MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures) or MTBFS (Mean Time Between Failures of the Service) expressed as:

MTBF = where is the failure rate

19.2.2 Maintainability

a. Maintainability shall be the probability that a given active maintenance action, for an item under given conditions of use, can be carried out within a stated time interval when the maintenance is performed under stated conditions and

λ1

λ



using stated procedures and resources, given by MTTR (Mean-Time-to-Repair).

b. Mean active repair time required shall be the period of time after arrival of the maintenance team to locate and isolate the fault, make repairs, and perform a functional checkout to verify that the system has been restored to full operation status.

c. In this document, MTTR shall be assumed to include the Administrative and Logistic down Time (ALDT).

19.2.3 Availability

a. Availability shall be defined as the ability of a product to be in a state to perform a required function under given conditions at a given instant of time or over a given time interval assuming that the required external resources are provided.

19.2.4 Failure

a. Failure shall be classified as the inability to perform a required function, the occurrence of unexpected action by the equipment, or the degradation of performance to below the required specifications.

19.3 Reliability requirements 19.3.1 The availability requirements as specified herein shall be considered as the

minimum level of availability required.

19.3.2 Reliability calculations shall be based on failure rate data from past experience where such data is available for similar applications.

19.3.3 Where no such information is available, parts-count data or other generic data sources shall be used in accordance with an industry recognized source, such as the data contained in the following documents:


MIL-HDBK-217F The Military Handbook Reliability Prediction of Electronic Equipment

HRD5 British Telecommunications, Reliability Data for Electronic Components Used in Telecommunications Systems

19.3.4 The order of preference for failure rate data for use in reliability predictions shall be as stated below:

a. Data from operation of identical equipment in a similar Metro/railway environment, under similar conditions of usage, maintenance and climate;

b. Data from operation of similar equipment in a Metro/railway environment;

c. Specific test data carried out in simulated conditions appropriate to the Corridor 1;

MTTRMTBFMTBFA

+=



d. Data from operation of similar equipment in a non-railway environment;

e. Data based on parts-count analysis or any other generic data sources.

19.3.5 Contractor shall assure reliability throughout all milestone stages of design, manufacturing, installation, testing and operation as necessary to satisfy the overall system availability requirements.

19.3.6 Equipment and cable ageing effects shall be taken into account in establishing the required reliability data.

19.3.7 The Reliability Plan shall describe the analytical methods to be used during design and development to demonstrate compliance with reliability requirements and identification of reliability-critical items in the equipment offered.

19.3.8 The Reliability Plan shall identify a comprehensive list of reliability-related submissions, and associated submission dates, applicable to specifications, standards, method statements, procedures, drawings and records for review by the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s representative.

19.4 AFC system availability 19.4.1 Contractor shall submit an Availability Plan which shall include reliability

calculations with reliability block diagrams for to demonstrate compliance with the required availability figures.

19.4.2 The availability calculations shall take all possible failure modes into consideration.

19.4.3 The calculations shall be based on the Contractor’s submitted equipment MTBF figures, MTTR figures and the configuration of the equipment.

19.4.4 Contractor shall work out the failure rate or MTBF requirements of the components of each equipment unit to meet the system end availability objectives.

19.4.5 Equipment duplication, hot-standby protection, parallel-running, path diversity, etc. shall be adopted, whenever necessary and appropriate, to meet the required reliability and availability objectives.

19.4.6 Error detection and correction mechanism shall be included in the communication links, as appropriate, depending on the nature and functional criticality of the data conveyed.

19.4.7 Switchover between redundant equipment, or between redundant transmission paths shall:

a. Occur automatically and immediately upon failure;

b. Be transparent to the AFC system users;

c. Shall not result in loss of service;

d. Be designed such that unnecessary toggling does not occur between active and standby states.



19.4.8 Contractor shall conduct analysis and propose methods, as appropriate, to improve AFC system availability beyond the minimum required availability figures mentioned in this specification.

19.5 Failure mode, effects and criticality analysis (FMECA) 19.5.1 Contractor shall undertake FMECA to analyse the potential failure modes within

the AFC equipment, the impact of the failure on equipment operation along with the severity level for each failure mode on Metro operation or loss of revenue to the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited.

19.5.2 Each failure shall be associated with a severity level regarding its consequential impact on Metro operation or loss of revenue to the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited, its frequency relating to the number of accepted breakdowns per year for the equipment and its detection mode.

19.5.3 According to the severity and frequency of failure in the acceptability matrix, a level of expected availability shall be given for each equipment unit, to minimise the consequential impact on Metro operation.

19.6 Security level and their consequences 19.6.1 The different AFC system failures modes may be classified according to their

impact on the Metro operations, revenue earnings and passenger satisfaction.

19.6.2 Four levels of gravity are defined as stated below:

Severity Consequences on Metro Operation Consequences for Maintenance

I Complete line traffic stop, or major operation Impact (Partial Service or closure of stations)

Requires urgent maintenance intervention

II Application of specific operation procedures, requiring local resources, but with no consequences on line traffic, or very minor consequences.

Requires urgent maintenance intervention

III Disturbance for the OCC (local services lost, alarm flood), with no consequences on line traffic

Requires maintenance action when resources are available

IV No direct disturbance for the Metro operation, the default is logged for later analyse or statistics.

Scheduled maintenance action, not urgent.

19.7 FMECA classification of major AFC equipment 19.7.1 The following table proposes a severity level based on the consequence of failure

and corresponding maintenance impact:

Equipment/ Sub- System Consequence of Failure Maintenance

Impact Severity Level

Automatic Gates Application of specific operating procedures involving additional resources

Urgent Maintenance Intervention

Severity II





Ticket Vending Machines

Delay in issue of tickets, Out of service and passenger dissatisfaction


Severity II

Ticket Office Machines including the EFO

Application of specific operating procedures involving additional resources


Severity II

Hand Held Machines Disruption in ticket checking and issuance

Maintenance Attention when resources are available

Severity III

Ticket Reader Delay in verification of balance value of SJT/cards leading to passenger dissatisfaction


Severity III

Station computer Disruption to generation of statistical information and network monitoring


Severity II

Station Local Area Network

Disruption to generation of statistical information and network monitoring


Severity II

OCC CC system Disruption to any of services and interfaces


Severity I

Cloud Central AFC BackOffice System

Disruption to any of services and interfaces


Severity I

City Buses Electronic ticketing machines

Disruption in ticket checking and issuance


Severity II

NMRC Van Electronic ticketing machines



Severity II

NMRC Parking Electronic ticketing machines



Severity II

Parking Electronic ticketing machines



Severity II





Ticket Office Machines at Depots

Application of specific operating procedures involving additional resources


Severity II

19.8 Availability allocation for AFC equipment 19.8.1 Availability targets are provided within the specific sections of the specification for

the following AFC facilities:

a. OCC Central Computer;

b. OCC Local Area Network;

c. Station Local Area Network.

19.8.2 The Table below proposes distinct availability targets for all other major items of AFC equipment.

19.8.3 The mechanical assemblies of AFC equipment units associated with the equipment listed in the Table below shall be excluded from the availability calculations as these items require to meet specific figures regarding Mean Cycle Between Jams (MCBJ) and Mean Cycle Between Failures (MCBF) as further detailed herein:

Severity Level

Acceptable Failure Rate

Minimum Availability Figures (%)

AFC Sub-Systems and Equipment

I Negligible 99.995 OCC Central Computer, AFC Central BackOffice System

II Very Low 99.988 TVM , TOM and Gates ,Station computer and equipment’s

III Low

99.977 Portable Ticket Decoders Ticket Readers Off-Site Sales Terminals

IV Often 99.954

19.9 Reliability objectives for AFC mechanical sub-assemblies 19.9.1 Reliability

19.9.1.1 As the failure rate of the AFC equipment, fitted with mechanical sub-assemblies, shall depend up on the level of wear and tear, the failure rate shall be defined in terms of:

a. MCBF (Mean Cycles Between Failures) and MCBJ (Mean Cycles Between Jams) for the mechanical part; and



b. MTBF (Mean Time between Failures) for the electrical and electronic parts.

19.9.1.2 The minimum reliability required shall be in accordance with the following table:

AFC Equipment Fitted With Mechanical Assemblies Minimum MCBF Minimum MCBJ

TOM 10,000 40,000

TVM 10,000 40,000

Automatic Gates 20,00,000 10,00,000

19.9.1.3 For each of the above AFC equipment, fitted with mechanical assemblies, the Contractor shall recommend the MTBF of individual modules and sub-assemblies in such a way as to achieve the above mentioned MCBF and MCBJ figures.

19.9.1.4 Individual MTBF details shall be indicated in the calculations to be submitted as proof of meeting the prescribed reliability requirements.

19.9.2 Reliability Definitions

19.9.2.1 Mean Cycles between Failures (MCBF)

a. Mean Cycles between Failures is the average number of equipment cycles that were conducted between chargeable failures.

b. These failures are exclusive of jams.

c. MCBF = Total Number of Cycles/ Chargeable Failures.

19.9.2.2 Mean Cycles between Jams (MCBJ)

a. Mean Cycles between Jams is the average number of equipment cycles that were conducted between chargeable jams.

b. MCBJ = Total Number of Cycles/ Chargeable Jams.

19.9.2.3 Cycle

a. Ticket Office Machine - One ticket issued or one smart card reloaded or one cancellation.

b. Ticket Office Machine - One ticket issued or one smart card reloaded or one cancellation.

c. Automatic Gate - One validation of a ticket at the entrance or exit.

d. A ticket jam counts as one cycle.

19.9.2.4 Classification of Failures/Jams

a. All failures/jams shall be classified as either "chargeable" or "non-chargeable”.

b. Only chargeable failures/jams shall be included in the reliability calculations.



c. The Failure Review Team shall classify a failure/jam as non-chargeable only after review.

d. In case of any dispute, the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s decision on the classification of a failure /jam as ‘chargeable’ or non-chargeable shall be final.

19.9.2.5 Definitions of Failures/Jams

a. Jam - An obstruction to the movement of the ticket media located anywhere within its path that prevents completion of its travel and which cannot be attributable to an equipment malfunction.

b. Chargeable Failure/Jams - The inability of the equipment to perform as specified, unless the failure is caused by one or more of the occurrences listed under "Non-Chargeable Failures/Jams."

1. Only one failure is to be charged per reported incident;

2. Failures of a transient nature or on account of the system hanging or re-booting shall be included under chargeable failures.

c. Non-Chargeable Failures/Jams when caused by:

1. Verified defective ticket or SJT, unless the ticket was rendered defective by the Contractor’s equipment;

2. Environmental conditions beyond those indicated in the Specifications;

3. Clearly incorrect maintenance, abuse or operating practices that are not a result of incomplete or inaccurate operating and maintenance manuals, or incomplete or inadequate training by the Contractor;

4. Consumable items that are at more than 85 percent of their published life span;

5. Vandalism or misuse by commuters;

6. Power failure exceeding battery back-up capacity.

19.10 Maintainability 19.10.1 General

Contractor shall submit a Maintainability Program as part of the Performance Assurance Plan. The goal of the program shall be to monitor the design and contribute suggestions, which result in minimizing equipment down time and maintenance costs.

19.10.1.1 Time to Return to Service

a. The Time to Return to Service (TTRS) is the elapsed time for a trained and qualified technician to repair and return a failed piece of AFC equipment to revenue service.

b. TTRS shall not include travel time.



c. The mean TTRS shall be 30 minutes for all types of AFC equipment.

d. The 90th percentile TTRS shall be 2 hours for all types of AFC equipment.

e. The absolute maximum TTRS shall be 24 hours for all types of AFC equipment.

19.10.1.2 Time to Perform a Diagnosis

a. The time for a trained technician to perform a diagnosis of a failed field replaceable unit on the Primary Maintenance Test Bench shall be no more than 60 minutes.

19.10.1.3 Time to Repair

a. The Time to Repair following diagnosis shall be less than 2 hours.



20 PACKAGING, STORAGE AND DELIVERY

20.1 General 20.1.1 The requirements on packaging, shipping, storage and delivery shall be as given

in the GS.

20.1.2 The Contractor shall designate a single point of contact for logistics support to insure compliance with specifications related to inventory and logistic support, including packing, marking, shipping, delivery, and storage of contract deliverables, including spare parts.

20.1.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall, at Contractor's expense, repair or replace, as approved by NMRC, any deliverables damaged during shipment or storage.

20.2 Packaging 20.2.1 Immediately after the tests at the place of manufacturing, all AFC equipment’s shall

be tightly packed with water proof material and adequately secured to prevent ingress of moisture.

20.2.2 Particulars of AFC equipment i.e. name of equipment, number, gross and net weights, shall be clearly shown on the packing

20.2.3 Standard Practice for Commercial Packaging, shall be followed for preservation, packaging, packing, unitization, and marking of all deliverables. Deliverables shall be packaged to insure the integrity of the product during transportation, handling, and storage. Protection shall be provided against loss, pilferage, corrosion and deterioration. Packaging shall be such that the parts can be identified, inspected and stored for long periods without damage or degradation.

20.2.4 Cushioning materials shall be applied to reduce the effect of externally applied shock or vibration.

20.2.5 Devices such as relays and meters shall be so blocked and fastened to their main structures that they will withstand rough handling in transit.

20.2.6 Parts susceptible to damage by static electricity shall be enclosed in anti-static wrappers.

20.2.7 Small parts shall be packaged to prevent dispersal and loss. An itemized list of the contents shall be firmly affixed to the outside of each package.

20.2.8 Each unit pack, intermediate pack, and shipping container shall bear markings that meet the requirements of Standard Practice for Commercial Packaging.



20.3 Office and store 20.3.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for erecting / arranging his own storage, office

and facilities for storage of all items / project management for this contract.

20.3.2 The Contractor shall maintain records of stored items for this Contract and make available for NMRC for inspection upon request.

20.3.3 NMRC reserves the right to inspect all equipment prior to placement into storage. Pre-storage inspection, approval, or partial payment for stored equipment shall not constitute acceptance of said equipment by NMRC.

20.3.4 Contractor’s Project manager / Interface manager shall be stationed in Noida during interface, installation / commissioning and production stages.

20.3.5 Project Director/Manager of the Consortium leader shall be continuously based in Noida. In addition, the Design Engineer, Interface Manager & Software Engineer of the OEM of the AFC system (Gates/TOM/Central AFC BackOffice System) shall be continuously based in Noida (India) Project Office throughout the Contract Period. Installation Engineers and Commissioning Engineers of the Consortium Partner responsible for this activity, shall be continuously based in Noida during the respective activities.”

20.4 Delivery 20.4.1 The Contractor shall deliver all items supplied under this contract to the site as

designated by NMRC.

a) Delivery of individual pieces of equipment, spare parts, keys, special tools, test equipment, and other deliverables shall be as indicated in the BoQ for the deliverable after DLP.

b) Materials shall be delivered undamaged in manufacturers’ original containers, as applicable, packaged as indicated, with identifying labels intact and legible.

c) Deliveries shall be made in accordance with the Contract Documents, as approved by NMRC.

d) Unless otherwise indicated, Contractor shall notify NMRC at least five working days prior to proposed delivery to the placement or set-up site. Unloading at placement site or set-up site shall be performed by the Contractor.

20.4.2 The Contractor shall ensure the Site is ready and in good conditions for delivery.

20.4.3 The Contractor shall ensure security of the delivered items on Site.

20.4.4 The Contractor shall remove of temporary fittings, if necessary, for delivery of his items to site and shall restore the fittings to the original state and to the satisfaction of NMRC.

20.4.5 No dangerous goods shall be delivered to the Site.



21 INSTALLATION

21.1 General 21.1.1 This chapter of the specifications covers placement and connection of the AFC

equipment and describes the facilities and provisions available for this work. The Contractor shall set in place and anchor all AFC equipment and shall connect such equipment to power and communication cables.

21.1.2 The Contractor shall conduct field surveys and make inspections of all locations where equipment will be placed to ensure that placement provisions, including raceways, wire-ways, cabling, and anchor bolts, are satisfactory. Surveys and inspections shall be made as necessary prior to the placement of AFC equipment. Any discrepancies that will affect the placement or operation of the AFC equipment shall be reported to NMRC.

21.1.3 The Contractor shall supervise all installation of the works and shall ensure all technical, safety and quality matters adhered to the design reviewed by NMRC.

21.1.4 The Contractor shall maintain the site in a neat and tidy state at all times. The Contractor shall also clear the site daily before leaving.

21.1.5 The Contractor shall take every precaution to protect existing equipment and facilities on site from damage, and shall make good any damage caused. Care shall also be taken not to interfere with the operation of existing equipment.

21.1.6 The Contractor shall provide all necessary and sufficient resources such as tools, test instruments, spares, and equipment, manpower and communication facilities to complete all the installation activities.

21.1.7 The Contractor shall ensure his staff is competent and possess all the necessary skills to carry out the installation in a proper and safe manner.

21.1.8 The Contractor shall submit calculation, if required by NMRC, to demonstrate the proposed brackets and mounting methods are sufficient to withstand the wind loading for the equipment.

21.1.9 The Contractor shall submit installation method statements for each type of installation activities at least three months before the commencement of the activity to NMRC for review.

21.1.10 The installation method statement shall include the details on the methods and procedures of installation, site arrangement, manpower resources, equipment and tools required. Drawings shall be included to illustrate the proposed installation details.

21.1.11 All installation activities shall commence only after the method statement and NMRC has reviewed related submissions without objection.

21.1.12 The Contractor shall assign competent site supervisors for each work site to be responsible for all site-related matters.

21.1.13 The Contractor shall carry out regular site audit on both technical and safety matters and maintain records of the site audits. The Contractor shall make these records available to NMRC for inspection upon request.



21.1.14 Contractor can refer to station concourse drawings in Annexure for stations Airport and Khapari. All the drawings would be finalized during the interfaces meeting in design phase.

21.2 Installation program 21.2.1 The Contractor shall develop and submit to NMRC for approval an Equipment

Placement Plan. The Plan shall include the following:

a) Schedule for each station.

b) Tools and equipment required.

c) Placement drawings.

d) Step-by-step, detailed procedures for all placement work in the stations, including:

• Pre-delivery of the equipment to the storage;

• Inspection at the storage facility;

• Final assembly, if needed, and pre-delivery testing;

• Delivery to the station site; and

• Testing.

e) Procedures for running and terminating of power cabling and control wiring, if necessary, between gate consoles.

f) Contingency plans for placement delays.

g) Number and qualifications of personnel required.

h) Time of day that placement will be performed.

i) Movement of equipment within the station including up and down stairs and exact placement and connections.

j) Identification of interfaces with others.

k) List of activities required from Noida metro Rail Corporation Limited or its other contractors.

21.2.2 The Contractor shall co-ordinate with relevant Designated Contractors to agree the date of access to the physical areas to carry out installation activities.

21.2.3 The Contractor shall develop the Installation Program and take the following into account:

a) the Co-ordinated Installation Program;

b) Key Dates and Milestones given in the Particular Specification;

c) Site access;

d) Interfacing with relevant Designated Contractors.



21.2.4 The Contractor shall highlight in his Installation Program any items, materials, equipment, resources and supports to be provided by NMRC with dates, duration and locations.

21.2.5 The Contractor shall also highlight all relevant constraints, which may affect the Installation Program to NMRC’s attention.

21.2.6 The Contractor shall include dependencies between relevant activities in the Installation Program.

21.2.7 The Contractor shall ensure sufficient floats or slacks in all activities and avoid critical paths built in his Installation Program. In case critical paths cannot be avoided, the Contractor shall highlight any critical paths to NMRC’s attention.

21.2.8 The Contractor shall propose contingency plan to ensure all the major Key dates and Milestones can be met in case there is slippage in the installation activities.

21.2.9 Any subsequent changes in the reviewed Installation Program shall be submitted to NMRC for review.

21.3 Installation works 21.3.1 Installation in Equipment Rooms

The following areas will be provided by Designated Contractors (Civil Works) to install the AFC equipment:

• Station premises for installation of AFC equipment.

• OCC for installation of Central Computer and other AFC equipment.

21.3.2 Electric power to the equipment room shall be drawn from the nearest power supply switch, as per interface with designated Station contractor. In case electrical power is not available, the contractor shall make his own arrangement at his own cost for installation / testing of AFC.

21.3.3 The Contractor shall liase with NMRC and relevant Designated Contractors for access to the site for installation.

21.3.4 The Contractor shall submit the following to NMRC for review at least three months before the commencement of the installation inside the equipment room:

a) Drawings showing the equipment layouts and positions of the racks, cabinets and enclosures;

b) Racks, cabinets layout drawings;

c) Specifications, sample of all the mounting brackets and accessories;

d) Schematic diagrams and wiring diagrams of the system;

e) Electrical distribution schematics within the room including the earthing details;

f) Cable route diagrams.



21.3.5 Installation work inside the room shall be carried only after NMRC has reviewed these submissions without objection.

21.3.6 Working in Confined Spaces

21.3.7 The Contractor shall observe the safety precautions under the Factories and Industrial Undertakings (Confined Spaces) Regulations when working in areas defined as Confined Spaces like the equipment room in Metro.

21.4 Cabling 21.4.1 Designated Contractors (civil works) will provide primary cable containment around

station areas. The Contractor shall make use of the available primary cable containment for cabling.

21.4.2 The Contractor shall provide all necessary secondary cable containment (in duplicate) and supports in addition to the primary cable containment provided, if necessary, to complete the connection to the Contractor’s equipment.

21.4.3 The Contractor shall submit the working drawings with the following details to NMRC for review at least three month before the cabling activities:

• Cable routes;

• All cables shall be neatly run and fitted in ducts or conduits

21.4.4 The Contractor shall provide and install all interconnection cabling between the gate consoles within each array. All wiring and cabling shall be identified and submitted to NMRC for approval.

21.4.5 Any modification or extension to the underfloor ducts shall be performed by the Contractor. The ducts shall be hot dipped galvanized steel cable trays, which shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall also repair and make good to the floor after any modification work.

21.4.6 Cables shall be terminated within the equipment no less than 150mm above the finished floor surface. Cable entry from the underfloor ducting shall be sealed from the cable duct.

21.4.7 The periphery of the equipment base shall be sealed with the floor finish after installation so as to prevent the ingress of water.

21.5 Housing, enclosure and cabinet 21.5.1 All equipment installed shall be able to withstand vibration levels likely to be

experienced in railway stations, tunnels and structures.

21.5.2 The housing of equipment shall not allow entry of rodents inside the equipment.

21.5.3 All design of housing and enclosure shall be submitted to NMRC for review.

21.6 Tapes 21.6.1 All the tapes for joints covering should meet the requirement of Fire retardant, low

smoke, low (0.5%) halogen.

21.7 Coordination



21.7.1 Coordination between the Contractor and others will be handled by NMRC, The Contractor shall advise NMRC of any anticipated installation problem in sufficient time to avoid any unnecessary delays due to lack of coordination.



22 VERIFICATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

22.1 General requirements 22.1.1 General

a) This section of the Specifications covers the requirements for tests to be performed by the Contractor on AFC equipment, special tools, materials and accessories furnished under this Contract. Factory tests shall be performed prior to shipment and field tests shall be performed after shipment. A series of inspections and tests shall be conducted on the pre-production units and production units of equipment in order to:

i. Demonstrate compliance with the Specifications from a physical, operating servicing, and reliability standpoint.

ii. Confirm satisfactory operation prior to delivery, after installation, and prior to revenue service.

iii. Evaluate efficiency of the equipment in the performance of transactions.

iv. Identify potential problem areas.

b) NMRC reserves the right to inspect all equipment at the Contractor's and Subcontractor's facilities at any time and as often as deemed necessary during manufacture and again prior to preparation for shipment. Equipment shall not be prepared for shipment before NMRC has either inspected the equipment or waived inspection. Any deficiencies found shall be corrected prior to shipment of the equipment. Any inspection or waiver of inspection shall in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing equipment in accordance with these Specifications.

c) The Contractor shall perform testing and commissioning activities by stages in accordance with the requirements given in this Specification.

d) The Contractor shall ensure the system is in a state ready for testing and commissioning before the commencement of the tests witnessed by NMRC. The Contractor may conduct trial tests by himself before NMRC witnesses the tests, if necessary.

e) Test results of the Contractor’s own trial tests shall be made available to NMRC on request before the tests are witnessed by NMRC, to indicate the readiness of the system for tests witnessed by NMRC to commence.

f) The Contractor shall satisfy himself that all items interfacing to Designated Contractors are in satisfactory condition for the Contractor’s tests to be carried out.

g) The Contractor shall provide all necessary test instruments, special tools, emulators, simulators and test software to carry out the tests.

h) The Contractor shall provide simulation for testing in case the interfacing equipment is not available for testing.

i) The Contractor shall extend full support to NMRC and provide all necessary facilities to enable convenient inspection of materials, work and testing.



j) The Contractor shall investigate and provide corrective actions for all the faults detected during the tests. The tests shall be resumed only after all the faults are properly cleared. The Contractor shall submit fault report to NMRC to describe the symptom and causes of the faults and the corrective actions taken.

k) If the operation of other Designated Contractor’s system or equipment is suspected to be interfered by the system during the test, the Contractor shall withheld the test, investigate and provide corrective actions, if necessary. The test shall be resumed only after the interference has been eliminated or found to be not related to the system.

l) The Contractor shall prepare check-off sheets to list all items to be inspected, demonstrations to be presented, and measurements to be made for each piece of equipment. Examples of such items include but not be limited to the following:

i. Fabrication workmanship and quality.

ii. Wire and cabling installation, attachments, tags, and connections.

iii. Existence of all required features such as a door stop, maintenance telephone jack, bar codes, model and serial numbers.

iv. Weight checks.

v. Leakage current measurement.

vi. Existence of safety precautions.

vii. Primary power and RAM back-up power.

viii. Memory storage space capacity.

ix. Durability and stress tests.

x. Confirm waterproof and electrically isolated keyboard.

xi. Check immunity against water accidentally entered into machine from seepage, splashing or wet tickets and intentional insertion of liquids.

xii. EMI interference.

22.1.2 Test Plan: The Contractor shall submit a Test Plan for NMRC's approval. The approved plan shall be used as a controlling document for all inspections and tests. The Test Plan shall include, but not be limited to the following information for each test:

a) Test title.

b) Reference to specification section requiring the test.

c) Organization performing the test (Contractor, Subcontractor, independent test

d) Test location(s).



e) Schedule showing dates for submittals of test procedure, test report, and/or certified test document.

f) Test start date.

g) Test duration.

h) Test objectives.

i) Test pre-requisites.

j) Test procedures

k) Problem recording, tracking and resolution reporting format.

22.1.3 Test Procedure: The Contractor shall develop a detailed ‘Test Procedure’ for each test to be performed. Test procedures shall be prepared by equipment type or assembly. The test procedures shall be submitted for approval by NMRC. The test procedures shall include but not be limited to the following:

a) Test title.

b) Equipment and instrumentation with accuracies and calibration data.

c) Test methodology.

d) Personnel and equipment requirements.

e) Step-by-step procedure to perform the test.

f) Test input and expected output.

g) Forms to record data, with fields for date, name and signature of persons conducting or witnessing the test.

h) Test procedure revision number and date.

i) Forms for entering problem descriptions and unique tracking identifier. In the case of problems related to software, problem descriptions shall be entered also into the configuration control software.

22.1.4 Revision: Based upon the results of the first items tested, the Contractor may initiate ‘Revisions’ to the test procedures. The modified test procedures shall be resubmitted to NMRC for review and shall meet the same submittal requirements indicated. If the procedures are revised, the complete test shall be re-conducted.

22.1.5 Test Reports: Within 30 calendar days after completion of each test, the Contractor shall submit three copies of each test report to NMRC for approval. Each report shall document the results obtained and shall include but not be limited to the following:

a) Title of test.

b) Reference to the Test Procedure number and revision number.

c) Location and date of test.



d) Test Equipment used, including serial numbers and copies of calibration certificates.

e) Printed names and signatures of individuals who performed the test.

f) Printed names and signatures of individuals who reviewed the test and tests results.

g) Printed names and signatures of individuals who witnessed the tests on behalf of NMRC, if any.

h) Results including tables, curves, photographs and any additional test data required to support the test results.

i) Descriptions of any failures and modifications including reasons for such failures and modifications and names of individuals approving such modifications.

22.1.6 Witnesses: NMRC shall have the right to witness all tests including factory tests conducted by the Contractor, its contractors, or by independent laboratories. The Contractor shall confirm the date of any scheduled test at least 10 days prior to the test.

22.1.7 Test Responsibility

a) The Contractor shall be responsible for all tests performed under the Contract including Reliability Demonstration Test (RDT), Revenue Readiness Test and Maintainability Demonstration Test (MDT).

b) The Contractor shall furnish all test instruments and other equipment and materials necessary for performing all tests required.

c) Should there be any loss of AFC equipment or damage to such equipment as a result of tests, the Contractor shall be fully responsible for replacing the damaged equipment and/or repairing such equipment. Replacement of damaged equipment shall include all costs, including but not limited to, removing damaged equipment, and furnishing, transporting, installing and testing replacement equipment.

22.1.8 Rejection and Retesting

a) Failure of equipment to meet test specifications or ratings shall be sufficient ground for rejection of equipment. Equipment failing to pass the test criteria shall have deficiencies corrected and be retested. If the modifications or changes affect any drawings, diagrams, or other documents submitted to and accepted by NMRC, such drawings or diagrams shall be revised and re-submitted for NMRC's approval showing the proposed changes before changes or modifications are made on the equipment.

b) Modifications or changes, which do not warrant revisions of any drawing, shall still be furnished to NMRC with notice of the retest schedule. If it is not possible to rework rejected equipment, replacement equipment shall be provided. The requirement for drawings and design calculations of the original unit shall be applicable to the replacement unit. The entire cost of the rework or the replacement unit shall be borne by the Contractor, including retesting and the costs incurred by NMRC to witness the retesting.



22.1.9 Ambient Conditions

Unless otherwise indicated measurements and tests shall be made at the ambient temperature and humidity conditions that exist within the test area and are typical of the stations in which the equipment will be installed. Whenever conditions must be controlled in order to obtain reproducible results, a fixed set of conditions shall be used of approximately: 45 0C degrees, and 90 percent humidity. Ambient conditions shall be recorded periodically during the test. The Contractor shall be responsible to monitor and control the environmental conditions required.

22.1.10 Demonstration Tests

The demonstration tests shall be conducted on pre-production units of fare collection equipment. The Contractor shall fully demonstrate the functions and operations of each type of AFC equipment.

22.1.11 Performance Monitoring Programs

22.1.11.1 General

This chapter of the Specifications covers the requirements of performance, reliability and maintainability to ensure long-term performance of the AFC equipment furnished under this Contract. Performance monitoring is also included in order to obtain acceptance and confidence in the calculated levels of performance. The Contractor shall submit evidence collected from factory tests and from field tests on the pre-production equipment and on the production equipment.

The Contractor shall develop and implement a Performance Monitoring Program to measure the reliability and maintainability of the equipment during the tests on the pre-production equipment at the factory and in the field, and on the production equipment once revenue operation has started. Data shall be obtained from as many sources as practical. The data shall be processed to produce computer generated reports. The report shall represent the reliability and maintainability of the equipment by specific unit and by modules.

22.1.11.2 Reliability: The reliability required shall be in accordance with the following table:

TOM GATE TVM MCBF 10,000 20,00,000 10,000 MCBJ 40,000 10,00,000 40,000

22.1.11.3 Reliability Tests

a) General: The Cycling Test, Field Test, and Reliability Demonstration Test shall be used to demonstrate the reliability of the equipment as well as to demonstrate functional requirements. Data shall be recorded as necessary in order to predict or compute the Mean Cycles between Failures (MCBF) and Mean Cycles between Jams (MCBJ) for each unit of equipment.

b) Field Test on Pre-Production Equipment: For the field tests on the pre-production equipment the Contractor shall temporarily install one Entry, two Reversible and one Exit gate forming an array of three reversible aisles, two



TOMs at any station, primarily to evaluate the performance of the equipment. The station in which the equipment will be installed will be identified at a later date.

c) Production Field Test: The production field test shall be the formal Reliability Demonstration Test (RDT).

d) Data Collection

i. The Contractor shall be responsible for collection of the data and the calculation of reliability test for all equipment’s.

ii. For the Cycling Test and the Field Test if the collected data indicate that the reliability of the pre-production equipment is below 75 percent of the specified levels, the test shall be stopped. The source of this low reliability shall be investigated and the problems corrected before the test is permitted to continue. The Contractor shall submit his plans to achieve the specified 100 percent levels. Retrofit kits shall be prepared as necessary and installed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Noida metro.

iii. The Contractor shall be primarily an observer and shall participate in the classification of the failures. The Contractor shall respond to reliability levels below those specified. If Contractor's response is unsatisfactory, the Contractor shall stop any further work until the causes of the poor performance are found and corrected.

22.1.11.4 Reliability Formula

a) Mean Cycles Between Failures (MCBF): Mean cycles between failures is the average number of equipment cycles that were conducted between chargeable failures. These failures are exclusive of jams.

MCBF = Total number of cycle/ chargeable failures

b) Mean Cycles Between Jams (MCJB): Mean cycles between jams is the average number of equipment cycles that were conducted between chargeable jams.

MCBJ = Total Number of Cycles/ Chargeable Jams

c) Cycle Definition: The following definition of cycles shall be used.

i. TOM - One ticket issued or one smart card reload, or one cancellation.

ii. Gate - One validation of a ticket.

A ticket jam counts as one cycle.

22.1.11.5 Maintainability: The maintainability of the equipment is affected primarily by the design. The Contractor shall submit a Maintainability Program as part of the Performance Assurance Plan. The goal of the program shall be to monitor the design and contribute suggestions, which result in minimizing equipment down time and maintenance costs.

a) Time to Return to Service.



i. The Time To Return to Service (TTRS) is the elapsed time for a trained and qualified technician to repair and return a failed piece of AFC equipment to revenue service. The TTRS shall not include travel time.

ii. The mean TTRS shall be 30 minutes for all types of AFC equipment.

iii. The 90th percentile TTRS shall be 2 hours for all types of AFC equipment.

iv. The absolute maximum TTRS shall be 24 hours for all types of AFC equipment.

b) Time to Perform a Diagnostic: The time for a trained technician to perform a diagnostic of a failed field replaceable unit on the Primary Maintenance Test Bench shall be no more than 60 minutes.

c) Time to repair: The Time to Repair a failed secondary maintenance Test Bench shall be less than 2 hours.

d) Maintainability Report: A Maintainability Report shall be submitted to NMRC for approval. The Maintainability Report shall address the following items as a minimum:

i. Layout of components, modules, displays, assemblies, and sub-assemblies.

ii. Identification of Lowest Level Replaceable Units (LLRU).

iii. Physical requirements of maintenance personnel such as lifting and reaching.

iv. Test points for quick isolation of faults.

v. Built-in test devices such as keypads and displays.

vi. Fault-diagnostic hardware, firmware, and software for both field and depot use.

vii. Generation of failure codes.

viii. Standardization and interchangeability of parts, modules, assemblies, and sub-assemblies.

ix. Type and quantity of spares required.

x. Preventative maintenance and servicing schedules.

xi. Contractor's recommendations for spare parts policy, including quantities. Storage location, availability in the stations or in secondary depots.

xii. The report shall be based on Noida metro maintenance philosophy and shall be designed to achieve the specified time to return to service and time to repair. The report shall reflect the results of the tests and the Contractor's experience acquired from other installations with similar equipment.

e) Failure Review Team: A Failure Review Team shall be established to evaluate which failures are chargeable against the Contractor's reliability



requirements. The Failure Review Team shall be comprised of one member from the Noida metro Rail reliability staff and one from the Contractor's reliability staff, as a minimum. Responsible parties within these two staffs will initially attempt to settle disputes. NMRC will make a final and binding decision on any disputes that remain unsettled after a period of two weeks.

f) Failure Reporting and Corrective Action System (FRACAS)

i. General: The Contractor shall develop and submit to NMRC a Failure Reporting and Corrective Action System (FRACAS). The FRACAS shall apply to factory and field reliability tests on both the pre-production and production equipment. The FRACAS shall include failure analysis for both hardware components and software modules.

ii. Reports: The FRACAS shall generate a log of failures, detailed failure analysis to the component level, and the corresponding corrective actions. These shall include maintenance review chapters, verification of repair/replacement/restoration, and the results of Employers review of the failure. Reports shall be submitted by the Contractor to NMRC daily during pre-production equipment testing and weekly after production equipment is placed in revenue service.

g) Classification of Failures/Jams: All failures/jams shall be classified as either "chargeable" or "non-chargeable." Only chargeable failures/jams shall be included in the reliability calculations. The Failure Review Team shall classify a failure/jam as non-chargeable only after review.

i. Definitions: Jams are defined as an obstruction to the movement of the ticket media located anywhere within their path that prevents completion of their travel and which cannot be attributable to an equipment malfunction.

ii. Chargeable Failure/Jams: A chargeable failure is defined as the inability of the equipment to perform as specified, unless the failure is caused by one or more of the occurrences listed under "Non-Chargeable Failures/Jams." Only one failure is to be charged per reported incident.

iii. Non-Chargeable Failures/Jams: Failures/Jams that shall be considered as non-chargeable are caused by:

i. A captured, verified defective ticket, or ticket, unless the ticket(s) was rendered defective by Contractor-furnished equipment.

ii. Environmental conditions beyond those indicated in the Specifications. iii. Clearly incorrect maintenance, abuse or operating practices that are not

a result of incomplete or inaccurate operating and maintenance manuals, or incomplete or inadequate training by the Contractor.

iv. Consumable items that ate at more than 85 percent of their published life span.

v. Failure not substantiated by staff/technician. vi. Vandalism or misuse by patrons. vii. Power failure exceeding battery back-up capacity.

h) Reliability and Availability Warranty: In addition to the guaranty and warranty provisions, Contractor shall warrant that each unit of AFC equipment under



this Contract will meet the Reliability and Availability requirements for a period of two more years. If these requirements are not met, Contractor shall take immediate corrective action to bring the performance of the equipment into compliance with the requirements without cost to the Noida metro. In addition, if performance testing is terminated due to requirements not being met, testing shall be restarted after corrective action by Contractor and warranty period shall be extended accordingly. If at the end of the warranty period, Contractor has been unable to achieve compliance with these requirements, Noida metro may, at its option, exercise any and all actions as may be provided by this Contract for default of Contractor due to non-performance,

22.1.12 Type of Tests: The following tests shall be performed on the pre-production equipment either at the Contractor's facility or at one of the Noida metro facility where pre- production equipment is installed, or both, as indicated:

a) Functional Test

b) Servicing Test

c) Maintainability Test

d) Environmental Test

e) Interface Test

f) Cycling Test

g) Field Test

a) Functional Test

The Functional Test shall be a test of all the operating features of the equipment. The Functional Test shall be performed on the pre-production equipment at the Contractor's facilities. The Contractor shall identify and list all the operating features and test each one. All operating modes, such as primary, secondary and maintenance, and the switching between modes shall be included in the test. The test of the features and operating modes shall be intermixed so that all the test cycles are not performed at one time on the same feature before going to the next feature. The test shall include all boundary conditions that can be anticipated due to either improper passenger action, invalid or partially damaged ticket, or malfunctioning equipment.

b) Servicing Test

Servicing Test shall be conducted on the pre-production equipment installed at a station. The servicing tests shall check the functions of the equipment that are used by the Revenue field personnel. These tests shall include but not limited to the following:

i. Access to the equipment, door opening, security level entry authorization, door closing, and return to revenue service.

ii. Features of the ticket supply such as ease of re-supply, near empty and empty alarms, ticket dispensed counters.



iii. Features of captured ticket bins such as ease of removal and replacement from gate consoles, near full and full alarms.

iv. Times specified for servicing the equipment.

v. Times to reset and return to service.

vi. Transmission to Central AFC BackOffice System of financial summary of the service.

c) Maintainability Test

The Maintainability Test shall be performed at the Contractor's facilities and in the station. Functions to be demonstrated shall include but not be limited to the following:

i. All local and Central AFC BackOffice System failure codes and text messages, to the extent that is practical with real failures.

ii. Ability to meet the time to return to service requirements stated in Article

iii. Menu driven troubleshooting and repair procedures under real failure conditions in revenue and maintenance mode operation.

iv. Automatic and continuous self-diagnostic routines.

v. Manual diagnostics with the use of logic analyzers, emulators, or equal and other test equipment useful in isolating and correcting a problem.

vi. Ability to meet the time to perform diagnostic.

vii. Ability to meet the time to repair.

viii. Demonstration of SC operation relative to the AFC equipment.

ix. Time to switch between various operating modes.

x. Timing of gate configuration changes.

d) Environment Tests

i. The Environmental Tests shall be performed at the Contractor's facilities. The tests to be conducted shall include the following:

i. Electrical Environment(EMI) ii. Shock and Vibration iii. Dust Laden Air iv. Exposure to Sunlight v. Seismic Protection vi. Noise

ii. Environmental tests shall be performed on the AFC equipment to demonstrate compliance with the equipment environmental design requirements.

e) Test Cycle:



One cycle of the functional test shall be performed for each of the above tests. Each unit of equipment shall be operational for all tests, and operating status shall be monitored continuously during the test. One cycle of the functional test shall be repeated under ambient conditions immediately after each environmental test. Special tests, such as the EMI test, where conditions are difficult to duplicate shall be conducted with as many machine cycles as necessary to assure immunity from and cause of electro-magnetic interference.

f) Temperature and Humidity Test

The temperature and humidity tests shall be conducted under the following requirements and guidelines:

i. The tickets to be used shall be left in the test chamber unwrapped and uncovered during the entire test period.

ii. One cycle of the functional test shall be conducted at each of the four extreme and achievable combinations of temperature and humidity.

iii. At least 20 percent of the conducted tests shall be repeated at the two temperature extremes with the supply voltage increased by 10 percent and repeated for a supply voltage decreased by 10 percent.

iv. All other requirements shall be identical to the tests under ambient conditions.

g) Interface Test

i. This includes interface test with Bank

ii. Any simulator requirements for testing shall be provided by the contractor.

h) Cycling Test:

The Cycling Test shall be performed on the pre-production equipment at the Contractor's facilities or at an independent laboratory. The Cycling Test shall represent a realistic accumulation of a maximum number of machine cycles over a minimum time span.

`Objectives:

The objectives of the Cycling Test are:

a) Determine with reasonable certainty that the mean time between chargeable failures as indicated in the reliability requirements can be achieved.

b) Obtain with reasonable certainty that the jam rate of tickets is below the limits specified.

c) Obtain with absolute certainty that the cash reconciliation as derived from the audit registers, from electronic storage devices, and from the data to be transmitted through the data interface is within a maximum error of 0.01 percent.



d) Obtain information on modules, assemblies and components wear that will be used to estimate the life of consumable parts.

i) Field Test:

The Field Test will be performed by the Noida metro on the pre-production/QA environment equipment installed by the Contractor in a designated Test Platform. The Contractor shall conduct one cycle of the Functional Test and the Central AFC BackOffice System interface Test to confirm that the equipment is functioning properly prior to the start of the Field commissioning and Tests

a) Maintenance. Maintenance during the test period shall be performed by the Contractor. The Noida metro shall have the right to assign its maintenance staff personnel to accompany the Contractor assigned staff during all maintenance testing during this period. The machine downtime shall not exceed 24 hours for each incident.

b) Treasury Service. The Noida metro Treasury/Commercial staff will service the equipment during the test and replenishing ticket stock.

c) Record and Report Using forms provided by the Noida metro, the Contractor shall keep a record of failures and equipment cycles in order to obtain an estimate of MCBF and MCBJ during the test. If possible, automatic transmission of data over telephone lines directly to the Contractor's facility shall be performed to closely monitor the equipment.

d) Employer's Report: NMRC will also make observations of equipment performance and customer behaviour and report on his/her findings during the course of the test. NMRC will also report on his/her evaluation of other design aspects such as servicing, installation, appearance, and maintainability.

e) Evaluation and Upgrade. The pre-production equipment shall be kept upgraded during the course of production to assure that it becomes functionally identical to the production equipment and contains interchangeable assemblies and subassemblies before final delivery to the Noida metro.

22.1.13 Testing Stages

The Contractor shall carry out testing and commissioning activities in the following phases:

Factory Acceptance Tests; On Site Testing and Commissioning.

22.1.14 Factory Acceptance Tests

a) The Contractor shall carry out factory acceptance tests at the place of manufacturing. The test shall include, but not be limited to, visual, environmental, electrical and functional tests on each individual equipment and associated Subsystem as well as simulation before delivery of the equipment to the Site.

b) Factory acceptance test shall be carried out for all AFC equipment.



c) The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Factory Test Plan at least three months before the tests. In addition, the Factory Test Plan shall also include the following:

• the program of all the activities related to factory acceptance tests; • the locations where factory acceptance tests to be carried out; • the estimated duration of tests activities at each locations; and • Submission schedule of all the factory acceptance test procedures for

equipment and cable.

d) The Contractor shall prepare the factory acceptance test procedures for equipment and cables and submit to NMRC for review.

e) The factory acceptance test procedures shall describe all tests to demonstrate the functional, electrical and physical performance of the equipment and cable under designed environmental conditions

f) Contractor shall not proceed with production until NMRC issues formal written Production Approval. A satisfactory conclusion and acceptance by NMRC of the demonstration tests with the exception of the Field Test and reports on the pre-production equipment, and acceptance of any deviations shall be mandatory in order for the Contractor to obtain a formal Production Approval. The Noida metro will identify required modifications to be made and demonstrated before accepting the results of the tests. Should a major design change be made after the test, the performance of the modified equipment shall be demonstrated and the test results submitted for acceptance. The Contractor shall maintain the pre-production equipment to the latest configuration for hardware and software throughout the Contract duration.

g) Contractor should provision for 10 resources including 2 resources from consultant for Factory acceptance testing at vendor’s place.

22.2 On-site testing and commissioning 22.2.1 General

a) The on-site testing and commissioning shall be undertaken in the following phases:

• Installation Tests; • Partial Acceptance Tests; • System Acceptance Tests; and • Tests on Completion.

b) The Contractor shall prepare and submit to NMRC for review an On-Site Testing and Commissioning Plan.

22.2.2 Installation Tests

a) Installation Tests shall be carried out on individual Subsystem location by location after the completion of equipment physical installation.

b) The objective of the installation tests shall ensure:



i. The equipment is installed in accordance with the reviewed design documentation;

ii. The equipment is installed in accordance with the requirements detailed in this Specification;

iii. All cables are properly and accurately connected and terminated; and

iv. All installation works are of acceptable workmanship.

v. The Contractor shall develop procedures for Installation Tests and submit to NMRC for review.

vi. The Installation Test shall not be started unless NMRC has reviewed the test procedures without objection.

vii. All installed equipment shall be physically inspected against all relevant review design documentation.

viii. All the installation test results, physical locations of the equipment and serial numbers shall be captured in the test record forms. The Contractor shall include completed test record forms in the Test Report and submit to NMRC for review.

22.2.3 Partial Acceptance Tests

a) Partial Acceptance Tests shall be carried out on individual Subsystem location by location, on areas or section basis to verify the functions, performance and services coverage at the stage:

i. After successful completion of the Installation Tests;

ii. After the Subsystems have been configured with correct settings and parameters;

iii. Properly connected to the power supply and can be switched on for Partial Acceptance Tests; and

iv. Before the equipment of different locations are connected up and ready for System Acceptance Tests.

b) The Contractor shall develop Partial Acceptance Tests Plan at least three months before the test.

c) The Contractor shall develop Partial Acceptance Tests procedures for each Subsystem and submit to NMRC for review at least two months before the tests.

d) The Partial Acceptance Tests procedures shall include:

i. Objectives of the Partial Acceptance Tests for all Subsystems;

ii. List of specifications and standards, reviewed design documentation for reference;

iii. Step-by-step test instructions;



iv. List of test instrument and special tools;

v. Test record forms; and

vi. Pass or fail criteria.

e) Where performance across interfaces to Designated Contractors or to other parties is required to be verified during the Partial Acceptance Tests, the Contractor shall include a list of Designated Contractors and the interface test procedures agreed with the relevant Designated Contractors in the Partial Acceptance Tests procedures for the relevant Subsystem.

f) The functional and timing performances of the Subsystems shall be verified against the requirements and relevant international standards.

g) All equipment settings and parameters shall be verified and recorded in the reviewed test record forms.

h) The Contractor shall perform functional check.

i) The Field Test will be performed by the Noida metro on the pre-production equipment installed by the Contractor in a designated station or stations for use.

j) The Partial Acceptance Tests are considered completed only if NMRC without objection reviews the Partial Acceptance Tests results.

k) Upon completion of the Partial Acceptance Test, the individual Subsystem shall be operational and ready to be connected to other Subsystems and interfacing systems for testing.

22.2.4 System Acceptance Tests

a) System Acceptance Tests shall be carried out to ensure the System operates in accordance with functional and performance requirements given in the Particular Specification.

b) System Acceptance Tests shall be carried out at the stage:

c) after completion of Partial Acceptance Tests for each Subsystems; and

d) after all individual Subsystem has been connected together and the System as a whole is capable to operate in all respect in accordance with the requirements given in the Particular Specification.

e) The Contractor shall submit a System Acceptance Tests Plan including software quality assurance plan to NMRC for review.

f) The system response time of relevant Subsystems and the System shall be tested and measured.

g) The Contractor shall carry out load test on each Subsystem to verified the designed system capacity and performance in accordance with the requirements given in the Particular Specification under full load condition.



h) The Contractor shall carry out tests on the operation of the System in accordance with the normal operation procedures and emergency operation procedures, which has been reviewed without objection by NMRC.

i) The Contractor shall conduct tests to verify the proper inter-operation among Subsystems.

j) The System Acceptance Tests are considered completed only if NMRC without objection reviews the System Acceptance Tests results.

k) Upon completion of the System Acceptance Tests, the System shall operate in accordance with the functional and electrical performance requirements given in the PS.

l) Prior to placement of the equipment in revenue service, tickets will be loaded by the Noida metro into the TOM. A limited Functional Test shall be performed on all units to confirm that the equipment is ready for revenue service. All registers and audits shall be reset to zero or recorded for reference, whichever is appropriate.

m) The Contractor shall provide all necessary support and attendance to NMRC during the Pre-Revenue Operations period in accordance with the requirements given in General Specification.

n) The Contractor shall provide on-Site supports to NMRC in all aspects related to the operation of the System. The Contractor shall also conduct investigation and provide corrective actions for any problems related to the System or the interfaces with the System.

o) The Contractor shall assign competent staff to support the Pre-Revenue Operations as required by NMRC. The persons shall have sufficient skills and knowledge of the System and have involved in either the design, installation or commissioning of the System.

p) The Contractor shall submit a manpower plan to NMRC for review at least 1 month before the commencement of the Pre-Revenue Operations.

q) The manpower plan shall include the organization chart of the Contractor’s Pre-Revenue Operations supporting group, individual person’s role and responsibility and 24-hour contact for emergency cases.

22.2.5 Tests on Completion

a) The Contractor shall carry out Tests on Completion after the completion of the System Acceptance Tests.

b) The Contractor shall co-ordinate with NMRC and with all the interfacing Designated Contractors to ensure the entire interface test activities are completed in accordance with the program on Completion Plan.

c) The Contractor shall provide all necessary supports, conduct investigation and provide corrective actions, if necessary, to ensure all matters related to interfacing are properly resolved.

d) Within two weeks upon completion of all interface test activities, the Contractor shall submit the test results to NMRC for review.



e) After NMRC without objection has reviewed the test results of all interface test activities, the Contractor shall start the reliability demonstration test in accordance with the reviewed reliability demonstration test plan.

f) The Contractor shall advise NMRC in writing the commencement date of the reliability demonstration test.

g) The reliability demonstration test period shall be at least three months.

h) The Contractor shall submit a reliability demonstration test plan to NMRC for review at least three months before the test.

i) The Contractor shall include the following in the reliability demonstration test plan as a minimum:

• Calculation of the maximum allowable number failures of equipment, Subsystems and System during the reliability demonstration period in accordance with requirements on reliability performance of the equipment, Subsystems and System given in the Particular Specification;

• Definition of relevant failures; • Pass and fail criteria; and • Sample of fault logs.

j) During the reliability demonstration test period, the Contractor shall record details of all faults in a fault log which shall include:

• The date and time the fault occurs; • The date and time the Contractor’s staff arrive on site; • The date and time the fault is cleared and the normal operation is restored; • The description of the fault; • The cause of the fault; and • Equipment or component replaced.

k) All fault logs shall be submitted to NMRC for review.

l) The reliability demonstration test is considered failed if the actual number of relevant failures exceeds the maximum allowable number of failures for any equipment, Subsystems or System identified in the reliability demonstration test plan; and

i. Any fault resulted from the design omission or omission error and shall require design modification in order to fix the fault.

ii. If the reliability demonstration test fails, the Contractor shall provide all the necessary corrective actions and rectify the fault to the satisfaction of NMRC.

iii. The reliability demonstration test shall be repeated on the affected Subsystem or Subsystems for another two months until the test is successfully completed.

m) Within two weeks upon completion of the reliability demonstration test, the Contractor shall submit the test results for NMRC to review.



n) The Tests on Completion are considered completed only if NMRC without objection has reviewed all the test results of the Tests on Completion.



23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE SUPPORT

23.1 General 23.1.1 The Contractor shall ensure that the design of the software and hardware of AFC

system is supportable throughout the service life of the Hardware and Software DLP to address, as a minimum, the following:

a) Design errors in the system;

b) Operational changes;

c) Environmental changes; and

d) Changes in infrastructure.

23.1.2 The Contractor shall ensure that in order to support NMRC during the DLP, personnel are available with the relevant skills and level of competence.

23.1.3 The Contractor shall investigate all failures, major failures, repetitive failures, design defects and provide all necessary corrective actions throughout the Contract period.

23.1.4 The Contractor shall investigate interference problems either from or to the systems of other Designated Contractors and provide all necessary corrective actions throughout the contract period.

23.2 Operation and maintenance documentation 23.2.1 Maintenance Plan

a) The Contractor shall submit a Maintenance Plan to NMRC for review before the commencement of installation activities.

b) The Maintenance Plan shall describe the Contractor’s proposed maintenance regime for preventive and corrective maintenance of the system, including, but not be limited to the following:

i. The maintenance philosophy and approach;

ii. All necessary tasks for corrective maintenance; and

iii. Frequency of each maintenance task.

c) The Contractor shall include the following information on each maintenance task described in the Maintenance Plan:

i. The equipment, sub-systems covered in the task;

ii. Step by step procedure to carry out the task;

iii. Tools and tests equipment list of each task;

iv. Diagrams and flowcharts for illustration, if applicable;

v. Recovery procedures, if applicable;



vi. Precautions the maintenance personnel to follow; and

vii. Estimated duration and manpower required.

d) In addition to the Maintenance Plan, the Contractor shall also submit a Yearly Routine Maintenance Schedule to NMRC for review and shall indicate the schedule of maintenance tasks in a calendar year.

23.3 Software support 23.3.1 General

a) The Contractor shall provide all changes, debugging, updates, modifications and upgrade of all the software developed or delivered for the system if such changes are necessary and in order to maintain the normal operation and meet the requirements given in this Particular Specification.

b) All changes and modifications of the software shall not degrade the performance or have adverse impacts of the system.

c) The Contractor shall maintain backup copies of all software developed or delivered for the system.

d) The Contractor shall ensure that all new versions are fully tested and validated and reviewed without objection by NMRC prior to loading into the system.

e) The Contractor shall provide training for NMRC’s staff for use of new version, if necessary and applicable.

23.4 Supports during defects liability period (DLP) 23.4.1 General

a) During the Defects Liability Period, the Contractor will provide all maintenance support to NMRC.

b) The Contractor shall provide workshop repair services of all defective and faulty items of the system.

c) The Contractor shall provide experts for supervision of maintenance for AFC system.

d) The Contractor shall submit a supervisory maintenance manpower plan show the Contractor’s organization and committed resources level available for all types of activities to be carried out within the Defects Liability Period.

e) The Contractor shall ensure all his staff who provide supervisory maintenance support shall be competent and with sufficient training in the responsible sub-systems.

f) In addition the Contractor shall provide individual cover to protect the front face of each TOM from dust and damage after they have been installed into position in the station.



g) The contractor shall be required to supply polishing liquid after installation of AFC equipment until Hardware DLP period, to polish the metal finish of the AFC equipment to a shiny finish as and when informed by NMRC.

h) The operations staff shall be provided by NMRC.

23.4.2 Workshop Repair: The Contractor shall collect and repair defective parts that are removed from the system during maintenance or from NMRC.

a) The Contractor shall perform all necessary adjustments or alignments as to the repaired parts. The repair of defective parts can only be considered as completed and returned to stock or back to the system if the parts are tested and verified fit for use in the system.

b) The Contractor shall use only components of equal or higher specification than the original components in his repair activities.

c) The performance of the defective parts after repair shall not be degraded or deteriorated due to repairing.

d) The maximum turnaround time for workshop repair shall be less than 15 calendar days. The turnaround time is started to count when the defective parts are removed from the system and ended when the parts are repaired and returned to stock or to the system. Any extension of workshop repair time shall be agreed with NMRC.

23.4.3 Support And Call-Out Services

a) The supervisory support and call-out services shall be available 24 hours per day and 7 days per week.

b) The Contractor shall provide sufficient number of competent and experienced supervisory staff for supervision of maintenance support and call-out services

c) The Contractor shall provide a list of supervisory maintenance staff together with the contact mobile telephone numbers whom can be contacted for support and call-out services

d) Any changes in the call-out numbers and the maintenance staff shall be notified to NMRC at least two weeks before such changes become effective.

e) The Contractor’s staff shall be available on site for maintenance support within one hour upon receiving the call-out request from NMRC and shall proceed to perform corrective actions to restore the system to normal full operation.

f) The Contractor shall take every precaution to protect existing equipment from damage, and make good any damage caused.

g) Should any abnormal system behavior like intermittent faults, interference, frequent repeated faults, etc, or the performance be found to deviate from the specified tolerances, the Contractor shall conduct investigation and report the findings to NMRC together with the recommendation and proceed after the recommendation has been reviewed without objection by NMRC.



23.4.4 Monthly Maintenance Meeting: The Contractor shall attend the Monthly Maintenance Meeting with NMRC to discuss the maintenance matters during the Defects Liability Period. The dates and agenda of the meeting shall be agreed with NMRC.

23.4.5 Comprehensive Maintenance: The Contractor shall provide required skilled manpower to meet the Comprehensive Maintenance requirement of Employer.



24 SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS & TEST EQUIPMENT

24.1 Spares 24.1.1 General

a) The Contractor shall provide his own equipment’s spares during installation and commissioning period as well as for support during the Defects Liability Period. The Contractor shall also provide separate spares, as mentioned in the BoQ (Section-X- Contract Form), for NMRC to enable NMRC to operate and maintain the system after DLP.

b) Spare listed in BoQ Form 6 parts are not interchangeable with original equipment’s during the Hardware DLP period, any faults with the original equipment’s should not be replaced from employers spare BoQ.

c) Logistics, packaging shall be designed to protect the reliability of the parts and shall be such that the parts can be identified, inspected, stored for long periods, and can endure multiple handling without damage or degradation. Spare parts accompanying equipment shall be furnished in storage boxes that conform to commercial standards for weather resistance.

d) The Contractor shall submit the lists of spares within three months before the end of Hardware DLP on hand over of equipment’s to NMRC for review. The lists shall include:

i. Grouping by Subsystem, diagnostic and test equipment and special tools, as applicable, for stocking identification; and

ii. Detailed description with references and correlation with the maintenance manuals.

24.1.2 Contractor’s Own Spares

a) The Contractor shall keep and maintain sufficient stock of his own commissioning spares and Defects Liability Spares. In addition, in determining the list of spare parts for the commissioning spares and Defects Liability Spares, the Contractor shall provide calculation to support the proposed types and quantities with the following taken into account:

i. The expected failure rate of the parts;

ii. Population of the parts in the system;

iii. Criticality of the parts in the system;

iv. Availability and Mean Time to Repair (MTTR) figures of the System;

v. Spare delivery lead time; and

vi. Workshop repair turnaround time.

b) The Contractor shall submit the list of commissioning spares, with the types and quantities of spares the Contractor intends to hold, at least three months before the commencement of installation activity to NMRC for review.



c) The Contractor shall submit the list of Defects Liability Spares, with the types and quantities of spares the Contractor intends to hold, at least three months before the end of the Defects Liability Period to NMRC for review.

d) Employer will provide Acceptance certificate after reviewing and agreeing to the list of spares. Contractor after receiving the acceptance certificate should transfer the spares to location provided by NMRC.

e) The Contractor shall include details of the stock of the Contractor’s own spares in the monthly progress report. The status of the spares, either in store or under workshop repair, shall also be included.

24.1.3 Employer’s Spares

a) The Contractor shall submit a list of recommended spare parts to NMRC for review before the commencement of installation work.

b) NMRC’s spares recommended by the Contractor shall be of appropriate types and sufficient quantities to support NMRC’s own operation and maintenance of the system.

24.2 Special tools and test equipment 24.2.1 The Contractor shall provide his own test equipment and tools during the

installation, commissioning periods and Defects Liability Period.

24.2.2 Special equipment required to perform the placement of AFC equipment shall be provided. The placement equipment shall include templates, gauges, door jacks, bolts, covers, and other special tools required to set in place, adjust, level, and facilitate the physical installation of the AFC equipment. One set of placement equipment shall consist of one full complement of the above noted equipment/tools. Consumables such as bolts and covers shall be furnished in a single batch in sufficient quantity for the placement of all equipment furnished under the procurement.

24.2.3 Contractor should provide the list special tools, testing and measurement instrument as mention in Section Tech Form 6 of Bidding form.

24.2.4 All the special tools provided for NMRC shall not be used on site prior to delivery to NMRC.



25 TRAINING AND TRANSFER OF KNOWLEDGE

25.1 General requirements 25.1.1 This section of the specification covers the requirements for a Training Program to

train the Noida metro operations and training personnel. The training Program shall enable the staff to operate, service, enhance, maintain, and interact with, the hardware, software, and firmware, such that automatic fare collection system and equipment will perform in accordance with the specifications of this contract.

25.1.2 The Contractor shall provide comprehensive training to NMRC’s staff, including Employer’s trainers.

25.1.3 The Contractor shall provide competent training instructors, training manuals, training simulators, all necessary aids and materials in support of all training courses.

25.1.4 The training instructors shall be qualified, competent, with sufficient years of practical experience in the relevant fields and possesses good communication skills.

25.1.5 The training instructors shall be competent staff of the Contractor, or the subcontractors or the equipment manufacturers.

25.2 Scope of training The training shall be provided by the contractor to NMRC’s personnel in design, manufacturing, testing, system architecture, installation practices. This will cover training in India and abroad including training at manufacturing facilities.

25.3 Off shore training Contractor shall submit a training programme for 6 Instructor man months for Automatic Fare Collection system in following areas theoretical and practical sessions.

# Description Total Period (Instructor

Man Months)

1 Design of Gates, TVM & TOM 1

2 Design of system software System description,

architecture SC and CC

1

3. Maintenance and Commissioning of all AFC

equipment’s system supplied

1

4. Maintenance of central computer system 1

5 Maintenance of cloud backoffice system 1

6 Operating personnel 1



25.4 Training plan 25.4.1 The Training Program shall consist of a logically related sequence of separate

courses. The Program shall include separate courses, as required, for System and Equipment Operations. The Program shall not be limited to the courses listed if additional courses are required to achieve the Program Objectives.

25.4.2 The Program shall utilize classroom, hands-on, and field instruction, as appropriate, and any models, mockups, aids, documentation, and equipment required to implement, sustain, or complete the Program.

25.4.3 Before three months after the Date of Commencement of Installation Works, the Contractor shall submit a Training Plan to NMRC for review.

25.4.4 The Training Plan shall include , but not limited to, the following:

a) The program of the training courses and submission schedule of the training materials;

b) Overview and description of objectives of each training course;

c) The location where the training courses to be conducted;

d) Set ups for practical exercises;

e) The Contractor’s training organization chart, including the role and responsibilities of individual key persons;

f) The qualifications and experience of the training instructors; and

g) Details of training simulators to be provided or developed, if applicable.

25.5 Training courses 25.5.1 The Contractor shall provide Training Courses on all facilities, systems, equipment,

hardware, and firmware, software. Each Course shall be specific, and shall consist of classroom, hands-on, or field training as necessary to accomplish the Course Objectives specified in the Training Program Plan.

25.5.2 The Contractor shall provide operational training courses for each of the sub-systems, including, but not be limited to:

a) Ticketing System;

b) Gate System;

c) TVM/AVM

d) Computer System; and

e) Audits and Supervisory function

25.5.3 The number of trainees from different disciplines shall not be less than:

• NMRC operations staff of 10 members; • NMRC’s maintenance staff of 25 members; • NMRC’s Training Instructors. Of 5 members



25.5.4 Different types of training courses of each subsystem shall be provided for staff from different disciplines. Operations training courses shall be provided for the operations staff. Maintenance courses shall be provided for maintenance staff. NMRC’s Training Instructors shall attend all types of training courses such that NMRC’s Training Instructors shall be able to subsequently train NMRC’s staff in all aspects of operation and maintenance of the System.

25.5.5 The maximum number of trainees of each training class shall normally not be more than fifteen. Class size, which is larger than fifteen shall be subject to the review of NMRC.

25.5.6 The Contractor shall determine the number of classes for each type of training course to ensure the objectives of the course can be met.

25.6 Operations training courses 25.6.1 The operations training courses shall be developed to provide all necessary

knowledge and skills for operations staff of NMRC to operate the system under normal and emergency situations and recovery from minor or simple faults. In particular, the training course shall include the following as minimum:

a) Overview of the AFC system;

b) Brief description of the operation principle of the Subsystem;

c) Operational features and functions;

d) Familiarization and use of all man-machine interfaces involved;

e) Reading and interpretation of system status and alarm messages or indications;

f) Normal operating procedures;

g) Operating procedures under emergency situations;

h) Procedures for recovery from minor or simple faults; and

i) Use of Operation and Maintenance Manuals and documentation.

25.6.2 Particular exercises shall be included in the operations training course for each trainee to operate and manage the system under normal and emergency operating conditions and simple faults recovery.

25.7 Maintenance training courses 25.7.1 The maintenance courses shall be developed to provide all necessary knowledge

and skills:

a) To perform full maintenance, including both preventive and corrective maintenance, on the System; and

b) To perform system management including system parameter configuration, enhancement, expansion and provision of new circuits.



25.7.2 The Contractor shall determine the content of the courses and the courses shall include the following as minimum:

a) Overview of the AFC system;

b) System features and functions;

c) Operation principles;

d) Description of system components;

e) Test and commissioning procedures;

f) Use of test equipment and special tools;

g) Reading and interpretation of alarm indications, messages and print-outs;

h) Preventive maintenance procedures;

i) Fault diagnosis, troubleshooting and corrective maintenance procedures;

j) Equipment settings and parameters configuration;

k) Use of equipment manuals, Operation and Maintenance manuals, circuit diagrams and wiring schematics;

l) Methods and procedures to provide new circuits, system expansion and enhancement;

m) Data, software backup and loading; and

n) Use of software such as peripheral control and configuration, utility, database structure, generation and modification.

25.7.3 Practical exercises shall be provided for each trainee to practice the following as minimum:

a) Use of test equipment and special tools;

b) Preventive maintenance;

c) Fault diagnosis and troubleshooting with induced faults set by the Contractor to simulate real-life situation; and

d) Faulty modules or cards replacement and restore the system to normal operation.

25.8 Training materials 25.8.1 Training Aids, Training Materials, and Training Devices shall be of durable

construction, and shall become the property of the Noida metro on approval of the Training Demonstration, or on approval of the Final Deliverables, as applicable.

25.8.2 The Contractor shall provide all Training Aids, Training Materials, Training Devices, Special Tools, fixtures, models, mockups, simulators, or other equipment required to train Course participants.



25.8.3 The Contractor shall provide sufficient Training Aids, Training Devices, Special Tools, fixtures, models, mockups, simulators, or other equipment for the number of Course participants.

25.8.4 Models, mockups and Training Devices used in the Course shall be connected and configured to simulate the existing environment.

25.8.5 Throughout the Contract and Warranty, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to supply the Noida metro with all changes and revisions to the Training Aids, Training Materials, and Training Devices.

25.8.6 The Noida metro reserves the right to reproduce all Training Aids, Training Materials, Training Courses, and Training Devices for use in the Training Courses.

25.8.7 Training Manuals are a convenient source document for use in the field. The Contractor may prepare Training Manuals in place of the Student Handout Package upon approval by NMRC.

25.8.8 Training Manuals shall be separate from Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

25.8.9 The Contractor shall prepare Training Manuals, and submit them to NMRC for review and approval at least 60 days prior to the start of the Training Demonstration.

25.8.10 Throughout the Contract and Warranty, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to supply NMRC with all changes and revisions to the Training Manuals.

25.8.11 Training Manuals shall become the property of the Noida metro.

a) The Contractor shall provide the master and thirty-five copies of the Training Manual for each course/subject.

b) The Noida metro reserves the right to copy all Training Manuals for use in Training Courses.

25.8.12 At least two months before the commencement of the training course, the Contractor shall submit all the training materials including the trainer’s guides, training manual for trainees, training aids and presentation materials to NMRC for review. The training materials shall be prepared in a form allow easy future reproduction.

25.8.13 The format of the trainer’s guides and training manual for trainees shall be submitted to NMRC for review.

25.8.14 The Contractor shall, for each course, distribute two sets of trainer’s guides, one set of training manual for each trainee, two sets of trainer’s guides and three additional sets of training manual to NMRC before the commencement of the training course.

25.8.15 All the training materials shall be accurate and match with the actual design of the System.

25.9 Training records 25.9.1 The Contractor shall keep records on the attendance of trainees.



25.9.2 The Contractor shall devise a system, standards in assessing the level of knowledge, understanding of the course content and proficiency of the trainees. The system and standards shall be submitted to NMRC for review four weeks before the commencement of the training course.

25.9.3 The Contractor shall issue appropriate training certificate to the trainees who pass the assessment and have over 80-90% attendance.

25.10 Course evaluation 25.10.1 The Contractor shall develop questionnaires to trainees for each training course in

determining the level of satisfaction with the course content. Appropriate scoring weighting shall be assigned to each question in the questionnaires such that the scores shall reflect the trainee’s satisfaction to the training course. The questionnaires shall be submitted to NMRC for review four weeks before the commencement of the training course.

25.10.2 Upon completion of each training course, the Contractor shall distribute the questionnaires to the trainees to fill in.

25.10.3 The Contractor shall submit a training report to NMRC for review within two weeks after completion of each course. The training report shall include a summary of the training course conducted, the results of trainees’ assessment and the course evaluation questionnaires.

25.10.4 The contractor shall submit the course evaluation criteria to NMRC for review, which shall identify the criteria for course success, course failure leading to re-designing the course, and the trainee failure score for re-attending the course.

a) A grading system shall be established by the Contractor and approved by NMRC, to report the progress of each trainee during a Training Course.

b) Grades shall be kept strictly confidential, and shall be submitted only to the Training Department.

c) The grading system shall identify students for whom further training is required.

25.11 Transfer of knowledge (tok) 25.11.1 Contractor shall submit the detailed plan of transfer of knowledge along with MoU

with suitable Indian companies or company having proven track record and are working in related areas for all major systems/software.

25.11.2 TOK shall be essential and shall include system assembly, installation, maintenance and software configuration modification and training of employer personnel to cover.

25.11.3 All configuration/application programmes for Automatic Fare Collection system for:

a) Addition, revocation, relocation of equipment to a station

b) Modification of equipment

c) Addition of a new station / group of stations to the system



d) Configuration of all equipment level and EOD parameters

e) Configuration / customization of all MMI, PIDs, displays, information of AFC equipment

f) Any other configuration / programmes required for maintenance/upgradation of hardware/software.

g) Configuration of new Bank note/coin in TVM

h) Should also provide the source code of the all the modules as part of handover after DLP period.

25.11.4 The Transfer of Knowledge shall require involvement of NMRC personnel in design, manufacturing, testing and installation of Sub-Systems during the Contract period. The sponsored engineers shall be under the technical and administrative control of the Contractor.

25.11.5 The Transfer of Knowledge shall also include encouraging implementation of AFC software development / customization, networking of station equipments, data cabling, system integration etc. The Contractor shall submit the detailed plan for progressive implementation of these items in India along with MOU with Indian companies.

25.11.6 The Contractor shall undertake to supply or make arrangement with the original manufacturer to supply additional equipment required for replacement or expansion of the network in future. The contractor shall undertake to provide, if required during the life of the equipment ordered, technical assistance in the form of additional drawings, maintenance practice and technical advice.



26 ASSET MANAGEMENT

26.1 Introduction 26.1.1 Contractor shall put in place an asset management scheme for the control of all

AFC system assets to be deployed on the project in NMRC premises.

26.1.2 Contractor shall handover such details to the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s representative on system commissioning for future management by the Maintenance Contractor.

26.2 Asset inventory 26.2.1 Contractor shall provide an Asset Management Plan which shall be user friendly

and produced with Visual Basic, or equivalent, as the HMI front end with MS Access, or equivalent format, as the back end.

26.2.2 The Asset Management Plan shall document a full and comprehensive inventory of the Contractor’s assets installed at all sites throughout the railway.

26.2.3 The software shall be able to support simultaneous access to the database, for updating, by multiple users located within separate site locations with access to the AFC network.

26.2.4 All such access to the Asset Database shall be subject to a hierarchical, permissions based, access rights, regime which shall allow access by individuals dependent upon their pre-authorised level of access.

26.2.5 Contractor shall handover to the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s representative, on completion of the commissioning a section of the railway for revenue operation, a comprehensive asset inventory data-base.

26.2.6 The asset inventory data-base shall include appropriate descriptive details of the assets including the identification of sites, equipment and cables in accordance with the requirements of the Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited’s representative.

26.3 Asset safety management strategy 26.3.1 Contractor shall create an Asset Safety Management Strategy for all AFC system

equipment which shall:

a. Define how safety performance requirements and targets are to be established for all types of assets.

b. Provide a framework for the safety management of all types of assets so that safety performance targets are met throughout their service life.

c. Ensure that good practice and a consistent approach is adopted for the safety management of all assets.

26.3.2 A review shall be undertaken at least once every two years to verify the continued suitability and sufficiency of the asset safety management strategy.

26.4 Control and monitoring of maintenance activities



26.4.1 The Asset Management Plan shall make provision for the monitoring of maintenance activities.

26.4.2 Maintenance activities shall be subject to appropriate levels of verification and validation to ensure that maintenance specifications are correctly applied and remain fit for the purpose.

26.5 Responsibility 26.5.1 As a part of the Asset Management Plan the Contractor shall indicate the individual

responsible for all asset management activities.

26.5.2 Asset management shall include allocation of responsibilities for the maintenance of all assets.

26.6 Defects management 26.6.1 The Asset Management Plan shall include the identification and recording of asset

defects, their root cause and their rectification using a suitable Defect Recording and Corrective Action System (DRACAS).

26.7 Asset safety information management 26.7.1 Contractor shall develop an Asset Safety Information Management System which

shall include:

a. Asset information necessary to manage each stage of the asset safety management life cycle, taking into account the safety criticality of assets;

b. Data compatibility requirements;

c. Arrangements for maintaining an appropriate level of data integrity.

26.7.2 The Asset Safety Information Management system shall include, as a minimum, the following information for all AFC system equipment:

a. Location and description of assets;

b. Maintenance history, modification state and configuration of the assets;

c. Defect history and condition of the assets.

26.8 Service level agreements 26.8.1 Service Level Agreements shall be made should assets, which interface with the

Contractor’s sub-systems, require to be managed by other agencies.

26.8.2 Contractor shall specify in the Service Level Agreements the required levels of maintenance, system and safety performance, including reliability and availability, etc.

26.9 Risk management 26.9.1 Risk management principles shall be utilised throughout the asset safety

management lifecycle.



26.9.2 Risk management shall include structured methods of identifying risks and the development of measures to mitigate their consequences.

26.9.3 Appropriate levels of risk management shall be applied commensurate with asset safety criticality.

26.10 Continual improvement reporting and data-collection 26.10.1 The Asset Management Plan shall make provision for ‘Continual Improvement

Reporting’ and data-collection.

26.10.2 Data to inform this activity shall be based on information obtained on sub-system performance during the maintenance of the assets and defects management activities.

26.11 Opportunity identification and investigation 26.11.1 In the Asset Management Plan a process shall be defined and implemented for

identifying and initiating specific improvement initiatives.

26.11.2 The process shall, as a minimum, comply with the corrective and preventive action requirements of the following document:


EN ISO 9001 Quality Management Systems. Requirements

26.11.3 Opportunities for improvement shall be identified from the information collected during maintenance, defects management and risk management activities.

26.11.4 Contractor shall investigate these opportunities to determine their scope and to identify potential solutions.

26.12 Solution evaluation and options 26.12.1 Contractor’s Assessment Plan shall make provision for the evaluation of the costs

and benefits of the potential solutions by application of the risk management principles.

26.12.2 Potential solutions shall include, as a minimum, the following:

a. Change to maintenance specifications;

b. Change to the frequency of application of the maintenance specification;

c. Equipment re-servicing;

d. Equipment renewal;

e. Re-design of systems and equipment.

26.13 Disposal or replacement of assets 26.13.1 Re-servicing and Minor Renewal



a. The Asset Management Plan shall define a process to identify and control the renewal and servicing requirements of AFC equipment as many assets periodically require minor renewal or re-servicing in order to control risk.

26.13.2 Inputs to Major Renewals

a. The Asset Management Plan shall make provision for the evaluation of options appropriate to major renewals and the disposal of existing assets.

b. Option evaluation shall be documented and recorded, the results of which shall enable management to make a judgement on prioritizing the renewals work in consideration of the risk of leaving the existing assets in service.

c. Where it is proposed to defer a major renewal, the risk of doing so shall be assessed and managed in accordance with risk management principles.



27 DOCUMENTATION

27.1 General The Contractor shall submit a Submission Programme. The Submission Programme shall identify all submissions to be submitted, submission titles, submission numbers and target submission dates

27.1.1 The Contractor shall provide configuration management to ensure that the System is correctly configured. The Contractor shall ensure that a configuration control programme is maintained. The programme shall ensure that the configuration of each item is recorded and maintained during the life of the Contract and Defects Liability Period.

27.1.2 The Contractor shall submit a configuration management plan to NMRC for review within 60 days of the Date for Commencement of the Works. The Configuration Management Plan shall identify the persons to be responsible and the methods and arrangement to carry out the configuration management.

27.2 Submission requirement 27.2.1 General: The Contractor shall include records of amendment in each submission

with the following details:

a) Revision history and status of the submissions;

b) Description on changes for each revision; and

c) The Contractor’s signature for authorization of the submission indicating proper design check has been carried out before the submitting to NMRC.

d) The revision status and date of preparation of the submission shall be clearly indicated at the header of each page of the submission.

e) The first submission shall be revision 0 and subsequent revision shall be 0.1, then 0.2, so and so forth.

f) The Contractor shall maintain records of the submission and updated record shall be included in the Monthly Progress Report. The submission record shall include the following details:

i. Submission number;

ii. Submission title;

iii. Revision history;

iv. Status of Employer’s Response for each revision;

v. Submission dates and dates of return from NMRC for each revision; and

vi. Current status.



27.2.2 Levels of Submissions

a) The Contractor shall adopt top-down approach and submit submissions of the following levels in a logical sequence for the review of NMRC:

i. System level related submissions;

ii. Equipment level related submissions;

iii. Installation design related submissions;

iv. Design calculations;

v. Management plans and procedures;

vi. Approval certificates; and

vii. Miscellaneous submissions.

b) System level related submissions shall show the total system including the configuration block diagrams, operating principle, system features and functions, capacity, expandability, interconnection within the Subsystem, between Subsystems and between other Project Contractors.

c) Equipment level related submissions shall show the specifications on electrical, mechanical and functionality of the equipment/materials employed for the System and the Subsystems.

d) Installation design related submissions shall include:

i. The installation methods and procedures for different types of installation activities;

ii. Drawings showing the equipment locations and positions, Subsystems coverage;

iii. Schematic and wiring diagrams;

iv. Equipment mounting details; and

v. Layouts of equipment, in equipment rooms.

e) Design calculations shall demonstrate the performance of the System and Subsystems. Detailed requirements on calculation submissions are given in respective volumes of individual Subsystem.



28 PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS

28.1 General 28.1.1 The dates of completion of different sections of the Works and the Key Dates are

given in the General Specification.

28.2 Design 28.2.1 To ensure proper co-ordination of design efforts, the Contractor’s attention is

drawn to the tender and award programme for the interfacing Designated Contractors.

28.3 Key dates and access dates 28.3.1 Key Dates are provided in the Project Timelines section of the first chapter of the

“General Specifications” document in the volume 2 of this RFP and Access Dates for various sections have been shown in Appendix 15.1 of this document.

28.4 Project meetings 28.4.1 General

28.4.1.1 The Contractor representatives shall attend meetings scheduled by NMRC for the collection and dissemination of information related to the Contract.

28.4.1.2 NMRC will prepare the agenda and will record the minutes of each meeting and distribute them to each of the participants.

28.4.1.3 Routine progress meetings shall be conducted at NMRC's facilities.

28.4.1.4 Meetings requiring demonstration of equipment and major hardware shall be held at NMRC's facilities, at the Contractor's or its sub-Contractor's facilities, as decided by NMRC.

28.4.2 Post Award Meeting

28.4.2.1 A Post Award meeting will be scheduled by NMRC. Before the meeting, NMRC will distribute a notice of the meeting along with an agenda of the subjects to be addressed.

28.4.2.2 NMRC will perform the following at this meeting:

a) Explain and discuss the responsibilities and authorities of NMRC.

b) Discuss procedures for meetings, project correspondence, and points of contacts for administrative and technical communications.

c) Discuss procedures for shop drawings, product data and other Contract submittals.

d) Discuss procedures for processing change notices and change orders.

e) Discuss monthly progress estimate cut-off dates.

f) Discuss progress and final payments.



28.4.2.3 The Contractor shall perform the following at this meeting:

a) Introduce Contractor representatives and briefly describe each person's responsibilities.

b) Provide an organization chart identifying managers of all departments, lead Employees, quality control staff and subcontractors.

c) Introduce the major sub-contractors representatives and their scope of work.

d) Discuss design and manufacturing schedule and the sequencing of entire Contract.

e) Provide an overview of the basic design concepts and point out where design efforts will be most critical to the success of the program.

28.4.3 Progress Meetings

28.4.3.1 Progress meetings shall be held each month and weekly when equipment placement starts, or as scheduled by NMRC, for the complete and timely execution of the Contract. Progress meetings shall include representatives of subcontractors who are or will be performing work during the coming weeks.

28.4.3.2 NMRC will:

a) Distribute notices of progress meetings to the Contractor who shall forward notices to sub-contractors engaged in the Work, and all those expected to be engaged in the work before the next scheduled meeting.

b) Prepare the agenda.

28.4.3.3 The agenda for progress meetings will include the following:

a) Introduction of new attendees and areas of responsibility.

b) Review of minutes of previous meetings, amendment of minutes if necessary, and acceptance of minutes.

c) Analysis of work accomplished since previous meeting, design issues, fabrication, product delivery, schedule changes, problems arising from proposed changes, and other circumstances which might affect progress of work Contractor shall have an updated schedule showing all activities started, completed, and ongoing during previous month and all activities scheduled for the next month.

d) Discussion of sequence of work and Progress Schedule. Contractor shall report on all activities which are forecasted to be completed beyond the approved schedule date(s) and shall identify means of maintaining the approved schedule.

e) Discussion of work quality observations, problems, and employee work standards as they pertain to successful completion of the Contract.

f) Discussion of changed conditions, time extensions, and other relevant subjects as they affect the progress of the work.



g) Discussion of corrective measures to maintain progress schedule when necessary.

h) Discussion of upcoming month's work.

28.4.3.4 Inquiries, requests for information, and requests for solutions of problems presented during such meetings shall be answered, when possible, during the meeting; those not answered during the meeting shall be resolved, documented and delivered in person or fared to the person requesting the information within 10 working days of the close of the meeting. NMRC will develop and maintain an action item list which will indicate items to be resolved, person assigned to follow or resolve, and anticipated date for resolution. Answers provided orally at the meetings shall be recorded in the minutes.

28.4.4 Special Meetings

28.4.4.1 Special meetings will be scheduled by NMRC as NMRC deems necessary.



29 Appendix

29.1 Appendix 6 Codes and Standards

Safety of information technology equipment, including electrical business equipment.

EN 60950-1:2006

Power Transformers IEC 60076, EN 60076

Protection Class for Components As specified for individual equipment in this PS.

Surge Protective Devices IEC 61643 – 1

EMC – Immunity IEC 60801, EN 60801

EMC – Emission VDE 0875, IEC 60555, EN 60555

Electromagnetic compatibility Testing and Measurement Techniques

IEC 61000-4, EN 61000-4, BS EN 50121

RFI Suppression EN55022A or VDE 0878

Level measuring systems utilizing ionising radiation with continuous or switching output

IEC 60982

Sound Level of Noise Source ISO 3746, BS 4196–6

Flammability Tests IEC 60707

Valve Regulated Sealed Lead Acid Rechargeable Single Cells

IRS: S93-96, DOT: TQ510G 92

Low-voltage Switchgear and Control gear Assemblies

IEC 60439 – 1, EN 60439–1

Low-voltage Switchgear and Control gear IEC 60947, EN 60947, IEC947-3, IEC 60898 or EN 60898

Specification for contactors IEC60947 – 4, EN 60947-4

Code of practice for Earthing IEEE1100, NFPA 780, IEC1024

Transient Protection MIL-STD-7041A

Lightning Protection BS-6651

Quality ISO9001

International Standard MPEG-4 Video ISO/IEC 13818-2:2002 or later edition



Specification for Safety of Information technology equipment including electrical business equipment.

BS EN 60950-1:2006

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) : Generic standards immunity for Industry environments.

BS EN 61326 (Annex A)

Specification for safety requirements for equipment to be connected to telecommunication networks.

BS EN 41003:1999

Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control & laboratory use. Part 1: General requirements.

BS 61010-1:2003/A2:1995

Secondary protectors for Communication Circuits. Underwriters Laboratory safety std 497A



29.2 Appendix 15.1 Schedule of Access Dates: Access Dates The Contractor shall require access to information as well as to various locations at stations/depots/guide-ways, etc., in stages, in order to plan his activities for time-bound completion of his obligations under the Contract. The dates on which such accesses are likely to become available are indicated in Appendix 15.2 of this Appendix and shall mean access by the midnight.

The Contractor shall develop his Work Plan based on these Access Dates. If, in the course of construction, the achievement of these access points must be shifted in time, to be either earlier or later, such adjustments shall be notified to the Contractor for modification of the Work Plan. If such readjustment cannot be accommodated without changes to the Key Dates and/or the level of effort, then the Contractor shall notify NMRC’s Representative of such conditions for resolution under the terms of the Contract.

Contractor shall give all inputs required for meeting the Access Dates defined hereunder to other Designated Contractors in a timely manner to match the programme schedule of the designated contractor. In any case, all these inputs must have been given by Contractor and agreed jointly between the designated contractors well in advance before the stated access date. The Access Dates are defined as hereunder:

A. AD1: Access to Equipment Rooms – Shared Access

By this likely date, the Contractor will have shared access with other Telecom contractors to the Telecom Equipment Room as well as the UPS (S&T) Room for use (UPS Room will be shared with Signal and AFC contractor(s)). Prior to such access, civil and electrical works specified below will have been completed:

• Wall finishes, false ceiling (if any) and doors/ windows

• Cable support structures from main cable guide-ways along the track to the above rooms for optical fibre cables/coaxial cables/power cables.

• Installation (not commissioning) of electrical lighting fixtures.

B. AD2: Access to Cable Ducts/Hangers/Trays along with Viaduct and Guideway:

By this likely date, the Contractor will have general access to Guideway and main cable ducts/Hangers/Trays along with Viaduct for use pertaining to laying of optical fibre cables/ main cables and installation of train control equipment along the guide-way.

C. AD3: Shared Access to Track & Station Area:

By this likely date, the Contractor will have shared access to Track.

This likely date represents the beginning of a period during which general shared access to all areas of the facilities must be made available to the Contractor. The exact point in time at which such access shall be provided shall be developed and agreed to through interface meetings with the concerned contractors. Beyond this access point, the contractor shall have continuous, albeit not exclusive, access to these areas. By this date, the general areas at stations, depots and OCC shall be available for contractor for laying, clamping and termination of cables at various locations.

D. AD4: Access to Permanent Power & Air Conditioning

By this likely date, the provision of permanent power and Air conditioning in the Telecom Equipment Room shall have been completed.



29.3 Appendix 15.2: Schedule of Access Dates for AFC

AD No Access Date

AFC for 21 stations (Phase -1) Dec -17

TVM for 21 stations (Phase-2) Mar -18

AD 1 Access to Equipment Rooms Aug-17 Nov -17 AD 1.1 Any two stations Aug-17 Nov -17 AD 1.2 Next two stations - Jan -18 AD 1.3 Balance Stations Sept-17 Feb -18

AD 2 Access to Cable Ducts/ Hangers/Trays along with Viaduct and Guide ways Oct-17 -

AD 3 Shared access to Tracks Oct-17 -

AD 4 Access to Permanent Power & Air-Conditioning Oct-17 -



29.4 Appendix 16 Actual vs Estimated Ridership:

Note: Graph shows actual vs estimated ridership for DMRC over Noida corridor. As indicated in graph, actual ridership is more than that was estimated in DPR



Ridership:

2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027

Noida - Greater Noida Metro Corridor

1,45,000

1,59,500

1,75,450

1,92,995

2,30,000

2,49,090

2,69,765

2,92,156

3,16,405

3,42,667

Noida City Buses+ Feeder Buses

2,74,303

2,93,504

3,14,050

3,36,033

3,59,555

3,84,724

4,11,655

4,40,471

4,71,304

5,04,295

Total Ridership Per day Buses + Metro

4,19,303

4,53,004

4,89,500

5,29,028

5,89,555

6,33,814

6,81,420

7,32,627

7,87,709

8,46,962

Metro Fare Structure:

City Bus Fare Structure: # Kilometre Fare (INR) 1 0 - 3 10.00 2 3.1 - 6 15.00 3 6.1 - 10 20.00 4 10.1 - 14 25.00 5 14.1 - 17 30.00 6 17.1 - 20 35.00 7 20.1 - 25 40.00 8 25.1 - 30 45.00 9 30.1 and above 50.00

Note: Metro fares are expected to be revised. Revised fares would be shared with successful bidder

# Distance Fare (INR) 1 0-2 Km 12.00 2 2-4 Km 15.00 3 4-6 Km 18.00 4 6-9 Km 22.00 5 9-12 Km 23.00 6 12-15 Km 26.00 7 15-18 Km 28.00 8 18-21 Km 31.00 9 21-24 Km 32.00

10 24-27 Km 34.00 11 27-30 Km 37.00






Annexure 1: Utility Payments

Issued By





Table of Content

1 UTILITY PAYMENTS .............................................................................................................................. 3

1.1 STAKEHOLDER RESPONSIBILITIES ...................................................................................................................... 3 1.2 ELECTRICITY BILL PAYMENT ............................................................................................................................. 4 1.3 WATER BILL PAYMENT ...................................................................................................................................... 5 1.4 GAS BILL PAYMENT ........................................................................................................................................... 5 1.5 POINT OF SALE (POS) DEVICE ............................................................................................................................ 6 1.6 CARD ISSUANCE ................................................................................................................................................. 7 1.7 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ON UTILITY PAYMENT INTEGRATIONS ....................................................................... 9 1.8 MOBILE APPLICATION ...................................................................................................................................... 10 1.9 FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS ATM ....................................................................................................................... 11



1 Utility Payments

As per the one city one card vision, NMRC envisages to extend the smart card based fare collection system to meet other payment needs of citizens such as payments for various utility bills. As part of utility payments the following entities have been agreed to be part of initiatives on accepting Co-branded Noida metro card for the payments.

1. Electricity bill payments for Uttar Pradesh Power Corporation Limited (UPPCL) 2. Water bill payments in Noida and Greater Noida region 3. Piped Natural Gas (PNG) and Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) bill payments for Indraprastha Gas

Limited (IGL)

1.1 Stakeholder Responsibilities The various responsibilities of all the stakeholders are listed below:

S.No. Utility Payment Services

Stakeholder Responsibilities

1 Electricity Bill Payment

UPPCL • Overall monitoring the implementation and services

• Define business rules • Staff for Point of Sale (POS) devices and

Card Issuance Machines (CIM) Operation. • Physical Security of equipment and

devices provided/installed. Financial Institution and AFC Provider

• POS Machines for bill payment and CIM for Card issuance and Card recharge

• Payment Gateway services • Integration with to central back office

system • Training to staff • Co-branded card based transaction

settlement in T+2 day • Propose a loyalty and rewards programme

2 Piped Natural Gas and Compressed Natural Gas Bill Payment

Indraprastha Gas Limited • Overall monitoring the implementation and services

• Define business rules • Staff for POS and CIM Operation. • Physical Security of equipment and

devices provided/installed. Financial Institution and AFC Provider


• Payment Gateway services • Integration with central back office system • Training to staff • Co-branded card based transaction

settlement in T+2 day • Propose a loyalty and rewards programme

3 Water Bill Payment for Noida and Greater Noida region

Noida Authority • Overall monitoring the implementation and services

• Define business rules • Staff for POS and CIM Operation. • Physical Security of equipment installed.

Financial Institution and AFC Provider


• Payment Gateway services • Integration with central back office system • Training to staff



S.No. Utility Payment Services

Stakeholder Responsibilities

• Co-branded card based transaction settlement in T+2 day

• Propose a loyalty and rewards programme

1.2 Electricity Bill Payment Below are the requirements for the Integration of the UPPCL utility payments for accepting Noida EMV co-branded cards for payments.

1.2.1 Payment Facilities

The payments facility facilitates the customer by providing an ecosystem for the acceptance of Noida EMV co-branded cards for Electric city payments in Noida & Greater Noida. The utility payments requirements consist of the following:

1.2.1.1 Point of Sale (PoS) Device:

These are hand held electronic PoS payments machines and shall be deployed for payments of Utility bills and would be used by UPPCL staff. This equipment is a portable, hand held device to facilitate the payments and specifications are mentioned below in section 1.5

1.2.1.2 Card Issuance Machine (CIM):

The CIM shall comprise of a dedicated office space to conduct the activities like issuing personalized/non-personalized EMV cards and topping up of the EMV Co-branded cards and specifications are mentioned below in section 1.6

1.2.1.3 Interface to Central Backoffice System:


a. Banking Interfaces: The banking interfaces shall be required for enabling card Issuance, top-up & debit/credit transactions using EMV Co-branded Card.

b. UPPCL billing system: UPPCL billing system integrations shall be required to process the utility payments for the customer accounts, billing details and transaction management.

1.2.1.4 Payment Gateway services

a. UPPCL will also accept the EMV Co-branded Card for payments through web applications which is currently in services.

b. Financial Institution should provide the payment gateways services to the UPPCL payments service provider for integrating the payments through EMV Co-branded card online account.

c. Financial Institution should liaison with payment gateway service provider of UPPCL for this integration.

1.2.2 Bill of Quantities for utility payments through UPPCL Components Number

Number of UPPCL bill collection locations in Noida 35 Number of Card Issuance locations at UPPCL Collection centres 5 Number of CIM and Personalized printers 10 Number of POS terminals 70



1.3 Water Bill Payment Below are the requirements for the Integration of the 3 Noida and 10 Greater Noida water bill utility payments centres.


The payments facility facilitates the customer by providing an ecosystem for the acceptance of Noida EMV co-branded cards for water bill payments in Noida & Greater Noida region. The utility payments requirements consist of the following:


These are hand held electronic PoS payments machines and shall be deployed for payments of Utility bills and would be used by Noida and Grater Noida Authority staff. This equipment is a portable, hand held device to facilitate the payments and specifications are mentioned below in section 1.5




b. Noida and Grater Noida Authority billing system: Noida and Grater Noida Authority billing system integrations shall be required to process the utility payments for the customer accounts, billing details and transaction management.


a. Noida and Greater Noida Authorities will also accept the EMV Co-branded Cards for payments through web applications which is currently in services.

b. Financial Institution should provide the payment gateways services to the Noida and Greater Noida Authorities payments service provider for integrating the payments through EMV Co-branded card online account.

c. Financial Institution should liaison with payment gateway service provider of Noida and Greater Noida Authorities for this integration.

1.3.2 Bill of Quantities for utility payments through Noida and Grater Noida Authorities Components Number

Number of water bill collection locations in Noida 3 Number of water bill collection locations in Greater Noida 10 Number of POS terminals 16

1.4 Gas Bill Payment Below are the requirements for the Integration of the IGL CNG bill utility payments centres.


The payments facility facilitates the customer by providing an ecosystem for the acceptance of Noida EMV co-branded cards for payments. The utility payments requirements consist of the following:


These are hand held electronic PoS payments machines and shall be deployed for payments of Utility bills and would be used by IGL staff. This equipment is a portable,



hand held device to facilitate the payments and specifications are mentioned below in section 1.5




b. IGL billing system: IGL billing system integrations shall be required to process the utility payments for the customer accounts, billing details and transaction management.


a. IGL will also accept the EMV Co-branded Card for payments through web applications which is currently in services.

b. Financial Institution should provide the payment gateways services to the IGL payments service provider for integrating the payments through EMV Co-branded card online account.

c. Financial Institution should liaison with payment gateway service provider of IGL for this integration.

1.4.2 Bill of Quantities for utility payments through IGL Components Number

Number of CMG bill collection locations in Noida 16 Number of CNG bill collection locations in Greater Noida 18 Number of POS terminals 68

1.5 Point of Sale (PoS) Device The PS would be read and process EMV Co-branded Card for utility payments. A provision must be made in the PoS for an EMV smart card reader with inbuilt security protocols and modules. The PoS will support secure transfer of financial data from PoS through GPRS and Wi-Fi network to backend system at preconfigured intervals. PoS application will also empower Security & Vigilance Personnel to reconcile the utility payments completed through EMV Co-branded Card. The PoS, at the minimum, consist of the following features:

1.5.1 Handling wear and tear; high throughput of transactions (during peak period) supporting prolonged battery power to last minimum for a shift with GPRS connectivity

1.5.2 Application data should be managed through PoS’s from BackOffice

1.5.3 Support secured Login using ID/PIN using Contact less Smart Cards for staff’s

1.5.4 Provision to extract transaction data from PoS, in case the data is not communicated to backend system due to problem in communication or PoS device

1.5.5 Easy to use for staffs with issue of tickets requiring minimum key-strokes

1.5.6 Display the real-time status of the battery and PoS health

1.5.7 Conserve battery during idle time either by invoking auto shutdown or sleep mode

1.5.8 Tamper proof software and hardware (alert upon tamper).

1.5.9 PoS to print hard copy information of payments completed and total revenue collected at that point in time for security personnel to reconcile the transactions

1.5.10 Display must be readable in all ambient light conditions including bright, day light.



1.5.11 The device should support OTA (Over the Air) updating of master data and application.

1.5.12 PoS to support read / write of Contact & Contactless EMV CSC of both Type A and Type B, confirming to ISO 14443, 7816 specifications.

1.5.13 Authority shall be responsible for issuing, receiving and charging of PoS. The space and power supply and inverter for the same shall be provided by Authority.

1.5.14 PoS to accept only the EMV Noida metro co-branded cards for payments of utility bills

1.5.15 Below is the minimum specification of PoS terminals.

S.No. Parameter Requirement

1 SDRAM Min of 64 MB 2 Extendable


3 Display Graphic touch display minimum 128 x 64 Pixels, minimum 2.5” screen, Monochrome or colour, Backlight capable of displaying Graphical images / icons, ( GUI design has to be user friendly and Fonts used should be easily readable by the Conductor / Inspector )

4 Keypad Minimum of 16 keys on the keypad including programmable keys. 5 Contactless ISO 14443 A&B ,ISO 18092 EMV level-1 certified 6 Contact ISO 7816 EMV level-1 certified 7 Kernels EMV level-2 Paypass /Paywave/ qSparcless 8 Thermal Printer 38 mm, (min. of 18 lines/ sec), easy paper roll loading.

Should support min 15 meter length thermal paper roll (55 GSM); Paper out sensor

9 SAM slots Min 2 SAM slots 10 GPRS/USSD Wireless Wide Area GSM/GPRS on dual band (850/900/1800/1900 MHz) 11 Battery Li-ion/Li-polymer, Min 2400 mAH (Print 800 tickets per shift with a minimum of

12 hours of operations with real time data transfer and smart card read & write facility): Over-charge/ over-voltage/ over-current protection; Quick recharge ;Extra Battery Pack per ETM

12 Weight Max. 500 grams 13 Communication LAN 10/100 Base-T (10/100Mbs)

Wi-Fi /GPRS 14 Ingress IP 54 15 Security Should support encryption standards including 3DES and AES for smart card

reading/writing as well as communication with Central System 16 Certification EMV Level 1 & 2 and PCI-PED V-3.x certification 17 Operating temp. 5 – 45 degree C 18 Indications on

display Battery charge status; GSM Signal strength

19 Audio Beeps on key-press and transactions

20 Others Remote Administration; Over the air upgrade of firmware, application, configuration parameters, master data, etc. should be possible.


1.6 Card Issuance The Card Issuance system consists of issuance infrastructure for issuance of cards and renewal of cards on co-branded EMV contactless smart cards to the commuters at pass issuance counters in the depots. The issuance infrastructure connects to the backend system through the Secure LAN



network infrastructure at Issuance counters. Primarily the pass issuance infrastructure consists of the following:

1.6.1 Card Issuance Machine: The Ticket office is used to process the card holder’s data and issue

cards: The specifications of are as follows:







10 Mouse USB Optical Scroll mouse with Pad 11 Power supply 230 watts and above Energy Star compliant Ver 5.0, ACPI compliant or more

SMPS power supply, should be capable to support fully configured PC

12 Power Management


13 Operating System


14 Bundled software



1.6.2 Smart Card Printer Specifications:








1.6.3 Smart Card Reader: The smart card reader is used to read and write the data into the smart

card. The specifications of co-branded EMV contactless smart card reader is as follows:

S.No Parameter Specifications 1 Communication Two RS232 ports (Main and Debug) 2 SAM 4 SIM Slots 3 Environment Protection IP54 4 Input Power DC12V 5 Certification EMV EMV Level 1, and Level 2 Rupay

Others CE 6 RF Interface Operation

Frequency 13.56Mhz

Sub-carrier Frequency

847.5Khz

Standard Support

ISO14443 A/B, ISO 18092 (NFC)

1.6.4 Camera: The camera is used to capture the image of the pass holder and the image will be

processed on the co-branded EMV contactless smart card. The specifications of camera is

as follows:

S.No Parameter Specifications 1 Photos Up to 3.0 megapixels (software enhanced) 2 Connectivity Hi-Speed USB 2.0 certified 3 Camera Drivers Microsoft Certified Windows Drivers 4 Cable Length Minimum 4 Feet 5 Pan 360 degrees

1.7 General Requirements on utility payment integrations As part of the General requirements contractor should provide the below services on integrating the utility payments as mentioned above with NMRC services at Metro stations and Bus depots.

1.7.1 Kiosk


10 Mouse USB Optical Scroll mouse with Pad 11 Power supply 230 watts and above Energy Star compliant Ver 5.0, ACPI compliant or more

SMPS power supply, should be capable to support fully configured PC

12 Power Management


13 Operating System


14 Bundled software





The Kiosk system a stationary device consists of infrastructure for collecting utility payments through EMV CSC, top-up EMV CSC using Credit/Debit cards in the metro stations & bus depot locations The Kiosk should be connected to backend system through the Secure LAN network infrastructure at Kiosk center provided by contractor. The specifications of Kiosk are as follows:

System Item Specification Cabinet Material Stainless Steel Type Front Side Maintenance Electronic Control Unit CPU, RAM,

Storage, etc Minimum 512KB Flash, 64KB SRAM

Contactless Smart Media Reader / Writer

RF Interface ISO14443 A/B,ISO18092 (NFC) Internal Module Min 2 x SIM Slots (for SAM)

Min 2 x RF Connector Certification EMV Level 1,Level-2 MasterCard

PayPass/Visa Paywave/RuPay qSparc Touch Screen Language Hindi, English

LCD Minimum 15 inch TFT-LCD Touch Infrared rays interception detection form

Passenger Information Display (PID)

LED Type Min 5 Dot Matrix (16dot x 16dot ), 2 Colors Size Min 100mm(H) x 700mm(W) Display Size Min 64mm(H) x 640mm(W) External Power Module

Min 5V/20A(100W)

Printer Type Thermal Power Supply Unit (PSU)

Input voltage (V) AC 220 ~ 240 Output Rated Voltage (V)

5.3, 12.5, 24 (according to Input voltage)

Alarm Unit Buzzer 90dB at 24VDC / 10cm Credit/Debit card reader

PIN Pad Magnetic stripe and contact interface. ISO 7816 ,EMV level-1 ,PCI DSS 3.1 certified

1.7.2 Network Requirements for Kiosk Devices

a. Contractor should provide the MPLS connectivity from the Kiosk centers to central BackOffice system.

b. Contractor should provide redundancy network in case of failure with primary network.

1.7.3 Bill of quantities for Kiosk

Components Number Number of Kiosks in Metro stations 21 Number of Kiosks in bus depots 5

1.8 Mobile Application The utility payments shall be a separate functionality in the NMRCL mobile application through which the citizen can easily access and pay their utility payments by using the NMRC co-branded card.



1.9 Financial Institutions ATM Financial Institution ATM applications should also have features for the utility payments such as electricity bill, water bill and CNG bill etc., the utility payments shall be a separate functionality in the NMRCL mobile application through which the citizen can easily access and pay their utility payments by using the NMRC co-branded card.






Annexure 2: Extended Banking Requirements

Issued By





Table of Content

1 CORPORATE BANKING REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 3

1.1 SALARY ACCOUNTS............................................................................................................................................ 3 1.2 CASH MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................................................................... 3 1.3 CURRENT ACCOUNT SERVICES ........................................................................................................................... 3 1.4 SHORT TERM DEPOSITS ...................................................................................................................................... 3



1 Corporate Banking Requirements

1.1 Salary Accounts 1.1.1 Following table shows of projected employee headcounts at NMRC.

# Section Employee Designation Count 1 Operators Senior Supervisors 20

Supervisors 194 Non-Supervisors 65

2 Rolling Stock & Workshop Supervisors 26 Non-Supervisors 62

3 Signal & Telecom Supervisors 49 Non-Supervisors 96

4 Civil Supervisors 17 Non-Supervisors 31

5 Electrical Supervisors 56 Non-Supervisors 122

6 Stores Supervisors 12 Non-Supervisors 0

7 Miscellaneous Supervisors 02 Non-Supervisors 20

Total 772

1.1.2 Financial institution shall provide salary account and other core retail banking services such as debit card, credit cards etc. to all employees of Noida metro.

1.1.3 In addition to above, financial institution may cross sell different banking products such as Life insurance, loans etc. to Noida Metro employees.

1.1.4 Noida metro is planning to engage contractors to execute Noida Metro project. Financial institution may extend aforementioned banking services and products to employees of these contractors. However this shall solely depend on relation between financial institution and contractor and Noida Metro shall not play any role in offering banking services and products to contractor’s employees.

1.2 Cash Management Noida Metro shall appoint an agency to pick up daily cash generated out of various transit transactions happened at metro stations, city buses and parking lots and handover the cash to Financial Institution at a designated location and mutually agreed time every day. Financial Institution shall collect this cash and deposit in Noida metro’s account provided by the prime bidder with T+2 settlement cycle.

1.3 Current Account Services Financial Institution shall provide current account services to Noida metro on demand.

1.4 Short Term Deposits Financial institution shall provide short term deposit service to Noida metro to park surplus cash and earn interest revenue. Projected expenses for NMRC are provided in below table. NMRC is planning to keep surplus cash generated out of operations in short term deposits with financial institution. Financial institution shall



provide short term deposit service to Noida metro to park surplus cash. This would be an additional opportunity to financial institution to earn revenue. Numbers mentioned below are indicative

Expenses Category

Projected expenses in INR Crores 2017-18 2018-19 2024-25 2029-30 2034-35 2039-40

Staff 21.72 47.35 79.41 122.19 188 289.26 Maintenance

expenses 18.42 39.6 61.11 87.74 125.96 180.83 Energy 10.71 23.04 59.64 85.62 194.46 279.17

Total 50.85 109.99 200.16 295.55 508.42 749.26





Volume 3: Conditions of Contract

Issued By





Table of Content

1 GENERAL PROVISIONS ............................................................................................................. 7

1.1 DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 7 1.2 INTERPRETATION .................................................................................................................................. 13 1.3 COMMUNICATIONS ............................................................................................................................... 13 1.4 LAW AND LANGUAGE ........................................................................................................................... 13 1.5 PRIORITY OF DOCUMENTS .................................................................................................................... 14 1.6 CONTRACT AGREEMENT ...................................................................................................................... 14 1.7 ASSIGNMENT ........................................................................................................................................ 14 1.8 CARE AND SUPPLY OF DOCUMENTS ..................................................................................................... 14 1.9 DELAYED DRAWINGS OR INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................. 15 1.10 EMPLOYER’S USE OF CONTRACTOR’S DOCUMENTS ............................................................................. 15 1.11 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF EMPLOYER’S DOCUMENTS ............................................................................. 15 1.12 CONFIDENTIAL DETAILS ....................................................................................................................... 16 1.13 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS..................................................................................................................... 16 1.14 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY ............................................................................................................ 16

2 THE EMPLOYER ........................................................................................................................ 17

2.1 TIME FOR ACCESS TO THE SITE............................................................................................................. 17 2.2 PERMITS, LICENSES OR APPROVAL ....................................................................................................... 17 2.3 EMPLOYER’S PERSONNEL ..................................................................................................................... 17 2.4 EMPLOYER’S FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS ........................................................................................... 18 2.5 EMPLOYER’S CLAIMS ........................................................................................................................... 18

3 THE ENGINEER ......................................................................................................................... 20

3.1 ENGINEER’S DUTY AND AUTHORITY .................................................................................................... 20 3.2 DELEGATION BY THE ENGINEER ........................................................................................................... 21 3.3 INSTRUCTIONS OF THE ENGINEER ......................................................................................................... 21 3.4 REPLACEMENT OF THE ENGINEER ........................................................................................................ 22 3.5 DETERMINATIONS ................................................................................................................................ 22

4 THE CONTRACTOR ................................................................................................................... 23

4.1 CONTRACTOR’S GENERAL OBLIGATIONS ............................................................................................. 23 4.2 PERFORMANCE SECURITY .................................................................................................................... 25 4.3 CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIVE ....................................................................................................... 26 4.4 SUBCONTRACTORS ............................................................................................................................... 26 4.5 ASSIGNMENT OF BENEFIT OF SUBCONTRACT ....................................................................................... 27 4.6 COOPERATION ...................................................................................................................................... 27 4.7 SETTING OUT ....................................................................................................................................... 27 4.8 SAFETY PROCEDURES ........................................................................................................................... 28 4.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE .......................................................................................................................... 28 4.10 SITE DATA ............................................................................................................................................ 28 4.11 SUFFICIENCY OF THE ACCEPTED CONTRACT AMOUNT ......................................................................... 29 4.12 UNFORESEEABLE PHYSICAL CONDITIONS ............................................................................................ 29 4.13 RIGHT WAY AND FACILITIES ................................................................................................................ 30 4.14 AVOIDANCE OF INTERFERENCE ............................................................................................................ 30 4.15 ACCESS ROUTE ..................................................................................................................................... 30 4.16 TRANSPORT OF GOODS ......................................................................................................................... 31 4.17 CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT ................................................................................................................ 31



4.18 PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................... 31 4.19 ELECTRICITY, WATER AND GAS ........................................................................................................... 31 4.20 EMPLOYER’S EQUIPMENT AND FREE-ISSUE MATERIALS ...................................................................... 32 4.21 PROGRESS REPORTS ............................................................................................................................. 32 4.22 SECURITY OF THE SITE ......................................................................................................................... 33 4.23 CONTRACTOR’S OPERATION ON SITE ................................................................................................... 34 4.24 FOSSILS ................................................................................................................................................ 34

5 NOMINATED SUBCONTRACTORS .......................................................................................... 35

5.1 DEFINITION OF NOMINATED SUBCONTRACTOR .................................................................................... 35 5.2 OBJECTION TO NOMINATION ................................................................................................................ 35 5.3 EVIDENCE OF PAYMENTS ..................................................................................................................... 35

6 STAFF AND LABOUR ................................................................................................................ 37

6.1 ENGAGEMENT OF STAFF AND LABOUR ................................................................................................. 37 6.2 RATES OF WAGES AND CONDITIONS OF LABOUR ................................................................................. 37 6.3 PERSONS IN THE SERVICE OF LABOUR .................................................................................................. 37 6.4 LABOUR LAWS ..................................................................................................................................... 37 6.5 WORKING HOURS ................................................................................................................................. 38 6.6 FACILITIES FOR STAFF AND LABOURERS .............................................................................................. 38 6.7 HEALTH AND SAFETY ........................................................................................................................... 38 6.8 CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENCE ..................................................................................................... 39 6.9 CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL ................................................................................................................ 39 6.10 RECORDS OF CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT ................................................................ 40 6.11 DISORDERLY CONDUCT ........................................................................................................................ 40 6.12 FOREIGN PERSONNEL ........................................................................................................................... 40 6.13 SUPPLY OF FOODSTUFFS ....................................................................................................................... 40 6.14 SUPPLY OF WATER ............................................................................................................................... 40 6.15 MEASURES AGAINST INSECT AND PEST NUISANCE ............................................................................... 40 6.16 ALCOHOLIC LIQUOR OR DRUGS............................................................................................................ 40 6.17 ARMS AND AMMUNITION ..................................................................................................................... 41 6.18 FESTIVALS AND RELIGIOUS CUSTOMS .................................................................................................. 41 6.19 FUNERAL ARRANGEMENTS .................................................................................................................. 41 6.20 PROHIBITION OF FORCED OR COMPULSORY LABOUR ........................................................................... 41 6.21 PROHIBITION OF HARMFUL CHILD LABOUR ......................................................................................... 41 6.22 EMPLOYMENT RECORD OF WORKERS .................................................................................................. 41 6.23 WORKER’S ORGANISATIONS ................................................................................................................ 41 6.24 NON-DISCRIMINATION AND EQUAL OPPORTUNITY .............................................................................. 41

7 PLANT, MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP ........................................................................... 43

7.1 MANNER OF EXECUTION ...................................................................................................................... 43 7.2 SAMPLES .............................................................................................................................................. 44 7.3 INSPECTION .......................................................................................................................................... 44 7.4 TESTING ............................................................................................................................................... 45 7.5 REJECTION ............................................................................................................................................ 45 7.6 REMEDIAL WORKS ............................................................................................................................... 45 7.7 OWNERSHIP OF PLANT AND MATERIALS .............................................................................................. 46 7.8 ROYALTIES ........................................................................................................................................... 46

8 COMMENCEMENT, DELAYS AND SUSPENSION .................................................................. 47

8.1 COMMENCEMENT OF WORKS ............................................................................................................... 47



8.2 TIME FOR COMPLETION ......................................................................................................................... 47 8.3 PROGRAMME ........................................................................................................................................ 47 8.4 EXTENSION OF TIME FOR COMPLETION ................................................................................................ 48 8.5 DELAYS CAUSED BY AUTHORITIES ...................................................................................................... 48 8.6 RATE OF PROGRESS .............................................................................................................................. 48 8.7 DELAY DAMAGES ................................................................................................................................. 49 8.8 SUSPENSION OF WORK ......................................................................................................................... 49 8.9 CONSEQUENCES OF SUSPENSION .......................................................................................................... 49 8.10 PROLONGED SUSPENSION ..................................................................................................................... 50 8.11 RESUMPTION OF WORK ........................................................................................................................ 50

9 TESTS ON COMPLETION ......................................................................................................... 51

9.1 CONTRACTOR’S OBLIGATIONS ............................................................................................................. 51 9.2 DELAYED TESTS ................................................................................................................................... 51 9.3 RETESTING ........................................................................................................................................... 51 9.4 FAILURE TO PASS TESTS ON COMPLETION ............................................................................................ 51 9.5 INTEGRATED TESTING AND COMMISSIONING ....................................................................................... 51

10 EMPLOYER’S TAKING OVER ................................................................................................... 53

10.1 TAKING OVER OF THE WORKS AND SECTIONS ..................................................................................... 53 10.2 ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORKS AND SECTIONS ....................................................................................... 53 10.3 ACCEPTING THE PART OF THE WORKS ................................................................................................. 54 10.4 INTERFERENCE WITH TESTS ON COMPLETION ...................................................................................... 54 10.5 SURFACE REINSTATEMENT ................................................................................................................... 55

11 DEFECTS LIABILITY ................................................................................................................. 56

11.1 COMPLETION OF OUTSTANDING WORK AND REMEDYING DEFECTS ..................................................... 56 11.2 COST OF REMEDYING DEFECTS ............................................................................................................ 56 11.3 EXTENSION OF DEFECTS NOTIFICATION PERIOD ................................................................................... 56 11.4 FAILURE TO REMEDY DEFECTS ............................................................................................................ 56 11.5 REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK .......................................................................................................... 57 11.6 FURTHER TESTS.................................................................................................................................... 57 11.7 RIGHT OF ACCESS ................................................................................................................................. 57 11.8 CONTRACTOR TO SEARCH .................................................................................................................... 57 11.9 PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE................................................................................................................ 57 11.10 UNFULFILLED OBLIGATIONS ................................................................................................................ 58 11.11 CLEARANCE OF SITE ............................................................................................................................. 58

12 MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION ....................................................................................... 59

12.1 WORKS TO BE MEASURED ..................................................................................................................... 59 12.2 METHOD OF MEASUREMENT ................................................................................................................ 59 12.3 EVALUATION ........................................................................................................................................ 59 12.4 OMISSIONS ........................................................................................................................................... 60

13 VARIATIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS ......................................................................................... 61

13.1 RIGHT TO VARY ................................................................................................................................... 61 13.2 VALUE ENGINEERING ........................................................................................................................... 61 13.3 VARIATION PROCEDURE ....................................................................................................................... 63 13.4 ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN LEGISLATION .................................................................................... 63

14 CONTRACT PRICE AND PAYMENT ......................................................................................... 64



14.1 THE CONTRACT PRICE .......................................................................................................................... 64 14.2 PAYMENT ............................................................................................................................................. 64 14.3 STATEMENT AT COMPLETION ............................................................................................................... 65 14.4 DISCHARGE .......................................................................................................................................... 65 14.5 ISSUE OF FINAL PAYMENT CERTIFICATE .............................................................................................. 65 14.6 CESSATION OF EMPLOYER’S LIABILITY ................................................................................................ 65 14.7 CURRENCIES OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................................... 65 14.8 WITHHOLDING AND LIEN FOR SUMS CLAIMED ..................................................................................... 66 14.9 RECOVERY OF MONEY DUE TO THE EMPLOYER .................................................................................... 66

15 TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER ................................................................................................ 67

15.1 NOTICE TO CORRECT ............................................................................................................................ 67 15.2 TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER ............................................................................................................... 67 15.3 VALUATION AT DATE OF TERMINATION ............................................................................................... 68 15.4 PAYMENT AFTER TERMINATION ........................................................................................................... 68 15.5 EMPLOYER’S ENTITLEMENT TO TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE ...................................................... 69 15.6 CORRUPT AND FRAUDULENT PRACTICES POLICY ................................................................................. 69 PLEASE REFER APPENDIX 1 OF CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ............................................................................ 69 15.7 TERMINATION OF SERVICES BY THE CONTRACTOR OR THE PRIME CONSORTIUM MEMBER OR THE

FINANCIAL INSTITUTION....................................................................................................................... 70 15.8 TERMINATION OF SERVICES BY THE AFC PROVIDER:........................................................................... 72

16 SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR ......................................................... 73

16.1 CONTRACTOR’S ENTITLEMENT TO SUSPEND WORK ............................................................................. 73 16.2 TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR .......................................................................................................... 73 16.3 CESSATION OF WORK AND REMOVAL OF CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT ................................................ 74 16.4 PAYMENT ON TERMINATION ................................................................................................................. 74

17 RISK AND RESPONSIBILITY .................................................................................................... 75

17.1 INDEMNITIES ........................................................................................................................................ 75 17.2 CONTRACTOR’S CARE OF THE WORKS ................................................................................................. 75 17.3 EMPLOYER’S RISKS .............................................................................................................................. 75 17.4 CONSEQUENCES OF EMPLOYER’S RISKS ............................................................................................... 76 17.5 INTELLECTUAL AND INDUSTRIAL PROPERTY RIGHTS ........................................................................... 76 17.6 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY .................................................................................................................... 77 17.7 USE OF EMPLOYER’S ACCOMMODATION/FACILITIES ........................................................................... 77

18 INSURANCE ............................................................................................................................... 78

18.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INSURANCES ........................................................................................ 78 18.2 INSURANCE FOR WORKS AND CONTRACTOR’S EQUIPMENT ................................................................. 79 18.3 INSURANCE AGAINST INJURY TO PERSONS AND DAMAGE TO PROPERTY .............................................. 80 18.4 INSURANCE FOR CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL ...................................................................................... 80

19 FORCE MAJEURE ..................................................................................................................... 81

19.1 DEFINITION OF FORCE MAJEURE .......................................................................................................... 81 19.2 NOTICE OF FORCE MAJEURE ................................................................................................................ 81 19.3 DUTY TO MINIMISE DELAY .................................................................................................................. 81 19.4 CONSEQUENCES OF FORCE MAJEURE ................................................................................................... 81 19.5 FORCE MAJEURE AFFECTING SUBCONTRACTOR .................................................................................. 82 19.6 OPTIONAL TERMINATION, PAYMENT AND RELEASE ............................................................................. 82 19.7 RELEASE FROM PERFORMANCE ............................................................................................................ 82



19.8 PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR ................................................................................................................. 83

20 CLAIMS, DISPUTES AND ARBITRATION ................................................................................ 84

20.1 CONTRACTOR’S CLAIMS ....................................................................................................................... 84 20.2 APPOINTMENT OF THE DISPUTE BOARD ............................................................................................... 85 20.3 FAILURE TO AGREE ON THE COMPOSITION OF THE DISPUTE BOARD .................................................... 86 20.4 OBTAINING DISPUTE BOARD’S DECISION ............................................................................................. 86 20.5 AMICABLE SETTLEMENT ...................................................................................................................... 87 20.6 ARBITRATION ....................................................................................................................................... 87 20.7 FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH DISPUTE BOARD’S DECISION .................................................................... 88 20.8 EXPIRY OF DISPUTE BOARD’S APPOINTMENT ....................................................................................... 88

21 ADDITIONAL CLAUSES ............................................................................................................ 89

22 APPENDIX ................................................................................................................................ 100

22.1 A GENERAL CONDITIONS OF DISPUTE BOARD AGREEMENT ............................................................... 100

23 CONTRACT FORMS ................................................................................................................ 106

23.1 NOTIFICATION OF AWARD .................................................................................................................. 106 23.2 CONTRACT AGREEMENT .................................................................................................................... 107 23.3 PERFORMANCE SECURITY .................................................................................................................. 108 23.4 REVENUE SECURITY ........................................................................................................................... 111 23.5 FORM OF DESIGNER’S WARRANTY ..................................................................................................... 114



1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.1 Definitions In the Conditions of Contract (“these Conditions”), the following words and expressions shall have the meanings stated. Words indicating persons or parties include corporations and other legal entities, except where the context requires otherwise.

1.1.1 Definitions

1.1.1.1 “Contract” means the Contract Agreement, the Letter of Acceptance, the Letter of Tender, bidding documents as mentioned in clause 2.2.1.1 of Volume 1 RFP, these Conditions, the Specification, the Drawings, the Schedules, and the further documents (if any) which are listed in the Contract Agreement or in the Letter of Acceptance.

1.1.1.2 “Letter of Acceptance” means the letter of formal acceptance, signed by the Employer, of the Letter of Tender, including any annexed memoranda comprising agreements between and signed by both Parties. If there is no such letter of acceptance, the expression “Letter of Acceptance” means the Contract Agreement and the date of issuing or receiving the Letter of Acceptance means the date of signing the Contract Agreement.

1.1.1.3 “Letter of Tender” means the document entitled letter of tender or letter of bid, which was completed by the Contractor and includes the signed offer to the Employer for the Works.

1.1.1.4 “Specification” means the document entitled specification, as included in the Contract, and any additions and modifications to the specification in accordance with the Contract. Such document specifies the Works.

1.1.1.5 “Drawings” means the drawings of the Works, as included in the Contract, and any additional and modified drawings issued by (or on behalf of) the Employer in accordance with the Contract.

1.1.1.6 “Schedules” means the document(s) entitled schedules, completed by the Contractor and submitted with the Letter of Tender, as included in the Contract. Such document may include the Bill of Quantities, data, lists, and schedules of rates and/or prices.

1.1.1.7 “Tender” means the Letter of Tender and all other documents which the Contractor submitted with the Letter of Tender, as included in the Contract.

1.1.1.8 “Bill of Quantities”, “Day work Schedule” and “Schedule of Payment Currencies” mean the documents so named (if any) which are comprised in the Schedules.

1.1.2 Parties and Persons

1.1.2.1 “Party” means the Employer or the Contractor, as the context requires.

1.1.2.2 “Employer” or “project owner” means Noida Metro Rail Limited (NMRC) Block – III, 3rd Floor, Ganga Shopping complex, Sector – 29, Noida -201301, District Gautam Budh Nagar, Uttar Pradesh, India



1.1.2.3 “Contractor” or “Service provider” means the person(s) named as contractor (successful bidding consortium) in the Letter of Tender accepted by the Employer and the legal successors in title to this person(s).

1.1.2.4 “Engineer” means the person appointed by the Employer to act as the Engineer for the purposes of the Contract or other person appointed from time to time by the Employer and notified to the Contractor under Sub-Clause 3.4 [Replacement of the Engineer].

1.1.2.5 “Contractor’s Representative” means the person named by the Contractor in the Contract or appointed from time to time by the Contractor under Sub-Clause 4.3 [Contractor’s Representative], who acts on behalf of the Contractor.

1.1.2.6 “Employer’s Personnel” means the Engineer, the assistants referred to in Sub-Clause 3.2 [Delegation by the Engineer] and all other staff, labour and other employees of the Engineer and of the Employer; and any other personnel notified to the Contractor, by the Employer or the Engineer, as Employer’s Personnel.

1.1.2.7 “Contractor’s Personnel” means the Contractor’s Representative and all personnel whom the Contractor utilities on Site, who may include the staff, labour and other employees of the Contractor and of each Subcontractor; and any other personnel assisting the Contractor in the execution of the Works.

1.1.2.8 “Subcontractor” means any person named in the Contract as a subcontractor, or any person appointed as a subcontractor, for a part of the Works; and the legal successors in title to each of these persons.

1.1.2.9 “DB” means the person or three persons appointed under Sub-Clause 20.2 [Appointment of the Dispute Board] or Sub-Clause 20.3 [Failure to Agree on the Composition of the Dispute Board]

1.1.3 Dates, Tests, Periods and Completion

1.1.3.1 “Base Date” means the date 28 days prior to the latest date for submission of the Tender.

1.1.3.2 “Commencement Date” means the date notified under Sub-Clause 8.1 [Commencement of Works].

1.1.3.3 “Time for Completion” means the time for completing the Works or a Section (as the case may be) under Sub-Clause 8.2 [Time for Completion (with any extension under Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion]), calculated from the Commencement Date.

1.1.3.4 “Tests on Completion” means the tests which are specified in the Contract or agreed by both Parties or instructed as a Variation, and which are carried out under Clause 9 [Tests on Completion] before the Works or a Section (as the case may be) are taken over by the Employer.

1.1.3.5 “Taking-Over Certificate” means a certificate issued under Clause 10 [Employer’s Taking Over].

1.1.3.6 “Tests after Completion” means the tests (if any) which are specified in the Contract and which are carried out in accordance with the Specification after the Works or a Section (as the case may be) are taken over by the Employer.



1.1.3.7 “Defects Notification Period” means the period for notifying defects in the Works or a Section (as the case may be) under Sub-Clause 11.1 [Completion of Outstanding Work and Remedying Defects], which extends over 365 days (with any extension under Sub-Clause 11.3 [Extension of Defects Notification Period]), calculated from the date on which the Works or Section is completed as certified under Sub-Clause 10.2[Employer’s acceptance of the Works and Sections] For the Hardware Supplied: The defect liability period for hardware shall continue until 72 months from date of issue of acceptance certificate from Employer as per clause 10.2 [Acceptance of the Works and Sections].For the Software Supplied: The defect liability period for all software supplied starts from date of issue of acceptance certificate from employer as per clause 10.2 [Acceptance of the Works and Sections] and continues until 120 months after last station go-live. The details of the various sections that are part of scope of the project are defined at Introduction of Volume 2 General Specifications

1.1.3.8 “Performance Certificate” means the certificate issued under Sub-Clause 11.9 [Performance Certificate].

1.1.3.9 “Day” means a calendar day and “year” means 365 days.

1.1.3.10 Contract period” means, the period commencing from the date mentioned in the letter of acceptance until the date of contract expiry. The Contract duration is 10 years from the date of Go Live of last station

1.1.3.11 “Date of Contract Expiry” means the date of completion of Revenue Service Period

1.1.3.12 Revenue operation date means date of opening of first station of the 21 stations for revenue operations.

1.1.3.13 Revenue Service Period” shall start from Revenue operations date. Revenue service Period shall continue for a period of 10 (ten) years from date of opening (or commissioning) of last metro station “

1.1.3.14 Transit terminals are the payment accepting terminals installed as part of the project to collect fare at Metro, city buses and metro parking. Transit terminals shall also include PoS, Kiosks and any other terminals that are installed as part of the project for utility bill payments in Noida and Greater Noida region.

1.1.3.15 “Revenue Security”, means the bank guarantee that contractor shall obtain in favour of the employer, from a scheduled commercial bank in India except the financial institution partner that is part of bidding consortium, acceptable to the Employer and enforceable until 90 days of Date of Contract Expiry, towards timely and accurate settlement daily of Fare Box Revenue by the Contractor with the Employer.

1.1.4 Money and Payments

1.1.4.1 “Contract Price” means the price defined in Sub-Clause 14.1 [The Contract Price], and includes adjustments in accordance with the Contract.



1.1.4.2 “Cost” means all expenditure reasonably incurred (or to be incurred) by the Contractor, whether on or off the Site, including overhead and similar charges, but does not include profit.

1.1.4.3 “Final Payment Certificate” means the payment certificate issued under Sub-Clause 14.5 [Issue of Final Payment Certificate].

1.1.4.4 “Foreign Currency” means a currency in which part (or all) of the Contract Price is payable, but not the Local Currency.

1.1.4.5 “Local Currency” means the currency of the Country.

1.1.4.6 “Provisional Sum” means a sum (if any) which is specified in the Contract as a provisional sum, for the execution of any part of the Works or for the supply of Plant, Materials or services

1.1.5 Works and Goods

1.1.5.1 “Contractor’s Equipment” means all apparatus, machinery, vehicles and other things required for the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects. However, Contractor’s Equipment excludes Temporary Works, Employer’s Equipment (if any), Plant, Materials and any other things intended to form or forming part of the Permanent Works“.

1.1.5.2 “Goods” means Contractor’s Equipment, Materials, Plant and Temporary Works, or any of them as appropriate.

1.1.5.3 “Materials” means things of all kinds (other than Plant) intended to form or forming part of the Permanent Works, including the supply-only materials (if any) to be supplied by the Contractor under the Contract.

1.1.5.4 “Permanent Works” means the permanent works to be executed by the Contractor under the Contract.

1.1.5.5 “Plant” means the apparatus, machinery and other equipment intended to form or forming part of the Permanent Works, including vehicles purchased for the Employer and relating to the construction or operation of the Works.

1.1.5.6 “Section” means a part of the Works

1.1.5.7 “Temporary Works” means all temporary works of every kind (other than Contractor’s Equipment) required on Site for the execution and completion of the Permanent Works and the remedying of any defects.

1.1.5.8 “Works” mean the Permanent Works and the Temporary Works, or either of them as appropriate.

1.1.6 Other Definitions

1.1.6.1 “Contractor’s Documents” means the calculations, computer programs and other software, drawings, manuals, models and other documents of a technical nature (if any) supplied by the Contractor under the Contract.

1.1.6.2 “Country” means the country in which the Site (or most of it) is located, where the Permanent Works are to be executed.



1.1.6.3 “Employer’s Equipment” means the apparatus, machinery and vehicles (if any) made available by the Employer for the use of the Contractor in the execution of the Works, as stated in the Specification; but does not include Plant which has not been taken over by the Employer.

1.1.6.4 “Force Majeure” is defined in Clause 19 [Force Majeure].

1.1.6.5 “Laws” means all national (or state) legislation, statutes, ordinances and other laws, and regulations and by-laws of any legally constituted public authority.

1.1.6.6 “Performance Security” means the security (or securities, if any) under Sub-Clause 4.2 [Performance Security].

1.1.6.7 “Site” means the places where the Permanent Works are to be executed, including storage and working areas, and to which Plant and Materials are to be delivered, and any other places as may be specified in the Contract as forming part of the Site.

1.1.6.8 “Unforeseeable” means not reasonably foreseeable by an experienced contractor by the Base Date.

1.1.6.9 “Variation” means any change to the Works, which is instructed or approved as a variation under Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments].

1.1.6.10 “Notice of Dissatisfaction” means the notice given by either Party to the other under Sub-Clause 20.4 [Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision] indicating its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration.

1.1.6.11 “Common Mobility Cards” means EMV based co-branded smart cards offered by service provider to customers

1.1.6.12 Common Mobility Cards are offered to purposes not limited to Ticketing services in the city of Noida, including the designated areas around the city of Noida covered as area of operation for employer"

1.1.6.13 “Royalty” means premium paid by service provider to NMRC to get rights to issue Noida common mobility Cards to commuters

1.1.6.14 “Non-transit Transactions” means payment transactions performed on Noida common mobility cards at any terminal other than transit terminals as defined in clause 1.1.3.14

1.1.6.15 ”Fare Box Revenue” is the ticketing revenue earned through metro, city buses and metro parking services.

1.1.6.16 Non-fare Box Revenue” means interchange fee revenue earned by financial institution (that is member of service provider consortium) from non-transit transactions performed using Noida common mobility cards.

1.1.6.17 “Banking Assets” shall include following assets



(a) Central IT infrastructure components comprising Contractor’s Central Smartcard Based AFC system, Contractor bank’s Smart Card Host System and interfaces like ATM, IVR, Existing POS, Mobile banking, Online Portal for Smart Card services and payment gateway Services Payment Gateway including but not limited software, hardware and the Datacentre facility hosting them.

(b) Contractor’s Customer Support services and facility

(c) Contractor’s Online Portal for Smart Card and payment gateway Services

(d) Contractor’s smart card and fare distribution and logistics infrastructure barring Smart Card Personalisation and Issuance terminals provided at Project Sites

(e) Contractor’s own branding artefacts, trademarks and assets like Contractor’s logo, brand specific artwork on smart card

(f) Cash Collections Services from the Ticketing Stations at Project Site

(g) Other items explicitly as stated in Volume 2 Particular Specifications and General Specifications

1.1.6.18 “AFC Assets” shall include all assets, other than banking assets, that are deployed to enable automated ticketing and card based utility bill payment system.

1.1.6.19 "Interchange Fee” is a term used in payments card industry to describe transaction fee paid by merchant bank to issuing bank."

1.1.6.20 “Fare box revenue share” means the cost incurred by contractor to process every fare payment transaction that takes place across metro stations, city buses and metro parking. This cost includes, but not limited to:

a) Investment, maintenance and support cost incurred in setting up and maintaining necessary hardware and software infrastructure to implement the EMV based open loop automated fare collection systems across 21 metro stations, city buses and designated metro parking areas.

b) Investment and maintenance cost incurred in processing and settlement of all fare payment transactions.

1.1.6.21 “Fare Payment Transaction” means a financial transaction performed

a) to purchase right to travel through NMRC run city buses, and Noida metro

b) to utilize metro parking services provided by NMRC across 21 Noida metro stations



1.2 Interpretation In the Contract, except where the context requires otherwise:

a. words indicating one gender include all genders;

b. words indicating the singular also include the plural and words indicating the plural also include the singular;

c. provisions including the word “agree”, “agreed” or “agreement” require the agreement to be recorded in writing;

d. “written” or “in writing” means hand-written, type-written, printed or electronically made, and resulting in a permanent record; and

e. the word “tender” is synonymous with “bid” and “tenderer” with “bidder” and the words “tender documents” with “bidding documents

The marginal words and other headings shall not be taken into consideration in the interpretation of these Conditions.

1.3 Communications Wherever these Conditions provide for the giving or issuing of approvals, certificates, consents, determinations, notices, requests and discharges, these communications shall be:

a. in writing and delivered by hand (against receipt), sent by mail or courier, or transmitted using any of the agreed systems of electronic transmission such as e-mail etc. as specified by the parties .

b. delivered, sent or transmitted to the address for the recipient’s communications. However:

i. if the recipient gives notice of another address, communications shall thereafter be delivered accordingly; and

ii. if the recipient has not stated otherwise when requesting an approval or consent, it may be sent to the address from which the request was issued.

Approvals, certificates, consents and determinations shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. When a certificate is issued to a Party, the certifier shall send a copy to the other Party. When a notice is issued to a Party, by the other Party or the Engineer, a copy shall be sent to the Engineer or the other Party, as the case may be.

Electronic transmission shall be in the form of scanned original document followed with physical delivery of hard copy of the original.

1.4 Law and Language The Contract shall be governed by the law of the country or other jurisdiction.

The ruling language of the Contract and the language of the communications shall be English.



1.5 Priority of Documents The documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually explanatory of one another. For the purposes of interpretation, the priority of the documents shall be in accordance with the following sequence:

a. the Contract Agreement (if any),

b. the Letter of Acceptance,

c. Pricing Document/ BOQ

d. the Specification,

e. the Drawings,

f. the Particular Conditions – Part A,

g. the Particular Conditions – Part B

h. the General Conditions,

i. the Schedules and any other documents forming part of the Contract,

j. Letter of Tender except Pricing Document/BOQ; and

k. Any other document forming part of the Contract Agreement.

If an ambiguity or discrepancy is found in the documents, the Engineer shall issue any necessary clarification or instruction.

1.6 Contract Agreement The Parties shall enter into a Contract Agreement within 28 days after the Contractor receives the Letter of Acceptance. The Contract Agreement shall be based upon the form annexed to the Volume3 . The costs of stamp duties and similar charges (if any) imposed by law in connection with entry into the Contract Agreement shall be borne by the Contractor.

1.7 Assignment Neither Party shall assign the whole or any part of the Contract or any benefit or interest in or under the Contract. However, either Party:

a. may assign the whole or any part with the prior agreement of the other Party, at the sole discretion of such other Party, and

b. may, as security in favour of a bank or financial institution, assign its right to any moneys due, or to become due, under the Contract.

1.8 Care and Supply of Documents The Specification and Drawings shall be in the custody and care of the Employer. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, two copies of the Contract and of each subsequent Drawing shall be supplied to the Contractor, who may make or request further copies at the cost of the Contractor.

Each of the Contractor’s Documents shall be in the custody and care of the Contractor, unless and until taken over by the Employer. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, the Contractor shall supply to the Engineer six copies of each of the Contractor’s Documents.



The Contractor shall keep, on the Site, a copy of the Contract, publications named in the Specification, the Contractor’s Documents (if any), the Drawings and Variations and other communications given under the Contract. The Employer’s Personnel shall have the right of access to all these documents at all reasonable times.

1.9 Delayed Drawings or Instructions The Engineer will be given notice by the Contractor whenever the Works are likely to be delayed or disrupted if any necessary drawing or instruction is not issued to the Contractor within a particular time, which shall be reasonable as agreed mutually. The notice includes the necessary drawing or instruction, details of why and by when it should be issued, and the nature and amount of the delay or disruption likely to be suffered if it is late.

If the Contractor suffers delay as a result of a failure of the Engineer to issue the notified drawing or instruction within a time which is reasonable as agreed mutually and is specified in the notice with supporting details, the Contractor shall give a further notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled to an extension of time for any such delay, if completion is or will be delayed, under Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion].

1.10 Employer’s Use of Contractor’s Documents The Contractor shall retain the copyright and other intellectual property rights in the Contractor’s Documents and other design documents made by (or on behalf of) the Contractor.

The Contractor shall be deemed (by signing the Contract) to give to the Employer a non-terminable, non-exclusive royalty-free licence to copy, use and communicate the Contractor’s Documents internally within Employer’s organization , including making and using modifications of them for the purpose of the contract.

This license shall:

a. apply throughout the actual or intended working life (whichever is longer) of the relevant parts of the Works,

b. entitle any person in proper possession of the relevant part of the Works to copy, use and communicate the Contractor’s Documents for the purposes of completing, operating, maintaining, altering, adjusting, repairing and demolishing the Works, and

c. in the case of Contractor’s Documents which are in the form of computer programs and other software, permit their use on any computer on the Site and other places as envisaged by the Contract, including replacements of any computers supplied by the Contractor.

The Contractor’s Documents and other design documents made by (or on behalf of) the Contractor shall not, without the Contractor’s consent, be used, copied or communicated to a third party by (or on behalf of) the Employer for purposes other than those permitted under this Sub- Clause.

1.11 Contractor’s Use of Employer’s Documents As between the Parties, the Employer shall retain the copyright and other intellectual property rights in the Specification, the Drawings and other documents made by (or on behalf of) the Employer. The Contractor may, at his cost, copy, use, and obtain communication of these documents for the purposes of the Contract. They shall not, without the Employer’s consent, be copied, used or communicated to a third party by the Contractor, except as necessary for the purposes of the Contract.



1.12 Confidential Details The Contractor’s and the Employer’s Personnel shall disclose all such confidential and other information as may be reasonably required in order to verify compliance with the Contract and allow its proper implementation.

Each of them shall treat the details of the Contract as private and confidential, except to the extent necessary to carry out their respective obligations under the Contract or to comply with applicable Laws. Each of them shall not publish or disclose any particulars of the Works prepared by the other Party without the previous agreement of the other Party. However, the Contractor shall be permitted to disclose any publicly available information, or information otherwise required to establish his qualifications to compete for other projects.

1.13 Compliance with Laws In performing the Contract, the Contractor shall, comply with applicable Laws. Unless otherwise stated:

a. the Employer shall have obtained (or shall obtain) the planning, zoning, building permit or similar permission for the Permanent Works, and any other permissions described in the Specification as having been (or to be) obtained by the Employer; and the Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless against and from the consequences of any failure to do so; and

b. the Contractor shall give all notices, pay all taxes, duties and fees, and obtain all permits, licences and approvals, as required by the Laws in relation to the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects; and the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Employer harmless against and from the consequences of any failure to do so, unless the Contractor is impeded to accomplish these actions and shows evidence of its diligence.

1.14 Joint and Several Liability The Contractor constitutes (under applicable Laws) a joint venture, consortium or other unincorporated grouping of maximum three members:

a. these persons shall be deemed to be jointly and severally liable to the Employer for the performance of the Contract;

b. these persons shall notify the Employer of their leader who shall have authority to bind the Contractor and each of these persons; and

c. the Contractor shall not alter its composition or legal status without the prior consent of the Employer.

d. All members of the consortium shall be liable for their respective scope of work as defined in Volume 2. Consortium shall be deemed to be jointly and severally liable to the Employer for the performance of the Contract



2 THE EMPLOYER

2.1 Time for Access to the Site The rights and possession of the site may not be exclusive to the Contractor. The Employer shall grant the Contractor right of access to, and/or possession of, the Site progressively for the completion of Works. The Contractor will draw/modify the schedule for completion of Works according to progressive possession/right of such sites.

If the Contractor suffers delay from failure on the part of the Employer to grant right of access to, or possession of the Site, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer a period of 28 days of such occurrence. After receipt of such notice the Engineer shall proceed to determine any extension of time to which the Contractor is entitled and shall notify the Contractor accordingly.

For any such delay in handing over of site, Contractors will be entitled to only reasonable extension of time and no monetary claims whatsoever shall be paid or entertained on this account.

The Access Dates shown in the Works Requirements are for planning purposes only.

The Engineer reserves the right to make each site available to the Contractor any time before or after the Access Dates. The Engineer will notify the Contractor of the actual Access Dates in advance for each part of the works. This Notice will specify the area to which it refers is accessible and in a sufficient state of completion to permit the Contractor to begin installation and testing therein. It shall not imply that the Contractor will enjoy exclusive use of the area or that the work of other Contractor’s therein is complete. The Contractor shall begin installation in each area by the actual Access Date, and shall complete all installation and testing in each area by the relevant Key Date.

Notwithstanding the actual Access Date, whether before or after the stipulated Access Dates, the Employer shall not accept any increase in cost to the Employer.

2.2 Permits, Licenses or Approval The Employer shall provide, at the request of the Contractor, such reasonable assistance as to allow the Contractor to obtain properly:

(a) Copies of the Laws of the Country which are relevant to the Contract but are not readily available, and

(b) Any permits, licences or approvals required by the Laws of the Country:

(i). Which the Contractor is required to obtain under Sub-Clause 1.13 [Compliance with Laws],

(ii). For the delivery of Goods, including clearance through customs, and

(iii). For the export of Contractor’s Equipment when it is removed from the Site.

2.3 Employer’s Personnel The Employer shall be responsible for ensuring that the Employer’s Personnel and the Employer’s other contractors on the Site:

(a) co-operate with the Contractor’s efforts under Sub- Clause 4.6 [Co-operation], and

(b) take actions similar to those which the Contractor is required to take under sub-paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of Sub-Clause 4.8 [Safety Procedures] and under Sub- Clause 4.18 [Protection of the Environment].



The personnel required for operating the AFC system including card issuance at NMRC station premises, bus depots, metro parking lots shall be provided by NMRC and shall be adequately trained by the Contractor on the required ticketing operations.

Further, NMRC shall appoint personnel or third party agency for Cash in Transit, CIT (cash supply and replenishment), and replenishment of TVMs. NMRC would be performing cash revenue servicing at stations and should pick up the cash from each station and deposit it in a central location

2.4 Employer’s Financial Arrangements The Employer shall submit, before the Commencement Date and thereafter within 28 days after receiving any request from the Contractor, reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made and are being maintained which will enable the Employer to pay the Contract Price punctually (as estimated at that time) in accordance with Clause 14 [Contract Price and Payment]. Before the Employer makes any material change to his financial arrangements, the Employer shall give notice to the Contractor with detailed particulars.

2.5 Employer’s Claims The Employer is entitled to receive following payments during the Contract Period

a) The Annual premium if and as declared by the Contractor as declared in its bid and as accepted by the Employer

1. The Annual Premium for all years after the opening of first section for revenue services until the completion of contract period

2. The first year Annual Premium shall be paid in two parts;

a. 20% (twenty percent) of the first year Annual premium shall be paid as Advance Premium within 28 days after receiving the Letter of Acceptance by the Contractor

b. Remaining first year Annual premium shall be paid as within 28 days of opening of first Section for revenue services

3. The Annual Premium for remaining years shall be paid to the Employer within a year of the scheduled last date of payment for the previous year.



b) FI is liable to pay 25% of the Non-Fare box revenue (as defined in clause 1.1.6.15) earned through non transit transactions performed by smart card holders.

1. This payment is exclusive of service tax

2. The payment of Non-Fare Box Revenue shall be made by the Contractor every month and before 5th day of every calendar month through electronic account transfer during the Contract Period

3. The Contractor shall provide a detailed monthly report on Non-Fare Box Revenue accrued by the Contractor before 5th of every calendar month, along with a copy of the reporting by the Contractor on total revenue accrued from NMRC program as and when made to regulatory and/or statutory authorities

c) For any delay in payment of Annual Premium and Non-Fare Box Revenue share, the Employer reserves the right for the following:

1. Employer shall be entitled to invoke liquidated damages as per applicable clauses stated in Annexure 1– Service Level Agreements

2. To proceed in accordance with Clause 15 [Termination by Employer]

If the Employer considers himself and/ or is entitled to any payment under any Clause of these Conditions or otherwise in connection with the Contract, and/or to any extension of the Defects Notification Period, the Employer or the Engineer shall give notice and particulars to the Contractor.

However, notice is not required for payments due

a) Daily Fare Box revenue after the adjustments in accordance with Sub-clause 14.1 [Contract Price]

b) The declared percentage of Non-Fare Box Revenue accrued by the Contractor on the NMRC program

c) The annual premiums declared by Contractor as declared in its bid and as accepted by the Employer

d) Under Sub-Clause 4.20 [Employer’s Equipment and Free-Issue Materials], or for other services requested by the Contractor.

The notice shall be given as soon as practicable as and no longer than 28 days after the Employer becomes aware, or should have become aware, of the event or circumstances giving rise to the claim and/ or cause. A notice relating to any extension of the Defects Notification Period shall be given before the expiry of such period.

The particulars shall specify the Clause or other basis of the claim/ cause, and shall include substantiation of the amount and/or extension to which the Employer considers himself to be entitled in connection with the Contract. The Engineer shall then proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine (i) the amount (if any) which the Employer is entitled to be paid by the Contractor, and/or (ii) the extension (if any) of the Defects Notification Period in accordance with Sub-Clause 11.3 [Extension of Defects Notification Period].

This amount may be included as a deduction in the Contract Price. The Employer shall only be entitled to set off against or make any deduction from an amount certified as contract price, or to otherwise claim against the Contractor, in accordance with this Sub-Clause.



3 THE ENGINEER

3.1 Engineer’s Duty and Authority The Engineer who shall carry out the duties assigned to him in the Contract will be appointed by the Employer. The Engineer’s staff shall include suitably qualified engineers and other professionals who are competent to carry out these duties.

The Engineer shall have no authority to amend the Contract.

The Engineer may exercise the authority attributable to the Engineer as specified in or necessarily to be implied from the Contract. If the Engineer is required to obtain the approval of the Employer before exercising a specified authority, the requirements shall be as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. The Employer shall promptly inform the Contractor of any change to the authority attributed to the Engineer. However, whenever the Engineer exercises a specified authority for which the Employer’s approval is required, then (for the purposes of the Contract) the Employer shall be deemed to have given approval.

Except as otherwise stated in these Conditions:

(a) whenever carrying out duties or exercising authority, specified in or implied by the Contract, the Engineer shall be deemed to act for the Employer;

(b) the Engineer has no authority to relieve either Party of any duties, obligations or responsibilities under the Contract;

(c) any approval, check, certificate, consent, examination, inspection, instruction, notice, proposal, request, test, or similar act by the Engineer (including absence of disapproval) shall not relieve the Contractor from any responsibility he has under the Contract, including responsibility for errors, omissions, discrepancies and non-compliances; and

(d) any act by the Engineer in response to a Contractor’s request except as otherwise expressly specified shall be notified in writing to the Contractor within 28 days of receipt.

The following provisions shall apply:

The Engineer shall obtain the specific approval of the Employer before taking action under the-following Sub-Clauses of these Conditions:

(a) Sub-Clause 4.12: agreeing or determining an extension of time and/or additional cost.

(b) Sub-Clause 13.1: instructing a Variation, except;

(i). in an emergency situation as determined by the Engineer, or

(ii). if such a Variation would increase the Accepted Contract Amount by less than the percentage specified

(c) Sub-Clause 13.3: Approving a proposal for Variation submitted by the Contractor in accordance with Sub Clause 13.1 or 13.2.



Notwithstanding the obligation, as set out above, to obtain approval, if, in the opinion of the Engineer, an emergency occurs affecting the safety of life or of the Works or of adjoining property, he may, without relieving the Contractor of any of his duties and responsibility under the Contract, instruct the Contractor to execute all such work or to do all such things as may, in the opinion of the Engineer, be necessary to abate or reduce the risk. The Contractor shall forthwith comply, despite the absence of approval of the Employer, with any such instruction of the Engineer. The Engineer shall determine an addition to the Contract Price, in respect of such instruction, in accordance with Clause 13 and shall notify the Contractor accordingly, with a copy to the Employer.

3.2 Delegation by the Engineer The Engineer may from time to time assign duties and delegate authority to assistants, and may also revoke such assignment or delegation. These assistants may include a resident engineer, and/or independent inspectors appointed to inspect and/or test items of Plant and/or Materials. The assignment, delegation or revocation shall be in writing and shall not take effect until copies have been received by both Parties. However, unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, the Engineer shall not delegate the authority to determine any matter in accordance with Sub- Clause 3.5 [Determinations].

Each assistant, to whom duties have been assigned or authority has been delegated, shall only be authorised to issue instructions to the Contractor to the extent defined by the delegation. Any approval, check, certificate, consent, examination, inspection, instruction, notice, proposal, request, test, or similar act by an assistant, in accordance with the delegation, shall have the same effect as though the act had been an act of the Engineer. However:

(a) any failure to disapprove any work, Plant or Materials shall not constitute approval, and shall therefore not prejudice the right of the Engineer to reject the work, Plant or Materials;

(b) if the Contractor questions any determination or instruction of an assistant, the Contractor may refer the matter to the Engineer, who shall promptly confirm, reverse or vary the determination or instruction.

Any delegation by the Engineer shall require prior approval of the Employer

3.3 Instructions of the Engineer The Engineer may issue to the Contractor (at any time) instructions and additional or modified Drawings which may be necessary for the execution of the Works and the remedying of any defects, all in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall only take instructions from the Engineer, or from an assistant to whom the appropriate authority has been delegated under this Clause. If an instruction constitutes a Variation, Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments] shall apply. The Contractor shall comply with the instructions given by the Engineer or delegated assistant, on any matter related to the Contract. Whenever practicable, their instructions shall be given in writing. If the Engineer or a delegated assistant:

a. gives an oral instruction,

b. receives a written confirmation of the instruction, from (or on behalf of) the Contractor, within two working days after giving the instruction, and

c. does not reply by issuing a written rejection and/or instruction within two working days after receiving the confirmation, then the confirmation shall constitute the written instruction of the Engineer or delegated assistant (as the case may be).



3.4 Replacement of the Engineer If the Employer intends to replace the Engineer, the Employer shall, not less than 21 days before the intended date of replacement, give notice to the Contractor of the name, address and relevant experience of the intended replacement Engineer. If the Contractor considers the intended replacement Engineer to be unsuitable, he has the right to raise objection against him by notice to the Employer, with supporting particulars, and the Employer shall give full and fair consideration to this objection.

3.5 Determinations Whenever these Conditions provide that the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with this Sub-Clause 3.5 to agree or determine any matter, the Engineer shall consult with each Party in an endeavour to reach agreement. If agreement is not achieved, the Engineer shall make a fair determination in accordance with the Contract, taking due regard of all relevant circumstances. The Engineer shall give notice to both Parties of each agreement or determination, with supporting particulars, within 28 days from the receipt of the corresponding claim or request except when otherwise specified. Each Party shall give effect to each agreement or determination unless and until revised under Clause [Claims, Disputes and Arbitration].



4 THE CONTRACTOR

4.1 Contractor’s General Obligations The Contractor shall design (to the extent specified in the Contract), execute and complete the Works in accordance with the Contract and with the Engineer’s instructions, and shall remedy any defects in the Works.

The Contractor shall provide the Plant and Contractor’s Documents specified in the Contract, and all Contractor’s Personnel, Goods, consumables and other things and services, whether of a temporary or permanent nature, required in and for this design, execution, completion and remedying of defects .

All equipment, material, and services to be incorporated in or required for the Works shall have their origin in any eligible source country.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the adequacy, stability and safety of all Site operations and of all methods of construction. Except to the extent specified in the Contract, the Contractor (i) shall be responsible for all Contractor’s Documents, Temporary Works, and such design of each item of Plant and Materials as is required for the item to be in accordance with the Contract, and (ii) shall not otherwise be responsible for the design or specification of the Permanent Works.

The Contractor shall, whenever required by the Engineer, submit details of the arrangements and methods which the Contractor proposes to adopt for the execution of the Works. No significant alteration to these arrangements and methods shall be made without this having previously been notified to the Engineer. If the Contract specifies that the Contractor shall design any part of the Permanent Works, then unless otherwise stated:

(a) the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the Contractor’s Documents for this part in accordance with the procedures specified in the Contract;

(b) these Contractor’s Documents shall be in accordance with the Specification and Drawings, shall be written in the language for communications defined in Sub-Clause 1.4 [Law and Language], and shall include additional information required by the Engineer to add to the Drawings for co-ordination of each Party’s designs;

(c) the Contractor shall be responsible for this part and it shall, when the Works are completed, be fit for such purposes for which the part is intended as are specified in the Contract; and

(d) prior to the commencement of the Tests on Completion, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the “as-built” documents and, if applicable, operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with the Specification and in sufficient detail for the Employer to operate, maintain, dismantle, reassemble, adjust and repair this part of the Works. Such part shall not be considered to be completed for the purposes of acceptance under Sub-Clause 10.2 [Acceptance of the Works and Sections] until these documents and manuals have been submitted to the Engineer.

Contractor’s obligations shall also include;

a) Issuing contactless smart cards and other media for NMRC ticketing

b) Setting up of AFC systems and rolling-out the same in phases coinciding with NMRC expansion plan categorized for all Sections and future phases during the contract period

c) Customer support on smart card and card related transactions



d) Fare Box Revenue settlement to NMRC in accordance with Sub- Clause 14.7[Payment]

e) Timely payment of Annual Premium and Non-Fare box revenue in accordance with Sub-clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims]

f) Adherence to Service Levels in accordance with provisions in Annexure – Service Level Agreements

g) MIS & Reporting

h) Provide revenue reporting on NMRC smart card program including access to statutory and regulatory reports.

i) FI shall receive Money collection (cash, credit/debit/pre-paid card etc.) from the agency appointed by NMRC and shall undertake settlement to NMRC bank account on the second day of following the collection (i.e. T+2). FI would collect the cash from central location at 9AM every morning and would deposit to bank’s account. FI would transfer the funds to NMRC account after T+2 revenue days (second day following collection) from the date of collection. FI may appoint an agency to collect cash from NMRC central location.

j) Access to NMRC or NMRC appointed third party for revenue audit pertaining to Smart Card

k) Extending AFC and Smart Card services to the city buses, metro parking services and utility services in Noida

l) Promotion of cards in commuter and merchant ecosystem in Noida city and beyond

Notwithstanding the above-said, the Contractor’s obligations shall also include following responsibilities even after the Date of Contract expiry

a) Subject to Employer allowing the usage of Smartcards issued by the Contractor during the contract period to the commuters, the Primary Consortium member of the Contractor shall provide customer support services to the commuter till the natural expiry of the smart card

b) The customer databases that are acquired during the contract period of 10 years would be owned by both the NMRC and FI with non-exclusive rights.

c) Contractor shall transfer non-terminable transferable nonexclusive royalty-free license to copy for the AFC software and Databases along with the data generated during the Contract Period to the Employer

d) Contractor shall provide joint-ownership of the intellectual property rights for mobile application deployed by the Contractor to the Employer for the purpose of Noida Metro Project

e) The ownership of Hardware will be transferred to NMRC after the Hardware DLP period as mentioned in Clause 10.1

f) The ownership of software will be transferred to NMRC after the Software DLP period as mentioned in Clause 10.1.



4.2 Performance Security The Contractor shall obtain (at his cost) a Performance Security for proper performance, in the amount stated in the Conditions of Contract and denominated in the currency (ies) of the Contract or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer. If an amount is not stated in the Conditions of Contract, then this Sub-Clause shall not apply.

The Contractor shall obtain (at his cost) the Performance Security of INR 15 Crores (Fifteen Crore) and submit to the Employer within 28 days after receiving the Letter of Acceptance, and shall send a copy to the Engineer.

The Contractor shall also obtain (at his cost) a Revenue Security of INR 15 Crores (Fifteen Crore) and denominated in the currency (ies) of the Contract or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.

If the terms of the Performance Security specify its expiry date, and the Contractor has not become entitled to receive the Performance Certificate by the date 28 days prior to the expiry date, the Contractor shall extend the validity of the Performance Security until the Works have been completed and any defects have been remedied.

The Contractor shall deliver the Revenue Security to the Employer within 28 days after receiving the opening of the First section for revenue services, and shall send a copy to the Engineer.

If the terms of the Revenue Security specify its expiry date, and the Contractor has not become entitled to receive the Performance Certificate by the date 28 days prior to the expiry date, the Contractor shall extend the validity of the Performance Security until the Contract period has been completed and any defects have been remedied.

The Performance and Revenue Security shall be issued by a scheduled commercial bank other than the Prime Bidder in India acceptable to the Employer, and shall be in the form annexed to the Volume 3 of RFP, as stipulated by the Employer.

The Employer shall not make a claim under the Performance Security and Revenue, except for amounts to which the Employer is entitled under the Contract.

The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless against and from all damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from a claim under the Performance Security and Revenue Security to the extent to which the Employer was not entitled to make the claim.

The performance security shall be submitted in two parts and should be in the form of a demand guarantee in the amount(s) of INR 15 crore.

Please refer to General specifications, volume 2 clause 1.0.5 for list of various Phases of implementation

a) First BG (INR 7.5 Crore) shall be returned three months after opening of Phase 1 for revenue services.

b) Second BG (INR 7.5 Crore) shall be returned three months after opening of all remaining phases for revenue services.

NMRC should issue the Performance Certificate for that particular section as a prerequisite for returning the BG.

In addition to performance security, the contractor shall submit the Revenue Security in the form of a Bank Guarantees (BG) of INR 15 crore to NMRC. This revenue security shall be valid and enforceable until the date of Contract Expiry and the Contractor has remedied any defects.



4.3 Contractor’s Representative The Contractor shall appoint the Contractor’s Representative and shall give him all authority necessary to act on the Contractor’s behalf under the Contract.

Unless the Contractor’s representative is named in the Contract, the Contractor shall, prior to the Commencement Date, submit to the Engineer for consent the name and particulars of the person the Contractor proposes to appoint as Contractor’s Representative. If consent is withheld or subsequently revoked in terms of Sub-Clause 6.9 [Contractor’s Personnel], or if the appointed person fails to act as Contractor’s Representative, the Contractor shall similarly submit the name and particulars of another suitable person for such appointment.

The Contractor shall not, without the prior consent of the Engineer, revoke the appointment of the Contractor’s Representative or appoint a replacement.

The whole time of the Contractor’s Representative shall be given to directing the Contractor’s performance of the Contract. If the Contractor’s Representative is to be temporarily absent from the Site during the execution of the Works, a suitable replacement person shall be appointed, subject to the Engineer’s prior consent, and the Engineer shall be notified accordingly.

The Contractor’s Representative shall, on behalf of the Contractor, receive instructions under Sub-Clause 3.3 [Instructions of the Engineer].

The Contractor’s Representative may delegate any powers, functions and authority to any competent person, and may at any time revoke the delegation. Any delegation or revocation shall not take effect until the Engineer has received prior notice signed by the Contractor’s Representative, naming the person and specifying the powers, functions and authority being delegated or revoked.

The Contractor’s Representative shall be fluent in the language for communications defined in Sub-Clause 1.4 [Law and Language]. If the Contractor’s Representative’s delegates are not fluent in the said language, the Contractor shall make competent interpreters available during all working hours in a number deemed sufficient by the Engineer.

Prior consent of the Engineer is required for replacing the Contractor’s representative.

4.4 Subcontractors The Contractor shall not subcontract the whole of the Works.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the acts or defaults of any Subcontractor, his agents or employees, as if they were the acts or defaults of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall not be required to obtain consent for suppliers of material and vendors which are borne on the list of approved materials/vendors provided in the Employer’s requirement or if financial implication of such material/vendor is less than or equal to Rs. 10 Lacs (Rupees Ten Lacs)

a. The prior consent of the Engineer shall be obtained to other proposed Subcontractors, except in cases where Contractor has hired Subcontractors prior to the Date of release of the Tender for its existing business shall be extended for the Works under the Contract;

b. The Contractor shall give the Engineer not less than 28 days’ notice of the intended date of the commencement of each Subcontractor’s work, and of the commencement of such work on the Site; and



c. Each subcontract shall include provisions which would entitle the Employer to require the subcontract to be assigned to the Employer under Sub-Clause 4.5 [Assignment of Benefit of Subcontract] (if or when applicable) or in the event of termination under Sub- Clause15.2 [Termination by Employer].

The Contractor shall ensure that the requirements imposed on the Contractor by Sub-Clause 1.12 [Confidential Details] apply equally to each Subcontractor. Where practicable, the Contractor shall give fair and reasonable opportunity for contractors from the Country to be appointed as Subcontractors.

4.5 Assignment of Benefit of Subcontract If a Subcontractor’s obligations extend beyond the expiry date of the relevant Defects Notification Period and the Engineer, prior to this date, instructs the Contractor to assign the benefit of such obligations to the Employer, then the Contractor shall do so. Unless otherwise stated in the assignment, the Contractor shall have no liability to the Employer for the work carried out by the Subcontractor after the assignment takes effect.

4.6 Cooperation The Contractor shall, as specified in the Contract or as instructed by the Engineer, allow appropriate opportunities for carrying out work to:

(a) the Employer’s Personnel,

(b) any other contractors employed by the Employer, and

(c) the personnel of any legally constituted public authorities, who may be employed in the execution on or near the Site of any work not included in the Contract.

If, under the Contract, the Employer is required to give to the Contractor possession of any foundation, structure, plant or means of access in accordance with Contractor’s Documents, the Contractor shall submit such documents to the Engineer in the time and manner stated in the Specification

4.7 Setting Out The Contractor shall set out the Works in relation to original points, lines and levels of reference specified in the Contract or notified by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for the correct positioning of all parts of the Works, and shall rectify any error in the positions, levels, dimensions or alignment of the Works.

The Engineer shall be responsible for any errors in these specified or notified items of reference, but the Contractor shall use reasonable efforts to verify their accuracy before they are used.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost from executing work which was necessitated by an error in these items of reference, and an experienced contractor could not reasonably have discovered such error and avoided this delay and/or Cost, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims] to an extension of time for any such delay, if completion is or will be delayed, under Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion], and after receiving this notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine (i) whether and (if so) to what extent the error could not reasonably have been discovered, and (ii) the matters described above.



4.8 Safety Procedures The Contractor shall:

a) Comply with all applicable safety regulations,

b) Take care for the safety of all persons entitled to be on the Site,

c) Use reasonable efforts to keep the Site and Works clear of unnecessary obstruction so as to avoid danger to these persons,

d) Provide fencing, lighting, guarding and watching of the Works until completion and acceptance under Clause 10 [Employer’s taking over], and

e) Provide any Temporary Works (including roadways, footways, guards and fences) which may be necessary, because of the execution of the Works, for the use and protection of the public and of owners and occupiers of adjacent land.

4.9 Quality Assurance The Contractor shall institute a quality assurance system to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the Contract. The system shall be in accordance with the details stated in the Contract. The Engineer shall be entitled to audit any aspect of the system.

Details of all procedures and compliance documents shall be submitted to the Engineer for information before each design and execution stage is commenced. When any document of a technical nature is issued to the Engineer, evidence of the prior approval by the Contractor himself shall be apparent on the document itself.

Compliance with the quality assurance system shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his duties, obligations or responsibilities under the Contract.

4.10 Site Data The Employer shall have made available to the Contractor with the Tender documents such relevant data in Employer’s possession on hydrological and sub-surface conditions. The accuracy or reliability of the data/studies/reports and of any other information supplied at any time by the Employer or Engineer is not warranted with respect to the viability of his design and execution of Works and the Contractor shall be responsible for interpreting all such data. The Contractor shall conduct further investigations considered necessary by him at his own cost and any error, discrepancies if found in Employer’s data at any stage will not constitute ground for any claim for extra time and costs.

i. The Contractor shall be deemed to have obtained all necessary information as to risks, contingencies and other circumstances which may influence or affect the Tender or Works.

ii. The Contractor shall also be deemed to have inspected and examined the Site, its surroundings, the above data and other available information with respect to the viability of his design and execution of Works and to have satisfied himself before submitting the Tender, as to all the relevant matters including without limitation:

(a) the form and nature of the Site, including the sub-surface conditions;

(b) the hydrological and climatic conditions;

(c) the extent and nature of the work, Plant, and Materials necessary for the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects;

(d) the applicable laws, procedures and labour practices



(e) The Contractor’s requirement for access, accommodation, facilities, personnel, power, transport and other services.

(f) the risk of injury or damage to property adjacent to the Site and to the occupiers of such property or any other risk.

4.11 Sufficiency of the Accepted Contract Amount The Contractor shall be deemed to:

(a) have satisfied himself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Accepted Contract Amount, and

(b) have based the Accepted Contract Amount on the data, interpretations, necessary information, inspections, examinations and satisfaction as to all relevant matters referred to in Sub-Clause 4.10 [Site Data].

Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, the Accepted Contract Amount covers all the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract (including those under Provisional Sums, if any) and all things necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects.

4.12 Unforeseeable Physical Conditions In this Sub-Clause, “physical conditions” means natural physical conditions and man-made and other physical obstructions and pollutants, which the Contractor encounters at the Site when executing the Works, including sub-surface and hydrological conditions but excluding climatic conditions.

If the Contractor encounters adverse physical conditions which he considers to have been Unforeseeable, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer as soon as practicable.

This notice shall describe the physical conditions, so that they can be inspected by the Engineer, and shall set out the reasons why the Contractor considers them to be Unforeseeable. The Contractor shall continue executing the Works, using such proper and reasonable measures as are appropriate for the physical conditions, and shall comply with any instructions, which the Engineer may give. If an instruction constitutes a Variation, Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments] shall apply.

If and to the extent that the Contractor encounters physical conditions which are Unforeseeable, gives such a notice, and suffers delay and/or incurs Cost due to these conditions, the Contractor shall be entitled subject to notice under Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims] to an extension of time for any such delay, if completion is or will be delayed, under Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion].

Upon receiving such notice and inspecting and/or investigating these physical conditions, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine (i) whether and (if so) to what extent these physical conditions were unforeseeable, and (ii) the matters described above related to this extent.



However, before additional Cost is finally agreed or determined under sub-paragraph (ii), the Engineer may also review whether other physical conditions in similar parts of the Works (if any) were more favourable than could reasonably have been foreseen when the Contractor submitted the Tender. If and to the extent that these more favourable conditions were encountered, the Engineer may proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine the reductions in Cost which were due to these conditions, which may be included (as deductions) in the Contract Price. However, the net effect of all adjustments under sub-paragraph (b) and all these reductions, for all the physical conditions encountered in similar parts of the Works, shall not result in a net reduction in the Contract Price.

The Engineer shall take account of any evidence of the physical conditions foreseen by the Contractor when submitting the Tender, which shall be made available by the Contractor, but shall not be bound by the Contractor’s interpretation of any such evidence.

4.13 Right Way and Facilities Unless otherwise specified in the Contract the Employer shall provide effective access to and possession of the Site including special and/or temporary rights-of-way which are necessary for the Works. The Contractor shall obtain, at his risk and cost, any additional rights of way or facilities outside the Site which he may require for the purposes of the Works.

4.14 Avoidance of Interference The Contractor shall not interfere unnecessarily or improperly with:

(a) the convenience of the public, or

(b) the access to and use and occupation of all roads and footpaths, irrespective of whether they are public or in the possession of the Employer or of others.

(c) The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Employer harmless against and from all damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from any such unnecessary or improper interference.

4.15 Access Route The Contractor shall be deemed to have been satisfied as to the suitability and availability of access routes to the Site at Base Date. The Contractor shall use reasonable efforts to prevent any road or bridge from being damaged by the Contractor’s traffic or by the Contractor’s Personnel. These efforts shall include the proper use of appropriate vehicles and routes.

Except as otherwise stated in these Conditions:

(a) the Contractor shall (as between the Parties) be responsible for any maintenance which may be required for his use of access routes;

(b) the Contractor shall provide all necessary signs or directions along access routes, and shall obtain any permission which may be required from the relevant authorities for his use of routes, signs and directions;

(c) the Employer shall not be responsible for any claims which may arise from the use or otherwise of any access route;

(d) the Employer does not guarantee the suitability or availability of particular access routes; and



(e) Costs due to non-suitability or non-availability, for the use required by the Contractor, of access routes shall be borne by the Contractor.

4.16 Transport of Goods Unless otherwise stated:

a) the Contractor shall give the Engineer not less than 21 days’ notice of the date on which any Plant or a major item of other Goods will be delivered to the Site;

b) the Contractor shall be responsible for packing, loading, transporting, receiving, unloading, storing and protecting all Goods and other things required for the Works; and

c) the Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Employer harmless against and from all damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from the transport of Goods, and shall negotiate and pay all claims arising from their transport.

4.17 Contractor’s Equipment The Contractor shall be responsible for all Contractor’s Equipment. When brought on to the Site, Contractor’s Equipment shall be deemed to be exclusively intended for the execution of the Works. The Contractor shall not remove from the Site any major items of Contractor’s Equipment without the consent of the Engineer. However, consent shall not be required for vehicles transporting Goods or Contractor’s Personnel off Site.

4.18 Protection of the Environment The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to protect the environment (both on and off the Site) and to limit damage and nuisance to people and property resulting from pollution, noise and other results of his operations. The Contractor shall ensure that emissions, surface discharges and effluent from the Contractor’s activities shall not exceed the values stated in the Specification or prescribed by applicable Laws.

Environmental Plan shall be outlined in accordance with the provisions of Employer’s Safety, Health & Environment (SHE) Manual and shall include in summary form, the Contractor's proposed means of complying with his obligations in relation to:

a) the Site Environment ; and - System Environment as described in Works Requirements. Within 60 days of the date of the Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit a detailed and comprehensive Environmental Plan based on the Outline Environmental Plan. The Environmental Plan shall include detailed policies, procedures and applicable regulations. The Contractor shall provide all necessary access, assistance and facilities to enable the Engineer and the Employer to monitor and conduct tests at site to verify that the Environmental Plan is being properly and fully implemented.

4.19 Electricity, Water and Gas The Contractor shall, except as stated below, be responsible for the provision of all power, water and other services he may require for his construction activities and to the extent defined in the Specifications, for the tests.

The Contractor shall be entitled to use for the purposes of the Works such supplies of electricity, water, gas and other services as may be available on the Site and of which details and prices are given in the Specification. The Contractor shall, at his risk and cost, provide any apparatus necessary for his use of these services and for measuring the quantities consumed.



The quantities consumed and the amounts due (at these prices) for such services shall be agreed or determined by the Engineer in accordance with Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims] and Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations]. The Contractor shall pay these amounts to the Employer.

The Contractor will be allowed, free of charge, auxiliary power, permanent power and use of test track as stipulated in the Particular Specifications.

Till the time power is not available at site then the Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of power he may require for his construction activities and to the extent defined in the Specifications, for the test. For details please refer to Section XX in particular specifications, volume 2.

4.20 Employer’s Equipment and Free-Issue Materials The Employer shall make the Employer’s Equipment (if any) available for the use of the Contractor in the execution of the Works in accordance with the details, arrangements and prices stated in the Specification. Unless otherwise stated in the Specification:

(a) the Employer shall be responsible for the Employer’s Equipment, except that

(b) the Contractor shall be responsible for each item of Employer’s Equipment whilst any of the Contractor’s Personnel is operating it, driving it, directing it or in possession or control of it.

The appropriate quantities and the amounts due (at such stated prices) for the use of Employer’s Equipment shall be agreed or determined by the Engineer in accordance with Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims] and Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations]. The Contractor shall pay these amounts to the Employer.

The Employer shall supply, free of charge, the “free-issue materials” (if any) in accordance with the details stated in the Specification. The Employer shall, at his risk and cost, provide these materials at the time and place specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall then visually inspect them, and shall promptly give notice to the Engineer of any shortage, defect or default in these materials. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, the Employer shall immediately rectify the notified shortage, defect or default.

After this visual inspection, the free-issue materials shall come under the care, custody and control of the Contractor. The Contractor’s obligations of inspection, care, custody and control shall not relieve the Employer of liability for any shortage, defect or default not apparent from a visual inspection.

4.21 Progress Reports Monthly progress reports shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer in six copies. The first report shall cover the period up to the end of the first calendar month following the Commencement Date. Reports shall be submitted monthly thereafter, each within 7 days after the last day of the period to which it relates.

Reporting shall continue until the Contractor has completed all work which is known to be outstanding at the completion date stated in the acceptance certificate (issued as per clause 10.2) for the Works. Each report shall include:

(a) charts and detailed descriptions of progress, including each stage of design (if any), Contractor’s Documents, procurement, manufacture, delivery to Site, construction, erection and testing; and including these stages for work by each nominated Subcontractor (as defined in Clause 5 [Nominated Subcontractors]),

(b) photographs showing the status of manufacture and of progress on the Site;



(c) for the manufacture of each main item of Plant and Materials, the name of the manufacturer, manufacture location, percentage progress, and the actual or expected dates of:

(i). commencement of manufacture,

(ii). Contractor’s inspections,

(iii). tests, and

(iv). shipment and arrival at the Site;

(d) the details described in Sub-Clause 6.10 [Records of Contractor’s Personnel and Equipment];

(e) copies of quality assurance documents, test results and certificates of Materials;

(f) list of notices given under Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims] and notices given under Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims];

(g) safety statistics, including details of any hazardous incidents and activities relating to environmental aspects and public relations; and

(h) comparisons of actual and planned progress, with details of any events or circumstances which may jeopardise the completion in accordance with the Contract, and the measures being (or to be) adopted to overcome delays.

Monthly progress reports shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer in six copies.

Refer to Appendix 1– Monthly Progress Report in Volume 2 General Specifications

4.22 Security of the Site Civil contractor will put a properly designed system of security in place till ROD, in which no material of any system contractor will go out of the system without written authorization of civil/system contractors. System contractors are required to cooperate with the civil contractors. However the responsibility of security of material/equipment shall remain with respective System Contractor. During Smart Card Ticketing implementation, members of the Consortium are required to cooperate with civil contractors if in need.

The Contractor shall take all measures necessary to ensure such security, including exercising control over all persons and vehicles which are employed or engaged on the Site or in connection with the Works or the other works comprising the Project and with the security arrangements applicable to any other site within the Project.

The Contractor shall arrange the issue of passes for the admission of all persons and vehicles to the Site or to any part thereof and may refuse admission to or remove from the Site any person or vehicle failing to show an appropriate pass on demand to any duly authorised person.

If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit a list identifying all persons to whom passes have been issued together with two photographs of each person and all entities to which a pass has been issued in respect of any vehicle and shall satisfy the Engineer of the bonafides of any such person or entity.

The Contractor shall not, without the written permission of the Engineer or otherwise in accordance with the Contract, allow access to the Site to any person unless the presence on Site of such person is necessary in connection with the execution of the Works or with the discharge of the duties of any relevant authority.



The Contractor, after obtaining any necessary consent from any relevant authority, shall submit to the Engineer proposals showing the layout of pedestrian routes, lighting, signs, and guarding any road opening or traffic diversion which may be required in connection with the execution of the Works and which the Contractor intends to construct. Any consent given by the Engineer to such proposals shall not relieve the Contractor of any obligation under the Contract or absolve the Contractor from any liability for or arising from such proposals or the implementation thereof.

All lights provided by the Contractor shall be so placed or screened as not to interfere with signs, signals or lights. The Contractor shall not in any way obscure or affect signs, signals or lights, in use by any relevant authority. In the event that the Contractor does so, the Contractor shall pay all costs associated with the re-setting, re-instating or provision of alternatives for any sign, signal or light, obscured or affected. For the purposes of this Clause only, "Site" shall include off-Site places of manufacture or storage and the Contractor's Work Areas and shall include, areas provided to the Contractor by others.

4.23 Contractor’s Operation on Site The Contractor shall confine his operations to the Site, and to any additional areas which may be obtained by the Contractor and agreed by the Engineer as additional working areas. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to keep Contractor’s Equipment and Contractor’s Personnel within the Site and these additional areas, and to keep them off adjacent land. During the execution of the Works, the Contractor shall keep the Site free from all unnecessary obstruction, and shall store or dispose of any Contractor’s Equipment or surplus materials. The Contractor shall clear away and remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish and Temporary Works which are no longer required.

Upon the issue of an acceptance certificate, the Contractor shall clear away and remove, from that part of the Site and Works to which the acceptance Certificate refers, all Contractor’s Equipment, surplus material, wreckage, rubbish and Temporary Works. The Contractor shall leave that part of the Site and the Works in a clean and safe condition. However, the Contractor may retain on Site, during the Defects Notification Period, such Goods as are required for the Contractor to fulfil obligations under the Contract.

The Employer shall permit the Contractor to undertake money collection from PoS/ticketing stations managed and staffed by the Employer at Project sites and to deposit the collected cash in Contractor’s bank account for revenue settlement in accordance with Sub-clause 14.7[Currencies of Payment]

4.24 Fossils All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, and structures and other remains or items of geological or archaeological interest found on the Site shall be placed under the care and authority of the Employer. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent Contractor’s Personnel or other persons from removing or damaging any of these findings.

The Contractor shall, upon discovery of any such finding, promptly give notice to the Engineer, who shall issue instructions for dealing with it. If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost from complying with the instructions, the Contractor shall give a further notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims] to an extension of time for any such delay, if completion is or will be delayed, under Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion]. After receiving this further notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine these matters.



5 NOMINATED SUBCONTRACTORS

5.1 Definition of Nominated Subcontractor In the Contract, “nominated Subcontractor” means a Subcontractor:

(a) who is stated in the Contract as being a nominated Subcontractor, or

(b) whom the Engineer, under Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments], instructs the Contractor to employ as a Subcontractor subject to Sub-Clause 5.2 [Objection to Notification].

5.2 Objection to Nomination The Contractor shall not be under any obligation to employ a nominated Subcontractor against whom the Contractor raises reasonable objection by notice to the Engineer as soon as practicable, with supporting particulars. An objection shall be deemed reasonable if it arises from (among other things) any of the following matters, unless the Employer agrees in writing to indemnify the Contractor against and from the consequences of the matter:

(a) there are reasons to believe that the Subcontractor does not have sufficient competence, resources or financial strength;

(b) the nominated Subcontractor does not accept to indemnify the Contractor against and from any negligence or misuse of Goods by the nominated Subcontractor, his agents and employees; or

(c) the nominated Subcontractor does not accept to enter into a subcontract which specifies that, for the subcontracted work (including design, if any), the nominated Subcontractor shall:

(i). undertake to the Contractor such obligations and liabilities as will enable the Contractor to discharge his obligations and liabilities under the Contract;

(ii). indemnify the Contractor against and from all obligations and liabilities arising under or in connection with the Contract and from the consequences of any failure by the Subcontractor to perform these obligations or to fulfil these liabilities, and

(iii). be paid only if and when the Contractor has received from the Employer payments for sums due under the Subcontract referred to under Sub-Clause 5.3 [Payment to nominated Subcontractors].

5.3 Evidence of Payments Before issuing a Payment Certificate which includes an amount payable to a nominated Subcontractor, the Engineer may request the Contractor to supply reasonable evidence that the nominated Subcontractor has received all amounts due in accordance with previous Payment Certificates, less applicable deductions for retention or otherwise. Unless the Contractor:

(a) submits this reasonable evidence to the Engineer, or

(b)

(i). satisfies the Engineer in writing that the Contractor is reasonably entitled to withhold or refuse to pay these amounts, and

(ii). submits to the Engineer reasonable evidence that the nominated Subcontractor has been notified of the Contractor’s entitlement,



then the Employer may (at his sole discretion) pay, direct to the nominated Subcontractor, part or all of such amounts previously certified (less applicable deductions) as are due to the nominated Subcontractor and for which the Contractor has failed to submit the evidence described in sub-paragraphs (a) or (b) above. The Contractor shall then repay, to the Employer, the amount which the nominated Subcontractor was directly paid by the Employer.



6 STAFF AND LABOUR

6.1 Engagement of Staff and Labour Except as otherwise stated in the Specification, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labour, local or otherwise, and for their payment, feeding, transport, and, when appropriate, housing. The Contractor is encouraged, to the extent practicable and reasonable, to employ staff and labour with appropriate qualifications and experience from sources within the Country.

6.2 Rates of Wages and Conditions of Labour Full compliance of statutory requirements apart, the Contractor shall pay rates of wages and observe conditions of labour not less favourable than those established for the trade or the industry where the work is carried out.

The Contractor shall make himself aware of all labour regulations and their impact on the cost and build up the same in the Contract Price. During the Contract Period no extra amount in this regard shall be payable to the Contractor, for whatsoever reason including any revision of rates payable to the labour due to revision of rates payable in Minimum Wages Act.

Labour provided by the Contractor, either directly or through subcontractors, for the exclusive use of the Employer or the Engineer, shall, for the purpose of this Sub-Clause, be deemed to be employed by the Contractor.

In the event of default being made in the payment of any money in respect of wages of any person employed by the Contractor or any of its sub-contractors of any tier in and for carrying out of this Contract and if a claim therefore is filed in the office of the Labour Authorities and proof thereof is furnished to the satisfaction of the Labour Authorities, the Employer may, failing payment of the said money by the Contractor, make payment of such claim on behalf of the Contractor to the said Labour Authorities and any sums so paid shall be recoverable by the Employer from the Contractor.

6.3 Persons in the Service of Labour The Contractor shall not recruit, or attempt to recruit, staff and labour from amongst the Employer’s Personnel.

6.4 Labour Laws (a) In dealing with labour and employees, the Contractor and his Sub-Contractors

(including piece rate and petty Contractors) shall comply fully with all laws and statutory regulations pertaining to engagement, payment and upkeep of the labour in India.

(b) The Contractor shall have a Labour Welfare Organization which shall be responsible for labour welfare and compliance with prevalent labour laws, statutes and guidelines

(c) The Contractor shall prepare and submit compliance reports of adherence to labour laws as and when desired by the Engineer.

(d) The Contractor will ensure to open bank accounts for each worker employed by him and his sub-contractors and all the payments to workers will be released through bank accounts.



(e) The violation of Labour Laws viz. Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act, 1970 & Central Rules, 1971 made there under or other applicable Labour Laws under the jurisdiction shall attract following penalties in addition to the penalties imposed by Statutory Authorities in terms of applicable Act/Rules :-

(i). Delay in payment of dues to any workmen: INR 100/- per day per workman.

(ii). Non-compliance(s) of any other provision of labour laws, pointed out by Employer/Engineer or their representative: INR 5000/- for each non-compliance Informed in writing, under the contract.

The decision of Engineer with regard to the merits of imposition of penalty, determination of non-compliance and amount of penalty shall be final and binding on Contractor. The ‘Contract’ under this sub-clause shall include any workmen employed by contractor working within premises of Works at Employer’s establishment whether directly or through Sub-Contractor etc.

(f) The contractor shall ensure the registration of all his eligible workers (inclusive of sub-contractors and petty contractors) with BOCW Board.

6.5 Working Hours The Contractor, if required, shall carry out work during night hours or in shifts, unless specifically provided otherwise in the Contract. No increase in rates or extra payments shall be admissible for night work. The Contractor shall provide adequate lighting and safety arrangements.

6.6 Facilities for Staff and Labourers Except as otherwise stated in the Specification, the Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary accommodation and welfare facilities for the Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor shall also provide facilities for the Employer’s Personnel as stated in the Specification.

The Contractor shall not permit any of the Contractor’s Personnel to maintain any temporary or permanent living quarters within the structures forming part of the Permanent Works.

6.7 Health and Safety The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health and safety of the Contractor’s Personnel. In collaboration with local health authorities, the Contractor shall ensure that medical staff, first aid facilities, sick bay and ambulance service are available at all times at the Site and at any accommodation for Contractor’s and Employer’s Personnel, and that suitable arrangements are made for all necessary welfare and hygiene requirements and for the prevention of epidemics.

The Contractor shall appoint an accident prevention officer at the Site, responsible for maintaining safety and protection against accidents. This person shall be qualified for this responsibility, and shall have the authority to issue instructions and take protective measures to prevent accidents. Throughout the execution of the Works, the Contractor shall provide whatever is required by this person to exercise this responsibility and authority.

The Contractor shall send, to the Engineer, details of any accident as soon as practicable after its occurrence. The Contractor shall maintain records and make reports concerning health, safety and welfare of persons, and damage to property, as the Engineer may reasonably require.



HIV-AIDS Prevention. The Contractor shall conduct an HIVAIDS awareness programme via an approved service provider, and shall undertake such other measures as are specified in this Contract to reduce the risk of the transfer of the HIV virus between and among the Contractor’s Personnel and the local community, to promote early diagnosis and to assist affected individuals.

The Contractor shall throughout the contract (including the Defects Notification Period): (i) conduct Information, Education and Communication (IEC) campaigns, at least every other month, addressed to all the Site staff and labour (including all the Contractor's employees, all Subcontractors and any other

Contractor’s or Employer’s personnel employees, and all truck drivers and crew making deliveries to Site for construction activities) and to the immediate local communities, concerning the risks, dangers and impact, and appropriate avoidance behaviour with respect to, of Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STD) - or Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI) in general and HIV/AIDS in particular; (ii) provide male or female condoms for all Site staff and labour as appropriate; and (iii) provide for STI and HIV/AIDS screening, diagnosis, counselling and referral to a dedicated national STI and HIV/AIDS programme, (unless otherwise agreed) of all Site staff and labour.

The Contractor shall include in the programme to be submitted for the execution of the Works under Sub-Clause 8.3 an alleviation programme for Site staff and labour and their families in respect of Sexually Transmitted Infections (STI) and Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STD) including HIV/AIDS. The STI, STD and HIV/AIDS alleviation programme shall indicate when, how and at what cost the Contractor plans to satisfy the requirements of this Sub-Clause and the related specification. For each component, the programme shall detail the resources to be provided or utilised and any related sub-contracting proposed. The programme shall also include provision of a detailed cost estimate with supporting documentation. Payment to the Contractor for preparation and implementation this programme shall not exceed the Provisional Sum dedicated for this purpose. The Contractor’s Site Safety Plan shall be developed from his outline Safety Plan as Employer’s Requirements and SHE Manual of the Employer.

6.8 Contractor’s Superintendence Throughout the execution of the Works, and as long thereafter as is necessary to fulfil the Contractor’s obligations, the Contractor shall provide all necessary superintendence to plan, arrange, direct, manage, inspect and test the work. Superintendence shall be given by a sufficient number of persons having adequate knowledge of the language for communications (defined in Sub-Clause 1.4 [Law and

Language]) and of the operations to be carried out (including the methods and techniques required, the hazards likely to be encountered and methods of preventing accidents), for the satisfactory and safe execution of the Works.

6.9 Contractor’s Personnel The Contractor’s Personnel shall be appropriately qualified, skilled and experienced in their respective trades or occupations. The Engineer may require the Contractor to remove (or cause to be removed) any person employed on the Site or Works, including the Contractor’s Representative if applicable, who:

(a) persists in any misconduct or lack of care,

(b) carries out duties incompetently or negligently,

(c) fails to conform with any provisions of the Contract, or



(d) persists in any conduct which is prejudicial to safety, health, or the protection of the environment.

If appropriate, the Contractor shall then appoint (or cause to be appointed) a suitable replacement person.

6.10 Records of Contractor’s Personnel and Equipment The Contractor shall submit, to the Engineer, details showing the number of each class of Contractor’s Personnel and of each type of Contractor’s Equipment on the Site. Details shall be submitted each calendar month, in a form approved by the Engineer, until the Contractor has completed all work which is known to be outstanding at the completion date stated in the Taking-Over Certificate for the Works

6.11 Disorderly Conduct The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct by or amongst the Contractor’s Personnel, and to preserve peace and protection of persons and property on and near the Site.

6.12 Foreign Personnel The Contractor may bring in to the Country any foreign personnel who are necessary for the execution of the Works to the extent allowed by the applicable Laws. The Contractor shall ensure that these personnel are provided with the required residence visas and work permits. The Employer will, if requested by the Contractor, use his best endeavours in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state, and national or government permission required for bringing in the Contractor’s personnel. The Contractor shall be responsible for the return of these personnel to the place where they were recruited or to their domicile. In the event of the death in the Country of any of these personnel or members of their families, the Contractor shall similarly be responsible for making the appropriate arrangements for their return or burial.

6.13 Supply of Foodstuffs The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of a sufficient supply of suitable food as may be stated in the Specification at reasonable prices for the Contractor’s Personnel for the purposes of or in connection with the Contract.

6.14 Supply of Water The Contractor shall, having regard to local conditions, provide on the Site an adequate supply of drinking and other water for the use of the Contractor’s Personnel.

6.15 Measures against Insect and Pest Nuisance The Contractor shall at all times take the necessary precautions to protect the Contractor’s Personnel employed on the Site from insect and pest nuisance, and to reduce the danger to their health. The Contractor shall comply with all the regulations of the local health authorities, including use of appropriate insecticide.

6.16 Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs The Contractor shall not, otherwise than in accordance with the Laws of the Country, import, sell, give, barter or otherwise dispose of any alcoholic liquor or drugs, or permit or allow importation, sale, gift, barter or disposal thereof by Contractor's Personnel.



6.17 Arms and Ammunition The Contractor shall not give, barter, or otherwise dispose of, to any person, any arms or ammunition of any kind, or allow Contractor's Personnel to do so.

6.18 Festivals and Religious Customs The Contractor shall respect the Country's recognized festivals, days of rest and religious or other customs.

6.19 Funeral Arrangements The Contractor shall be responsible, to the extent required by local regulations, for making any funeral arrangements for any of his local employees who may die while engaged upon the Works

6.20 Prohibition of Forced or Compulsory Labour The Contractor shall not employ forced labour, which consists of any work or service, not voluntarily performed, that is exacted from an individual under threat of force or penalty, and includes any kind of involuntary or compulsory labour, such as indentured labour, bonded labour or similar labour-contracting arrangements.

6.21 Prohibition of Harmful Child Labour The Contractor shall not employ children in a manner that is economically exploitative, or is likely to be hazardous, or to interfere with, the child’s education, or to be harmful to the child’s health or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social development. Where the relevant labour laws of the Country have provisions for employment of minors, the Contractor shall follow those laws applicable to the Contractor. Children below the age of 18 years shall not be employed in dangerous work.

6.22 Employment Record of Workers The Contractor shall keep complete and accurate records of the employment of labour at the Site. The records shall include the names, ages, genders, hours worked and wages paid to all workers. These records shall be summarized on a monthly basis and submitted to the Engineer. These records shall be included in the details to be submitted by the Contractor under Sub- Clause 6.10 [Records of Contractor’s Personnel and Equipment].

6.23 Worker’s Organisations In countries where the relevant labour laws recognise workers’ rights to form and to join workers’ organisations of their choosing without interference and to bargain collectively, the Contractor shall comply with such laws. Where the relevant labour laws substantially restrict workers’ organisations, the Contractor shall enable alternative means for the Contractor’s Personnel to express their grievances and protect their rights regarding working conditions and terms of employment. In either case described above, and where the relevant labour laws are silent, the Contractor shall not discourage the Contractor’s Personnel from forming or joining workers’ organisations of their choosing or from bargaining collectively, and shall not discriminate or retaliate against the Contractor’s Personnel who participate, or seek to participate, in such organisations and bargain collectively. The Contractor shall engage with such workers’ representatives. Workers’ organisations are expected to fairly represent the workers in the workforce.

6.24 Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity



The Contractor shall not make employment decisions on the basis of personal characteristics unrelated to inherent job requirements. The Contractor shall base the employment relationship on the principle of equal opportunity and fair treatment, and shall not discriminate with respect to aspects of the employment relationship, including recruitment and hiring, compensation (including wages and benefits), working conditions and terms of employment, access to training, promotion, termination of employment or retirement, and discipline. In countries where the relevant labour laws provide for non-discrimination in employment, the Contractor shall comply with such laws. When the relevant labour laws are silent on non-discrimination in employment, the Contractor shall meet this Sub-Clause’s requirements. Special measures of protection or assistance to remedy past discrimination or selection for a particular job based on the inherent requirements of the job shall not be deemed discrimination.



7 PLANT, MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP

7.1 Manner of Execution The Contractor shall carry out the manufacture of Plant, the production and manufacture of Materials, and all other execution of the Works:

(a) in the manner (if any) specified in the Contract,

(b) in a proper workmanlike and careful manner, in accordance with recognised good practice,

(c) with properly equipped facilities and non-hazardous

The Contractor shall design and provide all necessary specifications for the Works in accordance with the site plans and Work’s Requirements. Any design detail, plan, drawing, specifications, notes, annotations, and information required shall be provided in such sufficient format, details, extent, size and scale and within such time as may be required to ensure effective execution of Works and/or as otherwise required by the Engineer. The Contractor holds himself, and his designers as having the experience and capability necessary for the design. The Contractor undertakes that the designers shall be available to attend discussions with the Engineer at all reasonable times during the Contract Period.

The designer shall be the same entity as proposed by the Contractor at the time of pre-qualification, unless otherwise approved by the Employer. The Contractor shall furnish Designer’s Warranty in the format enclosed in Contract Forms. The Contractor further warrants that:

(a) The Contractor shall be fully responsible, for the suitability, adequacy, integrity, durability and practicality of the Contractor’s proposal.

(b) The Contractor warrants that the Contractor’s Proposals meet the Work’s Requirements and is fit for the purpose thereof. Where there is any inadequacy, insufficiency, impracticality or unsuitability in or of the Work’s Requirements or any part there -of, the Contractor’s Proposal shall take into account, address or rectify such inadequacy, insufficiency, impracticality or unsuitability at Contractor’s own cost.

(c) The Contractor warrants that the Works have been or will be designed, manufactured, installed and otherwise constructed and to the highest standards available using proven up-to-date good practice

(d) The Contractor warrants that the Works will, when completed, comply with enactments and regulations relevant to the Works

(e) The Contractor warrants that the design of the Works and the manufacture of plant have taken or will have taken full account of the effects of the intended manufacturing and installation methods, Temporary Works and Contractor’s Equipment

(f) The Contractor shall also provide a guarantee from the Designer for the design for suitability, adequacy, and practicality of design for Work’s Requirements

(g) The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against any damage, expense, liability, loss or claim, which the Employer might incur, sustain or be subject to arising from any breach of the Contractor’s design responsibility and/or warranty set out in this Clause.



(h) The Contractor further specifies and is deemed to have checked and accepted full responsibility ‘for the Contractor’s Proposal and warrants absolutely that the same meets the Work’s Requirements:

i. Notwithstanding that such design may be or have been prepared, developed or issued by the Employer, any of Contractor’s consultants, his subcontractors and/or his qualified personnel/persons or cause to be prepared, developed or issued by others.

ii. Notwithstanding any warranties, guaranties and/or indemnities that may be or may have been submitted by any other person.

iii. Notwithstanding that the same have been accepted by the Engineer

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Plants, Materials, goods, workmanship, preparing, developing and coordinating all design Works to enable that part of the Works to be constructed and/or to be fully operational in accordance with the Contract’s requirements. Apart from the Contractor, the above warranty shall also be applicable for his designer. This warranty shall be a part of his sub contract with the designer and should be made available at the time of signing of the Agreement. No claim for additional payment or extension of time shall be entertained and/or the Contractor shall not be relieved from any obligation/liability under the Contract, for any delay, suspension, impediment to or adverse effect upon the progress of the Works due to any mistake, inaccuracy, discrepancy or omission in or between the Contractor’s, the Definitive Design and the final design, or any failure by the Contractor to prepare any Design Data or submit the same to the Engineer in due time and the Contractor shall promptly make good any such defect at his own cost

7.2 Samples The Contractor shall submit the following samples of Materials, and relevant information, to the Engineer for consent prior to using the Materials in or for the Works:

a) manufacturer’s standard samples of Materials and samples specified in the Contract, all at the Contractor’s cost, and

b) additional samples instructed by the Engineer as a Variation.

Each sample shall be labelled as to origin and intended use in the Works.

7.3 Inspection The Employer’s Personnel shall at all reasonable times:

(a) have full access to all parts of the Site and to all places from which natural Materials are being obtained, and

(b) during production, manufacture and construction (at the Site and elsewhere), be entitled to examine, inspect, measure and test the materials and workmanship, and to check the progress of manufacture of Plant and production and manufacture of Materials.

The Contractor shall give the Employer’s Personnel full opportunity to carry out these activities, including providing access, facilities, permissions and safety equipment. No such activity shall relieve the Contractor from any obligation or responsibility.



The Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer whenever any work is ready and before it is covered up, put out of sight, or packaged for storage or transport. The Engineer shall then either carry out the examination, inspection, measurement or testing without unreasonable delay, or promptly give notice to the Contractor that the Engineer does not require to do so. If the Contractor fails to give the notice, he shall, if and when required by the Engineer, uncover the work and thereafter reinstate and make good, all at the Contractor’s cost.

7.4 Testing This Sub-Clause shall apply to all tests specified in the Contract, other than the Tests after Completion (if any). Except as otherwise specified in the Contract, the Contractor shall provide all apparatus, assistance, documents and other information, electricity, equipment, fuel, consumables, instruments, labour, materials, and suitably qualified and experienced staff, as are necessary to carry out the specified tests efficiently. The Contractor shall agree, with the Engineer, the time and place for the specified testing of any Plant, Materials and other parts of the Works.

The Engineer may, under Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments], vary the location or details of specified tests, or instruct the Contractor to carry out additional tests. If these varied or additional tests show that the tested Plant, Materials or workmanship is not in accordance with the Contract, the cost of carrying out this Variation shall be borne by the Contractor, notwithstanding other provisions of the Contract.

The Engineer shall give the Contractor not less than 24 hours’ notice of the Engineer’s intention to attend the tests. If the Engineer does not attend at the time and place agreed, the Contractor may proceed with the tests, unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer, and the tests shall then be deemed to have been made in the Engineer’s presence.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost from complying with these instructions or as a result of a delay for which the Employer is responsible, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims] to an extension of time for any such delay, if completion is or will be delayed, under Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion].After receiving this notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine these matters. The Contractor shall promptly forward to the Engineer duly certified reports of the tests. When the specified tests have been passed, the Engineer shall endorse the Contractor’s test certificate, or issue a certificate to him, to that effect. If the Engineer has not attended the tests, he shall be deemed to have accepted the readings as accurate

7.5 Rejection If, as a result of an examination, inspection, measurement or testing, any Plant, Materials or workmanship is found to be defective or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract, the Engineer may reject the Plant, Materials or workmanship by giving notice to the Contractor, with reasons. The Contractor shall then promptly make good the defect and ensure that the rejected item complies with the Contract. If the Engineer requires this Plant, Materials or workmanship to be retested, the tests shall be repeated under the same terms and conditions. If the rejection and retesting cause the Employer to incur additional costs, the Contractor shall subject to Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims] pay these costs to the Employer.

7.6 Remedial Works Notwithstanding any previous test or certification, the Engineer may instruct the Contractor to:



(a) remove from the Site and replace any Plant or Materials which is not in accordance with the Contract,

(b) remove and re-execute any other work which is not in accordance with the Contract, and

(c) execute any work which is urgently required for the safety of the Works, whether because of an accident, unforeseeable event or otherwise.

The Contractor shall comply with the instruction within a reasonable time, which shall be the time (if any) specified in the instruction, or immediately if urgency is specified under sub-paragraph (c). If the Contractor fails to comply with the instruction, the Employer shall be entitled to employ and pay other persons to carry out the work. Except to the extent that the Contractor would have been entitled to payment for the work, the Contractor shall subject to Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims] pay to the Employer all costs arising from this failure.

The Contractor shall not be released from any liability or obligation under the Contract by reason of any such inspection or testing or witnessing of testing, or by the submission of reports of inspection or testing to the Engineer.

7.7 Ownership of Plant and Materials Each item of Plant and Materials shall, except banking assets as defined in clause 1.1.6.18, to the extent consistent with the Laws of the Country, become the property of the Employer when it is incorporated in the work, free from liens and other encumbrances.

The data from the Commuter database generated during the Contract shall be jointly owned in perpetuity by the Employer and the Contractor.

The plant, goods and material not finally taken over as per GC Clause 10 but payment against which have been made in part or full against Indemnity Bond / will remain under the Contractor’s custody. The Contractor shall be responsible for its safety and will bear all the risks till taken over by the Employer.

7.8 Royalties Unless otherwise stated in the Specification, the Contractor shall pay all royalties, rents and other payments for:

(a) natural Materials obtained from outside the Site, and

(b) the disposal of material from demolitions and excavations and of other surplus material (whether natural or manmade), except to the extent that disposal areas within the Site are specified in the Contract.



8 COMMENCEMENT, DELAYS AND SUSPENSION

8.1 Commencement of Works The Commencement Date shall be indicated in the Letter of Acceptance.

The Contractor shall commence the execution of the Works as soon as is reasonably practicable after the Commencement Date, and shall then proceed with the Works with due expedition and without delay.

8.2 Time for completion The Contractor shall complete the whole of the Works, and each Section (if any), within the Time for Completion for the Works or Section (as the case may be), including: achieving the passing of the Tests on Completion, and

Completing all work which is stated in the Contract as being required for the Works or Section to be considered to be completed for the purposes of acceptance under Sub-Clause 10.2 [acceptance of the Works and Sections].

8.3 Programme A detailed time programme shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer within 28 days after receiving the notice under Sub-Clause 8.1 [Commencement of Works]. The Contractor shall also submit a revised programme whenever the previous programme is inconsistent with actual progress or with the Contractor’s obligations and each programme shall include:

a. the order in which the Contractor intends to carry out the Works, including the anticipated timing of each stage of design (if any), Contractor’s Documents, procurement, manufacture of Plant, delivery to Site, construction, erection and testing,

b. each of these stages for work by each nominated Subcontractor (as defined in Clause 5 [Nominated Subcontractors]),

c. the sequence and timing of inspections and tests specified in the Contract, and

d. a supporting report which includes:

i. a general description of the methods which the Contractor intends to adopt, and of the major stages, in the execution of the Works, and

ii. details showing the Contractor’s reasonable estimate of the number of each class of Contractor’s Personnel and of each type of Contractor’s Equipment, required on the Site for each major stage.

Unless the Engineer, within 21 days after receiving a programme, gives notice to the Contractor stating the extent to which it does not comply with the Contract, the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with the programme, subject to his other obligations under the Contract. The Employer’s Personnel shall be entitled to rely upon the programme when planning their activities.

The Contractor shall promptly give notice to the Engineer of specific probable future events or circumstances which may adversely affect the work, increase the Contract Price or Reduce the Employer’s Claim in the form of Annual Premium or delay the execution of the Works. The Engineer may require the Contractor to submit an estimate of the anticipated effect of the future event or circumstances, and/or a proposal under Sub-Clause 13.3 [Variation Procedure].



If, at any time, the Engineer gives notice to the Contractor that a programme fails (to the extent stated) to comply with the Contract or to be consistent with actual progress and the Contractor’s stated intentions, the Contractor shall submit a revised programme to the Engineer in accordance with this Sub-Clause.

8.4 Extension of Time for Completion Subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims], the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of the Time for Completion if and to the extent that completion for the purposes of Sub-Clause 10.2 [Acceptance of the Works and Sections] is or will be delayed by any of the following causes:

a. a variation (unless an adjustment to the Time for Completion has been agreed under Sub-Clause 13.3 [Variation Procedure]) or other substantial change in the Contract,

b. a cause of delay giving an entitlement to extension of time under a Sub-Clause of these Conditions, or

c. any delay, impediment or prevention caused by or attributable to the Employer, the Employer’s Personnel, or the Employer’s other contractors.

If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to an extension of the Time for Completion, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims]. When determining each extension of time under Sub- Clause 20.1, the Engineer shall review previous determinations and may increase, but shall not decrease, the total extension of time.

8.5 Delays Caused by Authorities If the following conditions apply, namely:

a. the Contractor has diligently followed the procedures laid down by the relevant legally constituted public authorities in the Country,

b. these authorities delay or disrupt the Contractor’s work, and

c. the delay or disruption was Unforeseeable, then this delay or disruption will be considered as a cause of delay under sub-paragraph (b) of Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion].

If there is any unexpected or unforeseen delay, the Contractor shall be informed in advance. The Contractor can also seek a confirmation form Employer before placing orders for hardware/software on external vendors for any unlikely delays in the project.

8.6 Rate of Progress If, at any time:

a. actual progress is too slow to complete within the Time for Completion, and/or

b. progress has fallen (or will fall) behind the current programme under Sub-Clause 8.3 [Programme], other than as a result of a cause listed in Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion], then the Engineer may instruct the Contractor to submit, under Sub-Clause 8.3 [Programme], a revised programme and supporting report describing the revised methods which the Contractor proposes to adopt in order to expedite progress and complete within the Time for Completion.



Unless the Engineer notifies otherwise, the Contractor shall adopt these revised methods, which may require increases in the working hours and/or in the numbers of Contractor’s Personnel and/or Goods, at the risk and cost of the Contractor. If these revised methods cause the Employer to incur additional costs, the Contractor shall subject to notice under Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims] pay these costs to the Employer, in addition to delay damages (if any) under Sub-Clause 8.7 below.

8.7 Delay Damages The Contractor shall subject to notice under Sub- Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims] pay delay damages to the Employer for this default if the Contractor fails to comply with Sub-Clause 8.2 [Time for Completion]. These delay damages shall be the 0.5% of the Performance Security per day, which shall be paid for every day which shall elapse between the relevant Time for Completion and the date stated in the Taking-Over Certificate. However, the total amount due under this Sub-Clause shall not exceed 75% of the Performance Security.

These delay damages shall be the only damages due from the Contractor for such default, other than in the event of termination under Sub-Clause 15.2 [Termination by Employer] prior to completion of the Works. These damages shall not relieve the Contractor from his obligation to complete the Works, or from any other duties, obligations or responsibilities which he may have under the Contract.

8.8 Suspension of Work The Engineer may at any time instruct the Contractor to suspend progress of part or all of the Works. During such suspension, the Contractor shall protect, store and secure such part or the Works against any deterioration, loss or damage.

The Engineer may also notify the cause for the suspension. If and to the extent that the cause is notified and is the responsibility of the Contractor, the following Sub-Clauses 8.9, 8.10 shall not apply.

8.9 Consequences of Suspension The Contractor shall not be entitled to extra cost (if any), due to extra costs incurred by him, during the period of suspension of Work, if such suspension is

a. provided for in the Contract, or

b. necessary for proper execution of Woks or by reasons of weather condition or by some default on the part of the Contractor, or

c. necessary for the safety of Works or any part thereof or necessary for the safety of adjoining public or other property or safety of the public or workmen or those who have to be at the site

d. to ensure safely and to avoid disruption of traffic and utilities, as also to permit fast repairs and restoration of any damaged utilities



8.10 Prolonged Suspension The Contractor may request the Engineer’s permission to proceed if the suspension under Sub-Clause 8.8 [Suspension of Work] has continued for more than 84 days. If the Engineer does not give permission within 28 days after being requested to do so, the Contractor may, by giving notice to the Engineer, treat the suspension as an omission under Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments] of the affected part of the Works. If the suspension affects the whole of the Works, the Contractor may give notice of termination under Sub-Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor].

8.11 Resumption of Work The Contractor and the Engineer shall jointly examine the Works and the Plant and Materials affected by the suspension after the permission or instruction to proceed is given. The Contractor shall make good any deterioration or defect in or loss of the Works or Plant or Materials, which has occurred during the suspension after receiving from the Engineer an instruction to this effect under Clause 13 [Variations and Adjustments].



9 TESTS ON COMPLETION

9.1 Contractor’s Obligations Tests on Completion in accordance with this Clause and Sub-Clause 7.4 [Testing] shall be carried out by the Contractor, after providing the documents in accordance with sub-paragraph (d) of Sub-Clause 4.1 [Contractor’s General Obligations].

The Contractor shall give to the Engineer not less than 21 days’ notice of the date after which the Contractor will be ready to carry out each of the Tests on Completion. Unless otherwise agreed, Tests on Completion shall be carried out within 14 days after this date, on such day or days as the Engineer shall instruct.

In considering the results of the Tests on Completion, the Engineer shall make allowances for the effect of any use of the Works by the Employer on the performance or other characteristics of the Works. As soon as the Works, or a Section, have passed any Tests on Completion, the Contractor shall submit a certified report of the results of these Tests to the Engineer.

9.2 Delayed Tests Sub -Clause 7.4 [Testing] (fifth paragraph) shall be applicable if the Tests on Completion are being unduly delayed by the Employer.

If the Tests on Completion are being unduly delayed by the Contractor, the Engineer may by notice require the Contractor to carry out the Tests within 21 days after receiving the notice. The Contractor shall carry out the Tests on such day or days within that period as the Contractor may fix and of which he shall give notice to the Engineer.

If the Contractor fails to carry out the Tests on Completion within the period of 21 days, the Employer’s Personnel may proceed with the Tests at the risk and cost of the Contractor. The Tests on Completion shall then be deemed to have been carried out in the presence of the Contractor and the results of the Tests shall be accepted as accurate.

9.3 Retesting Sub-Clause 7.5 [Rejection] shall apply if the Works, or a Section, fail to pass the Tests on Completion, and the Engineer or the Contractor may require the failed Tests, and Tests on Completion on any related work, to be repeated under the same terms and conditions.

9.4 Failure to Pass Tests on Completion If the Works, or a Section, fail to pass the Tests on Completion repeated under Sub-Clause 9.3 [Retesting], the Engineer shall be entitled to:

(a) order further repetition of Tests on Completion under Sub-Clause 9.3; or

(b) if the failure deprives the Employer of substantially the whole benefit of the Works or Section, reject the Works or Section (as the case may be), in which event the Employer shall have the same remedies as are provided in sub-paragraph (c) of Sub-Clause 11.4 [Failure to Remedy Defects].

9.5 Integrated Testing and Commissioning

9.5.1 Integrated Testing



Tests on Completion shall also include Integrated Testing where applicable as per the contract conditions. The Contractor shall, following satisfactory completion of tests on his works, equipment, subsystems or system, perform, at the direction of the Engineer, programme of tests to verify and confirm the compatibility and complete performance of his works, equipment, sub-systems or system with the works, equipment, sub-systems or system provided by others. Integrated testing should happen at Noida.

9.5.2 Compilation of Test Results

The results of the Integrated Testing and Commissioning shall be compiled and evaluated by the Engineer and the Contractor.

9.5.3 Re-testing

If the Works, or a part thereof, or a Section, fail to pass the Integrated Testing and Commissioning, the Engineer shall require such failed Tests, to be repeated under the same terms and conditions. If such failure and retesting result from a default of the Contractor and cause the Employer to incur additional costs, the same shall be recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer, and may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due, or to become due, to the Contractor.

9.5.4 Failure to pass Test

If the Works, or a part thereof, or a Section, fail to pass Integrated Testing and Commissioning and the Contractor in consequence proposes to make any adjustment or modification to the Works or a part thereof, or a section, the Engineer may, with the approval of the Employer, instruct the Contractor to carry out such adjustment or modification, at his own cost and to satisfy the requirements of Integrated Testing and Commissioning within such time as the Employer / Engineer may deem to be reasonable.

9.5.5 Statutory Requirements

The Contractor along with others shall carry out all statutory tests and trials, under the supervision of the Engineer, necessary for obtaining sanction of the competent authority for opening the system for public carriage of passengers.

The Contractor shall, if required by the Employer, deliver to the Engineer or to his office, a return in detail, in such form and at such intervals as the Employer may prescribe, showing the number of labour employed in different categories by the Contractor on the Site.

The Design and Manufacture Standards to be adopted by the Contractor shall be in conformity with the requirements of tender specifications as well as "Rules for Opening of a Railway or a Section of a Railway for Public Carriage of Passengers” and "Rules for Introduction of New Type of Rolling Stock". Contractor under the supervision of the Engineer, shall carry out all statutory tests and trials and shall prepare and submit all documents as required including the documents required for obtaining all approvals and sanction of the Commissioner of Metro Railway Safety (CMRS) and any other Statutory Authority, that may be required for introduction of Rolling Stock for Public Carriage of Passengers.



10 EMPLOYER’S TAKING OVER

10.1 Taking Over of the Works and Sections (a) The Works shall be taken over by the Employer when a Taking-Over Certificate for

the Works has been issued, or is deemed to have been issued in accordance with this Sub-Clause. The takeover of works shall happen at nominal value of INR 99.

(b) The Contractor may apply by notice to the Employer for a Taking-Over Certificate not earlier than 28 days before the expiry period of the DLP period. expiry of defect notification period

(c) The Employer shall, within 28 days after receiving the Contractor’s application:

(d) issue the Taking-Over Certificate to the Contractor, stating the date on which the Works or Section were taken over in accordance with the Contract, or

(e) reject the application, giving reasons and specifying the work required to be done by the Contractor to enable the Taking-Over Certificate to be issued. The Contractor shall then complete this work before issuing a further notice under this Sub-Clause.

If the employer fails either to issue the Taking-Over Certificate or to reject the Contractor’s application within the period of 28 days, and if the Works or Section (as the case may be) are substantially in accordance with the Contract, the Taking-Over Certificate shall be deemed to have been issued on the .day of expiry of defect notification period.

As per the taking over of the works and sections clause, all assets except banking assets (as defined in clause 1.1.6.18) shall be taken over by employer at the end of contract. Banking assets shall continue to remain in the custody of the Contractor during and even after the end of contract period.

10.2 Acceptance of the Works and Sections Except as stated in Sub-Clause 9.4 [Failure to Pass Tests on Completion], the Works shall be accepted by the Employer when (i) the Works have been completed in accordance with the Contract, including the matters described in Sub-Clause 8.2 [Time for Completion] and except as allowed in sub-paragraph (a) below, and (ii) an acceptance certificate for the Works has been issued, or is deemed to have been issued in accordance with this Sub-Clause. The Contractor may apply by notice to the Engineer for an Acceptance Certificate not earlier than 14 days before the Works will, in the Contractor’s opinion, be complete and ready for acceptance. If the Works are divided into Sections, the Contractor may similarly apply for an Acceptance Certificate for each Section.

The Engineer shall, within 28 days after receiving the Contractor’s application:

(a) issue the Acceptance Certificate to the Contractor, stating the date on which the Works or Section were completed in accordance with the Contract, except for any minor outstanding work and defects which will not substantially affect the use of the Works or Section for their intended purpose (either until or whilst this work is completed and these defects are remedied); or

(b) Reject the application, giving reasons and specifying the work required to be done by the Contractor to enable the Acceptance Certificate to be issued. The Contractor shall then complete this work before issuing a further notice under this Sub-Clause.



If the Engineer fails either to issue the acceptance Certificate or to reject the Contractor’s application within the period of 28 days, and if the Works or Section (as the case may be) are substantially in accordance with the Contract, the acceptance Certificate shall be deemed to have been issued on the last day of that period.

The acceptance of the Works shall not cover banking assets (as defined in clause 1.1.6.18), and they shall continue to remain in the custody of the Contractor during the Contract Period and shall continue to be deployed and made available for Works execution as per the Specifications in the contract and in accordance with the Sub-Clause 4.1[Contractor’s General Obligations], Clause 7 [Plant, Materials and Workmanship], 8[Commencement, Delays and Suspension] and 9 [Tests on Completion] and 17 [Risk and Responsibility].

10.3 Accepting the Part of the Works The Engineer may, at the sole discretion of the Employer, issue an acceptance Certificate for any part of the Permanent Works.

The Employer shall not use any part of the Works (other than as a temporary measure which is either specified in the Contract or agreed by both Parties) unless and until the Engineer has issued an acceptance Certificate for this part. However, if the Employer does use any part of the Works before the acceptance Certificate is issued:

(a) the part which is used shall be deemed to have been accepted as from the date on which it is used,

(b) the Contractor shall only to be liable for the operations and maintenance of such part as from this date, when responsibility shall pass to the Employer, and

(c) if requested by the Contractor, the Engineer shall issue a acceptance Certificate for this part.

After the Engineer has issued an acceptance Certificate for a part of the Works, the Contractor shall be given the earliest opportunity to take such steps as may be necessary to carry out any outstanding Tests on Completion. The Contractor shall carry out these Tests on Completion as soon as practicable before the expiry date of the relevant Defects Notification Period.

If an acceptance Certificate has been issued for a part of the Works (other than a Section), the delay damages thereafter for completion of the remainder of the Works shall be reduced. Similarly, the delay damages for the remainder of the Section (if any) in which this part is included shall also be reduced. For any period of delay after the date stated in this acceptance Certificate, the proportional reduction in these delay damages shall be calculated as the proportion which the value of the part so certified bears to the value of the Works or Section (as the case may be) as a whole. The Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine these proportions. The provisions of this paragraph shall only apply to the daily rate of delay damages under Sub-Clause 8.7 [Delay Damages], and shall not affect the maximum amount of these damages.

10.4 Interference with Tests on Completion If the Contractor is prevented, for more than 14 days, from carrying out the Tests on Completion by a cause for which the Employer is responsible, the Employer shall be deemed to have accepted the Works or Section (as the case may be) on the date when the Tests on Completion would otherwise have been completed.



The Engineer shall then issue an acceptance Certificate accordingly, and the Contractor shall carry out the Tests on Completion as soon as practicable, before the expiry date of the Defects Notification Period. The Engineer shall require the Tests on Completion to be carried out by giving 14 days’ notice and in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Contract.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost as a result of this delay in carrying out the Tests on Completion, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims] to:

(a) an extension of time for any such delay, if completion is or will be delayed, under Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion], and

After receiving this notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine these matters

10.5 Surface reinstatement Except as otherwise stated in an acceptance Certificate, a certificate for a Section or part of the Works shall not be deemed to certify completion of any ground or other surfaces requiring reinstatement



11 DEFECTS LIABILITY

11.1 Completion of Outstanding Work and Remedying Defects In order that the Works and Contractor’s Documents, and each Section, shall be in the condition required by the Contract (fair wear and tear excepted) by the expiry date of the relevant Defects Notification Period or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Contractor shall:

(a) complete any work which is outstanding on the date stated in a Taking-Over Certificate, within such reasonable time as is instructed by the Engineer, and

(b) execute all work required to remedy defects or damage, as may be notified by (or on behalf of) the Employer on or before the expiry date of the Defects Notification Period for the Works or Section (as the case may be).

If a defect appears or damage occurs, the Contractor shall be notified accordingly, by (or on behalf of) the Employer.

11.2 Cost of Remedying Defects All work referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of Sub-Clause 11.1 [Completion of Outstanding Work and Remedying Defects] shall be executed at the risk and cost of the Contractor, if and to the extent that the work is attributable to:

(a) any design for which the Contractor is responsible,

(b) Plant, Materials or workmanship not being in accordance with the Contract, or

(c) failure by the Contractor to comply with any other obligation.

If and to the extent that such work is attributable to any other cause, the Contractor shall be notified promptly by (or on behalf of) the Employer, and Sub-Clause 13.3 [Variation Procedure] shall apply.

11.3 Extension of Defects notification period The Employer shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims] to an extension of the Defects Notification Period for the Works or a Section if and to the extent that the Works, Section or a major item of Plant (as the case may be, and after acceptance) cannot be used for the purposes for which they are intended by reason of a defect or by reason of damage attributable to the Contractor. However, a Defects Notification Period shall not be extended by more than two years.

If delivery and/or erection of Plant and/or Materials was suspended under Sub-Clause 8.8 [Suspension of Work] or Sub-Clause 16.1 [Contractor’s Entitlement to Suspend Work], the Contractor’s obligations under this Clause shall not apply to any defects or damage occurring more than two years after the Defects Notification Period for the Plant and/or Materials would otherwise have expired.

11.4 Failure to Remedy Defects If the Contractor fails to remedy any defect or damage within such time as the Employer / Engineer may deem to be reasonable, the Employer or the Engineer may fix a date on or by which to remedy the defect or damage, and give the Contractor reasonable notice of such date. If the Contractor fails to remedy the defect or damage by such date and the necessity for such work is due to a cause stated in Sub-Clause 11.2(a), (b) or (c), the Employer may (at his sole discretion):



(a) carry out the work himself or by others, in a reasonable manner and at the Contractor's risk and cost,: the costs incurred by the Employer in remedying the defect or damage shall be recoverable from the Contractor by the Employer;

(b) determine a reasonable reduction in the Contract Price in consultation with the Engineer, whose decision shall be final; or

(c) if the defect or damage is such that the Employer has been deprived of substantially the whole of the benefit of the Works or parts of the Works, terminate the Contract in respect of such parts of the Works as cannot be put to the intended use, the Employer shall then been titled to recover all sums paid for such parts of the Works together with the cost of dismantling the same, clearing the Site and returning Plant, and Materials to the Contractor, and Sub-Clause13 shall not apply.

11.5 Removal of Defective Work The Contractor may remove from the Site for the purposes of repair such items of Plant as are defective or damaged if the defect or damage cannot be remedied expeditiously on the Site and the Employer gives consent. This consent may require the Contractor to increase the amount of the Performance Security by the full replacement cost of these items, or to provide other appropriate security.

11.6 Further Tests The Engineer may require the repetition of any of the tests described in the Contract if the work of remedying of any defect or damage may affect the performance of the Works. The requirement shall be made by notice within 28 days after the defect or damage is remedied.

These tests shall be carried out in accordance with the terms applicable to the previous tests, except that they shall be carried out at the risk and cost of the Party liable, under Sub-Clause 11.2 [Cost of Remedying Defects], for the cost of the remedial work.

11.7 Right of Access Until the Performance Certificate has been issued, the Contractor shall have such right of access to the Works as is reasonably required in order to comply with this Clause, except as may be inconsistent with the Employer’s reasonable security restrictions

11.8 Contractor to Search The Contractor shall, if required by the Engineer, search for the cause of any defect, under the direction of the Engineer. Unless the defect is to be remedied at the cost of the Contractor under Sub-Clause 11.2 [Cost of Remedying Defects], the Cost of the search plus profit shall be agreed or determined by the Engineer in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] and shall be included in the Contract Price.

11.9 Performance Certificate Performance of the Contractor’s obligations shall not be considered to have been completed until the Engineer has issued the Performance Certificate to the Contractor, stating the date on which the Contractor completed his obligations under the Contract.

The Engineer shall issue the Performance Certificate within 28 days after the latest of the expiry dates of the Defects Notification Periods, or as soon thereafter as the Contractor has supplied all the Contractor’s Documents and completed and tested all the Works, including remedying any defects. A copy of the Performance Certificate shall be issued to the Employer.



Only the Performance Certificate shall be deemed to constitute acceptance of the Works.

11.10 Unfulfilled Obligations After the Performance Certificate has been issued, each Party shall remain liable for the fulfilment of any obligation which remains unperformed at that time. For the purposes of determining the nature and extent of unperformed obligations, the Contract shall be deemed to remain in force.

11.11 Clearance of Site Upon receiving the Performance Certificate, the Contractor shall remove any remaining Contractor’s Equipment, surplus material, wreckage, rubbish and Temporary Works from the Site.

If all these items have not been removed within 28 days after receipt by the Contractor of the Performance Certificate, the Employer may sell or otherwise dispose of any remaining items. The Employer shall be entitled to be paid the costs incurred in connection with, or attributable to, such sale or disposal and restoring the Site.

Any balance of the moneys from the sale shall be paid to the Contractor. If these moneys are less than the Employer’s costs, the Contractor shall pay the outstanding balance to the Employer.



12 MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION

12.1 Works to be measured The Works shall be measured, and valued for payment, in accordance with this Clause. The Contractor shall show in each application under 14.10 [Statement on Completion] and the quantities and other particulars detailing the amounts which he considers to be entitled under the Contract.

Whenever the Engineer requires any part of the Works to be measured, reasonable notice shall be given to the Contractor’s Representative, who shall:

(a) promptly either attend or send another qualified representative to assist the Engineer in making the measurement, and

(b) supply any particulars requested by the Engineer. If the Contractor fails to attend or send a representative, the measurement made by (or on behalf of) the Engineer shall be accepted as accurate.

Except as otherwise stated in the Contract, wherever any Permanent Works are to be measured from records, these shall be prepared by the Engineer. The Contractor shall, as and when requested, attend to examine and agree the records with the Engineer, and shall sign the same when agreed. If the Contractor does not attend, the records shall be accepted as accurate. If the Contractor examines and disagrees the records, and/or does not sign them as agreed, then the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer of the respects in which the records are asserted to be inaccurate. After receiving this notice, the Engineer shall review the records and either confirm or vary them and certify the payment of the undisputed part. If the Contractor does not so give notice to the Engineer within 14 days after being requested to examine the records, they shall be accepted as accurate.

12.2 Method of Measurement Except as otherwise stated in the Contract and notwithstanding local practice:

(a) measurement shall be made of the net actual quantity of each item of the Permanent Works, and

(b) the method of measurement shall be in accordance with the Bill of Quantities or other applicable Schedules.

12.3 Evaluation (i). The quantities of items shown in the Bill of Quantities are approximate, and liable to

vary during the actual execution of the work. Some items/group of items may have to be altered, added or omitted. The Contractor shall be bound to carry out and complete the stipulated work as instructed by the Engineer, irrespective of the magnitude of variations including additions, alterations or omissions in the Bill of Quantities, individual items or group of items, specified in the Bill of Quantities. Bill of Quantities are given as Form Tech 6 of Volume 1

(ii). Consideration for change in Contract Price for such variations shall be made as follows:

a) No change in Contract Price shall be made for variation in quantities required, not covering new or future Sections of Work, to the extent of 10% (Positive or Negative),.



b) In case of foundation work, no variation limit applies and Contractor shall carry out the Work.

c) In case of earthwork, no variation limit applies and contractor shall carry out the work as required to execute the contract.

d) In case the variation in individual items or the group of items as stipulated above, , not covering new or future Sections of Work,, is more than 10% (positive or negative) or in case of introduction of new items that is not listed in BoQ, No change in Contract Price . The Employer reserves the purchase the new items independent of the contract from any supplier and it shall be the Contractor’s obligation to install, integrate and commission the new items into the works.

e) In the event of disagreement in respect of items (d) above, the Contractor shall have no claim to execute extra quantities/new items and the Engineer shall be free to get such additional quantities beyond 10 % new items executed through any other agency. However, if the Engineer or the Employer so directs the Contractor shall be bound to carry out any such additional quantities beyond the limits stated above original quantities and or new items and the disagreement or the difference regarding change in Contract Price shall be settled in the manner laid down under the conditions for the settlement of dispute (Section 20 of Volume 3).

12.4 Omissions Whenever the omission of any work forms part (or all) of a Variation, the value of which has not been agreed, if:

(a) the Contractor will incur (or has incurred) cost which, if the work had not been omitted, would have been deemed to be covered by a sum forming part of the Accepted Contract Amount;

(b) the omission of the work will result (or has resulted) in this sum not forming part of the Contract Price; and

(c) this cost is not deemed to be included in the evaluation of any substituted work; then the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer accordingly, with supporting particulars. Upon receiving this notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub- Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine this cost, which shall be included in the Contract Price.



13 VARIATIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS

13.1 Right to Vary Variations may be initiated by the Engineer at any time prior to issuing the Taking-Over Certificate for the Works, either by an instruction or by a request for the Contractor to submit a proposal.

The Contractor shall execute and be bound by each Variation, unless the Contractor promptly gives notice to the Engineer stating (with supporting particulars) that

a. the Contractor cannot readily obtain the Goods required for the Variation, or

b. such Variation triggers a substantial change in the sequence or progress of the Works. Upon receiving this notice, the Engineer shall cancel, confirm or vary the instruction.

Each Variation may include:

(a) changes to the quantities of any item of work included in the Contract (however, such changes do not necessarily constitute a Variation),

(b) changes to the quality and other characteristics of any item of work,

(c) changes to the levels, positions and/or dimensions of any part of the Works,

(d) omission of any work unless it is to be carried out by others,

(e) any additional work, Plant, Materials or services necessary for the Permanent Works, including any associated Tests on Completion, boreholes and other testing and exploratory work, or

(f) changes to the sequence or timing of the execution of the Works.

The Contractor shall not make any alteration and/or modification of the Permanent Works, unless and until the Engineer instructs or approves a Variation

13.2 Value Engineering The Contractor may, at any time, submit to the Engineer a written proposal which (in the Contractor’s opinion) will, if adopted, (i) accelerate completion, (ii) reduce the cost to the Employer of executing, maintaining or operating the Works, (iii) improve the efficiency or value to the Employer of the completed Works, or (iv) otherwise be of benefit to the Employer.

The proposal shall be prepared at the cost of the Contractor and shall include the items listed in Sub-Clause 13.3 [Variation Procedure].

If a proposal, which is approved by the Engineer, includes a change in the design of part of the Permanent Works, then unless otherwise agreed by both Parties:

(a) the Contractor shall design this part,

(b) sub-paragraphs (a) to (d) of Sub-Clause 4.1 [Contractor’s General Obligations] shall apply, and

13.2.1 Employer’s Variation & Variation Procedure



“Employer’s Variation” means a change in the Works Requirements which makes necessary alteration or modification of the Design, quality or scope of Works as described by or referred to in the Works Requirements. Changes to any sequence, method or timing of manufacture, testing and Commissioning including Integrated Testing and Commissioning and changes to any part of the Site or access thereto will not constitute Employer's Variation.

An Employer's Variation shall be requested and implemented in accordance with and subject to the following provisions:

(a) within 14 days (or such other period as the Engineer may allow) of the Engineer informing the Contractor in writing of the intention to request an Employer's Variation, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing whether in his opinion the Employer's Variation would, if ordered:

(i). give rise to any entitlement to an extension of time; or

(ii). affect the achievement of any Milestone; or

(iii). give rise to any entitlement to additional payment; or reduction in payments to Employer in accordance with Sub-clause 2.5[Employer’s Claims] ; or

(iv).

(a) affect the warranties of the Contractor set out in Conditions of Contract, and shall submit his proposals as to the terms upon which he would agree to implement the Employer's Variation.

(b) The Contractor shall furnish sufficient information in terms of rates/prices of the equipment/components manufactured by the contractor or sourced from the Vendors/Sub-contractors such as: estimated man-hours, man-hours rates for manufactured items, design costs, basic rate of materials, sub-assemblies, taxes, duties, overheads & profiles and inflation rate and undertake evaluation as detailed in Clause 12.3 so as to establish the reasonableness of opinion stated in support for point (a) (iii) above. In assessing work covered by any sub-contract, the Engineer shall have, where he deems necessary, access to the original sub-contract conditions, rates, prices and details of the variation claimed and may direct the Contractor to provide a copy of the same, to assist in evaluating any Variations.

(c) any agreement between the Engineer and the Contractor as to the terms upon which an Employer's Variation may be implemented shall have no contractual or other legal effect, until it is in writing and is signed by the Contractor and the Engineer. The Engineer before signing such agreement shall take prior approval of the Employer. The terms of this agreement will be binding upon the Contractor and the Employer. This agreement shall determine the amount which should be added to or deducted from the Annual Premium or Contract Price as a result of the Variation.

In the event of the Engineer and the Contractor failing to reach agreement on the revisions to be made to the Cost Centre Amounts, the engineer shall, with the approval of employer, determine the amount which should be added or deducted from relevant cost centre amount which shall be binding on the contractor. In case the contractor supplies part/ incomplete information or refuses to supply the required information, engineer shall determine the cost variation based on information available to him from any source which in his judgement can be used to determine the case.



The Contractor shall proceed with the Work irrespective of whether an agreement between the engineer and contractor as to the terms and price of the variation have been reached or not but may submit his Claim if necessary, in accordance with Sub-clause 20.

(d) If the Engineer withdraws the request for an Employer's Variation, the Contractor shall have no claim of any kind whatsoever arising out of or in connection with any of the proposals made or any failure to reach agreement. In case the Employer’s Variation involves omission of part of the Works, the agreement shall address the issue of reduction in the Contract Price or change in the Annual Premium.

13.3 Variation Procedure If the Engineer requests a proposal, prior to instructing a Variation, the Contractor shall respond in writing as soon as practicable, either by giving reasons why he cannot comply (if this is the case) or by submitting:

(a) a description of the proposed work to be performed and a programme for its execution,

(b) the Contractor’s proposal for any necessary modifications to the programme according to Sub-Clause 8.3 [Programme] and to the Time for Completion, and

(c) the Contractor’s proposal for evaluation of the Variation.

The Engineer shall, as soon as practicable after receiving such proposal (under Sub-Clause 13.2 [Value Engineering] or otherwise), respond with approval, disapproval or comments. The Contractor shall not delay any work whilst awaiting a response.

Each instruction to execute a Variation, with any requirements for the recording of Costs, shall be issued by the Engineer to the Contractor, who shall acknowledge receipt. Upon instruction of approving a Variation, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 to agree or determine adjustments to the Contract Price

Prior consent of the Employer is required on any proposed Variation issued for substantial technical modifications, additional cost or extension of time. Such Variation shall be consolidated in a signed Amendment to Contract.

Payment for works in quantities or amount which exceed the initial quantity or amount for a Bill of the Bill of Quantities or for a Schedule of the lump sum price shall require a signed Amendment to Contract, unless using Contract provisions for Contract Contingencies, Provisional Sums or Day work.

13.4 Adjustments for Changes in Legislation The Contract Price shall be adjusted to take account of any increase or decrease in Cost resulting from a change in the Laws of the Country (including the introduction of new Laws and the repeal or modification of existing Laws) or in the judicial or official governmental interpretation of such Laws, made after the Base Date, which affect the Contractor in the performance of obligations under the Contract.

If the Contractor suffers (or will suffer) delay and/or incurs (or will incur) additional Cost as a result of these changes in the Laws or in such interpretations, made after the Base Date, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims] to an extension of time for any such delay, if completion is or will be delayed, under Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion],



After receiving this notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine these matters.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall not be entitled to an extension of time if the relevant delay has already been taken into account in the determination of a previous extension of time.

14 CONTRACT PRICE AND PAYMENT

14.1 The Contract Price Employer shall pay to the Contractor the fare box revenue share (refer to clause 1.1.6.20 for definition) per fare payment transaction as established in the financial bid submitted by the contactor during the Revenue Service Period as the Contract Price. This is exclusive of service tax.

Contract Price shall not be subjected to any variation during the contract period under any circumstances whatsoever.

14.2 Payment The payment of Contract Price to the Contractor during the Revenue Service Period or from the commencement of revenue operations of a station, whichever is earlier, shall be made as per the following revenue settlement schedule and procedures

(a) The Contractor shall be responsible to transfer the entire Fare Box revenue collected in a day on a T+2 day basis (Where ‘T’ is date of money collected) after retention of its Contract Price and after adjustments as stated in (c)

(b) Fare Box Revenue that includes cash collections and electronic payments shall be credited to the Contractor’s designated bank account created for the Contract. Employer shall transfer the cash collections ticketing stations at project site to Contractor every day after Normal working hours

(c) Adjustments:

(i). Contractor shall deduct Liquidated Damages computed for SLA non-compliance as per the clauses stated in Annexure – Service Level Agreements for period of the immediately preceding calendar month from the Contract Price computed for retention on the 3rdday of current month, based on T+2 Settlement, and transfer it along with the Fare Box revenue to the Employer

(ii). If the Liquidated Damages computed as above exceeds the Contract Price computed for 3rdDay of the current month then the residual Liquidated Damages shall be deducted on a day-to-day basis from the succeeding day’s Contract Price or otherwise till the time it is fully adjusted. In any event, the Contractor shall settle the entire Liquidated Damages for the preceding month before the 20th day of the current month

(iii). Any other adjustments that Employer and Contractor may mutually agree before or during the Contract Period

(d) For any delay in settlement of daily Fare Box Revenue beyond 10 days, the Employer reserves the right for the following:

(i). Employer shall be entitled to invoke liquidated damages as per applicable clauses stated in Annexure – Service Level Agreements



(ii). To proceed in accordance with Clause 15 [Termination by Employer]

14.3 Statement at Completion Within 84 days after receiving the Taking-Over Certificate for the Works, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer six copies of a Statement at completion with supporting documents showing:

a. any further sums which the Contractor considers to be due, and

b. an estimate of any other amounts which the Contractor considers will become due to him under the Contract.

Estimated amounts shall be shown separately in this Statement at completion. The Engineer shall then certify in accordance with Clauses 9, 10 and 11.

14.4 Discharge Within 56 days after receiving the Performance Certificate, the Contractor shall submit a discharge which confirms that the full and final settlement of all moneys due to the Contractor under or in connection with the Contract. This discharge may state that it becomes effective when the Contractor has received the Performance Security and the outstanding balance of this total, in which event the discharge shall be effective on such date

14.5 Issue of Final Payment Certificate Within 28 days after receiving the discharge in accordance with Sub-Clause 14.5 [Discharge], the Engineer shall deliver, to the Employer and to the Contractor, the Final Completion Certificate which shall state:

(a) the amount which he fairly determines is finally due, and

(b) after giving credit to the Employer for all amounts previously paid by the Employer and for all sums to which the Employer is entitled, the balance (if any) due from the Employer to the Contractor or from the Contractor to the Employer, as the case (a) may be..

If the Contractor has not applied for a Final Completion Certificate in accordance Sub-Clause 14.5 [Discharge], the Engineer shall request the Contractor to do so. If the Contractor fails to submit an application within a period of 28 days, the Engineer shall issue the Final Completion Certificate for such amount as he fairly determines to be due.

14.6 Cessation of Employer’s Liability The Employer shall not be liable to the Contractor for any matter or thing under or in connection with the Contract or execution of the Works, except to the extent that the Contractor shall have included an amount expressly for it:

(a) in the Final Payment certificate and also

(b) (except for matters or things arising after the issue of the Taking-Over Certificate for the Works) in the Statement at completion described in Sub-Clause 14.4 [Statement at Completion].

However, this Sub-Clause shall not limit the Employer’s liability under his indemnification obligations, or the Employer’s liability in any case of fraud, deliberate default or reckless misconduct by the Employer.

14.7 Currencies of Payment



The Contract Price shall be paid in INR.

14.8 Withholding and Lien for Sums Claimed The Employer shall have lien over all or any moneys that may become due and payable to the Contractor under the Contract, and / or over the deposit of Performance Security or other amount or amounts made under the Contract and which may become payable to the Contractor. Unless the Contractor pays and clears immediately on demand any claim of the Employer, the Employer shall at all times be entitled to deduct the amount of the said claim from the moneys, securities and / or deposits which may have become or will become payable to the Contractor under these presents, or under any other Contract or transaction whatsoever between the Employer and the Contractor even if the matter stands referred to Arbitration. The Contractor shall have no claim for any interest or damage whatsoever in respect of any amounts withheld or treated as withheld under the lien referred to above and duly notified as such to the Contractor.

14.9 Recovery of Money due to the Employer All damages (including, without limitation, liquidated damages), costs, charges, expenses, debts, or sums for which the Contractor is liable to the Employer under any provision of the Contract may be deducted by the Employer from monies due to the Contractor under the Contract (including, without limitation, liquidated damages) and the Employer shall have the power to recover any balance not so deducted from monies due to the Contractor under any other contract between the Employer and the Contractor. When the Contractor has assigned to a third party the right to receive monies due, or, to become due, under the Contract to the Contractor or charged such monies in favour of a third party, the Employer's right to deduct damages (including without limitation liquidated damages), costs, charges, expenses, debts or sums for which the Contractor is liable to the Employer from monies due to the Contractor under the Contract shall be limited to the right expressed above



15 TERMINATION BY EMPLOYER

15.1 Notice to Correct The Engineer may by notice require the Contractor to make good the failure and to remedy it within a specified reasonable time if the Contractor fails to carry out any obligation under the Contract,

15.2 Termination by Employer The Employer shall be entitled to terminate the Contract if the Contractor:

(a) fails to comply with Sub-Clause 4.2 [Performance Security] or with a notice under Sub-Clause 15.1 [Notice to Correct],

(b) abandons the Works or substantially the whole of works otherwise plainly demonstrates the intention not to continue performance of his obligations under the Contract,

(c) without reasonable excuse fails:

(i). to proceed with the Works in accordance with Clause 8 [Commencement, Delays and Suspension], or

(ii). to comply with a notice issued under Sub-Clause 7.5 [Rejection] or Sub-Clause 7.6 [Remedial Work], within 28 days after receiving it,

(d) subcontracts the whole of the Works or assigns the Contract without the required agreement,

(e) becomes bankrupt or insolvent, goes into liquidation, has a receiving or administration order made against him, compounds with his creditors, or carries on business under a receiver, trustee or manager for the benefit of his creditors, or if any act is done or event occurs which (under applicable Laws) has a similar effect to any of these acts or events, or

(f) gives or offers to give (directly or indirectly) to any person any bribe, gift, gratuity, commission or other thing of value, as an inducement or reward:

(i). for doing or forbearing to do any action in relation to the Contract, or

(ii). for showing or forbearing to show favour or disfavour to any person in relation to the Contract,

or if any of the Contractor’s Personnel, agents or Subcontractors gives or offers to give (directly or indirectly) to any person any such inducement or reward as is described in this sub-paragraph (f). However, lawful inducements and rewards to Contractor’s Personnel shall not entitle termination.

In any of these events or circumstances, the Employer may, upon giving 14 days’ notice to the Contractor, terminate the Contract and expel the Contractor from the Site. However, in the case of sub-paragraph (e) or (f), the Employer may by notice terminate the Contract immediately.

The Employer’s election to terminate the Contract shall not prejudice any other rights of the Employer, under the Contract or otherwise.



The Contractor shall then leave the Site and deliver any required Goods, all Contractor’s Documents, and other design documents made by or for him, to the Engineer. However, the Contractor shall use his best efforts to comply immediately with any reasonable instructions included in the notice (i) for the assignment of any subcontract, and (ii) for the protection of life or property or for the safety of the Works.

After termination, the Employer may complete the Works and/or arrange for any other entities to do so. The Employer and these entities may then use any Goods, Contractor’s Documents and other design documents made by or on behalf of the Contractor.

The Employer shall then give notice that the Contractor’s Equipment and Temporary Works will be released to the Contractor at or near the Site. The Contractor shall promptly arrange their removal, at the risk and cost of the Contractor. However, if by this time the Contractor has failed to make a payment due to the Employer, these items may be sold by the Employer in order to recover this payment. Any balance of the proceeds shall then be paid to the Contractor.

On termination of contract due to contractor’s default the performance security shall be forfeited by encashing the bank guarantee and the balance work shall be got done independently without risk and cost of the failed contractor. The failed contractor shall be debarred from participating in the tender for executing the balance work. If the failed contractor is a JV or a partnership firm, then every member/partner of such JV or partnership firm shall be debarred from participating in the tender for the balance work either in his/her individual capacity or as a partner of any other JV/partnership firm.

In case the contractor fails to adhere to the agreed programme of work by margin of 10% of the stipulated period or 21 days, whichever is earlier, or fails to complete the Works or parts of the Works within the stipulated or extended period of completion, or is unlikely to complete the whole Work or part thereof within time because of poor record of progress, the Employer at its sole discretion may terminate only part of the contract also by taking out some part of the total scope of work and may complete or arrange for any other entity through the process of open/limited/single tender or by calling quotations, to do so at the risk and cost of the Contractor.

15.3 Valuation at Date of Termination The Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine the value of the Works, Goods and Contractor’s Documents, and any other sums due to the Contractor for work executed in accordance with the Contract as soon as practicable after a notice of termination under Sub-Clause 15.2 [Termination by Employer] has taken effect.

15.4 Payment after Termination When the Employer receives a notice of termination under Sub Clause 15.2 [Termination by Employer], the Employer may

(a) proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims],

(b) withhold further payments to the Contractor until the costs of execution, completion and remedying of any defects, damages for delay in completion (if any), and all other costs incurred by the Employer, have been established, and/or

(c) recover from the Contractor any losses and damages incurred by the Employer and any extra costs of completing the Works, after allowing for any sum due to the Contractor under Sub-Clause 15.3 [Valuation at Date of Termination]. After recovering any such losses, damages and extra costs, the Employer shall pay any balance to the Contractor.



15.5 Employer’s Entitlement to Termination for Convenience The Employer shall be entitled to terminate the Contract, at any time for the Employer’s convenience, by giving notice of such termination to the Contractor. The termination shall take effect 28 days after the later of the dates on which the Contractor receives this notice or the Employer returns the Performance Security. The Employer shall not terminate the Contract under this Sub-Clause in order to execute the Works himself or to arrange for the Works to be executed by another contractor or to avoid a termination of the Contract by the Contractor under Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor].

When the termination happens, the Contractor proceeds as per Sub Clause 16.3 [Cessation of Work and Removal of Contractor’s Equipment] and shall be paid according to Sub-Clause 16.4 [Payment on Termination].

15.6 Corrupt and Fraudulent Practices Policy

Please refer Appendix 1 of Conditions of Contract The Employer, the Implementing Agency and the contractors, suppliers or consultants must observe the highest standard of ethics during contract procurement and performance.




(a) reject a proposal for a contract award if it is established that during the selection process the bidder that is recommended for the award has been convicted of corruption, directly or by means of an agent, or has engaged in fraud or anti-competitive practices in view of being awarded the Contract;

(b) declare misprocurement when it is established that, at any time, the Employer, the contractor, the supplier, the consultant or its representatives have engaged in acts of corruption, fraud or anti-competitive practices during the contract procurement or performance without the Employer having taken appropriate action in due time satisfactory to the Agency to remedy the situation, including by failing to inform the Agency at the time they knew of such practices.


15.6.1 Corruption of a public officer means:



(a) the act of promising, offering or giving to a public officer, directly or indirectly, an undue advantage of any kind for himself or for another person or entity, for such public officer to act or refrain from acting in his official capacity; or

(b) the act by which a public officer solicits or accepts, directly or indirectly, an undue advantage of any kind for himself or for another person or entity, for such public officer to act or refrain from acting in his official capacity.

15.6.2 A "public officer" shall be construed as meaning

(a) any person who holds a legislative, executive, administrative or judicial mandate (within the State of the Employer) regardless of whether that person was nominated or elected, regardless of the permanent or temporary, paid or unpaid nature of the position and regardless of the hierarchical level the person occupies;

(b) any other person who performs a public function, including for a State institution or a State-owned company, or who provides a public service;

(c) any other person defined as a public officer by the national laws of the Employer.

15.6.3 Corruption of a private person means:

(a) the act of promising, offering or giving to any person other than a public officer, directly or indirectly, an undue advantage of any kind for himself or for another person or entity, for such person to perform or refrain from performing any act in breach of its legal, contractual or professional obligations; or

(b) the act by which any person other than a public officer solicits or accepts, directly or indirectly, an undue advantage of any kind for himself or for another person or entity, for such person to perform or refrain from performing any act in breach of its legal, contractual or professional obligations.

15.6.4 Fraud means any dishonest conduct (act or omission), whether or not it constitutes a criminal offence, deliberately intended to deceive others, to intentionally conceal items, to violate or vitiate consent, to circumvent legal or regulatory requirements and/or to violate internal rules in order to obtain illegitimate profit.

15.6.5 Anti-competitive practices means:

(a) any concerted or implied practices which have as their object or effect the prevention, restriction or distortion of competition within a marketplace, especially where they (i) limit access to the marketplace or free exercise of competition by other undertakings, (ii) prevent free, competition-driven price determination by artificially causing price increases or decreases, (iii) restrict or control production, markets, investments or technical progress; or (iv) divide up market shares or sources of supply.

(b) any abuse by one undertaking or a group of undertakings which hold a dominant position on an internal market or on a substantial part of it.

(c) any practice whereby prices are quoted or set unreasonably low, the object of which is to eliminate an undertaking or any of its products from a market or to prevent it from entering the market.

15.7 Termination of Services by the Contractor or the Prime Consortium member or the Financial Institution



The Employer reserves the right to terminate the services only of the Prime Consortium Member pursuant to provisions in Clause 15.2[Termination by Employer]. In order to avoid termination of the Contract, the Consortium members shall be entitled to replace the FI by another FI, meeting the eligibility criteria. As per the scenario, at the time of such termination, the Employer reserves the right to assign the role of the Prime Consortium Member to the Consortium Member, AFC Provider. Once the consortium identifies and employer approves, the replacing FI shall be inducted into the consortium as prime consortium member. It is further agreed that

a) If notice of termination of FI services comes into effect before the opening of the Phase 1 (21 Stations-without TVM implementation) for revenue services, in that event

i. Consortium shall forfeit the Performance Security

ii. AFC Provider shall undertake the role of Prime Consortium Member for the revised scope

iii. Consortium shall transfer all AFC assets (as defined in clause 1.1.6.19) commissioned for any Section and to be commissioned for remaining Sections to the Employer at no cost.

iv. The Consortium shall select a Replacing FI for the purpose of Smart Card Issuances and related services in consultations with FI as per the applicable eligibility and evaluation criteria of the Tender. Employer reserves the right to approve the Replacing FI nominated by the Consortium.

v. Consortium shall forfeit the Contract Price and shall not be obligated to pay the Employer the Annual Premium and Non-Fare Box Revenue

vi. FI shall compensate AFC Provider and other consortium members as per terms of compensation agreed in the duly executed agreement between FI and AFC Provider for this scenario

vii. AFC Provider shall submit the new Performance Security in accordance with Sub-Clause 4.2[Performance Security]

b) If notice of termination of FI services comes into effect after the opening of the Phase 1 for revenue service and before completion of last phase, in that event

i. Consortium shall forfeit the remaining Performance Security

ii. AFC Provider shall undertake the role of Prime Consortium Member for the revised scope

iii. Consortium shall transfer all AFC assets (as defined in clause 1.1.6.19) commissioned for any Section and to be commissioned for remaining Sections to the Employer at no cost

iv. FI shall continue to provide services as FI for a period of 6 months including customer support for NMRC Smart card program. However, no new NMRC smart card will be issued during this period

v. The Consortium shall select a Replacing FI for the purpose of Smart Card Issuances and related services in consultations with the Employer as per the applicable eligibility and evaluation criteria of the Tender. Employer reserves the right to approve the Replacing FI nominated by the Consortium.

vi. FI shall compensate Replacing FI on cost of replacement of NMRC Cards already issued to commuters by the exiting FI



vii. FI shall transfer of all float to replacing FI that is subject third party certification of float transfer and reconciliation. The cost of third party services to be borne by FI. NMRC reserves the right to appoint third party agency and establish their fees

viii. Consortium shall forfeit the Contract Price and shall not be obligated to pay the Employer the Annual Premium and Non-Fare Box Revenue

ix. FI shall compensate AFC Provider and other consortium members as per terms of compensation agreed in the duly executed agreement between FI and AFC Provider for this scenario

x. AFC Provider shall submit the new Performance Security in accordance with Sub-Clause 4.2[Performance Security]

c) If notice of termination of FI services comes after the opening of all the Sections for revenue service, in that event

i. Consortium shall forfeit the remaining Performance Security if any. ii. Consortium shall transfer all AFC assets (as defined in clause 1.1.6.19)

commissioned on any Section to the Employer at no cost iii. FI shall continue to provide services as FI for a period of 6 months including

customer support for NMRC Smart card program. However, no new NMRC smart card will be issued during this period

iv. The Consortium shall select a Replacing FI for the purpose of Smart Card Issuances and related services in consultations with Employer as per the applicable eligibility and evaluation criteria of the Tender. Employer reserves the right to approve the Replacing FI nominated by the Consortium.

v. FI shall compensate Replacing FI on cost of replacement of NMRC Cards already issued to commuters by the exiting FI

vi. FI shall transfer of all float to replacing FI that is subject third party certification of float transfer and reconciliation. The cost of third party services to be borne by FI. NMRC reserves the right to appoint third party agency and establish their fees

vii. Consortium shall forfeit the Contract Price and shall not be obligated to pay the Employer the Annual Premium and Non-Fare Box Revenue

viii. FI shall compensate AFC Provider and other consortium members as per terms of compensation agreed in the duly executed agreement between FI and AFC Provider for this scenario

ix. Consortium shall submit the new Performance Security in accordance with Sub-Clause 4.2[Performance Security]

15.8 Termination of Services by the AFC Provider: Pursuant to provisions in Clause 15.2[Termination by Employer], the Employer reserves the right to terminate the services of only the AFC Provider in the consortium. In such a case, the Prime Consortium Member shall find a suitable replacement within 3 months from the time of notice of termination taking effect. The AFC Provider, shall be liable and obligated to continue to provide continuous and uninterrupted services for the interim period and shall also extend full co-operation for the transition of AFC services to its replacement at no additional costs



16 SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION BY CONTRACTOR

16.1 Contractor’s Entitlement to Suspend Work In the event of Engineer failing to comply with Sub-Clause 14.2 [Payment], the Contractor may, after giving not less than 21 days’ notice to the Employer, suspend work (or reduce the rate of work) unless and until the Contractor has received the Payment Certificate, reasonable evidence or payment, as the case may be and as described in the notice.

The Contractor’s action shall not prejudice his entitlements to termination under Sub-Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor].

If the Contractor subsequently receives such Payment Certificate, evidence or payment (as described in the relevant Sub-Clause and in the above notice) before giving a notice of termination, the Contractor shall resume normal working as soon as is reasonably practicable.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost as a result of suspending work (or reducing the rate of work) in accordance with this Sub-Clause, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims] to:


(b) Change on the Contract Price.

After receiving this notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine these matters.

16.2 Termination by Contractor The Contractor shall be entitled to terminate the Contract if:

(a) the Engineer fails, within 56 days after receiving a Statement and supporting documents, to issue the relevant Payment Certificate,

(b) the Employer substantially fails to perform his obligations under the Contract in such manner as to materially and adversely affect the economic balance of the Contract and/or the ability of the Contractor to perform the Contract,

(c) a prolonged suspension affects the whole of the Works as described in Sub-Clause 8.10 [Prolonged Suspension], or

(d) the Employer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, goes into liquidation, has a receiving or administration order made against him, compounds with his creditors, or carries on business under a receiver, trustee or manager for the benefit of his creditors, or if any act is done or event occurs which (under applicable Laws) has a similar effect to any of these acts or events.

(e) the Contractor does not receive the Engineer’s instruction recording the agreement of both Parties on the fulfilment of the conditions for the Commencement of Works under Sub-Clause 8.1 [Commencement of Works].

In any of these events or circumstances, the Contractor may, upon giving 14 days’ notice to the Employer, terminate the Contract. However, in the case of sub-paragraph (e the Contractor may by notice terminate the Contract immediately.



16.3 Cessation of Work and Removal of Contractor’s Equipment After a notice of termination under Sub-Clause 15.5 [Employer’s Entitlement to Termination for Convenience], Sub- Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor] or Sub-Clause 19.6 [Optional Termination, Payment and Release] has taken effect, the Contractor shall promptly:

(a) cease all further work, except for such work as may have been instructed by the Engineer for the protection of life or property or for the safety of the Works,

(b) hand over Contractor’s Documents, Plant, Materials and other work, for which the Contractor has received payment, and

(c) remove all other Goods from the Site, except as necessary for safety, and leave the Site.

16.4 Payment on Termination After a notice of termination under Sub-Clause 16.2 [Termination by Contractor] has taken effect, the Employer shall return the Performance security, and shall pay the Contractor an amount calculated and certified in accordance with the following conditions:

a. Other Costs or liabilities which in the circumstances were reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Contractor in the expectation of completing the Works if and as disclosed by the Contractor with reasonable basis for Employer’s acceptance, before the issuance notice of Termination;

b. the Cost of removal of Temporary Works and Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and the return of these items to the Contractor’s works in his country (or to any other destination at no greater cost); and

c. the Cost of repatriation of the Contractor’s staff and labour employed wholly in connection with the Works at the date of termination.

In case termination/foreclosure of the Contract under whatsoever circumstances, any remaining tools, plants, equipment and surplus materials of Employer with contractor will be returned to the Employer in good condition at Employer’s depot at Contractor’s cost. In case of the failure of the contractor to do so, the Employer will be entitled to recover their cost from the contractor from the amount becoming due to the contractor or from any other money due in any other contracts. The decision of the Engineer of the amount to be recovered will be final decision and full credit at rates initially charged to the contractor shall be allowed for such materials. Similarly the Employer shall be entitled to recover the cost of the unreturned material, plant equipment and tools from the contractor where such material have been supplied free of cost and plant, equipment and tools free of cost or on lease basis to the contractor as stipulated in the Conditions of Contract.



17 RISK AND RESPONSIBILITY

17.1 Indemnities The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer (Noida Metro Rail Corporation ), the Project Owner (Noida Metro Rail Corporation (NMRC)), the Engineer, the Designated Consultants and Contractors, representatives and employees from and against all actions, sits, proceedings, claims, damages, losses, expenses and demands of every nature and description, by reasons of any act or omissions of the Contractor, his representative or his employees in the execution of the Works, including professional services provided by the Contractor or in the guarding the same.

These indemnification obligations shall include but not be limited to claims, damages, losses, damage proceedings, charges and expenses which are attributable to:

a. sickness, or disease, or death of, or injury to any person; and

b. loss of, or damage to, or destruction of any property (other than the Works) including consequential loss of use; and

c. Loss, damage or costs arising from the carriage of Plant, Rolling Stock and Materials and/or ownership or chartering of marine vessels by the Contractor, or any sub-contractor of any tier.

The Contractor shall also indemnify and save harmless the Employer and the Project Owner from and against all claims and proceedings on account of infringements of patents rights, design, and trademark name etc.

All sums payable by way of compensation under these conditions shall be considered reasonable compensation payable to the Employer, without reference to the actual loss or damage sustained, and whether or not any damage shall have been sustained.

The decision of the Employer as to compensation claimed shall be final and binding.

17.2 Contractor’s Care of the Works Full responsibility shall be taken by the Contractor for the care of the Works and Goods from the Commencement Date until the Taking-Over Certificate is issued (or is deemed to be issued under Sub-Clause 10.1 [Taking Over of the Works and Sections]) for the Works, when responsibility for the care of the Works shall pass to the Employer. If a Taking-Over Certificate is issued (or is so deemed to be issued) for any Section or part of the Works, responsibility for the care of the Section or part shall then pass to the Employer.

After responsibility has accordingly passed to the Employer, the Contractor shall take responsibility for the care of any work which is outstanding on the date stated in a Taking-Over Certificate, until this outstanding work has been completed.

If any loss or damage happens to the Works, Goods or Contractor’s Documents during the period when the Contractor is responsible for their care, from any cause not listed in Sub-Clause 17.3 [Employer’s Risks], the Contractor shall rectify the loss or damage at the Contractor’s risk and cost, so that the Works, Goods and Contractor’s Documents conform to the Contract.

The Contractor shall be liable for any loss or damage caused by any actions performed by the Contractor after a Taking-Over Certificate has been issued. The Contractor shall also be liable for any loss or damage which occurs after a Taking-Over Certificate has been issued and which arose from a previous event for which the Contractor was liable.

17.3 Employer’s Risks



The risks referred to in Sub-Clause 17.4 [Consequences of Employer’s Risks] below, insofar as they directly affect the execution of the Works in the Country, are:

a) war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies,

b) rebellion, terrorism, sabotage by persons other than the Contractor’s Personnel, revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power, or civil war, within the Country,

c) munitions of war, explosive material ionizing radiation or contamination by radio-activity, within the Country, except as may be attributable to the Contractor’s use of such munitions, explosives, radiation or radio-activity,

d) use or occupation by the Employer of any part of the Permanent Works, except as may be specified in the Contract,

e) design of any part of the Works by the Employer’s Personnel or by others for whom the Employer is responsible, and

f) any operation of the forces of nature which is Unforeseeable or against which an experienced contractor could not reasonably have been expected to have taken adequate preventive precautions.

g) Pressure waves caused by aircraft or other aerial devices travelling at sonic or supersonic speed

h) riot, commotion or disorder within the Country by persons other than the Contractor’s Personnel,

17.4 Consequences of Employer’s Risks If and to the extent that any of the risks listed in Sub-Clause 17.3 above results in loss or damage to the Works, Goods or Contractor’s Documents, the Contractor shall promptly give notice to the Engineer and shall rectify this loss or damage to the extent required by the Engineer.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost from rectifying this loss or damage, the Contractor shall give a further notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims] to:


(b) payment towards such Cost, which shall be included in the Contract Price based on mutual agreement between the Employer and Contractor.

After receiving this further notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine these matters.

17.5 Intellectual and Industrial Property Rights In this Sub-Clause, “infringement” means an infringement (or alleged infringement) of any patent, registered design, copyright, trade mark, trade name, trade secret or other intellectual or industrial property right relating to the Works; and “claim” means a claim (or proceedings pursuing a claim) alleging an infringement.

Whenever a Party does not give notice to the other Party of any claim within 28 days of receiving the claim, the first Party shall be deemed to have waived any right to indemnity under this Sub-Clause.

The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless against and from any claim alleging an infringement which is or was:



(a) an unavoidable result of the Contractor’s compliance with the Contract, or

(b) a result of any Works being used by the Employer:

(i). for a purpose other than that indicated by, or reasonably to be inferred from, the Contract, or

(ii). in conjunction with anything not supplied by the Contractor, unless such use was disclosed to the Contractor prior to the Base Date or is stated in the Contract.

The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Employer harmless against and from any other claim which arises out of or in relation to (i) the manufacture, use, sale or import of any Goods, or (ii) any design for which the Contractor is responsible.

If a Party is entitled to be indemnified under this Sub-Clause, the indemnifying Party may (at its cost) conduct negotiations for the settlement of the claim, and any litigation or arbitration which may arise from it. The other Party shall, at the request and cost of the indemnifying Party, assist in contesting the claim. This other Party (and its Personnel) shall not make any admission which might be prejudicial to the indemnifying Party, unless the indemnifying Party failed to take over the conduct of any negotiations, litigation or arbitration upon being requested to do so by such other Party.

17.6 Limitation of Liability Neither Party shall be liable to the other Party for loss of use of any Works, loss of profit, loss of any contract or for any indirect or consequential loss or damage which may be suffered by the other Party in connection with the Contract, other than as specifically provided in Sub-Clause 8.7 [Delay Damages]; Sub-Clause 11.2 [Cost of Remedying Defects]; Sub-Clause 15.4 [Payment after Termination]; Sub-Clause 16.4 [Payment on Termination]; Sub-Clause 17.1 [Indemnities]; Sub-Clause 17.4(b) [Consequences of Employer’s Risks] and Sub-Clause 17.5 [Intellectual and Industrial Property Rights].

The total liability of the Contractor to the Employer, under or in connection with the Contract other than under Sub-Clause 4.19 [Electricity, Water and Gas], Sub-Clause 4.20 [Employer’s Equipment and Free-Issue Materials], Sub-Clause 17.1 [Indemnities] and Sub-Clause 17.5 [Intellectual and Industrial Property Rights], shall not exceed twice the value of the Revenue Security.

This Sub-Clause shall not limit liability in any case of fraud, deliberate default or reckless misconduct by the defaulting Party.

17.7 Use of Employer’s Accommodation/Facilities The Contractor shall take full responsibility for the care of the Employer provided facilities, if any, as detailed in the Specification, from the respective dates of hand-over to the Contractor until cessation of occupation (where hand-over or cessation of occupation may take place after the date stated in the Taking-Over Certificate for the Works).

If any loss or damage happens to any of the above items while the Contractor is responsible for their care arising from any cause whatsoever other than those for which the Employer is liable, the Contractor shall, at his own cost, rectify the loss or damage to the satisfaction of the Engineer.



18 INSURANCE

18.1 General Requirements for Insurances In this Clause, “insuring Party” means, for each type of insurance, the Party responsible for effecting and maintaining the insurance specified in the relevant Sub-Clause.

Wherever the Contractor is the insuring Party, each insurance shall be effected with insurers and in terms approved by the Employer. These terms shall be consistent with any terms agreed by both Parties before the date of the Letter of Acceptance. This agreement of terms shall take precedence over the provisions of this Clause.

Wherever the Employer is the insuring Party, each insurance shall be effected with insurers and in terms acceptable to the Contractor. These terms shall be consistent with any terms agreed by both Parties before the date of the Letter of Acceptance. This agreement of terms shall take precedence over the provisions of this Clause.

If a policy is required to indemnify joint insured, the cover shall apply separately to each insured as though a separate policy had been issued for each of the joint insured. If a policy indemnifies additional joint insured, namely in addition to the insured specified in this Clause, (i) the Contractor shall act under the policy on behalf of these additional joint insured except that the Employer shall act for Employer’s Personnel, (ii) additional joint insured shall not be entitled to receive payments directly from the insurer or to have any other direct dealings with the insurer, and (iii) the insuring Party shall require all additional joint insured to comply with the conditions stipulated in the policy.

Each policy insuring against loss or damage shall provide for payments to be made in the currencies required to rectify the loss or damage. Payments received from insurers shall be used for the rectification of the loss or damage.

The relevant insuring Party shall, within the respective periods (calculated from the Commencement Date), submit to the other Party:

(a) within 14 days evidence that the insurances described in this Clause have been effected, and

(b) within 28 days copies of the policies for the insurances described in Sub- Clause 18.2 [Insurance for Works and Contractor’s Equipment] and Sub-Clause 18.3 [Insurance against Injury to Persons and Damage to Property].

When each premium is paid, the insuring Party shall submit evidence of payment to the other Party. Whenever evidence or policies are submitted, the insuring Party shall also give notice to the Engineer.

Each Party shall comply with the conditions stipulated in each of the insurance policies. The insuring Party shall keep the insurers informed of any relevant changes to the execution of the Works and ensure that insurance is maintained in accordance with this Clause.

Neither Party shall make any material alteration to the terms of any insurance without the prior approval of the other Party. If an insurer makes (or attempts to make) any alteration, the Party first notified by the insurer shall promptly give notice to the other Party.

If the insuring Party fails to effect and keep in force any of the insurances it is required to effect and maintain under the Contract, or fails to provide satisfactory evidence and copies of policies in accordance with this Sub-Clause, the other Party may (at its option and without prejudice to any other right or remedy) effect insurance for the relevant coverage and pay the premiums due. The insuring Party shall pay the amount of these premiums to the other Party, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted accordingly.



Nothing in this Clause limits the obligations, liabilities or responsibilities of the Contractor or the Employer, under the other terms of the Contract or otherwise. Any amounts not insured or not recovered from the insurers shall be borne by the Contractor and/or the Employer in accordance with these obligations, liabilities or responsibilities. However, if the insuring Party fails to effect and keep in force an insurance which is available and which it is required to effect and maintain under the Contract, and the other Party neither approves the omission nor effects insurance for the coverage relevant to this default, any moneys which should have been recoverable under this insurance shall be paid by the insuring Party.

Payments by one Party to the other Party shall be subject to Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims] or Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims], as applicable.

The Contractor shall be entitled to place all insurance relating to the Contract (including, but not limited to the insurance referred to Clause 18) with insurers from any eligible source country.

The contractor shall obtain all necessary insurances required in the contract from Insurance companies operating in India.

18.2 Insurance for Works and Contractor’s Equipment The insuring Party shall insure the Works, Plant, Materials and Contractor’s Documents for not less than the full reinstatement cost including the costs of demolition, removal of debris and professional fees and profit. This insurance shall be effective from the date by which the evidence is to be submitted under sub-paragraph (a) of Sub-Clause 18.1 [General Requirements for Insurances], until the date of issue of the Taking-Over Certificate for the Works.

The insuring Party shall maintain this insurance to provide cover until the date of issue of the Performance Certificate, for loss or damage for which the Contractor is liable arising from a cause occurring prior to the issue of the Taking-Over Certificate, and for loss or damage caused by the Contractor in the course of any other operations (including those under Clause 11 [Defects Liability]).

The insuring Party shall insure the Contractor’s Equipment for not less than the full replacement value, including delivery to Site. For each item of Contractor’s Equipment, the insurance shall be effective while it is being transported to the Site and until it is no longer required as Contractor’s Equipment.

Unless otherwise stated, insurances under this Sub-Clause:

(a) shall be effected and maintained by the Contractor as insuring Party,

(b) shall be in the joint names of the Parties, who shall be jointly entitled to receive payments from the insurers, payments being held or allocated to the Party actually bearing the costs of rectifying the loss or damage,

(c) shall cover all loss and damage from any cause not listed in Sub-Clause 17.3 [Employer’s Risks], and

(d) shall also cover, to the extent specifically required in the bidding documents of the Contract, loss or damage to a part of the Works which is attributable to the use or occupation by the Employer of another part of the Works, and loss or damage from the risks listed in sub-paragraphs (e), (f) and (h) of Sub-Clause 17.3 [Employer’s Risks], excluding (in each case) risks which are not insurable at commercially reasonable terms, with deductibles per occurrence of not more than the amount stated (if an amount is not so stated, this sub-paragraph (d) shall not apply).



If, more than one year after the Base Date, the cover described in subparagraph (d) above ceases to be available at commercially reasonable terms, the Contractor shall (as insuring Party) give notice to the Employer, with supporting particulars. The Employer shall then (i) be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 2.5 [Employer’s Claims] to payment of an amount equivalent to such commercially reasonable terms as the Contractor should have expected to have paid for such cover, and (ii) be deemed, unless he obtains the cover at commercially reasonable terms, to have approved the omission under Sub-Clause 18.1 [General Requirements for Insurances].

18.3 Insurance against Injury to Persons and Damage to Property The insuring Party shall insure against each Party’s liability for any loss, damage, death or bodily injury which may occur to any physical property (except things insured under Sub-Clause 18.2 [Insurance for Works and Contractor’s Equipment]) or to any person (except persons insured under Sub-Clause 18.4 [Insurance for Contractor’s Personnel]), which may arise out of the Contractor’s performance of the Contract and occurring before the issue of the Performance Certificate.

This insurance shall be for a limit per occurrence of not less than Rs 5,00,000 (Rupees five hundred thousand) per incident with no limitation on the number of incidents.

The insurances specified in this Sub-Clause:

(a) shall be effected and maintained by the Contractor as insuring Party,

(b) shall be in the joint names of the Parties,

(c) shall be extended to cover liability for all loss and damage to the Employer’s property (except things insured under Sub-Clause 18.2) arising out of the Contractor’s performance of the Contract, and

(d) may however exclude liability to the extent that it arises from:

(i). the Employer’s right to have the Permanent Works executed on, over, under, in or through any land, and to occupy this land for the Permanent Works,

(ii). damage which is an unavoidable result of the Contractor’s obligations to execute the Works and remedy any defects, and

(iii). a cause listed in Sub-Clause 17.3 [Employer’s Risks], except to the extent that cover is available at commercially reasonable terms.

18.4 Insurance for Contractor’s Personnel The Contractor shall effect and maintain insurance against liability for claims, damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) arising from injury, sickness, disease or death of any person employed by the Contractor or any other of the Contractor’s Personnel.

The insurance shall cover the Employer and the Engineer against liability for claims, damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) arising from injury, sickness, disease or death of any person employed by the Contractor or any other of the Contractor’s Personnel, except that this insurance may exclude losses and claims to the extent that they arise from any act or neglect of the Employer or of the Employer’s Personnel.

The insurance shall be maintained in full force and effect during the whole time that these personnel are assisting in the execution of the Works. For a Subcontractor’s employees, the insurance may be effected by the Subcontractor, but the Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with this Clause.



19 FORCE MAJEURE

19.1 Definition of Force Majeure In this Clause, “Force Majeure” means an exceptional event or circumstance:

(a) which is beyond a Party’s control,

(b) which such Party could not reasonably have provided against before entering into the Contract,

(c) which, having arisen, such Party could not reasonably have avoided or overcome, and

(d) which is not substantially attributable to the other Party. Force Majeure may include, but is not limited to, exceptional events or circumstances of the kind listed below, so long as conditions (a) to (d) above are satisfied:

(i). war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies,

(ii). rebellion, terrorism, sabotage by persons other than the Contractor’s Personnel, revolution, insurrection, military or usurped power, or civil war,

(iii). munitions of war, explosive materials, ionising radiation or contamination by radio-activity, except as may be attributable to the Contractor’s use of such munitions, explosives, radiation or radio-activity, and

(iv). natural catastrophes such as earthquake, hurricane, typhoon or volcanic activity.

19.2 Notice of Force Majeure If a Party is or will be prevented from performing its substantial obligations under the Contract by Force Majeure, then it shall give notice to the other Party of the event or circumstances constituting the Force Majeure and shall specify the obligations, the performance of which is or will be prevented. The notice shall be given within 14 days after the Party became aware, or should have become aware, of the relevant event or circumstance constituting Force Majeure.

The Party shall, having given notice, be excused performance of its obligations for so long as such Force Majeure prevents it from performing them.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause, Force Majeure shall not apply to obligations of either Party to make payments to the other Party under the Contract.

19.3 Duty to Minimise Delay Each Party shall at all times use all reasonable endeavours to minimise any delay in the performance of the Contract as a result of Force Majeure.

A Party shall give notice to the other Party when it ceases to be affected by the Force Majeure.

19.4 Consequences of Force Majeure If the Contractor is prevented from performing his substantial obligations under the Contract by Force Majeure of which notice has been given under Sub-Clause 19.2 [Notice of Force Majeure], and suffers delay and/or incurs Cost by reason of such Force Majeure, the Contractor shall be entitled subject to Sub-Clause 20.1 [Contractor’s Claims] to:




(b) if the event or circumstance is of the kind described in sub-Majeure] and, in sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii), occurs in the Country, payment of any such Cost, including the costs of rectifying or replacing the Works and/or Goods damaged or destroyed by Force Majeure, to the extent they are not indemnified through the insurance policy referred to in Sub-Clause 18.2 [Insurance for Works and Contractor’s Equipment].

After receiving this notice, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine these matters. Additional cost or extension of time due to an event of Force Majeure shall require prior approval of the Employer.”

19.5 Force Majeure Affecting Subcontractor If any Subcontractor is entitled under any contract or agreement relating to the Works to relief from force majeure on terms additional to or broader than those specified in this Clause, such additional or broader force majeure events or circumstances shall not excuse the Contractor’s non-performance or entitle him to relief under this Clause.

19.6 Optional Termination, Payment and Release If the execution of substantially all the Works in progress is prevented for a continuous period of 184 days by reason of Force Majeure of which notice has been given under Sub-Clause 19.2 [Notice of Force Majeure], or for multiple periods which total more than 340 days due to the same notified Force Majeure, then either Party may give to the other Party a notice of termination of the Contract. In this event, the termination shall take effect 7 days after the notice is given, and the Contractor shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 16.3 [Cessation of Work and Removal of Contractor’s Equipment].

Upon such termination, the Engineer shall determine the value of the work done and issue a Payment Certificate which shall include:

(a) the amounts payable for any work carried out for which a price is stated in the Contract;

(b) the Cost of Plant and Materials ordered for the Works which have been delivered to the Contractor, or of which the Contractor is liable to accept delivery: this Plant and Materials shall become the property of (and be at the risk of) the Employer when paid for by the Employer, and the Contractor shall place the same at the Employer’s disposal;

(c) other Cost or liabilities which in the circumstances were reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Contractor in the expectation of completing the Works;

(d) the Cost of removal of Temporary Works and Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and the return of these items to the Contractor’s works in his country (or to any other destination at no greater cost); and

(e) the Cost of repatriation of the Contractor’s staff and labour employed wholly in connection with the Works at the date of termination.

Additional cost or extension of time due to an event of Force Majeure shall require prior approval of the Employer.

19.7 Release from Performance



Notwithstanding any other provision of this Clause, if any event or circumstance outside the control of the Parties (including, but not limited to, Force Majeure) arises which makes it impossible or unlawful for either or both Parties to fulfil its or their contractual obligations or which, under the law governing the Contract, entitles the Parties to be released from further performance of the Contract, then upon notice by either Party to the other Party of such event or circumstance:

(a) the Parties shall be discharged from further performance, without prejudice to the rights of either Party in respect of any previous breach of the Contract, and

(b) the sum payable by the Employer to the Contractor shall be the same as would have been payable under Sub-Clause 19.6 [Optional Termination, Payment and Release] if the Contract had been terminated under Sub-Clause 19.6.

Additional cost or extension of time due to an event of Force Majeure shall require prior approval of the Employer.

19.8 Payment to Contractor Any loss or damage caused to in Ticketing infrastructure and other Hardware due to natural calamities like flooding, typhoons and heavy storms etc. including rioting, fire etc. shall be covered by an insurance policy by the Contractor and he shall not be entitled for any payment against the loss or damage from the Employer. The Employer may however consider an extension to the Contract on this account if it is established that all reasonable precautions were taken by the Contractor.



20 CLAIMS, DISPUTES AND ARBITRATION

20.1 Contractor’s Claims If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any extension of the Time for Completion and/or any additional payment, under any Clause of these Conditions or otherwise in connection with the Contract, the Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer, describing the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim, if the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any extension of the Time for Completion and/or any additional payment, under any Clause of these Conditions or otherwise in connection with the Contract.. The notice shall be given as soon as practicable, and not later than 28 days after the Contractor became aware, or should have become aware, of the event or circumstance.

If the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within such period of 28 days, the Time for Completion shall not be extended, the Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment, and the Employer shall be discharged from all liability in connection with the claim. Otherwise, the following provisions of this Sub-Clause shall apply.

The Contractor shall also submit any other notices which are required by the Contract, and supporting particulars for the claim, all as relevant to such event or circumstance.

The Contractor shall keep such contemporary records as may be necessary to substantiate any claim, either on the Site or at another location acceptable to the Engineer. Without admitting the Employer’s liability, the Engineer may, after receiving any notice under this Sub-Clause, monitor the record-keeping and/or instruct the Contractor to keep further contemporary records. The Contractor shall permit the Engineer to inspect all these records, and shall (if instructed) submit copies to the Engineer. Within 42 days after the Contractor became aware (or should have become aware) of the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall send to the Engineer a fully detailed claim which includes full supporting particulars of the basis of the claim and of the extension of time and/or additional payment claimed. If the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim has a continuing effect:

(a) this fully detailed claim shall be considered as interim;

(b) the Contractor shall send further interim claims at monthly intervals, giving the accumulated delay and/or amount claimed, and such further particulars as the Engineer may reasonably require; and

(c) the Contractor shall send a final claim within 28 days after the end of the effects resulting from the event or circumstance, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.

Within 42 days after receiving a claim or any further particulars supporting a previous claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Engineer and approved by the Contractor, the Engineer shall respond with approval, or with disapproval and detailed comments. He may also request any necessary further particulars, but shall nevertheless give his response on the principles of the claim within the above defined time period.

Within the above defined period of 42 days, the Engineer shall proceed in accordance with Sub-Clause 3.5 [Determinations] to agree or determine (i) the extension (if any) of the Time for Completion (before or after its expiry) in accordance with Sub-Clause 8.4 [Extension of Time for Completion], and/or (ii) the additional payment (if any) to which the Contractor is entitled under the Contract.



Each Payment Certificate shall include such additional payment for any claim as has been reasonably substantiated as due under the relevant provision of the Contract. Unless and until the particulars supplied are sufficient to substantiate the whole of the claim, the Contractor shall only be entitled to payment for such part of the claim as he has been able to substantiate.

If the Engineer does not respond within the timeframe defined in this Clause, either Party may consider that the claim is rejected by the Engineer and any of the Parties may refer to the Dispute Board in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.4 [Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision].

The requirements of this Sub-Clause are in addition to those of any other Sub-Clause which may apply to a claim. If the Contractor fails to comply with this or another Sub-Clause in relation to any claim, any extension of time and/or additional payment shall take account of the extent (if any) to which the failure has prevented or prejudiced proper investigation of the claim, unless the claim is excluded under the second paragraph of this Sub-Clause.

Any extension of time for completion or any additional payment shall require prior approval from the Employer and shall be consolidated in a signed Amendment to Contract.

20.2 Appointment of the Dispute Board Disputes shall be referred to a DB for decision in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.4 [Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision]. The Parties shall appoint a DB within 28 days after the Commencement Date.

The DB shall comprise three suitably qualified persons (“the members”), each of whom shall be fluent in the language for communication defined in the Contract and shall be a professional experienced in the type of construction involved in the Works and with the interpretation of contractual documents.

If the Parties have not jointly appointed the DB 21 days before the date stated in the Conditions of Conditions of Contract and the DB is to comprise three persons, each Party shall nominate one member for the approval of the other Party. The first two members shall recommend and the Parties shall agree upon the third member, who shall act as chairman.

However, if a list of potential members has been agreed by the Parties and is included in the Contract, the members shall be selected from those on the list, other than anyone who is unable or unwilling to accept appointment to the DB.

The agreement between the Parties and either the sole member or each of the three members shall incorporate by reference the General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement contained in the Appendix to these General Conditions, with such amendments as are agreed between them.

The terms of the remuneration of either the sole member or each of the three members, including the remuneration of any expert whom the DB consults, shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties when agreeing the terms of appointment. Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of this remuneration.

If at any time the Parties so agree, they may jointly refer a matter to the DB for it to give its opinion. Neither Party shall consult the DB on any matter without the agreement of the other Party.

If a member declines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability, resignation or termination of appointment, a replacement shall be appointed in the same manner as the replaced person was required to have been nominated or agreed upon, as described in this Sub-Clause.



The appointment of any member may be terminated by mutual agreement of both Parties, but not by the Employer or the Contractor acting alone. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, the appointment of the DB (including each member) shall expire when the discharge referred to in Sub-Clause 14.5 [Discharge] shall have become effective.

20.3 Failure to Agree on the Composition of the Dispute Board If any of the following conditions apply, namely:

(a) the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of the sole member of the DB by the date stated in the first paragraph of Sub-Clause 20.2, [Appointment of the Dispute Board],

(b) either Party fails to nominate a member (for approval by the other Party), or fails to approve a member nominated by the other Party, of a DB of three persons by such date,

(c) the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of the third member (to act as chairman) of the DB by such date, or

(d) the Parties fail to agree upon the appointment of a replacement person within 42 days after the date on which the sole member or one of the three members declines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability, resignation or termination of appointment,

then the appointing entity or Managing Director / designated officer of NMRC shall, upon the request of either or both of the Parties and after due consultation with both Parties, appoint this member of the DB. This appointment shall be final and conclusive. Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of the remuneration of the appointing entity or official.

20.4 Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision If a dispute (of any kind whatsoever) arises between the Parties in connection with, or arising out of, the Contract or the execution of the Works, including any dispute as to any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Engineer, either Party may refer the dispute in writing to the DB for its decision, with copies to the other Party and the Engineer. Such reference shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause.

For a DB of three persons, the DB shall be deemed to have received such reference on the date when it is received by the chairman of the DB.

Both Parties shall promptly make available to the DB all such additional information, further access to the Site, and appropriate facilities, as the DB may require for the purposes of making a decision on such dispute. The DB shall be deemed to be not acting as arbitrator(s).

Within 84 days after receiving such reference, or within such other period as may be proposed by the DB and approved by both Parties, the DB shall give its decision, which shall be reasoned and shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause. The decision shall be binding on both Parties, who shall promptly give effect to it unless and until it shall be revised in an amicable settlement or an arbitral award as described below. Unless the Contract has already been abandoned, repudiated or terminated, the Contractor shall continue to proceed with the Works in accordance with the Contract.

If either Party is dissatisfied with the DB’s decision, then either Party may, within 28 days after receiving the decision, give a Notice of Dissatisfaction to the other Party indicating its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration. If the DB fails to give its decision within the period of 84 days (or as otherwise approved) after receiving such reference, then either Party may, within 28 days after this period has expired, give a Notice of Dissatisfaction to the other Party.



In either event, this Notice of Dissatisfaction shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause, and shall set out the matter in dispute and the reason(s) for dissatisfaction. Except as stated in Sub-Clause 20.7 [Failure to Comply with Dispute Board’s Decision] and Sub-Clause 20.8 [Expiry of Dispute Board’s Appointment], neither Party shall be entitled to commence arbitration of a dispute unless a Notice of Dissatisfaction has been given in accordance with this Sub-Clause.

If the DB has given its decision as to a matter in dispute to both Parties, and no Notice of Dissatisfaction has been given by either Party within 28 days after it received the DB’s decision, then the decision shall become final and binding upon both Parties.

20.5 Amicable Settlement Where a Notice of Dissatisfaction has been given under Sub-Clause 20.4 above, both Parties shall attempt to settle the dispute amicably before the commencement of arbitration. However, unless both Parties agree otherwise, the Party giving a Notice of Dissatisfaction in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.4 above should move to commence arbitration after the fifty-sixth day from the day on which a Notice of Dissatisfaction was given, even if no attempt at an amicable settlement has been made.

20.6 Arbitration Any dispute between the Parties arising out of or in connection with the Contract not settled amicably in accordance with Sub-Clause 20.5 above and in respect of which the DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration. Arbitration shall be conducted as follows:

(a) if the contract is with foreign contractors,

(i) for contracts financed by all participating Banks except under sub-paragraph (a) (2) below: international arbitration (1) with proceedings administered by the arbitration institution designated and conducted under the rules of arbitration of such institution; or, if so specified (2) international arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules of the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL); or (3) if neither an arbitration institution nor UNCITRAL arbitration rules are specified t, with proceedings administered by the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) and conducted under the ICC Rules of Arbitration; by one or more arbitrators appointed in accordance with said arbitration rules

(b) if the Contract is with domestic contractors, arbitration with proceedings conducted in accordance with the laws of the Employer’s country.

The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location specified and the arbitration shall be conducted in the language for communications defined in Sub-Clause 1.4 [Law and Language].

The arbitrators shall have full power to open up, review and revise any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Engineer, and any decision of the DB, relevant to the dispute. Nothing shall disqualify representatives of the Parties and the Engineer from being called as a witness and giving evidence before the arbitrators on any matter whatsoever relevant to the dispute.

Neither Party shall be limited in the proceedings before the arbitrators to the evidence or arguments previously put before the DB to obtain its decision, or to the reasons for dissatisfaction given in its Notice of Dissatisfaction. Any decision of the DB shall be admissible in evidence in the arbitration.



Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of the Works. The obligations of the Parties, the Engineer and the DB shall not be altered by reason of any arbitration being conducted during the progress of the Works.

20.7 Failure to Comply with Dispute Board’s Decision In the event that a Party fails to comply with a final and binding DB decision, then the other Party may, without prejudice to any other rights it may have, refer the failure itself to arbitration under Sub-Clause 20.6 [Arbitration]. Sub-Clause 20.4 [Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision] and Sub-Clause 20.5 [Amicable Settlement] shall not apply to this reference.

20.8 Expiry of Dispute Board’s Appointment If a dispute arises between the Parties in connection with, or arising out of, the Contract or the execution of the Works and there is no DB in place, whether by reason of the expiry of the DB’s appointment or otherwise:

(a) Sub-Clause 20.4 [Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision] and Sub-Clause 20.5 [Amicable Settlement] shall not apply, and

(b) the dispute may be referred directly to arbitration under Sub-Clause 20.6 [Arbitration].



21 ADDITIONAL CLAUSES AC-1. Additional Clause: Work by persons other than the Contractor

If the Contractor shall fail to carry out any work required under the Contract or refuse to comply with any instruction or order given by the Engineer in accordance with the Contract within a reasonable time, the Engineer may give the Contractor 14 days' notice in writing to carry out such work or comply with such instruction. If the Contractor fails to comply with such notice, the Employer shall be entitled to carry out such work or instruction by his own workmen or by other contractors. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, all additional expenditure properly incurred by the Employer in having such work or instruction carried out shall be recoverable by the Employer from the Contractor.

If by reason of any accident or failure or other event occurring to, in, or in connection with the Works any remedial or other work shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be urgently necessary and the Contractor is unable or unwilling at once to do such remedial or other work, the Engineer may authorise the carrying out of such remedial or other work by a person other than the Contractor. If the remedial or other work so authorised by the Engineer is work, which, in the Engineer's opinion, the Contractor was liable to do under the Contract, all expenses properly incurred in carrying out the same shall be recoverable by the Employer from the Contractor. Provided that the Engineer shall, as soon after the occurrence of any such emergency as may be reasonably practicable, notify the Contractor thereof in writing.

AC-2. Additional Clause: Safety of Works

The Contractor shall throughout the execution of the Works including the carrying out of any Testing, commissioning (including Integrated Testing and Commissioning), or remedying of any defect:

a. take full responsibility for the adequacy, stability, safety and security of the Works, Plant, Rolling Stock, Contractor's Equipment, Temporary Works, operations on Site and methods of manufacture, installation, construction and transportation;

b. have full regard for the safety of all persons on or in the vicinity of the Site (including without limitation persons to whom access to the Site has been allowed by the Contractor), comply with all relevant safety regulations, including provision of safety gear, and insofar as the Contractor is in occupation or otherwise is using areas of the Site, keep the Site and the Works (so far as the same are not completed and occupied by the Employer) in an orderly state appropriate to the avoidance of injury to all persons and shall keep the Employer indemnified against all injuries to such persons.

c. provide and maintain all lights, guards, fences and warning signs and watchmen when and where necessary or required by the Engineer or by laws or by any relevant authority for the protection of the Works and for the safety and convenience of the public and all persons on or in the vicinity of the Site; and

d. where any work would otherwise be carried out in darkness, ensure that all parts of the Site where work is being carried out are so lighted as to ensure the safety of all persons on or in the vicinity of the Site and of such work.

Contractor is required to take note of all the necessary provisions in Employer’s Safety, Health and Environment Manual (SHE Manual) and the Contractor’s price shall be inclusive of all the necessary costs to meet the prescribed safety standards. In the case, the Contractor fails in the above; the Employer may provide the necessary arrangements and recover the costs from the Contractor.



The Contractor shall submit a detailed and comprehensive contract specific Site Safety Plan and System Safety Assurance Plan in accordance with the provisions in Employer’s Safety, Health & Environment (SHE) Manual and Employer’s Requirements.

The Contractor shall, from time to time and as necessary or required by the Engineer, produce supplements to the Site Safety and System Safety Assurance Plans such that they are at all times detailed, comprehensive and contemporaneous statements by the Contractor of his site safety measures, policies and procedures (under the laws of India) or as stated in the Contract or elsewhere.

If at any time the Site Safety Plan and/or System Safety Assurance Plan is, in the Engineer’s opinion, insufficient or requires revision or modification, the Engineer may instruct the Contractor to revise the appropriate Plan. The Contractor shall, within fourteen days, submit the revised plan to the Engineer for review.

Any omission, inconsistency or error in the Safety Plans or the Engineer's consent or rejection of the Safety Plans and/or supplements thereto shall be without prejudice to the Contractor's obligations with respect to safety measures and shall not excuse any failure by the Contractor to adopt proper and recognized safety practices throughout the execution of the Works.

The Contractor shall provide all necessary access, assistance and facilities to enable the Engineer and the Employer to carry out surveillance to verify that the Safety Plans are being properly and fully implemented.

AC-3. Additional Clause: Design

1. General Obligations

The Contractor shall design and provide all necessary specifications for the Works in accordance with the site plans and Works Requirements. Any design detail, plan, drawing, specifications, notes, annotations, and information required shall be provided in such sufficient format, details, extent, size and scale and within such time as may be required to ensure effective execution of Works and/or as otherwise required by the Engineer.

The Contractor holds himself, and his designers as having the experience and capability necessary for the design. The Contractor undertakes that the designers shall be available to attend discussions with the Engineer at all reasonable times during the Contract Period. The designer shall be the same entity as proposed by the Contractor at the time of pre-qualification, unless otherwise approved by the Employer. The Contractor shall furnish Designer’s Warranty in the format approved by the Employer

2. Contractor’s Warranty of Design

a. The Contractor shall be fully responsible, for the suitability, adequacy, integrity, durability and practicality of the Contractor’s proposal.

b. The Contractor warrants that the Contractor’s Proposals meet the Works Requirements and is fit for the purpose thereof. Where there is any inadequacy, insufficiency, impracticality or unsuitability in or of the Works Requirements or any part thereof, the Contractor’s Proposal shall take into account, address or rectify such inadequacy, insufficiency, impracticality or unsuitability at Contractor’s own cost.

c. The Contractor warrants that the Works have been or will be designed, manufactured, installed and otherwise constructed and to the highest standards available using proven up-to-date good practice

d. The Contractor warrants that the Works will, when completed, comply with enactments and regulations relevant to the Works



e. The Contractor warrants that the design of the Works and the manufacture of plant have taken or will have taken full account of the effects of the intended manufacturing and installation methods, Temporary Works and Contractor’s Equipment

f. The Contractor shall also provide a guarantee from the Designer for the design for suitability, adequacy, practicality of design for Works Requirements

g. The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against any damage, expense, liability, loss or claim, which the Employer might incur, sustain or be subject to arising from any breach of the Contractor’s design responsibility and/or warranty set out in this Clause.

h. The Contractor further specifies and is deemed to have checked and accepted full responsibility ‘for the Contractor’s Proposal and warrants absolutely that the same meets the Works Requirements:

i. Notwithstanding that such design may be or have been prepared, developed or issued by the Employer, any of Contractor’s consultants, his sub-contractors and/or his qualified personnel/persons or cause to be prepared, developed or issued by others.

ii. Notwithstanding any warranties, guaranties and/or indemnities that may be or may have been submitted by any other person.

iii. Notwithstanding that the same have been accepted by the Engineer

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the Plants, Materials, goods, workmanship, preparing, developing and coordinating all design Works to enable that part of the Works to be constructed and/or to be fully operational in accordance with the Contract’s requirements.

Apart from the Contractor, the above warranty shall also be applicable for his designer. This warranty shall be a part of his sub contract with the designer and should be made available at the time of signing of the Agreement.

No claim for additional payment or extension of time shall be entertained and/or the Contractor shall not be relieved from any obligation/liability under the Contract, for any delay, suspension, impediment to or adverse effect upon the progress of the Works due to any mistake, inaccuracy, discrepancy or omission in or between the Contractor’s, the Definitive Design and the final design, or any failure by the Contractor to prepare any Design Data or submit the same to the Engineer in due time and the Contractor shall promptly make good any such defect at his own cost.

3. Construction and/or Manufacture Documents

The Manufacture Documents shall comprise the technical documents specified in the Works Requirements, documents required to satisfy all regulatory approvals, documents described below (As Built Document), and (Operations and Maintenance Manuals). The Contractor shall prepare all Manufacture Documents in sufficient detail and shall also prepare any other document necessary to instruct the Contractor’s personnel. The Engineer shall have the right to inspect the preparation of all these documents wherever they are being prepared.

Each of the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents shall, when considered ready for use, be submitted to the Engineer for pre-construction or pre-manufacture review. Unless otherwise stated in Employer’s Requirements, each review by the Engineer shall not exceed 21 days, calculated from the date on which the Engineer receives the Manufacture Document.



The Engineer may during the review period, give notice to the Contractor that a Manufacture Document fails (to the extent stated) to comply with the Works Requirements, it shall be rectified, resubmitted and reviewed (and if specified, approved) in accordance with this Sub-Clause, at the Contractor's cost. For each part of the Works, and except to the extent that the prior consent of the Engineer shall have been obtained:

(a) In the case of a Construction and/or Manufacture Document which has (as specified) been submitted for the Engineer’s approval

(i). The Engineer shall give notice to the Contractor that the Construction and/or Manufacture Document is provided with no objection, with or without comments, or that it fails (to the extent stated) to comply with the Contract

(ii). Execution of such part of the Works shall not commence until the Engineer has provided with no objection the Construction and/or Manufacture Document; and

(iii). The Engineer shall be deemed to have provided with no objection the Construction and/or Manufacture Document upon the expiry of the review periods for all the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents which are relevant to the design and execution of such parts, unless the Engineer has previously notified otherwise in accordance with sub-paragraph (i)

(b) construction and/or manufacture of such part of the Works shall not commence prior to the expiry of the review of the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents which are relevant to its design and execution;

(c) construction and/or manufacture shall be in accordance with such reviewed (and if specified, approved) Construction and/or Manufacture Documents; and

(d) (d) if the Contractor wishes to modify any design or document which has previously been submitted for such pre-construction and/or pre-manufacture review, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer, and based on Engineer’s approval shall subsequently submit revised documents to the Engineer in accordance with the above procedure.

If the Engineer instructs that further Construction and/or Manufacture Documents are necessary for carrying out the Works, the Contractor shall promptly and at Contractor’s cost prepare such documents, Errors omissions, ambiguities, inconsistencies, inadequacies and other defects if found at any stage in construction or any operations manufacture documents, then shall be rectified by the Contractor at his own cost and any approval or consent or review (under this sub-clause or otherwise) by the Employer/Engineer of the Manufacture and Construction Documents under this Sub-clause shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligations or responsibility under the Contract.

4. Delayed Drawings or Instructions

The Contractor shall give notice to the Engineer whenever the Works are likely to be delayed or disrupted if any necessary drawing or instruction is not issued to the Contractor within a particular time, which shall be reasonable. The notice shall include details of the necessary drawing or instruction, details of why and by when it should be issued, and the nature and amount of the delay or disruption likely to be suffered if it is late.

If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs Cost as a result of a failure of the Engineer to issue the notified drawing or instruction within a time which is reasonable and is specified in the notice with supporting details, the Contractor shall give a further notice to the Engineer and shall be entitled subject to Clause 20 to:

(a) an extension of time for any such delay, if completion is or will be delayed, under Clause 8.4.



After receiving this further notice, the Engineer shall proceed to agree or determine these matters.

However, if and to the extent that the Engineer’s failure was caused by any error or delay by the Contractor, including an error in, or delay in the submission of, any of the Contractor’s Documents, the Contractor shall not be entitled to such extension of time, Cost or profit.

5. Technical Standards and Regulations

The design, the Construction and/or Manufacture Documents, the execution and the completed Works (including remedying of defects therein) shall comply with the specifications, technical standards, building construction, safety and environmental regulations and other standards specified in the Works Requirements applicable to the Works or defined by the applicable laws and regulations

6. Samples

The Contractor shall submit at his own cost the following samples and relevant information to the Engineer for pre-construction and/or pre-manufacture review in accordance with the procedure for Construction and/or Manufacture Documents described in Sub-Clause above “Delayed Drawings or Instructions”:

i. manufacturer's standard samples of Materials

ii. samples (if any) specified in the Employer's Requirements

Each sample shall be labelled as to origin and intended use in the Works.

7. As-built drawings and Documents

The Contractor shall prepare, and keep up-to-date, a complete set of "as-built" records of the execution of the Works, showing the exact "as built" locations, sizes and details of the Works as executed, with cross references to relevant specifications and data sheets. These records shall be kept on the Site and shall be used exclusively for the purposes of this Sub-Clause. Six copies shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the commencement of the Tests on Completion.

In addition, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer "as-built drawings" of the Works, showing all Works as executed. The drawings shall be prepared as the Works proceed, and shall be submitted to the Engineer for his inspection. The Contractor shall obtain the consent of the Engineer as to their size, the referencing system, and other pertinent details.

Prior to the issue of any Acceptance Certificate, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer one microfiche copy, one full-size original copy and six printed copies of the relevant "as-built drawings", and any further Construction and/or Manufacture Documents specified in the Works Requirements. The Works shall not be considered to be completed for the purposes of Acceptance under Clause 10 until such documents have been submitted to the Engineer.

8. Operation and Maintenance Manuals

Prior to commencement of the Tests on Completion, the Contractor shall prepare, and submit to the Engineer, Operation and Maintenance Manuals in accordance with the Works Requirements and in sufficient detail for the Employer to operate, maintain, dismantle, reassemble, adjust and repair the Works. The Works shall not be considered to be completed for the purposes of Taking Over under Clause 10 until such Operation and Maintenance Manuals have been submitted to the Engineer and received his consent



The Operation and Maintenance Manuals and drawings submitted by the Contractor shall be updated by him during the Defects Liability Period and the Contractor shall re-submit the updated manuals at the end of the DLP for review and acceptance by the Engineer.

9. Intellectual Property Rights and Royalties

The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer and the Engineer from and against all claims and proceedings on account of infringement (or alleged infringement) of any patent rights, registered designs, copyright, design, trademark, trade name, know-how or other intellectual property rights in respect of the Works, Contractor's Equipment, machines, work method, or Plant, or Materials, or anything whatsoever required for the Works and from and against all claims, demands, proceedings, damages, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof or in relation thereto. The Contractor shall pay all traffic surcharges and other royalties, licence fees, rent and other payments or compensation, if any, for getting stone, sand, gravel, clay or other materials, machine, process, systems, work methods, or Contractor’s Equipment required for the Works. The Contractor shall, in the event of infringement of Intellectual Property Rights, rectify, modify or replace at his own cost the Works, Plant or materials or anything whatsoever required for the Works so that infringement no more exist or in the alternative shall procure necessary rights/license so that there is no infringement of Intellectual Property Rights.

The Contractor shall be promptly notified of any claim under this Sub- Clause made against the Employer. The Contractor shall, at his cost, conduct negotiations for the settlement of such claim, and any litigation or arbitration that may arise from it. The Employer or the Engineer shall not make any admission which might be prejudicial to the Contractor, unless the Contractor has failed to take over the conduct of the negotiations, litigation or arbitration within a reasonable time after having been so requested. In the event of Contractor failing to act at Engineer’s notice, the Employer shall be at full liberty to deduct any such amount of pending claim from any amount due to the Contractor under this Contract or any other Contract.

Insofar as the patent, copyright or other intellectual property rights in any Plant, Design Data, plans, calculations, drawings, documents, Materials, know-how and information relating to the Works shall be vested in the Contractor, the Contractor shall grant to the Employer, his successors and assignees a royalty-free, non-exclusive and irrevocable licence (carrying the right to grant sub-licences) to use and reproduce any of the works, designs or inventions incorporated and referred to in such Plant, documents or Materials and any such know-how and information for all purposes relating to the Works (including without limitation the design, manufacture, installation, reconstruction, Testing, commissioning, completion, reinstatement, extension, repair and operation of the Works).

If any patent, registered design or software is developed by the Contractor specifically for the Works, the title thereto shall vest in the Employer and the Contractor shall grant to the Employer a nonexclusive irrevocable and royalty-free licence (carrying the right to grant sub-license) to use, repair, copy, modify, enhance, adapt and translate in any form such Software for his own use.

If the Contractor uses proprietary software for the purpose of storing or utilising records the Contractor shall obtain at his own expense the grant of a licence or sub-licence to use such software in favour of the Employer and shall pay such licence fee or other payment as the grantor of such licence may require provided that the use of such software under the licence may be restricted to use relating to the design, construction, reconstruction, manufacture, completion, reinstatement, extension, repair and operation of the Works or any part thereof.



The Contractor's permission referred to above shall be given, inter alia, to enable the Employer to disclose (under conditions of confidentiality satisfactory to the Contractor) programmes and documentation for a third party to undertake the performance of services for the Employer in respect of such programmes and documentation.

If any software is developed under the Contract or used by the Contractor for the purposes of storing or utilising records over which the Contractor or a third party holds title or other rights, the Contractor shall permit or obtain for the Employer (as the case may require) the right to use and apply that Software free of additional charge (together with any modifications, improvements and developments thereof) for the purpose of the design, manufacture, installation, reconstruction, testing, commissioning, completion, reinstatement, extension, repair, modification or operation of the Works, or any part thereof, or for the purpose of any Dispute.

The Employer reserves the right to use other Software on or in connection with the Works.

AC-4. Additional Clause:–Confidentiality of Information

The Contractor shall not use or divulge, except for the purpose of the Contract or with the written permission of the Employer, any information relating to the Works or the Project provided in the Contract or otherwise provided by the Employer, or the Engineer. The Contractor shall ensure that his sub-contractors of any tier shall be bound by a like confidentiality undertaking.

The Employer, Engineer and any third party to whom an assignment has been made in accordance with Sub-clause 1.7 may use any information provided by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract. The Employer shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Engineer and any third party referred to in aforesaid Sub-Clause 1.7 shall not, divulge such information except for any purpose connected with the Contract.

AC-5. Additional Clause: Spares

The Contractor shall supply spare parts as per the Employers requirement.

(a) The Contractor shall submit a schedule of spare parts duly indicating, for each item of spares, its description, part number, drawing number, lead time, shelf life and number of units required for the system during the Defect Liability period, principal as well as secondary sources of supply, and also the unit price with escalation/de-escalation clause.

(b) The Employer may, from the date of taking-over of the whole of the Works and during the contract period, purchase as many parts as required by him, at the rates indicated in the pricing document and accepted by the Employer.

(c) If during the Defect Liability period, the Contractor intends to discontinue the manufacture of spare or replacement parts for the any equipment / Machine the Contractor shall immediately give notice to the Employer of such intentional any rate before twelve (12) months of closing down the production line. The Employer shall be given the opportunity of ordering at reasonable prices such quantities of such spare or replacement parts as the Employer requires in relation to the anticipated life of the equipment.



In the event of Contractor failing to supply the spare parts in accordance with this Clause, he shall in respect of each item of spare, furnish free of cost to the Employer, the drawings, specifications, patterns and other information to enable the Employer to make or have made such spare parts. The Employer shall be entitled to retain the aforesaid drawings etc., for such time only as is necessary for the exercise by the Employer of his rights under this clause and the drawings, if the Contractor so requires, shall be returned by the Employer to the Contractor in good order and condition (fair wear and tear excepted).

Under such circumstances, the Contractor shall also grant to the Employer, without payment of any royalty or charge, full right and liberty to make or have made spare or replacement parts as aforesaid and for such purposes only to use, make and have made copies of all drawings, patterns, specifications and other information supplied by the Contractor to the Employer pursuant to the Contract. The Contractor will so far as it is reasonably able to bind his sub-contractors to conform with the requirements of this Clause and shall, prior to entry into any sub-contracts, provide the Employer with full details of any sub-contractor who will not so conform in which event the Employer may direct the Contractor to seek an alternative sub-contractor. If the Contractor fails to provide spare or replacement parts as described in this Sub-clause and these are available from the Contractor’s sub-contractor, the Employer shall have the right to obtain such spare and replacement parts from the sub-contractor or any other supplier and any additional cost incurred by the Employer shall be recoverable from the Contractor.

(d) The Employer may require the Contractor to enter into a Maintenance Contract with the Employer for the System / Machine provided under the Contract under terms and conditions to be mutually agreed

AC-6. Additional Clause: Operation & Maintenance

The Contractor shall provide Expert team for Maintenance of all hardware and equipment (hardware maintenance) till the end of DLP and offer continuous and uninterrupted support and maintenance for the software till the Date of the Contract Expiry. The deployment of these Experts for the said hardware maintenance may not be continuous and they may be required to supervise the maintenance in short periods at a time. These Experts and team shall work under the administrative control of the Employer. These Experts and team shall also ensure that the Client's maintenance staff acquire necessary skills and follow correct procedures and practices in the maintenance, overhaul and repair of various components for the system as well as for the maintenance of the related software (if any) after the DLP. The qualification and experience of the Experts to be deployed by the Contractor shall be as prescribed in the Work's Requirements. Prior approval of the Employer shall be necessary before the Experts are deployed for maintenance and operation. The Contractor shall replace promptly, Contractor’s experts who are not considered suitable by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall also depute qualified electricians and other technicians to support the Employer operate the system during the intervening period of Energisation and Take Over. The details and items for manning of the installations are provided in Bill of Quantities.

AC-7. Additional Clause: Deployment of Personnel by the Employer

The Contractor shall deploy personnel sponsored by the Employer during the Contract Period in areas stipulated in the Work’s Requirements.



The travel expenses, salary and allowances, boarding and lodging expenses of these sponsored personnel shall be borne by the Employer but the Contractor shall provide other facilities required for the purpose of performing their duties. The sponsored personnel shall be under the technical and administrative control of the Contractor.

For the cash management at TVM and TOM, FI has to deploy resources at its own cost.

AC-8. Additional Clause: Maintaining the Site

In general the cleanliness, lighting, safety, security, drinking water, first aid etc. will be the responsibility of the civil contractor as specified in the interface document. The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the site. The daily sweeping and cleaning of the area under his possession/work shall be his responsibility.

In case of repeated aberrations notices by the Engineer, a minimum penalty of Rs. 5000/- shall be imposed for each instance.

AC-9. Additional Clause: Safe Custody Bank Guarantee

(Applicable for items specifically mentioned in the contract).

(Please refer preamble of Bill of Quantities)

The Contractor shall submit a Safe Custody Bank Guarantee in the format given in Contract Forms against payments made for Plant and Equipment dispatched to sites and / Or NMRC nominated entities. The amount of safe custody Bank Guarantee shall be equal to 95% of the amount due as per the relevant clause of (BOQ) wherever applicable.

The value of the Safe Custody Bank Guarantee would be adjusted for the equipment’s already commissioned. Safe custody bank guarantee shall be issued by scheduled bank in india other than Prime bidder of bidding consortium

AC-10.Additional Clause: Substitution of AFC Provider or addition of new AFC during contract period

a) At any time during the Contract Period after completion of the Section 1, the Prime Consortium Member of the Contractor shall have the right to substitute the AFC Provider in his Consortium with another Service Provider (“replacing the AFC Provider”) provided and subject to the new/ substituted AFC Provider meets all the eligibility and evaluation criteria of the Tender and comply with all the terms and conditions of the Contract.

b) Prime Consortium Member of the Contractor shall also have the right to add another AFC Provider (“New AFC Provider”) of the Consortium for future Sections of works not yet approved by Employer for commission as on Base Date, subject to the following:

a. Prime Consortium Member shall be liable seamless integration of services and technology between the AFC Providers

b. The New AFC Provider shall comply with all the eligibility criteria defined in the RFP and all the terms and conditions stated in the contract

c. New AFC Provider shall be jointly & severally liable along with FI and existing AFC Provider for the integration of their AFC systems with each other and with other systems as required under the scope of services/ contract and shall indemnify the Employer.



d. Prime Consortium Member shall duly submit signed addendum to the Consortium Agreement with the details on/off the roles, liabilities, rights, obligations and responsibilities, etc. of all the Consortium Members including the New AFC Provider

c) In the event of FI exercising its right of including a New AFC Provider in the Consortium as stated hereinabove, the existing AFC Provider shall continue & obliged to undertake and fulfil its responsibilities as defined in the contract and shall also be jointly & severally liable for the integration of the AFC systems

d) Further, in the event of FI exercising its right of including and/ or substituting a New AFC Provider in the Consortium as stated hereinabove, the cost of the delay, if any, caused would be computed by the Employer and the contracting consortium shall be liable to pay the Employer the damages and/ or compensation claimed/ caused to the Employer accordingly.

AC-11. Additional Clause: Addition of service providers by Contractor

a) Prime Consortium member of the Contractor reserves the right of exclusivity of smart card services as the Issuance bank for the Contract Period and after the completion of Sections referred in Vol. 2 PS, it reserves the right to allow another Financial Institution (hereafter referred to as “Secondary FI”), with the prior written consent of NMRC, for following scope of services, namely:-

iii. Procurement, Personalization and Issuance of contactless smart cards & other fare media for NMRC ticketing and payment for goods and services outside NMRC transit in line with the Reserve Bank of India regulations/approvals.

iv. Providing transaction clearing, reconciliation of accounts and money settlement functions for all parties participating in the NMRC co-branded smart card program.

v. In addition to the physical top up of the NMRC smart cards from Point of Sale machines, setup of web enabled online card money top-up over dedicated web channel with payment gateways and other banking channels.

Provide card customer support over PoS, Phone, Internet and at bank branch level for card issuance, renewal, refunds, customer account management and customer support with payment gateway and authentication services as per RBI requirements

AC-12. Additional Clause: Limitations on Revenue Collection from Noida Commuters

a) The contractor would charge the commuters for Smart Cards issuance to the extent with a maximum limit of INR 50

b) The contractor would not charge more than INR 12 or not more than 1.8% of transaction value as the transaction charges for Smart Cards recharge by commuters.

c) The top-up transaction fees would be limited to the amount as mentioned in the point “b” for all the modes of Smart Card Recharge available such as – Add Value Machines, Top-up through ATMs, Web or mobile based recharge or any other possible mode of Smart Card Recharge that would be made available to card holders

d) There shouldn’t be any annual card fees charged to NMRC commuters.



e) In addition to above, contractor shall allowed to charge per transaction fee as specified in Volume 2_Annexure_Utility Payments to enable utility bill payments through PoS, Kiosks and to provide payment gateway services to utility companies. These charges are exclusive of any tax that is applicable and subjected to revision based on regulatory guidelines as applicable issued time to time.

AC-13 Extended Banking Requirements: Prime bidder shall provide banking services as mentioned in Volume 2 Annexure 2. AC-14 Price Discovery Price discovery for banking services that are defined in Volume 2 Annexure 2 shall happen by comparison of the market rates which prevails on the date of availing the service. Employer would do the price discovery by comparing market rates and same shall be discussed with Prime bidder. Final rate shall be derived based on negotiation between Employer and service provider. AC-15 Utility Services The obligations of Utility Service Provider and Contractor are added as Annexure 3



22 APPENDIX

22.1 A General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement 1. Definitions

Each “Dispute Board Agreement” is a tripartite agreement by and between:

(a) the “Employer”;

(b) the “Contractor”; and

(c) the “Member” who is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement as being:

(i). the sole member of the "DB" and, where this is the case, all references to the “Other Members” do not apply, or

(ii). one of the three persons who are jointly called the “DB” (or “Dispute Board”) and, where this is the case, the other two persons are called the “Other Members”.

The Employer and the Contractor have entered (or intend to enter) into a contract, which is called the "Contract" and is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement, which incorporates this Appendix. In the Dispute Board Agreement, words and expressions which are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Contract.

2. General Provisions

Unless otherwise stated in the Dispute Board Agreement, it shall take effect on the latest of the following dates:

(a) the Commencement Date defined in the Contract,

(b) when the Employer, the Contractor and the Member have each signed the Dispute Board Agreement, or

(c) when the Employer, the Contractor and each of the Other Members (if any) have respectively each signed a dispute board agreement.

This employment of the Member is a personal appointment. At any time, the Member may give not less than 70 days’ notice of resignation to the Employer and to the Contractor, and the Dispute Board Agreement shall terminate upon the expiry of this period.

3. Warranties

The Member warrants and agrees that he/she is and shall be impartial and independent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Engineer. The Member shall promptly disclose, to each of them and to the Other Members (if any), any fact or circumstance which might appear inconsistent with his/her warranty and agreement of impartiality and independence.

When appointing the Member, the Employer and the Contractor relied upon the Member’s representations that he/she is:

(a) experienced in the work which the Contractor is to carry out under the Contract,

(b) experienced in the interpretation of contract documentation, and

(c) fluent in the language for communications defined in the Contract.

4. General Obligations of the Member

The Member shall:



(a) have no interest financial or otherwise in the Employer, the Contractor or Engineer, nor any financial interest in the Contract except for payment under the Dispute Board Agreement;

(b) not previously have been employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Engineer, except in such circumstances as were disclosed in writing to the Employer and the Contractor before they signed the Dispute Board Agreement;

(c) have disclosed in writing to the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any), before entering into the Dispute Board Agreement and to his/her best knowledge and recollection, any professional or personal relationships with any director, officer or employee of the Employer, the Contractor or the Engineer, and any previous involvement in the overall project of which the Contract forms part;

(d) not, for the duration of the Dispute Board Agreement, be employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Engineer, except as may be agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any);

(e) comply with the annexed procedural rules and with Sub-Clause 20.4 of the Conditions of Contract;

(f) not give advice to the Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel or the Contractor’s Personnel concerning the conduct of the Contract, other than in accordance with the annexed procedural rules;

(g) not while a Member enter into discussions or make any agreement with the Employer, the Contractor or the Engineer regarding employment by any of them, whether as a consultant or otherwise, after ceasing to act under the Dispute Board Agreement;

(h) ensure his/her availability for all site visits and hearings as are necessary;

(i) become conversant with the Contract and with the progress of the Works (and of any other parts of the project of which the Contract forms part) by studying all documents received which shall be maintained in a current working file;

(j) treat the details of the Contract and all the DB’s activities and hearings as private and confidential, and not publish or disclose them without the prior written consent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any); and

(k) be available to give advice and opinions, on any matter relevant to the Contract when requested by both the Employer and the Contractor, subject to the agreement of the Other Members (if any).

5. General Obligations of the Employer and the Contractor

Contractor’s Personnel shall not request advice from or consultation with the Member regarding the Contract, otherwise than in the normal course of the DB’s activities under the Contract and the Dispute Board Agreement. The Employer and the Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with this provision, by the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s Personnel respectively.

The Employer and the Contractor undertake to each other and to the Member that the Member shall not, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor, the Member and the Other Members (if any):

(a) be appointed as an arbitrator in any arbitration under the Contract;

(b) be called as a witness to give evidence concerning any dispute before arbitrator(s) appointed for any arbitration under the Contract; or



(c) be liable for any claims for anything done or omitted in the discharge or purported discharge of the Member’s functions, unless the act or omission is shown to have been in bad faith.

The Employer and the Contractor hereby jointly and severally indemnify and hold the Member harmless against and from claims from which he is relieved from liability under the preceding paragraph.

Whenever the Employer or the Contractor refers a dispute to the DB under Sub-Clause 20.4 of the Conditions of Contract, which will require the Member to make a site visit and attend a hearing, the Employer or the Contractor shall provide appropriate security for a sum equivalent to the reasonable expenses to be incurred by the Member. No account shall be taken of any other payments due or paid to the Member.

6. Payment

The Member shall be paid as follows, in the currency named in the Dispute Board Agreement:

(a) a retainer fee per calendar month, which shall be considered as payment in full for:

(i). being available on 28 days’ notice for all site visits and hearings;

(ii). becoming and remaining conversant with all project developments and maintaining relevant files;

(iii). all office and overhead expenses including secretarial services, photocopying and office supplies incurred in connection with his duties; and

(iv). all services performed hereunder except those referred to in sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Clause.

The retainer fee shall be paid with effect from the last day of the calendar month in which the Dispute Board Agreement becomes effective; until the last day of the calendar month in which the Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Works.

With effect from the first day of the calendar month following the month in which the Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Works, the retainer fee shall be reduced by one third .This reduced fee shall be paid until the first day of the calendar month in which the Member resigns or the Dispute Board Agreement is otherwise terminated.

(b) a daily fee which shall be considered as payment in full for:

(i). each day or part of a day up to a maximum of two days’ travel time in each direction for the journey between the Member’s home and the Site, or another location of a meeting with the Other Members (if any);

(ii). each working day on Site visits, hearings or preparing decisions; and

(iii). each day spent reading submissions in preparation for a hearing.

(c) all reasonable expenses including necessary travel expenses (air fare in less than first class, hotel and subsistence and other direct travel expenses) incurred in connection with the Member’s duties, as well as the cost of telephone calls, courier charges, faxes and telexes: a receipt shall be required for each item in excess of five percent of the daily fee referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of this Clause;

(d) any taxes properly levied in the Country on payments made to the Member (unless a national or permanent resident of the Country) under this Clause 6.



The retainer and daily fees shall be as specified in the Dispute Board Agreement. Unless it specifies otherwise, these fees shall remain fixed for the first 24 calendar months, and shall thereafter be adjusted by agreement between the Employer, the Contractor and the Member, at each anniversary of the date on which the Dispute Board Agreement became effective.

If the parties fail to agree on the retainer fee or the daily fee, the appointing entity or official named in the Conditions of Contract shall determine the amount of the fees to be used.

The Member shall submit invoices for payment of the monthly retainer and air fares quarterly in advance. Invoices for other expenses and for daily fees shall be submitted following the conclusion of a Site visit or hearing. All invoices shall be accompanied by a brief description of activities performed during the relevant period and shall be addressed to the Contractor.

The Contractor shall pay each of the Member’s invoices in full within 56 calendar days after receiving each invoice and shall apply to the Employer (in the Statements under the Contract) for reimbursement of one-half of the amounts of these invoices. The Employer shall then pay the Contractor in accordance with the Contract.

If the Contractor fails to pay to the Member the amount to which he/she is entitled under the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer shall pay the amount due to the Member and any other amount which may be required to maintain the operation of the DB; and without prejudice to the Employer’s rights or remedies. In addition to all other rights arising from this default, the Employer shall be entitled to reimbursement of all sums paid in excess of one half of these payments, plus all costs of recovering these sums and financing charges calculated at the rate specified in Sub-Clause 14.8 of the Conditions of Contract.

If the Member does not receive payment of the amount due within 70 days after submitting a valid invoice, the Member may (i) suspend his/her services (without notice) until the payment is received, and/or (ii) resign his/her appointment by giving notice under Clause 7.

7. Termination

At any time: (i) the Employer and the Contractor may jointly terminate the Dispute Board Agreement by giving 42 days’ notice to the Member; or (ii) the Member may resign as provided for in Clause 2.

If the Member fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer and the Contractor may, without prejudice to their other rights, terminate it by notice to the Member. The notice shall take effect when received by the Member.

If the Employer or the Contractor fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Member may, without prejudice to his other rights, terminate it by notice to the Employer and the Contractor. The notice shall take effect when received by them both.

Any such notice, resignation and termination shall be final and binding on the Employer, the Contractor and the Member. However, a notice by the Employer or the Contractor, but not by both, shall be of no effect.

8. Default of the Member

If the Member fails to comply with any of his obligations under Clause 4 (a) - (d) above, he shall not be entitled to any fees or expenses hereunder and shall, without prejudice to their other rights, reimburse each of the Employer and the Contractor for any fees and expenses received by the Member and the Other Members (if any), for proceedings or decisions (if any) of the DB which are rendered void or ineffective by the said failure to comply.



If the Member fails to comply with any of his obligations under Clause 4 (e) - (k) above, he shall not be entitled to any fees or expenses hereunder from the date and to the extent of the non-compliance and shall, without prejudice to their other rights, reimburse each of the Employer and the Contractor for any fees and expenses already received by the Member, for proceedings or decisions (if any) of the DB which are rendered void or ineffective by the said failure to comply.

9. Disputes

Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Dispute Board Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be finally settled by institutional arbitration. If no other arbitration institute is agreed, the arbitration shall be conducted under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with these Rules of Arbitration.

10. Corrupt and Fraudulent Practices Policy

The Employer, the Implementing Agency and the contractors, suppliers or consultants must observe the highest standard of ethics during contract procurement and performance.




reject a proposal for a contract award if it is established that during the selection process the bidder that is recommended for the award has been convicted of corruption, directly or by means of an agent, or has engaged in fraud or anti-competitive practices in view of being awarded the Contract;

declare misprocurement when it is established that, at any time, the Employer, the contractor, the supplier, the consultant or its representatives have engaged in acts of corruption, fraud or anti-competitive practices during the contract procurement or performance without the Employer having taken appropriate action in due time satisfactory to the Agency to remedy the situation, including by failing to inform the Agency at the time they knew of such practices.


Corruption of a public officer means:

(a) the act of promising, offering or giving to a public officer, directly or indirectly, an undue advantage of any kind for himself or for another person or entity, for such public officer to act or refrain from acting in his official capacity; or

(b) the act by which a public officer solicits or accepts, directly or indirectly, an undue advantage of any kind for himself or for another person or entity, for such public officer to act or refrain from acting in his official capacity.

A "public officer" shall be construed as meaning



(a) any person who holds a legislative, executive, administrative or judicial mandate (within the State of the Employer) regardless of whether that person was nominated or elected, regardless of the permanent or temporary, paid or unpaid nature of the position and regardless of the hierarchical level the person occupies;

(b) any other person who performs a public function, including for a State institution or a State-owned company, or who provides a public service;

(c) any other person defined as a public officer by the national laws of the Employer.

Corruption of a private person means:

(a) the act of promising, offering or giving to any person other than a public officer, directly or indirectly, an undue advantage of any kind for himself or for another person or entity, for such person to perform or refrain from performing any act in breach of its legal, contractual or professional obligations; or

(b) the act by which any person other than a public officer solicits or accepts, directly or indirectly, an undue advantage of any kind for himself or for another person or entity, for such person to perform or refrain from performing any act in breach of its legal, contractual or professional obligations.

Fraud means any dishonest conduct (act or omission), whether or not it constitutes a criminal offence, deliberately intended to deceive others, to intentionally conceal items, to violate or vitiate consent, to circumvent legal or regulatory requirements and/or to violate internal rules in order to obtain illegitimate profit.

Anti-competitive practices means:

(a) any concerted or implied practices which have as their object or effect the prevention, restriction or distortion of competition within a marketplace, especially where they (i) limit access to the marketplace or free exercise of competition by other undertakings, (ii) prevent free, competition-driven price determination by artificially causing price increases or decreases, (iii) restrict or control production, markets, investments or technical progress; or (iv) divide up market shares or sources of supply.

(b) any abuse by one undertaking or a group of undertakings which hold a dominant position on an internal market or on a substantial part of it.

(c) any practice whereby prices are quoted or set unreasonably low, the object of which is to eliminate an undertaking or any of its products from a market or to prevent it from entering the market.



23 CONTRACT FORMS

23.1 Notification of Award Letter of Acceptance

[letterhead paper of the Employer] [date] To: [name and address of the Contractor] This is to notify you that your Bid dated [date] for execution of the [name of the Contract and identification number, as given in the Contract Data] for the Accepted Contract Amount [amount in numbers and words] [name of currency], as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders, is hereby accepted by our Agency. Date of Letter of Acceptance shall be treated as ‘Commencement Date’ as defined in Clause 8.1 Volume 3 of RFP. The work shall be completed within [Time of Completion as provided in the Vol 3 of RFP againstClause 8.2] days from the date of the Letter of Acceptance. You are requested to furnish the Performance Security within 28 days in accordance with the Conditions of Contract, using for that purpose one of the Performance Security Forms included in– Contract Forms, of the Bidding Documents Authorized Signature: Name and Title of Signatory: Name of Agency: Attachment: Contract Agreement



23.2 Contract Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT made the ________ day of ________________________, _____, between ______________________________________of __________________________ (hereinafter “the Employer”), of the one part, and ______________________ of _____________________ (hereinafter “the Contractor”), of the other part:

WHEREAS the Employer desires that the Works known as _______________________________ should be executed by the Contractor, and has accepted a Bid by the Contractor for the execution and completion of these Works and the remedying of any defects therein,

The Employer and the Contractor agree as follows:

1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are respectively assigned to them in the Contract documents referred to.

2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement. This Agreement shall prevail over all other Contract documents.

(i) the Letter of Acceptance (ii) Pricing Document/ BOQ (iii) the Specification, (iv) the Drawings, (v) the Particular Conditions –Part-A, (vi) the Particular Conditions –Part-B (vii) the General Conditions; (viii) the Schedules and any other documents forming part of the Contract (ix) bidding documents as defined in clause 2.2.1.1 in volume 1 (x) Letter of Tender except Pricing Document/BOQ; and (xi) Any other document forming part of the Contract Agreement

3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as specified in this Agreement, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute the Works and to remedy defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of the Contract.

4. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed in accordance with the laws of _____________________________ on the day, month and year specified above.

Signed by ________________________________________________ (for the Employer)

Signed by __________________________________________________ (for the Contractor)



23.3 Performance Security

Option 1: (Demand Guarantee) Beneficiary: ___________________ Date: ________________ PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No.: _________________ Guarantor: _____________________________________

We have been informed that ________________ (hereinafter called "the Applicant") has entered into Contract No. _____________ dated ____________ with the Beneficiary, for the execution of _____________________ (hereinafter called "the Contract").

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance guarantee is required. At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of ___________ (),1 such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that the Applicant is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without the Beneficiary needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein. This guarantee shall expire, no later than the …. Day of ……, 2…, and any demand for payment under it must be received by us at this office indicated above on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.

_____________________ [signature(s)]

Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.

1 The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Accepted Contract Amount specified in the Letter of Acceptance, less provisional sums, if any, and denominated either in the currency(cies) of the Contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Beneficiary.



Option 2: Performance Bond By this Bond____________________ as Principal (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) and______________________________________________________________] as Surety (hereinafter called “the Surety”), are held and firmly bound unto_____________________] as Obligee (hereinafter called “the Employer”) in the amount of __________________, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, the Contractor and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS the Contractor has entered into a written Agreement with the Employer dated the day of , 20 , for ___________________ in accordance with the documents, plans, specifications, and amendments thereto, which to the extent herein provided for, are by reference made part hereof and are hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, the Condition of this Obligation is such that, if the Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform the said Contract (including any amendments thereto), then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect. Whenever the Contractor shall be, and declared by the Employer to be, in default under the Contract, the Employer having performed the Employer’s obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly:

(1) complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions; or (2) obtain a Bid or bids from qualified Bidders for submission to the Employer for completing

the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by the Employer and the Surety of the lowest responsive Bidder, arrange for a Contract between such Bidder and Employer and make available as work progresses (even though there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the Contract or Contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the Balance of the Contract Price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term “Balance of the Contract Price,” as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Employer to Contractor under the Contract, less the amount properly paid by Employer to Contractor; or

(3) pay the Employer the amount required by Employer to complete the Contract in accordance

with its terms and conditions up to a total not exceeding the amount of this Bond. The Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than the specified penalty of this Bond. Any suit under this Bond must be instituted before the expiration of one year from the date of the issuing of the Taking-Over Certificate. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Employer named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns of the Employer. In testimony whereof, the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and affixed his seal, and the Surety has caused these presents to be sealed with his corporate seal duly attested by the signature of his legal representative, this day of 20 .



SIGNED ON on behalf of By in the capacity of In the presence of SIGNED ON on behalf of By in the capacity of In the presence of



23.4 Revenue Security Option 1: (Demand Guarantee) Beneficiary: ___________________ Date: ________________ Revenue GUARANTEE No.: _________________ Guarantor: _____________________________________

We have been informed that ________________ (hereinafter called "the Applicant") has entered into Contract No. _____________ dated ____________ with the Beneficiary, for the execution of _____________________ (hereinafter called "the Contract").

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a Revenue guarantee is required. At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor ,hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of ___________ (),1 such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that the Applicant is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without the Beneficiary needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein. This guarantee shall expire, no later than the …. Day of ……, 2… 2, and any demand for payment under it must be received by us at this office indicated above on or before that date.

This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.

_____________________ [signature(s)] Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.

1 The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Accepted Contract Amount specified in the Letter of Acceptance, less provisional sums, if any, and denominated either in the currency(cies) of the Contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Beneficiary. 2 Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected completion date as described in Clause 11. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of this date for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”



Option 2: Revenue Bond By this Bond____________________ as Principal (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) and______________________________________________________________] as Surety (hereinafter called “the Surety”), are held and firmly bound unto_____________________] as Obligee (hereinafter called “the Employer”) in the amount of __________________, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, the Contractor and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS the Contractor has entered into a written Agreement with the Employer dated the day of , 20 , for ___________________ in accordance with the documents, plans, specifications, and amendments thereto, which to the extent herein provided for, are by reference made part hereof and are hereinafter referred to as the Contract. NOW, THEREFORE, the Condition of this Obligation is such that, if the Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform the said Contract (including any amendments thereto), then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect. Whenever the Contractor shall be, and declared by the Employer to be, in default under the Contract, the Employer having performed the Employer’s obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly:

(1) complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions; or (2) obtain a Bid or bids from qualified Bidders for submission to the Employer for completing

the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by the Employer and the Surety of the lowest responsive Bidder, arrange for a Contract between such Bidder and Employer and make available as work progresses (even though there should be a default or a succession of defaults under the Contract or Contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the Balance of the Contract Price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term “Balance of the Contract Price,” as used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Employer to Contractor under the Contract, less the amount properly paid by Employer to Contractor; or

(3) pay the Employer the amount required by Employer to complete the Contract in accordance

with its terms and conditions up to a total not exceeding the amount of this Bond. The Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than the specified penalty of this Bond. Any suit under this Bond must be instituted before the expiration of one year from the date of the issuing of the Taking-Over Certificate. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Employer named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns of the Employer. In testimony whereof, the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and affixed his seal, and the Surety has caused these presents to be sealed with his corporate seal duly attested by the signature of his legal representative, this day of 20 . SIGNED ON on behalf of By in the capacity of



In the presence of SIGNED ON on behalf of By in the capacity of In the presence of



23.5 Form of Designer’s Warranty THIS AGREEMENT is made the day of BETWEEN: (1) [ ] [whose registered office is at]/[of] [ ] ("the Designer"); and (2) Noida Metro Rail Corporation, (together with its successors and assigns, "the Employer") of

<<Address>>

WHEREAS: (a) By a contract ______dated [ ] ("the Contract") made between (1) Noida Metro Rail

Corporation, (“the Employer”) and (2) [ ] ("the Contractor"), the Contractor has agreed to design, execute, complete, test and commission (including Integrated Testing and Commissioning) and remedy any defect in the Works upon the terms and conditions contained in the Contract.

(b) The Designer has had an opportunity of reading and noting the provisions of the Contract (other than details of the Contractor's prices and rates).

(c) Pursuant to the Contract, the Contractor wishes to enter into an agreement with the Designer and Designer agrees to the wishes of the Contractor (the Consultancy agreement) to carry out the Contractor's obligations under the Contract in relation to the design and functions ascribed to the Designer in the Contract.

(d) The Contract stipulates that the Contractor shall ensure that the Designer executes a warranty agreement in favour of the Employer.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows: 1. In consideration of the Employer not objecting to the Contractor and the Designer entering into

the Consultancy Agreement, the Designer warrants and undertakes to the Employer that he has exercised and will continue to exercise all the skill and care to be expected of a professionally qualified and competent designer experienced in work of similar nature and scope as the Works in carrying out the design of the Works and in performing the other duties and functions ascribed to him in the Contract.

2. The Designer agrees that, in the event of the termination of the Contract by the Employer, the Designer will, if so required by notice in writing given by the Employer, accept subject to Clause 4 the instructions of the Employer or his appointee to the exclusion of the Contractor in respect of the carrying out and completion of the Works upon the terms and conditions of the Consultancy Agreement.

3. The Designer further agrees that he will not, without first giving the Employer not less than 21 days' previous notice in writing, exercise any rights it may have to terminate the Consultancy Agreement or to treat the same as having been as repudiated by the Contractor or to discontinue the performance of any duties to be performed by the Designer pursuant thereto. The Designer's right to terminate the Consultancy Agreement or to treat the same as having been repudiated or to discontinue the performance thereof shall cease if, within such period of notice and subject to Clause 4, the Employer shall give notice in writing to the Designer requiring the Designer to accept the instructions of the Employer or his appointee to the exclusion of the Contractor in respect of the carrying out and completion of the Contract Works upon the terms and conditions of the Consultancy Agreement.

4. Any notice given by the Employer under Clause 2 or 3 shall state that the Employer or his appointee accepts liability for payment of the fees payable to the Designer under the Consultancy Agreement and for performance of the Contractor's obligations under the Consultancy Agreement, including payment of any fees outstanding at the date of such notice.

5. The Employer shall be entitled to assign the benefit of this Warranty at any time without the consent of the Designer being required.



6. All documents arising out of or in connection with this Warranty shall be served: (1) upon the Employer at [ ] marked for the attention of [ ]; (2) upon the Designer at [ ].

7. The Employer and the Designer may change their respective nominated addresses for service of documents to another address in India but only by prior written notice to each other. All demands and notices must be in writing.

8. This Warranty shall be governed by and construed according to the laws for the time being in force in India.

9. Except to the extent (if any) expressly permitted by the Consultancy Agreement, the Designer shall not sub-contract any of the Designer's obligations under the Consultancy Agreement without the prior written consent of the Employer's Representative.

10. Without prejudice to its obligations under this Warranty, the Designer shall maintain with well established underwriters of repute and on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Employer, professional indemnity insurance (as per sub-clause 18.1 of the General Conditions) in respect of the Designer and its sub-consultants for Indian Rupees ………………………………………. (in words………………………. Rupees) in relation to his design of the Works for any one occurrence or series of occurrences arising out of any one event from the date of notification of acceptance until 5 years after the issue of Performance Certificate for the whole of works. The Designer shall immediately inform the Employer if for any reason professional indemnity insurance is not maintained in accordance with this Warranty or becomes void or unenforceable.

11. Insofar as the patent, copyright or other intellectual property rights in any Design Data (as defined in the Contract), plans, calculations, drawings, documents, materials, computer software, know-how and information relating to the Works shall be vested in the Designer, the Designer grants to the Employer his successors and assigns a royalty-free, non-exclusive and irrevocable licence (carrying the right to grant sub-licences) to use and reproduce any of the works designs or inventions incorporated and referred to in such documents or materials and any such know-how and information for all purposes relating to the Works (including without limitation the design, construction, reconstruction, completion, reinstatement, extension, repair and operation of the Works). To the extent beneficial ownership of any such patent, copyright or other intellectual property right is vested in anyone other than the Designer or the Contractor, the Designer shall use his best endeavours to procure that the beneficial owner thereof shall grant a like licence to the Employer. Any such licence granted shall not be determined if the Designer shall for any reason cease to be employed in connection with the Works.

12. (1) Any dispute or difference of any kind whatsoever between the Employer and the Designer arising under out of or in connection with this Warranty shall be referred to arbitration in accordance with Clause 20 of GC “Claims, Disputes and Arbitration” as defined in the Contract shall be deemed to include any such dispute or difference between the Employer and the Designer.

(2) In the event that the Employer is of the opinion that the issues in such a dispute or difference will or may touch upon or concern a dispute or difference arising under out of or in connection with the Contract ("the Contract Dispute") then provided that an arbitrator has not already been appointed, the Employer may by notice in writing to the Designer require and the Designer shall be deemed to have consented to the referral of such dispute or difference to the arbitrator to whom the Contract Dispute has been or will be referred.

(3) Save as expressly otherwise provided, the arbitrator shall have full power to open up, review and revise any decision, opinion, instruction, notice, order, direction, withholding of approval or consent, statement of objection, determination, certificate, assessment or valuation by the Employer's Representative or the Contractor, relating to the dispute or difference.



IN WITNESS whereof this Warranty has been executed as a deed on the date first before written. THE COMMON SEAL of ) [Designer ] ) was affixed hereto in ) the presence of:- )






Annexure 1: Service Level Agreement

Issued By





Introduction

(i) This document details the expected service levels for various services to be provided by the Contractor. Performance of the Contractor services shall be measured against the service level agreements and Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) as explained and detailed in this document.

(ii) The service level targets define the levels of service to be provided by Contractor to the Employer for the duration of this contract from the date of opening of a Section for revenue services or until the stated SLA targets are amended.

(iii) The objectives of SLA governance Model are to: a. Provide clear reference to service ownership, accountability, roles and/or responsibilities. b. Present a clear, concise and measurable description of service provisioning at each level. c. Match perceptions of expected service provisioning with actual service support and

delivery. (iv) The SLAs are intended to:

a. Make explicit the expectations that the Employer has for performance b. Help Employer control and ensure the planned levels and performance of services c. Trigger a process that brings Employer and Managed Services Provider’s management

attention to some aspect of performance when that aspect drops below an agreed upon threshold, or target.

Definitions

(i) For generic definitions, please refer to Volume 3 – General and Particular Conditions. (ii) Below are definitions specific to SLA

a. “Peak Hours” means the following periods of time during the revenue services hours of NMRC

i. 0700hours to 1100 hours on all days except Sundays or Public holidays

ii. 1700hours to 2100 hours on all days except Sundays or Public holidays

b. “Non-Peak Hours” means the period of time during the revenue services hours of NMRC that is classified as Peak Hours

Reporting procedures

(i) To the extent possible SLA reporting should be based on automated logs with minimal manual intervention.

(ii) Well-defined processes should be implemented for those SLAs that require manual intervention for measurement and reporting.

(iii) The SLA performance reports in an agreed upon format should be made available on-line. (iv) The reports will include “actual versus target” SLA performance, a variance analysis and

discussion of appropriate issues or significant events. (v) SLA reports will be distributed to authorized management personnel as directed by Employer.

Issue management procedures

General This process provides an appropriate management structure for the orderly consideration and resolution of business and operational issues in the event that quick consensus is not reached between Employer and Contractor. It is expected that this pre-defined process will only be used on an exception basis if issues are not resolved at lower management levels.



Issue management process (i) Either Engineer or Contractor may raise an issue by documenting the business or technical

problem, which presents a reasonably objective summary of both points of view and identifies specific points of disagreement with possible solutions.

(ii) A meeting or conference call will be conducted to resolve the issue in a timely manner. The documented issues will be distributed to the participants at least 24 hours prior to the discussion if the issue is not an emergency requiring immediate attention.

(iii) In the event a significant business issue is still unresolved, the arbitration procedures

described in the Contract will be used. Management escalation procedures and contact map

(i) The purpose of this escalation process is to provide a quick and orderly method of notifying both parties that an issue is not being successfully resolved. Implementing this procedure ensures that Employer and Contractor’s management are communicating at the appropriate levels.

(ii) Escalation should take place on an exception basis and only if successful issue resolution cannot be achieved in a reasonable time frame.

a. Either Employer or Contractor can initiate the procedure b. The “moving party” should promptly notify the other party that management escalation will

be initiated c. Management escalation will be defined as shown in the contact map below d. Escalation will be one level at a time and concurrently

Contact Map Name Designation Party Contact Employer(Employer)

Contractor

SLA Change Control

General

(i) It is acknowledged that the SLAs may change as Employer’s business needs evolve over the course of the contract period.

(ii) This document defines the following management procedures: a) A process for negotiating changes to the SLA. b) An issue management process for documenting and resolving particularly difficult issues. c) Employer and Contractor’s management escalation process to be used in the event that

an issue is not being resolved in a timely manner by the lowest possible level of management.

(iii) Any changes to the levels of service provided during the term of this Agreement will be requested, documented and negotiated in good faith by the Employer and Contractor.

(iv) Employer or the Contractor can request a change in SLAs. (v) Changes will be documented as an addendum to this document and, consequently, the

Contract. (vi) If there is any confusion or conflict between the Contract and this document, the Tender and

its addendums, the Contract will supersede. SLA Change Process

(i) The parties may amend this SLA by mutual agreement in accordance with the process described below.

(ii) Changes can be proposed by either party.



(iii) The Contractor’s representative will initiate an SLA review at least bi-annually. Normally, the forum for negotiating SLA changes will be Employer’s monthly meetings or the Technology and Architecture Review Board. Employer and Contractor will review the Service Levels and mutually agree whether to:

a. Add to, delete or change the Services to be measured and the corresponding Service Levels to reflect changes in Employer's business operations; and

b. Improve the existing Service Levels, where warranted, to reflect operational or technical improvements.

(iv) Unresolved issues will be addressed using the issue management process. (v) The Contractor’s representative will maintain and distribute current copies of the SLA

document as directed by Employer. Additional copies of the current SLA will be available at all times to authorized parties.

Service Levels for a New Service, Optional Service or Additional Services (i) With respect to a New Service, Optional Service or Additional Services, Contractor and

Employer will establish initial Service Levels following full implementation of such Services which will apply during the initial 90-day period of Contractor providing such New Service, Optional Service or Additional Services.

(ii) To the extent appropriate, such initial Service Levels will be the same as or similar to existing Service Levels for the same or similar Services.

(iii) During such 90 days, Contractor and Employer will conduct a process for Measurement and Validation of Service Levels to validate the initial Service Levels and agree upon the actual Service Levels.

(iv) The finalized service levels shall be documented and implemented in adherence with the SLA version control process.

SLA Version Control (i) All negotiated SLA changes will require changing the version control number. (ii) SLAs shall be documented for new services, optional services and additional services

following the completion of measurement and validation for those SLAs. (iii) As appropriate, minor changes may be accumulated for periodic release (e.g. every quarter)

or for release when a critical threshold of change has occurred. Application of Liquidated Damages

(i) A maximum level of performance Liquidated Damages are established and described below. (ii) The framework for performance Liquidated Damages as a result of not meeting the Service

Level Targets are detailed below. (iii) A monthly performance evaluation will be conducted. (iv) Liquidated Damages associated with the month shall apply. (v) Breach of SLAs target shall result in various severity level based on the business impact the

component causes to Contractor services.

SERVICE LEVELS Activation of SLA: The SLAs specified in this section shall be activated from the date of opening of a Section for revenue services.

S. No. Measurement Definition Target Applicable Liquidated Damages

1 Non-availability of AFC systems due to Downtime of gates per station

“Downtime” is the time the services and facilities are not available to the Employer and excludes the scheduled outages planned in advance .

For more than 15 Minutes (Fifteen minutes) cumulatively during Peak Hours in a day for gates in a station

a. INR 1 Lakh per day per station

b. Additional INR 50,000 per day per station for every additional 15 minutes cumulative during Peak Hours for gates in a station

For more than 45 Minutes (Forty Five Minutes) cumulatively during Non-Peak Hours in a day for gates in a station


b. Additional INR 50,000 per day per station for every additional 45 minutes cumulative during Non-Peak Hours for gates in a station

2 Non-availability of AFC systems due to Downtime of a gate

Downtime include intermittent delay in processing, rebooting /restarting and non-compliance to SLA’s for gates as mentioned in Particular specifications.

For more than 5 instances in a day for a gate in a station with exception on End of Day activities

a. INR 5000 per gate per station per day.

3 Non-availability of AFC due to downtime of NMRC TOM or TVM or EFO or City Buses TOM or Depots computers

Downtime of NMRC TOM or TVM or EFO at a station and City Buses TOM or Depots computers in Issuance counters/Depots

For more than 15 Minutes (Fifteen minutes) cumulatively during Peak Hours in a day in a station/ City Buses Issuance counter & depot

a. INR 1 Lakh per day per station/ City Buses Issuance counter & depot

b. Additional INR 50,000 per day per station for every additional 15 minutes cumulative during Peak Hours for gates in a station/City Buses Issuance counter & depot

For more than 45 Minutes (Forty Five Minutes) cumulatively during Non-Peak Hours in a day for gates/ City Buses Issuance counter & depot in a station


b. Additional INR 50,000 per day per station for every additional 45 minutes cumulative




during Non-Peak Hours for gates in a station

4

Non-availability of AFC systems due to Downtime of TOM or , TVM or EFO or City Buses TOM or Depots computers

Downtime include intermittent delay in processing, rebooting /restarting, unavailability of components and non-compliance to SLA’s for TVM or TOM or EFO and City Buses TOM or Depots computers as mentioned in Particular specifications.

For more than 5 instances in a day for a gate in a station/ City Buses Issuance counter & depot with exception on End of Day activities

a. INR 5000 per TVM, TOM, EFO per station/ City Buses Issuance counter & depot.

5.

Non-availability of AFC systems due to Downtime of Central computer or Cloud backoffice system

Downtime include affecting the ticket issuance includes various ticketing services as mentioned in Particular specifications


a. INR 1 Lakh per day Additional INR 50,000 per day per station for every additional 15 minutes cumulative during Peak Hours


b. INR 1 Lakh per day per station Additional INR 50,000 per day per station for every additional 45 minutes cumulative during Non-Peak Hours.

6.

Non-availability of AFC due to downtime of Ticket readers or , Handhelds or station computers or NMRC mobile application

Downtime include affecting the operations performed by Handhelds or Ticket Readers or Station computer or NMRC mobile as mentioned in Particular specifications


a. INR 1 Lakh per day Additional INR 50,000 per day per station for every additional 30 minutes cumulative during Peak Hours


b. INR 1 Lakh per day per station Additional INR 50,000 per day per station for every additional 60 minutes cumulative during Non-Peak Hours.




7. Delay in settlement of Fare Box revenues, Non-Fare Box Revenue and Annual Premium beyond declared period

Delay from the schedule date in ‘days’ for transfer of payments by Contractor to Employer towards collection of Fare Box Revenue, payment of Annual Premium and Non-Fare Box Revenue

For every day’s delay up to 30 days a. Levy of interest at annual rate of 24% for the delay period

For every day’s delay beyond 30 days a. Levy of interest at annual rate of 24% for the delay period

b. Forfeiture of Revenue Security






Annexure 2: Utility Payments

Issued By





Table of Content

1 CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ............................................................................................................... 3

1.1 OBLIGATIONS OF UTILITY SERVICE PROVIDER .................................................................................................... 3 1.2 OBLIGATIONS OF CONTRACTOR .......................................................................................................................... 4



1 Conditions of Contract

1.1 Obligations of Utility service provider 1. Utility service provider shall provide necessary consultative support, data and information not

limited to business process, existing system, billing requirements for services as may be required by the contractor for implementation of program.

2. Utility service provider shall work jointly with Noida metro towards executing the Project as a common and share program while working directly with the Contractor to ensure fulfilment of the requirements related to bill payments.

3. Utility service provider authorize the contractor to collect and process payments made by its customers through the Noida metro smart card towards availing of services offered by the Utility service provider.

4. Utility service provider agree and authorize the contractor to undertake the revenue settlement with Utility service provider for the payments collected against their service from the customers. The Revenue settlement rules, procedures, and other related details shall be finalized in consultation with contractor.

5. Utility service provider shall identify additional paid services that can be included in scope of the program in consultation with contractor and Noida metro during implementation.

6. Utility service provider shall establish sufficient contract governance mechanisms, including but not limited to nominating a representative from Utility service provider as part of contract governance team/committee(s), reporting matters pertaining to the Noida authority proactively and in a periodic manner and resolution of issues and disputed matter, as mutually agreed between the Utility service provider, contractor and Noida metro.

7. Utility service provider shall authorize exclusive rights to service provider to issue metro co-branded EMV smart cards to its retail customers.

8. Utility service provider shall provide contractor with timely access to site to fulfil its project related obligations.

9. Utility service provider shall ensure security of equipment that are installed to enable smart card based utility payments within its premises.

10. Utility service provider authorizes service provider to charge a per transaction fee to its retail customers as mentioned in below table for every bill payment transaction that took place through following bill payment channels



Sr. No Channel of bill payment Per transaction charges (Credit card / Debit card and net banking)

1 PoS machines (Installed at various collection center such as CNG stations etc.)

1.0% for transactions more than 2000 INR 0.75% for transactions less than 2000 INR

2 Bill payment Kiosks (Installed at various designated places such as Metro stations)

2.0% flat per transaction

3 Bill payment through service branches of service provider

INR 5 per transaction

4 Bill payment through ATMs of service provider

INR 5 per transaction

5 Payment Gateway services - Online Bill payment through Utility service provider’s website

1. ON-US transactions (Non-Debit card) – 1.00% 2. ON-US transactions (Debit card) – 0.65% 3. OFF-US transaction (Non-Debit cards) – 1.25% 4. OFF-US transaction (Debit cards) – 0.75% 5. Net banking (ON-US ) – 1.00% 6. Net banking (OFF-US)- 1.25%

6 Bill payment through NMRC mobile APP

1. ON-US transactions (Non-Debit card) – 1.00% 2. ON-US transactions (Debit card) – 0.65% 3. OFF-US transaction (Non-Debit cards) – 1.25% 4. OFF-US transaction (Debit cards) – 0.75% 5. Net banking (ON-US ) – 1.00% 6. Net banking (OFF-US)- 1.25%

11. Above stated per transaction charges include the interchange fee and network fee.

1.2 Obligations of Contractor

1. Contractor shall adhere to detailed BOQ as provided in Volume 1 – Form 6 Bill of Quantities to implement smart card based utility bill payment.

2. Contractor shall adhere to the detailed scope of work, technical specifications and functionalities of each component of utility bill payments as provided in Volume 2 – Particular specifications document.

3. Contractor shall maintain all hardware and software components that are implemented to enable smart card based utility payment throughout the contract period.

4. Contractor shall provide necessary technical support, training on implemented bill payment infrastructure whenever required by utility service provider till the end of contract period.

5. Contractor shall provide revenue reporting to concerned utility service provider as per agreed frequency between the utility service provider and contractor.

6. Contractor shall set-up marketing channels throughout the city to promote smart card based utility payments. While PoS terminals and Kiosks installed for bill payment shall accept only metro co-branded smart card as payment media, contractor shall provide payment gateway services for all online payment transactions, including transactions performed using credit / debit cards issued by other financial institutions that are performed for making utility bill payments.

NOIDA METRO RAIL PROJECT

BID DOCUMENTS

FOR

Selection of Service Provider for Implementation of AFC for Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited and One City One Card (EMV

Based) program for Noida and Greater Noida

Tender No: NMRC/2016 - 17/08

Volume 3: CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

Annexure 3: SHE Manual

Issued By

Noida Metro Rail Corporation (NMRC) Limited





TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I: SHE MANAGEMNT .................................................................................................................. 4

1.0 GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................... 4 2.0 ‘SHE’ TARGETS AND GOALS ................................................................................................................................ 6 3.0 COMPLIANCE ........................................................................................................................................................ 6 4.0 CONTRACTOR SHE POLICY AND PLAN .............................................................................................................. 9 5.0 DESIGNER’S ROLE .............................................................................................................................................. 10 6.0 CONTRACTOR SHE ORGANISATION ................................................................................................................. 11 7.0 CONTRACTOR SHE COMMITTEE ....................................................................................................................... 13 8.0 ID CARD AND FIRST DAY AT WORK, SHE ORIENTATION TRAINING .............................................................. 15 9.0 SHE TRAINING ..................................................................................................................................................... 15 10.0 SHE INSPECTION ................................................................................................................................................ 16 11.0 SHE AUDIT ........................................................................................................................................................... 18 12.0 SHE COMMUNICATION ....................................................................................................................................... 21 13.0 SHE SUBMITTALS TO THE EMPLOYER ............................................................................................................. 22 14.0 ACCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION ................................................................................................. 22 15.0 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN ............................................................................................................... 25 16.0 EXPERTS / AGENCIES FOR SHE SERVICES ..................................................................................................... 26

PART II: SAFETY ................................................................................................................................. 27

17.0 HOUSEKEEPING.................................................................................................................................................. 27 18.0 WORKING AT HEIGHT ......................................................................................................................................... 28 19.0 OVERHEAD PROTECTION .................................................................................................................................. 39 20.0 SLIPPING, TRIPPING, CUTTING, DROWNING AND FALLING HAZARDS .......................................................... 39 21.0 LIFTING APPLIANCES AND GEAR ...................................................................................................................... 40 22.0 LAUNCHING OPERATION ................................................................................................................................... 43 23.0 CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY ........................................................................................................................... 44 24.0 MACHINE AND GENERAL AREA GUARDING ..................................................................................................... 49 25.0 MANUAL LIFTING AND CARRYING OF EXCESSIVE WEIGHT ........................................................................... 49 26.0 SITE ELECTRICITY .............................................................................................................................................. 49 27.0 LIGHTING ............................................................................................................................................................. 52 28.0 HAND TOOLS AND POWER TOOLS ................................................................................................................... 53 29.0 WELDING, GOUGING AND CUTTING ................................................................................................................. 55 30.0 DANGEROUS AND HARMFUL ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................. 56 31.0 FIRE PREVENTION, PROTECTION AND FIGHTING SYSTEM ........................................................................... 57 32.0 CORROSIVE SUBSTANCES ................................................................................................................................ 58 33.0 DEMOLITION ........................................................................................................................................................ 58 34.0 EXCAVATION ....................................................................................................................................................... 59 35.0 WORK PERMIT SYSTEM ..................................................................................................................................... 61 36.0 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................................... 62 37.0 WORK ADJACENT TO LIVE RAILWAYS .............................................................................................................. 64 38.0 BATCHING PLANT AND CASTING YARD LAYOUT............................................................................................. 64 39.0 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS (PPEs) ............................................................................................... 64 40.0 VISITORS TO SITE ............................................................................................................................................... 66

PART III: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND WELFARE ...................................................................... 69

41.0 PHYSICAL FITNESS OF WORKMEN ................................................................................................................... 69 42.0 MEDICAL FACILITIES .......................................................................................................................................... 69 43.0 NOISE ................................................................................................................................................................... 71



44.0 VENTILATION AND ILLUMINATION ..................................................................................................................... 75 45.0 RADIATION........................................................................................................................................................... 75 46.0 WELFARE MEASURES FOR WORKERS ............................................................................................................ 76

PART- IV ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ................................................................................... 78

47.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................... 78 48.0 WATER QUALITY ................................................................................................................................................. 81 49.0 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL PRESERVATION .................................................................................. 82 50.0 LANDSCAPE AND GREENERY ........................................................................................................................... 82 51.0 FELLING OF TREES ............................................................................................................................................ 83 52.0 FLY ASH ............................................................................................................................................................... 83 53.0 WASTE ................................................................................................................................................................. 83 54.0 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................................ 85 55.0 ENERGY MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................................... 86

PART - V: PENALTY AND AWARDS .................................................................................................. 87

56.0 CHARGES TO BE RECOVERED FROM CONTRACTOR FOR UNSAFE ACT OR CONDITION .......................... 87 57.0 STOPPAGE OF WORK ......................................................................................................................................... 97 58.0 AWARDS .............................................................................................................................................................. 98

APPENDIX NO.: 1 ................................................................................................................................ 99 APPENDIX NO.: 2 .............................................................................................................................. 101 APPENDIX NO.: 3 .............................................................................................................................. 104 APPENDIX NO.: 4 .............................................................................................................................. 106 General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/001 .......................................................................................... 107 General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/002 .......................................................................................... 108 General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/003 .......................................................................................... 110 General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/004 .......................................................................................... 112 General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/005 .......................................................................................... 113 General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/006 .......................................................................................... 114 General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/007 .......................................................................................... 116 General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/008 .......................................................................................... 117 General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/009 .......................................................................................... 118 General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/010 .......................................................................................... 121 General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/011 .......................................................................................... 124 General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/012 .......................................................................................... 125 Form No. SF/001 ................................................................................................................................ 126 Form No. SF/002 ................................................................................................................................ 127



PART I: SHE MANAGEMNT 1.0 GENERAL

1.1 Scope

1.1.1 This document defines the principal requirements of the Employer on Safety, Health and

Environment (SHE) associated with the Contractor / sub-contractor and any other agency to be practiced at construction worksites at all time.

1.2 Definition / languages

1.2.1 The Environmental Quality Management Manual (EQM) forms an essential part of the overall Environmental Protection System employed by NMRC for the construction of Noida Metro Rail Project.

1.2.2 Definition & Abbreviations (a) “Environment” means the total surroundings of an organism including water, air and land

and other living creatures. (b) “Environmental Pollutant” means any solid, liquid or gaseous substance present in such

concentration as may be or tend to be injurious to environment. (c) “Environmental Pollution” means the presence in the environment of any environmental

pollutant. (d) “Nuisance” is annoyance, which results from any construction activity that affects the

material comfort and quality of life of the inhabitants of the area surrounding the construction site.

(e) “Monitoring” is the use of direct or indirect reading field instrumentation to provide

information regarding the levels of pollutants released during construction. (f) “Construction Site” is the contract limits for construction. It shall be all the area within the

limits of the work as shown on the Plans. Construction Site shall also include staging, and debris disposal areas and transportation routes to and from these areas.

(g) “Noise” is any unwanted sound disturbance of the environment around the area of

construction operations. (h) “Decibel” is a measure on a logarithmic scale of the magnitude of a particular quantity

(such as sound pressure, sound power) with respect to a standardized reference quantity. (i) “A - weighted Noise levels” in Decibels (referenced to 20 micro-Pascal) as measured

with A-weighting network of standard sound level meter, abbreviated dB (A). (j) “Energy Equivalent Level (Leq)” is the level of a steady noise which has the same energy

as the fluctuating noise level integrated over the period of measurement. Lmax is the maximum Noise Level during the period of measurement. L10 and L90are the percentile exceeding levels of sound which is exceeded 10% and 90% of the time of measurement.

(k) “Waste” is unwanted surplus substance arising from the application of all construction

operations and any substance or article, which is required to be disposed. (l) “Suspended Particulate Matter” is abbreviated as SPM and measured in µg/m3. (m) “Environmental Quality Management Manual” is abbreviated as EQM. (n) “Air Monitoring and Control Plan” is abbreviated as AMCP.



(o) “Noise Monitoring and Control Plan” is abbreviated as NMCP. (p) “Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India” is abbreviated as MOEF. (q) “Central Pollution Control Board” is abbreviated as CPCB.

(r) Notwithstanding the definition of “Site” of Clause 1.1.6.7 of the Conditions of Contract and in the context of the present specification the ESHS specifications, the word “Worksite(s)” means:

(i) The land where work will be carried out, or

(ii) the land necessary for the implantation of Worksite facilities (work camp, workshops, offices, storage areas, concrete production plants) and including special access roads, or

(iii) quarries for aggregates, rock material and riprap, or

(iv) borrow areas for sand and other selected material, or

(v) stockpiling areas for backfill material or other demolition rubble, or

(vi) any other location, specifically designated in the Contract as a Worksite

The term « Worksite(s) » encompasses any individual Worksite or all Worksites.

1.2.3 In this document: (i) The use of “shall’ indicates a mandatory requirement. (ii) The use of “should” indicates a guideline that is strongly recommended. (iii) The use of “may” indicates a guideline that is to be considered. (iv) “SHE” means Safety, Health and Environment. (v) “Employer” means Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited or NMRC (vi) “Chief Safety Officer” means an officer nominated by NMRC who is overall

responsible for monitoring all SHE functions prescribed in this document. (vii) “BOCWA” means Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of

Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 (viii) “BOCWR” means Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of

Employment and Conditions of Service) Central Rules, 1998 (ix) “DG” means Director General of Ministry of Labour, Govt. of India. (x) “BOCWWCA” means Building and Other Construction Workers’ Welfare Cess Act,

1996 (xi) “BOCWWCR” means Building and Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Rules

1998 (xii) “UPBOCWR” means Uttar Pradesh Building and Other Construction Workers

(Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Rule (xiii) “Notifications” (Central and state) – collection of cess.



(xiv) “CIIBC” means Chief Inspector of Inspection of Building and Other Constructions of Government of Uttar Pradesh

(xv) “HIRA” means Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment

1.3 Application of this document

1.3.1 This document applies to all aspects of the Contractor’s scope of work, including all aspects conducted by sub-contractors and all other agencies. There shall be no activity associated to the Contract, which is exempted from the purview of this document. Pursuant to Clause 4.4 of the Conditions of Contract, the Contractor is fully liable for all actions, non-compliance and negligence by subcontractors, their representatives, employees and workers, to the same degree as it would be held liable for its own actions, non-compliance or negligence or that of its own representatives, employees or workers.

1.4 Purpose of this document

1.4.1 The objective of these guidelines is to ensure that adequate precautions are taken to avoid accidents, occupational illness and harmful effects on the environment during construction.

1.4.2 This document: (i) Describes the SHE interfaces between Employer and the Contractor (ii) Details the processes by which the Contractor shall manage SHE issues while carrying

out the work under the Contract. (iii) Describes by reference, the practices and procedures as given in the NMRC Project

Safety, Health & Environment Manual for best SHE performance.

1.4.3 These requirements shall be read together with NMRC’s Project SHE Manual, OHSAS 18001-1999 Occupational Health and Safety Management System and ISO 14001: 2004 Environmental Management Systems. Definition of key terms used in these requirements related to OHSAS 18001 and ISO 14001 standards are found in NMRC’s Project SHE Manual.

2.0 ‘SHE’ TARGETS AND GOALS

2.1 The SHE targets, goals and aim for the Works are to achieve: (i) Zero total recordable injuries. (ii) Zero reportable environmental incidents (iii) All personnel inducted in accordance with the approved contractor SHE plan (iv) Total compliance of conducting inspections and audits as per approved SHE plan (v) 100% incident recording and reporting (vi) 100% adherence of usage of appropriate PPEs at work (vii) Executing construction work with least disturbance to the environment, adjoining road

users and traffic

3.0 COMPLIANCE

3.1 Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)



3.1.1 A Memorandum of Understanding placed at Appendix No. 1 shall be executed before the award of Contract by the Contractor with regard to various provisions on Safety, Health and Environment to be practiced during the construction work.

3.2 NMRC’s SHE Policy and Management Systems

3.2.1 The construction works shall be undertaken in accordance with NMRC’s SHE Policy and Management Systems as amended from time to time provided in Project SHE Manual.

3.3 Indian statutory requirements

3.3.1 Primary statutory regulations

3.3.1.1 Contractor shall develop thorough understanding about Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act 1996, Central Rules 1998, The Building & Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act 1996 and Central Welfare Rules 1998, Uttar Pradesh Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Rules, Building and Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess act 1996 and Central Rules 1998, Notification [Central & State] – Collection of Cess, not only to satisfy the Inspectors’ perspective but the use of legislation as the strong tool for effective SHE management at construction worksites. Contractor is strongly advised to practice the principle of voluntary compliance.

3.3.1.2 In order to facilitate the Contractor for better understanding on the various provisions of the above Act and Rules, a tabulated information highlighting the Sections/Rules referring to the corresponding registration of Contractors, maintenance of registers and records, hours of work and wages, cess & welfare, medical facilities and safety requirements are given in Appendix No. 2. It is an indicative one and not a limiting list.

3.3.2 In addition, the construction works shall be undertaken in accordance with all applicable legislation and Indian statutory requirements listed below but not limiting to: (i) Indian Electricity Act 2003 and Rules 1956 (ii) National Building Code, 2005 (iii) Factories Act, 1948, Uttarpradesh Factories Rules. (iv) Motor Vehicles Act as amended in 1994 and The Central Motor Vehicles Rules, 1989 (v) The Motor Transport Workers Act 1961 & Uttar Pradesh Rules (vi) Indian Road Congress Code IRC: SP: 55-2001 ‘Guidelines on Safety In Road

Construction Zones’ (vii) The Petroleum Act, 1934 and Rules 1976 (viii) Gas Cylinder Rules, 2003 (ix) Indian Explosives Act, 1884, along with the Explosives substance Act 1908 and the

Explosives Rules 1983 (x) The (Indian) Boilers Act, 1923 (xi) The Public Liability Insurance Act 1991 and Rules 1991 (xii) Minimum Wages Act, 1948 and The Minimum Wages (Uttar Pradesh Rules) (xiii) The Contract Labour Act, 1970 and Rules 1971



(xiv) The Child Labour (Prohibition & regulation) Act 1986 and Rules 1950 (xv) Environment Protection Act, 1986 and Rules 1986 (xvi) Air (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act, 1981 (xvii) Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 (xviii) The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000 (xix) Notification on Control of Noise from Diesel Generator (DG) sets, 2002 (xx) Recycled Plastic Usage Rules, 1998 (xxi) Notification, Central Ground Water Board, Act January 1997 (xxii) The Manufacturing, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989 (xxiii) Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996 (xxiv) The Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling& Trans-boundary Movement) Rules,

2007 (xxv) Relevant Rules / Guidelines regarding Preservation of Trees (xxvi) Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules (xxvii) Fly ash utilization notification, Sept 1999 as amended in August 2003 (xxviii) Guidelines of Noida Authority The Contractor shall ensure that all his employees / workmen are covered under ‘Workmen Compensation Act’ and shall pay compensation to his workmen as and when the eventuality for the same arises.

3.3.3 Notwithstanding the above Act/Rules, there is nothing in those to exempt the Contractor from the purview of any other Act or Rule in Republic of India for the safety of men and materials.

3.3.4 If the requirements stated in this document are less stringent than or in conflict with the country’s applicable legislation, the latter shall apply.

3.4 International Standards, Guidelines & ISO Certifications

3.4.1 The Contractor complies with norms, standards and discharge limit values recommended by the specialised international organisations affiliated to the United Nations, as described in clause 3.4.2 below.

3.4.2 The specialised international organisations affiliated to the United Nations referred to in Clause 9.2 include:

- World Bank, including the IFC and its Environmental, Health and Safety guidelines available from http://www.ifc.org/ehsguidelines

For matters not addressed in the IFC above document, the norms, standards and discharge limit values of the following institutions shall apply:

- World HealthOrganization (WHO)

- Internaitonal Labour Organization (ILO) (in particular in pursuance to Clauses 6.20, 6.21, 6.23 and 6.24 of the Conditions of Contract)

http://www.ifc.org/ehsguidelines



- International Maritime Organization (IMO)

3.4.3 The works should be undertaken in accordance with the applicable international guidelines, standards and specifications on SHE and every contract shall aim to achieve ISO certifications listed below during the currency of the contract: OHSAS 18001-1999 : Occupational Health and Safety Management System. ISO 14001-2004 : Environmental Management Systems.

3.4.4 The process of certification shall start immediately after the award of the work and complete within reasonable time. Towards this, the Contractor shall undertake the required steps including appointment of ISO consultant for obtaining the certification on Occupational Health and Safety Management System and Environment Management System.

3.4.5 In case of failure on the part of the Contractor, the Employer at the cost of the Contractor shall do the same.

3.5 Method Statement and Risk Assessment

3.5.1 Method Statement should be submitted by the Contractor. The Method Statement should include activity list, job step, equipment list, HIRA (Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment) etc.

4.0 CONTRACTOR SHE POLICY AND PLAN

4.1 The Contractor as per Section 39 of the BOCW Act shall formulate a SHE policy and get it approved by DG/CIIBC and display it at conspicuous places at work sites in Hindi and local languages understood by the majority of construction workers.

4.2 Within 4 weeks of the notification of acceptance of the tender, the Contractor shall submit a detailed and comprehensive Contract specific SHE Plan. The SHE Plan shall include detailed policies, procedures and regulations which, when implemented, will ensure compliance of the contract provisions. The SHE Plan shall include the following but not be restricted to: (i) A statement of the Contractor’s policy, organisation and arrangements for SHE (ii) The name(s) and experience of person(s) within the Contractor’s proposed

management who shall be responsible for co-ordinating and monitoring the Contractor’s SHE performance;

(iii) The number of SHE staff who shall be employed on the Works, their responsibilities,

authority and line of communication with the proposed Contractor's agent; (iv) A statement of the Contractor’s policy and procedures for identifying and estimating

hazards, and the measures for addressing the same; (v) A list of SHE hazards anticipated for this Contract and sufficient information to

demonstrate the Contractor’s proposals for achieving effective and efficient health and safety procedures;

(vi) A description of the SHE training courses and emergency drills which shall be provided

by the Contractor, with an outline of the syllabus to be followed; (vii) Details of the safety equipment which shall be provided by the Contractor, including

personal protective equipment; (viii) A statement of the Contractor’s policy and procedures for ensuring that Contractor's

Equipment used on the Project Site are maintained in a safe condition and are operated in a safe manner;



(ix) A statement of the Contractor’s policy and procedures for ensuring that sub-contractors

comply with the Contractor's safety plan; (x) A statement of the Contractor’s disciplinary procedures with respect to SHE related

matters, and (xi) A statement of the Contractor’s procedure for reporting and investigating accidents,

dangerous occurrences or occupational illnesses

4.3 The Contractor shall, from time to time and as necessary are required by the Employer to produce supplements to the SHE Plan such that it is at all times a detailed, comprehensive and contemporaneous statement by the Contractor of his site safety, industrial health and environment obligations, responsibilities, policies and procedures relating to work on Site. Any and all submissions of supplements to the SHE Plan shall be made to the Employer in accordance with the agreed procedures.

4.4 If at any time the SHE plan is, in the Employer’s opinion, insufficient or requires revision or modification to ensure the security of the Works and the safety of all workmen upon and visitors to the Site, the Employer may instruct the Contractor to revise the SHE plan and the Contractor shall within 7 days submit the revised plan to the Employer for review.

4.5 Any omissions, inconsistencies and errors in the SHE Plan or the Employer’s acceptance or rejection of the SHE Plan and/or supplements thereto shall be without prejudice to the Contractor's obligations with respect to site safety, industrial health and environment and shall not excuse any failure by the contractor to adopt proper and recognised safety practices throughout the execution of the Work.

4.6 The Contractor shall adhere to the SHE Plan and shall ensure, as far as practically possible, that all sub-contractors of all tiers require that contracting parties each have a copy of the Site SHE Plan and comply with its provisions.

4.7 The details of contents to be covered in the site SHE plan are given in Appendix No. 3.

5.0 DESIGNER’S ROLE

5.1 Designer’s role in Safety, Health and Environment Designer’s primary role includes to minimise the risk to health and safety of those who are going to construct, maintain, clean, repair, dismantle or demolish the structures and anyone else like adjoining road users/general public, who might be affected by the work.

5.2 General Philosophy When considering health and safety in designer’s work, they shall be expected to do what is reasonable at the time the design is prepared. It may be possible for hazards, which cannot be addressed at the feasibility stage to be looked at during detailed design. In deciding what is reasonably practicable, the risk to health and safety produced by a feature of the design has to be weighed against the cost of excluding the feature. The overall design process does not need to be dominated by a concern to avoid all risks during the construction phase and maintenance. However, a judgement has to be made by weighing up one consideration against another so the cost is counted not just in financial terms, but also those of fitness for purpose, aesthetics, build ability or environmental impact. By applying these principles, it may be possible to make decisions at the design stage, which will avoid or reduce risks during construction work. In many cases, the large number of design considerations will allow a number of equally valid design solutions. What is important is the approach to the solutions of design problems. This should involve a proper exercise of judgement, which takes account of health and safety issues.

5.3 Hierarchy of Risk Control



5.3.1 Designers shall need, so far as reasonably practicable, to avoid or reduce risks by applying a series of steps known as the hierarchy of risk control or principles of prevention and protection. The steps to be adopted shall include the following: (i) consider if the hazard can be prevented from arising so that the risk can be avoided

(e.g., alter the design to avoid the risk); (ii) if this cannot be achieved, the risk should be combated at source (e.g., ensure the

design details of items to be lifted include attachment points for lifting); (iii) failing this, priority should be given to measures to control the risk that will protect all

people; (iv) only as a last resort should measures to control risk by means of personal protection

be assumed (e.g., use of safety harnesses).

5.4 Duty to provide health and safety risks in the drawing itself

5.4.1 In case of situations where the designers have carried out the design work and concluded that there are risks, which are not reasonably practicable to avoid, detailed information shall be given about the health and safety risks, which remain. This information needs to be included with the design to alert others to the risks, which they cannot reasonably be expected to know. This is essential for the parties who have to use the design information.

5.4.2 If the designers’ basic design assumptions affect health or safety, or health and safety risks are not obvious from the standard design document, the designer shall provide additional information. The information shall include a broad indication of the assumptions about the precautions for dealing with the risks. The information will need to be conveyed in a clear manner; it shall be included on drawings, in written specifications or outline method statements. The level of detail to be recorded will be determined by the nature of the hazards involved and the associated level of risk.

5.5 Employer’s approval

5.5.1 Every structure like scaffold, false work, launching girder, earth retaining structures etc. shall have its design calculations included in the method statements in addition to health and safety risks. Employers’ designer or his approved proof check consultants as applicable as per the contract conditions shall approve all these designs.

5.6 Any non-standard structures like trestles made up of re-bars or structures which are very old, corroded, repaired for many times etc. for which no design calculations can be made accurately from any national standards, shall not be allowed to be used at sites even for short duration.

5.7 If any of the above-mentioned clauses are not adhered penalty shall be imposed depending upon the gravity of the unsafe act and or condition

6.0 CONTRACTOR SHE ORGANISATION

6.1 Education and Experience

6.1.1 The Contractor shall appoint the required SHE personnel as prescribed in General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/001 (enclosed at the end) based upon the statutory requirement and establish the safety organisation based upon the Contract value. The minimum educational qualification and the work experience are given in General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/002.

6.1.2 In order to effectively interact on labour welfare matters with the Employer and the statutory authorities enforcing the labour welfare legislations every Contractor shall employ a full time Labour Welfare Officer duly qualified and experienced as per Clause 6.1.1.

6.2 Conduct and competency



6.2.1 The conduct and functioning of the Contractor SHE personnel shall be monitored by the

Employer. Any default or deficiency shall attract penalty as per details given under penalty Clause 56.0 of this document.

6.2.2 The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel are competent to perform the job assigned to them. In the event that the Contractor is unable to demonstrate the competency of any person whose activities can directly impact on the Works’ SHE performance, the Employer shall remove that person from the site without any procedural formalities.

6.3 Approval from Employer

6.3.1 The name, address, educational qualification, work experience and health condition of each personnel deployed for SHE jobs shall be submitted to the Employer in the format prescribed for the purpose for comments and approval well before the start of the work. Only on approval by the Employer these personnel are authorised to work. In case any of the SHE personnel leaves the Contractor the same shall be intimated to the Employer. The Contractor shall recruit new personnel and fill up the vacancy.

6.4 Responsibility of SHE personnel

6.4.1 For all works carried out by the Contractor and his sub-contractors, the responsibility of ensuring the required SHE manpower lies with the main Contractor only. The minimum required manpower indicated by the Employer includes the sub-contractors’ work also. It shall be the responsibility of the main Contractor to provide required SHE manpower for all the works executed by all Contractors. Necessary conditions shall be included in all sub-contract documents executed by the main Contractor.

6.5 Employment status of SHE personnel

6.5.1 No Contractor shall engage SHE manpower from any outsourcing agencies in which case the effectiveness would be lost. All SHE manpower shall be on the payroll of the main Contractor only and not on the payroll of any subcontractor or outsourcing manpower agencies etc. This condition does not apply to positions like traffic marshals who are engaged almost on a daily requirement basis.

6.6 Reporting of SHE personnel

6.6.1 All SHE personnel are to report to the Chief SHE Manager who shall report directly to the Chief Project Manager. The Employer shall monitor adherence to this procedure at all times. In case of non-adherence penalty shall be levied as indicated in the penalty clause.

6.7 Inadequate SHE personnel

6.7.1 In case if the Contractor fail to provide the minimum required manpower as illustrated in General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/001 or fail to fill up vacancies created within 14 days, the same shall be provided by the Employer at Contractor’s cost. Any administrative expenses involved, providing the same like paper advertisement or manpower consultant charges, etc shall also be at the cost of Contractor.

6.8 Prohibition of performance of other duties

6.8.1 As per Schedule VIII of BOCWR, no SHE personnel shall be required or permitted to do any work which is unconnected to, inconsistent with or detrimental to the performance of the SHE duties for respective category mentioned in General Information NMRC/SHE/GI/001

6.9 Facilities to be provided to SHE personnel



6.9.1 As per Schedule VIII of BOCWR, the Contractor shall provide all SHE personnel with such facilities, equipment and information that are necessary to enable him to dispatch his duties effectively.

6.9.2 The minimum Employer’s requirements of such facilities / equipments to be provided for SHE personnel are given in the General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/003

7.0 CONTRACTOR SHE COMMITTEE

7.1 All employees should be able to participate in the making and monitoring of arrangements for safety, industrial health and environment at their place of work. The establishment of site SHE committees in which employees and Contractor and sub-contractor management are represented can increase the involvement and commitment of employees. The Contractor shall ensure the formation and monitor the functioning of Contractor SHE committees.

7.2 Terms of Reference

7.2.1 The Terms of Reference for the committee shall be as follows: (i) To establish company safety policies and practices (ii) To monitor the adequacy of the contractor’s site SHE plan and ensure its

implementation (iii) To review SHE training (iv) To review the Contractor’s monthly SHE report. (v) To identify probable causes of accident and unsafe practices in building or other

construction work and to suggest remedial measures (vi) To stimulate interest of Employer and building workers in safety by organizing safety

week, safety competition, talks and film-shows on safety, preparing posters or taking similar other measures as and when required or as necessary.

(vii) To go round the Construction Site with a view to check unsafe practices and detect

unsafe conditions and to recommend remedial measures for their rectifications including first-aid medical and welfare facilities.

(viii) Committee team members should perform a site inspection before every committee

meetings and to monitor SHE inspection reports. (ix) To bring to the notice of the Employer the hazards associated with use, handling and

maintenance of the equipment used during the course of building and other construction work

(x) To suggest measures for improving welfare amenities in the construction site and other

miscellaneous aspect of safety, health and welfare in building or other construction work.

(xi) To look into the health hazards associated with handling different types of explosives,

chemicals and other construction materials and to suggest remedial measures including personal protective equipment.

(xii) To review the last safety committee meeting minutes and to take action against

persons/sub-contractors for non-compliance if any

7.3 Within 14 days of award of Contract, the SHE Committee shall be constituted and notification regarding the same shall be communicated to the members and employees as per the format provided in Form No. SF 001



7.4 Site SHE Committee meeting shall be conducted at least once in a month with the minimum

members listed below:

Chairman Project Manager Secretary SHE Manager (In-charge) Members i) Labour Welfare Officer

ii) In charge of plant and machinery iii) In charge of site electrics iv) In charge of stores. v) Senior Managers/ Engineers heading different sub functions. vi) Sub – contractor’s representative vii) Labour Contractor’s representative viii) Workers’ representative ix) Co-contractor representative. x) SHE staffs

Employer’s Representatives NMRC SHE in charge and other representatives

7.5 Construction SHE Committee meeting shall be conducted at least once in a week with the

minimum members listed below:

Chairman Project Manager Secretary SHE Manager (In-charge) Members (i) Labour Welfare Officer

(ii) In charge of plant and machinery (iii) In-charge of site electricity (iv) Senior Managers / Engineers heading different sub functions (v) Sub- Contractor’s representative (vi) Labour contractor’s representative (vii) Workers’ representatives (viii) All SHE Staffs

7.6 Co-contractors’ participation

7.6.1 In case of depot, station and other contiguous areas where more than one main contractors

are working together, the Employer shall instruct the other contractors to join for the monthly SHE committee meeting of the main civil contractor, so as to discuss and decide about the common provision of security, lighting, toilet, drinking water etc. and sharing the maintenance cost of the same etc.

7.6.2 The general principle for sharing the cost shall be either based on the Contract value of works executed at the contiguous area or the daily average number of workmen employed by each contractor in the contiguous area.

7.7 Minimum time between two monthly SHE Committee meetings

7.7.1 A minimum period of 21 days shall be maintained between any two SHE monthly committee meetings.

7.8 Agenda

7.8.1 The Secretary shall circulate the agenda of the meeting at least seven working days in advance of the scheduled date of the meeting to all members.

7.8.2 The agenda should broadly cover the following:



(i) Confirmation of minutes (ii) Chairman’s review/overview of site SHE performance / condition (iii) Previous month SHE statistics (iv) Incident and Accident Investigation / dangerous occurrence / near miss report (v) Site SHE inspection (vi) Sub-contractors’ SHE issues (vii) Safety presentation by Members (viii) Report from Employer (ix) Matters arising (x) Any other business

7.9 Minutes of the meeting

7.9.1 The Minutes of the meeting shall be prepared as per the format provided at Form No. SF-002 and sent to all members within 2 working days preferably by mail/fax followed by hardcopy. Safety Committee meeting minutes shall also be displayed in the notice board for wider publicity to all concerned.

7.10 Disciplinary Action

7.10.1 The chairman shall inform the members of any outstanding issues in the meeting and in case of repeated offence/ non-compliance by some members or other co/sub contractors and propose suitable disciplinary action including provisions of monitory penalty as per the relevant contract clauses, the Employer shall ensure that the same is implemented.

8.0 ID CARD AND FIRST DAY AT WORK, SHE ORIENTATION TRAINING

8.1 The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel working at the site receive an induction SHE training explaining the nature of the work, the hazards that may be encountered during the site work and the particular hazards attached to their own function within the operation. The training shall cover the contents as given in the General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/004.

8.2 All personnel shall be issued a photo identity card of size 85mm x 55mm duly signed by the authorized representative of the Contractor before they are engaged for any work as per the format given in the General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/005

8.3 Contractor shall also issue a personnel SHE handbook in a language known to the workers, which provides information on SHE and emergency procedures that all personnel working on contract are required to know and the need to follow. Contractor shall ensure that this is distributed and its content introduced to all personnel working at the site.

9.0 SHE TRAINING

9.1 The behaviour of people at all levels of the Contractor is critical for SHE performance.

9.2 The Contractor shall organise quality SHE training to engage Managers, supervisors and other personnel in behavioural change and improve safety performance.

9.3 The Contractor shall analyse the training requirements for all the employees and initiate a training program to demonstrate that all persons employed, including subcontractors, are suitably qualified, competent and fit. This will include:



(i) Detailed Job descriptions for all personnel, to include their specific SHE responsibilities (ii) Specification of qualifications, competency and training requirements for all personnel (iii) Assessment and recording of training needs for all personnel, including subcontractors’

employees in the workforce, vendor representatives and site visitors (iv) A system for assessing new hirers e.g. previous training (v) A means of confirming that the system is effective (vi) A matrix and schedule of training requirements, covering general, task–specific and

SHE-related training, showing the training frequency and interval between refresher courses

(vii) Timely, competent delivery of training courses

9.4 The Contractor shall arrange behavioural-based training programmes for all the executives to identify, recognise and eliminate unsafe act and unsafe conditions.

9.5 The minimum Employer’s requirement of training needs for various categories of employees are given in General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/006

9.6 The contents of SHE training to Managers/Supervisors as given in General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/007 shall be conducted.

9.7 The refresher-training programme to all employees shall be conducted once in six months.

9.8 Toolbox talk as given in the Employer’s Project SHE Manual shall be conducted to all high-risk workmen every day.

9.9 On-the spot practical skill development training on height safety including scaffold safety, crane safety, welding safety, electrical safety, traffic safety for marshals shall also be conducted to all foremen/ workmen who were associated to the concerned jobs.

9.10 Every employee including workman shall take safety Oath daily without fail.

9.11 All vehicle drivers including heavy vehicle operators shall be trained on defensive driving at training institute recognized by Uttar Pradesh State Road Transport Corporation / Government of Uttar Pradesh, or any other driving institute registered under Motor Vehicles Act.

9.12 All the above listed training programmes except at Clause 9.11 shall be organised by the Contractor only after taking approval from the Employer for the training faculty / organisation, content and durations.

9.13 In case of failure on the part of the Contractor to provide all the above-mentioned training programs to all employees in time, the same shall be provided by the Employer through accredited agencies if required by formulating a common scheme to all contractors. Any administrative expenses and training fee towards the same shall be at the cost of the Contractor.

9.14 The Contractor detail in the training programme the actions and ESHS training for subcontractors and other members of the joint venture when applicable.

10.0 SHE INSPECTION

10.1 The Contractor shall evolve and administer a system of conducting SHE inspections and other risk management analysis on a periodical basis.



10.2 The purpose of SHE inspection is to identify any variation in construction activities and operations, machineries, plant and equipment and processes against the SHE Plan and its supplementary procedures and programs.

10.3 Following SHE inspections program shall be adopted: (i) Planned General Inspection (ii) Routine Inspection (iii) Specific Inspection (iv) Other Inspection

10.3.1 Planned General Inspection

10.3.1.1 Planned general inspections are performed at predetermined intervals and it usually involves the representation from both Contractor and the Employer.

10.3.1.2 Inspections that will be classified under this inspection program are: (i) Monthly contractor and sub-contractors site safety committee Inspection. (ii) Weekly safety inspection by construction supervisors (Contractors and Sub-

contractors) (iii) Daily safety inspection by contractor site SHE team.

10.3.2 Routine Inspection

10.3.2.1 Routine inspections are often referring to the inspection of work site, equipment and temporary structures performed by site and equipment operators and temporary structure erectors. Inspections that will be classified under this inspection program are: (i) Daily Inspection of plant and equipment by operator (ii) Weekly Inspection of scaffold by scaffolding supervisor (iii) Monthly Inspection of electrical hand tools by competent electrical supervisor (iv) Quarterly Inspection of temporary electrical systems by competent electrical supervisor (v) Half-yearly inspection of lifting machinery, lifting appliances, equipment and gears by

Govt. approved competent person.

10.3.2.2 The list mentioned above is not exhaustive. Contractor may add additional categories. Contractors’ Site SHE Manager will ensure that a system of routine inspections are carried out periodically to all plants, equipment, powered tools and any other temporary structures that will pose a hazard to operators and workmen.

10.3.3 Specific Inspection

10.3.3.1 Specific inspections are performed on activities without a predetermined date. Competent supervisors usually perform inspections for ensuring an activity whether it is executed in accordance to a general set of rules; method statement submitted or developed procedures. The following are examples that will be commonly performed as required on the construction site: (i) Inspection performed before a heavy lifting operation. (ii) Inspection performed before and after the entry of person into a confined space. (iii) Inspection performed before and after a welding and gas cutting operation. (iv) Inspection of formwork before concreting by formwork erector.



The list mentioned above is not exhaustive. The Contractor shall ensure that a competent supervisor inspects all high-risk processes and activities.

10.3.4 Other Inspection Other inspections include the following: (i) Mandatory Inspections by Labour Department of Government. (ii) NMRC site SHE management team

10.3.5 The Contractor shall prepare all required safety inspection checklist for all activity operations and equipment. Checklists will be prepared based on the Indian standards, rules and regulations and Employer’s requirements. The formats provided in the Project SHE manual may be referred.

10.3.6 All inspection records and reports will be properly kept and filed for audit purpose. Inspection reports of Planned General Inspection and Routine Inspection will be used for discussion during Safety Committee Meetings.

11.0 SHE AUDIT

11.1 General

11.1.1 The purpose and scope of SHE audit is to assess potential risk, liabilities and the degree of compliance of construction Safety, Health & Environmental plan and its supplementary procedures and programs against applicable and current SHE legalisation regulations and requirements of the Employer.

11.1.2 Project Manager holds the ultimate responsibility in ensuring implementation of SHE audit program during the construction work.

11.2 Monthly Audit Rating Score (MARS)

11.2.1 Monthly Audit Rating Score (MARS) will be performed once in a month. A team consisting of Project Manager and Employer representative based on the pre-designed score-rating format will conduct it. The details of the pre-designed monthly audit score rating formats are given in the Project SHE Manual.

11.2.2 This Monthly SHE Audit Rating Score (MARS) report will enable the Employer to evaluate the general compliance by the Contractor with the Conditions of Contract, the Employer’s Project SHE Manual and the Contractor’s site specific SHE Plan.

11.2.3 Monthly Audits will be conducted in accordance with NMRC Guidelines. The Project Manager accompanied by the Employer’s Representatives shall carry out the Audit. The Contractor’s senior manager and SHE in-charge should also be invited to attend.

11.2.4 Timing The Monthly Audit Rating Score (MARS) should be conducted at least 7 days prior to the scheduled date of Monthly SHE Committee meeting.

11.2.5 Evaluation

11.2.5.1 The numerical scoring has been weighed on a 1-10 scale. The audit team will use their observations noted in evaluating the points to be awarded against each of the elements of the audited section. Wherever some topics and sub-topics are not applicable the score rating need not be given. The overall audit ratings shall be achieved by:

𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴 𝑅𝑅𝑂𝑂𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝑅𝑅𝑅𝑅 =𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 𝑆𝑆𝐴𝐴𝑆𝑆𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 𝐴𝐴𝐴𝐴ℎ𝐴𝐴𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂𝐴𝐴𝑀𝑀𝑂𝑂𝑀𝑀 𝑃𝑃𝑆𝑆𝑃𝑃𝑃𝑃𝐴𝐴𝑃𝑃𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂 𝑆𝑆𝐴𝐴𝑆𝑆𝑂𝑂𝑂𝑂

∗ 100



11.2.5.2 The criticality of the required actions for the respective sections of the Audit will be classified as:

SN Score Description Action 1 < 60% Immediate Require Contractor to rectify within 24 hours 2 < 75% Improvement Necessary Contractor rectification within 7 days and

confirmed in writing to Employer 3 < 90% Improvement Desirable Contractor rectification within one month and

confirmed in writing to Employer

11.2.6 Report A copy of each Audit Report will be sent to Employer and to all subcontractors, with whom it will then be discussed in detail at the Monthly SHE Committee Meeting in order to ensure that any corrective actions are agreed upon.

11.3 Monthly Electrical Safety Audit

11.3.1 A team comprising of Contractor’s senior SHE (Electrical) engineer and Employer’s Representative shall conduct monthly electrical safety audit covering the following and submit the report to Employer: (i) Electrical accidents investigation findings and remedy (ii) Adequacy of power generation and power requirements (iii) Power distribution and transmission system in place (iv) Updated electrical single line diagram showing the current condition of power source

and distribution including the IP44 DBs arrangement. (v) Electrical protection devices – selection, installation and maintenance. (vi) Earth or ground connection and earth pit maintenance details (vii) Education and training of electrical personnel undertaken (viii) Routine electrical inspection details (ix) Electrical maintenance system and register. (x) Name plate details of major electrical equipment (xi) Classified zones in the site, if any.

11.4 External SHE Audit

11.4.1 External SHE audits are to be conducted by external agencies that are competent with ISO qualified auditors with the prior approval of the Employer.

11.4.2 Areas of competence of Audit team

11.4.2.1 Practical understanding of BOCW Act and Rules, statutory requirements on health/medical and welfare of workmen, construction hazards and its prevention and control, traffic management, electrical safety, rigging, safety of construction equipment and environment management.

11.4.2.2 Audit shall be conducted as per the guidelines of ISO, ILO, and national standards. Audit report shall also be presented as per the above formats.

11.4.3 External SHE audits shall be conducted on a quarterly basis throughout the currency of the Contract.

11.4.4 Targets of SHE Audit The contents and coverage of the external audit shall include the following items

11.4.4.1 SHE management



(i) Organization (ii) Communication and Motivation (iii) Time office (iv) Inspection (v) Emergency preparedness (vi) Budget allocation (vii) Education and Training (viii) Work permit system

11.4.4.2 Technical (i) Building and Structure (ii) Construction operational safety (iii) Material safety (iv) Hand tools and Power tools (v) Electrical system (vi) Safety Appliances (vii) Fire prevention and control (viii) Housekeeping (ix) Maintenance and Machinery safety (x) First-aid and Medical Facilities (xi) Welfare measures (xii) Environmental Management

11.4.5 Audit Documents

11.4.5.1 Contractor shall make the below listed documents available for the review by the Audit team. (i) SHE policy (ii) SHE manual (iii) SHE Rules and Regulation (iv) SHE organization chart (v) Annual SHE objectives / programs (vi) Accident / near miss statistics and analysis (vii) SHE Training program / records for all personnel (viii) Operating manuals and maintenance manual of all equipments (ix) Safe worthiness certificates of all lifting appliances and gears (x) Medical fitness record for all personnel (xi) Risk identification, assessment and control details (xii) Environmental management reports (xiii) Emergency management records including mock drill

11.4.6 Audit Preparation (i) Audit team members are required to gather information by observations through

interviews and by checks of hardware and documentation. (ii) Audit team shall prepare checklist to cover all parts based on SHE legislations rules

and regulations and NMRC requirements. (iii) Audit team members shall verify the facts and findings leading to the identified gaps

and weakness. (iv) Audit leader has overall responsibility for reaching a conclusion.

11.4.7 Reporting



11.4.7.1 Audit report shall be prepared and directly sent to the Employer within 7 days of conducting the audit with a copy to the contractor.

11.4.8 Report contents (i) Executing summary:Based on the finalized checklists as written the findings to the

Employer by the audit team members, the audit leader will compile a concise and accurate summary of observations and findings.

(ii) Introduction:This will contain basic information regarding the facilities or organization

audited, the specific audit dates (inclusion of those for preparation and post-audit activities).

(iii) Principal positive findings: This will contain the summary of positive aspects as

observed by the auditors. It will also contain highlights of those issue, which may warrant dissemination as best practice regarding methodology used or achievement.

(iv) Audit Findings: All audit findings as detailed in the audit checklists shall be grouped

together as priority 1 and 2 as detailed below in a separate listing.

a. Priority 1: Actions to rectify gaps or weakness should generally be implemented within 2 – weeks, if risk potential is high or unacceptable.

b. Priority 2: Actions should be generally implemented or rectified with a maximum of 3 – 4 weeks, if not rectified would create a likelihood of minor injury or business loss.

11.4.9 Conformity Report & Action by Employer

11.4.9.1 The auditor shall inspect the site after 14 days of conducting initial audit for checking

the adequacy of implementation of items maintained under priority 1 by the Contractor and shall submit a conformity / non-conformity report to the Employer with a copy to the contractor.

11.4.9.2 The auditor shall again inspect after 28 days of conducting initial audit for checking the adequacy of implementation of items mentioned under priority 2 by the Contractor and shall submit a conformity / non-conformity report to the Employer with a copy to the Contractor.

11.4.9.3 In case of non-conformity of items mentioned by auditor, the Employer shall take necessary steps including stoppage of work and or imposing any penalty for getting the item implemented.

11.4.10 Failure of Contractor to conduct External SHE Audit

11.4.10.1 If the Contractor fails to conduct the external SHE audit in time, the Employer at the cost of Contractor shall get it done.

12.0 SHE COMMUNICATION

12.1 The Contractor shall take every effort to communicate the Safety, Occupational health and Environment management measures through posters campaigns / billboards / banners / glow signs being displayed around the work site as part of the effort to rise safety awareness amongst to the work force. Posters should be in Hindi, Englishand other suitable language deemed appropriate. Posters / billboards / banners/ glow signs should be changed at least once in a month to maintain the impact.

12.2 The Contractor shall also observe important days as listed in General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/008 and printing and displaying safety signage and posters as listed in General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/009



12.3 The list indicated are the minimum requirements of the Employer and the Contractor is encouraged to further the SHE communication activities by formulating suitable reward schemes for safety performers and any other activities, which deem fit for the purpose.

13.0 SHE SUBMITTALS TO THE EMPLOYER

13.1 The Contractor’s SHE management should send the following reports to the Employer periodically: (i) Daily Reporting of total number of workmen (as given in Clause 13.2) (ii) Monthly SHE Report (as given in Clause 13.3) (iii) SHE Committee Meeting Minutes (as given in Clause 7.9.1) (iv) SHE Inspection Reports (v) SHE Audit Reports

a. Monthly Audit Rating Score (MARS) report b. External SHE Audit c. Electrical Safety Audit

(vi) Air and Noise Quality monitoring report 13.2 Daily Reporting of total number of workmen

13.2.1 The Contractor shall report to the Employer the total number of workmen engaged by all

including any subcontractor within 2 hours of starting of any shift in any day. This reporting shall be the primary duty of the Chief SHE Manager of the Contractor and reporting shall be through tele-fax / email. The onus of checking the receipt of the same by the Employer lies with the Contractor. If the information is not received or received more than 2 hrs after starting of the shift, penalty shall be levied as per relevant clause.

13.3 Monthly SHE Report

13.3.1 The Contractor shall prepare a monthly SHE report consisting of the following and submit 3 copies within 7th of next month to the Employer as specified in the Project SHE Manual. (i) Monthly man-hour details as specified in the Project SHE manual (ii) Monthly accident / incident details as specified in the Project SHE manual (iii) SHE committee details (iv) Details of SHE training conducted in the month (v) SHE Inspection (vi) SHE internal audit details like electrical audit etc. (vii) SHE Communication activities under taken in the month indicating the number of

posters displayed and balance availability in stock. (viii) Air quality (ix) Toolbox talks details (x) PPE details: Quantity purchased, issued to the workmen and stock available. (xi) Details on IP 44 panel boards, lighting poles, welding and cutting equipments, Ladders,

Hoists, tools & tackles. (xii) Monthly Lux meter study results (xiii) Housekeeping (xiv) Barricade maintenance details (xv) No of critical excavations (xvi) Health & Welfare activities (xvii) Safety walk conducted by Contractors’ Project Manager in the month (xviii) SHE Activities Planned for next month

14.0 ACCIDENT REPORTING AND INVESTIGATION

14.1 Reporting to Employer

14.1.1 All accidents, “near miss” and dangerous occurrences shall immediately be informed verbally to the Employer. This will enable the Employer to reach to the scene of accident / dangerous



occurrences to monitor/assist any rescue work and/or start conducting the investigation process so that the evidences are not lost.

14.1.2 Reports of all accidents (fatal / injury) and dangerous occurrences shall also be sent within 24 hours as per approved format.

14.1.3 No accident / dangerous occurrences is exempted from reporting to the Employer.

14.1.4 Any wilful delay in verbal and written reporting to the Employer shall be penalised as per relevant clause.

14.1.5 Near Miss An incident or a situation with clear potential for an undesirable outcome to occur, even though no actual negative consequences happened. In other words, it is an event with potential to cause injury, property damage, environmental release or an adverse community reaction. Generally the following events are some examples of near miss when: (i) A person trips over an object and falls to the ground but did not get injured (ii) A person has to dive or jump out of the way to avoid a collision with a motorized vehicle,

a moving object like a suspended part on a conveyor or from an uncontrolled suspended load;

(iii) A person has to jump from a falling ladder; (iv) An object with significant mass falls from a distance of sufficient height that would

cause injury to a person if they were struck; (v) A machine part becomes a projectile; (vi) A person works on a piece of equipment that he/EHS believes is de-energized and that

equipment starts up putting that person in jeopardy; (vii) A low speed collision occurs and an occupant of that vehicle is not wearing a seat belt

and is not injured. (viii) Stored energy unexpectedly releases which could cause injury if a person were struck

or contacted, e.g. a high tension spring (like your garage door spring) breaks or a pocket of steam releases;

(ix) Any steps of the vessel entry procedure are omitted in a vessel entry; (x) Any emergency equipment (fire extinguisher, Scott Air Pack, Oxygen sensor, eye

wash, etc) fails to operate properly when called on in an emergency. If Protective Equipment is called for and worn and it prevents an injury, then in this case it would not be a near miss. As an example, a mechanic is wearing a hard hat in a barricaded area where hard hats must be worn and a 100gram bolt falls from a height of 2 meters and strikes his hard hat and no injury occurs. That would not be a near miss. But if he were not wearing a hardhat and the bolt falls a meter away, then it would be a near miss.

14.1.6Each non-conformity will be documented by a digital photograph with captions to provide a visual illustration, explicitly indicating the location, date of inspection and the non-conformity in question.

14.2 Reporting to Government organisations

14.2.1 In addition to the above verbal and written reporting to the Employer, as per Rule 210 of BOCWR, notice of any accident to a worker at the building or construction site that: (i) causes loss of life; or

(ii) disables a worker from working for a period of 48 hours or more immediately following

the accident;

(iii) shall forthwith be sent by telegram, telephone, fax, or similar other means including special messenger within four hours in case of fatal accidents and 72 hours in case of other accidents, to:



a. the Regional Labour Commissioner, wherein the Contractor has registered the

firm/work b. the board with which the worker involved was registered as a beneficiary; c. Director General and d. the next of kin or other relative of the worker involved in the accident;

14.2.2 Further, notice of accident shall be sent in respect of an accident which:

(i) causes loss of life; or

(ii) disables the injured worker from work for more than 10 days to

a. the officer-in-charge of the nearest police station; b. the District Magistrate or, if the District Magistrate by order so desires, to c. the Sub-Divisional Magistrate

14.2.3 In case of an accident causing minor injury, first-aid shall be administered and the injured

worker shall be immediately transferred to a hospital or other place for medical treatment.

14.2.4 Where any accident causing disablement that subsequently results in death, notice in writing of such death, shall be sent to the authorities mentioned in Clause 14.2.1 and 14.2.2 above within 72 hours of such death.

14.2.5 Reporting of dangerous occurrences

14.2.5.1 The following classes of dangerous occurrences shall be reported to the Inspector having jurisdiction, whether or not any disablement or death caused to the worker, namely: (a) collapse or failure of lifting appliances, or hoist, or conveyors, or similar equipment for

handling of building or construction material or breakage or failure of rope, chain or loose gears; or overturning of cranes used in construction work;

(b) falling of objects from height; (c) collapse or subsidence of soil, tunnel, pipe lines, any wall, floor, gallery, roof or any other

part of any structure, launching girder, platform, staging, scaffolding or means of access including formwork;

(d) explosion of receiver or vessel used for storage of pressure greater than atmospheric

pressure, of any gas or gases or any liquid or solid used as building material; (e) fire and explosion causing damage to any place on construction site where building workers

are employed; (f) spillage or leakage of any hazardous substance and damage to their container; (g) collapse, capsizing, toppling or collision of transport equipment; (h) leakage or release of harmful toxic gases at the construction site;

14.2.6 In case of failure of launching girder, lifting appliance, loose gear, hoist or building and other construction work, machinery and transport equipment at a construction site, such appliances, gear, hoist, machinery or equipment and the site of such occurrence shall, as far as practicable, be kept undisturbed until inspected by the Authorities;

14.2.7 Every notice given for fatal accidents or dangerous occurrences shall be followed by a written report to the concerned Authorities under Section 39 of BOCWA and the Director General in the specified Form XIV of BOCWR.



14.3 Accident investigation

14.3.1 General

14.3.1.1 Investigations should be conducted in an open and positive atmosphere that encourages the witnesses to talk freely. The primary objective is to ascertain the facts with a view to prevent future and possibly more serious occurrences.

14.3.1.2 Accidents and Dangerous Occurrences which result in death, serious injury or serious damage must be investigated by the Contractor immediately to find out the cause of the accident/occurrence so that measures can be formulated to prevent any recurrence.

14.3.1.3 Near misses and minor accidents should also be investigated by the Contractor as soon as possible as they are signals that there are inadequacies in the safety management system.

14.3.2 Procedure of incident investigation

14.3.2.1 It is important after any accident or dangerous occurrence that information relating to the incident is gathered in an organised way. The following steps shall be followed: (a) take photographs and make sketches (b) examine involved equipment, workplace or material and the environmental conditions (c) interview the injured, eye-witnesses and other involved parties (d) consult expert opinion where necessary (e) identify the specific Contractor or sub-contractor involved.

14.3.2.2 Having gathered information, it is then necessary to make an analysis of incident (a) establish the chain of events leading to the accident or incident (b) find out at what stage the accident took place (c) consider all possible causes and the interaction of different factors that led up to the

accident, and identify the most probable cause. The cause of an accident should never be classified as carelessness. The specific act or omission that caused the accident must be identified.

14.3.2.3 The next stage is to proceed with the follow-up action

(a) report on the findings and conclusions (b) formulate preventive measures to avoid recurrence (c) publicise the findings and the remedial actions taken

14.4 Employers’ independent incident investigation

14.4.1 In case of fatal / dangerous occurrence the Employer shall also conduct independent investigation. Contractor and his staff shall extend necessary co-operation and testify about the accident.

14.4.2 The Contractor shall take every effort to preserve the scene of accident till the Employer completes the investigation.

14.4.3 All persons summoned by the Employer in connection to witness recording shall obey the instructions without delay. Any wilful suppression of information by any person shall be removed from the site immediately and / or punishable as per relevant penalty clause.

15.0 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN

15.1 The Contractor shall prepare as required under Rule 36 of BOCWR, an Emergency Response Plan for all work sites as a part of the Contractor SHE Plan. The plan shall integrate the emergency response plans of the Contractor and all other subcontractors. The Emergency



Response Plan shall detail the Contractor’s procedures, including detailed communications arrangements, for dealing with all emergencies that could affect the Site. This include where applicable, injury, sickness, evacuation, fire, chemical spillage, severe weather and rescue.

15.2 The Contractor shall ensure that an Emergency Response Plan is prepared to deal with emergencies arising out of: (i) Fire and explosion (ii) Collapse of lifting appliances and transport equipment (iii) Collapse of building, sheds or structure etc. (iv) Gas leakage or spillage of dangerous goods or chemicals (v) Bomb threatening, Criminal or Terrorist attack (vi) Drowning of workers (vii) Landslides getting workers buried floods, Earthquake, storms and other natural

calamities.

15.3 Arrangements shall be made for emergency medical treatment and evacuation of the victim in the event of an accident or dangerous incident occurring, the chain of command and the responsible persons of the Contractor with their telephone numbers and addresses for quick communication shall be adequately publicized and conspicuously displayed in the workplace.

15.4 Contractors shall require to tie-up with the hospitals and fire stations located in the neighbourhood for attending to the casualties promptly and emergency vehicle kept on standby duty during the working hours for the purpose.

15.5 Contractor shall conduct an onsite emergency mock drill once in every month for all his workers and his subcontractor’s workers.

15.6 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to keep the Local Law & Order Authorities informed and seek urgent help, as the case may be, so as to mitigate the consequences of an emergency. Prompt communication to NMRC, telephonically initially and followed by a written report, shall be made by the Contractor.

16.0 EXPERTS / AGENCIES FOR SHE SERVICES

16.1 Contractors may utilise the services of experts/agencies empanelled under Rule 250 of BOCWR for the purpose of training, internal audit and any other SHE services with prior approval of the Employer.

16.2 As an aide to contractors, a list of experts/agencies and the offered service are given in General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/010 for ready reference. In addition to it if the Contractor would like to use any expert/agencies’ services for any SHE activities the same can also be allowed provided that they are competent and meet to the general requirements of Employer. In every case prior approval of the Employer is mandatory.



PART II: SAFETY

17.0 HOUSEKEEPING

17.1 Housekeeping is the act of keeping the working environment cleared of all unnecessary waste, thereby providing a first-line of defence against accidents and injuries.

17.2 Contractor shall understand and accept that improper housekeeping is the primary hazard in any construction site and ensure that a high degree of housekeeping is always maintained. Indeed “Cleanliness is indeed next to Godliness”

17.3 Housekeeping is the responsibility of all site personnel, and line management commitment shall be demonstrated by the continued efforts of supervising staff towards this activity.

17.4 General Housekeeping shall be carried out by the Contractor and ensured at all times at Work Site, Construction Depot, Batching Plant, Labour Camp, Stores, Offices and toilets / urinals. Towards this the Contractor shall constitute a special group of housekeeping personnel as per General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/001. This group shall ensure daily cleaning at work sites and surrounding areas and maintain a register as per the approved format by the Employer.

17.5 Adequate time shall be assigned to ensure that good housekeeping is maintained. Team of housekeeping squad shall carry out this.

17.6 The Contractor shall be responsible to provide segregated containers for disposal of debris at required places and regular cleaning of the same.

17.7 Full height fence, barriers, barricades etc. shall be erected around the site in order to prevent the surrounding area from excavated soil, rubbish etc, which may cause inconvenience to and endanger the public. The barricade especially those exposed to public shall be aesthetically maintained by regular cleaning and painting as directed by the Employer. These shall be maintained in one line and level.

17.8 The structure dimension of the barricade, material and composition, its colour scheme, NMRC logo and other details shall be in accordance with specifications laid down in tender document.

17.9 All stairways, passageways and gangways shall be maintained without any blockages or obstructions. All emergency exits passageways, exits fire doors, break-glass alarm points, fire fighting equipment, first aid stations, and other emergency stations shall be kept clean, unobstructed and in good working order.

17.10 Lumber with protruding nails shall be bent or removed and properly stacked.

17.11 All surplus earth and debris are removed/disposed off from the working areas to officially designated dumpsites. Trucks carrying sand, earth and any pulverized materials etc. in order to avoid dust or odour impact shall be covered while moving. The tyres of the trucks leaving the site shall be cleaned with water, wherever the possibility of spillage on carriageways meant for regular road traffic exists.

17.12 No parking of trucks/trolleys, cranes and trailers etc. shall be allowed on roads, which may obstruct the traffic movement. All truck drivers should generally be accompanied by a Cleaner.

17.13 Roads shall be kept clear and materials like: pipes, steel, sand boulders, concrete, chips and brick etc. shall not be allowed on the roads to obstruct free movement of road traffic.

17.14 Water logging or bentonite spillage on roads shall not be allowed. If bentonite spillage is observed on road endangering the safety of road users, the Contractor shall be penalised as per relevant clause.



17.15 Proper and safe stacking of material are of paramount importance at yards, stores and such locations where material would be unloaded for future use. The storage area shall be well laid out with easy access and material stored / stacked in an orderly and safe manner.

17.16 Flammable chemicals / compressed gas cylinders shall be safely stored.

17.17 Unused/surplus cables, steel items and steel scrap lying scattered at different places within the working areas shall be removed to identified locations(s).

17.18 All wooden scrap, empty wooden cable drums and other combustible packing materials, shall be removed from work place to identified location(s).

17.19 Empty cement bags and other packaging material shall be properly stacked and removed.

17.20 The Contractor shall ensure that all his sub-contractors maintain the site reasonably clean through provisions related to house keeping

18.0 WORKING AT HEIGHT

18.1 Definitions

18.1.1 “access” and “egress” include ascent and descent.

18.1.2 “fragile surface” means a surface, which would fail if any reasonably foreseeable loading were to be applied to it.

18.1.3 “line” includes rope, chain or webbing

18.1.4 “personal fall protection” means: (i) a fall prevention, work restraint, work positioning, fall arrest or rescue system, other

than a system in which the only safeguards are collective safeguards; or (ii) rope access and positioning techniques;

18.1.5 "work at height" means: (i) work in any place, including a place at or below ground level; (ii) obtaining access to or egress from such place while at work, except by a staircase in

a permanent workplace, where, if protective measures were not taken, a person could fall a distance liable to cause personal injury;

18.1.6 “work equipment" means any machinery, appliance, apparatus, tool or installation for use at

work (whether exclusively or not) and includes: (iii) a guard-rail, toe-board, barrier or similar collective means of protection (iv) a working platform (v) a net, airbag or other collective safe guard for arresting falls (vi) personal fall protection system (vii) ladders

18.1.7 “working platform” means: (i) any platform used as a place of work or as a means of access to or egress from a place

of work; (ii) includes any scaffold, suspended scaffold, cradle, mobile platforms, trestle, gangway,

gantry and stairway which is so used.



18.2 Organisation and planning The Contractor shall ensure that work at height is: (i) properly planned for any emergencies and rescue (ii) appropriately supervised; and (iii) carried out in a manner, which is reasonably practicable safe.

18.3 The Contractor shall ensure that work at height is carried out only when the weather conditions do not jeopardise the health or safety of persons involved in the work.

18.4 Competence The Contractor shall ensure that no person engages in any activity, including organization, planning and supervision, in relation to work at height or work equipment for use in such work unless he is competent to do so or, if being trained, is being supervised by a competent person.

18.5 Avoidance of risks from work at height The Contractor shall ensure that work is not carried out at height where it is reasonably practicable to carry out the work safely otherwise than at height.

18.6 Where work is carried out at height, the Contractor shall take suitable and sufficient measures as given below to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable, any person falling a distance liable to cause personal injury. (i) his ensuring that the work is carried out:

a. from an existing place of work; or b. (in the case of obtaining access or egress) using an existing means, complying to

the requirements as given in Clause18.15

Where it is reasonably practicable to carry it out safely and under appropriate ergonomic conditions; and

(ii) Where it is not reasonably practicable for the work to be carried out in accordance with

sub-paragraph (a), his providing sufficient work equipment for preventing, so far as is reasonably practicable, a fall occurring.

18.7 Where the measures taken under Clause 18.6 do not eliminate the risk of a fall occurring, every

Contractor shall: (i) So far as is reasonably practicable, provide sufficient work equipment to minimise:

a. The distance and consequences; or b. Where it is not reasonably practicable to minimise the distance, the consequences,

of a fall; and (ii) Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 18.4, provide such additional training and

instruction or take other additional suitable and sufficient measures to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable, any person falling a distance liable to cause personal injury.

18.8 Selection of ‘work equipment’ for work at height

(i) The Contractor, in selecting work equipment for use in work at height, shall:

a. Give collective protection measures priority over personal protection measures; and



b. Take account of:

1. The working conditions and the risks to the safety of persons at the place where the work equipment is to be used;

2. In the case of work equipment for access and egress, the distance to be negotiated;

3. The distance and consequences of a potential fall; 4. The duration and frequency of use; 5. The need for easy and timely evacuation and rescue in an

emergency; and 6. Any additional risk posed by the use, installation or removal of that

work equipment or by evacuation and rescue from it; (ii) The Contractor shall select work equipment for work at height which:

a. has characteristics including dimensions which:

1. Are appropriate to the nature of the work to be performed and the foreseeable loadings; and

2. Allow passage without risk; and

b. Is in other respects the most suitable work equipment, having regard in particular to the purposes specified in Clause18.5 and 18.6.

18.9 Fragile surfaces

18.9.1 The Contractor shall ensure that no person at work passes across or near, or working on, from

or near, a fragile surface where it is reasonably practicable to carry out work safely and under appropriate ergonomic conditions without his doing so.

18.9.2 Where it is not reasonably practicable to carry out work safely and under appropriate ergonomic conditions without passing across or near, or working on, from or near, a fragile surface, every Contractor shall: (i) ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that suitable and sufficient platforms,

coverings, guard rails or similar means of support or protection are provided and used so that any foreseeable loading is supported by such supports or borne by such protection;

(ii) where a risk of a person at work falling remains despite the measures taken under the

preceding provisions of this regulation, take suitable and sufficient measures to minimise the distances and consequences of his fall.

18.9.3 Where any person at work may pass across or near, or work on, from or near, a fragile surface,

every Contractor shall ensure that: (i) prominent warning notices are so far as is reasonably practicable affixed at the

approach to the place where the fragile surface is situated; or (ii) where that is not reasonably practicable, such persons are made aware of it by other

means.

18.10 Falling objects

18.10.1 The Contractor shall, where necessary to prevent injury to any person, take suitable and sufficient steps to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable, the fall of any material or object.

18.10.2 where it is not reasonably practicable to comply with the requirements of Clause18.9, every Contractor shall take suitable and sufficient steps to prevent any person being struck by any falling material or object which is liable to cause personal injury.



18.10.3 theContractor shall ensure that no material or object is thrown or tipped from height in

circumstances where it is liable to cause injury to any person.

18.10.4 Every Contractor shall ensure that materials and objects are stored in such a way as to prevent risk to any person arising from the collapse, overturning or unintended movement of such materials or objects.

18.11 Danger areas

18.11.1 Without prejudice to the preceding requirements of these Regulations, every Contractor shall ensure that, (i) Where a workplace contains an area in which, owing to the nature of the work, there is

a risk of any person at work;

a. falling a distance; or b. being struck by a falling object,

which is liable to cause personal injury, the workplace is so far as is reasonably practicable equipped with devices preventing unauthorised persons from entering such area; and

(ii) such area is clearly indicated.

18.12 Inspection of work equipment

18.12.1 The Contractor shall ensure that, where the safety of work equipment depends on how it is installed or assembled, it is not used after installation or assembly in any position unless it has been inspected in that position.

18.12.2 The Contractor shall ensure that work equipment exposed to conditions causing deterioration which is liable to result in dangerous situations is inspected (i) at suitable intervals; and (ii) each time that exceptional circumstances which are liable to jeopardise the safety of

the work equipment have occurred, to ensure that health and safety conditions are maintained and that any deterioration can be detected and remedied in good time.

18.12.3 Without prejudice to Clause 18.12.1, the Contractor shall ensure that a working platform (i) used for construction work; and (ii) from which a person could fall 2 metres or more, is not used in any position unless it has been inspected in that position or, in the case of a mobile working platform, inspected on the site, within the previous 7 days.

18.12.4 The Contractor shall ensure that the reports of all inspections are properly maintained and shown to the Employer as and when required.

18.12.5 In this clause "inspection", (i) means such visual or more rigorous inspection by a competent person as is appropriate

for safety purposes; and (ii) includes any testing appropriate for those purposes,

18.13 Inspection of places of work at height



The Contractor shall so far as is reasonably practicable ensure that the surface and every parapet, permanent rail or other such fall protection measure of every place of work at height are checked on each occasion before the place is used.

18.14 Duties of persons at work

18.14.1 Any workmen employed by the Contractor shall report to the supervisor about any defect relating to work at height which he knows is likely to endanger the safety of himself or another person.

18.14.2 Every workmen shall use any work equipment or safety device provided to him for work at height by the Contractor, in accordance with: (i) any training in the use of the work equipment or device concerned which have been

received by him; and (ii) the instructions respecting that use which have been provided to him by the Contractor

as per the requirements of the Employer

18.15 Requirements for existing places of work and means of access or egress at height Every existing place of work or means of access or egress at height shall: (i) be stable and of sufficient strength and rigidity for the purpose for which it is intended

to be or is being used; (ii) where applicable, rest on a stable, sufficiently strong surface; (iii) be of sufficient dimensions to permit the safe passage of persons and the safe use of

any plant or materials required to be used and to provide a safe working area having regard to the work to be carried out there;

(iv) possess suitable and sufficient means for preventing a fall; (v) possess a surface which has no gap

a. through which a person could fall; b. through which any material or object could fall and injure a person; or c. giving rise to other risk of injury to any person, unless measures have been taken

to protect persons against such risk; (vi) be so constructed and used, and maintained in such condition, as to prevent, so far as

is reasonably practicable:

a. the risk of slipping or tripping; or b. any person being caught between it and any adjacent structure;

(vii) where it has moving parts, be prevented by appropriate devices from moving

inadvertently during work at height.

18.16 Requirements for guardrails, toe-boards, barriers and similar collective means of protection (i) Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference in this section to means of

protection is to a guardrail, toe-board, barrier or similar collective means of protection. (ii) Means of protection shall

a. be of sufficient dimensions, of sufficient strength and rigidity for the purposes for which they are being used, and otherwise suitable;



b. be so placed, secured and used as to ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that they do not become accidentally displaced; and

c. be so placed as to prevent, so far as is practicable, the fall of any person, or of any material or object, from any place of work.

(iii) In relation to work at height involved in construction work

a. the top guard-rail or other similar means of protection shall be at least 950 millimetres above the edge from which any person is liable to fall;

b. toe-boards shall be suitable and sufficient to prevent the fall of any person, or any material or object, from any place of work; and

c. any intermediate guardrail or similar means of protection shall be positioned so that any gap between it and other means of protection does not exceed 470 millimetres.

(iv) Any structure or part of a structure which supports means of protection or to which

means of protection are attached shall be of sufficient strength and suitable for the purpose of such support or attachment.

18.17 Requirements for all Working Platforms

(i) Every working platforms requires a supporting structure for holding it (ii) Any surface upon which any supporting structure rests shall be stable, of sufficient

strength and of suitable composition safely to support the supporting structure, the working platform and any loading intended to be placed on the working platform.

(iii) Stability of supporting structure

Any supporting structure shall

a. be suitable and of sufficient strength and rigidity for the purpose for which it is being used;

b. in the case of a wheeled structure, be prevented by appropriate devices from moving inadvertently during work at height;

c. in other cases, be prevented from slipping by secure attachment to the bearing surface or to another structure, provision of an effective anti-slip device or by other means of equivalent effectiveness;

d. be stable while being erected, used and dismantled; and e. when altered or modified, be so altered or modified as to ensure that it remains

stable. f. Have suitable base plates and properly footed thereby.

(iv) Stability of working platforms

A working platform shall

a. be suitable and of sufficient strength and rigidity for the purpose or purposes for which it is intended to be used or is being used;

b. be so erected and used as to ensure that its components do not become accidentally displaced so as to endanger any person;

c. when altered or modified, be so altered or modified as to ensure that it remains stable; and

d. be dismantled in such a way as to prevent accidental displacement. (v) Safety on working platforms

A working platform shall



a. be of sufficient dimensions to permit the safe passage of persons and the safe use of any plant or materials required to be used and to provide a safe working area having regard to the work being carried out there;

b. possess a suitable surface and, in particular, be so constructed that the surface of

the working platform has no gap

1. through which a person could fall; 2. through which any material or object could fall and injure a person;

or 3. giving rise to other risk of injury to any person, unless measures

have been taken to protect persons against such risk; and

c. be so erected and used, and maintained in such condition, as to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable

1. the risk of slipping or tripping; or 2. any person being caught between the working platform and any

adjacent structure. (vi) Loading

A working platform and any supporting structure shall not be loaded so as to give rise to a risk of collapse or to any deformation, which could affect its safe use.

(vii) Additional requirements for scaffolding

Strength and stability calculations for scaffolding shall be carried out unless

a. a note of the calculations, covering the structural arrangements contemplated, is available; or

b. it is assembled in conformity with a generally recognised standard configuration. (viii) Depending on the complexity of the scaffolding selected, a competent person shall

draw up an assembly, use and dismantling plan. This may be in the form of a standard plan, supplemented by items relating to specific details of the scaffolding in question.

(ix) A copy of the plan, including any instructions it may contain, shall be kept available for

the use of persons concerned in the assembly, use, dismantling or alteration of scaffolding until it has been dismantled.

(x) The dimensions, form and layout of scaffolding decks shall be appropriate to the nature

of the work to be performed and suitable for the loads to be carried and permit work and passage in safety.

(xi) While a scaffold is not available for use, including during its assembly, dismantling or

alteration, it shall be marked with general warning signs in accordance with and be suitably delineated by physical means preventing access to the danger zone.

(xii) Scaffolding may be assembled, dismantled or significantly altered only under the

supervision of a competent person and by persons who have received appropriate and specific training in the operations envisaged which addresses specific risks which the operations may entail and precautions to be taken, and more particularly in:

a. understanding of the plan for the assembly, dismantling or alteration of the

scaffolding concerned; b. safety during the assembly, dismantling or alteration of the scaffolding concerned; c. measures to prevent the risk of persons, materials or objects falling; d. safety measures in the event of changing weather conditions which could

adversely affect the safety of the scaffolding concerned;



e. permissible loadings; f. any other risks which the assembly, dismantling or alteration of the scaffolding may

entail.

18.18 Requirements for collective safeguards for arresting falls (i) Collective safeguard are a safety net, airbag or other collective safeguard for arresting

falls (ii) A safeguard shall be used only if

a. a risk assessment has demonstrated that the work activity can so far as is reasonably practicable be performed safely while using it and without affecting its effectiveness;

b. the use of other, safer work equipment is not reasonably practicable; and c. a sufficient number of available persons have received adequate training specific

to the safeguard, including rescue procedures. (iii) A safeguard shall be suitable and of sufficient strength to arrest safely the fall of any

person who is liable to fall. (iv) A safeguard shall:

a. in the case of a safeguard which is designed to be attached, be securely attached to all the required anchors, and the anchors and the means of attachment thereto shall be suitable and of sufficient strength and stability for the purpose of safely supporting the foreseeable loading in arresting any fall and during any subsequent rescue;

b. in the case of an airbag, landing mat or similar safeguard, be stable; and c. in the case of a safeguard, which distorts in arresting a fall, afford sufficient

clearance. (v) Suitable and sufficient steps shall be taken to ensure, so far as practicable, that in the

event of a fall by any person the safeguard does not itself cause injury to that person.

18.19 Requirements for personal fall protection systems (i) A personal fall protection system shall be used only if

a. a risk assessment has demonstrated that

1. the work can so far as is reasonably practicable be performed safely while using that system; and

2. the use of other safer work equipment is not reasonably practicable; and

b. the user and a sufficient number of available persons have received adequate

training specific to the operations envisaged, including rescue procedures. (ii) A personal fall protection system shall

a. be suitable and of sufficient strength for the purposes for which it is being used having regard to the work being carried out and any foreseeable loading;

b. where necessary, fit the user; c. be correctly fitted; d. be designed to minimise injury to the user and, where necessary, be adjusted to

prevent the user falling or slipping from it, should a fall occur; and e. be so designed, installed and used as to prevent unplanned or uncontrolled

movement of the user.



(iii) A personal fall protection system designed for use with an anchor shall be securely attached to at least one anchor, and each anchor and the means of attachment thereto shall be suitable and of sufficient strength and stability for the purpose of supporting any foreseeable loading.

(iv) Suitable and sufficient steps shall be taken to prevent any person falling or slipping

from a personal fall protection system. (v) All fall protection system should be inspected weekly as a minimum.

18.20 Requirements for Ladders (i) Every Contractor shall ensure that a ladder is used for work at height only if a risk

assessment has demonstrated that the use of more suitable work equipment is not justified because of the low risk and

a. The short duration of use; or b. Existing features on site, which he cannot alter.

(ii) Only metal ladders shall be allowed. Bamboo ladders are prohibited. (iii) Any surface upon which a ladder rests shall be stable, firm, of sufficient strength and

of suitable composition safely to support the ladder so that its rungs or steps remain horizontal, and any loading intended to be placed on it.

(iv) A ladder shall be so positioned as to ensure its stability during use (v) A suspended ladder shall be attached in a secure manner and so that, with the

exception of a flexible ladder, it cannot be displaced and swinging is prevented. (vi) A portable ladder shall be prevented from slipping during use by:

a. securing the stiles at or near their upper or lower ends; b. an effective anti-slip or other effective stability device; or c. any other arrangement of equivalent effectiveness.

(vii) A ladder used for access shall be long enough to protrude sufficiently above the place

of landing to which it provides access, unless other measures have been taken to ensure a firm handhold.

(viii) No interlocking or extension ladder shall be used unless its sections are prevented from

moving relative to each other while in use. (ix) A mobile ladder shall be prevented from moving before it is stepped on. (x) Where a ladder or run of ladders raises a vertical distance of 9 metres or more above

its base, there shall, where reasonably practicable, be provided at suitable intervals sufficient safe landing areas or rest platforms.

(xi) Every ladder shall be used in such a way that

a. a secure handhold and secure support are always available to the user; and

b. the user can maintain a safe handhold when carrying a load unless, in the case of a step ladder, the maintenance of a handhold is not practicable when a load is carried, and a risk assessment has demonstrated that the use of a stepladder is justified because of

1. the low risk; and 2. the short duration of use.



(xii) Ladders should be inspected weekly for any damage or corrosion.

18.21 Detailed requirements for Scaffolding

18.21.1 Scaffold General This procedure provides general information about the competent person, erection, inspection, and use of both welded-frame and tube-and-coupler scaffolds. (i) Scaffolds are intended to provide safe working positions at elevations. To eliminate fall

exposures, scaffolds must have complete handrails, mid-rails, and decking. Do not use fall arrest equipment as a substitute for handrails, mid-rails, or a complete deck.

(ii) Before erecting scaffolds, consider all nearby or overhead hazardous energy sources such as electrical, mechanical, pneumatic, thermal, and chemical.

(iii) Welded-frame scaffolds are made of basic prefabricated end frames, cross-bracing, and frame-connecting devices to hold the parts firmly in place. Tube and-coupler and system scaffolds are made of various lengths of tubing clamped together by special patented couplers to support working platforms of various shapes.

(iv) All complete scaffolds will have a top handrail approx. 1.1 meter above the platform, mid rail approx. 0.6 meter above the platform and a toe plate 10 cm tall from the platform.

(v) Do not inter mix scaffold components manufactured by different manufacturers unless the component parts fit together without force or modification.

(vi) Bamboo components are not permitted on NMRC Sites. Competent person: one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt, corrective measures to eliminate those. Qualified person: one who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demonstrated his or her ability to solve or resolve problems related to the subject matter, the work, or the project.

18.21.2 Erecting Scaffolds (i) Only employees who have been trained by and are under the supervision of a

competent person will erect scaffolds. The NMRC Project Safety Manager must approve scaffolds higher than 50 feet (15 meters) above the base plates.

(ii) Where fall hazards cannot be eliminated, use fall-arrest systems while erecting, modifying, and dismantling scaffolds. It is the responsibility of the competent person to determine the feasibility and type of fall-arrest system to be used.

(iii) Set scaffold legs on base plates placed on foundations or mudsills that are adequate for supporting the maximum intended loads. Scaffold boards and

(iv) masonry blocks are not appropriate scaffold foundations. The total load on a scaffold consists of the sum of the weight of the workers and materials on a scaffold plus the weight of the scaffold.

(v) Install adjusting screws only between the base plate and the vertical frame section. Never use adjusting screws together with casters. Do not extend adjusting screws beyond 12 inches (30 centimetres).

(vi) The position and number of braces used on a scaffold not only restricts the amount of side movement, but also determines the strength of the scaffold. Never use cross-braces as substitutes for handrails or mid rails.



(vii) When the height of a scaffold exceeds three times the smallest width of the base, secure it to the building or structure at every other lift and every 9 meters horizontally. The scaffold should be secured by both ties and braces to prevent movement Equip scaffold working platforms with handrails approximately one meter high, mid rails, and toe boards, all secured rigidly. Working platforms should be completely decked with safety planks, manufactured scaffold decking, or laminated wooden planks.

(viii) To allow access to the working platform of a tubular welded frame scaffold, the ladder built into the end frames can be used if it has been specifically designed and constructed by the manufacturer for the purpose of access.

(ix) Employees engaged in erecting or dismantling tubular-welded frame scaffolds may use the end-frame horizontal members for access provided they are parallel, level, and are not more than 22 inches apart vertically. Hook-on attachable ladders shall be installed as soon as scaffold erection has progressed to a point that permits safe installation and use. Consideration should be given to breaking the ladder at approximately 6 meter intervals. Retractable or vertical lifelines should be used for fall protection while climbing more than 20-feet.

(x) When portable straight or extension ladders are used for access to tube-and coupler scaffolds, the 4-to-1 slope should be maintained to avoid a horizontal tube interfering with the use of the ladder.

(xi) Scaffold users should be able to step off the scaffold access ladder directly onto the working platform. Provide entry gates for scaffolds to eliminate the need for users to climb over handrails.

(xii) Tag or otherwise identify scaffolds that should not be occupied or that require particular safety precautions. The tag should indicate special requirements, the date of erection, and the signature of the competent person.

(xiii) Scaffolds and their components must be capable of supporting, without failure, at least four times the maximum intended load. Materials should be evenly distributed on platforms and not concentrated in one small area.

(xiv) During erection of scaffolds, the electrical clearances shall be maintained as per the tabulation mentioned herein in this document

18.21.3 Scaffold Inspection

(i) A competent person shall visually inspect all components of the scaffold for defects

prior to each shift's use and following any occurrence that could affect the scaffold's structural integrity. Defective components will be immediately discarded.

(ii) Before erecting and while dismantling scaffolds, inspect all components. Scaffold components should be straight and free from bends, kinks, dents, and severe rusting. Immediately discard defective components. Inspections should include an evaluation of the following components:

a. Handrails, mid-rails, toe boards, cross-bracing and steel tubing for nicks and other

damage, especially near the centre span, and for signs that welding arcs may have struck the equipment

b. weld zones on the scaffold frame for cracks c. the end of tubing for splits or cracks d. manufactured decks for loose bolts or rivet connections and bent, kinked, or dented

frames e. safety planks for rot, cracks, cuts, and other external damage f. tie rods or bolts and angle iron cleats g. cams, springs, threaded connection, toggle pins, or other quick-connecting devices



h. Casters for rough rolling surfaces, "sticky" swivels, and defective locking mechanisms.

(iii) Scaffold Inspection Tag, Boards, identifying that the scaffold is “Safe For Use” or

“Scaffolds Under Construction” must be attached to all scaffolds.

18.21.4 Scaffold Training (i) Employees involved in the erection, dismantling, moving, repairing, etc., of scaffolding

shall receive training from a competent person. The purpose of the training is to recognize any hazards associated with the work in question. Training shall consist of:

a. The nature of scaffold hazards b. The correct procedures for erecting, disassembling, moving, operating, repairing,

inspecting, and maintaining the type of scaffold. c. The design criteria, maximum intended load-carrying capacity, and intended use

of the scaffold. (ii) Employees who perform work while on a scaffold shall be trained by a qualified person

so they will recognize hazards associated with the type of scaffold being used and understand the procedures to control those hazards. Training will cover the following topics as necessary:

a. The nature of any electrical hazards, fall hazards, and falling object hazards in the

work area. b. The correct procedures for dealing with electrical hazards and for erecting,

maintaining, and disassembling the fall protection systems and falling object protection systems used.

c. The proper use of the scaffold and the proper handling of materials on the scaffold. d. The maximum intended load and the load-carrying capacities of the scaffolds used.

18.21.5 Suspended Scaffolding

Swinging stages, toothpicks, boatswain chairs, float, and needle beams require special approval prior to use. Attach and secure safety harness before stepping on these scaffolds and do not remove until clear of the scaffold. Tie off to independent lifeline or building structure. One lifeline per person.

19.0 OVERHEAD PROTECTION

19.1 All contractors shall provide overhead protections as per Rule 41 of BOCWR.

19.2 Overhead protection should be erected along the periphery of every building which is under construction and the building height shall be 15m or above after construction.

19.3 Overhead protection shall be minimum 2m wide and the outer edge shall be 150mm higher than the inner edge and an angle not more than 20º to its horizontal sloping into the building.

19.4 Overhead protection shall not be erected more than a height of 5m from the base of the building.

19.5 Areas of inadvertent hazard of falling of material shall be guarded or barricaded or roped-off thereby by the Contractor.

20.0 SLIPPING, TRIPPING, CUTTING, DROWNING AND FALLING HAZARDS As per Rule 42 of BOCWR:

20.1 All places should be free from dust, debris or similar materials.



20.2 Sharp projections or any protruding nails or similar objects shall be suitably guarded or shall even be avoided to make the place safe to work.

20.3 Contractor shall not allow workmen to work or use platforms, scaffolds/passageways or any walkways, which has water, or oil or similar substances spilt and has a slipping hazard, unless it is cleaned off or covered or sanded or saw dusted or make it safe with any suitable material.

20.4 When workers are exposed to areas where fall into water is possible, the Contractor shall provide suitable and adequate equipment for saving the workers from drowning and rescuing from such hazard. If the Employer considers, the Contractor shall provide well-equipped boat or launch, manned with trained personnel at the work place.

20.5 Open side or opening where worker, equipment, vehicle or lifting appliance may fall at a building or outside shall be guarded suitably except in places of free access by reasons of nature of work.

20.6 Suitable safety net shall be provided at places of material / man falling is possible in accordance with national standards.

20.7 The collapse of formwork in the construction industry has the potential for severe injury and death. The four stages of the use of formwork (erection, adjustment, concrete placement and dismantling) all need to be managed in a risk assessment framework. Implementing suitable control measures can eliminate or reduce the potential for events such as the collapse of formwork. Suitable control measures include: (i) keeping the documentation for the formwork at the workplace; (ii) following the formwork documentation; (iii) planning to ensure that all elements of the process are conducted in a safe manner –

eg ensuring operators such as crane operators, concrete placers are suitably licensed and trained, appropriate personal protective equipment is used etc;

(iv) erecting the formwork on foundations which will support the loads to be imposed on the formwork;

(v) not erecting formwork near excavation; (vi) ensuring materials used in the erection of formwork are not defective; (vii) securing loose material which may be dislodged as a result of inclement weather; (viii) inspecting the formwork assembly before and during the placement of concrete; (ix) not attaching equipment to the formwork assembly unless specifically designed for this

purpose; and not using a stripping process which may cause damage to the permanent structure.

21.0 LIFTING APPLIANCES AND GEAR

21.1 Lifting appliances means a crane, hoist machinery, derrick, winch, gin pole, sheer legs, jack,

hoist drum, slewing machinery, slewing bearing fasteners, loffing machinery sheaves, pulley blocks, hooks or other equipment used for lifting materials, objects or building workers and lifting gears means ropes, chain slings, shackles, hooks, lifting lugs, wire ropes, lifting eyebolts and eyenuts and other accessories of a lifting appliance.

21.2 No machine shall be selected to do any lifting on a specific job until its size and characteristics are considered against: (i) the weights, dimensions and lift radii of the heaviest and largest loads (ii) the maximum lift height, the maximum lift radius and the weight of the loads that must

be handled at each (iii) the number and frequency of lifts to be made (iv) how long the crane will be required on site



(v) the type of lifting to be done (for example, is precision placement of loads important?) (vi) the type of carrier required (this depends on ground conditions and machine capacity

In its operating quadrants) capacity is normally greatest over the rear, less over the side, and non-existent over the front

(vii) whether loads will have to be walked or carried (viii) whether loads will have to be suspended for lengthy periods (ix) the site conditions, including the ground where the machine will be set up, access roads

and ramps it must travel, space for erection and any obstacles that might impede access or operation

21.3 The Contractor shall ensure that a valid certificate of fitness issued as per Clause 21.5 is

available for all lifting appliances including synchronised mobile jacks, pre-stressing hydraulic jacks, jacks fitted with launching girders etc. and Employer’s approval before inducting to the site. Only after obtaining the approval from the Employer any lifting appliances and gear shall be used.

21.4 The laminated photocopies of fitness certificate issued by competent person, the Employers’ approval letter, the operators’ photo, manufacturer’s load chart and competency certificate shall always be either kept in the operator cabin or pasted on the visible surface of the lifting appliances.

21.5 All lifting appliances and loose gears shall be clearly marked for its safe working load and identification by stamping or other suitable means.

21.6 The Contractor shall also maintain a register containing a system of identification of all tools and tackles, its date of purchase, safe working load, competent person date of examination etc.

21.7 Test and periodical examination of lifting appliances and gears

21.7.1 All lifting appliances including all parts and gears thereof, whether fixed or movable shall be thoroughly tested and examined by a competent person once at least in every six months or after it has undergone any alterations or repairs liable to affect its strength or stability. Within the validity, if the lifting appliances are shifted to a new site, re-examination by the same competent person for ensuring its safety shall also be done.

21.7.2 Contractors can utilise the services of any competent person as defined in Factories Act, 1948 and approved by Chief Inspector of Factories with the permission of the Employer.

21.7.3 All alarms and signals like automatic safe load indicators (SLI), boom angle indicators, boom extension indicators, over lift boom alarm, swing alarm, hydraulic safety valves, mechanical radius indicators, load moment indicators etc. shall be periodically examined and maintained always in working condition

21.8 Automatic safe load indicators

21.8.1 As stipulated in relevant Rule of GBOCWR 2003, no lifting appliances gear or any other material handling appliance is used, if: (i) the Inspector having jurisdiction is not satisfied with reference to a certification of test

or examination or to an authenticated record maintain as provided under these rules; and

(ii) in the view of such Inspector, the lifting appliance, lifting gear or any other material

handling appliance is not safe for use in building or other construction work; and



(iii) no pulley block is used in building or other construction work unless the safe working load and its identification are clearly marked on such block.

21.8.2 Every lifting appliances and gears like cranes, hydras etc, if so constructed that the safe working load may be varied by raising or lowering of the jib or otherwise shall be attached with an automatic indicator of safe working loads approved by Bureau of Indian standards/ International certifying bodies which gives a warning to the operator and arrests further movements of the lifting parts.

21.9 Qualification of operator of lifting appliances and of signaller etc.

21.9.1 The Contractor shall not employ any person to drive or operate a lifting machine like crane, hydra etc whether driven by mechanical power or otherwise or to give signals to work as a operator of a rigger or derricks unless he: (i) is above twenty-one years of age and possesses a valid heavy transport vehicle driving

licence as per Motor Vehicle Act and Rules. (ii) is absolutely competent and reliable (iii) possesses the knowledge of the inherent risks involved in the operation of lifting

appliances by undergoing a formal training at any institution of national importance acceptable to Employer

(iv) is medically examined periodically as specified in Schedule VII of BOCW Rules.

21.10 General requirements of appliances

21.10.1 Out-of level One of the most severe effects of being out-of fit level is that side loads develop in the boom. Because of side loads all mobile cranes lose capacity rapidly as the degree of out-of-level increases and therefore control of out-of-level is of utmost importance.

21.10.2 Boom (i) The boom is one of the more critical elements of the crane and must be in perfect

condition at all time. No boom section with a bent lattice member shall be allowed (ii) All welds shall be crack and corrosion free (iii) No member of the boom shall be bent (iv) All telescopic boom shall be free from cracks, rust, flaking or cracked paint, bulges,

greases or varnishes

21.10.3 The sweep area (work area) of the construction machinery shall be always free from obstructions.

21.10.4 All hydraulic piping and fittings shall be maintained leak proof.

21.10.5 The operator cab shall posses good and safe: (i) structure, windows and windshield wipers (ii) Drivers chair and foot rest (iii) Control handles (iv) Cab instrumentation (v) Telecommunication (vi) Cab out fitting



(vii) wind indicator with an adjustable set point shall be in a position representative for the wind on the crane. The indicator shall give continuous information regarding constant speeds and gusts.

21.11 Mandatory rigging requirements

21.11.1 Rigging shall be done under experienced and qualified rigger only.

21.11.2 The primary requirement in rigging shall be to assess the weight of load before attempting any

lift.

21.11.3 All hooks shall be fitted with Master Rings having certificate of fitness from the competent person, so that the hooks are subjected to balanced vertical loading only.

21.11.4 Only four legged slings shall be allowed which includes master link (ring), intermediate master link (ring) if necessary, chain / wire rope sling, sling hook or other terminal fitting.

21.11.5 Hand spliced slings up to 32mm diameter shall not be used at site for any lifting purpose.

21.11.6 No load shall be slewed over public areas without stopping the pedestrians and road traffic first.

21.11.7 Requirements of outriggers (i) All outriggers shall be fully extended and at all tyres are clear of the ground (ii) Heavy duty blocking having large bearing area shall be necessary to prevent sinking

of floats

21.11.8 All loads shall have tag-lines attached in order to ensure that the load can be controlled at all times.

21.11.9 No close working to any live overhead power line is permitted without the operation of a strict Permit to Work.

21.11.10 Minimum lighting is to be ensured at all lifting operations.

21.12 Failure to do any of the above shall attract penalty from the Employer as per relevant clause

22.0 LAUNCHING OPERATION

22.1 As launching operation is one of the riskiest job, the Contractor shall take utmost precaution at all stages like; planning, establishing casing yard, casting segments, transporting segments, fabrication and erection of launching girders, launching of segments, pre-stressing, auto launching of girders and dismantling of launching girders.

22.2 The Contractor shall prepare a comprehensive Method Statement for the launching operation, adhering to the SHE conditions laid down in conditions of contract on SHE and Project SHE Manual. Particular reference shall be made to the provisions on working at height. As the entire process of launching has to be undertaken at an elevated level, the safety of workers and the girder is paramount important. The following general guidelines shall be adhered throughout the launching operation. (i) Necessary ‘working platforms’ and fall protection anchorage arrangement shall be

provided in the launching girder itself. (ii) Provisions for mounting light fittings shall also be made available in the launching

girder. (iii) The casting yard shall be established ensuring the provision given in Clause 38.0



(iv) The workmen engaged in fabrication of reinforcement, concreting the segment shall be provided with necessary PPEs including compulsory hand protection gloves.

(v) Casting and curing of segment shall be undertaken under the direct supervision of the

responsible engineer of the Contractor. (vi) Trucks with valid registration, licence, safe worthiness certificate, Employer’s approval

certificate, and pollution under check certificate shall only be used for transport of segments.

(vii) All vehicle drivers including heavy vehicle operators shall be trained on defensive

driving at training institute recognized by Uttar Pradesh State Road Transport Corporation / Government of Uttar Pradesh, or any other driving institute registered under Motor Vehicles Act.

(viii) Drivers shall also have undergone proper medical examination as per relevant clause

mentioned under ‘Medical Facilities’. (ix) The segments shall be rigidly secured to the truck with necessary wooden wedges and

necessary red indicators/safety tapes provided so that the vehicle is clearly seen by other road users both in day / night time. Further, necessary arrangements / modification should be made in the trailer and Engineer / Employer approval shall be obtained before the transportation starts.

(x) Every launching girder shall have a responsible engineer on duty all the time. (xi) All the time from erection to dismantling the area between the two piers wherein

launching is in progress shall always be barricaded. (xii) Unloading of segments from trucks, lifting of segments, shifting of segments, gluing

shall be done under the direct supervision of the approved engineer of the Contractor. (xiii) Auto launching shall be done only after approval from the Employer. After every auto

launching the stability of launching girder shall be ensured. (xiv) The vertical deflection of launching girder shall be monitored at all critical stages like

with/without loads and after every auto launching. (xv) A register containing all important operational details from erection to dismantling of

launching girders shall be maintained and made available to Employer whenever called for.

(xvi) Test certificate for all lifting gears including Macalloy bars shall be maintained at a

location closer to the launching girder itself so that it can be referred during all inspections.

(xvii) Adequate lighting at all time shall be ensured in the entire area of operation. (xviii) Access to drinking water & toilet shall be ensured to all workmen engaged for launching

process. (xix) Proper access ladders/stairways shall be maintained for safe ascending / descending

of workmen / engineers.

22.3 Non-adherence to any of the clauses mentioned above shall be viewed seriously by the Employer and penalty levied as per relevant clause.

23.0 CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY



23.1 Construction machineries may include dumpers and dump trucks, lift trucks and telescopic handlers piling rigs, vibro hammers, rail welding equipments, mobile elevating work platforms, cranes, tipper lorries, lorry loaders, skip wagons, 360° excavators, 180° backhoe loaders, crawler tractors, scrapers, graders, loading shovels, trenchers, side booms, pavers, planers, chippers, road rollers, locomotives, tankers and browsers, trailers, hydraulic and mechanical breakers etc.

23.2 Safe worthiness certificate

23.2.1 Every construction equipment shall be in sound mechanical working condition and certified by either competent person under Factories Act or manufacturers’ warranty in case of brand new equipments or authorized persons / firms approved by Employer before induction to any site.

23.2.2 Every such certificate shall have the date of purchase, main overhauling undertaken in the past, any accident to the equipment, visual examination details, critical components safety check, list of safety devises and its working condition, manufacturer’s maintenance checklist, past projects wherein the equipments were used etc as its minimum content.

23.3 Reverse Horns All Vehicles shall be fitted with audible reverse alarms and maintained in good working condition. Reversing shall be done only when there is adequate rear view visibility or under the directions of a banks man

23.4 General operating procedures (i) Drivers entering site shall be instructed to follow the safe system of work adopted on

site. These shall be verbal instructions or, preferably, written instructions showing the relevant site rules, the site layout, delivery areas, speed limits, etc.

(ii) No passengers shall be carried, unless specific seating has been provided in

accordance with the manufacturers’ recommendations. (iii) Working on gradients beyond any equipments capability shall not be allowed. (iv) Prevention of dumper and dump truck accidents should be managed by providing

wheel stops at a sufficient distance from the edges of excavations, spoil heaps, pits, etc.

(v) The manufacturer’s recommended bucket size must not be exceeded in excavators. (vi) If excavators operating on a gradient which cannot be avoided, it must be ensured that

the working cycle is slowed down, that the bucket is not extended too far in the downhill direction, and that travel is undertaken with extreme caution. A large excavator must never be permitted to travel in a confined area, or around people, without a banks man to guide the driver, who should have the excavator attachment close in to the machine, with the bucket just clear of the ground. On wheeled excavators, it is essential that the tyres are in good condition and correctly inflated. If stabilizing devices are fitted, they should be employed when the machine is excavating.

(vii) When the front shovel of the 180° backhoe loaders is being employed, the backhoe

attachment shall be in its “travel” position, with the safety locking device in place. (viii) When operating the backhoe in poor ground conditions, the stabilisers tend to sink into

the surface of the ground, reducing stability. Therefore frequent checks shall be made for the stability of the machine. The loading shovel should always be lowered to the ground to stabilise the machine when the backhoe is employed.

(ix) The netting operation of the skip wagons should be carried out prior to lifting the skip

to reduce the risks of working on the rear platform.



(x) If a tractor dozer is employed on clearing scrub or felling trees, it shall be provided with

adequate driver protection. (xi) When two or more scrapers are working on the same job, a minimum distance of at

least 25m shall be kept between them. (xii) In case of hydraulic breakers, hydraulic rams and hoses shall be in good working

condition

23.5 All wood working machines shall be fitted with suitable guards and devices such as top guard, riving knife, push stick, guards for drive belts and chains, and emergency stop switch easily accessible by the operator.

23.6 Requirements related to use of Bulldozers

23.6.1 General (i) Be careful when working near the edge of banks, ditches, cuts or fills, or near

overhanging material. The vibration and weight of the machine may cause the edge to give way or overhanging material to fall.

(ii) Before starting work, ensure that an observer is present when plant is required to work in water where the depth may endanger the operator.

(iii) Avoid obstacles such as rocks or logs. If forced to cross them, use extreme caution and change to the lowest gear.

(iv) Ease up to the balance point and ease down to minimise the jolt on contact with the other side.

(v) When receiving a wire rope on a drum or through Sheaves, operators should disengage the master clutch, idle the engine, and lock the brakes.

NOTE: All operators should stop engines before working with ropes wound on front-mounted drums.

23.6.2 Clearing Operations

(i) When clearing trees, watch out for dead branches in treetops.

(ii) Dozer operators should make sure that all persons are standing clear before pushing

over trees, dozing rocks or rolling logs.

(iii) A long rope should be used to pull over large dead trees. (Make sure in advance that a falling tree will clear the machine and operator).

(iv) In excavation work, operators should be alert to dangers from overhanging dirt and rocks. In such cases, dozers should be equipped with the relevant overhead protection.

23.7 Requirements related to use of Excavators

(i) When excavating trenches, place the excavated material at a distance of one and a

half times the depth of the trench from the edge of that trench. Where this is not practicable, place excavated materials at least one (1) metre from the edge of the trench.

(ii) Ensure the ground beneath the machine is not undercut.



(iii) Watch boom clearance when travelling. Uneven ground may cause the boom to weave and collide with obstructions.

(iv) Avoid jerky slewing or sudden braking. These can make the machine unstable and overload machine components.

(v) Ensure the operator has the appropriate restricted operator’s licence if the excavator is to be used in the crane mode.

(vi) When an excavator is used in the crane mode, check that the lifting weight is well within the approved lifting capacity for the machine. This lifting capacity shall be clearly and permanently marked on each machine.

(vii) Only operate attachments while stationary, as operation during travelling may starve one of the track drive motors and result in an unintended turn.

(viii) Consider implementing a ‘Permit to Work’ system, particularly when working near power lines or underground power for example: - that the height of power lines is known; - that the underground location is known; and - visible measure, such as tiger tails, are put in place.

23.8 Requirements related to use of Trucks

23.8.1 General

(i) Drive defensively (ii) Obey road signs (iii) Never race with other vehicles (iv) When following another vehicle, always allow enough distance to stop safely. (v) One truck length for every 10 km per hour of truck speed should be the minimum

distance between vehicles. (vi) Reversing is the most hazardous truck operation. Reversing alarms, which are fitted

on some trucks, are effective in warning persons of the danger. Reverse trucks only when they are under the direction of a signalman or when satisfied that the way is clear and will remain clear.

(vii) Be cautious of spillage from loaded units and any hazards the spillage might present to people on the ground and to the tyres of other plant.

(viii) Trucks sometimes fall over a tip head because the driver backs over the edge or the edge collapses under the weight of the truck.

(ix) Use a protective beam or timber baulk or back under the control of a signalman in order to avoid this happening.

(x) Principal Contractors should provide an earth mound to at least half the wheel diameter. This is a known control that is also used in the mining industry.

(xi) Where ground conditions are soft, or the tip head is likely to subside, dump loads back from the edge and have a dozer move the material over the edge.

23.8.2 Loading

(i) Never enter or leave the cab during loading. (ii) Watch for and avoid other vehicles, personnel and rock outcrops on entering or leaving

the loading area. (iii) Stay a safe distance from trucks ahead at the loading point, and follow the directions

of the signalman or loader operator before moving into the loading position. (iv) Move off when signalled that loading is complete. (v) Load material, e.g. timber, so that it does not project beyond the truck body and present

a hazard to other plant, people or structures. (vi) Where material is to be transported on a public road, maintain a distance of 1.2 metre

or more beyond the front or rear of the vehicle, or 150 mm on either side, shall have a visible red flag or object fastened to the projecting end.

(vii) Unusually wide or long loads require a permit from the Police Department.



(viii) Secure loads at the lowest possible level on the tray with ropes or chains, and take special care when the truck is to travel over rough terrain.

(ix) Truck operators are responsible for giving load placement requirements to crane operators before loading operations begin.

(x) The load should be placed so that it will remain stable during loading, unloading and travelling.

23.8.3 Unloading

(i) Lower truck bodies before leaving the dump area. (ii) Only raise truck bodies to unload materials on surfaces where the vehicle will remain

stable and upright. (iii) Never raise truck bodies to within a specified distance of overhead power line. (iv) Take special care when tipping a load or spreading screenings on a road. (v) With the tray up, trucks are less stable and are more likely to roll over, particularly on

hilly sections or roads with surface irregularities or steep shoulders. (vi) Check that the raised tray will not foul overhead power lines or telephone wires. (vii) Never place part of your body under a raised truck body unless the truck body is

securely propped.

23.8.4 Transporting personnel (i) Trucks shall not be used to transport personnel unless they are specifically designed

to do so. (ii) Where a bus is employed for the transportation of personnel, the bus shall: -be

enclosed; have seats which are attached to the vehicle; have a safe means of access and exit; and, have two means of exit in case of emergency.

(iii) Drivers transporting personnel should be alert, dependable and careful. (iv) Relevant safety rules include: never allow passengers to ride with their arms outside

the vehicle; only start the vehicle after everyone is seated; persons should only get on or off the vehicle when it is stationary; tools, plant or gear should be stored in a compartment separate from passengers, i.e. compartments that are designed for storage and transportation and are separate from where personnel are seated.

(v) All items stored in this compartment should be secured against movement; and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the passengers' compartment.

23.8.5 Towing

(i) When towing another vehicle, take the following precautions: ensure the towing cable

is undamaged and has a safe working load adequate for the job. (ii) Slings, straps or chains which are used for towing should not be used for lifting any

gear or materials and should be identified as such, e.g. slings and chains, etc. should be tagged "not for use in hoisting operations";

(iii) Before reversing, ensure everyone is clear. Get help from a signalman if the rear view is obstructed;

(iv) Attach the towing cable securely to the machines at the points recommended by the manufacturer.

(v) If these are not known, ensure fixing points are selected that will not damage the tow cable or the machine;

(vi) check what brakes are operational on the towed vehicle. There is unlikely to be any power assistance available for the brake system. Do not rely on parking brakes as a means of control;

(vii) When moving off, take up the slack carefully. Do not jerk the cable, and keep it taut to avoid damage;

(viii) keep towing speed down and as constant as possible; (ix) Keep clear of the area between the towing vehicle and the towed vehicle; and attach a

warning sign on the rear of the towed vehicle or machine which reads "Vehicle Under Tow".

23.9 Penalty



If any of the above clauses are not adhered, penalty shall be imposed as per relevant clause depending upon the gravity of the unsafe act and or condition.

24.0 MACHINE AND GENERAL AREA GUARDING

24.1 The Contractor shall ensure at the construction site all motors, cogwheels, chains and friction gearing, flywheels, shafting, dangerous and moving parts of machinery are securely fenced or legged. The fencing of dangerous part of machinery is not removed while such machinery is in motion or in use.

25.0 MANUAL LIFTING AND CARRYING OF EXCESSIVE WEIGHT

25.1 The Contractor shall ensure at his construction site of a building or other construction work that no building worker lifts by hand or carries overhead or over his back or shoulders any material, article, tool or appliances exceeding in weight as said below as per Rule 38 of BOCWR, unless aided by another building worker or device.

Person Maximum weight in kg Adult man 55 Adult woman 30

25.2 No building worker aided by other building worker shall lift or carry weight higher than or

exceeding the sum of total of maximum limits set out for each building worker separately as mentioned in the table above.

26.0 SITE ELECTRICITY

26.1 Competency of Electrical personnel

26.1.1 The Contractor shall employ qualified and competent electrical personnel as specified in General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/001.

26.2 Assessment of power

26.2.1 The Contractor shall assess the size and location of the electrical loads and the manner in which they vary with time during the currency of the Contract.

26.2.2 The Contractor shall elaborate as to how the total supply is to be obtained / generated. The details of the source of electricity, earthing requirement, substation / panel boards, distribution system shall be prepared and necessary approval from Employer obtained before proceeding of the execution of the job.

26.2.3 The main Contractor shall take consideration, the requirements of the sub / petty contractors’ electric power supply and arrive at the capacity of main source of power supply from diesel generators.

26.2.4 As the sub / petty contractors’ small capacity generators create more noise and safety hazard, no small capacity diesel generators shall be allowed for whatsoever the type of job to be executed under this contract.

26.2.5 If any unsafe noise making small capacity diesel generators are found used by sub / petty contractors the main contractor shall only be penalised.

26.3 Work on site The Contractor shall also submit electrical single line diagram, schematic diagram and the details of the equipment for all temporary electrical installation and these diagrams together with the temporary electrical equipment shall be submitted to the Employer’s for necessary approval. Failure to do so shall invite penalty as per relevant clause.



26.4 Strength and capability of electrical equipment

No electrical equipment shall be put into use where its strength and capability may be exceeded in such a way as may give rise to danger.

26.5 Adverse or hazardous environments Electrical equipment, which may reasonably foreseeably be exposed to: (a) Mechanical damage; (b) the effects of the weather, natural hazards, temperature or pressure; (c) the effects of wet, dirty, dusty or corrosive conditions; or (d) any flammable or explosive substance, including dusts, vapours or gases, shall be of such construction or as necessary protected as to prevent, so far as is reasonably practicable, danger arising from such exposure.

26.6 Distribution system

26.6.1 The Contractor shall provide distribution system for control and distribution of electricity from a main AC supply of 50Hz for typical appliances: (a) Fixed plant – 400V 3 phase (b) Movable plant fed via trailing cable over 3.75 kW – 400V, 3 phase (c) Installation in site buildings – 230V single phase (d) Fixed flood lighting – 230V single phase (e) Portable and hand tools – 115V single phase (f) Site lighting - 115V single phase (g) Portable hand lamps – 115V single phase

26.7 Electrical protection circuits

26.7.1 Precautions shall be taken, either by earthing or by other suitable means, to prevent danger arising when any conductor (other than a circuit conductor) which may reasonably foreseeable become charged as a result of either the use of a system, or a fault in a system, becomes so charged. A conductor shall be regarded as earthed when conductors of sufficient strength and current-carrying capability to discharge electrical energy to earth connect it to the general mass of earth. If a circuit conductor is connected to earth or to any other reference point, nothing which might reasonably be expected to give rise to danger by breaking the electrical continuity or introducing high impedance shall be placed in that conductor unless suitable precautions are taken to prevent that danger.

26.7.2 Appropriate electrical protection shall be provided for all circuits, against over load, short circuit and earth fault current.

26.7.3 The Contractor shall provide sufficient ELCBs (maintain sensitivity 30 mA) / RCCBs for all the equipments (including Potable equipments), electrical switchboards, distribution panels etc. to prevent electrical shocks to the workers.

26.7.4 All protection devices shall be capable of interrupting the circuit without damage to any equipments and circuits in case of any fault may occur.

26.7.5 Rating of fuses and circuit breakers used for the protection of circuits should be coordinate with equipment power ratings.

26.7.6 Protection against lightning shall be ensured to all equipment kept in open at sites.



26.8 Cables

26.8.1 Cables shall be selected after full consideration of the condition to which they shall be exposed and the duties for which they are required. Supply cable up to 3.3 kV shall be in accordance with BS 6346.

26.8.2 For supplies to mobile or transportable equipment where operating of the equipment subjects the cable to flexing, the cable shall conform to any of these codes BS 6007 / BS 6500 / BS 7375.

26.8.3 Flexible cords with a conductor cross sectional area smaller than 1.5 mm2 shall not be used and insulated flexible cable shall conform to BS 6500 and BS 7375.

26.8.4 Where low voltage cables are to be used, reference shall be made to BS 7375. The following standards shall also be referred to particularly for underground cables BS 6346 and BS 6708

26.8.5 Cables buried directly in the ground shall be of a type incorporating armour or metal sheath or both. Such cables shall be marked by cable covers or a suitable marking tape and be buried at a sufficient depth to avoid their being damaged by any disturbance of the ground. Cable routes shall be marked on the plans kept in the site electrical register.

26.8.6 Cabling passing under the walk way and across way for transport and mobile equipment shall be laid in ducts at a minimum depth of 0.6 meters.

26.8.7 Cables that need to cross open areas, or where span of 3m or more are involved, a catenary wire on poles or other supports shall be provided for convenient means of suspension. Minimum height shall be 6m above ground.

26.8.8 Cables carrying a voltage to earth in excess of 65V other than supply for welding process shall have metal armour or sheath, which has been effectively earthed and monitored by the contractor. In case of flexible and trailing cables such earthed metal sheath and/or armour should be in addition to the earth core in the cable and shall not be used as the protective conductor.

26.8.9 Armoured cables having an over-sheath of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or an oil resisting and flame retardant compound shall be used whenever there is a risk of mechanical damage occurring

26.9 Plugs, socket-outlets and couplers

26.9.1 The Contractor shall ensure plugs, socket-outlets, and couplers available in the construction site as “splash proof” type. The minimum degree of Ingress Protection should be of IP44 in accordance with BS EN 60529.

26.9.2 Only plugs and fittings of the weatherproof type shall be used and they should be colour coded in accordance with the Internationally recognised standards for example as detailed as follows: (i) 110 volts: Yellow (ii) 240 volts: Blue (iii) 415 volts: Red

26.10 Connections

26.10.1 Every joint and connection in a system shall be mechanically and electrically suitable for use to prevent danger. Proper cable connectors as per national/international standards shall only be used to connect cables.

26.10.2 No loose connections or tapped joints shall be allowed anywhere in the work site, office area, stores and other areas. Penalty as per relevant clause shall be put in case of observation of any tapped joints.



26.11 Portable and hand-held equipments The Contractor shall ensure the use of double insulated or all-insulated portable electrical hand equipment may be used without earthing (i.e. two core cables), but they shall still be used only on 110V because of the risk of damage to trailing leads.

26.12 Other equipments:

26.12.1 All equipment shall have the provision for major switch/cut-off switch in the equipment itself.

26.12.2 All non-current carrying metal parts of electrical equipment shall be earthed through insulated cable

26.12.3 Isolate exposed high-voltage (over 415 Volts) equipment, such as transformer banks, open switches, and similar equipment with exposed energized parts and prevent unauthorised access.

26.12.4 Approved perimeter markings shall be used to isolate restricted areas from designated work areas and entryways and shall be erected before work begins and maintained for entire duration of work. Approved perimeter marking shall be installed with either red barrier tape printed with the words "DANGER—HIGH VOLTAGE" or a barrier of yellow or orange synthetic rope, approximately 1 to 1.5 meter above the floor or work surface.

26.13 Work on or near live conductors No person shall be engaged in any work activity on or so near any live conductor (other than one suitably covered with insulating material so as to prevent danger) that danger may arise unless: (a) it is unreasonable in all the circumstances for it to be dead; and (b) it is reasonable in all the circumstances for him to be at work on or near it while it is live;

and (c) suitable precautions (including where necessary the provision of suitable protective

equipment) are taken to prevent injury.

26.14 Inspection and Maintenance

26.14.1 All electrical equipment should be permanently numbered and a record kept of the date of issue, date of last inspection and recommended inspection period.

26.14.2 Fixed installations shall be inspected at least at three monthly intervals; routine maintenance being carried out in accordance with equipment manufactures recommendations.

27.0 LIGHTING

27.1 The Contractor shall provide sufficient site lighting, of the right type and at the right place for it to be properly effective. Lighting ought not to introduce the risk of electric shock. Therefore, 230V supplies should be used for those fittings, which are robustly installed, and well out of reach e.g. flood lighting or high-pressure discharge lamps.

27.2 Selection of Luminaries The Contractor shall select the luminaries as per the area requirement indicated below:

SN Type of Lighting

Area of Requirement Luminaries

1 Area Lighting Workmen and vehicles to move about in safely.

• Shovel type: non-symmetrical • Symmetrical or non-symmetrical

tungsten halogen



2 Beam flood lighting

Concentrated light over an area from a relatively great distance.

• Portable flood light (Conical beam) • Wide angle flood (fan shaped beam) • Medium or narrow angle flood

(Conical beam) 3 Dispersive

lighting Lighting for indoor • Dispersive (Mercury florescent)

• Cargo cluster • Florescent trough

4 Walkway lighting

Lighting for stairways, ladder ways, corridors, scaffold access routes, etc.

• Well glass unit • Bulkhead unit (tungsten filament) • Bulk head unit (Florescent)

5 Local lighting Lighting on sites and fittings are generally accessible to operatives

• PAR (Parabolic Aluminised Reflector) lamp cluster

• Festoons (with or without shades) • Adjustable florescent work lamp • Portable flood lamp (mounted on

own cable drum)

27.3 The Contractor shall ensure that luminaries should always be placed so that no person is required to work in their own shadow and so that the local light for one person is not a source of glare for the others. Strongly made clamps should be available for attaching luminaries to poles and other convenient supports.

27.4 Luminaries should be robust, resistant to corrosion and rain proof especially at the point of the cable entry.

27.5 The correct type of lamp for each luminaries should always be used and when lamps need to be replaced if shall be in accordance with the supply voltage.

27.6 Lamp holders not fitted with a lamp should be capped off.

27.7 The Contractor shall take every effort to illuminate the work site as per the Employer’s requirement illustrated in General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/011.

28.0 HAND TOOLS AND POWER TOOLS

28.1 General

28.1.1 The Contractor is wholly responsible for the safe condition of tools and equipment used by his employees and that of his sub-contractors.

28.1.2 Use of short / damaged hand tools shall be avoided and the Contractor shall ensure all his hand tools used at his worksite are safe to work with or stored and shall also train his employees (including his sub-contractors) for proper use thereby.

28.1.3 All hand tools and power tools shall be duly inspected before use for safe operation.

28.1.4 All hand tools and power tools shall have sufficient grip and the design specification on par with national/international standards on anthropometrics.

28.2 Hand tools

28.2.1 Hand tools shall include saws, chisels, axes and hatches, hammers, hand planes, screw drivers, crow bars, nail pullers.

28.2.2 The Contractor shall ensure that, (a) For crosscutting of hardwood, saws with larger teeth points (no. of points per inch) shall be

preferred to avoid the saw jumping out of the job.



(b) Mushroom headed chisels shall not be used in the worksite where the fragments of the head may cause injury.

(c) Unless hatchet has a striking face, it shall be used as a hammer. (d) Only knives of retractable blades shall be used in the worksite. (e) No screwdrivers shall be used for scraping, chiselling or punching holes. (f) A pilot hole shall always be driven before driving a screw. (g) Wherever necessary, usage of proper PPEs shall be used by his employees.

28.3 Power tools

28.3.1 Power tools include drills, planes, routers, saws, jackhammers, grinders, sprayers, chipping hammers, air nozzles and drills.

28.3.2 The Contractor shall ensure that: (i) Electric tools are properly grounded or / and double insulated. (ii) GFCIs/ RCCBs shall be used with all portable electric tool operated especially outdoors

or in wet condition. (iii) Before making any adjustments or changing attachments, his workers shall disconnect

the tool from the power source. (iv) When operating in confined spaces or for prolonged periods, hearing protection shall

be required. The same shall also apply to working with equipments, which gives out more noise as mentioned in Clause 43.0 of this document.

(v) Tool is held firmly and the material is properly secured before turning on the tool. (vi) All drills shall have suitable attachments respective of the operations and powerful for

ease of operation. (vii) When any work / operation need to be performed repeatedly or continuously, tools

specifically designed for that work shall be used. The same is applicable to detachable tool bit also.

(viii) Size of the drill shall be determined by the maximum opening of the chuck in case of

drill bit. (ix) Attachments such as speed reducing screwdrivers and buffers shall be provided to

prevent fatigue and undue muscle strain to his workers. (x) Stock should be clamped or otherwise secured firmly to prevent it from moving. (xi) Workers shall never stand on the top of the ladder to drill holes in walls / ceilings, which

can be hazardous, instead standing on the fourth or fifth rung shall be recommended. (xii) Electric plane shall not be operated with loose clothing or long scarf or open jacket. (xiii) Safety guards used on right angle head or vertical portable grinders must cover a

minimum of 180° of the wheel and the spindle / wheel specifications shall be checked. (xiv) All power tools / hand tools shall have guards at their nip points. (xv) Low profile safety chain shall be used in case of wood working machines and the saw

shall run at high rpm when cutting and also correct chain tension shall be ensured to avoid “kickback”.

(xvi) Leather aprons and gloves shall be used as an additional personal protection auxiliary

to withstand kickback.



(xvii) Push sticks shall be provided and properly used to hold the job down on the table while

the heels moves the stock forward and thus preventing kickbacks. (xviii) Air pressure is set at a suitable level for air actuated tool or equipment being used.

Before changing or adjusting pneumatic tools, air pressure shall be turned off. (xix) Only trained employees shall use explosive actuated tools and the tool shall also be

unloaded when not in use. (xx) Usage of such explosive actuated tools shall be avoided in case of places where

explosive/flammable vapours or gases may be present. (xxi) Explosive actuated tools and their explosives shall be stored separately and be taken

out and loaded only before the time of immediate use. (xxii) Misfired cartridges of explosive actuated tools must be placed in a container of water

and be removed safely from the project. (xxiii) No worker shall point any power operated / hand tool to any other person especially

during loading / unloading.

29.0 WELDING, GOUGING AND CUTTING

29.1 Gas cylinders in use shall be kept upright on a custom-built stand or trolley fitted with a bracket to accommodate the hoses and equipment or otherwise secured. The metal cap shall be kept in place to protect the valve when the cylinder is not connected for use.

29.2 Hose clamp or clip shall be used to connect hoses firmly in both sides of cylinders and torches.

29.3 All gas cylinders shall be fixed with pressure regulator and dial gauges

29.4 Non-return valve and Flashback arrester shall be fixed at both end of cylinder and torch.

29.5 Domestic LPG cylinders shall not be used for Gas welding and Cutting purpose.

29.6 DCP or CO2 type Fire Extinguisher not less than 5 kg shall be fixed at or near to welding process zone in an easily accessible location. Fire Extinguisher should confirm to IS 2190: 1992.

29.7 Use firewatchers if there is a possibility of ignition unobserved by the operator (e.g. on the other side of bulkheads).

29.8 Oxygen cylinders and flammable gas cylinders shall be stored separately, at least 6.6 meters (20 feet) apart or separated by a fire proof, 1.5 meters (5 feet) high partition. Flammable substances shall not be stored within 15 meters of cylinder storage areas.

29.9 Transformer used for electrical arc welding shall be fixed with Ammeter and Voltmeter and also fixed with separate main power switch.

29.10 Welding grounds and returns should be securely attached to the work by cable lugs, by clamps in the case of stranded conductors, or by bolts for strip conductors. The ground cable will not be attached to equipment or existing installations or apparatus.

29.11 Use a low voltage open circuit relay device if welding with alternating current in constricted or damp places.

29.12 Take precautions against the risk of increased fume hazards when welding with chrome containing fluxed consumables or high current metal inert gas (MIG) or tungsten inert gas (TIG) processes.



29.13 Avoid being in contact with water or wet floors when welding. Use duckboards or rubber

protection.

29.14 All electrical installations shall meet the IS: 5571: 1997 and NFPA 70 for gas cylinder storage area and other hazardous areas.

29.15 The current for Electric arc welding shall not exceed 300 A on a hand welding operation.

30.0 DANGEROUS AND HARMFUL ENVIRONMENT

30.1 A confined space is any space that: (i) Is large enough and so configured that an worker can bodily enter (any portion of the

body) and perform assigned work, (ii) Has limited or restricted mean for entry and/or exit, (iii) Is not designed for continuous occupancy (iv) Contains or has the potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere, (v) Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant, (vi) Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by

inwardly converging walls or by a floor which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross section, or

(vii) Contains other recognized serious safety or health hazard.

30.2 Contractors must ensure all confined spaces are identified and managed using documented site confined space management methods.

30.3 As per BOCWR Rule 40: (i) When internal combustion engines are to be used into a confined space or excavation

or tunnel or any other workplace where neither natural or artificial ventilation system is inadequate to keep carbon monoxide below 50ppm, exposure of building workers shall be avoided unless suitable measures are taken and provided by the Contractor.

(ii) No worker shall be allowed into any confined space or tank or trench or excavation

wherein there is given off any dust, fumes / vapours or other impurities which is likely to be injurious or offensive, explosive or poisonous or noxious or gaseous material or other harmful articles unless steps are carried out by the Contractor and certified by the responsible person to be safe.

30.4 Dangerous Substances:-

30.4.1 A substance is considered dangerous if one or several of its properties render it dangerous. The Contractor identifies and manages dangerous substances planned for use on the Worksite in the manner described in the present Clause.

30.4.2 The transport to the Worksite and use of dangerous substances requires prior authorisation from the Engineer.

30.4.3 Details of risks and related prevention and protection measures are included in the health and safety plan.

30.4.4 The Contractor obtains all necessary authorisations and/or licenses for the storage and use of dangerous substances from local authorities. A copy of the authorisations is provided to the Engineer.

30.4.5 For each dangerous substance used, the Contractor will implement the recommendations described (i) in the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), and (ii) by the Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals established by the United Nations for hazardous chemicals.

30.4.6 Copies of MSDSs are kept on the Worksite, and made available to personnel. The Contractor provides the Engineer with copies of all MSDSs.

30.4.7 Storage of dangerous substances



Storage area are designed and equipped by the Contractor based, not only on the chemical and physical properties of the products, but also on the types of containers stored, the number of people requiring access, and the quantities of the substance used.

Pursuant to SHE Clause 53.11, the Contractor anticipates and plans for the storage and management of hazardous waste.

Storage areas for dangerous substances are subject to strict rules, which are regularly checked by the SHE manager appointed.Therules include the following as a minimum:

a) Access to the storage area is limited to trained and authorised individuals.

b) An inventory is maintained up-to-date.

c) MSDSs must be available for all stored dangerous substances, and the substances must be clearly labelled.

d) A strict and methodical storage system is implemented (storage plan posted, large or heavy packaging may not be stored at heights, equipment and tools may not be stored in the dangerous substance storage room).

e) Compliance with product expiry dates and implementation of a disposal procedure for substances which are not needed or which have expired.

f) Entrances, exits and access to emergency equipment are kept clear at all times.

Storage areas are clearly identified with warning signs at the entrance. The Contractor displays the storage plan (location of the different products, maximum inventory), a summary of labelling system and information on chemical incompatibilities.

Chemicals which could react together (leading to explosions, fire, projections or the emission of dangerous gases) are physically separated.

Products that react violently with water are stored so as to prevent contact with water, even in the event of flooding.

Inflammable products are stored separately in a dedicated area with adequate ventilation at all times.

Buildings used to store large quantities of dangerous substances are isolated from other buildings to avoid the spreading of fire. Such buildings are constructed using solid and non-combustible building materials, and are equipped with evacuation systems and the appropriate firefighting equipment. Access to the buildings is clear, allowing for rapid evacuation in the event of an accident. The electrical systems are reduced to the essential minimum, and access points are equipped with adequate lighting (300 lux).

All storage areas are equipped with secondary retentions. Each storage area acts as a general secondary retention. Suitable absorbents (neutralising and non-combustible) are available in the storage area to clean up any spills and leaks.

The Contractor maintains the storage area at a suitable temperature for dangerous substances to prevent overpressure and bursting of containers.

31.0 FIRE PREVENTION, PROTECTION AND FIGHTING SYSTEM

31.1 The Contractor shall ensure that construction site is provided with fire extinguishing equipment sufficient to extinguish any probable fire at construction site. An adequate water supply is provided at ample pressure as per national standard.

31.2 Recharging of fire extinguishers and their proper maintenance should be ensured and as a minimum should meet Indian National Standards



31.3 All drivers of vehicles, foreman, supervisors and managers shall be trained on operating the fire extinguishers and fire fighting equipment.

31.4 The Contractor shall also give consideration to the provision of adequate fire fighting arrangements within the underground and tunnelling operations including the provision of Fire Service compatible hose connections and emergency lighting.

31.5 As per the GBOCW Rules 2003, all lifting appliances’ driver cabin should be provided with a suitable portable fire extinguisher.

31.6 Combustible scrap and other construction debris should be disposed off site on a regular basis. If scrap is to be burnt on site, the burning site should be specified and located at a distance no less than 12 metres from any construction work or any other combustible material.

31.7 Every fire, including those extinguished by Contractor personnel, shall be reported to the Employer representatives.

31.8 Emergency plans and Fire Evacuation plans shall be prepared and issued. Mock drills should be held on a regular basis to ensure the effectiveness of the arrangements and as a part of the programme, the Telephone Number of the local fire brigade should be prominently displayed near each telephone on site.

32.0 CORROSIVE SUBSTANCES As per BOCWR Rule 44, corrosive substances including alkalis and acids shall be stored and used by a person dealing with such substances at a building / construction site in a manner that it does not endanger the building worker and suitable PPE shall be provided by the Contractor to the worker during such handling and work. In case of spillage of such substances on building worker, the Contractor shall take immediate remedial measures.

33.0 DEMOLITION

33.1 The Contractor shall ensure that: (i) all demolition works be carried out in a controlled manner under the management of

experienced and competent supervision. (ii) the concerned department of the Government or local authority be informed and

permission obtained wherever required. Media shall also be informed regarding this concern.

(iii) all glass or similar materials or articles in exterior openings are removed before

commencing any demolition work and all water, steam, electric, gas and other similar supply lines are put-off and such lines so located or capped with substantial coverings so as to protect it from damage and to afford safety to the building workers and public..

(iv) examine the walls of all structures adjacent to the structure to be demolished to

determine thickness, method of support to such adjacent structures (v) no demolishing work be performed if the adjacent structure seems to be unsafe unless

and until remedial measures life sheet piling, shoring, bracing or similar means be ensured for safety and stability for adjacent structure from collapsing.

(vi) debris / bricks and other materials or articles shall be removed by means of:

a. chutes b. buckets or hoists c. through openings through floors or d. any other safe means



(vii) no person other than building workers or other persons essential to the operation of demolition work shall be permitted to enter a zone of demolition and the area be provided with substantial barricades.

33.2 Damages to people and property.

33.2.1 Pursuant to Clauses 4.14 and 17.1 of the GCC, the Contractor is responsible for damages to people and property caused by the execution of the works or the procedures used for execution.

33.2.2 The Engineer is informed of any damage caused to people, or the property of individuals, other than the Contractor’s personnel, within 6 hours of the event, regardless of the value of the prejudice.

33.2.3 Housing existing before the start of the works, located within a minimum radius of 800 m around the perimeter of the quarries and within a minimum radius of 500 m around the other Worksites that will be subject to blasting, will be examined by a bailiff unless agreed upon otherwise with the Engineer.

33.2.4 The bailiff’s sworn statement is prepared and provided to the Engineer with the SEPP. 33.2.5 Should any problems be detected due to the intensity of blasting, the Engineer is entitled to request

that the Contractor carry out seismic measurements of the intensity of the vibrations induced by the blasting, at variable distances from the blasting points, under the supervision of the Engineer, and at the cost of the Contractor.

34.0 EXCAVATION

34.1 Excavation: The Contractor shall ensure: (i) where any construction building worker engaged in excavation is exposed to hazard of

falling or sliding material or article from any bank or side of such excavation which is more than one 1.5 m above his footing, such worker is protected by adequate piling and bracing against such bank or side.

(ii) where banks of an excavation are undercut, adequate shoring is provided to support

the material or article overhanging such bank. (iii) excavated material is not stored at least 0.65 m from the edge of an open excavation

or trench and banks of such excavation or trench are stripped of loose rocks and the banks of such excavation or trench are stripped of loose rocks and other materials which may slide, roll or fall upon a construction building worker working below such bank.

(iv) metal ladders and staircases or ramps are provided, as the case may be, for safe

access to and egress from excavation where, the depth of such excavation exceeds 1.5 m and such ladders, staircases or ramps comply with the IS 3696 Part 1&2 and other relevant national standards.

(v) trench and excavation is protected against falling of a person by suitable measures if

the depth of such trench or excavation exceeds 1.5 m and such protection is an improved protection in accordance with the design and drawing of a professional engineer, where such depth exceeds 4m.

34.2 Tunnelling

34.2.1 The Contractor shall inform in writing to the Director General within 30 days, prior to the

commencement of any tunnelling work.

34.2.2 The Contractor shall appoint a responsible person for safe operation for tunnelling work as per Rule 121 & 125 of BOCWR.

34.2.3 The contractor shall ensure:



(i) every compressed air system in a tunnel is provided with emergency power supply for maintaining continued supply of compressed air as per Rule 155 of BOCWR

(ii) watertight bulkhead doors are installed at the entrance of a tunnel to prevent flooding. (iii) reliable and effective means of communication such as telephone or walkie-talkie are

provided and maintained for arranging better effective communication at an excavation or tunnelling work as per Rule 136 of BOCWR.

(iv) all portable electrical hand tools and inspection lamp used in underground and confined

space at an excavation or tunnelling work is operated at a voltage not exceeding 24V. (v) only flame proof equipment of appropriate type as per IS:5571:2000 and or other

relevant national standard is used inside the tunnel (vi) petrol or LPG of any other flammable substances are not used, stored inside the tunnel

except with prior approval from Employer, and also no oxy-acetylene gas is used in a compressed air environment in excavation or tunnelling.

(vii) adequate number of water outlets provided for fire fighting purpose, an audible fire

alarm and adequate number and types of fire extinguishers are provided and maintained.

(viii) temperature in any working chamber in an excavation or tunnelling work where workers

employed does not exceed 29ºC as per Rule 165 of BOCWR. (ix) all working areas in a free air tunnel are provided with ventilation system as approved

by the Director General and the fresh air supplied in such tunnel is not less than 6 m3/ min for each worker employed in tunnel as per Rule 153 of BOCWR.

34.3 Piling

34.3.1 General Precautions

There are certain hazards which are common to all types of piling, and the following precautions are necessary: (i) prior to piling, all underground services should be located and made safe. A check

should be made to ensure there are no cellars, underground water courses or ground conditions which might cause hazards; there should be a firm level base for the crane, or crane mats provided;

(ii) when working on piling operations one must wear a safety helmet, and ear and eye protection where necessary;

(iii) All cranes, lifting appliances and lifting gear must have appropriate certificates of testing and thorough examination, and should be large enough for the job;

(iv) particular attention should be paid to the risk of damage to lifting gear from sharp edges; (v) Cranes used for raising or lowering workers must be fitted with a dead man’s handle

and lowering should be done under power; you must be carried in properly constructed cages which cannot spin or tip;

(vi) piling contractors should be asked to provide a written method statement setting out the precautions relevant to the type of piling they are to employ;

(vii) Induction training and information for you as supervisor or operative should be specifically related to the method statement.

34.3.2 Bored Piles

Workers may need to enter a borehole for inspection or for clearing out in undercuts, and there are certain precautions which must be taken prior to entry: (i) the borehole should be at least 75 cm in diameter;



(ii) the borehole should be treated as a confined space and the precautions which are advised elsewhere to ensure a satisfactory atmosphere must be closely followed;

(iii) waste material from the borehole should be kept clear of the borehole; (iv) Descent into a borehole should be in properly designed skips, chains or cages fitted

with an anti-spin device. The power source of the lifting appliance should be kept running throughout the time someone is underground;

(v) while a worker is working down a borehole he/she must wear a safety harness; (vi) all workers concerned must be trained and competent in rescue from deep boreholes,

and emergency rescue drills should be carried out at regular intervals; (vii) A banksman who can see workers in the borehole should be present at all times; (viii) There must be adequate lighting at safe reduced voltage and a means of

communication from the borehole. (ix) Wherever possible, the need for workers to enter pile boreholes should be avoided by

the use of television cameras and other techniques for remote inspection.

34.4 Warning signs and notices The Contractor shall ensure that: (i) suitable warning signs or notices, required for the safety of building workers carrying

out the work of an excavation or tunnelling, shall be displayed or erected at conspicuous places in Hindi and in a language understood by majority of such building workers at such building such excavation or tunnelling work

(ii) such warning signs and notices with regard to compressed air working shall include

a. the danger involved in such compressed air work b. fire and explosion hazard c. the emergency procedures for rescue from such danger or hazards.

35.0 WORK PERMIT SYSTEM

35.1 The Contractor shall develop a Work Permit system, which is a formal written system used to

control certain types of work that are potentially hazardous. A work permit is a document, which specifies the work to be done, and the precautions to be taken. Work Permits form an essential part of safe systems of work for many construction activities. They allow work to start only after safe procedures have been defined and they provide a clear record that all foreseeable hazards have been considered. Permits to Work are usually required in high-risk areas as identified by the Risk Assessments.

35.2 A permit is needed when construction work can only be carried out if normal safeguards are dropped or when new hazards are introduced by the work. Examples of high-risk activities include but are not limited to: (i) Entry into confined spaces (ii) Work in close proximity to overhead power lines and telecommunication cables. (iii) Hot work (iv) To dig where underground services may be located (v) Work with heavy moving machinery (vi) Working on electrical equipment (vii) Work with radioactive isotopes (viii) Heavy lifting operations and lifting operations closer to live power line

35.3 The permit-to-work system should be fully documented, laying down: (i) How the system works; (ii) The jobs it is to be used for; (iii) The responsibilities and training of those involved; and (iv) How to check its operation;



35.4 A Work Permit authorisation form shall be completed with the maximum duration period not exceeding 12 hours.

35.5 A copy of each Permit-to-Work shall be displayed, during its validity, in a conspicuous location in close proximity to the actual works location to which it applies.

36.0 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT

36.1 The basic objective of the following guidelines is to lay down procedures to be adopted by Contractor to ensure the safe and efficient movement of traffic and also to ensure the safety of workmen at construction sites.

36.2 All construction workers should be provided with high visibility jackets with reflective tapes as most of viaduct /tunnelling and station works or either above or under right-of-way. The conspicuity of workmen at all times shall be increased so as to protect from speeding vehicular traffic.

36.3 The guiding principles to be adopted for safety in construction zone are to: (i) Warn the road user clearly and sufficiently in advance. (ii) Provide safe and clearly marked lanes for guiding road users. (iii) Provide safe and clearly marked buffer and work zones (iv) Provide adequate measures that control driver behaviour through construction zones.

36.4 Legal permission

36.4.1 In all cases, the Contractor shall employ proper precautions. Wherever operations undertaken are likely to interfere with public traffic, specific traffic management plans shall be drawn up and implemented by the Contractor in consultation with the approval of local police authorities and/or the concerned metropolitan/civil authorities as the case may be.

36.4.2 Such traffic management plans shall include provision for traffic diversion and selection of alternative routes for transport of equipment. If necessary, the Contractor shall carry out road widening before commencement of works to accommodate the extra load.

36.5 The primary traffic control devices used in work zones shall include signs, delineators, barricades, cones, pylons, pavement markings and flashing lights.

36.6 The road construction and maintenance signs which fall into the same three major categories as do other traffic signs, that are Regulatory Signs, Warning Signs and Direction (or guidelines) Signs shall only be used. The IRC: 67 (Code of Practice for Road Signs) provide a list of traffic signs. The size, colours and placement of sign shall confirm to IRC: 67.

36.7 Regulatory signs Regulatory signs impose legal restriction on all traffic. It is essential, therefore, that they are used only after consulting the local police and traffic authorities.

36.8 Warning signs

36.8.1 Warning signs in the traffic control zone shall be utilised to warn the drivers of specific hazards that may be encountered.

36.8.2 The Contractor shall place detour signage at strategic locations and install appropriate warning signs. In order to minimize disruption of access to residences and business, the Contractor shall maintain at least one entrance to a property where multiple entrances exist.

36.8.3 A warning sign as given in General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/012 shall be installed at all secondary road which merges with the primary road where the construction work is in progress



at sufficient distance before it merges with the primary road so as to alert the road users regarding the ‘Metro Work in Progress’.

36.8.4 Materials hanging over / protruded from the chassis / body of any vehicle especially during material handling shall be indicated by red indicator (red light/flag) to indicate the caution to the road users.

36.9 Delineators The delineators are the elements of a total system of traffic control and have two distinct purposes: (i) To delineate and guide the driver to and along a safe path (ii) As a taper to move traffic from one lane to another.

36.9.1 These channelizing devices such as cones, traffic cylinders, tapes and drums shall be placed in or adjacent to the roadway to control the flow of traffic. These should normally be retro-reflectors complying with IRC: 79 - Recommended Practice for Road Delineators.

36.9.2 Traffic cones and cylinders Traffic cones of 500mm, 750mm and 1000mm high and 300mm to 500mm in diameter or in square shape at base and are often made of plastic or rubber and normally have retro-reflectorised red and white band shall be used wherever required.

36.9.3 Drums Drums about 800mm to 1000mm high and 300mm in diameter can be used either as channelizing or warning devices. These are highly visible, give the appearance of being formidable objects and therefore command the respect of drivers.

36.9.4 Barricades (i) Full height fence, barriers, barricades etc. shall be erected around the site in order to

prevent the working area from the risk of accidents due to speedy vehicular movement. Same the way barricades protect the road users from the danger due to construction equipment and other temporary structures.

(ii) The structure dimension of the barricade, material and composition, its colour scheme,

NMRC logo and other details shall be in accordance with specifications laid down in tender document.

(iii) All barricades shall be erected as per the design requirements of the Employer,

numbered, painted and maintained in good condition and also Barricade in-charge maintains a barricade register in site.

(iv) All barricades shall be conspicuously seen in the dark/night time by the road users so

that no vehicle hits the barricade. Conspicuity shall be ensured by affixing retro reflective stripes of required size and shape at appropriate angle at the bottom and middle portion of the barricade at a minimum gap of 1000mm. In addition minimum one red light or red light blinker should be placed at the top of each barricade.

36.9.5 The Contractor shall ensure that all his construction vehicles plying on public roads (like dump

trucks, trailers, etc.) have proper license to ply on public roads from the State Transport Authority. Drivers holding proper valid license as per the requirements of Motor Vehicles Act shall drive these vehicles.

36.9.6 The Contractor shall not undertake loading and unloading at carriageways obstructing the free flow of vehicular traffic and encroachment of existing roads by the contractor applying the excuse of work execution.



36.9.7 Tow away vehicle

The Contractor shall make arrangements keeping tow away van / manpower to tow away any breakdown vehicle in the traffic flow without losing any time at his cost.

36.9.8 Cleaning of roads The Contractor shall ensure the cleanliness of roads and footpaths by deploying proper manpower for the same. The Contractor shall have to ensure proper brooming, cleaning washing of roads and footpaths on all the time throughout the entire stretch till the currency of the contract including disposal of sweepage.

37.0 WORK ADJACENT TO LIVE RAILWAYS

37.1 Whenever work is to be conducted in close proximity to the live railways then the following measures shall need to be addressed: (i) The rules provided for in the Railway’s manual should be followed. (ii) No persons are allowed to encroach onto the railway unless the owner has given

specific authority. (iii) Adequate protection in accordance with the railway owner’s requirements shall be

followed. (Provision of Block Inspectors, Flagmen and Lookouts) (iv) All persons shall wear high visibility clothing at all times. (v) Any induction training requirements of the railways shall be strictly observed

38.0 BATCHING PLANT AND CASTING YARD LAYOUT

38.1 The batching plant / casting yard shall be effectively planned for smooth flow of unloading and stacking the aggregates reinforcements and cement, batching plant, transport of concrete, casting the segment, stacking the segment and loading the segments to the trucks. As far as possible the conflicts should be avoided.

38.2 The batching plant / casting yard shall be barricaded and made as a compulsory PPE zone

38.3 If in case of material unloading area is not maintainable as PPE zone, the same shall be segregated properly and made as a non-PPE zone with appropriate barrications.

38.4 Electrical system shall also be suitably planned so that location of diesel generator, if any, location of DBs, routing of cables and positioning of area lighting poles/masts does not infringe on any other utility and pose danger.

38.5 Drainage shall be effectively provided and waste water shall be disposed after proper treatment

38.6 Time office, canteen, drinking water, toilet and rest place shall be suitably located for the easy access to workers. All the facilities shall be properly cleaned and maintained during the entire period of operation.

38.7 Manual handling of cement shall be avoided to a larger extent. Whenever it is absolutely necessary the workmen shall be given full body protection, hand protection and respiratory protection as a basic measure of ensuring better health.

38.8 The PPEs provided to cement handling workmen shall conform to international standards.

38.9 Access roads and internal circulation roads shall be well laid and maintained properly at all time.

38.10 Non-adherence to any of the above provision shall be penalised as per relevant penalty clause.

39.0 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENTS (PPEs)



39.1 The Contractor shall provide required PPEs to workmen to protect against safety and / or health

hazards. Primarily PPEs are required for the following protection (i) Head Protection (Safety helmets) (ii) Foot Protection (Safety footwear, Gumboot, etc) (iii) Body Protection (High visibility clothing (waistcoat/jacket), Apron, etc) (iv) Personal fall protection (Full body harness, Rope-grap fall arrester, etc) (v) Eye Protection (Goggles, Welders glasses, etc) (vi) Hand Protection (Gloves, Finger coats, etc) (vii) Respiratory Protection. (Nose mask, SCBAs, etc.) (viii) Hearing Protection (Ear plugs, Ear muffs, etc)

39.2 The PPEs and safety appliances provided by the Contractor shall be of the standard as prescribed by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS). If materials conforming to BIS standards are not available, the Contractor as approved by the Employer shall procure PPE and safety appliances.

39.3 All construction workers should be provided with high visibility jackets with reflective tapes confirming to the requirement specified under BS EN 471: 1994 as most of viaduct /tunnelling and station works are executed either above or under right-of-way. The conspicuity of workmen at all times shall be increased so as to protect them from speeding vehicular traffic.

39.4 The Contractor shall provide safety helmet, safety shoe and high visibility clothing for all employees including workmen, traffic marshal and other employees who are engaged for any work under this contract as per the following requirement.

All employees of the Contractor including workmen

Traffic marshals

Hard hat with company Logo Hard hat with reflective tape Safety boots Safety boots Hi-visibility waistcoat covering upper body and meeting the following requirements as per BS EN 471:1994: (a) Background in fluorescent orange-red in

colour (b) Two vertical green strips of 5cm wide on

front side, covering the torso at least 500 cm2

(c) Two diagonal strips of 5 cm wide on back in an ‘X’ pattern covering at least 570cm2

(d) Horizontal strips not less than 5cm wide running around the bottom of the vertical strip in front and ‘X’ pattern at back.

(e) The bottom strip shall be at a distance of 5cm from the bottom of the vest.

(f) Strips must be retro reflective and fluorescent

(g) Waistcoat shall have a side adjustable fit and a side and front tear-away feature on vests made of nylon.

Hi-visibility jacket covering upper body and meeting the following requirements as per BS EN 471:1994: (a) Background in fluorescent orange-red in

colour (b) Jackets with full-length sleeves with two

bands of retro reflective material, which shall be placed at the same height on the garment as those of the torso. The upper band shall encircle the upper part of the sleeves between the elbow and the shoulder; the bottom of the lower band shall not be less than 5cm from the bottom of the sleeve.

(c) Two vertical green strips of 5cm wide on front side, covering the torso at least 500 cm2

(d) Two diagonal strips of 5 cm wide on back in an ‘X’ pattern covering at least 570cm2

(e) Horizontal strips not less than 5cm wide running around the bottom of the vertical strip in front and ‘X’ pattern at back.

(f) The bottom strip shall be at a distance of 5cm from the bottom of the vest.

(g) Strips must be retro reflective and fluorescent.

39.4.1 Colour coding for helmets



Safety Helmet Colour Code (Every Helmet should have the LOGO* affixed /painted)

Person to use

White NMRC staffs Grey All Designers, Architect, Consultants, etc. Violet Main Contractors (Engineers / Supervisors) Blue All Sub-contractors (Engineers / Supervisors) Red Electricians (Both Contractor and Sub-contractor)

Green Safety Professionals (Both Contractor and Sub-contractor)

Orange Security Guards / Traffic marshals Yellow All workmen White (with “VISITOR” sticker) Visitors

Note: LOGO* (i) Logo shall have its outer dimension 2”*2” and shall be conspicuous (ii) Logo shall be either painted or affixed (iii) No words shall come either on Top / Bottom of Logo Logo of the corresponding main contracting company for their employees and sub-contracting company for their employees shall only be used.

39.5 In addition to the above any other PPE required for any specific jobs like, welding and cutting, working at height, tunnelling etc shall also be provided to all workmen and also ensure that all workmen use the PPEs properly while on the job.

39.6 The Contractor shall not pay any cash amount in lieu of PPE to the workers/sub-contractors and expect them to buy and use during work.

39.7 The Contractor shall at all time maintain a minimum of 10% spare PPEs and safety appliances and properly record and show to the Employer during the inspections. Failing to do so shall invite appropriate penalty as per the provisions of the contract.

39.8 It is always the duty of the Contractor to provide required PPEs for all visitors. Towards this required quantity of PPEs shall be kept always at the security post.

40.0 VISITORS TO SITE

40.1 No visitor is allowed to enter the site without the permission of the Employer. All authorised visitors should report at the site office. Contractor shall provide visitor’s helmet (White helmet with visitor sticker) and other PPEs like Safety Shoe, reflective jacket, respiratory protection etc. as per requirement of the site.

40.2 All Visitors shall be accompanied at all times by a responsible member of the site personnel.

40.3 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all visitors’ safety and health within the site.

40.4 As indicated earlier in this Manual, the Engineer shall undertake regular audits at quarterly intervals, of the Contractor’s onsite practices and procedures as a means of assessing the ongoing performance of the Contractor.

40.5 The criteria against which the audits will be undertaken shall be derived from the clauses within the Environment Protection Requirements, contract-specific Site Environmental Plan and previous site inspection results.

40.6 In addition to the quarterly audits by the Engineer, site inspection shall be undertaken by the Contractor’s staff to inspect the construction activities in order to ensure that appropriate



environmental protection and pollution control measures are properly followed and implemented.

40.7 The frequency of site inspection shall be at least once a week.

40.8 The Contractor shall prepare an ‘Environmental Inspection and Action Reporting System’ and submit to the Engineer for approval and make amendments as suggested. It shall contain a contract specific comprehensive Environment Inspection checklist as requirement of Site Environmental Plan.

40.9 The area of inspection shall not be limited to environmental compliance within the site but areas outside the site which are likely to be affected, directly or indirectly by activities at site.

40.10 Results of inspection shall be discussed with Engineer and his recommendations on better environmental protection shall be notified to the Contractor for taking immediate action and rapid resolution of identified non-compliance.

40.11 If significant environmental problems are identified or if there is an environmental complaint or as a part of investigation work, then the Engineer shall also carry out ad hoc site inspection which shall be attended by Contractor’s Representative.

40.12 Reporting System

40.12.1 Reporting under the Environmental Management System will contain results of monitoring and inspection programs.

40.12.2 In Site Environmental Plan, the Contractor shall prepare and submit monthly Environmental Quality Management Reports in accordance with requirements as per Contract.

40.12.3 The monthly report shall include (but not limited to) the following: a. Executive Summary b. Brief mention of construction activities c. Monitoring results under AMCP d. Interpretation of monitoring results, significance and influencing factors e. Graphical representation of monitored results over past four reporting periods. f. Measures to control spill under Spill Prevention and Control Plan (SPCP). g. Action taken on recommendations under site inspection programme or specific directions. h. Summary of complaints, results of investigations and follow-up action i. Future key issues

40.13 Complaint Response Process

40.13.1 Inquiries, complaints and requests for information can be expected from a wide range of individuals and organizations both private and government. The majority of complaints are likely to be received by NMRC, although the site offices are also likely to be contacted.

40.13.2 The objective of complaint process is to ensure that public and agency complaints are addressed and resolved consistently and expeditiously.



40.13.3 The Contractor’s Site Manager will be notified immediately on receipt of complaint that may relate to environmental impacts. The Site Manager will immediately inform the Engineer and through him the NMRC.

40.13.4 Field investigation should determine whether the complaint has merit, and if so action should be taken to address the impact.

40.13.5 The outcome of the investigation and the action taken shall be documented on a complaint performa prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer in advance of the works.

40.13.6 Where possible, a formal response to each complaint received shall be prepared by the Contractor within seven days in order to notify the concerned person(s) that action has been taken.

40.14 Completion of the EQM Programme

40.14.1 The construction of Project will be undertaken as a series of individual construction contracts with necessarily different construction program and completion dates.

40.14.2 The Engineer shall maintain an overview of the ‘impact causing potential’ of each site or contract and monitoring parameter with a view to maintaining the most cost effective use of the environmental resources dedicated to the Project.

40.14.3 Termination of EQM should focus on the percentage contract completion status and on the basis of a history of environmental impact arising from the site over a representative period of monitoring.

40.14.4 Justifiable application for termination of EQM shall be put forward by the Contractor to the Engineer, as necessary throughout the construction period.



PART III: OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND WELFARE

41.0 PHYSICAL FITNESS OF WORKMEN

41.1 The Contractor shall ensure that his employees / workmen subject themselves to such medical examination as required under the law or under the contract provision and keep a record of the same.

41.2 The Contractor shall not permit any employee / workmen to enter the work area under the influence of alcohol or any drugs.

42.0 MEDICAL FACILITIES

42.1 Medical Examination

42.1.1 The Contractor shall arrange a medical examination of all his employees including his sub-contractor employees employed as drivers, operators of lifting appliances and transport equipment before employing, after illness or injury, if it appears that the illness or injury might have affected his fitness and, thereafter, once in every two years up to the age of 40 and once in a year, thereafter. (i) The Contractor shall maintain the confidential records of medical examination or the

physician authorized by the Employer. (ii) No building or other construction worker is charged for the medical examination and

the cost of such examination is borne by Contractor employing such building worker. (iii) The medical examination shall include:

a. Full medical and occupational history

b. Clinical examination with particular reference to:

(a) General Physique; (b) Vision: Total visual performance using standard orthorator like Titmus

Vision Tester should be estimated and suitability for placement ascertained in accordance with the prescribed job standards.

(c) Hearing: Persons with normal must be able to hear a forced whisper at twenty-four feet. Persons using hearing aids must be able to hear a warning shout under noisy working conditions.

(d) Breathing: Peak flow rate using standard peak flow meter and the average peak flow rate determined out of these readings of the test performed. The results recorded at pre-placement medical examination could be used as a standard for the same individual at the same altitude for reference during subsequent examination.

(e) Upper Limbs: Adequate arm function and grip (f) Spine: Adequately flexible for the job concerned. (g) Lower Limbs: Adequate leg and foot concerned. (h) General: Mental alertness and stability with good eye, hand and foot

coordination.

c. Any other tests which the examining doctor considers necessary

42.1.2 If the Contractor fails to get the medical examination conducted as mentioned above, the Employer will have the right to get the same conducted by through an agency with intimation to the Contractor and deduct the cost and overhead charges.

42.2 Occupational Health Centre



The Contractor shall ensure at a construction site an occupational health centre, mobile or static is provided and maintained in good order. Services and facilities as per the scale lay down in Schedule X of BOCWR. A construction medical officer appointed in an occupational health centre, possess the qualification as laid down in Schedule XI of BOCWR.

42.3 Ambulance van and room The Contractor shall ensure at a construction site of a building or other construction work that an ambulance van and room are provided at such construction site or an arrangement is made with a nearby hospital for providing such ambulance van for transportation of serious cases of accident or sickness of workers to hospital promptly and such ambulance van and room are maintained in good repair and is equipped with standard facilities specified in Schedule IV and Schedule V of BOCWR.

42.4 First-aid boxes The Contractor shall ensure at a construction site one First-aid box for 100 workers provided and maintained for providing First-aid to the building workers. Every First-aid box is distinctly marked “First-aid” and is equipped with the articles specified in Schedule III of BOCWR.

42.5 HIV/ AIDS prevention and control

42.5.1 The Contractor shall adopt the Employer’s Policy on “HIV / AIDS Prevention and Control for Workmen Engaged by Contractors” and the copy of the policy is given in Appendix No. 4.

42.5.2 The Employer will engage a professional agency for implementing the guidelines laid down in the policy and communicate to the Contractor.

42.5.3 The Contractor shall extend necessary support to the appointed agency by deputing the workmen to attend the awareness creation programmes.

42.5.4 The Contractor shall also extend necessary organizational support to the appointed agency for the effective implementation of the Employers’ workplace policy on HIV/AIDS for workmen of the Contractors.

42.5.5 As laid down in the policy the Contractor shall identify peer educators (1 for every 100 workers) and refer them for professional training to the Employers’ appointed agency for the purpose.

42.5.6 The peer educators on completion of the training shall serve as the focal point for any information, education and awareness campaign among the workmen throughout the contract period.

42.5.7 The peer educators will be paid a monthly honorarium as fixed by the Employer for rendering his services in addition to his regular duty.

42.5.8 The total number of peer educators (1 for 100 workers) shall always be maintained by the Contractor.

42.5.9 In case if these peer educators leave the Contractor by creating vacancy, then the Contractor at his own expense train the new replacement peer educator from the Employers’ appointed agency for the purpose.

42.5.10 It is suggested to the Contractor that due care should be taken to select the peer educators from among the group of workmen so that they remain with the Contractor throughout the contract period.

42.6 Prevention of mosquito breeding

42.6.1 Measures shall be taken to prevent mosquito breeding at site. The measures to be taken shall include:



(i) Empty cans, oil drums, packing and other receptacles, which may retain water shall be

deposited at a central collection point and shall be removed from the site regularly. (ii) There should not be accumulation of still water at any site, In case of still water, it

should be covered by earth and levelled. (iii) Contractor’s equipment and other items on the site, which may retain water, shall be

stored, covered or treated in such a manner that water could not be retained. (iv) Water storage tanks shall be provided.

42.6.2 Posters inHindi and English, which draw attention to the dangers of permitting mosquito breeding, shall be displayed prominently on the site.

42.6.3 The Contractor at periodic interval shall arrange to prevent mosquito breeding by fumigation / spraying of insecticides. Most effective insecticides shall include SOLFAC WP 10 or Baytex, The Ideal Larvicide etc.

42.7 Alcohol and drugs

42.7.1 The Contractor shall ensure at all times that no employee is working under the influence of alcohol / drugs which are punishable under Government regulations.

42.7.2 Smoking at public worksites by any employee is also prohibited as per Government regulations.

43.0 NOISE

43.1 The Contractor shall consider noise as an environmental constraint in his design, planning and execution of the Works and provide demonstrable evidence of the same on Employer’s request. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, take all appropriate measures to ensure that work carried out by the Contractor and by his sub-Contractors, whether on or off the Site, will not cause any unnecessary or excessive noise which may disturb the occupants of any nearby dwellings, schools, hospitals, or premises with similar sensitivity to noise.

43.1.1 Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, noise level reduction measures shall include the following: (i) The Contractor shall ensure that all powered mechanical equipment used in the Works

shall be effectively sound-reduced using the most modern techniques available including but not limited to silencers and mufflers.

(ii) The Contractor shall construct acoustic screens or enclosures around any parts of the

Works from which excessive noise may be generated.

43.1.2 The Contractor shall ensure that noise generated by work carried out by the Contractor and his sub-Contractors during daytime and night time shall not exceed the maximum permissible noise limits, whether continuously or intermittently, as given in the project SHE Manual. The same may be varied from time to time by and at the sole discretion of the Employer. In the event of a breach of this requirement, the Contractor shall immediately re-deploy or adjust the relevant equipment or take other appropriate measures to reduce the noise levels and thereafter maintain them at levels which do not exceed the said limits. Such measures may include without limitation the temporary or permanent cessation of use of certain items of equipment.

43.1.3 The noise monitoring requirements are given in the project SHE Manual and the monitoring locations shall be identified.

43.2 Noise Monitoring



43.2.1 The activities which are expected to cause noise during the construction of Project, include noise from construction equipment, construction activities such as portal construction, boring for piling, earthwork excavation, concreting, viaduct construction (including shifting of launching truss / girder) and removal of spoil and movement of construction vehicles and delivery vehicles, travelling to and from the construction and disposal sites.

43.2.2 The level of impact of these noise sources depends upon the noise characteristics of the equipment and activities involved the construction schedule, and the distance from noise sensitive receptors.

43.2.3 The Noise Monitoring Control Plan (NMCP) will provide guidance for construction activity. It shall also address noise performance criteria used in the selection of construction equipment.

43.2.4 The Noise Control Plan shall provide for: (i) Definition of noise-sensitive uses in the zones affected by construction; (ii) Calculation of future noise levels at the closest noise-sensitive receptors to the

construction activity based on construction activity and ambient noise levels; (iii) Evaluation and specification of the noise abatement measures that can be applied to

meet the noise objectives; (iv) Monitoring construction activity and providing adjustments to noise abatement controls

that may be required to increase their effectiveness; (v) It shall specify the nighttime and daytime construction activities.

43.2.5 In defining the requirements of the NMCP, available measures for noise control, such as, the use of equipment with special exhaust silencers or enclosures, and the construction of temporary enclosures or noise barriers around specific construction site activity areas shall be considered. It should also specify the measures to be adopted to counter the impact of noise pollution for public and workers working at site during construction.

43.2.6 If the measured noise levels exceed the noise limits, the noise levels shall be reduced by appropriate abatement measures.

43.2.7 The Engineer shall monitor Contractor’s performance of tasks specified, and will inspect the procedures related to the control of noise.

43.2.8 In no case shall the Contractor expose the public to construction noise levels exceeding 90dBA (slow) or to impulsive noise levels with a peak sound pressure level exceeding 140dB as measured on an impulse sound level meter.

43.2.9 Limit for construction noise is based on the existing ambient noise levels in areas adjoining the construction sites.

43.2.10 The noise levels emanating from any source during construction, shall not exceed 5 dBA or more above existing ambient pre-construction noise levels. The same may be varied from time to time by and at the sole discretion of the Engineer.

43.2.11 Where there are no ambient noise measurements, the construction activities shall be limited to levels at a distance of 200 feet from the construction limits or at the nearest affected building, whichever is closer, as given in Table-2. Table 2: Allowable Construction Noise

Land Use Maximum Noise Level LmaxdBA Day Time Night Time

Residential 75 65 Commercial (all times) 85



Industrial (all times) 90

43.2.12 At the surface of the construction site during night time hours, the Contractor shall use only equipment that operating under full load meets the noise limits specified in Table3, if a sensitive receptor would be affected. Table 3: Noise Emission Limits for Construction Equipment used during night hours (Measured at 50 feet from Construction Equipment)

SN Equipment Category Lmax Level dBA 1. Backhoe 80 2. Bar Bender 75 3. Chain Saw 81 4. Compactor 80 5. Compressor 80 6. Concrete Mixer 85 7. Concrete Pump 82 8. Crane 85 9. Dozer 85 10. Front end loader 80 11. Generator 82 12. Gradall 85 13. Grader 85 14. Paver 85 15. Pneumatic tools 85 16. Scrapper 85 17. Tractor 84

Noise emission limits apply to equipment used at surface of the construction site during night time hours of 9 pm to 6 am.

43.2.13 The adjustments for close-in equipment noise shall be made in accordance with Table4. Table 4: Adjustments for Close-in Equipment Noise

Distance (Feet) Level to Estimate Sound Level at 50 Feet dB (A) 19-21 8 22-23 7 24-26 6 27-29 5 30-33 4 34-37 3 38-42 2 43-47 1 48-50 0

Table 5: Construction Vibration Limits (Vibration Type and Permissible)

Aggregate Duration Limit Sustained (1 hour / day) 0.01 in/sec (80 VdB re 10-6 in/sec) Transient (< 1 hour / day) 0.03 in/sec (90 VdB re 10-6 in/sec) Transient (< 10 minutes / day) 0.10 in/sec (100 VdB re 10-6 in/sec)

43.2.14 When Diesel Generator (DG) Sets are used for operation of equipment and machinery, then

‘Standards and Guidelines for control of Noise Pollution from Stationery DG Sets’, under Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 shall apply.

43.2.15 Where the Engineer determines that the recorded Noise level is significantly greater than the acceptable levels, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to take effective remedial measures including, but not limited to, reviewing noise sources and modifying working procedures.



43.2.16 The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of all steps taken to investigate cause of exceedance and immediate action taken to avoid further exceedance through written reports and proposals for action under an Event Contingency Plan.

43.3 Control Requirements

43.3.1 Construction material should be operated and transported in such a manner as not to create unnecessary noise as outlined below: (i) Perform Work within the procedures outlined herein and comply with applicable codes,

regulations, and standards established by the Central and State Government and their agencies.

(ii) Keep noise to the lowest reasonably practicable level. Appropriate measures will be

taken to ensure that construction works will not cause any unnecessary or excessive noise, which may disturb the occupants of any nearby dwellings, schools, hospitals, or premises with similar sensitivity to noise. Use equipment with effective noise-suppression devices and employ other noise control measures as to protect the public.

(iii) Schedule and conduct operations in a manner that will minimize, to the greatest extent

feasible, the disturbance to the public in areas adjacent to the construction activities and to occupants of buildings in the vicinity of the construction activities.

(iv) The Contractor shall submit to the Employer a Noise Monitoring and Control Plan

(NMCP) under contract specific Site Environmental Plan. It shall include full and comprehensive details of all powered mechanical equipment, which he proposes to use during daytime and night time, and of his proposed working methods and noise level reduction measures. The NMCP shall include detailed noise calculations and vibration levels to demonstrate the anticipated noise generation and vibrations by the Contractor.

(v) The NMCP prepared by the Contractor shall guide the implementation of construction

activity. The NMCP will be reviewed on a regular basis and updated as necessary to assure that current construction activities are addressed. It may appear as a regular agenda item in project coordination meetings, if noise is an issue at any location in the contract.

43.4 Occupational Noise

(i) Protection against the effects of occupational noise exposure should be provided when

the sound level exceeds the threshold values as provided in Project SHE Manual. (ii) When employees are subjected to sound levels exceeding those listed in the Table

above, feasible administrative or engineering controls should be utilized as given in this document and NMRC’s Project SHE Manual.

(iii) If such controls fail to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table, personal

protective equipment shall be provided and used to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table.

(iv) When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure

of different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. Exposure to different levels for various periods of time shall be computed according to the formula and sample computations, as given in project SHE Manual.

43.5 Vibration Level

43.5.1 In locations where the alignment is close to historical / heritage structures, the Contractor shall

prepare a monitoring scheme prior to construction at such locations. This scheme for monitoring



vibration level at such historical / heritage sites shall be submitted to Employer for his approval. This scheme shall include: (i) Monitoring requirements for vibrations at regular intervals throughout the construction

period; (ii) Pre-construction structural integrity inspections of historic and sensitive structures in

project activity; (iii) Information dissemination about the construction method, probable effects, quality

control measures and precautions to be used; (iv) The vibration level limits at work sites adjacent to the alignment shall conform to the

permitted values.

44.0 VENTILATION AND ILLUMINATION

44.1 Ventilation

44.1.1 The Contractor shall ensure at a construction site of a building or other construction work that all working areas in a free tunnel are provided with ventilation system as approved by the DG/CIIBC and the fresh air supply in such tunnel is not less than 6m3/min for each building worker employed underground in such tunnel and the free air flow movement inside such tunnel is not less than 9m/min.

44.1.2 The oxygen level shall not be less than 19.5% in the working environment.

44.2 Illumination

44.2.1 The Contractor shall take every effort to illuminate the work site as per the Employer’s requirement illustrated in General Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/011.

44.2.2 The Contractor shall conduct a monthly illumination monitoring by lux meter for all the locations and the report shall be sent to the Employer within 7th of the next month and the same shall be reviewed during the monthly SHE committee meeting.

45.0 RADIATION

45.1 The use of radioactive substances and radiating apparatus shall comply with the Government regulatory requirements and all subsidiary legislation

45.2 Operations involving ionising radiation shall only be carried out after having been reviewed without objection by the Employers representative and shall be carried out in accordance with a method statement.

45.3 Each area containing irradiated apparatus shall have warning notices and barriers, as required by the Regulations, conspicuously posted at or near the area.

45.4 Radioactive substances will be stored, used or disposed shall be strictly in accordance with the Government Enactments.

45.5 The Contractor shall ensure that all site personnel and members of the public are not exposed to radiation.

45.6 Asbestos Asbestos fibres are naturally occurring and extremely aerodynamic. Because of this, almost everyone is exposed to asbestos. Asbestos fibres can become a health risk if inhaled at high concentrations over extended periods of time. Asbestos is only dangerous if it becomes



airborne. As long as asbestos-containing materials are not damaged, the asbestos fibres do not become airborne, and do not pose a health hazard to building occupants. As a preventive action, no asbestos containing material will be used during any of the site activity mitigate the hazard

45.7 Lead-Based Paint Lead-based paint is a source of lead poisoning. Ingestion and inhalation of lead dust that is created as lead-based paint chips and peels, or from improper sanding or scraping of lead-based painted surfaces can lead to exposure. Paints and other chemicals used for painting should be stored in a proper contained area. Empty Paint containers, waste paint brushes, clothes stained with paint should be properly disposed.

46.0 WELFARE MEASURES FOR WORKERS

46.1 Latrine and Urinal Accommodation

46.1.1 The Contractor shall provide one latrine seat for every 20 workers up to 100 workers and thereafter one for every additional 50 workers. In addition one urinal accommodation shall be provided for every 100 workers.

46.1.2 When women are employed, separate latrine and urinals accommodation shall be provided on the same scale as mentioned above.

46.1.3 Latrine and urinals shall be provided as per Section 33 of BOCWA and maintained as per Rule 243 of BOCWR and shall also comply with the requirements of public health authorities

46.1.4 Moving sites In case of works like track laying, the zone of work is constantly moving at elevated level or at underground level. In such cases mobile toilets with proper facility to drain the sullage shall be provided at reasonably accessible distance.

46.1.5 In case if the Contractor fail to provide required number of urinals and latrines or fail to maintain it as per the requirements of Public Health laws, the Employer shall have the right to provide/maintain through renowned external agencies at the cost of the Contractor.

46.2 Canteen In every workplace wherein not less than 250 workers are ordinarily employed, the Contractor shall provide an adequate canteen conforming to Section 37 of BOCWA, Rule 244 of BOCWR and as stipulated in Rule 247 of BOCWR the changes for food stuff shall be based on ‘no profit no loss’ basis. The price list of all items shall be conspicuously displayed in such canteen.

46.3 Serving of tea and snacks at the workplace As per Rule 246 of BOCWR, at a building or other construction work where a workplace is situated at a distance of more than 200 m from the canteen provided under Rule 244(1) of BOCWR, the Contractor employing building works shall make suitable arrangement for serving tea and light refreshment to such building works at such place. Proper Housekeeping should be maintained at such locations where tea and snacks are served.

46.4 Drinking water



46.4.1 As per Section 32 of BOCWA the Contractor shall make in every worksite, effective arrangements to provide sufficient supply of wholesome drinking water with minimum quantity of 5 litres per workman per day. Quality of the drinking water shall conform to the requirements of national standards on Public Health.

46.4.2 While locating these drinking water facilities due care shall be taken so that these are easily accessible within a distance of 200m from the place of work for all workers at all location of work sites.

46.4.3 All such points shall be legible marked “Drinking Water” in a language understood by a majority of the workmen employed in such place and such point shall be situated within six metres of any washing places, urinals or latrines.

46.5 Labour Accommodation The Contractor shall provide free of charges as near as possible, temporary living accommodation to all workers conforming to provisions of Section 34 of BOCWA. These accommodations shall have cooking place, bathing, washing and lavatory facilities

46.6 Creches In every workplace where in more than 50 female workers are ordinarily employed, there shall be provided and maintained a suitable room for use of children under age of 6 yrs, conforming to the provisions of Section 35 of BOCWA.

46.7 Heat Stress Contractors/Subcontractors shall establish the necessary programs to ensure that project employees work safely in heat stress conditions. The reduction of adverse health effects can be accomplished by engineering controls, work practices, training, acclimatization, monitoring, water and electrolyte balance and the recognition and treatment of heat stress emergencies.



PART- IV ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

47.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

47.1 Environmental Monitoring

47.1.1 The Contractor’s Environmental Team shall carry out the monitoring of environmental impacts during construction. Representative sensitive receivers in the vicinity of the works shall be monitored for air quality impacts.

47.1.2 For carrying out impact monitoring for air, equipment shall be provided, operated and maintained by the Contractor. The equipment shall be kept in a good state of repair in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and maintained in proper working order with sufficient spare equipment available in the event of breakdown to maintain the planned monitoring program.

47.1.3 The calibration of monitoring instruments and their respective calibrators shall be carried out in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements to ensure they perform to the same level of accuracy as stated in the manufacturer’s specifications.

47.1.4 Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) levels shall be measured by following the standard high volume sampling method as set out in High Volume Method for Suspended Particulate, BIS: 5182-1981

47.1.5 24-hour average SPM concentration shall be measured by drawing air through a High Volume Sampler (HVS) fitted with pre-weighted Glass Fibre filter paper at an average flow rate not less than 1.1m3 per minute.

47.1.6 The minimum requirements to the specifications of sound level meter should be as given in IS: 9779-1981. (However monitoring is deleted).

47.1.7 Engineer will undertake baseline monitoring to establish background levels. Action Level of the Contractor shall be based on the results of baseline monitoring program, which will be made available to him prior to start of construction.

47.1.8 The Contractor’s monitoring program is summarized in Table 1. Table 1: Summary of Contractor’s Monitoring Programme

Parameter Air Sampling RSPM, SPM

24-hours of the day CO: 12 hours from 0800 to 2000 hrs

Frequency at each location Two 24-hour samples every 15 days at uniform intervals

Locations To be determined by the Contractor based on air sensitive receptors

Number of locations Two locations Duration of Monitoring by Contractor During civil construction Additional Requirements Ad hoc monitoring as required

Monitoring Reports should be submitted every month along with the Monthly SHE Report

47.2 Event Contingency Plan The Contractor shall prepare an Event Contingency Plan under his Site Environmental Plan. The purpose is to provide, in addition to monitoring activities, procedures for ensuring that if any environmental exceedance of limiting values (either accidental or through inadequate



implementation of mitigation measures on part of the Contractor) does occur, the cause is quickly identified and remedied, and that the risk of a similar event recurring is reduced.

47.3 Air Quality

47.3.1 The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to minimise fugitive dust emissions from operations involving excavation, grading, and clearing of land and disposal of waste. He shall not allow emissions of fugitive dust from any transport, handling, construction or storage activity to remain visible in atmosphere beyond the property line of emission source for any prolonged period of time without notification to the Employer.

47.3.2 The Contractor shall use construction equipment designed and equipped to minimise or control air pollution. He shall maintain evidence of such design and equipment and make these available for inspection by Employer.

47.3.3 If after commencement of construction activity, Employer believes that the Contractor’s equipment or methods of working are causing unacceptable air pollution impacts then these shall be inspected and remedial proposals shall be drawn up by the Contractor, submitted for review to the Employer and implemented.

47.3.4 In developing these remedial measures, the Contractor shall inspect and review all dust sources that may be contributing to air pollution. Remedial measures include use of additional / alternative equipment by the Contractor or maintenance / modification of existing equipment of the Contractor. In the event that approved remedial measures are not being implemented and serious impacts persist, the Employer may direct the Contractor to suspend work until the measures are implemented, as required under the Contract.

47.3.5 Contractor’s transport vehicles and other equipment shall conform to emission standards fixed by Statutory Agencies of Government of India or the State Government from time to time. The Contractor shall carry out periodical checks and undertake remedial measures including replacement, if required, so as to operate within permissible norms.

47.3.6 The Contractor shall establish and maintain records of routine maintenance program for internal combustion engine powered vehicles and equipment used on this project. He shall keep records available for inspection by Employer.

47.3.7 The Contractor shall cover loads of dust generating materials like debris and soil being transported from construction sites. All trucks carrying loose material should be covered and loaded with sufficient free- board to avoid spills through the tailboard or sideboards.

47.3.8 The Contractor shall promptly transport all excavation disposal materials of whatever kind so as not to delay work on the project. Stockpiling of materials will only be allowed at sites designated by the Employer. The Contractor shall place excavation materials in the dumping/disposal areas designated in the plans as given in the specifications.

47.3.9 The temporary dumping areas shall be maintained by the Contractor at all times until the excavate is re-utilised for backfilling or as directed by Employer. Dust control activities shall continue even during any work stoppage.

47.3.10 The Contractor shall place material in a manner that will minimize dust production. Material shall be minimized each day and wetted, to minimize dust production. During dry weather, dust control methods must be used daily especially on windy, dry days to prevent any dust from blowing across the site perimeter.

47.3.11 The Contractor shall water down construction sites as required to suppress dust, during handling of excavation soil or debris or during demolition. The Contractor will make water sprinklers, water supply and water delivering equipment available at any time that it is required



for dust control use. Dust screens will be used, as feasible when additional dust control measures are needed especially where the work is near sensitive receptors.

47.3.12 The Contractor shall provide a wash pit or a wheel washing and/or vehicle cleaning facility at the exits from work sites such as construction depots and batching plants. At such facility, high-pressure water jets will be directed at the wheels of vehicles to remove all spoil and dirt.

47.3.13 The Contractor shall design and implement his blasting techniques so as to minimise dust, noise, vibration generation and prevention fly rock.

47.3.14 Blasting technique should be consistent not only with nature and quaintly of rock to be blasted but also the location of blasting.

47.3.15 The Contractor shall give preference to explosives with better environmental characteristics.

47.3.16 The Contractor shall protect structures, utilities, pavements roads and other facilities from disfiguration and damage as a result of his activities. Where this is not possible, the Contractor shall restore the structures, utilities, pavements, roads and other facilities to their original or better, failing which the rectification/restoration work shall be carried out at the risk and cost of the Contractor.

47.3.17 The Contractor shall submit to the Employer an Air Monitoring and Control Plan (AMCP) under contract specific Site Environmental Plan to guide construction activity insofar as it relates to monitoring, controlling and mitigating air pollution.

47.4 Air Monitoring

47.4.1 Construction activities that will generate dust impacts include excavation (including related activities), material handling and stockpiling, vehicular movement, and wind erosion of unpaved work areas.

47.4.2 The impact of fugitive dust on ambient air pollution depends on the quantity generated, as well as the drift potential of the dust particles injected into the atmosphere. Large dust particles will settle out near the source and smaller particles are likely to undergo dispersal over greater distance from the sources and impeded settling. SPM levels will be monitored to evaluate the dust impact during the construction phase of the Project.

47.4.3 The Air Quality Monitoring and Control Plan (AMCP) in contract-specific Site Environmental Plan prepared by the Contractor shall establish procedures to monitor impact air quality and measures to control air pollution including dust suppression due to construction activities at work sites. This plan shall contain description of activities that will cause degradation in air quality, environmental procedures to manage pollutants to minimise the air pollution, monitoring program, record keeping and reporting.

47.4.4 The Engineer shall monitor Contractor’s performance of tasks specified, and will inspect necessary records, reports and procedures related to the control of air quality given in AMCP.

47.4.5 Information gathered during the AMCP will be catalogued and maintained by the Contractor and shall be available for review by the Engineer.

47.4.6 The exact location of the air monitoring stations located near air sensitive receptors adjoining the construction sites, such as residences, schools, hotels and hospitals and placement of monitoring equipment thereat shall be agreed with the Engineer prior to commencement of air monitoring program.

47.4.7 Impact monitoring during the course of the Works shall be carried out at the monitoring stations for two days (continuous twenty-four hours) every fifteen days and where there is a perceived air quality problem.



47.4.8 The Contractor shall construct suitable fence, lockable gate, 220V AC power point and suitable access at each air monitoring station. Monitoring stations shall be free from local obstructions or sheltering.

47.4.9 Should impact monitoring record dust levels which are: • indicative of a deteriorating situation such that closer monitoring is reasonably indicated, or • when in the opinion of the Engineer additional measurements are required in view of

deteriorating air quality, Then the Engineer may require the Contractor to increase the frequency of impact monitoring at any one or more of the monitoring stations until the results indicate an improving and acceptable level of air quality.

47.4.10 The Contractor shall keep records of air quality monitoring (including location, date, time). The Contractor shall submit a copy of monitoring results to the Engineer. The results should represent a statistical evaluation of data by calculating maximum, minimum, mean, standard deviation, geometric mean and percentile calculations for evaluation of frequency distribution, trends, and comparison with emission standards.

47.4.11 The National Ambient Air Quality Standards given in Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 may be referred by the Contractor for Limit Levels of SPM in ambient air which may be followed in estimating the pollution level caused by Contractor’s activities.

47.4.12 Where the Engineer determines that the recorded dust level is significantly greater than the Limit levels, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to take effective remedial measures including, but not limited to, reviewing dust sources and modifying working procedures.

47.4.13 Where the recorded baseline levels exceed the ambient air quality standards, then at such locations the action level is the recorded base line. Contractor shall take all effective remedial measures to contain the levels to their baseline value as a result of his activities. The action level may be varied by and at the sole discretion of the Engineer.

47.4.14 The Contractor shall inform the Engineer of all steps taken to investigate cause of accidence and immediate action taken to avoid further accidence through written reports and proposals for action under an Event Contingency Plan.

48.0 WATER QUALITY

48.1 The Contractor shall comply with the Indian Government legislation and other State regulations in existence in Noida insofar as they relate to water pollution control and monitoring. A drainage system should be constructed at the commencement of the Works, to drain off all surface water from the work site into suitable drain outlet.

48.2 The Contractor shall provide adequate precautions to ensure that no spoil or debris of any kind is pushed, washed, falls or deposited on land adjacent to the site perimeter including public roads or existing stream courses and drains within or adjacent to the site. In the event of any spoil or debris from construction works being deposited or any silt washed down to any area, then all such spoil, debris or material and silt shall be immediately removed and the affected land and areas restored to their natural state by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Employer.

48.3 Due to lowering of potable water supplies in Noida and subsequent contamination of ground water, the Contractor is not allowed to discharge water from the site without the approval of the Employer. The Contractor must comply with the requirements of the Central Ground Water Board for discharge of water arising from dewatering. Any water obtained from dewatering systems installed in the works must be either re-used for construction purposes and this water may subsequently be discharged to the drainage system or, if not re-used, recharged to the ground water at suitable aquifer levels. The Contractor must submit his proposals for approval



of Employer, on his proposed locations of dewatering of excavation and collection of water for either construction re-use or recharge directly to aquifers. The Contractor’s recharge proposals must be sufficient for recharging of the quantity of water remaining after deduction of water re-used for construction. During dewatering, the Contractor shall monitor ground water levels from wells to ensure that draw down levels do not exceed allowable limits. The Contractor will not be permitted to directly discharge, to the drainage system, unused ground water obtaining from the excavation without obtaining approval of Employer or the Agency controlling the system.

48.4 The Contractor shall ensure that earth, bentonite, chemicals and concrete agitator washings etc. are not deposited in the watercourses but are suitably collected and residue disposed off in a manner approved by local authorities.

48.5 All water and waste products (surface runoff and wastewater) arising on the site shall be collected and removed from the site via a suitable and properly designed temporary drainage system and disposed off at a location and in a manner that will cause neither pollution nor nuisance.

48.6 Any mud slurry from drilling, tunnelling, diaphragm wall construction or grouting etc. shall not be discharged into the drainage system unless treatment is carried out that will remove silt, mud particles, bentonite etc. The Contractor shall provide treatment facilities as necessary to prevent the discharge of contaminated ground water.

48.7 The Contractor shall discharge wastewater arising out of site office, canteen or toilet facilities constructed by him into sewers after obtaining prior approval of agency controlling the system. A wastewater drainage system shall be provided to drain wastewater into the sewerage system.

48.8 The bentonite mixing, treatment and handling system shall be established by the Contractor giving due regard to its environmental impacts. The disposal of redundant bentonite shall be carefully considered whether in bulk or liquid form. The disposal location will be advised and agreed with the relevant authorities.

48.9 The Contractor shall take measures to prevent discharge of oil and grease during spillage from reaching drainage system or any water body. Oil removal / interceptors shall be provided to treat oil waste from workshop areas etc.

48.10 The Contractor shall apply to the appropriate authority for installing bore wells for water supply at site.

49.0 ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL PRESERVATION

49.1 The Contractor shall seek to accommodate archaeological and historical preservation concerns that may arise due to the construction of the project especially in close vicinity of such areas where such monuments may be located.

49.2 The Contractor shall consult the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) and other parties, on the advise of the Employer, to identify and assess construction effects and seek ways to avoid, minimize or mitigate adverse effects on such monuments.

49.3 Adverse effects may include reasonably foreseeable effects caused by the construction that may occur later in time, be farther removed in distance or those that alter, howsoever temporarily, the significance of the structure.

50.0 LANDSCAPE AND GREENERY

50.1 As far as is reasonably practicable, the Contractor shall maintain ecological balance by preventing deforestation and defacing of natural landscape. In respect of ecological balance, the Contractor shall observe the following instructions.

50.2 The Contractor shall, so conduct his construction operations, as to prevent any avoidable destruction, scarring or defacing of natural surroundings in the vicinity of work.



50.3 Where destruction, scarring, damage or defacing may occur as a result of operations relating

to Permanent or Temporary works, the same shall be repaired, replanted or otherwise corrected at Contractor’s expense. All work areas shall be smoothened and graded in a manner to conform to natural appearance of the landscape as directed by the Employer.

50.4 A suggested list of trees / shrubs suitable for planting and landscaping is found in Employer’s Project SHE Manual.

51.0 FELLING OF TREES

51.1 The Contractor shall identify the number and type of trees that are require to be felled as a result of construction of works and facilities related to Project and inform the Employer.

51.2 All trees and shrubbery, which are not specifically require to be cleared or removed for construction purposes, shall be preserved and shall be protected from any damage that may be caused by Contractor’s construction operations and equipment. The Contractor shall not fell, remove or dispose of any tree or forest produce in any land handed over to him for the construction of works and facilities related to Project except with the previous permission obtained from the Forest Department.

51.3 The Employer shall arrange permission from the forest department for trees to be felled or transplanted. The Employer will permit the removal of trees or shrubs only after prior approval.

51.4 Special care shall be exercised where trees or shrubs are exposed to injuries by construction equipment, blasting, excavating, dumping, chemical damage or other operation and the Contractor shall adequately protect such trees by used of protective barriers or other methods approved by the Employer. Trees shall not be used for anchorage.

52.0 FLY ASH

52.1 The Employer may require the Contractor to use fly ash as a percentage substitution of cement, in concrete for certain structures and works.

52.2 In all such uses of Fly Ash, the Contractor shall maintain a detailed record of usage of Fly Ash. The Contractor shall also collect related details and provide to the Employer.

52.3 The reporting details on consumption of Fly Ash are found in Employer’s SHE Manual.

53.0 WASTE

53.1 The Contractor is required to develop, institute and maintain a Waste Management Programme (WMP) during the construction of the project for his works, which may include: (i) Identification of disposal sites (ii) Identification of quantities to be excavated and disposed off (iii) Identification of split between waste and inert material (iv) Identification of amounts intended to be stored temporarily on site location of such

storage. (v) Identification of intended transport means and route. (vi) Obtaining permission, where required, for disposal.

53.2 Such a mechanism is intended to ensure that the designation of areas for the segregation and temporary storage of reusable and recyclable materials are incorporate into the WMP. The WMP should be prepared and submitted to the Engineer for approval.

53.3 The Contractor shall handle waste in a manner that ensures they are held securely without loss or leakage thus minimizing potential for pollution. The Contractor shall maintain and clean waste storage areas regularly.



53.4 The Contractor shall remove waste in a timely manner and disposed off at landfill sites after obtaining approval of the competent authorities namely Noida Authority etc.

53.5 Burning of wastes is prohibited. The Contractor shall not burn debris or vegetation or construction waste on the site but remove it in accordance with Clause50.1 above.

53.6 The Contractor shall make arrangement to dispose of metal scrap and other saleable waste to authorized dealer and make available to the Employer on request, records of such sales.

53.7 The Contractor selects suppliers having a voluntary and documented policy to reduce the volume and weight of packaging, and to select recyclable or biodegradable packaging.

53.8 The Contractor establishes and maintains a waste register which is at the disposal of the Engineer. This register will record all waste management operations: production, collection, transport, treatment. The following aspects are documented in this register:

a) Type of waste, using the nomenclature specified in Clause 53.12;

b) Wastequantities;

c) Name and address of the third party waste management facilities receiving waste or parties taking possession of the substances no longer considered as waste;

d) Name and address of waste transport contractors;

e) Plannedwastetreatment.

53.9 The contractor files and maintains at the disposition of the Engineer the waste manifests for the collection, transport, treatment and/or elimination of waste.

53.10 The waste register is established and available as of the Contractors mobilisation to the Worksite. This register will be archived for at least 1 year after the provisional acceptance of the works.

53.11 The Contractor implements specific waste management practices adapted to the level of danger for human health or the natural environment. Three waste categories are identified for Worksites and in tracking documents:

a) Hazardous waste: any waste with one or several dangerous properties as listed in appendix 2 of these SHE specifications.

b) Non-hazardous waste: any waste with no properties rendering it hazardous. Non-hazardous waste contaminated by hazardous material will be considered as hazardous waste, unless indicated otherwise by the Engineer.

c) Inert waste: any waste unaffected by any significant physical, chemical or biological modifications, which does not decompose, burn or produce any physical or chemical reaction, is not biodegradable and does not damage any substance with which it comes into contact in a manner likely to cause damage to the environment or human health.

53.12 The Contractor assesses, document and effectively implements any local recycling or re-use options for its waste.

53.13 Waste is categorised and stored separately prior to removal from the Worksites, depending on the level of danger, phase (liquid, solid or gas), the waste management solution to be applied and its potential in terms of recycling or reuse.

53.14 Waste is collected from each Worksite at the same rate that it is produced and is placed in temporary locations meeting the following criteria:

a) Located at a distance of over 100 m from any natural sensitive area and over 500 m from any socioeconomic sensitive area (school, market, healthcare centre, water well or catchment area), with the exception of waste storage area in camps.

b) Protected from moving machinery and vehicles, but easy to access for regular collection.

c) Located on a flat impervious surface to prevent infiltrations.



d) Under cover for non-inert waste.

e) Stored in containers of the appropriate size, tightness and level of resistance depending on the danger and phase (solid, liquid, gas) of the waste.

f) Liquid wastes storage is equipped with secondary retention with a volume at least equal to the volume of the waste contained in the containers.

g) Hazardous waste stored pursuant to Clause 30.4.7 of the present SHE specifications.

53.15 Waste is removed from Worksites and transported to recycling, treatment and waste management facilities on a regular basis. The frequency of removal, approved by the Engineer, guarantees:

a) No overflowfrom containers.

b) No unpleasant odour or emissions which are dangerous for human health.

c) No proliferation of insects, rodents, dogs or other animals which are harmful or dangerous for human health.

d) Regular cleaning of containers and surfaces on which they are located.

53.16 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or instructed by the Engineer, waste incineration is prohibited on Worksites. Two exceptions are medical waste and green waste, which unless instructed to the contrary by the Engineer, are managed.

The use of third party waste management services is subject to a documented prior audit of the treatment, storage and recycling facilities by the Contractor, to guarantee the conformity with the provisions of the present ESHS specifications on waste.

53.17 The provisions applicable to the Contractor regarding waste management also apply to any third part waste management contractors. The Engineer reserves the right to inspect third party waste management facilities and prohibit the Contractor from using the facilities if considered unacceptable.

53.18 The management of non-hazardous waste complies with the following conditions:

53.18.1 Non contaminated inert waste is removed and can be disposed of to landfill with unused backfill material. The location, capacity and environmental protection measures, particularly for water courses, implemented by the Contractor or subcontractor, will comply with the provisions of the present ESHS specifications.

53.18.2 Non-hazardous waste that cannot be recycled is disposed of to landfill, and complying with the following criteria:

a) Walls and base sealed by a geo-membrane or a layer of compacted clay with a permeability 10-7 cm/s.

b) Drained for the recovery of leachates, which are routed to a lagoon aerobic/anaerobic treatment prior to discharge into the natural environment or collected in a temporary storage prior to regular collection and transfer to a treatment unit (septic tank or wastewater treatment plant).

c) Regularly compacted and covered by earth to limit odours and the proliferation of insects.

d) When the landfill has reached full capacity, vents are installed to evacuate gases, and the landfill covered by a geo-membrane with a minimum thickness of 1 mm, or a layer of compacted clay, and a top layer of 1.5 m of topsoil, which is revegetated.

54.0 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

54.1 If encountered or generated as a result of Contractor’s activity, then waste classified as hazardous under the “Hazardous Waste (management, handling and trans-boundary



movement) rules, 2007 and amendment 2008” shall be disposed off in a manner in compliance with the procedure given in the rules under the aforesaid act.

54.2 Chemicals classified as hazardous chemicals under “Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 shall be disposed off in a manner in compliance with the procedure given in the rules under the aforesaid act.

54.3 The Contractor shall identify the nature and quantity of hazardous waste generated as a result of his activities and shall file a ‘Request for Authorisation’ with State Pollution Control Committee along with a map showing the location of storage area.

54.4 Outside the storage area, the Contractor shall place a ‘display board’, which will display quantity and nature of hazardous waste, on date. Hazardous Waste needs to be stored in a secure place.

54.5 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that hazardous wastes are stored, based on the composition, in a manner suitable for handling, storage and transport. The labelling and packaging is required to be easily visible and be able to withstand physical conditions and climatic factors.

54.6 The Contractor shall approach only Authorised Recyclers of Hazardous Waste for disposal of Hazardous Waste, under intimation to the Employer.

54.7 Submittal of all environment related documents and records pertaining to monitoring and trend analysis on key parameters such as but not limited to consumption/efficient use of resources such as energy, water, material such as cement, fly ash, iron and steel, recycle/reuse of waste etc. that shall have demonstrated continual improvement in the implementation of Environmental management System. In case of failure to do so, the Employer shall impose appropriate penalty as indicated under penalty clause.

55.0 ENERGY MANAGEMENT

55.1 The Contractor shall use and maintain equipment so as to conserve energy and shall be able to produce demonstrable evidence of the same upon Employer’s request.

55.2 Measures to conserve energy include but not limited to the following: 1. Use of energy efficient motors and pumps 2. Use of energy efficient lighting, which uses energy efficient luminaries 3. Adequate and uniform illumination level at construction sites suitable for the task 4. Proper size and length of cables and wires to match the rating of equipment 5. Use of energy efficient air conditioners

55.3 The Contractor shall design site offices maximum daylight and minimum heat gain. The rooms shall be well insulated to enhance the efficiency of air conditioners and the use of solar films on windows may be used where feasible.



PART - V: PENALTY AND AWARDS 56.0 CHARGES TO BE RECOVERED FROM CONTRACTOR FOR UNSAFE ACT OR

CONDITION

56.1 NMRC intends to build an image of safety conscious organisation. Any reportable accident (fatality / injury) results in loss of life and/or property damage. These accidents not only result in loss of life but also damage the reputation of NMRC. Most of the accidents are avoidable and caused preliminarily due to Contractors’ negligence. Hence NMRC shall recover the cost of damages from the Contractors for every reportable incident (fatality / injury).

56.2 In addition every NMRC work site is exposed to public scrutiny as the work is executed just on the right-of-way. Any unsafe act / unsafe condition observed by public further damage NMRC’s reputation. In view of this, NMRC has decided to establish safety-enforcing organisation. The cost of establishing such organisation is to be recovered from Contractors for all observed safety violations at sites.

56.3 The following table indicates the Safety, Health and Environment violation (unsafe act / unsafe condition) and charges to be recovered from contractors.

SN Topic Unsafe Act/Unsafe condition Range of Levels

Deductible Amount

1 SHE Policy & Plan

i) SHE policy. a) non-compliance of clause 4.1

L1→L2 L1- Rs 5,000 per single violation, compounded to a maximum of Rs

25,000 at any single instance. L2- Rs 10000 per single violation, compounded to a maximum of Rs

50,000 at any single instance.

ii) SHE plan L1→L2 L1- Rs 100000 per single violation, compounded to a maximum of Rs

200000 at any single instance. L2- Rs 200000 per single violation, compounded to a maximum of Rs

400000 at any single instance.

a) Not as per Employers’ content and coverage (Clause 4.2,4.7)

b) Delay in submission (Clause 4.2, 4.4)

c) Not updated as per Employer’s instruction as per Clause 4.4

d) Copies not provided to all required supervisors/engineers

2 SHE Organisatio

n

Not complying to the minimum manpower requirements as mentioned in General

Instruction NMRC/SHE/GI/001(Clause 6.1.1)

L1→L2 L1- Rs 100000 per month for first month and Rs 200000 for

subsequent months. L2- Rs 250000 per month for first month and Rs 500000 for subsequent months.

Not filling up the vacancies created due to SHE personnel leaving the Contractor within 14

days.(Clause 6.7)

L1- Rs 50000 for first month and Rs 100000 for subsequent months.

L2- Rs 150000 for first month and Rs 300000 for subsequent months.



SHE organisation not provided with required Audiovisual and other equipments as per General Instruction. NMRC /SHE/GI/012

(Clause 6.9.2)

L1- Rs 50000 for first violation and Rs 100000 for subsequent

violations. L2- Rs 150000 for first violation and

Rs 300000 for subsequent violations. Employing through outsourcing agencies and

SHE personal are not in the payroll of the main Contractor.(Clause 6.5.1)

Disobedience / Improper conduct of any SHE personnel. (Clause 6.2)

Chief SHE Manager not reporting directly to CPM of Contractor. (Clause 6.6)

3 SHE committee

Failed to formulate or conduct SHE Committee meeting for any month (Clause 7.4)

L1→L2 L1- Rs 100000 for the first violation and Rs 500000 for the subsequent violations. L2- Rs 200000 for the

first violation and Rs 1000000 for the subsequent violations.

Contractor and Sub-contractor representatives not attending SHE Committee meetings

(Clause 7.10)

L1- Rs 5000 to the contractor of the member who had not attended the meeting for first violation and Rs 25000 for subsequent violations. L2- Rs 10000 to the contractor of the member who had not attended

the meeting for first violation and Rs 50000 for subsequent violations.

Failed to conduct Site inspection before conducting SHE Committee meeting (Clause

7.2.1 (viii))

L1-Rs 25000 for first violation and Rs 50000 for subsequent violations.

L2-Rs 50000 for first violation and Rs 100000 for subsequent violations. Failed to send SHE Committee Meeting

minutes or Agenda to Employer in time (Clause 7.8.1, 7.9.1)

Non-adherence of Clause 7.7.1

Non-adherence of Clause 7.9

4 ID card Non-adherence of Clause 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 L1→L2 L1- Rs 100000 for first violation and Rs 200000 for subsequent

violations. L2- Rs 250000 for first violation and Rs 500000 for

subsequent violations.

5 SHE Training

Not complying to the requirements as mentioned in conditions of contract on SHE

and project SHE manual with regard to:

a) Induction training not given (Clause 8.1) L1→L2 L1- Rs 50000 for first violation on and Rs 100000 for subsequent

violations. L2- Rs 150000 for first violation on and Rs 300000 for

subsequent violations. b) Supervisor / engineer / manager training

not conducted as per Clause 9.6



c) Refresher training as per Clause 9.7 and 9.11 not conducted

d) Tool-box talk not conducted as per Clause 9.8

e) Skill development training not conducted as Clause 9.9

f) Daily Safety Oath not conducted as per Clause 9.1

g) Top management behaviour based SHE training conducted (Clause 9.4)

6 SHE Inspection

i) Not complying to the requirements as mentioned in conditions of contract on SHE and project SHE manual as per Clause 10.0

L1→L2 L1- Rs 50000 for first violation on and Rs 100000 for subsequent



ii) Non compliance of clause 10.3.6

7 SHE audit Internal Audit: MARS L1→L2

i) Not conducted as per SHE Plan (Clause 11.2.1) ii) Report not sent to Employer (Clause

11.2.6) iii) Action not taken for any month (Clause 11.2.4)

L1- Rs 50000 for first violation on and Rs 100000 for subsequent



External Audit

Not conducted as per SHE Plan (Clause 11.4.3)

L1-Rs 100000 for first violation and Rs 200000 for subsequent violations. L2-Rs 250000 for first violation and

Rs 500000 for subsequent violations. Report not sent to Employer (Clause 11.4.7)

Action not taken for any quarter (Clause 11.4.9)

8 SHE Communica

tion

Important days to be observed for SHE awareness as furnished by Employer not

observed (Clause 12.2)

L1→L2 L1- Rs 10000 for first violation and Rs 50000 for subsequent violations. L2- Rs 20000 for first violation and Rs 100000 for subsequent violations.

Posters as furnished by Employer not printed

and displayed (Clause 12.2) L1- 2,00,000 per contract L2- 4,00,000 per contract

9 SHE Submittals

Non compliance of Clause 13.1 L1→L2 L1- Rs 50000 for first violation on and Rs 100000 for subsequent





Non compliance of Clause 13.2 L1-Rs 100000 for first violation and Rs 200000 for subsequent violations. L2-Rs 250000 for first violation and

Rs 500000 for subsequent violations. Non compliance of Clause 13.3

10 Injury and Incidence reporting

Fatal accidents L3 L3- Rs 500000 penalty and enforcement of embargo for first

fatality ,and Rs 1000,000 penalty and enforcement of embargo for every

subsequent fatality.

Injury accident L2→L3 L2- Rs 100000 for first grievously injured person and Rs 200000 for

every subsequent grievously injured person (Grievous Injury as defined by Workmen Compensation Act). L3- Rs 250000 for first grievously injured person and Rs 500000 for

every subsequent grievously injured person

Abnormal delay in reporting accidents or wilful suppression of information about any accidents / dangerous occurrence as per Clause 14.1.4

L2→L3 L2-Rs 100000 for first violation and Rs 200000 for subsequent violations. L3-Rs 250000 for first violation and

Rs 500000 for subsequent violations.

Non-compliance of the Clause 14.4 L2→L3 L2- Rs 50000 for first violation on and Rs 100000 for subsequent



The contractor shall create a fund to cater, from which in any case of fatal accident or

permanent disability, payments will be made to the aggrieved party over and above the

statutory requirements.



11 Emergency preparedne

ss Plan

Non-compliance of the Clause 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, 15.4, 15.5 and 15.6

L2→L3 L2- Rs 100000 for non-compliance of any of the clauses .

L3- Rs 200000 for non-compliance of any of the clauses .

12 Housekeeping

Housekeeping maintenance register not properly maintained up to date (Clause 17.4)

L1→L2 L1- Rs 10000 per single violation Compounded to a maximum of Rs

100000 at any single instance. L2- Rs 20000 per single violation

Compounded to a maximum of Rs 200000 at any single instance

Surrounding areas of drinking water tanks / taps not hygienically cleaned / maintained

(Clause 17.4)

Office, stores, toilet / urinals not properly cleaned and maintained. (Clause 17.4)

Required dustbins at appropriate places not provided / not cleaned. (Clause 17.6)

Stairways, gangways, passageways blocked. (Clause 17.9)

Lumber with protruding nails left as such (Clause 17.10)

Openings unprotected (Clause 17.7)

Excavated earth not removed within a reasonable time.(Clause 17.15)

Truck carrying excavated earth not covered / tyres not cleaned. (Clause 17.11)

Vehicles / equipments parked / placed on roads obstructing free flow of traffic (Clause

17.13)

Unused surplus cables / steel scraps lying scattered (Clause 17.17)

Wooden scraps, empty wooden cable drums lying scattered (Clause 17.18)

Water stagnation leading to mosquito breeding (Clause 42.6.1)

13 Working at Height / Ladders

and Scaffolds

Not using or anchoring Safety Belt (Clause 18.9)

L2→L3 L1-Rs 10000 per single violation Compounded to a maximum of Rs

100000 at any single instance. L2-Rs 20000 per single violation

Compounded to a maximum of Rs 200000 at any single instance.

L3-Rs 30000 per single violation

Not using Safety Net (Clause 18.18)

Absence of life line or anchorage point to anchor safety belt (Clause 18.19)



Non-compliance of Clause 18.17 Compounded to a maximum of Rs 300000 at any single instance. Using Bamboo ladders (Clause 18.20) L1→L2

Painting of ladders L1→L2

Improper usage (less than 1m extension above landing point, not maintaining 1:4 ratio) (Clause

18.20)

L2→L3

Aluminium ladders without base rubber bush (Clause 18.20)

Usage of broken / week ladders (Clause 18.20)

Usage of re-bar welded ladders (Clause 18.20)

Improper guardrail, toe board, barriers and other means of collective protection (Clause

18.16) Improper working platform (Clause 18.17)

Working at unprotected fragile surface (Clause 18.9)

Working at unprotected edges (Clause 20.0)

14 Lifting appliances and gear

Non availability of fitness certificate as per Clause 21.3


500000 at any single instance. L3-Rs 100000 per single violation Compounded to a maximum of Rs


Documents not displayed on the machine or not available with the operator as per Clause

21.4 Maximum Safe Working Load not written on

the machine as per Clause 21.5 Non-compliance of Clause 21.6

Non-compliance of Clause 21.7

Automatic safe load indicator not provided or not in working condition as per Clause 21.8

Age of the operator less than 21 years or without any licence and non-compliance of

other item as per Clause 21.9

Non-compliance of Clause 21.10

Non-compliance of any of the items mentioned regarding rigging requirements as per Clause

21.11 Failure to submit method statement in case of

all critical lifting (Clause 21.3) Person riding on crane. (Clause 23.4)

Creating more noise and smoke (Clause 43.1.1)

Absence of portable fire extinguisher in driver cabin (Clause 31.5)

Fail to guard hoist platform (Clause 24.0)

No fencing of hoist rope movement area (Clause 24.0)

Hoist platform not in the horizontal position (Clause 21.2)



15 Launching operation

Non-adherence of any of the provisions mentioned in Clause 22.2

L2→L3 L2-Rs 50000 for first violation and Rs 100000 for subsequent violations.

L3-Rs 150000 for first violation and Rs 300000 for subsequent violations.

16 Site Electrical

safety

Non-compliance of Clause 26.1.1 L2→L3 L2-Rs 10000 per single violation Compounded to a maximum of Rs


Compounded to a maximum of Rs 200000 at any single instance

Non-compliance of Clause 26.2.3, 26.2.4 & 26.2.5

Non-compliance of Clause 26.3.1

Non-compliance of Clause 26.7, 26.8 and 26.9.1

Non-compliance of Clause 26.10 and 26.13


Exposed electric lines (fermentative damage) and circuits in the workplace. (Clause 26.5.1)

Inserting of wires directly into the socket

Improper grounding for the electrical appliances Clause 26.7.1)

Electrical cables running on the ground (clause 26.8.5 & 26.8.6)

Non-compliance Clause 27.0

17 Hand tools and Power

tools

Non-compliance of Clause 28.0 L2→L3 L2-Rs 10000 per single violation Compounded to a maximum of Rs



18 Gas Cutting Wrong colour coding of cylinder. L2→L3 L2-Rs 10000 per single violation Compounded to a maximum of Rs



Cylinders not stored in upright position. (Clause 29.1) Flash back arrester, non-return valve and

regulator not present or not in working condition. (Clause 29.3 & 29.4)

Fail to put cylinders in a cylinder trolley. (Clause 29.1)

Damaged hose and fail to use hose clamps (Clause 29.2)

Using domestic LPG cylinders (Clause 29.5)

Fail to store cylinder 6.6m away from fire prone materials (Clause 29.8)



Fire extinguisher not placed in the vicinity during operation (Clause 29.6)

19 Welding Voltmeter and Ammeter not working (Clause 29.9)

L2→L3 L2-Rs 10000 per first violation and Rs 50000 for subsequent violations. L3-Rs 100000 per first violation and

Rs 500000 for subsequent violations. Non-availability of separate switch in the

transformer (Clause 29.9) Improper grounding and return path. (Clause

29.10) Damaged and bare openings in the welding

cable. (Clause 29.10) Damaged holder (Clause 29.10)

Fire extinguisher not placed in the vicinity during operation (Clause 29.6)

20 Fire precaution

Smoking and open flames in fire prone area (Clause 31.6)




Using more than 24V portable electrical appliances in the fire prone area (Clause

34.2.3) Not proper ventilation in cylinder storage area.

(Clause 29.8) Absence of fire extinguishers (Clause 31.1)

Fire extinguishers not refilled once in a year. (Clause 31.2)

Fire extinguisher placed in a not easily accessible location

21 Excavation, Tunnelling

and confined space

Non-compliance of Clause 34.1.1 L2→L3 L2-Rs 10000 per single violation Compounded to a maximum of Rs




Non-compliance of Clause 34.4 L2-Rs 10000 per first violation and Rs 50000 for subsequent violations. L3-Rs 100000 per first violation and


22 Work permit system

Non-compliance of Clause 35.2 L2→L3 L2- Rs 50000 per first violation and Rs 100000 for subsequent violations. L3- Rs 100000 per first violation and Rs 200000 for subsequent violations.


23 Traffic Manageme

nt

Non-compliance of Clause 36.4.1 L2→L3 L2-Rs 100000 per first violation and Rs 200000 for subsequent violations. L3-Rs 250000 per first violation and

Rs 500000 for subsequent violations. Non-compliance of Clause 36.8.3







Barricades (Clause 36.9.4)

Not Cleaned L2 Rs 25000 per single violation Compounded to a maximum of Rs

100000 at any single instance Not in alignment Not numbered

Not painted

Red ights /reflectros not working Damages not repaired Not secured properly

Barricade inspector not employed

Protruding parts / portions repaired

Barricades maintaining register not properly maintained up to date

Contractor Vehicles (Clause 36.9.5 & 36.9.6)

i) Over loading of vehicles ii) Unfit drivers or operators iii) Unlicensed vehicles iv) Absence

of traffic marshals v) Absence of reversing alarm vi) Absence of fog light (at winter) vii)

Power / hand brakes not in working condition.

L2 Rs 25000 per single violation Compounded to a maximum of Rs

100000 at any single instance

Splashing of Bentonite on roads / non-cleaning of tyres of dumpers and transit

mixers (Clause 17.11 & 17.14)

i) Mishandling of bentonite like splashing of bentonite outside specified width of barricading

.ii) Non-cleaning of tyres of dumpers and transit mixers before leaving the site and

thereby creating a traffic safety hazard to road users.

L2 a) Rs 100000 on first observation. b) Rs 200000 on

second observation .c) Rs 300000 on third and subsequent

observations

24 Batching plant /

Casting yard

Non-adherence of any of the provisions mentioned in Clause 38.0.

L2 Rs 10000 for single violation compounded to a maximum of Rs

100000 at any single instant.

25 PPE (Personal Protective

Equipment)

Not having (Clause 39.1) L2→L3 L2-Rs 200 per single violation. L3-Rs 400 per single violation.

Not wearing (or) using and kept it elsewhere (Clause 39.1)

L2→L3

Using damaged one (Clause 39.2) L2→L3

Using wrong type (Clause 39.5) L2→L3

Using wrong colour helmet or helmet without logo (Clause 39.4.1)

L1→L2

Using for other operation (e.g. Using safety helmet for storing materials or carrying water

from one place to other) (Clause 39.5)

L2→L3



Not conforming to BIS standard (Clause 39.2) L2→L3 L2-Rs 10000 for first violation and Rs 50000 for subsequent violations .

L3-Rs 100000 for first violation and Rs 200000 for subsequent violations

.

Non-compliance of Clause 39.6, 39.7 and 39.8 L2→L3 L2-Rs 50000 for first violation and Rs 100000 for subsequent violations. L3-Rs 100000 for first violation and


26 Occupational Health

Fail to conduct Medical examination to workers (Clause 42.1)




L3-Rs 30000 per single violation Compounded to a maximum of Rs


Absence of ambulance van & room (Clause 42.3)

Workers not having ID card (Clause 8.2)

Absence of first-aid person in work site (Clause 42.4)

L2→L3

Absence or inadequacy of first-aid box (Clause 42.4)

Misuse of first-aid box (Clause 42.4) L1→L2

First-aid box not satisfy the minimum Indian standard. (Clause 42.4)

Smoking inside the construction site (Clause 42.7.2)

Drink and drive or work (Clause 42.7.1)

Fumigation / insecticides not sprayed to prevent Mosquito breeding (Clause 42.6.3) Non-compliance of Clause 44.1 and 44.2

27 Labour Welfare

measures

Inadequate number of toilets (Clause 46.1.1) L1→L2 L1-Rs 10000 per single violation Compounded to a maximum of Rs



Toilets not cleaned properly (Clause 46.1.3)

Toilet placed more than 500m from the work site (Clause 46.1.3)

Absence of water facilities for toilets and washing places (Clause 46.1.3)

Accommodation not provided as per BOCWA (Clause 46.5.1) )

Absence of drinking water (Clause 46.4)

Excessive noise and vibration (Clause 43.0)

Canteen not provided (Clause 46.2)

Food stuff not served on no loss no profit basis (Clause 46.3)

Creche not provided (Clause 46.6)

Non adherence of Labour welfare provisions of BOCWA (Clause 3.3.1.2)

Fail to register establishment and display the registration certificate at workplace (Clause

3.3.1.2) Absence of workers register and records

(Clause 3.3.1.2)



Absence of muster roll and wages register (Clause 3.3.1.2)

Fail to display an abstract of BOCWA and BOCWR (Clause 3.3.1.2)

28 Environmental

Management

Tyre wash facility not provided (Clause 47.12) L1→L2 L1-Rs 10000 per single violation Compounded to a maximum of Rs



Spillage from vehicles not arrest (Clause 48.9)

Air monitoring not practiced (Clause 47.17)

The values of air monitoring not within acceptable limits (Clause 47.17, 43.2.1)

Dust control measures at sites not practiced (Clause 47.13)

Improper disposal of debris / residues

Non compliance of Clause 53.0 & 54.0

56.4 Without limiting to the unsafe acts and or conditions mentioned above in Clause 56.3 the

Employer shall have the right to deduct charges for any other unsafe act and or condition depending upon the gravity of the situation on a case-to-case basis. The charges shall be in comparison with that of the similar offence indicated in Clause 56.3.

56.5 Non-conformities detected during inspections carried out by the Engineer are subject to a process adapted to the severity of the situation. Non-conformities are divided into 4 categories as follows:

56.5.1 Notification of observation of minor non-conformities. The non-conformity results in a notification to the on-site Contractor’s representative, followed-up by a signed notification of observation prepared by the Engineer. The multiplication of notifications of observation at the Worksite, or absence of corrective actions by the Contractor, can result in the severity of the non-conformity being raised to that of level 1.

56.5.2 Level 1 non conformity: Non-conformities that do not represent a serious immediate risk for health and environment. The non-conformity is the subject of a report addressed to the Contractor and which shall be resolved within five (5) days. The Contractor addresses to the Engineer a report explaining how the non-conformity has been corrected. Further to an inspection and a favourable evaluation of effectiveness of the corrective action, the Engineer signs a close-out report for the non-conformity. In all cases where a non-conformity of level 1 is not resolved within one (1) month, the severity of the non-conformity is raised to level 2.

56.5.3 Level 2 non-conformities: applies to all non-conformities that have resulted in damage to health or the environment or which represent a high risk to health and the environment. The same procedure as for level 1 non-conformities is applied. Corrective action shall be taken by the Contractor within three (3) days. The Contractor addresses a report explaining the corrective actions implemented. All level 2 non-conformities which are not resolved within one (1) month, are raised to level 3.

56.5.4 Level 3 non-conformities: applies to all non-conformities that represent a risk with major consequences to health and the environment. The highest levels of the Contractor’s and Engineer’s hierarchies present in the Employer’s country are informed immediately and the Contractor has twenty-four (24) hours to bring the situation under control. Clause 14.7 of the Particular Conditions of Contract (PC), a level 3 non-conformity results in the suspension of interim payments until the non-conformity has been resolved. If the situation requires, and in pursuance to Clause 8.8 of the PC, the Engineer can order the suspension of work until the resolution of the non-conformity.

57.0 STOPPAGE OF WORK

57.1 The Employer shall have the right to stop the work at his sole discretion, if in his opinion the work is being carried out in such a way that it may cause accidents and endanger the safety of the persons and / or property, and / or equipments. In such cases, the Contractor shall be informed in writing about the nature of hazards and possible injury / accident.



57.2 The Contractor shall not proceed with the work until he has complied with each direction to the

satisfaction of Employer.

57.3 The Contractor shall not be entitled for any damages / compensation for stoppage of work, due to safety reasons and the period of such stoppage of work shall not be taken as an extension of time for Completion of the Facilities and will not be the ground for waiver of levy of liquidated damages.

58.0 AWARDS The following categories will be considered for awards as per the scheme in practice of Employer: (i) For every safe million man hour working without any reportable incidents (ii) Zero fatality contracts (iii) 100% adherence to voluntary reporting of all accidents throughout the currency of

contract (iv) Safest project team of the year. (v) Best SHE team of the year. (vi) Safest Contractor of the year.




APPENDIX NO.: 1

Memorandum of Understanding between NMRC and the Contractor for safe execution of

contract work

This Memorandum of Understanding is made and executed by and between Noida Metro Rail Corporation Limited (NMRC)., a Company registered under the Companies Act 1956 and having its registered office at XXXXor their authorized representative(s), hereinafter referred to as “EMPLOYER” (which expression shall wherever the context so requires or admits be deemed to mean and include its successors in business and assigns) of the one party AND M/s __________________________________________________________________ having its registered office at ______________________________________________________________ hereinafter referred to as the “CONTRACTOR” (which expression shall wherever the context so requires or admits be deemed to mean and include its successors in business and assigns) of the other party WITNESSETH THAT WHEREAS the EMPLOYER gives highest importance to the occupational safety, health and environment during execution of work, seeks cooperation from the CONTRACTOR in this endeavour. Thus, this Memorandum of Understanding is for promoting the safety, health and environment aspects required to be followed at workplace/site and will be applicable to any site job to be done by the CONTRACTOR AND WHEREAS the CONTRACTOR has read all the terms and conditions of the EMPLOYER and whereas the CONTRACTOR has studied the following documents: (i) Tender Documents, including Notice Inviting Tender, General Conditions, Special Conditions; (ii) Conditions of Contract on Safety, Health and Environment and Project Safety, Health and

Environment Manual; (iii) Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulations of Employment and Conditions of

Service) Act 1996, Central Rules 1998 and subsequent BOCW Rules, Building and Other Construction Workers Welfare Cess Act 1996 and Rules 1998 and notification [Central & State] Collection of cess.

(iv) Indian Electricity Act 2003 and Rules 1956; (v) Corresponding International / Bureau of Indian Standard Codes. Including the amendments to any of the above rules and any other rules & regulations or procedures, circulars, notices & advices laid down by the EMPLOYER from time to time. Now it is hereby AGREED AND DECLARED by and between the EMPLOYER and the CONTRACTOR as follows: Clause - I The CONTRACTOR shall abide by the terms and conditions stipulated in

Condition of Contract on Safety, Health & Environment and Project Safety, Health & Environment Manual.



Clause - II The CONTRACTOR shall undertake full responsibility for safe execution of job at work place/site and safety of his personnel and adjoining road users during work.

Clause - III Without giving any prior notice, the EMPLOYER shall from time to time be entitled to add/or amend any or all terms and conditions with a view to improving safety and occupational health of personnel and safety of work, with immediate effect and the same shall be binding on the CONTRACTOR. The Contractor agrees to implement all such amendments, which shall be laid down by the EMPLOYER.

Clause - IV Besides following the guidelines, safety rules and regulations, safety codes given in various safety procedures/documents mentioned above, the CONTRACTOR shall also prepare detailed method statement which includes job safety analysis wherever there are complicated and hazardous/high risk working involved and get it approved from Employer before execution of work.

Clause - V Any negligence or violation in implementing any of the provision of the conditions of contract on Safety, Health & Environment and NMRC project Safety, Health & Environment Manual shall be viewed seriously and the Contractor is liable to compensate the Employer for the loss of reputation. The cost of damage shall be fixed on case-to-case basis.

In witness thereof the Parties hereto by representatives duly authorised have executed this Memorandum of Understanding on ____________________ day of ________________ 20____. Signed on Signed on

For and on behalf of NMRC For and on behalf of (Contractor)

__________________________ __________________________

Signature: Signature:

Name: Name:

Title: Title:




APPENDIX NO.: 2

Safety, Welfare and Occupational Health requirements as per BOCW Act 1996 and Rules 1998

and BOCW Rules

(This list has been prepared in chronological order with primary importance to Section of Act and secondary importance to Rules) S - Refers relevant Sections in BOCWA R - Refers relevant Rules in BOCWR C - Refers relevant Chapter No. in BOCWR P - Refers to relevant rules in BOCWWCR 1998 G - Refers to relevant rules in BOCWR

SN Items Relevant Sections / Rules in

BOCWA and BOCWR and MBOCWR 2003

1. Registration of establishment S – 7, R – 23 to 27

2. Display of registration certification at workplace R – 26 (5) 3. Hours of work S – 28

R – 234 to 237 4. Register of overtime S – 28; S – 29

R – 241(1) Form XXII 5. Weekly rest and payment at rest R – 235 6. Night shift R – 236 7. Maintenance of workers registers and records S – 30

R – 238 8. Notice of commencement and completion S – 46

R – 239 9. Register of persons employed as building workers R – 240 10. Muster roll and wages register R – 241(1) (a); Form XVI and XVII 11. Payment of wages R – 248 12. Display of notice of wages regarding R – 249 13. Register of damage or loss R – 241(1)(a); Form XIX, XX, XXI 14. Issue of wages book R – 241(2)(a); Form XXIII 15. Service certificate for each workers R – 241(2)(b); Form XXIV 16. Display an abstract of BOCWA and BOCWR R – 241(5) 17. Deduction of welfare cess by the government

agencies P – 4(3)

18. Annual return R – 242; Form XXV 19. Drinking water S – 32 20. Latrines and Urinals S – 33

R – 243 21. Accommodation S – 34 22. Creches S – 35 23. First-aid boxes S – 36

R – 231 and Schedule III 24. Canteens S – 37

R – 244 25. Food stuff and other items served in the canteens R – 245 26. Supply of tea and snacks in work place R – 246





27. Food charges on no loss no profit basis R – 247 28. GBOCWR 2003 welfare Board Rules 29. Safety committee S – 38

R – 208 30. Safety officer S – 38

R – 209 and Schedule VII 31. Reporting of accidents and dangerous

occurrences S – 39 R – 210

32. Procedure for inquiry in to the causes of accidents R – 211 33. Responsibility of employer S - 44

R – 5 34. Responsibility of Architects, Project engineer and

Designers R – 6

35. Responsibility of workmen R – 8 36. Responsibility for payment of wages and

compensation S – 45

37. Penalties and Procedures S – 47; S – 55 38. Excessive noise, vibration etc R – 34 39. Fire Protection R – 35 40. Emergency action plan R – 36 41. Fencing of motors R – 37 42. Lifting of carrying of excessive weight R – 38 43. Health, Safety and Environmental Policy R – 39 44. Dangerous and Harmful Environment R – 40 45. Overhead protection R – 41 46. Slipping, Tripping, Cutting, Drowning and Falling

Hazards R – 42

47. Dust, Gases, Fumes, etc R – 43 48. Corrosive substance R – 49 49. Eye Protection R – 45 50. Head Protection and other protection apparel R – 46; R – 54 51. Electrical Hazards R – 47 52. Vehicular traffic R – 48 53. Stability of structure R – 49 54. Illumination R – 50; R – 124 55. Stacking of materials R – 51 56. Disposal of debris R – 52 57. Numbering and marking of floors R – 53 58. Lifting appliances and gears C – VII; R – 55 to 81 59. Runways and Ramps C – VIII; R – 82 to 85 60. Working on or adjacent to water C – IX; R – 86 & 87 61. Transport and earthmoving equipments C – X; R – 88 to 95 62. Concrete work C – XI; R – 96 to 107 63. Demolition C – XII; R – 108 to 118 64. Excavation and Tunnelling works C – XIII; R – 119 to 168 65. Ventilation R – 153 66. Construction, repair and maintenance of step roof C – XIV; R – 169 to 171 67. Ladders and Step ladders C – XV; R – 172 to 174 68. Catch platform and hoardings, chutes, safety belts

and nets C – XVI; R – 175 to 180

69. Structural frame and formworks C – XVII; R – 181 to 185 70. Stacking and unstacking C – XVIII; R – 186 & 187 71. Scaffold C – XIX; R – 188 to 205 72. Cofferdams and Caissons C – XX; R – 206 to 211 73. Explosives C – XXI; R – 212 & 213





74. Piling C – XXII; R – 214 to 222 75. Medical Examination for building and other

construction worker, Crane operator an Transport vehicle drivers

R – 81; R – 223(a)(iii) and Schedule XII

76. Medical examination for occupational health hazards

R – 223(a)(iv)

77. Charging of workers for Medical Examination R – 223(b) 78. Occupational health centres and Medical officers R – 225 and Schedule X &XI 79. Ambulance van & room R – 226 & 227 and Schedule IV & V 80. Stretchers R – 228 81. Occupational health service for building workers R – 229 82. Medical examination for occupational health

hazards R – 223(a)(iv)

83. Emergency care services and emergency treatment

R – 232

84. Panel of experts and agencies Central Rule 250 85. Power of inspectors Central rule 251 State Rules




APPENDIX NO.: 3

SITE SHE PLAN

Contract No Contractor Name Project Name

1. Project Highlights

i) Title of the content ii) Contractor Number iii) Brief scope of work iv) Location map/ key plan v) Period of the project

2. SHE Policy

3. Site Organisation Chart Chart indicating reporting of SHE personnel

4. Roles & Responsibility Individual responsibility of the: i) Project Manager ii) Construction Manager iii) Construction Supervisors iv) SHE Committee Members v) SHE In charge vi) Site Engineers vii) First Line Supervisors viii) Sub-contractors

5. SHE Committee i) Details - Chairman, Members, Secretary and Employer’s representative ii) Procedures for effective conduct of meeting

6. SHE Training

7. Subcontractor Evaluation, Selection and Control

8. SHE Inspection

9. SHE Audit

10. Accident Investigation And Reporting Procedures

11. Occupational Health Measures

12. Labour Welfare Measures



13. Risk assessment and mitigation procedures

14. Safe Work Procedures

i) Work at Height ii) Structural Steel Erection iii) Launching of segments iv) Floor, Wall Openings and Stairways v) Welding, Cutting and Bracing vi) Lifting appliances vii) Work Permit Systems viii) Electrical Equipments ix) Mechanical Equipments x) Excavation xi) Fire Prevention xii) Hazardous Chemicals and Solvents xiii) Ionising Radiation xiv) Lighting xv) Abrasive Blasting

15. Work Permit System

16. List of standard job specific PPEs to be used in the site

17. Maintenance of Regime for construction Equipment and Machinery

18. Traffic management

19. Housekeeping

20. Environmental Management

21. Emergency Management

22. Visitors and Security arrangement




APPENDIX NO.: 4

WORKPLACE POLICY ON HIV/AIDS PREVENTION & CONTROL FOR

WORKMEN ENGAGED BY CONTRACTORS

“Being mobile in and of itself is not a risk factor for HIV infection. It is the situations encountered and the behaviours possibly engaged in during mobility or migration that increase vulnerability and risk regarding HIV / AIDS.” UNAIDS, Technical update on ‘Population, Mobility and AIDS’, February 2001, p.5 NMRC recognizes HIV / AIDS as a developmental challenge and realizes the need to respond to it by implementing regular HIV / AIDS prevention programmes and creating a non-discriminatory work environment for HIV infected workmen engaged by contractors. For the purpose of making conscientious, sensitive and compassionate decision in addressing the realities of HIV / AIDS, NMRC has established these guidelines based on ILO code of practice on HIV / AIDS. • Creating awareness through professional agency using IEC (Information, Education and

Communication) package specially designed for migrant workers. • Institutional capacity building by training the project implementation team, Safety, Health &

Environment (SHE) Managers, establishing linkages for efficient diagnosis and treatment of the affected workers, effective monitoring of implementation and documentation for further learning.

• Establishing peer educators by selecting them in consultation with Contractors and training them

through professional agencies so that they become focal point for any information, education and awareness campaigns among the workmen throughout the contract period.

• Promotion of social marketing of condoms through State Aids Control Society




General Instruction: NMRC/SHE/GI/001

MINIMUM MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS OF SHE ORGANIZATION BASED ON CONTRACT VALUE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Awarded Contract value (in Rs Cr.)

Chief SHE Manager

Senior SHE

Manager

Junior SHE

Manager

Safety Steward

Senior SHE

(Electrical) Engineer

Junior SHE

(Electrical) Engineer

*Junior SHE (Fire) Manager / **Senior

SHE (Fire) Manager

Occupational Health

officer with

Necessary Nursing

Assistants (Refer Note3)

Environmental

Manager

Senior SHE (Traffic)

Engineer (Refer Note

4)

Barricade Maintenanc

e Squad (Refer Note

4)

House Keeping Squad

Labour Welfare Officer

Upto 2 - - 1

Refer Note 1

- 1 - - - -

Refer Note 5

Refer Note 6

- Upto 10 - 1

Refer Note 1

1

Refer Note 2

- 1 (PT) 1 1 1 Upto 25 1

Refer Note 1

1 1* 1 (PT) 1 1 1 Upto 100 1 1 1* 1 (FT) 1 1 1

Upto 250 1 1 1** 2(FT) 1 1 1 with

support staff

More than 250 1 1 2** 2(FT)

1 with support

staff 1

1 with support

staff

Note 1: Adequate, qualified and trained SHE Professionals with required support staff to be deployed at each worksite at each shift. Note 2: Adequate, qualified and trained Electrical Engineers / supervisors to be deployed at each worksite at each shift. Note 3: (PT) means Part-Time and (FT) means Full-time. Note 4: Senior SHE (Traffic) Engineer Post and Barricade Manager (including the staff) Posts are applicable to contracts where the work has to be executed either

below or over the right-of-way like Viaduct, Tunnel Contracts wherein erection and maintenance of barricades are paramount important. Note 5: One Barricade Manager supported by required supervisors and workmen Note 6: One Housekeeping Manager supported by required supervisors and workmen. Note 7: The Contractor appoints a person responsible for relations with external stakeholders for the site: local communities, administrative authorities, and representatives of economic activities located within one hour travel from the Worksite.This person will be based on the Worksite on a permanent basis.Administrations and local authorities will be informed of the existence of this person as of the start of works and will be provided with telephone contact details so as to be able to contact this person if a problem arises during the execution of works or concerning the behaviour of the Contractor’s employees outside the Worksite.





MINIMUM QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE FOR (SHE) SAFETY, ELECTRICAL,

ENVIRONMENTAL, TRAFFIC ENGG. AND OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH PROFESSIONALS

SN Designation Qualification Experience (in

years) 1 Chief SHE

Manager The Chief SHE Manager shall have qualified in any of the following degree/diploma:

i) Post Graduate Diploma in Industrial Safety & Environmental Management (PGDISEM) from National Institute of Industrial Engineering, Mumbai

ii) M.E. in Industrial Safety from NIT, Trichy, Tamil Nadu

iii) M.E. in Industrial Safety from MepcoSchlenk Engineering College, Sivakasi, Tamil Nadu

iv) B.E. in Fire and Safety Engg. From Cochin University of Science and Engg. Cochin, Kerala

v) B.E. with advanced Safety Management Diploma from CLI / RLI Mumbai / Chennai / Kolkata and Kanpur.

vi) B.E / B.Arch., with one year Full Time advanced Safety diploma from NICMAR, Hyderabad.

vii) B.E / B.Tech with any other equivalent State and Central Govt. recognized full time Degree / Diploma in Safety.

viii) International qualifications like CSP (Certified Safety Professional), NEBOSH, MIOSH, MSISO etc.

2 {for all category except (iv) and 5yrs for category (iv)}

2 Senior SHE Manager

As stated in SN1 and in addition the following categories:

i) B.Sc.(Physics/Chemistry/Maths) with one year Full Time advanced Safety diploma from NICMAR, Hyderabad

ii) B.Sc. / Diploma in Engg with advanced Safety Management Diploma from CLI / RLI / Mumbai / Chennai / Kolkata and Kanpur.

iii) B.Sc. (Physics/Chemistry/Maths) with One year Full Time diploma in Safety Engineering offered by West Bengal State Technical Education Departments and similar courses by other states.

iv) Any Graduate or diploma holder with 7 years of work experience in full fledged SHE department of any Public Sector / Leading Private Sector / MNC / with prior approval of employer on a case to case basis

2 {for category (i), (ii) and (iii) only}

3 Junior SHE Manager

i) Degree in Science / Diploma in Engineering with Govt. recognized safety diplomas from Correspondence course of NICMAR, Annamalai University, National and State Productivity Councils, Other State Technical Education Boards etc.

2 (for category (i) only)



SN Designation Qualification Experience (in years)

ii) Any Graduate or diploma holder with 5 years of work experience in full fledged SHE department of any Public Sector / Leading Private Sector / MNC / with prior approval of employer on a case to case basis

4 Safety Steward

Any basic qualification with any SHE related certificate courses.

2

5 Senior SHE (Electrical) Manager

Degree in Electrical Engineering + Govt. recognized Electrical Licence holder

2

6 Junior SHE (Electrical) Manager

Diploma in Electrical Engineering + Govt. recognized Electrical Licence holder

1

7 Senior SHE (Fire) Manager

i) B.E. (Fire) from National Fire Service College, ii) B.E (Fire & Safety) from Cochin University iii) Graduate with any Govt. recognized diploma in Fire

Safety with 5 years of experience

2 (for category (i) and (ii) only)

8 Junior SHE (Fire) Manager

Any Diploma holder with any Govt. recognized diploma in Industrial Fire Safety.

1

9 Occupational Health Officer

MBBS with Govt. recognized degree/diploma in Industrial/ occupational health

1

10 Environment Manager

Govt. recognized PG Degree / PG Diploma / Degree in Environmental Engineering / Science

2

11 Senior SHE (Traffic) Engineer

Govt. recognized PG Degree / Degree / Diploma in Traffic/Transportation Engineering or Planning

1

12. House Keeping Squad -Manager

Any Diploma in Engineering 1

13 Barricade Manager

Any Diploma in Engineering 1

14 Labour Welfare Officer

Any Degree with Govt. Recognized Degree / Diploma / P G Diploma in Labour Welfare related fields like Law, Personnel / Industrial Relations etc.

2

Note 1: In some extraordinary cases where the candidate had earlier worked in any metro projects in India, they can be considered for the following posts:

• Senior SHE Manager • Junior SHE Manager • Safety Steward

depending upon the qualification and number of years of experience on a case-to-case basis even if they do not possess the prescribed qualification as listed above. Note 2: In all other cases other than listed under Note 1 irrespective their earlier experience with metro projects in India the candidates shall qualify as specified above.





MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF SHE MONITORING AND AUDIO-VISUAL EQUIPMENTS

1. For the purpose of minimum requirements of Audio-visual and Other equipment the contracts

are categorized into the following groups: Contract Value (Initial awarded value of contract) Group Upto 25 Cr A Upto 100 Cr B Upto 250 Cr C More than 250 Cr D 2. Every contractor falling into the above groups shall provide the following minimum required

audio visual aids for conducting weekly review, monthly safety committee and other post review meeting of all fatal and major incidences effectively. These audio-visual equipments are a must for conducting periodical in-house safety presentations in the training programmes.

3. In addition to the above portable hand held digital sound level meter (SLM) and portable hand held digital lux meter are also to be provided.

SN SHE monitoring and Audio-Visual Equipment details

SHE monitoring and Audio-Visual equipment required for

Group A Contract

Group B Contract

Group C Contract

Group D Contract

1. Portable hand held Digital Sound Level Meter (SLM) Noise Monitoring deleted

1 1 1 1

2. Portable hand held Digital Lux Meter 1 1 1 1

3. Laptop Computer with standard configuration including multimedia facilities

1 1 1 1

4. Colour Printer 1 1 1 1 5. Computer projector with

screen - 1 1 1

6. Overhead projector 1 7. 35mm Camera (For taking

accident investigation photos in which case the images cannot be easily altered)

1 1 1 1

8. Digital camera with flash of minimum 4 mega pixel and video facility

1 1 1 2

9. Digital still camera with flash of minimum 4 mega pixel 1 2 4 6

10. Portable loudspeaker (for tool-box talk and emergency purpose)

1 1 2 6

11. Communication facility like mobile phone, walky-talky etc

For all supervisors and managers/engineers working in Safety, Health & Environment

12. Accident investigation Kit containing the following:

1 1 1 2

a) Chalk piece for marking



SN SHE monitoring and Audio-Visual Equipment details

SHE monitoring and Audio-Visual equipment required for

Group A Contract

Group B Contract

Group C Contract

Group D Contract

b) Measuring tape for measuring Flexible tape – 2m length Metal Foot long scale and Metal tape – 30m

c) Equipment tags d) Multipurpose Flash light e) Barrier tape of 20m length f) Accident investigation Forms

and checklists g) Enough Paper for witness

recording and other noting h) Emergency Phone Numbers

list





Topics for First day at work SHE orientation training of Workmen

1. Hazard Identification Procedure

Hazards on site:

• Falls • Earthing work • Electricity • Machinery • Handling materials • Transport • Site housekeeping • Fire

2. Personal Protective Equipment

• What is available? • How to obtain it? • Correct use and care

3. Health

• Site welfare facilities • Potential health hazards • First Aid/Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)

4. Duties of the Contractor

• Brief outline of the responsibilities of the Contractor by law • Details of Contractor’s accident prevention policy • NMRC’s SHE manual • Building and other Constructions Welfare Law

5. Employee's Duties

• Brief outline of responsibilities of employee under law • Explanation of how new employees fit into the Contractor's plan for accident

prevention. (Induction and orientation).





ID Card Format

(85 mm x 55mm) Front side of ID card:

Backside of ID card:

Noida Metro Rail Project Company

Logo Name & Address of Main / Sub / Labour contractor

Photo

Name: Designation: Blood Group: Valid up to:

Authorised Signatory

Employee Address: ____________________________ ___________________________________________ ___________________________________________ ___________________________________________

1 This card is the property of “XX“(Main / Sub / Labour Contractor) and must be returned on demand and on transfer / cancellation of employment.

2 A charge will be levied for replacement of the card due to loss or theft 3 If found please return it to:

Main contractors’ Address





SHE Training details for Managers and Supervisors

1. The Law and Safety 2. Policy and Administration Statutory requirement Appropriate regulations

Effect of incentive on accident prevention Human relations

Duties of employer and employee Consultation Safety Officer: duties, aims, objectives 3. Safety and the Supervisor 4. Principles of Accident Prevention Safety and efficient production go together Accidents affect morale and public relations

Attitudes of management, supervision and operations

Methods of achieving safe operations Accident and injury causes 5. Site Inspection 6. Human Behaviour The role of management Motivating agencies Hazard Identification Procedure Individual behaviour Records results Environmental effects Follow-up procedures Techniques of persuasion Feedback 7. Site housekeeping 8. Health Site organization Medical examination Relationship of site housekeeping to accident occurrence

Hazard to health on site Sanitation and welfare

Site access Protective clothing Equipment storage First Aid/CPR Material stacking Materials handling 9. Personal Protective Equipment 10. Electricity Eye, face, hands, feet and legs Appreciation of electrical hazards Respiratory protective equipment Power tools Protection against ionizing radiation Arc welding Low voltage system Lighting and power system on sites ELCB, RRCB, Grounding/Ground fault circuit

interrupters (GFCIs) 11. Oxygen and Acetylene Equipment 12. Equipment Cylinder storage and maintenance Accidents related to moving parts of machinery Condition and maintenance of valves, regulators, and gauges

Appreciation of principles of guarding

Condition and maintenance of hoses and fittings Importance of regular maintenance Pressures 13. Transportation 14. Excavations Transport to and from site Method of shoring Hazard connected with site transport Precautions while shoring Competent drivers Precautions at edge of excavations Dumpers Removal of shoring Tipping trucks Sheet steel piling Movement near excavations 15. Working platforms, Ladders, and Scaffolding 16. Cranes and other Lifting Machines

Hazards connected with the use of ladders Maintenance and inspection

Licensing, certification and training required for operation of cranes

Type of scaffold Slinging methods



Overloading Signalling Work on roofs Access to crane(s) Fragile material Maintenance and examination Openings in walls and floors Ground conditions Use of safety belts and nets Hazards and accident prevention methods

connected with the use of different types of cranes/heavy equipment

Crane Lift Plan for all lifts 17. Lifting Tackle 18. Fire Prevention and Control Slings - single and multi-legged Principle causes determining fire Safe working loads (SWLs) Understanding fire chemistry Safety hooks and eyebolts Fire fighting equipment Cause of failure Fire fighting training Maintenance and examination 19. Communications 20. Manual Handling Effective methods of communication (particular interest to non-English speaking workers)

Body posture and procedure for lifting, pushing, pulling, dragging, sitting and walking

Method and preparation of reports Ergonomics Safety committees Stretching exercises Safety meeting





SHE Training Matrix

Types of training

Management Supervisor Specific SH

E O

rient

atio

n

SHE

Lead

ersh

ip

SHE

Plan

SH

E Im

prov

emen

t Pla

n M

anag

emen

t of C

hang

e

SHE

Aud

it &

Insp

ectio

n

SHE

Emer

genc

y R

espo

nse

&

Prep

ared

ness

In

cide

nt/A

ccid

ent I

nves

tigat

ion

&

Rep

ortin

g

SHE

Com

mun

icat

ion

SHE

Prom

otio

n &

Ince

ntiv

es

Traf

fic M

anag

emen

t H

azar

d Id

entif

icat

ion

& R

isk

Pe

rmit

to w

ork

syst

em

Con

fined

spa

ce e

ntry

Sc

affo

ldin

g W

aste

Man

agem

ent

Envi

ronm

ent M

onito

ring

Labo

ur w

elfa

re m

easu

res

Beh

avio

ural

Bas

ed S

afet

y M

anag

emen

t (B

BSM

)

Job/

Task

Saf

ety

Ana

lysi

s (J

SA)

Safe

ty T

rain

ing

Obs

erva

tion

Prog

ram

me

(STO

P)

Indu

stria

l Firs

t Aid

& C

PR

Inci

dent

/ A

ccid

ent I

nves

tigat

ion

&

Fi

re fi

ghtin

g

Con

fined

Spa

ce T

estin

g &

Scaf

fold

Ere

ctio

n &

Insp

ectio

n

Rig

ging

W

ire R

ope

Insp

ectio

n

Cra

ne In

spec

tion

El

ectr

ical

/ M

echa

nica

l Iso

latio

n

Perm

it to

Wor

k Sy

stem

C

onfin

ed S

pace

Wor

king

Ex

plos

ive

Han

dlin

g &

Con

trol

H

eavy

Lift

ing

Ope

ratio

n

Rad

iogr

aphy

(X-R

ay)

HA

ZMA

T H

andl

ing

& C

ontr

ol

Wel

ding

, Cut

ting

& B

raci

ng

Pow

er A

ctua

ted

Han

d To

ol

Elec

tric

al/M

echa

nica

l Iso

latio

n

Roo

fing

Wor

k

Stee

l ere

ctio

n w

ork

Scaf

fold

Ere

ctio

n/D

ism

antli

ng

Fals

e-w

ork

Erec

tion

/ Dis

man

tling

Pain

ting

in C

onfin

ed A

rea

Project Manager • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Sr. Construction Managers • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Quality Manager • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Planning engineer • • • • • • • • • • • Construction Managers • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Construction Supervisors • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Construction Foreman • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Machinery Operators • • • • • • • Material Handlers • • • • • • • • • Station Building Workers • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Steel workers • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Mechanical workers • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Other Civil workers • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Electrical workers • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Radiographers • • • • • • • • • • Transportation Drivers • • • • • • Security Officers • • • • • • • • • • • Clerical Staff • • • • • Medical Doctor • • • • • • • • • Sr. SHE Managers • • • • • Jr. SHE Managers • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • SHE Supervisors • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •





DAYS TO BE OBSERVED FOR CREATING SHE AWARENESS

1st Monday to Sunday of January

Road Safety Week (Subjected to confirmation from Ministry of Road Transport, Govt. of India every year.)

16th February Kyoto Protocol Day

March Red Cross Month

4th March National Safety Day

7th April World Health Day

14th April Fire Safety Day

April 18 to 22 Earth Week

20th April Earth Day

20th April Noise Awareness Day

28th April ILO World Day for Safety and Health at Work

May 1 to 7 Emergency Preparedness Week

5th June World Environmental Day

12th June World Day against Child Labours

9th July Occupational Health Day

17th October World Trauma Day

1stDecember World AIDS Day





Minimum Requirements of SHE Communication Posters / Signages / Video

1. For the purpose of Minimum requirements of SHE Communication Posters / Signages / Video

the contracts are categorized into the following groups: Contract Value (Initial awarded value of contract) Group Upto 25 Cr A Upto 100 Cr B Upto 250 Cr C More than 250 Cr D 2. Every contractor falling into the above groups shall prepare a SHE Communication Plan as a

part of site specific SHE Plan and shall include the following minimum requirement of Posters / Signages / Video as applicable. In case readymade posters are available in any of the category from National Safety Council, Loss Prevention Association of India or any other safety related organisations they may procure the same and display it. In case the same is not available then the contractors’ shall make necessary arrangements to get the posters designed and printed on their own.

All the above are to be detailed in the Site SHE Plan and get an approval from the Employer before displaying the posters.

Table 1: Minimum number of Posters

SN SHE Poster Title Min No. of concepts in each title

No. of Posters / Signage / Video Group A Contract

Group B Contract

Group C Contract

Group D Contract

1. Safety Culture 5 Each 10 Each 50 Each 75 Each 100 2. Daily Safety Oath 1 English, 1

Hindi Each 100 Each 200 Each 500 Each 1000

3. Mandatory PPE Usage a) Signages to display

the messages like PPE ZONE, NO PPE ZONE, HARD HAT AREA etc.

2 types of sizes made up of metal sheet to be mounted at different locations

Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200

b) Helmet 5 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200 c) Shoe 5 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200 d) Goggles & Ear

Protection 5 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200

e) Full Body Harness 5 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200 f) Hi-Vi Jacket 5 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200

4. Emergency Management Plan 5 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200

5. Working at Heights 10 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200 a) Ladder, Stairway,

Scaffold - Signages to display the messages like SAFE, UNSAFE,

5 types of sizes made up of metal sheet to be mounted at




SN SHE Poster Title Min No. of concepts in each title

No. of Posters / Signage / Video Group A Contract

Group B Contract

Group C Contract

Group D Contract

FIT FOR USE, AVOID USE etc.

different locations

6. Site Electricity 5 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200 7. Fire and Explosion 5 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200 8. Crane Safety 5 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200 9. Slings 5 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200 10. Rigging Procedures 5 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200 11. Excavation 5 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200 12. Occupational

Health (Mosquito Control, HIV/AIDS awareness, Dust Control, Noise Control, No Smoking/Spitting, etc.)

10


13. First – Aid 3 Each 25 Each 50 Each 75 Each 200 14. Labour Welfare

Measures (Payment of Minimum Wages, Avoidance of Child labour, Signing in the Muster Roll, In case of accidents-what to do? etc

5


15. Importance of “Safety Handbook” 1 25 50 75 200

16. Traffic Safety (Speed limit, safe crossing and working within barricaded area etc.)

5


17. Environmental Monitoring (Spillage of Muck, hazardous material, Improper drainage, water spray for dust containment etc.)

5


18. Video in Hindi on PPE usage – 15 minutes duration

1 - - - 1

Note 1: Items mentioned under 17 is video. Items under 3 (a) and 5 (a) are metal signage boards and all other items are posters. Table 2: Size of Posters / Signages

SN Item Size 1. Posters – Standard 17”x22” –135 GSM 4 Colour Printing 2. Posters – Special (Wherever required) 17”x22” card laminated FA Poster 3. Posters - Mega size (Wherever required) 32”x40” Flex FA Poster 4. First-Aid Booklet 6”x4” 5. Safety Handbook 6”x4” 6. Signages Small : 12”x6”

Big : 24”x12” 7. Road Traffic Sign Boards Strictly as per Indian Road Congress

(IRC) specifications Table 3: Safety Signage Colour (as per IS 9457)



SN Type of signage Colour 1 Mandatory Blue 2 Danger Yellow 3 Prohibit Red 4 Safe conditions Green





Experts / Agencies for SHE Services

SN Organisation Services 1. Bureau Veritas Industrial Services (India) Pvt. Ltd.,

B-21 & 22, First Floor, Sector-16, NOIDA-201 301 (U.P.) Phone: 0120 - 2515055 Fax: 0120 - 2515248 E-mail: [email protected]

• External SHE Audit • SHE Management / Technical

Training

2. Central Labour Institute Post box no: 17851, NSMonkikarMarg Sion , Mumbai- 400 022 Tel.: 022- 4092203 Fax: 022 – 4071986 E-mail: [email protected]

SHE Management / Technical Training

3. Construction Industry Development Council 801, 8th Floor, Hemkunt Chambers, 89, Nehru Place, New Delhi – 110 019 E-mail: [email protected]


4. Delhi Productivity Council 1E/10, Swami Ramtirath Nagar New Delhi – 110 055 Tel.: 23522835


5. Det Norske Veritas AS, 203, SavitriSadan 1, 11 PreetVihar Community Centre, New Delhi-110 092 Phone: 011-22531502/2253/1503, 22427688/22531278 Fax: 011-2253 0247 Website: www.dnv.com

• External SHE Audit • SHE Management / Technical

Training

6. Dr AV Baliga Memorial trust Link House, Bagadur Shah ZafarMarg Press Area New Delhi – 110 002 Phone: 011 – 23311119

HIV / AIDS awareness

7. Dr.Cris Research Centre For Occupational Health & Safety 306, Guru ArjunaDevBhawan, Ranjit Nagar Complex, New Delhi – 110 008 Phone: 9810040406 Fax: 011 – 25702929 E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.drcris.com

• Ambulance Room & Van • Communication Materials • First-aid box • First-aid Training • HIV / AIDS awareness • ID Card • Medical Facilities • SHE Orientation Training

8. DuPont Safety Resources, E.I. DuPont India Private Limited, ArihantNitco Park 6th Floor, 90, Dr.RadhakrishnanSalai, Mylapore, Chennai-600 004 Phone: 044-2847 2800, 2847 3752

SHE Management Training




http://www.dnv.com/


http://www.drcris.com/



SN Organisation Services Fax: 044-2847 3800 Mobile: 9381201040 Website: in.dupont.com

9. EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. 304 & 305, 3rd Floor, Rishabh Towers, Plot No. 16, Community Centre, Karkardooma, Delhi - 110092. Phone: 011 - 22374729 / 22374775 Fax: 011- 22374662 E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.eqmsindia.com

• ISO Certification • SHE Management / Technical

Training

10. Green Cross Consultants 59, 7th Cross, 1st Floor, Jai Bharath Nagar, Banglore-560 033 Phone: 080-2549 6782 E-mail: [email protected]


11. HSRTC, PENTASAFE, 201, 2nd Floor, Town Centre, AndheriKurla Road, Marol, Andheri (East), Mumbai-400 059 Phone: 022-2850 2210/20/50 Fax: 022-2850 2260 E-mail: [email protected]

SHE Practical Field Training for Height Safety

12. Institute of Driving Training & Research, Wazirabad Road, Adjoining Loni Road flyover. New Delhi – 110 094 Phone: 011 – 22813474, 22815833 Fax: 011 - 22811131

SHE Technical Training for Vehicle Drivers.

13. Institute for Research, Development & Training of Construction Trades & Management, An Educational Institute, Society and Trust, 1st Floor, UVCE Alumni Association Building, K.R. Circle, Bangalore-560 001 Phone: 080-22294291/22243257 Fax: 080-22243257 E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.instructindia.org

SHE Technical /Field Training

14. International Engineering Company K – 10, South Extension, Part – 2, New Delhi – 110 049 Phone: 011 – 26254761, 26258130 Mobile: 9312260130 E-mail: [email protected]

• Crane and Lifting appliances and Gears Certification

• SHE Practical Field Training for Crane Safety

15. L & T Eutectic 32, SivajiMarg, New Delhi – 110 015 Phone: 011 - 51419538, 51419539 Fax: 011 - 51419600 Website: www.lnteutecticwelding.com

SHE Practical Field Training for Welding Safety

16. Loss Prevention Association of India Ltd. Warden House, Sir P.M. Road, Mumbai – 400 001 Website: www.lpaindia.org


17. MFA Crucial Moments Healthcare Pvt. Ltd., 42, Okhla Industrial Estate, Phase – II New Delhi – 110 020 Phone: 011 – 55624000 Fax: 011 – 55624010 E-mail: [email protected]

First-aid Training

18. Modicare Foundation HIV / AIDS awareness


http://www.eqmsindia.com/




http://www.instructindia.org/


http://www.lnteutecticwelding.com/

http://www.lpaindia.org/




SN Organisation Services 4 Community Centre, New Friends Colony, New Delhi – 110 065 Phone: 011 – 5167235059 Fax: 011 – 26915469 E-mail: [email protected] [email protected] Website: www.modicarefoundation.org

19. National Safety Council HQ and Institute Building 98A, Sector 15, industrial Area C.B.D Belapur, Navi Mumbai – 400614 Phone: 27579924


20. NICMAR (National Institute of Construction Management and Research) 910,9th Floor, Hemkunt Chambers, 89, Nehru Place, New Delhi – 110 019 Phone: 011 – 51618415, 51618417, 51618418 Fax: 011 – 51618416


21. Quality Growth Services Pvt. Ltd. H-13, Kirti Nagar, New Delhi – 110 015 Fax: 011 – 25431737 / 25438598 / 25918332 E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.qgspl.com

ISO Certification

22. Safety Engineers Association / Safety Educational Trust – India 2/257, First Floor, Dr.Ambedkar Nagar, Manapakkam, Chennai – 600 116 Phone: 044 – 22523461 E-mail: [email protected]


23. SHE Management Consultancy & Support Services, 145 A, Pocket-VI, (DDA Flats), KondliGharoli, MayurVihar-II, Delhi-110 096 Fax: 011-2262 5015 Mobile: 9811153873 E-mail: [email protected]


24. St. Johns’ Ambulance Red Cross Road New Delhi – 110 001

First-aid Training

25. Vexil Business Process Services Pvt. Ltd. 208, A/4, Savitri Nagar, New Delhi – 110 017 Mobile: 9350232714, 98102832201, 9350232716 E-mail: [email protected] Website: www.vexilbps.com

• Emergency Preparedness Mock drill

• SHE Management / Technical Training

26. Welding Research Institute Bharat Heavy Electricals Ltd. (BHEL) Trichirappalli, Tamil Nadu – 620 014 Phone: 0431 – 2577029, 2577283 Fax: 0431 – 2520770 E-mail: [email protected]

SHE Practical Field Training for Welding Safety



http://www.modicarefoundation.org/


http://www.qgspl.com/




http://www.vexilbps.com/






Minimum Lighting Requirements

SN Facility or Function Luminance – Ix (Im/ft2) 1. Administrative areas (offices, drafting and meeting rooms,

etc.) 540 (50)

2. Construction areas • general indoor • general outdoor • tunnel and general underground work areas (minimum

110 lux required at tunnel and shaft heading during drilling, mucking and scaling)

55 (5) 33 (3) 55 (5)

3. Access ways • exit ways, walkways, ladders, stairs

110 (10)

4. Maintenance / Operating areas / shops • vehicle maintenance shop • carpentry shop • outdoors field maintenance area • refueling area, outdoors • shops, fine details work • shops, medium detail work • welding shop

325 (30) 110 (10) 55 (5) 55 (5) 540 (50) 325 (30) 325 (30)

5. Mechanical/electrical equipment rooms 110 (10) 6. Hoists, Elevators, freight and passenger 215 (20) 7. Warehouses and storage rooms/area

• indoor stockroom, active/bulk storage • indoor rack storage • outdoor storage

110 (10) 270 (25) 33 (3)

8. Health Centers and First aid stations and infirmaries 325 (30) 9. Toilets, wash and dressing rooms 110 (10) 10. Work areas – general (not listed above) 325 (30) 11. Parking areas 33 (3) 12. Visitor areas 215 (20) 13. Laboratories 540 (50)





Warning Traffic Sign




Form No. SF/001

FORMATION OF SITE SHE COMMITTEE

Contract No. Contractor Name Contract Title

CIRCULAR

Committee The following SHE Committee is constituted with immediate effect: Chairman: Members:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Secretary Periodicity The committee will meet at least once in a month on the day (specify date) Agenda Secretary will circulate agenda of the meeting at least two days in advance of the schedule date of the meeting. Circulation Gist of the meeting will be minuted in the standard format and circulated to the following under the signature of the secretary 1. Chairman 3. NMRC Representatives 2. Members 4. Others concerned Date: Signed By: ------------------------

CHAIRMAN




Form No. SF/002

MINUTES OF SHE COMMITTEE MEETING

Contract No. Contractor Name Contract Title Meeting No. Date of Meeting Location of Meeting

MEMBERS PRESENT INVITEES MEMBERS ABSENT

REPORT SENT TO No. of Copies

Name / Dept. No. of Copies

Name / Dept. No. of Copies

Name / Dept.

Prepared by: Location: Date:

MINUTES OF SHE MEETING

Item No. Description of Discussion Action By Target Remarks

1 Complaints received from Clients and corrective and preventive action

2 Review of MOM of previous meeting 3 NCR's / Observation from third party

4 First - Aid cases / Reportable accident cases

5 Future jobs and specific requirement 6 Status of implementation of Safety plan 7 Sub-contractor performance



Item No. Description of Discussion Action By Target Remarks 8 Analysis of first-aid cases

9 Need for any specific system / training / PPE's / resources

10 Observation of SHE committee during last walk down

Next SHE Meeting is scheduled on:

Date:

Chief SHE Manager (Signature & Name)

Date:

Project Manager (Signature & Name)

Date post:	30-Jan-2023
Category:	Documents
Upload:	khangminh22
View:	0 times
Download:	0 times